,transcriber's ,notes ,texts printed in italics in the source document have been transcribed between underscores4 ,small capitals have been replaced with ,,all ,,capitals4 ,more notes may be found at the end of this text4 ,,the ,,boy ,,mechanic ,,book #c ,illustration3 ,see ,page #hf ,,the ,,boy ,,mechanic ,,book #c #hjj ,,things ,,for ,,boys ,,to ,,do ,,how ,,to ,,construct ,,electric ,,locomotive ,,model ,,and ,,track ,,system1 ,,boys' ,,motor ,,car1 ,,parcel ,,delivery ,,bicycle1 ,,aerial ,,cableway1 ,,minia- ,,ture ,,tank1 ,,sailing ,,canoe1 ,,houseboat1 ,,submarine ,,camera1 ,,diving ,,tower1 ,,hammocks1 ,,kitchen ,,for ,,hikers1 ,,ice ,,yacht ,,and ,,hundreds ,,of ,,other ,,things ,,which ,,delight ,,every ,,boy ,,with #hjb ,,illustrations ,,copyrighted1 #aiai1 ,,by ,h4 ,h4 ,,windsor ,,chicago ,,popular ,,mechanics ,,co4 ,,publishers ,illustration3 ,fig4 #a ,,sectional ,,side ,,view ,fig4 #b ,,front ,,view ,fig4 #c ,,plan ,fig4 #d ,,brake ,,detail ,fig4 #e ,,detail ,,of ,,steering ,,gear ,,detail ,,of ,,support ,c ,the ,general ,arrangement of the ,parts is ,shown in the ,assembly ,views1 ,figs4 #a1 #b1 and #c4 ,the ,brake ,detail1 ,fig4 #d1 should be ,considered with ,fig4 #i1 ,shown ,separately4 ,the ,detail ,construction of the ,frame and ,body can be ,readily ,understood by ,referring to the ,assembly ,views in ,connection with ,fig4 #g ,,detail ,,of ,,support ,d ,,rear-,,axle ,,bracket ,e ,fig4 #f ,fig4 #g ,,detail ,,of ,,frame ,,and ,,body ,illustration3 ,a ,boys' ,motor ,car ,,homemade by ,p4 ,p4 ,avery ,even though the home-built 8bearcat0 roadster1 or other favorite model1 does not compare in every detail with the luxurious manufactured cars1 it has an individuality that puts it in a class by itself4 ,the amateur mechanic1 or the ambitious boy1 who is fairly skilled with tools1 can build at least the main parts for his own small car1 of the simple1 practical design shown in the sketch and detailed in the working drawings4 ,if necessary1 he can call more skilled mechanics to his aid4 ,a motorcycle engine1 or other small gasoline motor1 is used for the power plant4 ,the control mechanism of the engine and the electrical connections are similar to those of a motorcycle4 ,they are installed to be controlled handily from the driver's seat4 ,the car is built without springs1 but these may be included1 if desired1 or the necessary comfort provided--in part at least--by a cushioned seat4 ,strong bicycle wheels are used1 the #a by #bh-;in4 size being suitable4 ,the hood may be of wood1 or of sheet metal1 built over a frame of strap iron4 ,the top of the hood can be lifted off1 and the entire hood can also be removed1 when repairs are to be made4 ,the tool box on the rear of the frame can be replaced by a larger compartment1 or rack1 for transporting loads1 or an extra seat for a passenger4 ,illustration3 ,to ,simplify ,this ,small but ,serviceable ,motor ,car for ,construction by the ,young ,mechanic1 ,only the ,essential ,parts are ,considered4 ,other ,useful and ,ornamental ,features may be ,added as the ,skill and ,means of the ,builder ,make ,possible ,the construction may be begun with the chassis and the running gear4 ,fit the wheels with -in4 axles1 as shown in the assembly views1 ,figs4 #a1 #b1 and #c1 and detailed in ,fig4 #d4 ,fit the ends of the axles to the hubs of the wheels1 providing the threaded ends with lock nuts4 ,make the wooden supports for the frame1 as detailed in ,fig4 #f4 ,the axles are fastened into half-round grooves1 cut in the bottoms of the supports1 and secured by iron straps1 as shown in ,fig4 #d1 at ,a4 ,make the sidepieces for the main frame #b by #c in4 thick1 and #i ft4 #d in4 long1 as detailed in ,fig4 #g4 ,mortise the supports through the sidepieces1 and bore the holes for the bolt fastenings and braces4 ,glue the mortise-and-tenon joints before the bolts are finally secured4 ,provide the bolts with washers1 and lock the nuts with additional jam nuts where needed4 ,keep the woodwork clean1 and apply a coat of linseed oil1 so that dirt and grease cannot penetrate readily4 ,finish only the supporting structure of the chassis in the preliminary woodwork4 ,set the front-axle and steering-rigging supports ,c and ,d1 and adjust the spacers ,f between them4 ,bore the hole for the kingbolt1 as detailed in ,fig4 #f1 and fit the bevel gears and the fifth wheel ,g1 of -in4 steel1 into place1 as shown in ,fig4 #e4 ,the gear ,h is bolted to the axle support4 ,the pinion ,j is set on the end of a short -in4 shaft4 ,the latter passes through the support ,d1 and is fitted with washers and jam nuts1 solidly1 yet with sufficient play4 ,a bracket1 ,k1 of by #a-;in4 strap iron1 braces the shaft1 as shown in ,fig4 #c4 ,the end of this short shaft is joined to one section of the universal coupling1 as shown1 and1 like the other half of the coupling1 is pinned with a -in4 riveted pin4 ,the pinion is also pinned1 and the lower end of the kingbolt provided with a washer and nut1 guarded by a cotter pin4 ,suitable gears can be procured from old machinery4 ,a satisfactory set was obtained from an old differential of a well-known small car4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #h ,detail of the ,motor ,support3 ,the ,engine is ,mounted on ,reinforced ,angle ,irons1 and ,secured by ,clamps and a ,supporting ,band under the ,crank ,case ,before fitting the steering column into place1 make the dashboard1 of -in4 oak1 as shown in the assembly view1 and in detail in ,fig4 #g4 ,it is #ai in4 high and #b ft4 #d in4 wide1 and set on the frame and braced to it with #d by #d by #a-;in4 angle irons1 in4 thick4 ,fit a -in4 strip of wood around the edge of the dashboard1 on the front side1 as a rest for the hood1 as shown in ,figs4 #a and #g1 at ,l4 ,a brass edging protects the dashboard1 and gives a neat appearance4 ,lay out carefully the angle for the steering column1 which is of -in4 shafting1 so as to be convenient for the driver4 ,mark the point at which it is to pass through the dashboard1 and reinforce the hole with an oak block1 or an angle flange1 of iron or brass1 such as is used on railings1 or boat fittings4 ,a collar at the flange counteracts the downward pressure on the steering post4 ,the #ab-;in4 steering wheel is set on the column by a riveted pin4 ,the fitting of the engine may next be undertaken4 ,the exact position and method of setting the engine on the frame will depend on the size and type4 ,it should be placed as near the center as possible1 to give proper balance4 ,the drawings show a common air-cooled motor of the one-cylinder type4 ,it is supported1 as shown in ,figs4 #a and #c and detailed in ,fig4 #h4 ,two iron strips1 ,b1 riveted to #a by #a-;in4 angle irons1 extend across the main frame1 and support the engine by means of bolts and steel clamps1 designed to suit the engine4 ,cross strips of iron steady the engine1 and the clamps are bolted to the crank case4 ,the center clamp is a band that passes under the crank case4 ,the engine is set so that the crankshaft extends across the main frame4 ,other methods may be devised for special motors1 and the power transmission changed correspondingly4 ,one end of the crankshaft is extended beyond the right side of the frame1 as shown in ,fig4 #c4 ,this extension is connected to the shaft by means of an ordinary setscrew collar coupling4 ,a block ,m1 ,figs4 #c and #g1 is bolted to the frame1 and a section of heavy brass pipe fitted as a bearing4 ,the ignition and oiling systems1 carburetor1 and other details of the engine control and allied mechanism1 are the same as those used on the motorcycle engine originally1 fitted up as required4 ,the oil tank is made of a strong can1 mounted on the dashboard1 as shown in ,figs4 #a and #b4 ,it is connected with the crank case by copper tubing4 ,a cut-out switch for the ignition system is mounted on the dashboard4 ,the controls used for the engine of the motorcycle can be extended with light iron rods1 and the control handles mounted on the dashboard or in other convenient position4 ,the throttle can be mounted on the steering column by fitting an iron pipe around the post and mounting this pipe in the angle flange at the dashboard4 ,a foot accelerator may also be used1 suitable mountings and pedal connections being installed at the floor4 ,in setting the gasoline tank1 make only as much of the body woodwork as is necessary to support it1 as shown in ,figs4 #a1 #c1 and #g4 ,the tank may be made of a can1 properly fitted1 and heavy enough1 as determined by comparison with gasoline tanks in commercial cars4 ,the feed is through a copper tube1 as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,a small venthole1 to guard against a vacuum in the tank1 should be made in the cap4 ,the muffler from a motorcycle is used1 fitted with a longer pipe1 and suspended from the side of the frame4 ,the transmission of the power from the motor shaft to the right rear wheel is accomplished by means of a leather motorcycle belt1 made by fitting leather washers close together over a bicycle chain1 oiling the washers with neat's-foot oil4 ,a grooved iron pulley is fitted on the end of the motor shaft1 and a grooved pulley rim on the rear wheel1 as shown in ,figs4 #a and #c1 and detailed in ,fig4 #d4 ,the motor is started by means of a crank1 and the belt drawn up gradually1 by the action of a clutch lever and its idler1 detailed in ,fig4 #i4 ,the clutch lever is forged1 as shown1 and fitted with a ratchet lever1 ,n1 and ratchet quadrant1 ,o4 ,the idler holds the belt to the tension desired1 giving considerable flexibility of speed4 ,the brake is shown in ,figs4 #a and #c1 and detailed in ,figs4 #d and #i4 ,the fittings on the rear wheel and axle are made of wood1 and bolted1 with a tension spring1 as shown4 ,the brake drum is supported on iron bands1 riveted to the wheel1 and to the pulley rim4 ,the brake arm is connected to the brake wheel by a flexible wire4 ,when the pedal is forced down1 the wire is wound on the brake wheel1 thus permitting of adjustment4 ,the pedal is of iron and fixed on its shaft with a setscrew4 ,an iron pipe is used as a casing for the central shaft1 the shaft carrying the clutch lever1 and the pipe carrying the brake pedal and the brake wheel4 ,the quadrant ,o is mounted on a block1 fastened to the main frame4 ,the central shaft is carried in wooden blocks1 with iron caps4 ,a catch of strap iron can be fitted on the floor1 to engage the pedal1 and lock the brake when desired4 ,illustration3 ,,detail ,,of ,,brake ,,and ,,clutch ,,lever ,,fig4 #i ,the ,brake is ,controlled by a ,pedal1 and a ,clutch ,lever is ,mounted on the ,central ,shaft1 and ,set by ,means of a ,ratchet ,device and ,grip-,release ,rod ,the engine is cooled by the draft through the wire-mesh opening in the front of the hood1 and through the openings under the hood4 ,if desirable1 a wooden split pulley1 with grooved rim and rope belt1 may be fitted on the extension of the engine shaft1 and connected with a two-blade metal fan1 as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,the lighting arrangement may next be installed1 gas or electric lamps1 run on batteries1 being used4 ,mudguards are desirable if the car is to be used on muddy roads4 ,strong bicycle mudguards can be installed1 the guard braces being bolted on the axles4 ,a strong pipe1 with a drawbolt passing through its length1 is mounted across the front of the frame4 ,the body is built of -in4 stock1 preferably white wood1 and is #b ft4 #d in4 wide4 ,a priming coat should be applied to the woodwork1 followed by two coats of the body color1 and one or two coats of varnish4 ,the metal parts1 except at the working surfaces1 may be painted1 or enameled4 ,combined ,label and ,cover ,pad for ,preserve ,glasses ,illustration ,a neat and convenient method of making a label for jars of preserves1 or similar preparations1 to serve as a tab for removing the cover of paraffin on the glass1 or dish1 is shown in the sketch4 ,the tabs are cut from tag board1 notched1 as shown1 and bent on the dotted line4 ,when melted paraffin is poured on top of the material in the jar1 the tab is imbedded in it4 ,to remove the paraffin cover intact1 a pointed knife is run around the edge1 or the glass warmed sufficiently to loosen the cover1 which is then easily removed4--,arthur ,m4 ,cranford1 ,st4 ,louis1 ,mo4 ,motor-,driven ,entertainer for the ,baby ,illustration ,a contrivance that keeps the baby entertained1 by the hour1 at intervals1 and is a big help to a busy mother1 was made in a short time4 ,i mounted four wooden arms on a small motor1 as shown4 ,on the ends of two of the arms1 ,i fixed small pin wheels1 one blue and the other yellow4 ,the other arms hold curious-shaped pieces of bright cardboard1 one red and the other green4 ,the driving motor is run by one two-volt cell4 ,the revolving colored pin wheels amuse baby in his high chair1 and the device has well repaid the little trouble of making it4--,a4 ,h4 ,lange1 ,st4 ,paul1 ,minn4 ,simple ,concealed ,locking ,device for ,cases of ,drawers ,a simple method of providing a homemade locking device for a tier of drawers1 the use of only one keyed lock being necessary1 as is common in manufactured cases1 is shown in the sketch4 ,this is applicable to new or old cases1 where a space of about #a in4 is available between the back of the drawers and the rear of the case4 ,illustration ,the device1 as detailed1 consists of a locking bar sliding in guides1 screwed or fastened to the back of the case4 ,attached to the bar are latches one less in number than there are drawers1 and spaced apart the distance that each drawer top is above the one below4 ,the upper latch is the master feature4 ,the top of this is beveled off1 forcing it downward when the top drawer is closed4 ,the locking bar1 with the other latches1 also moves down1 and the latch fingers engage the backs of the drawers4 ,the connecting bar is operated by a light coil spring1 set on a shouldered rod at the bottom of the bar1 as detailed4 ,the master latch may be attached at any place on the bar1 and should be placed at the bottom drawer1 for cases too high to be reached handily4 ,to make the device for a small space1 a -in4 metal rod1 with metal fingers clamped on1 can be used4 ,metal striking plates are then put on the back edges of the drawers4--,g4 ,a4 ,luers1 ,washington1 ,d4 ,c4 99 99 99 99 99 ,steam-pipe drains should be provided at all points in the line where water is likely to accumulate4 ,support for ,wagon ,pole ,aids in ,hooking ,up ,team ,illustration ,to do away with the annoyance and strain of holding up the heavy pole of a mowing machine while fastening the yoke strap to the hames of a restless team of horses1 ,i equipped the pole with a drop stick1 or rest4 ,this was made of a #cj-;in4 piece of an old carriage shaft4 ,one end of the rod was hinged to the underside of the pole as shown4 ,when the machine is in operation1 the stick is tied up out of the way by means of a rope4 ,this appliance also lengthens the life of the pole1 and can be used on various kinds of vehicles4--,t4 ,h4 ,linthicum1 ,annapolis1 ,maryland4 ,string-,cutting ,ring ,made of ,horseshoe ,nail ,illustration ,persons having to tie a large number of packages or parcels soon find that their fingers become sore from breaking the heavy cord in the usual manner by wrapping it around the finger to form a cutting loop4 ,a handy device1 that can easily be made1 is a string-cutting ring fashioned from a horseshoe nail1 as shown4 ,the point of the nail is curled into a hook1 and the inner edge of the hook is sharpened4 ,the string is quickly looped around the hook and cut by a slight pull on the free end4 ,the ring is worn on the little finger4--,c4 ,c4 ,spreen1 ,flint1 ,mich4 99 99 99 99 99 ,a block of soft rubber1 #a by #c by #e in41 is useful as a pad for sandpaper in smoothing curved surfaces4 ,teakettle ,cover ,held by ,dent in ,edge ,illustration ,to prevent kettle covers from dropping off1 and the fingers from being burned by the escaping steam1 make a small dent in the edge of the lid1 as shown4 ,in setting the lid into place1 arrange it so that the dent is at the point opposite the spout4 ,thus1 when the water is poured from the kettle1 the lid cannot easily tip forward4--,w4 ,j4 ,parks1 ,la,salle1 ,ill4 ,candlesticks ,wired ,neatly for ,electric ,lamps ,illustration ,a number of wooden candlesticks were to be fitted with fixtures for electric lights1 and it was found that the types ordinarily available could not be attached in the usual manner4 ,a simple method was1 therefore1 devised1 as shown in the sketch1 and proved practical4 ,a short length of brass tubing1 ,a1 was screwed into a hole drilled in the bottom of the candle socket1 both ends of the tube being threaded4 ,a hole was drilled through the side of the tube1 and another through the side of the candlestick cup1 as indicated4 ,the hole in the wood was fitted with an insulation ring1 ,b4 ,the wiring1 suitably taped1 was carried through the opening for it1 into the tube1 and fastened in the usual manner to a standard keyless socket1 which was then screwed to the end of the tube1 making a substantial support4 ,the lights were controlled conveniently at the usual wall switches4--,livingston ,haviland1 ,buffalo1 ,n4 ,y4 ,handy ,parcel ,carrier with ,caster ,supports ,illustration3 ,the ,parcels are ,handled ,easily and with ,little ,danger of ,damage by the ,use of ,this ,homemade ,carrier ,instead of carrying out an armload1 or a boxful1 of miscellaneous parcels to the delivery wagon or the customer's vehicle1 an enterprising grocery clerk made a parcel carrier fitted with casters1 as shown in the sketch4 ,an ordinary wooden box was used for the tray1 and handles were fitted at the ends4 ,the legs were made of light strips nailed as shown4 ,the parcels are loaded into the tray and the arrangement carried or rolled along on the casters1 as is convenient4 ,besides making the work of handling the articles easier1 they are kept clean1 since it is not necessary to lay them on the walk or other undesirable place4--,avis ,gordon ,vestal1 ,chicago1 ,ill4 ,kinks in ,cleaning a ,typewriter ,irregularities in the feeding of the paper into a typewriter are often due to slippery spots on the platen4 ,to overcome this trouble1 clean the platen thoroughly with a mixture of two parts of denatured alcohol to one part of ether4 ,rub the polished parts with ,no4 #b emery cloth1 then smooth the surface with ,no4 #j emery cloth4 ,in cleaning a typewriter with gasoline1 the effect is to leave the parts dry4 ,a better method is to use a mixture of one part of typewriter oil to #ej parts gasoline4 ,this will leave a fine coating of oil1 which is too fine to collect dust1 on the working parts4--,william ,doenges1 ,fort ,sam ,houston1 ,texas4 ,red ,lens ,hinged to ,flash ,light for ,dark-,room ,use ,illustration3 ,a ,ruby ,cap ,hinged over the ,lens of an ,ordinary ,flash ,light ,is a ,convenience for the ,dark ,room ,amateur photographers will find a red lens attachment for a hand flash light a useful arrangement for the dark room1 when going in or out1 and during the process of developing1 especially in temporary quarters4 ,to fit the device in place1 measure the distance around the outside of the lens holder1 and lay out this dimension on a strip of tin1 or other metal1 #a in4 wide1 as shown4 ,then add in4 at each end1 and an extra strip1 which should be cut into -in4 sections1 along the whole length4 ,a spring tab1 midway along the top edge of the metal1 is also made4 ,curl the piece to a cylindrical form and clinch the joint as detailed1 and bend the notched tabs into place4 ,slip a piece of ruby glass into the cylinder and hold it against the notched tabs with a spring ring4 ,then solder a small hinge to the edge of the cylinder and to the lens holder on the flash light1 so that the spring tab will snap into place4 ,when a white light is wanted1 the red-glass fitting is released1 as shown4 ,an ,octagonal ,mission ,center ,table ,,by ,,henry ,,simon ,the home craftsman who is fairly skilled with woodworking hand tools will be well repaid for a little extra care in making this mission center table1 of unusual design4 ,most of the woodwork involved in its construction is quite simple1 the element calling for careful work being the laying out and shaping of the octagonal top and the shelf4 ,because of the wide surfaces exposed it will also pay the maker to plane1 scrape1 and sand down these surfaces carefully4 ,by selecting the best pieces of wood and setting their better sides out1 the effect is also enhanced4 ,the table can be finished in a variety of ways to suit the furniture of the room where it is used4 ,various kinds of hard wood are suitable1 quarter-sawed oak being preferable4 ,illustration3 ,the ,home ,craftsman will ,find the ,making of ,this ,octagonal ,mission ,center ,table a ,novel ,piece of ,construction4 ,it ,offers ,no ,special ,difficulties if ,care is ,taken in the ,shaping of the ,top and ,shelf ,begin the construction by gluing up the pieces for the top and the shelf4 ,while they are drying1 make the pieces for the legs1 the lower braces1 and the strips for the edging of the top4 ,the upper portion of the legs is of double thickness1 -in4 stock being used throughout4 ,fit the lower supporting framework together as shown in the bottom view of the shelf1 two of the braces extending across the bottom and the others butting against them4 ,when the top and shelf are dry1 brace the top with cleats screwed on underneath1 as shown in the bottom view of the top4 ,lay out the shelf accurately1 and shape it to a perfect octagon1 #be in4 across from opposite parallel sides4 ,make a strip1 #a in4 wide1 and use it in marking the layout for the top1 from the shelf as a pattern1 the edges of the top being parallel with those of the shelf and #a in4 from them4 ,assemble the parts as shown1 using glue and screws where practicable1 and properly set nails for places where the fastening will be exposed4 ,all the stock should be cleaned up thoroughly both before and after assembling4 ,four pieces for the casters are fastened to the legs with screws4 ,the edging for the top may be mitered1 with a rounded corner1 as shown in the detail1 or butted square against the edge of the top1 as indicated in the photograph and the plan of the top1 the latter method being far easier4 99 99 99 99 99 ,the nuisance of tracking dust and ashes from the basement can be overcome1 to a considerable extent1 by providing carpet mats on two or three lower treads of the stairs leading from the basement to the rooms above4 ,folding ,ironing ,board ,clamps on ,edge of ,table or ,window ,illustration3 ,this ,rigid ,ironing ,board ,folds ,compactly and can be ,set ,up with ,ease at the ,window ,sill ,an ironing board is usually most convenient for use when its left end is set near a window1 or other source of light4 ,the arrangement shown in the sketch was designed with this in mind1 and other interesting features were added4 ,the top is of the usual type4 ,arranged underneath it is a cross cleat near one end4 ,bolted through this are two clamps which engage the edge of the window sill or table4 ,they are clamped by lowering the leg from its folded position1 underneath the top1 as indicated4 ,the bolts at the clamps are adjustable for gripping various thicknesses of table tops1 etc41 between the clamps and the top4 ,the lower end of the leg can be fitted with a sliding adjustment1 if the board is used at different heights1 the design being otherwise the same4--,t4 ,j4 ,hubbard1 ,mendota1 ,ill4 ,wire ,trellis ,fastened ,neatly to ,brick ,walls ,a desirable vine often has not the natural ability for clinging to stone1 and other walls1 and a suitable aid must be provided to support it4 ,fastening a wire trellis to such a wall is a good method4 ,screw anchors are used1 which fit into holes drilled for them and expand under the pressure of the screw4 ,staples may also be used in walls laid up in mortar4 ,a -in4 screw anchor will hold an ordinary fence staple1 and requires a -in4 hole4 ,after the staple has been placed over the wire its ends are pinched together and driven into the anchor socket4 ,the staple is held firmly1 and will support a considerable load4 ,first fasten the trellis of wire mesh to the wall1 at the top1 very securely4 ,a chalk line aids in setting the wire straight4 ,if carefully done1 the trellis will be hardly noticeable1 and the wall will be unmarred4--,c4 ,l4 ,meller1 ,fargo1 ,n4 ,d4 ,a ,homemade ,fishing ,float ,adjustable to ,depth ,a novel device for fishing1 especially with a short bait-casting rod1 is a float that can be adjusted to the depth of water in which it is desired to fish4 ,the float is hollow and slides on the line4 ,to use it1 the casting lead and hooks are adjusted as usual1 and a sliding knot on the line is set for the depth desired1 and the cast made4 ,the float will stop at the sliding knot1 and remain on the surface4 ,in reeling the line1 the knot passes freely through the guides1 and the float slides down on the line until it reaches the casting weight4 ,illustration3 ,by ,setting a ,sliding ,knot on the ,line1 as a ,stop for the ,float1 the ,depth at ,which the ,sinker is ,desired can be ,easily ,regulated ,cork is a good material from which to make the float4 ,cut the cork in sections1 as shown1 and fit it over a large quill1 which provides a smooth-running hole through the float4 ,fit a small glass bead in the upper end of the float1 as a stop for the knot4 ,the knot is of the figure-eight type1 and tied as shown in the detail at the left4 ,it slides easily1 but grips the line tightly enough to stop the float4 ,an ordinary float can be altered for use as described4--,charles ,carroll1 ,baltimore1 ,maryland4 ,adjustable and ,pivoted ,bed ,table ,attached to ,bedpost ,illustration3 ,this ,handy ,table ,clamps on the ,bedpost and can be ,swung ,aside ,conveniently1 or ,removed ,altogether ,a table arrangement which can be clamped handily to the bedpost and swung out of the way or removed altogether when not in use1 is a convenience that has a wide use in the home4 ,a device of this kind1 which requires no floor support and can be folded compactly for storage1 is shown in the illustration4 ,the table proper consists of a -in4 board1 of suitable size1 the edges of which are banded with metal or thin wooden strips4 ,the board is supported on a frame of iron rod1 bent to the form indicated in the dotted lines1 and clamped with -in4 brass clamps4 ,the end of this frame rod is bent at an angle and pivoted in a metal bracket4 ,a cotter pin guards against accidental loosening of the joint4 ,the clamping device is made of by #a-;in4 band iron1 and is bent to fit loosely around the bedpost4 ,a brass plate1 ,a1 is fitted inside of the main piece ,b1 as shown4 ,a thumbscrew is threaded into the piece ,b1 its point engaging the brass plate1 which acts as a guard4 ,in fastening the piece ,b on the bedpost1 the thumbscrew is set1 and the wing nut also tightened4--,a4 ,lavery1 ,garfield1 ,n4 ,j4 ,a ,toy ,tractor ,built with ,dry ,cell and ,motor ,illustration3 ,a ,boy can ,make ,this ,simple ,electric ,tractor in a ,short ,time1 and will ,get ,much ,fun ,out of ,it ,an ordinary two-volt dry cell1 a small motor1 and the necessary wooden parts1 as shown in the illustration1 are all that is needed for the making of a toy tractor that will give its builder a great deal of fun4 ,a good feature is that the parts can be taken down quickly and used for other purposes when desired4 ,a base1 by #c by #i in4 long1 is made of wood1 and two axles of the same thickness are set under it1 as shown4 ,the wheels are disks cut from spools1 or cut out of thin wood for the rear wheels1 and heavier wood for the front ones4 ,they are fastened with screws and washers1 or with nails4 ,the dry cell is mounted on small strips and held by wires4 ,the motor is fastened with screws and wired to the dry cell in the usual manner4 ,one of the front wheels serves as the driver1 and is grooved to receive the cord belt4--,j4 ,e4 ,dalton1 ,cleveland1 ,o4 ,a ,compact ,toilet ,outfit for the ,soldier ,illustration ,a compact outfit1 which the soldier or camper will appreciate1 consists of a comb1 brush1 and mirror1 clamped together1 as shown in the sketch4 ,two long staples are set into the back of the brush handle1 as indicated4 ,from a board1 in4 thick1 the backing for the metal 8trench mirror0 is made1 with the handle portion small enough to fit into the staples4 ,a small brass strip acts as a spring when placed near the end of the mirror handle1 and holds the outfit snugly4 ,preserving ,leaves in ,specimen ,book ,the common method of preserving leaves by pressing them with an iron rubbed on beeswax may be improved by substituting the following process4 ,paint the under side of each leaf with linseed oil1 ironing it immediately1 and then paint and iron the upper side in the same way4 ,this treatment gives the leaves sufficient gloss1 while they remain quite pliable4 ,it is not necessary to press and dry the leaves beforehand1 but this may be done if desired4 ,the tints may even be well preserved by painting only the upper side of the leaves with the oil and then placing them1 without ironing1 between newspapers1 under weights1 to dry4--,caroline ,bollerer1 ,new ,britain1 ,conn4 ,removable ,drawer ,stop ,illustration ,when ,i least expected it1 the small-tool drawers of my tool chest have often dropped out1 after ,i had left them partly open4 ,the result was a waste of time in picking up the tools1 not to mention the possible injury to them4 ,i made small clips1 like that shown in the sketch1 and fitted them to the back of the drawers1 as at ,a4 ,when it is desired to remove the clips1 the portion that extends above the drawer may be bent forward4 ,this is necessary only where the space above the drawer is small4 ,the clips may be made large enough to fit drawers of various sizes4--,j4 ,harger1 ,honolulu1 ,h4 ,i4 ,pole ,supports ,rug ,handily for ,cleaning ,a rug may be handled easily for cleaning if the pole on which it is rolled when purchased is used as a support1 as shown in the illustration4 ,two stout wires are fastened into the ends of the pole and hooked over the tightly stretched clothesline4 ,the rug is suspended on the roller and is thus kept straight while it is cleaned1 the tendency being1 when only a clothesline is used1 to crumple at the middle4--,john ,v4 ,loeffler1 ,evansville1 ,ind4 ,illustration3 ,the ,roller on ,which the ,rug is ,rolled ,when ,purchased is ,used to ,advantage as a ,support ,while ,cleaning ,it ,disk ,talking ,machine as ,china-,banding ,wheel ,a serviceable wheel for banding hand-painted china may be had by adapting a disk talking machine for the purpose4 ,three old records are placed on the wheel1 so as to bring the surface of the upper one slightly higher than the center pin4 ,the piece of china to be banded is set on the exact center of the disk1 with the rings on the record as a guide1 and the brush may be rested on the arm of the machine4 ,care must1 of course1 be taken not to injure the talking machine4--,mrs4 ,w4 ,read ,elmer1 ,bridgeton1 ,n4 ,j4 ,emergency ,collar ,button ,illustration ,requiring a collar button1 and1 as usual1 having no extra one on hand1 ,i devised the holder shown in the illustration4 ,it proved to be better than a collar button for use at the back of the neckband4 ,it was bent into shape from a hairpin and has the advantage of keeping the collar fixed with little chance of becoming unfastened4--,william ,s4 ,thompson1 ,hopkinsville1 ,ky4 ,illustration3 ,making a ,coasting ,toboggan ,,by ,a4 ,m4 ,,parker ,essentials of a good toboggan1 whether for coasting or use in transportation1 are strength and lightness1 and when it is to be made in the home shop1 the construction must be simple4 ,that shown in the illustration1 and detailed in the working sketches1 was designed to meet these requirements4 ,the materials for the toboggan proper and the forms over which it is bent1 may be obtained at small expense4 ,smoothness of finished surface1 freedom from tendency to splinter1 and ability to stand up under abuse being requisite qualities in the wood used to make a toboggan1 three varieties may be mentioned in their order of merit3 hickory1 birch1 and oak4 ,birch is softer than hickory and easily splintered1 but acquires an excellent polish on the bottom4 ,oak stands bending well1 but does not become as smooth on the running surface as close-grained woods4 ,do not use quarter-sawed oak because of the cross-grain flakes in its structure4 ,while the best toboggan is made of a single board1 both the securing of material and its construction are rather difficult4 ,narrow strips are easily bent to shape1 but do not make a durable article4 ,a toboggan made of four boards is practical4 ,the mill bill for one #g ft4 long by #af in4 wide and for the bending frame1 is as follows3 #d pieces1 by #d in4 by #aj ft41 hard wood4 #g #a by #a in4 by #af in41 #b by #a in4 by #af in41 #b #a by #f in4 by #f ft41 common boards4 #f #a by #b in4 by #ah in41 #a cylindrical block1 #ab in4 diameter by #ah in4 long4 ,illustration3 ,this ,toboggan ,is ,strong and ,light2 ,it will afford the ,maker ,much ,pleasure ,both in the ,interesting ,process of ,construction and in the ,use for ,coasting or ,transportation4 ,it may be ,made as an ,individual ,project or as a ,joint ,undertaking by ,several ,boys ,the form for the bending of the pieces is made of the common boards and the block4 ,a block sawed from the end of a dry log is excellent4 ,heat it1 if convenient1 just before bending the strips4 ,the boards for the bottom should be selected for straightness of grain and freedom from knots and burls4 ,carefully plane the side intended for the wearing surface1 and bevel the edges so that1 when placed together1 they form a wide 8,v0 joint1 half the depth of the boards4 ,the #a by #a-;in4 pieces are for cross cleats and should be notched on one side1 #a in4 from each end1 to receive the side ropes4 ,the two by #a-;in4 pieces are to be placed one at each side of the extreme end of the bent portion1 to reinforce it4 ,illustration3 ,the ,boards for the ,bottom are ,steamed or ,boiled at the ,bow ,ends and ,bent over the ,form4 ,as the ,bending ,operation ,progresses1 the ,boards are ,nailed to the ,form with ,cleats1 and ,permitted to ,dry in ,this ,position ,bore a gimlet hole through the centers of the #a by #b by #ah-;in pieces1 and #d in4 each side of this hole1 bore two others4 ,nail the end of one of the #f-;ft4 boards to each end of the block1 so that their extended ends are parallel4 ,with #c-;in4 nails1 fasten one of the bored pieces to the block between the boards1 inserting1 temporarily1 a -in4 piece to hold it out that distance from the block4 ,steam about #c ft4 of the ends of the boards1 or boil them in a tank4 ,clamp1 or nail1 the boards together1 at the dry ends1 edge to edge1 between two of the #a by #b-;in4 pieces1 leaving about -in4 opening between boards4 ,thrust the steamed ends under the cleat nailed on the block1 the nails which hold it slipping up between the boards4 ,bear down on the toboggan carefully1 nailing on another of the bored cleats1 when the toboggan boards have been curved around the block as far as the floor will permit4 ,the nails1 of course1 go between the boards4 ,now1 turn the construction over and bend up the toboggan1 following the boards around the block with more of the nailed cleats1 until the clamped end is down between the two #f-;ft4 boards1 where it can be held by a piece nailed across4 ,more of the cleats may be nailed on if desired2 in fact1 the closer together the cleats are the less danger there is of splintering the boards1 and the more perfect the conformity of the boards to the mold4 ,allow at least four days for drying before removing the boards from the form4 ,clamp the by #a-;in4 pieces one each side of the extreme ends of the bent bows1 drill holes through1 and rivet them4 ,a #a by #a-;in4 crossbar is riveted to the inside of the bow at the extreme front and another directly under the extremity of the curved end4 ,these cleats are wired together to hold the bend of the bow4 ,the tail end crossbar should be placed not nearer than #b in4 from the end of the boards1 while the remainder of the crossbars are evenly spaced between the front and back pieces1 taking care that the notched side is always placed down4 ,trim off uneven ends1 scrape and sandpaper the bottom well1 and finish the toboggan with oil4 ,run a -in4 rope through the notches under the ends of the cross pieces1 and the toboggan is completed4 ,screws are satisfactory substitutes for rivets in fastening together the parts1 and wire nails1 of a length to allow for about -in4 clinch1 give a fair job4 ,indians overcome the lack of hardware by the use of rawhide1 laced through diagonally staggered holes bored through the crosspieces and bottom boards4 ,rawhide1 which they sometimes stretch over the bow as a protection1 affords an opportunity for elaborate ornamentation4 ,wooden ,lock with ,combination ,key ,illustration3 ,this ,lock is ,made ,entirely of ,wood and cannot be ,picked ,easily ,the lock shown in the sketch and detailed drawings is made entirely of wood1 and it is nearly impossible to pick or open it without the use of the key4 ,the casing of the lock is #e by #e in4 and #a in4 thick1 of hard wood1 oak being suitable for this as well as for the other parts4 ,three tumblers1 a bolt1 and a keeper are required4 ,the key is shown inserted1 indicating how the tumblers are raised by it4 ,the bolt is slotted and a screw placed through it to prevent it from being moved too far4 ,the lock and keeper are bolted into place on a door with carriage bolts1 the heads being placed on the outer side4 ,illustration3 ,the ,details of ,construction must be ,observed ,carefully and the ,parts ,made ,accurately to ,insure ,satisfactory ,operation ,the detailed drawing shows the parts1 together with the dimensions of each1 which must be followed closely4 ,the lock casing is grooved with two grooves1 extending the length of the grain and connected by open mortises1 all in4 in depth4 ,the spacing of the mortises and the grooves is shown in the views of the casing4 ,three tumblers1 in4 square and #b in4 long1 are required4 ,the bolt is by #a by #h in41 and the key by by #e in41 and notched as shown4 ,all the parts of the lock must be fitted carefully1 sandpapered smooth1 and oiled to give a finish that will aid in the operation1 as well as protect the wood4 ,aside from its practical use1 this lock is interesting as a piece of mechanical construction4--,b4 ,francis ,dashiell1 ,baltimore1 ,md4 ,variety of ,uses for an ,electric ,iron ,illustration ,a milliner1 in addition to using her electric iron for ordinary purposes of ironing and pressing1 inverts it between two hollow tiles and thus makes use of it in steaming velvet trimmmings4 ,the tiles not only hold the iron securely in this position1 but also insulate it from overheating or scorching adjoining objects or surfaces4 ,the iron is also used inverted for heating water1 cooking coffee1 and other liquids1 as well as in providing a warm lunch4 ,renewing ,dry ,batteries with ,sal ,ammoniac ,illustration ,finding that dry batteries had increased in price1 and requiring a number for experimental purposes1 ,i devised the following method by which ,i was able to use the old batteries for a considerable period3 ,when the dry cells were nearly exhausted1 ,i punched holes through the zinc covering with a nail1 as shown in the sketch4 ,the holes were placed about #a in4 apart1 and care was taken not to punch them near the upper edge of the container1 or the black insulation might thus be injured4 ,the cells were then placed in a saturated solution of sal ammoniac4 ,the vessel containing the liquid must be filled only to within in4 from the top of the cell1 otherwise the binding posts will be corroded1 and the cell probably short-circuited4 ,the cells were left in the solution six hours1 and then became remarkably live4 ,they must not be connected or permitted to come into contact with each other while in the solution4--,h4 ,sterling ,parker1 ,brooklyn1 ,n4 ,y4 ,a ,sliding ,board for ,coasting ,illustration ,the simple device shown in the sketch can afford youngsters much amusement in coasting down inclines or small hills1 either on the snow or on surfaces slightly crusted with ice4 ,the board is intended for individual use only and should be about #aj in4 wide and #bf in4 long4 ,it is reinforced underneath by a strip of wood1 about in4 thick and smoothed on its lower side4 ,this piece is fastened in the form of a bow by placing a small cleat between it and the upper piece4 ,the strip should be about #c in4 wide1 and aids in keeping the sliding board in its course4--,john ,f4 ,long1 ,springfield1 ,mo4 ,electrical ,device ,transmits ,striking of ,clock ,converting an ordinary parlor1 or mantel1 clock into a master clock1 from which the striking of the gong is transmitted to various parts of the home1 may be accomplished by fitting it with a simple electrical device1 as shown in the sketch4 ,the general arrangement of the batteries1 single-stroke bells1 and the contact device within the clock case is shown in ,fig4 #a2 a detail of the silk cord and other connections of the contact key and the gong hammer1 is shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,this arrangement has been in operation for several years1 and has been found practical4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #a ,,fig4 #b ,the ,general ,arrangement of the ,apparatus for ,transmitting the ,striking of a ,clock ,gong is ,shown in ,fig4 #a1 and a ,detail of the ,contact ,device in ,fig4 #b ,the various rooms to which the striking of the gong is to be transmitted are wired with ,no4 #ah annunciator wire1 run carefully behind picture moldings and in corners4 ,where the wires must be carried through a partition1 a -in4 hole is sufficiently large for the purpose4 ,the single-stroke bells are wired up as shown in the sketch4 ,the number of dry batteries necessary varies with the number of bells in the circuit1 and also depends on the length of wire through which the current is carried4 ,a trial should be made with several batteries and more added until the bells are rung properly4 ,the connecting device may be fitted into the clock case without defacing it by boring holes in its side1 and the binding posts are fixed into place neatly4 ,the two sections of the contact key1 shown in detail in ,fig4 #b1 are fastened to the back of the clock case with bolts4 ,the upper member is fitted with an adjustable thumbscrew and is stationary on the bolt fastening4 ,the lower arm is made of covered wire and is pivoted on the supporting bolt4 ,attached to its lower edge1 at the pivot1 is a small lever arm4 ,this is connected to the hammer rod of the gong with a silk cord4 ,the length of the cord must be determined by careful adjustment so that it will not hinder the action of the hammer ,h1 but will bring the swinging arm into proper contact with the thumbscrew4 ,the contact should be made at the instant the hammer strikes the bell4 ,the contact of the platinum point of the thumbscrew and the swinging arm must be close1 but not too strong4 ,metal posts or tubes fitted over the bolts1 at the points where the arms are attached to the back of the clock case1 may be used to bring the arms the proper distance forward in the case1 so that they will be in alinement with the hammer rod4 ,the silk cord must not interfere with the action of the pendulum ,p4 ,to hold the silk cord in place on the hammer rod1 drop a small piece of melted sealing wax or solder on the rod4--,w4 ,e4 ,day1 ,pittsfield1 ,mass4 ,antique ,signboard ,made of ,headboard of ,bed ,some old headboards of beds are of such a pattern that they lend themselves readily for use as signboards1 with only slight alteration4 ,such an adaptation is shown in the sketch1 and was fitted to a bracket of ornamental iron1 the whole producing a striking effect4 ,the sign was made of black walnut and was1 by reason of its age1 well seasoned4 ,it was treated with several coats of linseed oil to withstand the action of the weather better4 ,illustration3 ,a ,signboard ,which ,attracts ,attention was ,made of the ,headboard of a ,walnut ,bed ,auto ,horn for ,child's ,play ,vehicle ,a baking-powder1 or other tinned1 can may be used to make the small automobile horn shown in the illustration1 for use on a child's coaster wagon4 ,the device consists of a toothed wheel operating against several metal pawls within the can1 and the warning sound is produced by turning a small crank at the end of the can4 ,the can is fixed to the side of the vehicle by means of a wire or strap-iron bracket1 as shown in the sketch at ,e4 ,illustration3 ,this ,small ,auto ,horn was ,made of a ,tinned ,can ,fitted with a ,notched ,wheel and ,pawls ,a piece of wood is fitted into the can1 to support the ratchet wheel4 ,it is bored to carry a shaft1 which bears in the end of the can1 and at the exposed end of which is fixed a crank4 ,a disk of wood1 about in4 thick1 is cut to have a notched edge1 as shown at ,a4 ,the notched wheel is placed upon the shaft1 and fastened securely to it1 so that the ratchet wheel revolves with the shaft when the crank on the latter is turned4 ,four small pawls of sheet metal1 are fixed on the inner support1 as shown at ,b4 ,they are made by cutting pieces of metal to the shape shown at ,c1 and folding them1 as shown at ,d4 ,they are fastened to the support with small screws or nails4 ,the cover is placed on the end of the can when the device is used4 ,the action of the ratchet wheel against the pawls is to produce a loud grating sound1 resembling that of a horn of the siren type4--,william ,freebury1 ,buffalo1 ,n4 ,y4 ,wall ,pocket for ,paste ,tubes ,a small paste tube of the collapsible variety is hard to keep at hand on the desk and occasionally1 if left uncovered1 the contents may be forced out on papers or on the table4 ,a simple container may be made for the tube by cutting the carton in which the tube is packed with a penknife1 so as to expose the upper end of the tube4 ,the cover and upper end of the back of the carton is doubled over to provide an extra thickness for a support1 by which the contrivance may be suspended on the wall4--,t4 ,h4 ,linthicum1 ,annapolis1 ,md4 ,cutting ,thin ,wooden ,disks ,illustration3 ,draw the ,strip with ,its ,saw-,tooth ,brads around the ,center1 ,cutting ,out the ,disk ,instead of cutting thin wooden disks with a coping saw1 making it necessary to smooth off the circumference of the disk1 more satisfactory results may be had by the following method3 ,determine the center from which the circumference of the disk is to be struck4 ,drive a nail through a strip of wood about #a in4 wide and in4 thick1 and into the center of the proposed disk4 ,at a point on the strip1 so as to strike the circumference of the disk1 drive two sharp brads1 as shown in the sectional view of the sketch1 arranging them to act as saw teeth1 by driving them at an angle1 with a slight space between the points4 ,by grasping the end of the strip and drawing it carefully around the center a number of times1 the disk may be cut cleanly4 ,by cutting from one side nearly through the board1 and then finishing the cut from the other1 an especially good job results4--,s4 ,e4 ,woods1 ,seattle1 ,wash4 ,illustration3 ,a ,,wishbone-,,mast ,,ice ,,yacht by ,john ,f4 ,pjerrou ,large spread of canvas and great speed when running with the wind1 or 8free02 stability under heavy wind1 and adaptability to sailing under conditions similar to those of the common1 single-boom-and-sheet ice boat1 are the features of the ice yacht shown in the illustration4 ,the runner and frame structure is in general typical of ice-boat construction4 ,the double1 or wishbone1 mast is distinctive1 as is the double-boom and sail arrangement1 shown in ,figs4 #a and #f4 ,the booms are pivoted at the bow of the craft1 and controlled at the stern by the usual line and pulley rigging4 ,the booms may be spread so that a ,v-shaped cavity is afforded for taking the wind when running free1 or they may be brought together and both sails manipulated as a single sheet4 ,reefing and lowering of the sails are accomplished in the usual manner4 ,the framework is very substantial and the proportions are of moderate range1 so that the craft may be constructed economically for one or two passengers4 ,the double-boom feature may be omitted if the craft is to be used where little or no opportunity is afforded for running before the wind1 by reason of the particular ice areas available4 ,for the experimenter with sailing craft1 the wishbone-mast ice yacht affords opportunity for adaptation of the various elements of the craft described1 and is a novelty4 ,the dimensions given are for a small yacht1 and care must be taken1 in adapting the design1 to maintain proper proportions for stability and safety4 ,a side view with working dimensions is shown in ,fig4 #a2 inset into it is ,fig4 #f1 showing a front view of the mast and sail arrangement4 ,figure #b shows a view of the framework from below4 ,a detail of the fastening of the backbone and runner plank is shown in ,fig4 #c2 a detail of the fastening of the masts and the forward runners into the runner plank1 in ,fig4 #d1 and the fixture by which the booms and the yard are attached to the forward end of the backbone1 in ,fig4 #e4 ,the construction should begin with the making of the lower framework1 as shown in ,fig4 #b viewed from the lower side4 ,the main frame consists of a backbone1 of spruce or white pine1 #d in4 thick1 #h in4 high at the center1 and #af ft4 long1 clamped accurately at right angles to a runner plank1 of the same material1 #b in4 thick1 #aj in4 wide1 and #ab ft4 #f in4 long4 ,the backbone is tapered from the middle portion1 #e ft4 #f in4 from the forward end1 and with a ridge1 #h in4 high and #b ft4 #f in4 long1 measured from the end of the taper at this end1 as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,it is tapered to #d in4 at each end1 and the bow end is fitted with a three-eye metal ring1 as shown in detail in ,fig4 #e4 ,the runner plank and the backbone are clamped together firmly at their crossing1 the backbone being set upon the plank1 by means of two strap bolts1 with washers and nuts1 as shown in detail in ,fig4 #c4 ,only the best material should be used in the backbone and runner plank1 and the stock should be straight-grained1 to give the greatest strength4 ,the runner plank is tapered down to #h in4 at its ends1 to which the guides for the forward runners are fixed4 ,the guides are of straight-grained oak1 #a by #c by #ad in41 bolted to the runner plank with -in4 carriage bolts1 as shown in the detail sketch1 ,fig4 #d1 and in ,fig4 #b4 ,the guides and the ends of the plank are reinforced with oak chocks1 bolted in place at each of the tapered edges of the plank4 ,the forward runners are of oak1 #a by #e by #cf in41 shaped at their ends as shown1 and shod with half-round strap iron4 ,the heads of the screws used for this purpose are countersunk carefully4 ,the runners are pivoted on -in4 bolts1 the nuts being set to the inner side4 ,washers and jam nuts should be provided1 or the ends of the bolts riveted slightly1 to prevent the nuts from becoming loosened4 ,the stern runner is of oak1 #a by #e by #cj in41 shod like the forward runners1 and is pivoted in a forged wrought-iron hanger4 ,the lower portion of the hanger may be made of a strip of heavy iron1 bent into a ,u-shape1 and drilled to receive a -in4 bolt1 on which the runner pivots4 ,the ,u-shaped piece is riveted firmly to a vertical shaft1 provided with a heavy rubber washer1 protected from wear by a metal one1 as indicated at the right in ,fig4 #a4 ,the upper end of the shaft is threaded to receive a washer and nut4 ,a section of pipe is fitted over the shaft1 and the steering handle1 fitted to a square section of the shaft1 is clamped securely4 ,the cockpit is fixed to the lower side of the backbone1 and is #e ft4 long and #c ft4 wide1 with coaming1 #d in4 high4 ,it is shown with square corners1 since this construction is convenient1 though not as good as the type having the ends of the cockpit rounded1 and fitted with coaming steamed and bent to the curve4 ,the floor of the cockpit is fastened to the backbone with lag screws1 and the coaming is also fastened securely2 this construction1 if carefully made1 will afford ample strength4 ,if desired1 especially in larger craft1 ribs may be fixed to the backbone1 to carry the cockpit4 ,the runners1 the runner plank1 and the backbone must be alined carefully1 so that they are at right angles1 and track properly2 otherwise the craft will not keep a true course1 and cannot be controlled properly by the rudder runner4 ,the backbone and runner plank are held rigidly by four -in4 wire-rope stays1 shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,they are fixed to eyes on the bands at the bow1 near the ends of the runner plank1 and to an eyebolt below the cockpit4 ,the stays are provided with turnbuckles1 so that they may be adjusted as required4 ,the bands near the ends of the runner plank are fixed to the lower ends of the masts1 as shown in detail in ,fig4 #d1 and are reinforced with oak blocks4 ,the ends of the guy wires are fastened to the eyes by looping them and clamping the resulting eye with steel clamps made for this purpose4 ,metal thimbles may be fitted into the loop of the rope1 to make a better finish2 other fastenings may easily be devised by one skilled enough to make such a construction4 ,the wishbone mast is made of two poles of hickory or ash1 #c in4 thick at the base1 and tapered to #b in4 at the top4 ,the poles are joined carefully at the masthead1 bolted together1 and fitted to an oak breast hook1 as shown in ,fig4 #f4 ,an iron strap reinforces the joint1 and an eye1 fashioned at its upper end1 affords a point of attachment for the forward stay of the mast4 ,the lower ends of the poles forming the mast are fitted into sockets in the runner plank1 which is reinforced with mast blocks1 as shown in ,fig4 #d4 ,the ends of the mast1 projecting beyond the lower side of the runner plank1 are fitted with eye bands1 used in guying the runner plank and backbone4 ,the sails are carried on a yard and two booms1 of the same material as the masts1 each #af ft4 long1 #b in4 at the middle and tapering to #a in4 at the ends4 ,they are fitted with metal rings at the ends to prevent splitting4 ,the yard and booms are fitted to the backbone at the bow by means of loops bolted to them and engaging an eyebolt and ring on the backbone4 ,the eyebolt is fitted into a slotted plate of -in4 sheet iron1 and fastened by a lever nut1 as shown in ,fig4 #e4 ,the sheets are fastened to the yard and booms in the usual manner1 being fitted with grommets1 and tied with line4 ,the yard is suspended from the masthead by means of a line and pulley1 the former being cleated to the backbone4 ,the booms are controlled by the operator from the cockpit1 by the use of lines and pulleys1 similar to the arrangement used on sailboats1 except that a duplicate set is required for the additional boom4 ,the lines are cleated on the backbone convenient to the cockpit4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #a ,,fig4 #f ,,fig4 #e ,,fig4 #b ,,fig4 #d ,,fig4 #c ,the ,wishbone ,mast ,provides a ,strong ,construction of ,marked ,stability1 and the ,double ,booms and ,sails ,permit of ,great ,speed ,when ,running before the ,wind4 ,when ,tacking1 the ,sails and ,booms are ,used as ,one ,boom and ,sheet4 ,figure #a ,shows the ,side ,elevation2 ,fig4 #b a ,view of the ,lower ,side1 and the ,details are ,shown in the ,other ,figures ,the sails are of the lateen type1 and should be made of #h-oz4 unbleached cotton duck4 ,the breadths are sewn together by lapping one edge over the other about #a in41 and sewing or stitching along the edge4 ,yard-wide material is satisfactory1 and if narrower laps or bights are desired1 simply fold over #a in4 of the goods and double-stitch the seam4 ,the bights should run parallel with the after1 or leach1 edge of the sail1 as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,each corner of the sail should be reinforced with a triangular patch of duck1 so that it will stand up under the severe strain of winter usage4 ,the edges of the sail may be bound with -in4 tarred rope1 which is not difficult if a sailor's palm and a diamond-pointed needle are used4 ,sail twine1 well waxed1 should be used for the sewing of the sails4 ,the edges of the sails adjoining the yard and booms are provided with grommet holes by means of which the sails are attached to their supports4 ,the grommets are made by punching holes in the sails1 at the proper points1 fitting two -in4 brass grommet rings into the holes1 one at each side1 and overcasting them with a buttonhole stitch4 ,the sail needle and waxed sail twine are used4 ,the reef points are of the usual type1 and are made of -in4 cotton rope1 whipped at the ends to prevent raveling1 and sewed to the sails at intervals4 ,the craft is designed to be taken down when not in use1 particularly between seasons1 and can be stored in comparatively small space1 in the knockdown form4 ,the method of setting up the ice yacht will serve to illustrate1 also1 the method of taking it down1 in that the process is practically reversed4 ,first1 the backbone is fitted with the forward ring and the strap bolts are fastened at the crossing of the backbone and runner plank4 ,the runners are fitted into place1 and the steering rigging is adjusted4 ,the wishbone mast is set into its steps1 clamped at its masthead1 and the bands fitted to the lower ends4 ,the guy wires at the bottom and that at the masthead are then set1 by means of the turnbuckles4 ,the sails are attached to the yard and booms1 and the forward end of the latter supports are fixed into place4 ,the pulley at the masthead is fitted with -in4 rope which is fastened to the yard1 at the proper point1 as indicated in ,fig4 #a4 ,the rigging by which the booms are controlled is threaded through the pulleys at the stern and the ends fixed on the cleats4 ,the yard may now be hauled up and the craft trimmed so that the sails 8set0 properly4 ,the halyard is fixed to the yard1 as shown1 and run through a pulley at the masthead1 then down through a second pulley fixed to the runner plank1 from which it is conducted to cleats convenient to the operator in the cockpit4 ,the main sheets are rigged as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,the ends of the lines are lashed to the ends of the booms1 passed through pulleys1 at the stern of the backbone1 on the booms1 about #a ft4 from the ends1 and #e ft4 from the ends1 respectively1 then down to the cleats at the cockpit4 ,this rigging gives good purchase on the lines and makes it convenient for the operator to attend to the helm and the lines at the same time4 ,the fittings are1 as nearly as possible1 designed to be standard and may be purchased from ship chandlers1 or dealers in marine hardware and fittings4 ,the special metal parts may be made by one of fair mechanical skill1 or may be made by local blacksmiths4 ,the woodwork is all comparatively simple4 ,the masts1 yard1 and booms should be smoothed carefully1 sandpapered lightly1 and finished with several coats of spar varnish4 ,the other woodwork may be painted suitably1 and the metal fittings should be finished with two coats of red lead1 or other good paint for use on metals exposed to the weather4 ,the manipulation of this craft is in general similar to that of the common lateen-rig1 or other sail and ice1 boats4 ,when running before the wind--free--the booms are separated and the wind acts against the sails in the pocket between them4 ,when tacking1 the booms are brought together1 and the sails act as one sheet1 on a craft of the ordinary type4 ,cork ,plugs ,save ,wear on ,drafting ,board ,draftsmen1 whose work demands the use of drawing paper of uniform size1 sometimes experience difficulty in fixing thumb tacks solidly in the board4 ,this is caused by the continual placing of tacks in the same spot and may be overcome by the use of cork plugs which can be removed when worn4 ,at the four points where the tacks are generally placed1 bore #a-;in4 holes nearly through the board4 ,insert corks large enough to be forced into the holes and trim them off flush with the surface4 ,tacks will hold firmly in them and new corks may be inserted as needed4--,g4 ,f4 ,thompson1 ,pittsburgh1 ,pa4 ,stand for a ,test-,tube ,flower ,vase ,a test-tube vase1 containing a single blossom1 adds color and a certain individual touch to the business man's desk1 or it may be used with effectiveness in the home4 ,a simple wooden stand1 finished to harmonize with the surroundings1 may be made easily1 and affords a support and protection for the test tube4 ,the sketch shows a small stand of this type1 made of oak1 in the straight-line mission style4 ,it may be adapted to other woods and to various designs in straight or curved lines4 ,illustration3 ,the ,stand ,provides a ,support and ,protection for the ,test-,tube ,vase on the ,office ,desk or in the ,home ,the base is #b in4 square1 and rests on two cross strips1 #a in4 wide4 ,all the material may be about in4 thick1 but it is desirable to have the base and cap pieces of thicker stuff4 ,the uprights may be of to -in4 stuff1 and are notched together as shown4 ,they are #a in4 wide and #f in4 long1 a portion being cut out to receive the test tube4 ,the cap is #a in4 square1 and its edges are chamfered slightly1 as are those on the upper edge of the base4 ,the pieces are fitted together with small brads1 used as hidden dowels1 and the joints are glued4 ,brads may be used to nail the pieces together1 and they should be sunk into the wood1 and the resulting holes filled carefully4 ,the stand should be stained a dark color1 or left natural1 and given a coat of shellac or varnish4 ,pouring ,liquids ,quickly from ,containers ,in pouring a liquid from a jug or bottle1 the vessel should be held with the opening downward1 rather than horizontally1 if convenient1 and swung quickly with a circular motion4 ,the liquid will rotate and in leaving the opening will permit air to enter continuously1 causing the liquid to run out rapidly and without intermittent gurgling sounds4 ,if the opening of the container is at one side it is best to hold the container so that the opening is at the highest point of the end rather than at the bottom4 ,the air may thus enter and permit a continuous flow until the container is empty4--,e4 ,f4 ,koke1 ,colorado ,springs1 ,colo4 ,a ,table-,knife ,sharpener ,the knife sharpener shown can be easily made of two pieces of thin wood1 such as cigar-box covers1 about #b in4 wide and #b in4 long1 and two discarded safety-razor blades of the heavier type4 ,lay the wood pieces together and saw a slot down the center for about #a in4 ,lay the two razor blades at an angle of about #b on each side of the slot1 as shown1 fasten them to one of the boards1 and securely attach the other board over them4 ,illustration ,to sharpen a knife1 run it through the slot two or three times4 ,the sharpener can be fastened with a hinge so that it will swing inside of the drawer1 or box1 that the knives are kept in1 and it will always be ready for use4--,contributed by ,henry ,j4 ,marion1 ,pontiac1 ,mich4 ,raising and ,lowering ,curtain at a ,distance ,illustration3 ,a ,ribbon or ,tape ,attached to a ,curtain ,roller to ,operate ,it at a ,distance ,to enable an invalid1 or any other person1 to easily raise and lower a curtain from a position at a distance from the window1 a ribbon can be attached to the roller1 at the center and on the inner side of the curtain4 ,the ribbon may extend across the room in line with the window1 and still operate the curtain as well as with the regular cord attached to the bottom4 ,if desirable to operate the curtain by a vertical pull1 a flat pulley may be conveniently fastened to the ceiling or wall1 and the ribbon passed over it1 or through a ring1 as shown4 ,this plan is especially adapted for show windows where the curtain string would otherwise mar the appearance and be hard to get at4--,contributed by ,l4 ,e4 ,turner1 ,new ,york1 ,n4 ,y4 ,the ,mystic ,climbing ,ring ,illustration ,the performer hands out a wand for examination and borrows a finger ring4 ,he holds the wand in his hand1 point upward1 and drops the ring on it1 then makes mesmeric passes over the wand with the other1 and causes the ring to climb toward the top1 stop at any place desired1 pass backward1 and at last fall from the wand4 ,the wand and ring are examined again by the audience4 ,to produce this little trick1 the performer must first provide himself with a round1 black stick1 about #ad in4 long1 a piece of ,no4 #fj black cotton thread about #ah in4 long1 and a small bit of beeswax4 ,tie one end of the thread to the top button on the coat and to the free end stick the beeswax1 which is stuck to the lower button until ready for the trick4 ,after the wand is returned1 secretly stick the waxed end to the top of the wand1 then drop the ring on it4 ,moving the wand slightly from oneself will cause the ring to move upward1 and relaxing it causes the ring to fall4 ,in the final stage remove the thread and hand out the wand for examination4 ,illustration3 ,skis and ,ski ,running ,by ,stillman ,taylor4 ,,part ,i--,prominent ,types of ,modern ,skis ,the requirements of the modern ski call for a hard1 flexible1 and tough material1 and while hickory1 white ash1 white maple1 birch1 yellow pine1 white pine1 and spruce are all used1 the experienced ski runner considers hickory and ash to combine in the fullest measure the qualities most desired4 ,of course1 every wood has its limitations as well as merits4 ,hickory is elastic and fairly tough1 but heavy4 ,ash resembles hickory so far as elasticity is concerned1 and its weight is about the same1 but the wood contains soft layers4 ,birch possesses the requisite lightness1 but is far too brittle to prove serviceable1 and pine is open to the same objection4 ,maple makes an excellent ski1 which can be finished very smooth so as to slide more easily than the other woods1 but it is much less flexible than either hickory or ash4 ,the ,telemark-,model ,ski ,this form of ski1 so called from the ,telemarken province of ,norway1 where the art of ski running has reached a high order of skill1 is probably the choice of the sportsmen wherever the exhilarating sport of ski running is practiced1 and the larger portion of the members of the numerous skiing clubs use the ,telemark-model ski4 ,this type is practically identical with the most popular model so long used in ,telemarken1 and the rule for its selection is to choose a pair whose length reaches the middle joint of the fingers when the arm is stretched above the head4 ,there are various makers of this type of ski1 and while the modeling will be found to differ but little1 there are numerous brands sold which are fashioned of cheap and flimsy material1 and consequently unsatisfactory in every respect4 ,the ,telemark model is shown in ,fig4 #a1 and from this sketch it will be seen that the wood has two curves or bends1 one running its entire length to form a graceful arch1 and the second1 at the toe4 ,the first one is technically known as the 8arch10 and the other curve the 8bend10 while the front or toe end of the ski is called the 8point10 and the rear end the 8heel40 ,in almost all skis the under1 or running1 surface is provided with a hollow1 known as the 8groove10 which runs from the heel to the bend4 ,it will be noticed in the drawing that the sides also are gently curved1 thus making the ski a trifle broader at the ends than in the center4 ,this curve affords a somewhat greater bend at the heel1 and while some experts approve1 others disapprove of it1 but most ski runners agree that the curve should not be pronounced1 or it will prove a handicap and make it difficult for the runner to secure a firm grip at the edge when ascending steep slopes covered with hard snow4 ,the 8arch0 of the ski is necessary to avoid bending when the weight of the body is on the runner1 and the total height of this important curve should not exceed in41 for a too exaggerated arch will practically form a concave running surface and retard the speed1 since it will run on two edges1 or points1 instead of on the entire running surface4 ,a slight arch may be reckoned necessary to offset the weight of the body1 but the utility of the ski1 in nearly every instance1 will be less affected by too little arch than by too great a curve at this point4 ,a good ski is told at a glance by its bend1 which must never be abruptly formed1 nor carried too high4 ,a maximum curve of #f in4 is all that is ever required1 and to prevent breaking at this1 the weakest1 part of the ski1 the bend must be gradual like the curve of a good bow1 thus making it more flexible and elastic at this point4 ,as a rule1 the ski should be fashioned a trifle broader at the bend than at any other point1 and the wood should be pared moderately thin1 which will make it strong and resilient with plenty of spring1 or 8backbone40 ,the groove in the running surface is so formed as to make the ski steady and prevent 8side slip0 when running straightaway4 ,in fact this groove may be compared to the keel of a boat1 and as the latter may be made too deep1 making it difficult to steer the craft and interfering with the turning1 so will the badly formed groove interfere with the control of the ski4 ,the ,telemark round-faced groove is by far the best form1 and for all-around use is commonly made or in4 deep4 ,not all ,telemark skis are thus fashioned1 however1 some being made without the groove1 while others are provided with two1 and ,i have seen one marked with three parallel hollows4 ,the shallow groove is the most satisfactory for general use1 and while a groove1 or in4 deep1 is good enough for straightaway running1 it makes turning more difficult4 ,to attach the ski binding1 which secures the shoe to the runner1 a hole in the form of a narrow slit is made just back of the center4 ,this is the usual manner of attaching the foot binding1 and while it cannot but weaken the ski to a certain extent1 it is the best method for making a secure foot fastening1 and weakens the wood to a much less extent than the use of bolts1 or other metal fastening4 ,so far as finish is concerned1 most ,norwegian makers finish their skis with a coat of black paint1 while other makers stain the wood1 and some finish the wood in the natural color by varnishing4 ,this applies to the upper surface only1 the running surface being rubbed down with linseed oil and made smooth with wax4 ,the ,swedish ,ski ,this type of ski is made quite long and comparatively narrow1 with a deep groove1 and is well adapted for running on the level or for gliding down slight slopes4 ,this type of ski is commonly used in ,lapland and to a less extent in the northern parts of ,norway1 but the great length and quick1 short bend make this model less adapted for ordinary use1 since the deep1 rectangular groove slows down the speed1 and the great length makes turning doubly difficult4 ,for special conditions this type is probably useful1 but it can scarcely be considered suited to the average use4 ,lilienfeld ,ski ,this type of ski is favored by but comparatively few ski runners1 and the modeling is inferior to the ,telemark ski4 ,the arch is excessive in height1 the bend is abrupt and stiff1 while the round point1 fashioned to prevent sticking in loose brush1 has apparently little value in actual use4 ,the ,lilienfeld ski is made without a groove1 and since the whole model is shorter and broader than the usual type of ski1 turning is more easily accomplished1 but side slipping is1 of course1 considerably increased4 ,ease in turning is a desirable quality1 to be sure1 but steadiness and immunity from side slipping are far more valuable qualities in a ski designed for all-around use4 ,in short1 the ,lilienfeld model possesses no decided advantages over the ,telemark type1 but has many points of inferiority4 ,to one who has used both models there can be no question but that the ,telemark model is preferable4 ,when purchasing skis the sportsman will make no mistake in selecting the ,telemark model1 and for an active person the skis should be long enough to reach to the middle joint of the fingers1 when the arms are stretched above the head1 and the ski is stood upright on its heel4 ,the length of a pair so selected will be from #g to #h ft4 ,for elderly and less active persons1 for individuals of short stature1 and for ladies1 skis reaching to the wrist joint will be about right2 the length ranging from #f to #g ft4 ,for youths and children shorter skis1 from #e to #f ft4 in length1 according to the size and strength of the person1 are of course required4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #a ,the ,telemark1 ,swedish and ,lilienfeld ,models with ,grooves and ,grooveless ,bottoms1 the ,telemark ,being the ,standard and ,best ,all-,around ,ski2 the ,swedish is ,long and ,narrow with ,upturned ,heel1 and the ,lilienfeld ,is ,short with a ,round ,point1 ,more ,abrupt ,bend1 and without a ,groove ,for all-around use where a large amount of straight running is done1 the running surface should be provided with a groove1 but if there is not much straight work to be done1 and ease in turning is regarded as an important factor1 the running surface should be made smooth4 ,this necessitates making the skis to order1 for practically all ready-made skis of the ,telemark model are fashioned with a shallow groove4 ,however1 a groove may be easily cut in at any time if wanted later on4 ,while other types are at times preferred for special use in certain localities1 the ,telemark-model ski is the standard1 being equally good for all kinds of work1 straight running1 uphill skiing1 and for jumping4 ,the best materials are hickory1 or white ash1 with a straight1 even grain running from end to end4 ,ash is well liked by many experts1 but it would indeed be difficult to find a more satisfactory wood than our ,american hickory4 ,in fact1 many of the most prominent makers in ,europe are now fashioning their skis from ,american timber4 ,as a rule1 the best well-seasoned ash1 or hickory1 is heavier in weight than an inferior grade1 and this is why the expert skier considers weight as one of the reliable 8earmarks0 of first-class material4 ,a good hickory1 or ash1 ski made by any reputable maker will give the fullest measure of satisfaction4 ,the finish of skis is purely a matter of personal taste1 but practically all ,norwegian skis are painted black on the upper side1 while a few of the cheaper maple and pine implements are stained4 ,the plain varnished finish protects the wood as well as paint1 but allows the grain to show through1 and is generally preferred by experts4 ,the running surface must be as smooth as possible to obtain the best speed1 and it must not be varnished1 the wood being filled with several coats of linseed oil to which a little wax has been added4 ,tar is used to some extent1 but this preparation is mostly employed by ,swedish makers4 ,the ,requirements of ,foot ,binding ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #b ,the manner in which the foot is secured to the ski is highly important1 and while various kinds of 8bindings0 are in use1 from the simple cane binding1 which marked the first substantial improvement over the twisted birch withes originally used by the peasantry of ,telemarken1 the ,huitfeldt bindings are for many reasons considered the best by experts4 ,the ski runner must have a foot binding that is well secured under all ordinary conditions met with in ski running1 and it must be quite rigid and without lateral play4 ,it is desirable also that the foot be freed whenever a fall occurs1 thus preventing possible sprains at the ankle and knee1 as well as avoiding breakage of the straps4 ,again the heel of the skier should be free to move up and down for at least #c in41 but the binding should check the vertical movement at this height1 thus easing the foot of undue strain when the ski is slid forward1 in climbing or working on the level4 ,these essential specifications are so well incorporated in the ,huitfeldt model that the description and illustrations of this admirable attachment will suffice4 ,as shown in ,fig4 #b1 the boot is wedged into a firm position between the metal toe piece at the sides4 ,to secure a rigid support1 these toe pieces must be firmly wedged in position on the ski1 and the skiing shoe should fit between them snugly and well4 ,for this type of binding1 a shoe having a stout sole is desirable so that it may keep rigid under the pressure of the body at various angles1 and be heavy enough to stand the more or less constant chafing of the metal toe plates4 ,one excellent feature of this binding is the arrangement of the toe and heel straps1 which allow all necessary vertical movement of the foot1 yet at the same time provide a fairly rigid strong1 and reasonably light foot attachment4 ,when fitted with the ,ellefsen tightening clamp1 and it is a good plan to order the ,huitfeldt model so equipped1 the skis are easily put on and taken off4 ,a large number of experts prefer this binding above all others1 but the ,huitfeldt type of binding may be made by the skier if desired4 ,any metalworker or blacksmith can supply the metal toe pieces1 and the binding may be completed by adding suitable straps1 or the foot may be secured at the heel by leather thongs4 ,the ,skiing ,stick ,while there are occasions when the proficient ski runner can dispense with the stick1 as in jumping and practicing many fancy turns and swings1 a good stick must be reckoned a valuable implement for climbing and downhill running1 and often a help on a level4 ,the beginner should not depend too much upon the stick1 however1 but should acquire the knack of handling the skis without this aid early in his practice4 ,in short1 the novice should practice both with and without the stick1 that he may learn all the little points of balancing the body unaided1 but every skier ought to know how to use the stick1 that he may rely upon its assistance whenever necessary4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #c ,skiing ,sticks with ,staff of ,bamboo or ,hard ,wood ,having an ,easily ,removable ,aluminum ,washer ,the use of two sticks may be of help for mountain climbing1 but the majority of ski runners consider one stout stick to be of more real service4 ,for downhill running1 the extra stick is of no value whatever1 but rather a hindrance1 the one stick being all that is required for braking4 ,in choosing a stick1 its height may be such that it will reach to the shoulders of the skier1 although many prefer a shorter one4 ,on the average1 a stick #e ft4 long will be found about right for most persons1 while a proportionately shorter stick will be required for boys and girls4 ,bamboo of good quality is generally preferred1 since it is light1 elastic1 and very stiff and strong4 ,hardwood sticks are a trifle heavier1 but if fashioned from straight-grain hickory1 or ash1 are as satisfactory as the bamboo4 ,in any case1 the end of the stick should be provided with a metal ice peg1 and a ferrule to strengthen the wood at this point4 ,a few inches above the peg a ring1 or disk1 is fastened1 and this 8snow washer0 serves to keep the stick from sinking too deeply into the snow4 ,wicker rings1 secured with thongs or straps1 are much used1 as are also disks of metal and hard rubber4 ,a decided improvement over these materials has been brought out in a cup-shaped snow washer made of aluminum1 which is flexible and fastened to the stick with clamps so that it can be easily shifted or removed at will4 ,this feature is a good one1 since the washer is often useful for assisting braking in soft snow1 but is likely to catch and throw the runner if used upon crusted snow1 hence the detachable arrangement is of value in that it supplies an easy way to take off the washer whenever desired4 ,the sticks are shown in ,fig4 #c4 ,necessities of the ,skier's ,outfit ,for skiing an ordinary pair of heavy-soled lace shoes that fit well are suitable1 but to keep the heel strap of a binding from slipping1 the shoes should have broad1 concave heels1 or a small strap and buckle1 firmly sewed in place at the extreme end of the heel1 should be fitted to them4 ,personally1 ,i prefer the heel strap to the special heel1 but any cobbler can fit the shoes with either one4 ,specially designed skiing shoes1 or boots1 as shown in ,fig4 #d1 are to be had at the sporting-goods dealers'1 and while good1 are somewhat expensive1 because most of them are imported4 ,of course1 shoes for skiing must be amply large so that one or two pairs of woolen socks may be worn2 two pairs of thin1 woolen stockings being less bulky and very much warmer than one extremely heavy pair4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #d ,specially ,designed ,skiing ,boots1 ,handmade for the ,sport1 with and without ,heel ,buckles ,for clothing1 the soft1 smooth finish of the regulation mackinaw garments cannot be improved upon for outdoor winter wear1 although any suitable material will serve as well4 ,smooth-finish material is the best in all cases1 because cloth of rough texture will cause the snow to stick and make it uncomfortable4 ,regulation mackinaw trousers1 split at the bottom and fastened with tapes to tie close to the ankle1 are as good as any1 over which cloth puttees1 or leggings1 may be worn to keep out the snow4 ,for the coat1 a mackinaw1 made ,norfolk-style1 with belt and flap pockets secured with a button1 has given me the most satisfaction4 ,for ladies1 close-fitting knickerbockers and leggings are generally preferred when a short skirt is worn4 ,how to ,make ,skis ,to anyone who can use a saw and plane1 the making of a pair of nicely balanced and durable skis is a very easy job4 ,ski making is far easier than snowshoe construction1 since each runner is made from a single piece of plank1 and no intricate filling is required4 ,in choosing the wood1 either hickory or ash will give satisfaction1 because both are heavy woods1 as well as strong and flexible1 and may be worked down much thinner than birch1 fir1 or other materials4 ,if it is desired to fashion the skis from the rough material1 procure two ash1 or hickory1 planks1 about #i ft4 long and #b in4 thick4 ,should the maker wish to hew his own material1 select a sound and straight tree1 about #aj in4 in diameter1 free from knots for at least #aj ft41 and fell it during the winter4 ,place the log in the crotch of a stump and cut a groove along its length with the ax1 taking pains that the groove is straight and about #a in4 in depth4 ,turn the log over and make a like groove in the opposite side4 ,rap the bottom of the grooves lightly with the ax1 to start the split1 and drive in small wood wedges1 gradually working them along as the wood splits4 ,at some points the wood will very likely split away from the groove1 but by cutting these fibers1 the split may be kept along the grooves4 ,as the strongest and best grain of the wood will lie closest to the bark1 only enough of the outside should be hewn away to make a flat surface1 for this is to be the running surface of the ski4 ,skis may be made in any length and width1 but for a man of good height1 #g to #h ft4 is the correct length4 ,in ,fig4 #e is given a complete layout pattern for an #h-;ft4 ski1 and from the dimensions it is an easy matter to fashion skis longer or shorter by making use of these well-balanced proportions4 ,while the plan of the ski may be drawn directly on the plank1 it is an excellent idea to make a paper pattern1 and laying this down on the board1 trace around it to get the correct outline4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #e ,a ,complete ,layout ,pattern for an ,eight-,foot ,ski3 ,from ,these ,dimensions ,it ,is an ,easy ,matter to ,fashion ,skis ,longer or ,shorter by ,making ,use of ,these ,well-,balanced ,proportions ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #f ,the ,wood is ,selected by the ,way in ,which the ,growth of the ,grain ,runs ,when purchasing the sawed material1 the buyer should endeavor to obtain a plank which has been sawed out from the lower portion of the trunk of the tree1 from the outside4 ,the dealer will not be able to assist in choosing lumber for this particular purpose1 hence the buyer should know something about the growth of good wood in the tree1 and how to pick out this desirable material by noting the run of the grain4 ,this is very well shown in ,fig4 #f4 ,the letters ,a1 ,b1 and ,c show the run of the grain produced by the ring growth of the tree1 and ,d1 ,e1 and ,f indicate the appearance of rings1 in the run of the grain seen in the sawed plank4 ,the best possible choice for wood is represented by ,a and ,d1 because the layers of good and elastic wood run deep1 and there is practically no soft layers of punky wood4 ,that represented by ,b and ,e1 and that of ,c and ,f1 contain a larger percentage of soft layers1 and while skis can be1 and often are1 fashioned from this kind of material1 the wood is less strong and flexible than that of wood showing the grain as ,a and ,d1 hence the latter should be chosen whenever it is possible to do so4 ,while wood of fairly close grain does not necessarily indicate inferiority1 if the material is hickory1 yet if ash is selected1 the purchaser should select an open1 or widely spaced1 grain in preference to a close and even-grained plank4 ,and this is so because in all trees the grain represents the more quickly grown soft wood--formed in the period of greatest growth1 which is in the spring and summer months--hence the more grain present in the plank and the closer it runs1 the more soft and punky wood is present1 and the less durable the material will be for the purpose4 ,when drawing the dimensions on green1 or partly seasoned1 timber1 a certain amount of shrinkage will occur1 hence be sure to allow for this and make the width about in4 greater4 ,when working seasoned lumber1 this need not be taken into consideration4 ,after the outline of the ski has been sawed out1 the bottom1 or running surface1 should be planed perfectly smooth1 with the grain running straight and true from the point to the heel4 ,the ski should be worked down to the desired dimensions before bending1 and from the top1 or upper1 side only1 never from the running surface4 ,when the correct thickness has been reached1 the bend at the point may be put in by soaking the wood well to make it pliable4 ,this is most easily done by heating water in a wash boiler1 and when the water boils1 place the ski across the top and thoroughly soak the wood by mopping with the boiling water1 using a cloth tied to a stick4 ,that the bend may be gradual and not too abrupt1 do not attempt to bend it to the desired arc at once1 but gradually work the wood and resort to numerous hot-water treatments until a good #f-;in4 bend is obtained4 ,the arch in the running surface is easily obtained1 and if bent too much1 is easily straightened out when cold4 ,of course1 more bend must be given the skis than the actual curve will be when finished1 since the wood will straighten out somewhat as it dries4 ,some kind of a form will come in handy1 and this may be furnished by making a rough frame and placing a short length of log of the proper diameter at the bends1 or the tips may be lashed1 or cleated1 to the floor of the workbench4 ,a very easy method is shown in ,fig4 #g4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #g ,after the bends are made1 the hole for the foot binding should be put in1 and if the wood has been left plenty long1 the skis may be trimmed off at the heel so that they will balance nicely when lifted by the toe straps4 ,this is the best way1 for while a few skiers prefer to make the heel light and weight it with lead1 there is no advantage in doing so4 ,the groove in the exact center of the running surface should now be cut in1 which is made about in4 deep1 and to in4 in width4 ,a grooving plane is most convenient1 but a small gouge1 if carefully used1 will do as well4 ,the groove should run from the heel to the beginning of the bend4 ,to finish the ski1 sandpaper top and bottom smooth1 and rub down with linseed oil to which little paraffin1 or beeswax1 has been added4 ,the running surface of the ski should be finished with oil and waxed1 and it is an advantage that the entire ski be finished in the same manner1 as less snow will stick to the tops than if varnish is used4 ,the experienced skier is more concerned about the running qualities of his skis than the finish1 but the novice is more likely to be attracted by fancy implements4 ,when varnished tops are wanted1 a glossy and durable surface is obtained by brushing on a couple of coats of good spar varnish4 ,a tube1 or cake1 of wax should be carried by every skier1 for the running surface must have numerous coatings that the snow may not stick to the wood4 ,both paraffin and beeswax are suitable1 and the skier may use one of the several good preparations put up in tubes and in cakes1 or melt up his own1 as preferred4 ,a good cake1 or hard1 wax is made by melting up #aj oz4 of beeswax with #e oz4 of rosin4 ,when melted1 stir in #a oz4 of turpentine and pour in small boxes to form cakes of convenient size4 ,the running surfaces are often waxed by rubbing the wax on and then going over the surfaces with a hot flatiron4 ,this is a good method1 providing only a sufficient quantity of wax has been applied4 ,a too liberal application of wax cannot be called a disadvantage when running downhill1 but it will make the runners so slippery that climbing uphill is difficult4 ,filling ,toy ,rubber ,balloons with ,hydrogen ,illustration3 ,apparatus for ,filling ,toy ,rubber ,balloons with ,hydrogen ,gas to ,make ,them ,fly to a ,great ,height ,any boy can easily convert a toy rubber balloon into a real flier by constructing the simple device shown in the illustration for filling it with hydrogen4 ,procure a clay pipe and break off the stem near the bowl4 ,bore a hole in a cork1 or preferably a rubber stopper1 selected to fit some bottle and insert the smaller end of the pipestem in the hole4 ,as the stem tapers1 if the hole has been made for the smaller end1 a tight fit is assured by simply pressing the stem well into the cork4 ,tie the open end of the stem on the balloon tightly over the larger end of the pipestem1 and have ready a thread to tie the stem of the balloon when it is filled4 ,procure from a local drug store #a oz4 of hydrochloric acid4 ,place some nails1 or better still1 a few strips of zinc1 in the bottle and cover them with a little water1 then pour a small quantity of the hydrochloric acid into the bottle and assemble as shown in the illustration4 ,in a few minutes hydrogen gas will be given off1 and if the joints are tight1 the balloon will begin to fill4 ,after it has expanded as much as it will stand without breaking1 tie the end with the thread1 and cut off any parts of the mouthpiece that may weigh it down4 ,if sufficient gas has been passed into the balloon it will rise to the ceiling4 ,balloons filled in this manner have risen to a height of several hundred feet4 ,caution3 ,do not allow the hydrochloric acid to come in contact with the skin or clothing1 as it may cause frightful burns4 ,do not under any circumstance fill the balloon near a flame or allow fire to come near the bottle4--,contributed by ,ralph ,c4 ,jenkins1 ,manchester1 ,vt4 ,how to ,polish ,instrument ,bases ,there seems to be a feeling among mechanical and electrical experimenters that there is something mysterious about the process of wood finishing1 and often one may see a really fine piece of apparatus spoiled by mounting it on a shellacked baseboard4 ,i have found that it is a very simple matter to produce almost a piano finish on all woods1 even those as soft as poplar1 in the following manner4 ,quick-drying wood dyes should be avoided4 ,simply rub down a piece of ordinary water-color cake into some plain water and apply freely with a rag1 rubbing it in well4 ,any color may be obtained in this way1 but if this is not convenient1 use an oil stain made quite thin with turpentine4 ,next apply a thin coat of shellac1 which should be sandpapered when it is dry4 ,a coat of ordinary varnish is then applied1 and when this is thoroughly dried1 rub lightly with fine steel wool4 ,one coat of varnish may be sufficient1 although several coats will produce a richer finish4 ,rub the last coats down well with an oily rag dipped in some abrasive material1 such as tooth powder or metal polish1 and finish with a simple oil rub4 ,a beautiful1 soft1 transparent effect may be obtained in this way on very ordinary woods4 ,any open-grained woods1 such as oak1 must be filled with a paste filler after staining4--,contributed by ,john ,d4 ,adams1 ,phoenix1 ,ariz4 ,locating ,droplight in the ,dark ,illustration3 ,the ,cord ,fastened to the ,door ,casing is ,easily ,located and ,followed to the ,lamp ,a simple device for locating a droplight can be had by putting a nail or screw eye into the side of the door casing1 high enough to clear persons passing under it1 but within easy reach of an uplifted hand1 and running a cord from it to the light4 ,it is not difficult to locate the cord attached to the casing and to follow it to the light4--,contributed by ,h4 ,s4 ,craig1 ,rushford1 ,minnesota4 99 99 99 99 99 ,if kerosene oil is used when drilling1 reaming1 or turning malleable iron1 it will make the work much smoother4 ,how to ,make an ,experimental ,lead ,screw ,illustration3 ,a ,copper ,wire ,wrapped around and ,soldered to a ,straight ,rod for a ,lead ,screw ,often in experimental work a long1 narrow1 parallel screw is desired for regulating1 or moving1 some part of the apparatus in a straight line4 ,a simple way of making such a screw is to tin thoroughly a small straight rod of the required length and diameter4 ,after wiping off all the surplus solder while it is yet hot1 wrap it with a sufficient length of bright copper wire and fasten the ends4 ,this wire is then securely soldered in place by running the solder on while holding the screw over a blue gas flame4 ,to make the solder run freely1 brush frequently during the heating with a small mucilage brush dipped into the soldering acid4 ,an even pitch can be secured by winding on two wires side by side at the same time1 the second one being unwound before soldering4 ,self-,setting ,rat ,trap ,illustration3 ,the ,paper ,stretched over the ,barrel ,top was ,cut after ,feeding the ,rats on ,it for ,some ,time ,a suburbanite successfully trapped a bunch of rats by stretching a piece of stout elastic paper on the top of an open barrel4 ,spreading food on this paper he allowed it to remain until the suspicions of the rats were allayed1 then he cut two right-angled slashes in the paper with a razor4 ,next morning he found seven of the pests in the barrel4 ,smoker's ,cabinet or ,cellarette ,illustration3 ,the ,smoker's ,cabinet ,makes an ,attractive ,addition to the ,furniture of a ,den1 and should be ,made ,up and ,finished to ,match ,other ,pieces of the ,room ,this design1 when completed1 takes up a wall space #bj in4 wide by #ca in4 high1 and extends out #ad in4 ,the material necessary for it is as follows3 #b sides1 by #ad by #ca in4 #a back1 by #ad by #bh in4 #a bottom1 by #ad by #bj in4 #a top1 by #aj by #ah in4 #a bottom shelf1 by #aj by #ad in4 ,door3 #b stiles1 by #b by #ad in4 #b rails1 by #b by #aj in4 7not including tenons1 if such are desired74 #a panel1 by #aj by #aa in4 ,upper drawer3 #a front1 by #d by #ad in4 #a back1 by #c by #ac in4 #b sides1 by #d by #i in4 #a bottom1 by #i by #ac in4 ,lower drawer3 #a front1 by #e by #ad in4 #a back1 by #d by #ac in4 #b sides1 by #e by #ab in4 #a bottom1 by #ab by #ac in4 #a piece for keys1 by #b by #f in4 #a pair hinges4 #b drawer pulls4 ,screws and nails4 ,in constructing the cabinet1 the outer frame should first be made4 ,the sides can be laid out and cut to the desired design4 ,the top and bottom crosspieces should then be squared up1 and the tenons cut as shown1 the bottom tenons extending farther1 to balance the design4 ,the top is set in in4 from the back edge4 ,holes should be marked and cut for the -in4 keys1 after which the four parts may be assembled1 and suitable keys driven in place4 ,the back for the cabinet is made from -in4 material1 squared up to fit between the sides1 and be flush with their top edges while resting on the bottom crosspiece4 ,it can be fastened in place with nails4 ,the top and bottom pieces of the cabinet proper can then be made1 and secured in place with round-head screws1 after which the door may be made and fitted4 ,the stiles and rails of the door should be rabbeted for a -in4 square groove1 to hold the panel in place4 ,the frame can be made sufficiently strong1 if properly glued and held together with dowel pins passing through the stiles into the rails4 ,if it is desired to fasten the frame with tenons1 an extra amount must be added to the length of the rails given in the stock list4 ,the panel should not be glued in place1 as the shrinkage of the wood will cause it to crack4 ,in making the drawers1 the front should be rabbeted for a groove to fit the drawer bottom1 and sidepieces can be fitted and nailed in place4 ,these should be rabbeted for grooves1 into which the bottom and end pieces fit4 ,if the cabinet is finished in mission style1 or fumed oak1 hammered copper or brass hinges and drawer pulls will go well with the general appearance of the design4 ,illustration3 ,skis and ,ski-running ,running1 ,jumping and ,climbing ,by ,stillman ,taylor ,part ,,ii ,before the beginner makes the attempt to ski1 he should see that his complete outfit is perfectly suited to his purpose4 ,the shoes should be nicely adjusted to fit snugly between the metal toe plates of the binding1 and new holes should be punched in the straps wherever needed to adjust the harness snugly and comfortably to the feet4 ,many of the positions required in executing the various turns and swings may be practiced at home1 that the novice may get some idea of the correct position of the feet and body assumed by expert skiers4 ,for the initial practice outside1 it is a good plan to select a frosty day when the snow is old and settled by the wind4 ,this will introduce the novice to the sport under favorable conditions1 while if the first trials are made shortly after a heavy snowfall1 or upon a mild day when the snow is thawing1 only discouragement will be experienced4 ,begin with one stick--or two if timid--and pick out an easy-sloping hill with a gradual run to the level ground4 ,a few scattered trees and rocks will do no harm1 for it is a good plan to learn how to avoid them from the beginning4 ,how to ,turn on ,skis ,this and the correct manner of standing on skis are easily mastered if the beginner will but remember that the weight of the body should rest largely upon the advanced foot without bending the body at the ankle too much1 or raising the heel from the ski4 ,this is the correct position to assume when standing for a rest and for sliding1 and this as well as turning should be practiced on the level4 ,to make the kick turn1 simply raise the point of the ski until the heel rests on the snow1 as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,swing the ski around by turning the point out and back until the two skis are point to heel1 as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,when this1 the most difficult position of the three1 is assumed1 raise the point of the other ski as high as convenient to avoid tripping1 keep the heel down and swing the ski around over the heel of the other until both are facing in the same direction1 as shown in ,fig4 #c4 ,a little practice will make it possible for the novice to turn quickly1 and if all turns are made with the advanced foot1 when practicing on the level1 no trouble will be experienced later on in attempting to turn on a steep slope4 ,the stick is really indispensable for this practice1 and while two may be used1 the single stick will be found assistance enough for any active person4 ,when skiing on level ground the correct movement is rather more of a slide than the motion used in walking or skating4 ,the body is thrown forward on one ski and the slide is made with both feet1 most of the body weight being thrown on the advanced ski1 while the rear foot is slid forward without stopping the forward travel1 as shown in ,fig4 #d4 ,the expert skier moves forward in long gliding steps without raising the ski1 but bending the knees slightly to slide the ski ahead4 ,the feet should be kept as close together as possible to make a narrow track and the stick used to lengthen the slide4 ,at the beginning it is a good plan to endeavor to make a long slide with each advancement of the foot1 rather than strive to take long steps4 ,the speed of level running depends1 of course1 upon the condition of the snow4 ,on hard1 well-packed snow1 sliding is easiest and greater speed obtained1 while in deep and soft snow less speed is the rule4 ,when skiing on the hard snow of a road1 four miles an hour is the average speed1 and for average level running1 the skier will cover about the same distance as when walking along a good path4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #a ,raise the ,point of the ,ski until the ,heel ,rests on the ,snow ,,fig4 #i ,the ,skier ,runs ,straight ,downhill on ,one ,ski and ,uses the ,other as a ,brake ,,fig4 #b ,swing the ,ski ,around by ,turning the ,point ,out and ,back ,,fig4 #h ,on ,hard ,snow the ,edges of the ,skis may be ,used to ,check the ,speed ,,fig4 #c ,raise the ,point of the ,other ,ski as ,high as ,convenient to ,avoid ,tripping ,,fig4 #g ,when ,running ,downhill ,one ,ski should ,be in ,advance of the ,other a ,few ,inches ,,fig4 #d ,the ,body is ,thrown ,forward on ,one ,ski and the ,slide is ,made with ,both ,feet ,,fig4 #f ,the ,herringbone is ,much ,used ,when the ,skier ,wishes to ,travel up a ,short and ,steep ,incline ,,fig4 #e ,the ,skier ,naturally ,places ,his ,skis at ,right ,angles ,rather than ,permit the ,slipping ,backward ,when traveling uphill1 the regular sliding gait will suffice if the slope is gradual1 but when a steep grade is encountered and the ski slips backward1 the skier stands quite erect1 raises the point of his ski about #c in41 and slaps it down smartly1 without pulling it backward or making any attempt to push his body forward with the stick4 ,this slap of the ski makes the smooth surface of the runner adhere better than when the runner is slid forward in the usual manner4 ,if the hill is very steep1 the skier will naturally place his skis at right angles rather than permit the slipping backward4 ,this is known as 8side-stepping10 and is shown in ,fig4 #e4 ,in doing this1 the heel of the ski must be raised clear of the snow and the upper foot lifted uphill1 then the lower foot brought up to the last step of the upper foot1 hence it is extremely tiring for other than a short distance4 ,a variation of this movement1 which is known to skiers as the 8half side step40 and which is made by advancing the foot with the legs somewhat wider apart1 and the skis placed at not quite so acute an angle with the hill1 is more useful when climbing the ordinary steep grade and is far less laborious4 ,if the skier knows how to handle his implements1 side-stepping may be done backward when necessary4 ,the 8herringbone0 is another step which is much used when the skier wishes to travel up a short and steep incline4 ,this step is made by stretching the legs rather wide apart and pointing the toes out1 as shown in ,fig4 #f1 at a decided angle1 so that the knees are bent inward and the inside edges of the skis cut into the snow4 ,a variation of this is the 8half herringbone10 the skis being turned out at a less acute angle4 ,these special steps for special purposes are all useful now and then in mountain climbing1 but when a long distance is to be covered1 the skier will conserve his energy by mounting the hill in a zigzag fashion rather than attempting to climb straight up4 ,the track of the skier will then resemble the course of a boat tacking through a narrow inlet against a head of wind1 and while more ground is covered than when going straight up the steepest part of the hill1 progress is faster and much hard work is avoided4 ,when running straight downhill1 one ski should be in advance of the other a few inches1 and the skis must be held quite close together so that they touch1 or nearly so1 as shown in ,fig4 #g4 ,to make a narrow track1 most expert skiers hold the knees together with the back knee slightly bent4 ,however1 the body should be perfectly and easily balanced4 ,this is done1 more or less1 intuitively1 by beginning the run with the body thrown on the advanced foot1 and when full speed is attained the weight automatically shifts to the rear foot4 ,the novice will find it difficult at first to keep the skis together1 there being an almost uncontrollable desire to separate them to gain a better balance4 ,a good track will come with a little practice1 but if the skis are too short1 or made without a groove1 even an expert would be compelled to keep his feet a trifle apart and make a double track in order to keep from falling4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #aj ,the ,christiania ,swing is ,accomplished by ,pressing with ,both ,heels at the ,same ,time ,while the ,stick ,digs ,well into the ,snow ,above ,when making the start preparatory for coasting downhill1 the novice may1 if the slope is moderately steep1 face in the desired direction and assume the proper position by supporting himself with the stick4 ,on most very steep slopes1 where the best coasting is to be had1 this is quite out of the question1 and the skier must step around quickly by moving the lower ski first4 ,this will be somewhat difficult to do until the novice gains more confidence1 which will quickly come after a little practice1 and it is a good plan to practice starting from the slope without the aid of the stick to anchor the body4 ,owing to the fact that the skis do not reach much speed at the start of the coast1 even the slow novice will have plenty of time to make the turn and face in the right direction before much speed is attained4 ,a comparatively crouching position1 secured by bending the knees and the body at the waist1 will much lessen the liability of a fall forward4 ,this position enables the skier to control the balance of his body with more certainty1 and especially when coasting on a hill where patches of ice1 or crusted snow1 and soft spots of unpacked snow are encountered1 a condition usually found wherever skiing is enjoyed4 ,when coasting1 the stick1 or sticks1 should be firmly grasped at the upper end with the looped thong1 or strap1 over the wrist1 and the end dragging behind4 ,balancing is done entirely at the waist1 and for straightaway running1 the weight of the body will rest largely upon the rear ski4 ,the long running surface of the ski will carry the skier over many bumps and hollows without disturbing the balance of the body or causing a fall1 providing the novice does not lose his nerve4 ,it is necessary to practice on rough and uneven ground if the skier desires ever to attain much expertness1 and plenty of falls must be expected1 but not dreaded by the beginner4 ,a fall on skis is by no means fraught with danger1 and one may fall with impunity providing all muscles are relaxed4 ,many beginners find falling the easiest manner of stopping1 but this should not be necessary1 providing the hints given are well understood and practiced4 ,however1 the novice should have no fear of falling if he wants to become proficient on skis1 and to offset any timidity1 which so very often causes the novice to lean backward and fall in this direction1 it is a good plan to lean well forward to check this natural tendency4 ,getting up after a fall is easily enough managed if the head is pointing up the slope1 but when the position is reversed much floundering is necessitated4 ,it would seem that this would be obvious to all1 yet the majority of beginners often forget it altogether4 ,braking with the stick is only effective when the body is properly balanced1 and the stick is kept well forward and as nearly vertical as possible4 ,straddling the stick1 sitting upon it1 or leaning backward on it held at an angle1 are slovenly methods which every novice should avoid4 ,the 8snowplow0 is most largely used by all good skiers for braking1 stopping1 and turning4 ,this is accomplished by stretching the legs wide apart and at the same time turning the toes in as much as possible1 thus presenting the side of the ski to the snow and retarding the speed4 ,aside from straddling the legs wide apart1 the novice will have no trouble in learning this useful knack4 ,for the first practice1 pick out a fairly steep hill road1 or a hillside where the snow is old and not soft4 ,begin the run as for coasting1 and when good speed has been attained1 spread the legs wide apart1 turn the toes in and endeavor to control the speed with the skis rather than depend upon the stick4 ,on hard snow the edges of the ski may be used to check the speed1 but on ordinary soft and well-packed snow1 the runner may be kept quite flat4 ,this is well shown in ,fig4 #h4 ,the knack of 8stemming0 is a variation of the snowplow1 inasmuch as the skier runs straight downhill on one ski1 and turns the heel of the other ski outward and downward and uses it as a brake1 as in ,fig4 #i4 ,this is a very useful movement1 and is largely used when coasting down steep slopes1 and when one has learned the knack of it1 stemming will serve for braking and steering1 and is useful for stopping by turning the skiing course uphill4 ,to earn it1 select a steep hillside1 coast down at an angle1 with the feet a trifle part1 and endeavor to retard the speed with the stick and turn the heel of the lower ski outward4 ,this makes the turn and the skier faces uphill and comes to a stop4 ,by turning the heel of the lower ski outward and the heel of the upper ski inward1 the skis will travel downhill with a sort of snowplow movement4 ,when practicing these movements1 the beginner should endeavor to use the stick as little as possible and learn to depend upon the skis for controlling the speed4 ,the 8side slip0 is useful on steep slopes1 and is done by turning the skis so that the runners are at a decided angle to the course traveled4 ,this affords the maximum braking by the skis alone1 and is especially effective when combined with the braking done with the stick4 ,side-slipping may1 of course1 be done while the skier is traveling forward1 by keeping the skis close together so that the edges almost touch4 ,while this movement checks the speed in much the same manner as stemming1 side-slipping is less tiresome1 since the weight of the body gives the required braking effect1 while1 in stemming1 the muscles are called upon to keep the heel pressing outward4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #aa ,the ,swing is ,made upon ,one ,ski ,instead of ,using ,both as in the ,christiania ,swing ,closely akin to side-slipping is the ,christiania swing with the stick1 which is accomplished by pressing with both heels at the same time1 while the stick digs well into the snow above4 ,this variation of the side slip is easily done1 and the skier is turned sharply uphill to come to a quick stop4 ,when a sharp hill is met with1 that is considered a bit too steep to take straight1 this swing with the stick may be made by taking a zigzag course down grade steering clear of any obstacles by snowplowing1 stemming1 or side-slipping2 and turning the corners1 or 8tacking10 by making use of the ,christiania swing and the stick1 as shown in ,fig4 #aj4 ,the 8,s0-turn may likewise be used for turning corners1 without the necessity for stopping to make the ordinary kick turn4 ,a good way to learn this useful movement is to run straight downhill in a snowplow position1 reduce the speed to a comfortable walking pace with the stick1 and stem with the ski4 ,if this is done with the right ski1 the 8,s0-turn is made by throwing practically the whole weight of the body on the right ski1 at the heel1 and pressing it outward while the stick is carried ahead and below the skier4 ,if the heels are kept well apart1 and the toes close together1 the skier will have no trouble about swinging around in a curve and be off on the other tack4 ,about the only difficulty in making the 8,s0-turn is the position of the body1 which must be thrown somewhat out and away from the hill4 ,to the novice this at first seems to invite a fall1 but a few trials will soon prove that the weight of the body must be thrown on the foot which circles on the outside of the curve1 hence the apparently unnatural position of the body is essential for a good turn4 ,by bringing the stick well forward and downhill1 the skier uses his staff as a pivot upon which the turn is made4 ,the ,christiania swing1 made without the stick1 is a favorite with expert ski runners when running on rough and steep ground and is a good way of stopping4 ,the swing may be made both to the right and left4 ,to make it to the right1 keep the skis close together1 the right a trifle in advance1 with the weight of the body equally on both feet and with knees slightly bent4 ,now throw the weight more forward and upon the toes1 while the heels are carried forward and outward to the left4 ,the body must lean to the right--the direction in which the swing is made--and twisted somewhat at the waist2 and the sharper the turn1 the more the body must lean sideways to keep the balance4 ,the swing to the left is made in the1 same fashion1 only the left ski should be a trifle advanced and the body thrown to the left4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ab ,to ,make the ,jump the ,skier ,assumes the ,easy ,position ,required for ,coasting ,downhill ,the ,telemark swing is more difficult to master than the ,christiania swing1 because it is done on one foot1 or ski1 instead of using both1 and as it is less powerful than the latter1 it is of far less use for stopping4 ,to make the ,telemark swing to the right1 assume the regular position for downhill coasting1 and1 advancing the left foot1 turn the ski so that it rests on its edge as when making the snowplow1 throw the body to the right and lean in toward the slope to keep the balance4 ,to make the swing to the left1 advance the right foot1 turn the body to the left and lean as before4 ,this is shown in ,fig4 #aa4 ,the ,telemark turn is1 in fact1 made in the same manner as stemming1 and the sharpness of the swing rests altogether upon the quickness with which the heel is thrown outward and the body turned in the direction the skier desires to swing4 ,the swing is made upon one ski1 and the key to the whole swing is the knack of raising the heel of the other foot off its ski until it rests upon the toes4 ,that this is hard to do goes with the telling1 and the novice should first acquire the knack of balancing by running straight downhill with the weight thrown on one foot4 ,when this can be done1 and not before then1 the skier is ready to practice the turn4 ,the ,telemark swing1 like all other turns1 is easily acquired at slow and moderate speeds1 and becomes more and more difficult to make as the speed is increased and the turn is made more sharply and quickly4 ,jumping on skis is one of the most exhilarating winter sports1 and it is a pity that it is not more popular wherever a medium-heavy fall of snow occurs4 ,while touring on skis across a hilly country1 there will be many natural jumps to encounter1 for drifts1 stumps1 rocks1 and other rises in the ground1 when well covered and padded with snow1 make good jumping-off places4 ,while but a few skiers may have attempted such high leaps as the famous ,holmenkollen1 ,fiskertorpet1 or ,foldberg1 all who have done much ski running have done a little jumping1 since1 when running downhill1 an unexpected dip is often encountered1 and a rise in the ground causes the skier to leave the ground for a short distance and alight several feet below4 ,doubtless the skier has enjoyed the flying-like sensation of this brief moment1 and very likely he has climbed the hill to repeat the jump4 ,moreover1 this has very likely demonstrated that the distance of the jump depends upon the height of the dip1 the speed of the skier passing over it1 and likewise upon the spring of the body on the take-off4 ,in making a jump of any height1 the take-off may be level1 pointing up or even downhill1 and constructed with framework extending out from the hillside1 or consist merely of a large boulder1 or a pile of logs1 well padded with snow4 ,the height of the slope chosen will1 of course1 regulate the distance of the jump1 and the place where the jumper alights should be fairly steep1 since1 if the skier lands upon a level place great difficulty will be experienced in keeping the balance1 therefore the usual jumping hill1 where jumping competitions are held1 is provided with a #cj1 or steeper1 landing place1 and this merges gradually into the outrun1 or slope1 connecting the hill with the level ground below4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ac ,each ,member of the ,party should be ,provided with a ,ruck ,sack of ,good ,capacity ,for the safety of the skier1 the snow should be firm but not icy or hard1 and this is easily done by packing the snow down well by means of the skis4 ,a good1 thick padding of snow is of course essential1 and a thickness of #b ft4 is really needed at the landing place and at the take-off4 ,in our more northerly sections1 plenty of snow usually falls1 but wherever a few sportsmen get together1 it is an easy matter to shovel sufficient snow to prepare a good and safe jumping hill4 ,to gain confidence and acquire some useful experience in jumping1 the novice should practice leaping from a #b-;ft4 rise and gradually increase the height of the take-off by piling more snow upon it to increase its height4 ,one or two packing cases firmly placed upon a smooth1 steep hillside1 and well padded with #b ft4 of well-trodden snow1 will make a nice take-off4 ,for the beginning the take-off may point slightly downhill or be fashioned level1 and as the skier becomes more proficient1 snow may be added to the edge so that the take-off will send the jumper well up into the air4 ,the knack of jumping is nothing more than balancing the body upon alighting1 and the steeper the landing place the easier it is to keep the balance4 ,to make the jump in good form1 the skier assumes the easy position required for coasting downhill1 as shown in ,fig4 #ab4 ,when within a dozen yards of the take-off the body is lowered until the skier is in a crouching position with the arms extending back as in the act of jumping4 ,arriving within a couple of yards of the dip the body and arms are thrown forward1 which transfers the weight of the body upon the toes1 and the body is straightened up and the arms are raised not unlike the wings of a bird1 to keep the perfect balance of the body4 ,the straightening up of the body1 known to skiers as 8the sats10 is the leap proper and must be timed so that the body assumes an erect position when the jumper is not less than #ab ft4 from the edge of the take-off4 ,the beginner will invariably jump too late1 but after a little practice1 and profiting by numerous mistakes1 the take-off will be timed correctly4 ,alighting after a jump is best done by advancing one ski a trifle to keep the balance1 and bending the knees a bit to lessen the impact4 ,the jumper ends with the ,telemark or ,christiania swing4 ,when taking tours of any length on skis1 each member of the party should be provided with a ruck sack of good capacity4 ,that of the expanding type1 made with two outside pockets1 and with gores at the sides1 is a good1 sensible pack4 ,it should be made of #h-oz4 waterproof khaki and fitted with shoulder straps of good width1 to prevent chafing the shoulders4 ,leather ruck sacks are sometimes used1 but are heavier in weight and more expensive but no better4 ,one member of the party should carry some kind of repairing outfit1 consisting of an awl1 a length of leather thong1 a few spare straps and a stout cord1 or string4 ,these sacks are shown in ,fig4 #ac4 ,knife1 ,fork1 and ,spoon ,holder ,illustration3 ,the ,holder ,keeps the ,cutlery in a ,position for ,easy ,selection and ,grasping ,the holder is made of a piece of sheet copper of sufficient thickness to support the number of pieces of cutlery used4 ,the piece is notched to admit the different pieces1 and its back edge is bent at right angles to provide means of fastening it to a support1 a wall or the back of the kitchen cabinet4 ,it will save space1 as well as time1 since it is much easier to grasp one of the articles when wanted than if they are kept in a drawer4--,contributed by ,l4 ,e4 ,turner1 ,new ,york ,city4 ,making ,round ,rods for ,fish ,poles ,in looking forward to the enjoyment that may be had in the spring1 it is well to prepare and overhaul the fishing apparatus or the shooting equipment4 ,in doing so1 it may be necessary to make a joint for the fish rod or perhaps a rod for the gun4 ,these can be easily cut if they are sized and run through holes made in a piece of thin metal as follows3 ,make several holes of the desired sizes in a steel plate1 and ream them out with a rather dull taper reamer1 so as to leave a bur on one side4 ,this bur should be filed down almost level with the surface of the metal1 leaving the edges flat and sharp4 ,if a rod of wood from which the article is to be made is put in a hole and drawn through from the opposite side to the bur1 a nice round rod will result4 ,as the rod becomes smaller1 use a smaller hole until the required diameter is obtained4 ,a saw plate that is not too thin is about the proper thing to use for the steel plate4 ,it will be necessary to draw the temper to make the holes1 but it is not necessary to retemper it after the holes are made4 99 99 99 99 99 ,celery keeps well in a small box of dry sand4 ,illustration ,a ,ski ,sled ,,by ,,george ,j4 ,,egelberg ,the sled is built low and wide so that it will not tip easily4 ,the skis1 or runners1 are cut #aj ft4 long and #f in4 wide1 from #a-;in4 ash boards that are straight-grained4 ,at the points where the curve is to be formed1 plane off about in4 on the upper side1 but do not plane off any at the very tip end4 ,this will allow the skis to be more easily bent4 ,if it is not handy to steam the skis1 put them in boiling water1 and be sure that at least #a ft4 of the points are covered4 ,provide a cover for the vessel1 so that only very little steam may escape4 ,let them boil for at least one hour4 ,a good method of bending the points is shown4 ,when the skis are taken from the water1 put them as quickly as possible in the bending blocks1 side by side1 and bend them with a slow1 even pressure4 ,weight the extending ends and leave the skis in the blocks #h or #aj hours to dry4 ,sharpen the points after they are bent4 ,illustration3 ,the ,runners are ,shaped ,like a ,ski and are ,joined ,together with ,knees for the ,top ,board ,the sled will run easier if the skis have a slight rocker curve4 ,to make this curve1 have the center block #f in4 while the two end blocks are #e in4 high4 ,a -in4 flat-head bolt is run through the ski1 the block1 and the cross strip4 ,the holes are countersunk in the surface for the heads of the bolts4 ,the top is made of three #f-;in4 boards1 fastened to the crosspieces4 ,it is a good plan to brace the tips of the skis with a #b-;in4 strip4 ,clocks for the ,craftsman ,illustration3 ,an ,ordinary ,alarm ,clock ,mounted in a ,wood ,base ,made in ,elaborate ,designs to ,resemble a ,timepiece of ,high ,value2 yet ,inexpensive to ,make ,three designs of clocks are shown1 which can be easily made in oak1 or other wood1 that will match other furniture4 ,the sizes of the pieces required are given by the dimensions in the drawings4 ,the clock is a matter of choice4 ,prices in most stores range from #ge cents up and the works are of the ordinary alarm-clock variety4 ,after selecting the clock the small legs as well as the back plate are removed4 ,the hole cut in the wood for the clock must be a snug fit1 and after placing it in position1 the back plate is replaced4 ,the finish may be a wax or gloss1 as desired1 and directions for applying it will be found on the can containing the material4 ,a ,compact ,galvanometer ,a small portable galvanometer is one of the most useful instruments to the electrical experimenter4 ,there are continually arising instances where it is necessary to test through and identify certain wires1 for which purpose a small galvanometer and a dry cell are quite sufficient4 ,for comparing the resistances by the well-known ,wheatstone-bridge method1 a galvanometer is1 of course1 indispensable4 ,if the winding is made suitable1 or by placing a shunt across the terminals to reduce the deflection1 a small galvanometer will roughly indicate the current passing and thus enable one to compare his dry cells and eliminate the weak ones4 ,rough voltage comparisons may also be made by placing a resistance in series with the galvanometer4 ,for constructing this instrument1 a good pocket compass1 of about #b-;in4 diameter1 must be procured4 ,prepare a neat little box with the four edges accurately beveled off4 ,on the under side of this1 carefully cut a channel1 about in4 wide and #b in4 long1 to a depth that will bring the bottom of the slot within in4 of the top of the base block4 ,place two binding posts on the base1 as indicated1 and secure the compass in place with cement1 or by two very small nails put through the bottom4 ,if the glass cannot be removed1 it will be necessary to solder the nail heads to the bottom of the compass box1 after having carefully removed the lacquer4 ,the correct wiring will depend on the strength of the current handled4 ,it is1 however1 very easy to get an idea of what the deflection will be under certain conditions by merely making a preliminary trial1 after winding a few turns of any magnet or bell wire at hand around a small piece of wood1 and slipping the coil so formed into the slot on the under side of the base block4 ,the winding may be from two or three turns of heavy wire up to several hundred turns of fine magnet wire1 but after one or two trials1 the maker will have no trouble in determining his particular requirements4 ,illustration3 ,galvanometer ,made of a ,compass ,set on a ,wood ,base1 with ,coil and ,wire ,connections ,the final coil should be wound lengthwise on a wood core1 and the whole packed neatly into the slot4 ,connect up the ends to the binding posts1 and then glue in a thin piece to hold the coil in place4 ,by drilling a small horizontal hole through the base1 as indicated by the two dotted lines in the top view of the working drawings1 and inserting a small bar magnet1 in4 in diameter1 or less1 the instrument may be rendered independent of the earth's magnetism and used without reference to the north point4 ,such a controlling magnet reduces the time required to bring the needle to rest after it has been violently reflected4 99 99 99 99 99 ,woodwork about a house1 when primed with white lead made quite thin in raw linseed oil1 will never blister unless moisture gets back of it4 ,yellow-ocher priming will cause blistering at any time up to #bj years4 ,a ,perpetual ,calendar ,illustration3 ,it is ,only ,necessary to ,change the ,sliding ,pieces to ,set the ,calendar for ,each ,month ,it is only necessary to set this calendar the first of each month1 by sliding the insertions up or down1 to get the proper month or week4 ,the calendar1 as it is shown1 is set for ,january1 #aiaf4 ,saturday is the first day and ,friday the seventh1 and so on4 ,it is not confusing and can be read either by the day or date4 ,if the day is known it will show the date1 and if the date is known it will show the day4 ,the illustration clearly shows the parts1 which can be cut from heavy paper or cardboard4 ,heater for the ,experimenter ,a convenient small heater for heating liquids in experimental work1 and even in making a hot drink where there is no gas1 can be readily made from an ordinary oil lamp and a small round can1 having a crimped-on head or bottom4 ,the can should be of such diameter that the prongs of the lamp burner will hold it firmly in place4 ,a hole should be made in the bottom of the can4 ,it is then placed1 upside down1 on the lamp burner4 ,if the top comes too far from the flame1 cut off a strip around the edge4--,contributed by ,clarence ,s4 ,h4 ,anderson1 ,worcester1 ,massachusetts4 ,illustration3 ,a ,camp ,chair ,constitutes the ,body of the ,sled and the ,legs are ,equipped with ,runners ,a ,folding ,ice ,sled ,on a smooth ice surface1 or on hard snow1 the sled shown will run easily1 and a skater can push another with surprising speed by a light push on the shoulders while the rider rests his feet on the front of the runners4 ,the sled is light1 and it can be folded up and carried under the arm4 ,it is also handy for putting on the skates1 or for use in a crowded car4 ,any camp stool will do for the main part of the sled4 ,holes are bored in the ends of the legs to receive the lugs on the runners snugly4 ,if the builder is not equipped with a forge1 a blacksmith will make the runners cheaply4 ,the sliding surfaces of the runners are smoothed with a file4--,contributed by ,thomas ,lappin1 ,portland1 ,ore4 99 99 99 99 99 ,a column of water #bg4f in4 will have a pressure of #a lb4 per square inch4 ,cleaning ,tinware with ,milk ,some housewives advise a system of dry-cleaning for tinware for the reason that it insures a surface free from rust which is less liable to burn4 ,where washing is preferred1 however1 a little milk added to the water proves more satisfactory than either soap or soda1 its peculiarly solvent effect upon grease obviating all necessity for hard scouring1 which latter will wear the tin coating and gradually cause the article to become useless for holding food and more apt to rust into holes4--,contributed by ,j4 ,e4 ,pouliot1 ,ottawa1 ,can4 ,proper ,way to ,wrap ,papers for ,mailing ,illustration3 ,the ,clipped ,corners ,prevent the ,adhesive from ,coming in ,contact with the ,paper inclosed ,in using a homemade paper wrapper for mailing purposes cut a triangular section from each end of it before applying the paste or mucilage4 ,this prevents the adhesive from oozing out at the edges and sticking to the paper it incloses4 ,this also permits the easy withdrawal of the paper4 ,groove ,cutter for ,wood ,having occasion to cut some grooves in a board and not being properly equipped for such work1 ,i made the tool shown in the sketch4 ,although rather crude in appearance it will do good work if properly made4 ,it consists of a handle1 ,a1 shaped to afford a comfortable grip for the hand1 and a cutter1 ,b1 made of a short piece of hacksaw blade1 clamped along the left side of the handle by the strip ,c1 which is held with screws4 ,a pin1 ,d1 driven into the handle and allowed to project about in41 prevents the blade from sliding back under the clamp4 ,for guiding the blade1 the arrangement ,f is employed4 ,an extension1 ,e1 is nailed on the right side of the handle1 and holes made near each end for two screws having round heads1 such as may be obtained from discarded dry batteries4 ,these screws are for securing the sliding stop ,f1 which is a flat piece of hardwood with slots cut near the end for screws to pass through to provide for adjustment4 ,illustration3 ,two ,slots are ,made with the ,cutter1 and the ,stock between ,them ,removed with a ,chisel ,in use1 the guide ,f is adjusted until it is the desired distance from the cutter and then secured by the screws4 ,the tool is handled like a plane1 care being taken not to bear down too hard1 as the cutter may bind and cause it to be pulled from the clamp4 ,in cutting a groove1 two slots are cut and the stock between them removed with a chisel4 ,a ,one-,runner ,sled ,illustration3 ,the ,barrel ,stave ,has a ,sufficient ,curve to ,make ,it ,pass ,smoothly over ,hard ,snow ,just an ordinary barrel stave1 with a center post and a crossboard for a seat1 makes a good one-runner sled4 ,select a good1 smooth stave for the runner and securely fasten the upright1 which is #a ft4 long1 to it in the center4 ,the seat is made of a board1 about #a ft4 long1 nailed to the upper end of the upright4 ,substitute for a ,gas-,stove ,oven ,wishing to bake a nice loaf cake one afternoon for dinner1 and finding that the fire in my range had gone out1 ,i remembered an oven shown me at one time for use on a small gas plate1 which consisted of a cover1 a bottom piece1 and a support for the pan4 ,the thought came to me that with all my pots and pans ,i ought to be able to get some results by the combination of two pie tins1 a cake pan1 and a stew pan1 and on trial it baked as fine a cake as anyone could wish4 ,illustration3 ,a ,combination of ,pie ,tins1 ,cake ,pan1 and ,stew ,pan to ,make ,temporary ,gas-,stove ,oven ,a small pie tin was placed in a larger one1 as shown2 on this was placed the cake pan filled with the cake batter1 and over the whole was placed the stew pan1 which acted as a heat retainer or oven4 ,a good hot flame was used at first1 and was then gradually turned lower until the cake was finished4--,contributed by ,mrs4 ,anna ,m4 ,b4 ,romig1 ,allentown1 ,pa4 ,box ,cover without ,hinges ,illustration3 ,box ,cover ,using ,pins ,instead of ,hinges to ,keep ,it in ,place ,two ordinary boxes may be fitted together as one without using hinges1 if nails or screws are inserted at points along the edges so that they will slip into holes bored at corresponding points in the edges of the other box4 ,the nail heads or screw heads should be filed off or cut off after being placed in position4 99 99 99 99 99 ,all metal patterns should be thoroughly cleaned with a stiff brush having plenty of beeswax on it and dipped in powdered plumbago4 ,brush the pattern well1 and it will draw easily and make a smooth casting4 ,sanitary ,holder for ,thread and ,dental ,floss ,a simple and convenient method of protecting a spool of thread1 or dental floss1 from collecting dirt and germs is shown in the illustration4 ,a small glass jar1 with a metal screw top1 is procured1 of such a size that it will easily accommodate the spool of thread desired to protect1 with at least in4 clearance all around the edge of the spool4 ,procure a short piece of stiff wire1 not more than in4 in diameter1 and make a frame similar in form to the one shown4 ,the center portion of this frame should be just a little longer than the spool1 so that a small wood key may be placed through the eye formed in the wire and thus hold the spool firmly on the frame4 ,the outside portions of the frame should be such a distance apart that they will rest against the sides of the jar and of such a length that they will reach from the bottom to the top of the jar when the lid is screwed down tightly4 ,if these dimensions are observed1 the spool and frame will remain in a fixed position in the jar4 ,illustration ,a small opening1 just a little larger than the thread1 is made in the center of the lid1 through which the thread is to pass4 ,the edges of this opening are smoothed off so that they will not cut the thread when it is being drawn out4 ,a small cutter may be made by forming a ,v-shaped opening in the lid1 through which the thread is to pass4 ,the edges of the ,v-shaped piece are sharpened to serve as a cutting edge4 ,the end of the thread will be held under the ,v-shaped piece after it is cut1 thus preventing it from falling back into the jar4 99 99 99 99 99 ,the word 8diameter0 when applied to gears is always understood to mean the pitch diameter4 ,illustration3 ,the ,sporting ,rifle and ,how to ,use ,it by ,stillman ,taylor ,sportsmen are interested in rifles and rifle shooting largely from the hunting standpoint1 although target shooting is a favorite sport with many of them4 ,this discussion of the sporting rifle will be concerned1 therefore1 principally with the hunting aspects1 other forms of shooting being considered as good methods of practice1 and the development of skill in the use of hunting weapons4 ,the novice1 as well as the good shot1 must have a suitable weapon1 and should have at least a general knowledge of the types of rifles available1 and their common uses4 ,a number of representative types of rifles are shown in ,fig4 #a1 and the details of the breech mechanisms and sights in ,fig4 #b4 ,targets and a homemade device for backing them are shown in ,fig4 #c4 ,the full-page illustration shows several positions in the use of the rifle2 a moving-target arrangement1 to be constructed by the ambitious shot2 a diagram of the trajectory of a rifle bullet1 and several diagrams of the vital shots1 in hunting common big game4 ,the single-shot rifle1 shown at ,a1 ,fig4 #a1 has been largely supplanted by the repeater and the automatic1 so far as hunting is concerned4 ,for use exclusively in indoor shooting1 a heavy rifle of the 8,schuetzen0 type is best suited4 ,a high-grade ornamented rifle of this type is shown in the headpiece of this article4 ,the most popular type of ,american rifle is the repeater of the lever-action variety1 shown at ,b4 ,the lever action embodies many good points3 quickness of fire1 ease of operation1 freedom from jamming at a critical moment1 strength1 and plenty of stopping power4 ,the mechanism of the lever-action repeating rifle is shown in detail at ,j1 ,fig4 #b1 and that of the falling-breech-block type of single-shot rifle1 at ,k4 ,several other types of lever-action rifles are shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,almost all lever-action repeaters are of the tubular-magazine type1 the magazine extending under the barrel1 sometimes the full length--full magazine2 or halfway--half magazine4 ,rifles of these types are shown at ,b and ,c1 and a hammerless repeater at ,d4 ,the trombone1 or pump-action1 repeating rifle1 shown at ,e1 has a mechanism similar to that used in the repeating shotgun1 the sliding forearm loading and ejecting the cartridge4 ,the merit of the military bolt-action rifle lies in its great strength and simplicity4 ,a weapon of this type was used by ,roosevelt in ,africa1 and by other big-game hunters4 ,it is shown at ,f4 ,the chief advantages of the automatic rifle1 shown at ,g1 which is a comparatively new weapon1 are its speed in firing and its almost noiseless action4 ,this rifle has a recoil-operated action of the blow-back type4 ,that shown at ,h has a box magazine1 and the automatic action is based on the sliding of the barrel within a steel jacket4 ,the rifle shown at ,i may be used either as an automatic or as a pump-action weapon4 ,the subject of stock and trigger adjustment is one to which every experienced rifleman devotes considerable attention4 ,the regular stock rifle is built to standard dimensions1 and often the stock is found a trifle short4 ,for the man of average reach1 a #ac-;in4 stock1 with a #a-;in4 drop at the comb1 and about #c in4 drop at the heel1 will be found satisfactory4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #a ,various ,types of ,rifles in ,common ,use3 ,a1 ,english ,model1 ,single-,shot1 with ,open ,sights and ,shotgun ,butt2 ,b1 ,lever-,action ,repeater1 ,tubular ,half ,magazine2 ,c1 ,lever-,action ,repeater1 ,box ,magazine2 ,d1 ,hammerless1 ,lever-,action ,repeater2 ,e1 ,pump-,action1 ,high-,power ,repeater2 ,f1 ,military ,bolt-,action1 ,sporting ,model2 ,g1 ,automatic1 ,blow-,back ,action2 ,h1 ,automatic1 ,box ,magazine2 ,i1 ,automatic1 ,combination ,pump-,action ,rifle sights are of several types1 of which there are in turn many variations4 ,only the essentials of the standard types will be considered4 ,the regulation open sights1 with which most rifles are fitted at the factory1 are the buckhorn rear and the ,rocky ,mountain front sight4 ,for a hunting rifle the most satisfactory sights are a gold-bead front sight of about -in4 diameter1 as shown in ,fig4 #b at ,l2 a folding-leaf rear sight1 shown at ,o1 ,p1 and ,q1 and a combination rear aperture sight1 at ,m and ,n1 mounted on the tang of the rifle4 ,an arm so sighted is useful for all kinds of shooting4 ,the combination rear sight is used in deliberate shots at a target or at game1 and the folding-leaf sight is better than the buckhorn for quick snap shooting4 ,the sportsman who wishes to master the use of a rifle must have a knowledge of the trajectory of such weapons1 and particularly of the rifle he uses regularly4 ,he must know1 also1 how to aline the sights correctly to get satisfactory results4 ,the trajectory is the path which the rifle bullet takes in passing from the muzzle of the rifle to its mark4 ,the force of gravity acts upon the bullet in flight and the result is that the trajectory is curved1 as indicated in the diagram at the bottom of the page illustration4 ,a relatively low trajectory is1 of course1 desirable in a hunting rifle4 ,the black-powder1 or slow-speed1 cartridge has a relatively high trajectory1 while the high-power smokeless cartridges have relatively low trajectories4 ,the adjustment of the sights of a rifle is also of much importance4 ,every rifle is targeted at the factory1 but this may be done by a fair shot1 using the following method3 ,arrange three boxes1 so that the rifle barrel may rest upon one1 and the arms of the marksman upon the other two4 ,place a bag of sand upon the box1 so that the barrel may rest upon it1 about #f in4 from the muzzle4 ,put the target into place1 and adjust the sights for #ajj yd4 ,if the sights are properly lined up1 the shots should fall quite regularly within a #aj-;in4 circle4 ,with peep1 or other target1 sights1 much finer results will be obtained4 ,in moving the sights it must be remembered that to move the rear sight to the right will bring the shot to the right1 and vice versa1 while if the front sight is moved to the right1 the arm will shoot to the left4 ,in making the test1 first adjust the front sight so that it is in exact alinement with the center of the barrel1 and then all corrections may be made by moving the rear sight4 ,the proper way to sight a rifle is to hold the front sight just clear of the notch in the rear sight1 with the front bead barely touching the outer ring of the bull's-eye1 at the extreme bottom4 ,this is shown at ,r1 ,fig4 #c4 ,it is the rule of good rifle shot to 8see daylight between the sight and the bull's-eye40 ,in any event1 do not cover up the front sight by drawing it down into the notch of the rear sight1 so that only the top of the bead is visible4 ,another frequent error is to hold the front sight to cover the bull's-eye4 ,illustration3 ,the ,off-,hand1 ,knee-,support1 and ,prone ,positions in ,shooting should be ,mastered by the ,sportsman4 ,the ,diagrams ,represent ,several ,vital ,shots1 the ,moving ,target1 and the ,trajectory of a ,rifle ,bullet ,the sportsman who wishes to become a practical rifle shot should learn how to handle the rifle in the several useful positions1 so that he may be able to sight accurately under different conditions4 ,several of the most widely used positions are shown in the page illustration4 ,the off-hand position1 with arm extended1 is the most commonly used and best position for the sportsman to practice1 for use in the woods4 ,the off-hand1 with body rest1 or elbow resting on the hip1 is good for target shooting4 ,the 8,schuetzen0 style of holding the rifle1 with palm rest1 is used only in fine match shooting4 ,the knee-rest position is often useful for the sportsman in stalking game1 when it is desirable to expose oneself as little as possible4 ,a steadier aim may be secured1 especially if a strong wind is blowing4 ,the prone position is much used by military riflemen1 but they are not permitted the muzzle rest1 whereas the hunter often uses it4 ,it is easy to learn1 and more accurate shooting may be done in this position than in the off-hand or knee-rest positions4 ,for indoor practice at a target1 the 4#bb-;caliber rifle is best4 ,by fitting up a suitable backstop1 shooting may be done safely in the cellar or attic4 ,a satisfactory backstop may be made by fastening a plate of iron into a packing box1 #c ft4 square1 as shown in ,fig4 #c4 ,the plate must be set at an angle so that the bullets will be deflected to the bottom of the box4 ,in order that the rifleman may check up his work1 it is desirable that a standard target be used4 ,the ,american standard target1 shown in ,fig4 #c1 has been adopted by practically all rifle clubs1 and1 as the majority of records are made upon it1 the sportsman should become familiar with it4 ,the paper targets are inexpensive1 and it is easy to draw accurate homemade targets from the original4 ,by the use of disks of black and white paper--known as gummed target pasters--one target may be used several times4 ,if convenient to do so1 the novice should shoot a string of shots every day1 in the various positions4 ,do not try to hurry1 but shoot deliberately at first1 aiming to secure a good average1 rather than a few bull's-eye shots and many wild ones4 ,with reasonable practice1 it is not difficult to score eight bull's-eyes out of ten shots1 when using the prone position4 ,having attained this proficiency1 the sportsman may be regarded as a fair shot1 and is ready to take up outdoor target practice with the high-power rifle4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #b ,j1 ,mechanism of ,lever-,action ,repeating ,rifle2 #b1 ,breechblock2 #g1 ,cocking ,lever2 #ai1 ,firing ,pin1 ,front2 #ba1 ,firing ,pin1 ,rear2 #bi1 ,guard ,finger ,lever2 #cd1 ,hammer2 #cf1 ,lifter2 #cg1 ,locking ,slide2 #de1 ,mainspring ,plunger2 #df1 ,mainspring ,plunger ,seat2 #fc1 ,trigger ,k1 ,mechanism of ,falling-,breechblock1 ,single-,shot ,rifle2 ,l1 ,gold-,bead ,front ,sight2 ,m and ,n1 ,combination ,rear ,aperture or ,tang ,sight1 ,raised and ,folded2 ,o1 ,p1 ,q1 ,folding-,leaf ,rear ,sight1 ,used as ,v-,crotched ,sight1 ,straight-,bar ,sight1 and ,folded ,flat to ,barrel ,for outdoor target shooting the 4#bb-;caliber1 long-rifle cartridge will give very accurate results up to #ajj yd4 ,the standard target has a bull's-eye measuring #f in4 in diameter for #aej yd4 ,shooting may be tried for a while at a fixed range1 then the target may be moved to an unknown distance and angle1 and the marksman can try his hand at estimating distance4 ,instead of changing his sights at varying distances1 the sportsman should learn how to estimate the distance of the mark and the approximate elevation of the sights to land the bullet within the circle4 ,this is valuable practice for good shooting in the woods4 ,after considerable practice at the stationary target1 quick firing may be varied by rigging up a sliding trolley arrangement1 like that shown in the page illustration4 ,it is easily made by setting up two poles1 properly braced1 one about #cj ft4 tall1 and the other about #aj ft41 spaced #cj ft4 apart4 ,between the poles1 about #h ft4 from the ground1 stretch a length of stiff telephone wire1 and make a wooden target block ,w1 with a metal sheave wheel1 so that it may slide freely along the wire4 ,on the tallest post1 a little above the wire1 fasten a metal pulley1 ,z1 and at the top of the pole place a sash pulley4 ,then attach a stout cord to the target block1 reeve it through the two pulleys1 and attach a sandbag1 or other weight1 to the end of the cord1 ,on the shorter post1 a latch1 or trigger1 ,y1 is fastened to hold the target1 which is released by pulling a string4 ,with this easily constructed device1 much valuable practice may be had1 for if the pole is fairly high1 the weight will cause the target to slide as rapidly as the average game bird travels4 ,in using this moving target1 just as good practice is obtained with a 4#bb-;caliber repeater as with a high-power gun4 ,in fact1 the high-velocity ammunition should be used only on a regular range1 or where a suitable backstop is erected to stop the high-power bullets4 ,such a backstop may be constructed of heavy lumber1 like old railroad ties1 in the form of a crib1 which is filled in with sand or earth4 ,when a natural background1 such as a mound or hill1 is at hand1 this may be used with safety1 but a rocky hillside is not satisfactory1 for it is likely to deflect the bullets1 and may cause injury through stray shots4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #c ,as our antlered game1 like the moose1 the ,virginia deer1 the caribou1 and the elk1 are held in higher esteem than other ,american big-game animals1 a few practical hints on where to sight1 may serve to bring better luck to the sportsman who has yet to bring in his first head4 ,the shoulder shot1 shown in the rectangular sketch at ,s1 ,t and ,u1 is taken by the experienced hunter whenever possible1 in preference to any other4 ,it is the object of this shot to break the shoulder joint1 and thus prevent use of the forelegs4 ,it is a vital shot1 also1 because there is a good chance of the bullet passing through either the heart or lungs1 which will drop the game in its tracks4 ,this is the most effective of all shots1 and as the hunter more often draws a bead while the game is running away1 the shoulder shot is used more than any other4 ,the exact spot1 at which the aim should be taken1 depends upon the distance of the animal1 and its rate of movement4 ,if on the run and the range of #ajj yd4 or more1 the sight should be taken at the point ,s4 ,if less than this distance1 sight at ,t1 and1 if the animal is standing still1 take deliberate aim at ,u1 within the dotted inclosure4 ,this area represents what big-game hunters call the vital zone1 and a soft-nose bullet1 placed anywhere within this spot1 will be certain to stop the game1 often dropping it on the spot4 ,it is possible to land a bullet in a vital spot at distances up to #ejj yd4 with a high-power rifle1 but it is very likely that the game will be wounded only1 and may escape to die a lingering death4 ,in taking long shots at big game on the run1 the sight should be taken well forward and a trifle higher than the marks given1 since the hunter must allow for the trajectory of his arm and the time the bullet takes to reach its mark4 ,the front shot1 shown at the right1 has as its object to hit the heart or lungs4 ,it is a useful shot1 and the sight is taken at the cross indication on the breast4 ,the head shot1 shown in the circle1 is a brain shot1 and is used only by the experienced hunter1 when it is difficult to land a shoulder or front shot4 ,as the brain is well up to the top of the head1 the best point of aim is shown at ,v1 midway between the eyes and a trifle higher than their centers4 ,this shot is most effective when the hunter stands a trifle above the game1 or shoots when the game is charging head down4 ,if on a level1 aim just above the eye1 and if close to the game1 land the bullet just below the eye4 ,the ear shot1 as indicated by the cross1 is taken at close quarters1 and the point to sight for is the inside of the ear at its base4 ,a good rifle will give a lifetime of service1 and the sportsman should take care of it4 ,the best time to clean a firearm of any kind is as soon after shooting as possible1 for the powder residue is then fresh and moist1 and is more easily and quickly removed4 ,black powder can be removed with a wet rag1 but smokeless powder not only leaves a little powder residue1 but also a film of gummy residue on the steel which is not apparent to the eye4 ,common washing soda1 dissolved in water to make a saturated solution1 is used to remove it4 ,any of the ready-prepared nitro solvents are good for cleaning the rifle4 ,a good way to clean a rifle is to use strips of cotton flannel1 cut into squares of such size that they will fit snugly1 but may be easily pushed through the barrel on the head of the metal cleaning rod4 ,always clean a rifle from the breech1 if possible1 by resting the muzzle on a few folded papers on the floor4 ,push a couple of dry wipers down to the floor to remove the carbon residue4 ,then saturate another square of cloth with the nitro solvent1 and carefully swab out the barrel1 turning the rod so that it will follow the spiral rifling4 ,repeat the operation two or three times2 then take a clean wiper1 moistened with the solvent1 and repeat until the barrel is well lubricated with the cleaning fluid4 ,the barrel should be well oiled with any good1 thick oil1 or liquid vaseline4 ,the lock mechanism of the arm should be kept clean and very lightly lubricated with any good thin oil1 and the gunstock polished with linseed oil4 ,camera for ,taking ,pictures from a ,kite ,,by ,,charles ,i4 ,,reid ,when watching a kite flying at a considerable height one frequently wonders how the landscape appears from such a viewpoint as would be possible from a kite4 ,few of us can have the experience of a ride in an aeroplane1 but it is quite possible to obtain a view from the kite1 by proxy as it were1 through the use of a kite camera4 ,a kite of large dimensions would be necessary to carry an ordinary camera taking pictures of fair size1 hence it is necessary to devise one of lighter construction1 so that a kite of moderate size may carry it to a height of several hundred feet4 ,such a camera is shown in the illustration attached to a box kite4 ,details of construction are shown in the smaller sketches4 ,a camera consists1 briefly1 of a light-proof box1 with a lens at one end and a sensitive plate or film at the other4 ,for a kite camera1 a single achromatic lens will suit the purpose4 ,such a lens is not expensive and may be taken from a small camera4 ,it must be obtained before the camera is begun1 since the size of the latter is dependent upon the focal length of the lens and the size of the picture to be made4 ,a camera taking pictures #b in4 square is satisfactory for kite photography1 and if it is desired to enlarge the pictures1 this may be done in the usual manner4 ,the box of the camera is made cone-shaped in order to reduce the weight and air resistance4 ,its sides are of light-weight1 stiff cardboard1 reinforced at the corners to insure that no light will enter4 ,the back of the camera is a tight-fitting cover of cardboard1 having the same measurements as the picture to be taken4 ,the lens is fitted to an intermediate partition1 as shown in the sketch4 ,it is necessary to determine the focal length of the lens and to set it at a distance from the inner side of the cardboard back of the camera--the film surface--so that it will focus properly for photographing distant objects4 ,illustration3 ,the ,kite ,camera ,offers a ,diversion in ,photography1 and ,has ,practical and ,commercial ,uses as ,well4 ,the ,camera ,shown ,is of ,light ,weight1 ,simple ,construction1 and ,produces ,film ,exposures ,two ,inches ,square4 ,a ,sectional ,view of ,its ,construction is ,given at the ,left1 and the ,details of the ,shutter ,device at the ,right ,the front is provided with a circular opening of a size large enough not to obstruct the view of the lens4 ,a shutter made of thin pressboard is fitted over the opening1 as shown in the sketch at the right4 ,a slit is cut in the shutter through which light is admitted in making the exposure as the shutter is drawn back4 ,the size and width of the slit regulates the exposure1 and a few trials must be made to determine the most suitable speed of exposure for the lens used4 ,the shutter is pivoted at its lower end and drawn back by a rubber band4 ,a string1 to which a time fuse is attached1 controls the releasing of the shutter to make the exposure4 ,the string holds the shutter closed against the pull of the rubber band until the fuse burns up to the string1 severing it4 ,the fuse must be long enough to enable the kite to attain a suitable height before the string is burned4 ,when the shutter has been set1 and the fuse attached ready for lighting1 the camera may be taken into the dark room for loading4 ,a piece of film1 cut to the proper size1 is placed carefully into the light-proof sliding cover1 as with a film pack1 the sensitive side1 of course1 being placed nearest the lens4 ,the camera is attached to the kite securely at the middle1 as shown1 so that when the kite is in flight a view nearly straight down will be obtained4 ,when all is in readiness the fuse is lighted and the kite started on its flight4 ,by timing experimental flights1 the required length of fuse may be determined in order to permit the kite to attain the desired height at the time of exposure4 ,the kite used for taking pictures from the air should be large enough to carry the kite easily4 ,one of the box type illustrated is satisfactory1 although other types may be used4 ,a kite camera for the amateur has great possibilities for experimentation1 but requires care in construction and a reasonable knowledge of photography4 ,to the person willing to master the details1 kite photography offers a pleasurable diversion as well as practical uses in photographing plots of ground1 groups of buildings1 manufacturing plants1 and other subjects which cannot be photographed by other methods4 ,how to ,make a ,canteen ,two sheet-metal plates that are well nickelplated may be joined and provided with a suitable opening1 to form a useful canteen for the camper or hiker4 ,the illustration shows such a convenience fitted with a shoulder strap ready for use4 ,illustration ,it was made as follows3 ,two good-quality pie plates were soldered at their edges to form a water-tight container4 ,an opening was cut into the edge and a screw cap1 taken from a metal-polish can1 was fitted carefully and soldered over the opening4 ,a wire was soldered at each side of the screw cap1 providing loops for the snap buckles of the shoulder straps4--,j4 ,r4 ,townsend1 ,itasca1 ,texas4 ,mixing ,stick ,that ,breaks ,up ,lumps ,in mixing paint1 or paste1 it is desirable that all lumps be broken up quickly1 and that the forming of lumps be prevented as much as possible4 ,a mixing stick that will aid in this process is made as follows3 ,procure a stick of wood1 that will take nails without cracking1 and cut it about #a in4 square and #ab in4 long4 ,on one side1 beginning in4 from the end1 drive five #h-penny finishing nails1 #a in4 apart4 ,on the next side1 repeat the process1 beginning the nails #a in4 from the end4 ,place similar nails on the other two sides1 spacing them to offset those on the other sides4 ,the nails cause a thorough mixing of the paste1 or paint1 prevent the forming of lumps of any considerable size1 and by careful stirring will break up all lumps in the mixture4--,edwin ,r4 ,mason1 ,danville1 ,ill4 ,tin ,can on ,rod for ,picking ,fruit ,illustration ,the best apple is usually a little beyond reach1 as every boy knows1 so ,i fitted a tin can1 cut as shown in the sketch1 to a pole and can easily pick the apple that ,i want4 ,the device is useful for picking many varieties of fruit1 and prevents damaging it by a fall4 ,for picking apples or other fruit from the upper branches of trees1 where it is almost impossible to reach by the use of a ladder1 the tin-can fruit picker is especially handy4 ,the small sketch shows how the edges of the can should be cut to afford the best grip on the stem1 making it possible to cut the twig from above or below4--,t4 ,a4 ,charles1 ,hamilton1 ,ont4 ,the ,shotgun and ,how to ,use ,it ,,by ,,stillman ,,taylor ,,part ,i--,how a ,shotgun is ,made ,hunting and fishing have always held the most important places in the field of sport4 ,primitive man was an expert hunter and a skilled fisherman4 ,he had to be in order to secure food and skins1 and while but few men are now dependent upon this method of getting a living1 the call of the outdoor world is still heard by millions of men and women4 ,this1 then1 may be reckoned the inheritance which our primitive ancestors have bequeathed to every man1 and every man will find health and recreation through it4 ,it would be interesting to begin this chapter at the start and set down the history of weapons1 trace the evolution of the hunting arm all the way from the bow down to the modern hammerless shotgun1 but as this is a practical article on how to pick out a good gun and the knack of using it1 only modern weapons will be discussed4 ,while the novice need not know the detailed process of constructing a shotgun1 he will find it an advantage to know something of the way in which a serviceable weapon is manufactured1 for with this knowledge he is better qualified to pick out a suitable arm for his own particular use4 ,illustration3 ,the ,side-,plate ,lock ,is a ,development of the ,old ,hammer ,lock with ,striker ,inside ,the frame of a shotgun--that is1 the part to one end of which the barrels are affixed1 the stock being bolted to the other--contains the lock mechanism1 and that the weapon may give the most satisfaction for many years1 the stock must be of good quality1 of the exquisite temper1 and the bolting mechanism--securing the barrels to the frame--must be simple1 yet strong and serviceable4 ,for the frame1 a solid drop forging is milled to make a shell into which the working mechanism is fitted1 and two types of frames are used in making the modern shotguns4 ,the side-plate lock is really a development of the old hammer lock1 with the striker inside4 ,this lock is preferred by some shooters because of its neat and graceful lines1 and some manufacturers use this type because it enables them to make use of a lighter frame4 ,illustration3 ,the ,box ,type of ,frame ,likewise ,has ,its ,champions and ,possesses ,its ,advantages ,illustration3 ,the ,cocking ,hook ,is an ,ingenious ,device1 with ,variations ,used on ,different ,makes of ,arms ,the box type of frame likewise has its champions and possesses certain advantages4 ,certainly it makes a strong and rigid frame1 and for inexpensive weapons it would be difficult to improve upon4 ,while its square1 boxlike form is not graceful in line1 it enables the maker to use a spiral1 or coil1 spring instead of a flat spring for operating the locks1 which is an advantage4 ,in brief1 the merits of both types may be summed up in this fashion3 ,the use of the box type of lock enables the maker to turn out a better quality of gun at a low price1 but in the case of a well-made gun1 selling for a reasonable figure1 there is very little choice between them so far as dependability and long service are concerned4 ,both are much used by manufacturers of the finest weapons1 hence the shooter may pick out the one which best suits his fancy4 ,illustration3 ,a ,hammerless ,gun with ,roller ,bearings to ,overcome the ,short ,leverage and ,make ,it ,open and ,close ,easily ,the ,cocking ,mechanism of the ,hammerless ,the locks of the hammerless shotgun work inside of the frame or lock1 and are cocked by an ingenious little mechanism operated by the movement of the barrels when they are opened4 ,the ,anson ,deely cocking mechanism is one of the oldest and best of these devices1 and is still used on many ,american as well as ,european arms4 ,the levers of this mechanism are hung with pivots in the end of the frame--one end projecting into the fore end and the opposite end resting beneath the hammer toe4 ,as the gun is 8broken10 or opened1 it presses down the forward end of the cocking lever1 and the other end rises and pushes the hammers into the cocked position4 ,this is the principle upon which all cocking devices are constructed1 and while it works smoothly and is so simple that it is not likely to get out of order1 it is mechanically weak1 owing to the short frame required to secure adequate leverage4 ,perhaps one of the best variations of the ,anson ,deely device is one employed by an ,american manufacturer who makes use of a rod running through the frame from the fore end to the hammer4 ,to each end of this rod is attached a crank1 so hung that as one crank is depressed the other rises and pushes the hammer to the cock position as the barrels are swung to open the gun4 ,illustration3 ,a ,lug is ,forged on the ,end of ,each ,barrel1 and ,when ,fitted ,together ,they are ,brazed ,the cocking hook is an ingenious device found on ,american shotguns and many variations of it are1 of course1 used on the different makes of arms4 ,the ,parker gun is provided with a hook working a slide1 thus pulling the hammers to cock4 ,in the ,baker1 a bent arm is pivoted to the breech to serve the same purpose4 ,another example of ,american ingenuity may be noted in the lug-cocking devices used on the ,ithaca and ,fox guns4 ,this simple arrangement is made by connecting the toe of the hammer directly with the lug1 which is an integral part of the barrel4 ,the hammer is thus made to act as its own lever1 for as the toe portion rises when the barrel is opened1 the striker falls back until it is caught in the notch of the sear4 ,to guard against the possibility of accidental discharge of the hammerless gun1 in which type of gun the hammer must be always at full cock1 a safety trigger bolt is utilized4 ,this bolt is affixed in the frame in a vertical position by pivoting it1 and to the upper part of the lever is attached a slide placed on top of the tang immediately back of the top lever which opens the barrels4 ,as this safety slide is pushed1 the lower end of the lever is brought close up against the triggers1 blocking them1 and thus prevents them from moving while the safety is in the 8on0 position4 ,to discharge the gun1 the slide must be pushed forward to the 8off0 position1 which moves the lower end away from the triggers4 ,this type of safety is of the nonautomatic variety and can only block the triggers when the slide is operated by the shooter4 ,the automatic type of safety consists of a block1 or bar1 fitted in the frame and extending from the safety bolt to the post of the top lever4 ,when the top lever is pushed to one side to open the barrels1 this block1 or bar1 pushes the safety bolt over the triggers1 automatically blocking them and preventing accidental discharge4 ,the triggers must be pressed to withdraw the automatic safety bar4 ,illustration3 ,the ,rotary ,bolt1 an ,american ,invention1 ,is ,strongest ,device ,known for ,locking the ,barrels to the ,frame ,to make the shotgun less likely to go off in the hands of the careless gunner1 the tumbler safety has been incorporated into the mechanism of a few ,american weapons4 ,the tumbler safety is a bar1 automatically operated by the triggers1 and interposed between the strikers and their firing pins4 ,this device makes it impossible for the arm to be discharged by the hammer jarring off when dropped1 for the tumbler bar occupies its position between the strikers and firing pins until the triggers are pulled4 ,illustration3 ,the ,three-,bolt ,mechanism ,is ,one ,form of the ,rotary-,bolting ,principle ,used by ,many ,gun ,builders ,the practical value of both the automatic safety and the tumbler type of bolt is questioned by practically all experienced gunners4 ,its presence is designed to make the arm less dangerous in the hands of careless and ignorant sportsmen4 ,this it may serve to do1 but since there should be no excuse for tolerating the latter1 most handlers of the scatter gun fail to see the utility of the former4 ,the novice should lose no time in acquiring the knack of handling his chosen weapon1 and if he will but exercise a little care1 he will find the hand-operated safety quite sufficient1 for he will not be troubled through accidental discharge of his gun4 ,by far the larger portion of accidents occur through careless handling of the gun and by the untimely pulling of the trigger1 either by dragging the gun through the brush or by nervousness1 and it is impossible to make use of a safety device to prevent the accidental discharge4 ,illustration3 ,the ,fore ,end ,is an ,extension of the ,stock beyond the ,triggers and the ,frame ,the ,barrels of a ,shotgun ,between #ae and #bj years ago shotgun barrels were made by combining bars of iron and steel and welding them together to form barrels of the proper diameter or bore4 ,when these strips of metal were twisted to make a spiral tube they were welded together to make the familiar 8twist10 8laminated10 and 8,damascus0 barrels4 ,sometimes three1 four1 and five strips of iron and steel were twisted together to make the 8three-stripe10 8four-stripe10 and 8five-stripe0 ,damascus barrels4 ,this old type of a barrel was strong and flexible1 but being comparatively soft1 it was easily damaged by denting4 ,illustration3 ,the ,comparative ,sizes of a #bj-;,gauge and a #ab-;,gauge ,repeating ,shotgun ,the modern compressed-steel barrels are fashioned from solid drawn steel1 are very hard1 will stand much higher pressure than the ,damascus type1 and since the process of manufacture is simpler1 a first-class steel barrel may be produced at one-quarter the cost of the old type4 ,the several manufacturers have adopted trade names to distinguish the various grades of steel barrels4 ,various trade names come from abroad1 and those of ,american manufacture are labeled 8nitro-steel10 8armor steel10 8high-pressure steel10 etc4 ,while differences very likely exist in the quality of the different barrels sold under the several names1 all the barrels used by reputable gun builders will be found amply strong to resist any pressure exerted by ordinary charges of powder1 hence the cheaper guns are perfectly safe and will stand many years of hard shooting4 ,locking the ,barrels to the ,frame ,in the early models of the breech-loader the barrels were locked to the frame with a bolt operated by a lever placed under the fore end4 ,all modern guns have the top-lever action4 ,in this device a 8lump0 is fastened to the under side of the barrels near the breech1 forming a hinged joint to which the fore end is attached when fitting the barrel and stock together4 ,when closed1 the breech end of the barrels is held down to the action and tight up against the breech by a slide1 or bolt1 which fits into the 8lump0 attached underneath the barrels4 ,different makers use various forms of top-lever bolting devices1 as the 8hook rib0 or 8extension rib10 otherwise known as the 8doll's head10 and the cross bolt first used by ,greener1 the celebrated ,english gun builder4 ,all of these devices are satisfactory on a good grade of gun1 but the strongest mechanism is an ,american invention1 known as the ,smith rotary bolt4 ,this rotary bolt is tapered and is pushed through an opening in the rib by means of a strong spring4 ,mechanically this locking device is all that can be desired1 and it cannot loosen through manipulation1 because of its compensating feature1 that is1 the spring forces the bolt farther in as the bearings become worn through much service4 ,many of our well-known builders use this splendid fastening4 ,shotgun ,stocks ,walnut is exclusively used for gunstocks1 and the several grades are termed plain ,american walnut1 fine ,american walnut1 ,english walnut1 selected ,english walnut1 fine ,english walnut1 ,italian walnut1 and ,circassian walnut4 ,the plain ,american walnut is simply a common quality of black walnut1 oiled and varnished1 and fitted on the cheaper guns4 ,fine ,american walnut is of better quality1 darker in color1 and of better grain4 ,it is strong and durable1 and when well oiled and polished by hand1 it makes a neat stock for the inexpensive gun4 ,the selected ,english walnut is of good color and with good grain4 ,when oiled and hand-polished it makes an attractive stock for the knockabout gun4 ,fine ,english walnut is usually fitted to guns selling at a higher price1 and is generally made to order4 ,italian walnut is a dark wood with a fine grain and is usually supplied to order on the finest guns4 ,circassian walnut is the finest wood obtainable1 of a rich dark color and a fine curly grain4 ,it is therefore expensive and only finished to order and fitted to the most expensive guns4 ,the ,fore ,end ,the fore end is an extension of the stock beyond the triggers and frame and affords a grip for the extended hand--protecting it from the hot barrel--serves to lock the barrel to the frame1 and likewise holds the ejector mechanism4 ,the ,deely ,edge1 and ,snal fore ends are both used on ,american guns1 and they are so well designed and made that it is practically impossible for the modern types to loosen even when the arm has been subjected to long1 hard service4 ,hence this detail of the shotgun need not be considered when selecting an arm4 ,self-,ejector ,mechanism ,although a great many shooters do not use the self-ejector1 this handy device will many times prove of great value in the field1 for when the birds are coming fast and the shooter happens to score a miss1 the self-ejector throws out the empty shell and enables him to shove in a fresh load to bring down the following bird4 ,the nonejecting arm is plenty good and quick enough for trap use1 for when shooting 8clays10 plenty of time is given each man to reload between shots1 but for upland-bird and for duck shooting1 the automatic ejector is a desirable addition to the double-barreled gun4 ,repeating and ,automatic ,shotguns ,while a good double-barreled gun in the hands of the average shot will very likely bag as many birds as the shooter is entitled to--and it may be depended on to do this when fitted with a good automatic ejector--many shooters prefer the repeating gun4 ,the hand-operated1 sliding fore arm1 trombone-action1 or pump gun is so well-known that no recommendation is needed4 ,it will suffice to mention that it will do everything that a double-barreled gun can perform1 and considering that every pump gun is self-ejecting1 and its cost less than an equal grade of double gun equipped with an ejecting device1 it is not difficult to understand its popularity4 ,so far as accuracy is concerned1 the repeater will shoot rather more steadily than the double-barreled gun in the hands of the average man1 and after two shots have been fired1 there remain four more in the magazine4 ,rapid firing is not always an advantage1 of course1 but when after ducks1 the third shot is often wanted in the interval that is required to load the double-barreled gun4 ,illustration3 ,the ,shells are ,started ,about ,one-,quarter ,inch in the ,regular ,way ,before the ,ejector ,kicks ,them ,out ,the automatic1 or self-loading1 shotgun is the logical development of the repeater1 and while its mechanism is necessarily more complicated1 it has some merits peculiarly its own4 ,the devotee of the double barrel is inclined to believe that the repeater and the automatic shotgun do not balance so well as his favorite weapon1 and the man who swears by the pump gun is inclined to think that the automatic arm is balanced like a club and prone to get out of order4 ,both factions can put up plenty of argument to support their opinions1 but to the unprejudiced gunner1 both the repeater and the self-loader will prove very fine guns after the shooter has become familiar in handling them4 ,the double-barrel is a mighty fine gun1 so is the repeater and again the automatic2 so let the gunner pick out the type he likes best4 ,illustration3 ,the ,automatic ,ejector ,mechanism ,enables the ,gunner to ,shove in a ,fresh ,load for the ,following ,bird ,illustration3 ,a ,self-,loading ,shotgun in the ,positions of the ,action ,open and ,closed ,how to ,select a ,shotgun ,illustration3 ,the ,measurements are ,taken of the ,drop at the ,comb and ,heel1 and of the ,stock from the ,butt to the ,forward ,trigger ,that the shooter may not be handicapped by using a misfit gun1 it is well to make a selection at one of the larger dealers' where guns of various sizes1 weights and lengths1 as well as drops in stocks1 may be tried until one is found that fits the gunner the best4 ,a good shot can pick up almost any gun and do fairly accurate shooting with it1 but he can do better work with a gun fitting him properly4 ,the chief measurements of a gunstock are the length and drop of the stock1 and the drop and shape of the comb4 ,the ordinary thickness of the grip will suit the average hand1 but in the case of unusually large or small hands1 this must be taken into consideration4 ,for the average man these measurements will probably be about right3 ,length of stock1 from forward trigger to center of butt plate1 ,a-,a1 #ad to #ad in41 drop at comb1 ,b-,b1 #a to #a in41 which will give corresponding drop at the heel1 ,c-,c1 from #b to #c in4 ,a fairly straight stock of good length may be reckoned an advantage for trap shooting1 but for use in the field1 a somewhat crooked stock with more drop at the comb1 say1 #a in4 with #b-;in4 drop at the heel1 will more fully meet the average shooter's idea of a well-balanced gun4 ,however1 as men differ1 and there are as many faces and eyes as there are men1 every shooter must decide this question for himself4 ,so far as the circumference of the grip is concerned1 the size of the shooter's hand and the length of his fingers will decide this detail4 ,for a small hand1 a #g-;in4 grip is about right1 while a grip of #g in4 will probably fit the large hand well4 ,the question of straight or pistol grip is purely a matter of personal taste1 for one is as good as the other so far as accurate handling of the gun is concerned4 ,illustration3 ,a ,repeating ,shotgun and the ,position of ,its ,different ,parts ,when ,cocked and ,after ,firing ,the ,gauge1 or ,size of ,bore ,the #aj-;gauge may be occasionally useful for long-range duck and goose shooting1 but for ordinary duck and upland use the #ab-;gauge is plenty large enough4 ,the larger the gauge the greater will be the killing zone1 and up to their ranges the small bores may1 for all practical purposes1 be regarded as shooting quite as accurately and with as much power as the heavier gauges1 that is1 the small bores will shoot to kill if held correctly4 ,the standard #ab-;gauge gun is fitted with #cj-;in4 barrels1 weighs #g to #h lb41 and the standard load for the field is #c dr4 of powder and #a oz4 of shot4 ,this gives a killing range up to #dj yd4 ,the standard #af-;gauge1 with #cj-;in4 barrels1 weighs from #f to #g lb41 and the standard load is #b dr4 of powder and #a oz4 of shot1 with a killing range up to #ce yd4 ,the standard #bj-;gauge1 with #bh-;in4 barrels1 weighs from #e to #f lb4 and the standard load is #b dr4 of powder and oz4 of shot4 ,best killing range up to #cj yards4 ,for an all-purpose gun1 suitable for wild fowling as well as upland shooting1 the #ab-;gauge is the best choice although the #af-;gauge will be found a hard-hitting weapon4 ,for the good shot1 the #bj-;gauge will prove a fine little arm for upland work1 only the gunner must shoot well with the small bore to kill his bird clean4 ,contrary to the notion1 the large bore1 not the small gauge1 will bring the most game to the novice's bag4 ,mission ,candlestick ,even though a candlestick is one of the simplest of the smaller household furnishings1 it nevertheless can be made a very attractive feature4 ,for the illustrated mission design1 a base1 #d by #d by in41 should be provided4 ,this is cut1 with the grain1 for a -in4-wide groove1 in4 deep and extending from one side to within in of the opposite side4 ,in this groove is to fit the handle1 which is made from a piece of by #b by #c-;in4 stock4 ,it is provided with a finger-grip hole by #a in4 at one end4 ,its upper edge should be marked off from the center pedestal and fitted to it4 ,the pedestal can be made from stock #a by #a by #e in4 ,a tenon1 in4 long by #a in4 square1 is formed on the lower end4 ,this tenon is to fit a mortise in the center of the base4 ,a slot in4 wide is cut centrally in the pedestal1 and #b in4 above the lower end1 to fit the handle4 ,the upper end of the pedestal is cut straight for in4 and squared off to #a in4 ,this is to serve as a tenon to fit a corresponding mortise in the by #b-;in4 square top4 ,the sides of the pedestal are evenly tapered off from the #a-;in4 square base to the lower end of the #a-;in4 square tenon1 at the top4 ,illustration3 ,mission ,candlestick of ,pleasing ,design1 ,that will ,appear ,well with ,other ,furniture of ,this ,class ,the parts1 before assembling1 should be thoroughly sandpapered1 as considerable difficulty would otherwise be experienced4 ,no nails or screws need be used1 as good glue will keep the parts together equally well4 ,when completely assembled1 a hole should be drilled through the top and into the pedestal1 to fit the size of candle to be used4 ,a carefully applied mission stain and varnish will give a proper finish to the candlestick4--,contributed by ,g4 ,crossley1 ,erie1 ,pa4 ,pin ,setter for the ,home ,tenpins ,illustration3 ,all the ,tenpins are ,quickly ,set1 and ,each in ,its ,proper ,place ,bowling with a set of small tenpins1 which can be purchased at a department store1 is a very interesting game4 ,the chief drawback1 however1 is the setting of the pins4 ,with a little rack like the one shown in the illustration1 the interest in the game may be increased considerably4 ,it not only helps in setting the pins rapidly1 but insures a good setting with the proper spacing between the pins4 ,it is very simple to make1 as it consists of a triangular piece of wood with ten holes bored into it at the proper places1 the dimensions of which will be governed by the size of the pins1 and three supports4 ,the pins are dropped in the holes and the rack lifted from them4--,contributed by ,f4 ,k4 ,howard1 ,los ,angeles1 ,california4 ,magically ,naming a ,written ,card ,this experiment consists in requesting anyone of a company of spectators to name a card and write it on a piece of paper1 whereupon the performer instantly names the card written4 ,two persons are necessary1 the performer and his assistant4 ,the performer leaves the room while the spectator writes the name of the card on the paper1 the assistant supplying the paper and pencil4 ,when the name of the card is written1 the paper is folded by the spectator and handed to the assistant with the pen or pencil4 ,the assistant lays the pencil and paper on a table in certain positions to designate the name of the card4 ,previous to this test1 the performer and the assistant must have the positions of the paper and pencil mentally fixed in their minds4 ,referring to the sketch1 the four sides of the table represent the card suits1 viz41 spades1 hearts1 clubs1 and diamonds2 and an imaginary circle divided into twelve parts indicates the number of the card1 #a standing for ace1 #b for deuce1 and so on4 ,illustration3 ,the ,markings are ,memorized so ,that ,only ,positions of ,pencil and ,paper will be ,seen ,the assistant1 knowing what has been written on the paper1 places the paper to indicate the suit1 and the pencil is laid so that it points to the number on the imaginary circle1 or dial4 ,the one shown in the sketch is designating the four of hearts4 ,dry-,cleaning ,mixture ,an emulsion of gasoline and water is much used by dry cleaners for removing grease1 tar1 and paint spots from clothing4 ,it is in the form of a thick1 white sirup1 which evaporates entirely and is not injurious to any fabric or color4 ,the directions for preparing this emulsion should be followed out carefully4 ,dissolve1 in #a qt4 of boiling water1 oz4 of pure castile soap1 and oz4 of gum arabic4 ,allow this to cool1 and then add #a oz4 glycerin1 #a oz4 strong aqua ammonia1 #a oz4 chloroform1 and #b oz4 sulphuric ether4 ,shake well1 and pour enough of the mixture into a quart bottle to fill it for in4 ,on top of this1 pour not more than in4 of gasoline1 and shake until creamy4 ,repeat the addition of gasoline1 shaking each time1 until full4 ,the cleaning mixture will then be ready for use1 and may be applied with a rag1 or small brush4 ,if1 on adding the first lot of gasoline and shaking1 the mixture does not become emulsified1 it proves that too much gasoline has been added4 ,in this case1 allow it to stand for a few minutes1 and pour off the excess gasoline which comes to the top4 ,shake well1 and add a smaller quantity of gasoline4 ,when the bottle is half full1 larger quantities of gasoline may be added at a time4 ,it is interesting to note that the more gasoline is added1 the thicker the emulsion becomes1 and if the addition of gasoline and shaking is prolonged1 a semisolid jelly is formed1 which will not run from a bottle4--,contributed by ,h4 ,e4 ,zschiegner1 ,wellsville1 ,n4 ,y4 ,locking ,window ,sash ,illustration ,an excellent lock for window sash is to use two small1 but strong1 hinges one fastened on each side of the top sash close to the upper edge of the lower sash4 ,this allows one wing of each hinge to swing freely which permits it to be swung over the upper edge of the lower sash1 locking both securely4 ,in placing the hinges in this position1 they are out of sight and not in the way4 ,illustration3 ,,the ,,shotgun ,,and ,,how ,,to ,,use ,,it ,,by ,stillman ,taylor ,,part ,,ii--,the ,choke and ,pattern of a ,gun ,having picked out a gun that 8fits the man10 the matter of choke and pattern should be considered4 ,for trap shooting and for wild fowling1 the full-choke gun may be considered a necessity1 since it will throw the charge of shot within a relatively small circle2 in other words1 make a denser pattern4 ,chokeboring is accomplished by constricting the barrel at the muzzle from to in41 the amount of taper depending on the size of the bore and gauge4 ,the narrowing of the muzzle forces the charge of shot together and prevents the pellets from scattering over a wide area4 ,guns are bored with varying degrees of choke1 from the full to the plain cylinder1 and the manufacturers compare them by recording the number of pellets which any given choke will shoot in a #cj-;in4 circle at #cj yd41 or any other range selected as the maximum distance4 ,this gives the pattern from which we find that the full choke produces #gj per cent1 the half choke #fj per cent1 the quarter choke #ej per cent1 and the cylinder #cj per cent4 ,for trap shooting and wild fowling the expert considers it essential that his #ab-;gauge should be capable of throwing not less than #cjj pellets2 hence he selects a full-choked gun with a pattern of #cjj or better4 ,as a full-choked #af-;gauge will pattern about #bge1 it may be used for ducks with good success4 ,for a general-purpose gun1 a pattern from #bej to #bge will prove quite satisfactory for ducks and upland game1 and this may be had by picking out a half-choked #ab-;gauge1 or selecting a full-choked #af-;gauge4 ,the #bj-;gauge gives a pattern of about #bde shot1 and thus scatters its charge over too large a circle to prove effective on wild fowl1 although it is very effective on upland game1 which is flushed not over #ce yd4 from the shooter4 ,a gun patterning from #bbe to #bej may be considered the ideal upland gun1 and this may be had by choosing a quarter-choked #ab-;gauge1 a half-choked #af-;gauge1 or a full-choked #bj-;gauge gun4 ,these are known as 8open-choked0 guns1 are the most effective at short ranges1 up to #ce yd41 and cannot be depended upon to kill clean when used at longer ranges4 ,shooting with ,both ,eyes ,open ,to handle the weapon well is the desire of every sportsman1 and this knack is not difficult to attain1 providing the novice will make a good beginning4 ,first of all1 it is necessary to hold the gun correctly1 and while the forward hand may grip the fore end at any convenient point1 a well extended arm gives a better control of the gun when aiming1 by giving free play to all the muscles of the arm2 hence the gun should be held in a manner natural to the shooter1 rather than in imitation of the style of another4 ,the old manner of aiming the shotgun by closing one eye and sighting along the rib is fast becoming obsolete1 for better shooting may be done by keeping both eyes open4 ,doctor ,carter was the first great exponent of binocular shooting1 and while but few men can hope to approach this famous gunner's skill1 every one can learn to handle a shotgun more quickly and with greater accuracy by following his common-sense method4 ,it may appear a bit strange at first to disregard the sights and keep both eyes open1 and aim the gun by merely pointing it in the desired direction1 but to sight along the rib and attempt to see the bead on the muzzle end can only make a slow and poky shot4 ,this old-fashioned method may be good enough for making patterns on a stationary target1 but it is not much of a success for wing shooting4 ,for fine rifle shooting the left eye is invariably closed for target work1 but for snap-shooting both eyes are kept open1 the sights are disregarded1 and the aim is taken by pointing the gun at the object to be hit4 ,of course1 there are many good gunners who shoot with one eye closed1 but the novice who is anxious to become a good wing shot should make it a point to practice with both eyes open4 ,vision is always clearer1 and the objects more accurately judged with both eyes open than with one1 and when this is done1 and one eye controls the line of aim1 the shooter is not so likely to make mistakes in estimating the distances and the rapidity of the flight of his game4 ,in shooting1 the right eye naturally governs the right shoulder1 and vice versa1 and this is so because habit has trained the eye to do this4 ,to find which is the master eye1 hold a pencil out at arm's length and point it at some small distant object with both eyes open1 then close the left eye1 and if the pencil still points to the object1 the right eye controls the vision1 and is the master eye4 ,should the closing of the left eye alter the aim1 the right eye must be trained by practice until it becomes the master eye1 or else the gun must be shot from the left shoulder1 which is many times more difficult4 ,the modern way of mastering wing shooting is to point the gun where both eyes are looking1 and after a little practice this may be done quickly1 and the charge thrown more accurately at the object than by closing one eye1 or sighting along the barrel in the old manner4 ,the ,knack of ,hitting a ,flying ,target ,when shooting at clay targets1 or at a flying bird1 allowance must be made for the swiftness of flight and the distance from the shooter to the game1 or in other words1 the shooter must calculate the speed of the flying target and allow the probable time it will take for the shot to reach its mark4 ,to make a quick snap shot at the flying target1 the gun may be directly thrown at the mark and discharged as quickly as possible1 or the gun may cover the mark and be quickly swung ahead and the charge sent at the point where the swiftly moving bird will be found when the shot gets there4 ,snap-shooting is only possible when the birds are flying straight away or quartering1 and as the shooter fires point-blank at the rapidly moving bird1 the shot must be delivered so rapidly that only a very quick and responsive trigger and a fast man back of it can hope to score even a fair percentage of hits4 ,a more certain way of aiming a snap shot is to throw up the barrel below the bird1 then rapidly swing it to the proper elevation ahead of the moving target1 and throw the shot at the point where the line of the aim and the flight of the bird intersect4 ,for shots at quail1 woodcock1 and partridge in the brush1 the quick snap shot often must be taken1 regardless of the chances of missing1 for to delay even a second will lose the bird4 ,when a bird rises near the shooter1 no allowance of lead or elevation are required1 and the charge is thrown directly at the bird4 ,the rapid swing1 however1 is the most accurate manner of using the shotgun1 at all angles and at any distance within the killing zone of the weapon4 ,to make this shot1 the gun must be thrown up behind the bird and then rapidly swung ahead of it1 throwing the charge without checking the swing of the arm4 ,in this style of snap-shooting1 the elevation of the gun must be identical with the flight of the bird1 inasmuch as the gun follows it1 and if the gun is swung about three times as fast as the bird is traveling1 plenty of allowance for the time necessary to press the trigger and deliver the shot at the determined point will be made4 ,to swing deliberately and cover the bird with the sight1 then shove the gun ahead to give the proper lead1 is all right for duck shooting where the game is usually seen approaching and thus remains within range for a longer time4 ,but this deliberate style of handling the gun is far too slow for the uplands1 and since the rapid swing is the only accurate manner of cutting down the fast bird1 and usually useful for wild fowling1 the novice should confine his practice to this practical style of wing shooting4 ,stationary-,target ,practice ,the first great mistake the novice is likely to make is the natural one of supposing that he must take his gun to the field and learn how to handle it by practicing at flying game4 ,this is by no means the best method1 and there is scarcely a poorer way of becoming a wing shot1 because the gunner is intent upon bagging the game and forgets to observe the many little points of gunnery1 shooting high and low1 and making the hundred and one mistakes of judgment he would not be guilty of when practicing at a stationary mark4 ,snap and wing shooting is the last word in shotgun handling1 requiring quickness in throwing the gun1 as well as a trained eye to calculate the distance from and the speed of the flying target4 ,to acquire confidence in using the gun1 begin by shooting at a fixed mark4 ,a good target may be made by obtaining a dozen1 or two1 sheets of stout wrapping paper and painting a #d-;in4 circle in the center of each sheet4 ,tack it up on a board fence or on a board hung on a tree1 measure off #fj ft41 and try a shot4 ,the shot will not spread very much at this short range1 and it will be an easy matter to determine the result of your skill in holding a dead-on to the large mark4 ,to avoid flinching and other movements of the head and body1 caused by the recoil1 begin your first practicing with a light powder-and-shot charge1 say1 about #b dr4 of bulk measure1 or its equivalent in smokeless1 and oz4 of ,no4 #h or #i shot4 ,there is no advantage in using a heavier charge1 and the recoil of the gun will appear much greater in deliberate shooting at a target than is likely to be felt during the excitement incidental to shooting in the field4 ,a dozen shots at these targets will enable the gunner to make a good score by deliberate holding1 and when this can be done without flinching1 snap and wing shooting may begin4 ,illustration3 ,the ,forward ,hand may ,grip the ,fore ,end at ,any ,point1 but a ,well-,extended ,arm ,gives a ,better ,control of the ,gun ,snap and ,wing ,shooting ,the object which the gunner should now strive for is to train the eye1 hand1 and gun to work in unison1 and to do this1 bring the gun quickly to the shoulder1 point it to the mark1 and press the trigger without stopping the upward and even swing of the barrels4 ,at the first few trials some difficulty may be encountered with the pressing of the trigger at the proper moment1 but a little practice will soon tell how to time the shots4 ,note the phrase1 8press the trigger10 for the trigger is not pulled by the forefinger alone1 but rather pressed by closing both hands1 the forward hand on the fore end pushing and closing1 and the hand grasping the stock being drawn back and squeezed at the same instant4 ,this is easily done1 but rather hard to picture4 ,after a few trials with an empty gun1 the novice will see the point1 and also discover the fact that the recoil of the arm is much lessened by this proper grip of the weapon4 ,confine the first practice in snap-shooting to throwing the gun to the shoulder1 and when proficient in hitting the mark1 try a snap shot by swinging the gun from the side1 right to left and also left to right4 ,do not attempt to check the even swing of the gun1 but rather let the barrels swing past the mark1 concentrating the mind upon pressing the trigger the instant the line of aim covers the mark4 ,practice swinging slowly1 and after being able to hit the mark with the center of the charge pretty regularly1 increase the speed of the swing4 ,in doing this1 it will be discovered that the speed of pressing the trigger must also be increased to balance the speed of the moving barrel1 and very likely it will be found that the natural tendency is to press the trigger a bit late4 ,this is the common mistake which practically every novice makes when in the field1 although the error is likely to pass unnoticed when after game4 ,illustration3 ,,swing ,,gun ,,across ,,target ,,as ,,indicated ,,bt ,,arrows ,,and ,,shoot ,,in ,,passing ,,shoot ,,at ,,both ,,targets ,,on ,,each ,,swing ,train the ,eye1 ,hand1 and ,gun to ,work in ,unison1 by ,bringing the ,gun ,quickly to the ,shoulder1 ,pointing ,it at the ,mark1 and ,pulling the ,trigger without ,stopping the ,motion of the ,barrels ,as the gunner acquires proficiency in swinging the gun from side to side1 try swinging the gun at different angles1 changing the angle of the swing with each shot1 from right to left and upward1 at an oblique angle upward1 and so on1 until it is possible to hit the mark with a fair certainty from a variety of angles4 ,when trying out the several swings1 one should always begin slowly and increase the speed of the swing as he becomes more expert1 only making sure to shoot by calculation and not by guess4 ,the manner of acquiring expertness sounds easy and is comparatively easy1 and1 as it is the backbone of snap-shooting1 improvement will be rapid if the novice is willing to practice slowly and master each detail in turn4 ,do not make the mistake of overdoing the thing at the outset by shooting too long at a time4 ,a box of #be loads is ample for a day's practice1 since it is not how much one shoots1 but how well1 that counts4 ,snap-,shooting at ,moving ,targets ,when the gunner has reached the point where he can hit the stationary target by swinging his gun both fast and slow1 he has acquired better control of the weapon than many old shooters1 and he is well prepared to take up snap-shooting at flying or moving targets4 ,the access to a gun club where clay birds may be shot at1 will prove of much value1 but this is not absolutely necessary1 since tin cans1 bits of brick1 and bottles1 thrown in the air at unknown angles by a companion1 will afford the needed variety4 ,better than this is one of the inexpensive 8hand traps0 which project the regulation clay targets by means of a powerful spring worked by a trigger4 ,one of the large powder manufacturers makes a trap of this kind1 and a very good trap can be had for #a4ej4 ,the standard clay targets cost about #b4ej a barrel of #ejj4 ,practice of this sort may be made a very interesting and highly instructive sport1 providing the targets are projected from different and unexpected angles1 thus simulating the many-angled flight of the live bird4 ,value of ,second ,barrel in ,shooting ,the use of the second barrel should not be overlooked in practicing with the idea of becoming an all-around wing shot1 for the second shot is often needed to kill a cripple1 or bring down a bird which has been missed with the first shot4 ,two-shot practice should begin by placing two paper targets about #bj ft4 apart1 then shooting at the first one and continuing to swing the gun to cover the second target4 ,practice swinging from various angles as directed for the initial practice1 increasing the speed of the swing as proficiency is gained1 and fail not to profit by the mistakes which must inevitably occur to all who try to master the shotgun4 ,after a reasonable amount of practice1 conducted along these lines1 the gunner may venture afield1 and if his acquaintance includes an old seasoned sportsman who will point out the mistakes made1 much may be learned regarding the knack of handling the gun1 as well as relating to the haunts and habits of our wild game birds4 ,cleaning and ,care of the ,gun ,a good shotgun is a thoroughly reliable and dependable weapon1 but as with all tools of the sportsman's craft1 the best results can only be had when the arm is in good condition4 ,it is gun wisdom always to clean the weapon after a day's shooting1 and the amateur should make it a positive rule never to put his gun away until it is cleaned4 ,the sooner firearms are cleaned after the firing the better1 and if cleaned before the burnt powder has had time to corrode the steel1 much future trouble is saved4 ,in cleaning the barrels1 never rest the muzzle against the floor4 ,if a rest is needed1 use an old piece of carpet or a bundle of rags4 ,clean from the breech end only1 as any slight dust1 or burr1 at the muzzle will greatly impair the shooting qualities of any firearm4 ,never use a wire-wheel scratchbrush1 as it will scratch the polished steel2 a soft brass-wire cleaner is the only suitable implement for this work4 ,there are several good cleaners to be had4 ,for removing any rust deposits1 a brass brush may be used1 while for ordinary cleaning1 plenty of cloth should be run through the barrels1 taking care that it touches every part of the interior4 ,this is easily done by rotating the cleaning rod as it is pushed through the barrel from the breech to the muzzle4 ,when putting the gun away1 the barrels should be stopped1 at the breech and muzzle1 with tightly fitting corks1 or gun ropes may be run through the barrels after soaking them in some good oil4 ,to prevent rusting1 cover the metal1 outside as well as inside the barrels1 by smearing on a little heavy lubricating oil4 ,slip covers of chamois are often used to protect the stock and barrels before putting them in the leather case1 but stout woolen covers are better1 since chamois is likely to absorb more or less moisture4 ,the mechanism of a gun is not exactly complicated1 but the novice had better leave well enough alone and not attempt to dismount the locks or tinker with the mechanism4 ,the modern steel barrel is very hard and not easily dented1 but if so injured1 it is better to ship it to the factory for repairs than to trust it to the crude methods of the average gun repairman4 ,a gun should be given ordinary good care1 and this is not forthcoming if one makes a practice of opening it and letting the barrels drop down with a bang4 ,snapping the triggers on an empty barrel is likewise foolish4 ,if one desires to practice trigger pressing1 put a couple of empty shells in the barrels4 ,if one owns a good-grade shotgun1 the stock is probably finished in oil and hand-rubbed to a nice1 durable polish4 ,on cheap arms the varnish is usually employed to give an attractive finish in the store4 ,of course1 this varnish will scratch1 and otherwise come off1 and spoil the appearance of the arm4 ,if a good finish is wanted1 do not re-varnish the stock1 but remove all the old varnish by using a little varnish remover1 and rub down with oil4 ,for an extra-fine polish1 wet the wood to raise the grain2 rub down with very fine sandpaper2 wet the wood again1 and sandpaper a second or a third time2 then rub down with oil until the wood is saturated with it1 and polish with a cloth1 using plenty of pressure1 and the stock will be as fine in appearance as if it had the 8,london oil finish0 supplied with all high-grade guns4 ,brass ,machine ,screws with ,nuts ,illustration ,when small brass machine screws and threaded nuts to fit them are needed in small devices1 or for experimental work1 and the necessary taps and dies are not at hand1 secure some old brass globe holders and cut out the threaded hole for the nut4 ,the fastening-screw arrangement on these will answer every purpose very well4 ,enough metal can be left on each one to fasten it on wood1 as shown at ,a1 or they can be cut1 as shown at ,b1 if they are to be soldered to metal4 ,snapper-,shell ,ash ,tray ,illustration ,an odd and unusual ash tray can be made from a snapping-turtle shell4 ,four brass1 or wood1 balls or knobs1 secured with screws1 as shown1 will keep it balanced4 ,the exact points to place the supports under the tray will have to be determined by experiment1 as no two shells are of exactly the same shape4 ,a ,portable ,fire ,screen ,the fire screen illustrated can be constructed at very small expense4 ,in brief1 the screen consists of a light metal frame surrounding three pieces of -in4 sheet asbestos4 ,the frames inclosing the asbestos pieces are hinged together1 as shown in ,fig4 #a1 with special hinges made to meet the requirements4 ,the asbestos comes in sheets #dj in4 square1 and this size determines the outside dimensions of the screen4 ,the size of the different sections can1 of course1 be changed if such a change will better suit the existing needs4 ,by making the screen in sections it may be folded up and thus occupy much less space1 and when in use1 the sections1 by placing them at an angle to each other1 serve the purpose of legs1 which would be required if the screen were in one straight piece4 ,the dimensions and form of the outer portions of the frame are given in ,fig4 #b1 and those of the inner portions1 or edges1 where the hinges are attached1 are given in ,fig4 #c4 ,the joining edges of the frames are made wider than the others for the reason that some of the metal is cut away where the hinges are attached4 ,these frames may be made from heavy tin or galvanized iron1 and it will be a simple matter for a tinner to bend them into shape4 ,after all these pieces are bent1 fit them together at the corners1 making sure that they clamp tightly on the asbestos sheets1 as these help to hold the frame in shape4 ,drill a small hole in each of the corners and provide a small round-head rivet of proper length for each of the holes4 ,the vertical portions of the frame should be placed inside of the horizontal1 or end1 pieces at the corners4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #a ,,fig4 #b ,,fig4 #c ,,fig4 #d ,fire ,screen ,made of ,sheet ,asbestos ,inclosed in ,thin ,metal ,frames ,hinged ,together ,make four pieces of brass having the form and dimensions given in ,fig4 #d4 ,two -in4 holes are drilled in each of these pieces as indicated4 ,slots are cut in the inner edges of the frames of such dimensions as will accommodate these brass pieces4 ,the location of these slots is given in ,fig4 #a4 ,obtain eight pieces of -in4 steel rod1 about #b in4 long4 ,place the ends of the brass pieces in the slots in the inner frame and then put the rods through the holes in the ends of them and solder the ends of the rods to the inside of the frames4 ,make sure that there is no solder run in between the rod and piece of brass1 as this will prevent the hinge from operating freely4 ,after the hinges are in place1 the frames are riveted together4 ,notches are cut in the edges of the asbestos sheets at the location of the hinges to allow the latter free movement4 ,the sections of the screen may be made very rigid by placing a number of small rivets around the inner edges of the frame to hold it tightly against the asbestos4 ,the asbestos may be given a coat of bronze1 or be otherwise decorated for appearance4 ,tossing a ,card at a ,mark ,accurately ,illustration3 ,tossing ,cards ,accurately so ,that ,they will ,fall into a ,receptacle ,set at a ,distance ,there is an interesting old game that can be played instead of solitaire4 ,it consists in trying to toss the greatest number of cards into a small basket or an upturned stiff hat1 set at a distance4 ,if the cards are held as shown at ,a1 and tossed as at ,b1 they may be thrown with surprising accuracy4--,contributed by ,james ,m4 ,kane1 ,doylestown1 ,pa4 ,a ,sanitary ,drinking ,tube ,illustration ,to make this tube1 procure a piece of -in4 gauge glass1 about #aj in4 long1 and bend it by heating the glass with a blowtorch #b in4 from one end1 as shown4 ,if this is done in a place where no air will strike the glass while it is heated and the tube is then allowed to cool slowly1 it will not crack4 ,it is used by putting the short end under the faucet and drawing on it as on a pipe4 ,a ,comb ,cleaner ,illustration3 ,the ,twisted ,wires ,form an ,excellent ,device for ,cleaning a ,comb ,a very handy device for cleaning combs can be made from a piece of spring sheet brass1 #d in4 long and about #c in4 wide4 ,notches are cut in the ends of the brass with a hacksaw1 making the projections as wide as the saw cut4 ,the brass is then bent into shape with a special clamp made for the purpose1 which consists of three pieces of wood1 two being cut to form a curved slot1 then fastened to the third piece4 ,the brass is sprung into the slot1 and then fine wire is stretched between the ends in the notches4 ,the wire should be very fine and two strands twisted together and run through the notches4 ,concealing the ,house ,key ,the time-honored custom of concealing the house key under the door mat1 or in the letter box1 when the family has not enough keys to go around1 is so well known that an unauthorized person seeking to enter the house would look in these places first of all4 ,illustration ,a simple and effective hiding place for the key can be quickly and easily made with the aid of an auger and two pieces of tin4 ,pick out an obscure section of the porch railing1 and in the edge of this bore a -in4 hole1 about in4 deeper than the length of the key4 ,make a piece of tin into a cylinder1 the same length as the key1 so that the latter will slide easily into the hole4 ,at one end of this cylinder solder a #a-;in4 disk of tin1 which will make it appear as in the illustration4 ,if the key is placed in the cylinder and the latter pushed into the hole until it is flush with the surface1 it will scarcely be noticed by anyone not in the secret1 and by painting it the same color as the railing it will become still more inconspicuous4--,contributed by ,frank ,l4 ,matter1 ,portland1 ,ore4 ,a ,mysterious ,watch ,illustration ,a very interesting experiment may be made with the ordinary dollar watch in illustrating the law of the pendulum4 ,a pendulum #ci4a in4 long will make #fj one-way swings per minute1 the number of swings varying inversely as the square root of the length4 ,by actual count it was found that the balance wheel of the watch in question made #bdj one-way swings per minute1 which is just #d times as fast as the #ci-;in4 pendulum4 ,therefore1 according to the foregoing law1 a pendulum as long1 or about #b in41 would swing in unison with the wheel of the watch4 ,the question then arises as to what would happen if the watch itself were suspended so as to swing as a pendulum of the latter length4 ,the experiment was made as illustrated1 with the result that the watch keeps on swinging continuously4 ,the swing amounts to about in41 and appears so vigorous that it is almost incomprehensible that the small spring in a watch should be able to maintain so much weight in continuous motion for #bd hours4 ,illustration3 ,bait ,casting for ,game ,fish by ,stillman ,taylor ,there are many enjoyable phases of the fisher's art1 but bait casting from the free reel probably has a wider appeal than any other branch of angling4 ,the pleasure of handling a short bait-casting rod is in itself a good sport1 even when casting done in the back yard is made for distance and accuracy only4 ,get two or three enthusiastic casters together1 and you may have an interesting little tournament1 held on a vacant lot1 on the lake1 or on the greensward of a city park4 ,there is plenty of action in casting from the reel1 and it is its variety that has made angling of this type so universally popular4 ,true1 considerable practice is required before the caster is able to shoot an accurate plug far off1 but the knack may be gained after reasonable application4 ,the handling of the short rod differs from all other angling methods--it is an active sport rather than a contemplative recreation--and when the fun of handling a good outfit is combined with the sport of coaxing out a black bass1 shooting a wooden minnow among the lily pads for pickerel1 or casting the bait for those pirates of our fresh-water lakes1 the wall-eyed pike and the muskellunge1 the angler gets a taste of fishing--plus4 ,the ,outfit and ,its ,selection ,a good firearm is necessary to the good marksman and a well-made1 nicely balanced rod1 to which is clamped a smooth-running reel1 is the essential equipment of an able angler4 ,bait casting is1 of course1 more a matter of skill than of outfit1 but that is no reason why the angler should be handicapped by poor tackle1 although large expenditure is not necessary in obtaining a satisfactory outfit4 ,the casting rod may be from #e to #f ft4 long4 ,where the caster regards length of cast as the important factor1 the #e-;ft4 length will probably give the best satisfaction4 ,however1 the superiority of one over the other in this regard is rather to be found in the elasticity and quality of the rod than its length4 ,the skill of the caster is1 moreover1 the ruling factor4 ,the #e-;ft4 rod is better than the #e-;ft4 length for fishing purposes1 and the #f-;ft4 rod is more resilient than the #e-;ft4 tip4 ,if the greatest range is not of more importance than the landing of the fish1 the longer rod will prove the most pleasant to handle4 ,the split-bamboo rod has many friends1 and a well-made rod of this material is a thoroughly satisfactory casting tool4 ,a fine-quality casting rod of split bamboo costs from #aj to #be4 ,a fairly good rod may be bought for #b or a trifle less1 and a smooth-running reel for another #b1 while a line for it will bring the total up to about #e4 ,an outfit of this kind purchased with discrimination1 while not embodying everything that a critical angler would desire1 will cast a long and accurate line and stand up under the strain of handling our heaviest game fish4 ,the one-piece rod is classed by many anglers as the ideal casting rod4 ,the two-piece rod is handier to pack and is more generally used4 ,the chief fault in bait-casting rods is the stiff action of the tip section4 ,for tournament casting1 a fairly stiff rod is desirable4 ,the same requirement holds good for muskellunge and other heavy fishing4 ,a flexible rod affords more pleasure in playing black bass and other active 8gamey0 fish4 ,however1 the best way to test out a rod is by casting with it4 ,illustration3 ,a ,serviceable ,reel ,costing #d1 a ,high-,grade ,reel ,costing #ac4ej1 and a ,fine ,tournament ,casting ,reel ,costing #bf1 are ,shown from ,left to ,right4 ,the ,center ,one ,has a ,level-,winding ,device and a ,thumb-,click ,drag on the ,rims of the ,plates4 ,the ,tournament ,casting ,reel ,has a ,cork ,arbor and ,jeweled ,bearings ,the steel casting rod is well liked by some casters1 but only a high-quality steel rod is worthy of consideration4 ,it is generally not classed as the equal of a well-made solid-wood or split-bamboo rod1 for casting4 ,the better-grade steel rod is springy and flexible1 and for this reason is a good rod for casting for black bass4 ,still1 most anglers have a steel rod in their outfits1 but it is not as generally used at tournaments as the time-tried wooden rod4 ,the guide is an important detail of a casting rod4 ,inexpensive rods are usually provided with large metal guides1 while the better rods are fitted with agate guides1 or with agate tip and hand guides4 ,a guide1 in4 in diameter1 at the butt of the rod is large enough and will handle the line smoothly4 ,the single grip is sometimes preferred by casters1 but the additional grip placed above the reel is desirable if much fishing is done4 ,solid-cork hand grasps are most satisfactory1 being less slippery when wet and less tiring to the hand than handles made of other materials4 ,if the lower grip is properly shaped with a forward edge1 the forefinger will find a firm grip upon it1 and the finger hook will not be needed4 ,however1 some anglers prefer to use the hook1 and if the rod is not so fitted1 a detachable hook may be fastened to it4 ,a reel band that locks securely is desirable1 and all the better grades of casting rods are so fitted4 ,the quadruple reel is the logical choice of the bait caster1 the spool turning four times to one turn of the handle4 ,as the work demanded of a bait-casting reel is different and more exacting than that of the click reel used in fly casting1 its design is radically different4 ,the best type of click reel is of large spool diameter and narrow between plates1 while the typical casting reel is its direct opposite--being long-barreled1 with plates of comparatively small diameter4 ,for tournament casting the finest outfit will naturally be selected1 but for practical work it is unnecessary to pay #be for a finely wrought reel4 ,three typical reels are shown in the illustration4 ,the one at the left holds #hj yd4 of line1 can be easily taken apart for cleaning1 and costs #d4 ,in the center is a level-winding reel with thumb click and adjustable drag placed on the rims of the plates4 ,it holds #fj yd4 of line1 and costs #ac4ej4 ,at the right is a very high-grade reel for tournament casting4 ,it has a cork arbor1 jeweled bearings holds #fj yd4 of line1 and costs #bf4 ,any of the better grades of braided silk are suitable for the bait-casting line4 ,the average price for a dependable line is about #a for #ej yd4 ,a small size line is best1 and sizes ,g and ,e are preferred4 ,a brown and green1 or other dark-colored1 line is preferable for fishing4 ,the black and white1 all white and other light-colored1 lines are satisfactory for tournament use4 ,after a day's fishing the line should be unreeled and looped around the back of a chair in loose coils to dry1 or loosely wound upon a drying reel4 ,for practice and tournament casting one of the standard and -oz4 loaded wooden or metal plugs may be used4 ,the popularity of bait casting from the reel has brought forth a large variety of artificial baits4 ,these wooden and enameled lures are used by anglers because they bring the catches4 ,the wooden minnows1 and other forms of artificial bait1 may be roughly classed in three divisions3 the surface lures for use on top of the water2 the diving and under-water baits2 and the weedless varieties1 which are usually of the surface type4 ,no bait caster's outfit is complete unless it includes one bait of each class1 and to meet fully the different and varying conditions of weather1 season1 and water1 it is a good plan to select one of each type in light and medium-dark colors4 ,a variety of typical baits are shown in the page plate at ,a1 ,b1 ,c1 etc4 ,many of the baits are provided with one or more eyes for attaching the line1 thus enabling the caster to spin his bait at different depths4 ,all of the wooden-body baits will float1 and only dive under the surface when reeled in2 the quicker they are retrieved the deeper they spin4 ,while many of these baits have been designed especially to entice the black bass1 practically all of them are good for pickerel and general fresh-water casting1 particularly the minnow baits4 ,the other items which complete the bait caster's outfit are the landing net and tackle box4 ,the net should be well made1 with a steel hoop #ac in4 or larger in diameter1 and should have a handle about #c ft4 long4 ,the folding type of net is the most convenient1 and is provided with a separate handle4 ,the tackle box may be of sheet metal or leather1 with partitions for holding reels1 baits1 and the angling 8what not40 ,a convenient and serviceable landing net costs #a or more1 and a tackle box will cost about as much4 ,suggestions on ,making the ,cast ,although much practice is required before the caster can take his place in a tournament1 8getting the hang0 of handling the short rod and free-running reel comes quickly4 ,as soon as the simple principles are understood1 length and accuracy will come only through practice4 ,bait casting is easier than fly casting and the angler need concern himself only with the length and accuracy of his cast1 since delicacy does not enter into this phase of fishing4 ,the coarser sweet-water fish1 like black bass and pickerel1 are not frightened when the bait hits the water with a splash--indeed1 the splash of the bait attracts them4 ,two methods of casts are used by bait casters1 the overhead and the underhand or side cast4 ,the overhead cast is used largely by the practical angler1 as well as by those who take part in tournament contests1 because the bait is projected a longer distance and may be more accurately placed4 ,if the novice will thumb the line1 as shown in ,fig4 #a1 with thumb bearing directly on the cross rod of the reel with the ball of the thumb resting lightly on the line1 one or two trials will show the correct manner of spooling4 ,the line is retrieved as shown in ,fig4 #b1 care being taken to form correct habits from the start4 ,to make the cast1 reel in the bait until it is some #f in4 from the tip1 release the click or drag1 and press the ball of the thumb firmly upon the spooled line4 ,carry the rod over the shoulder until it is horizontal or nearly so1 as in ,fig4 #c1 and then bring it smartly forward1 checking it quickly when it reaches an angle of some #de1 as shown in ,fig4 #d4 ,this projects the bait forward in a straight line4 ,when the rod is brought forward the tension of the thumb on the spool is released so that the spool will revolve freely1 but enough pressure must be communicated by the thumb to prevent the reel from spinning faster than the line is unreeled from the spool1 otherwise backlash will occur4 ,the use of the whole arm and the weight of the body1 combined with the elasticity of the pliant rod1 enables the caster to cover a surprisingly long distance after a little practice4 ,a distance of #aej ft4 is not difficult to attain1 but for fishing1 a well-placed cast of #fj or #ge ft4 is long enough to reach promising stretches of water4 ,illustration3 ,a ,,fig4 #c ,b ,the ,method of ,thumbing the ,line is ,shown in ,figure #a1 and the ,correct form in ,retrieving the ,line1 in ,figure #b4 ,the ,overhead ,cast is ,illustrated in ,figures #c and #d1 and the ,underhand or ,side ,cast in ,figures #e and #f ,c ,d ,,fig4 #d ,,fig4 #a ,e ,f ,,fig4 #b ,,fig4 #e ,typical ,baits3 ,a1 ,under-,water ,minnow2 ,b1 ,wabbler ,spoon2 ,c1 ,bass2 ,d1 ,fluted ,wabbler2 ,e1 ,weedless2 ,f1 ,diving2 ,g1 ,combination ,color1 ,taste1 and ,smell2 ,h1 ,spoon and ,minnow ,bass2 ,i1 ,surface ,g ,h ,,fig4 #f ,i ,the underhand or side cast is somewhat easier to master1 and is made much in the same way as the overhead cast1 only the rod is swung horizontally to the rear1 the tip on a level with the angler's chest1 as shown in ,fig4 #e4 ,bring the rod forward smartly in the direction it is desired to shoot the bait1 check the rod when about horizontal1 partly releasing the pressure of the thumb1 just enough to allow the spool to revolve freely1 and check the line as the bait hits the water4 ,figure #e shows the beginning of the side cast and ,fig4 #f the cast completed4 ,this cast is useful when fishing from a shore overhung with trees1 and with practice the bait may be projected a long distance4 ,the chief factor of skill in bait casting from the reel lies in controlling the line1 and the thumb must be trained to do this through practice4 ,some casters turn the reel sideways with the handle downward while making the cast1 but the majority keep the reel level and cast with it in the same position as when reeling in4 ,thumbing the line is easiest done when the spool is well filled1 and if the casting line is not long enough to do this1 sufficient common line should be first wound on to fill it4 ,the successful bait caster is one who possesses an intimate knowledge of the fish he casts for1 and while a lengthy exposition is not to form a part of this article1 reference to the fish commonly sought by the caster will not be amiss4 ,the fish generally of interest to the bait caster are small and large-mouth black bass1 pike1 muskellunge1 and pickerel4 ,the small-mouth black bass is classed as the finest game fish1 ounce for ounce1 by many casters4 ,the muskellunge1 often confused with the ,great ,lakes or ,english pike1 is more limited in range than the pike1 being found in the ,great ,lakes region and the waters of the ,st4 ,lawrence ,river4 ,since the habits and general characteristics of the large-mouth bass are much the same as its near relative1 the small-mouth1 the following hints apply to both4 ,when wading1 it is well to cast downstream4 ,cast in the shallows1 near the weeds and snags1 and close to stumps4 ,as little noise should be made as possible4 ,for early-spring casting1 bass are likely to be found in the shallows and sheltered places during the day1 because the water is cool at this season4 ,the pickerel will also be found in the warmer and shallower waters4 ,the most successful baits at this time are the diving minnows1 and other under-water lures4 ,as the warmer days of late spring and early summer appear1 the bass swim out into deeper and cooler water1 while the pickerel remain close to the lily pads4 ,the wooden minnows are excellent baits to use at this season4 ,when the weeds are very thick1 one of the several kinds of weedless baits may be used4 ,the early-morning and late-afternoon hours are the best for midsummer casting1 and the shallow places are the good spots to work over4 ,if there are any brooks or streams emptying into the lake or pond1 do not neglect to work this stretch well at the mouth4 ,when the sun is low1 the white or light-colored surface baits may be substituted for the medium-dark colored diving varieties1 and for casting after dark1 a luminous or moonlight bait will often give good results4 ,during the fall months fishing conditions are similar to casting in the spring1 but the deep water is then the warmest1 and the under-water or diving baits are usually the best4 ,to catch bass1 the angler must cast his bait where the fish are feeding1 and he will find it an advantage to match natural conditions1 so far as possible1 in selecting his baits4 ,for casting on bright days in clear waters1 the red1 white and red1 white1 or green minnows are good lures1 as are also the silverplated spoon baits4 ,cast well ahead of the boat1 and reel in very slowly to keep the plug spinning well below the surface4 ,on cloudy days and in muddy waters1 after a heavy rain1 for example1 use red and yellow baits and goldplated or burnished-copper spoons4 ,the best all-around bait--equally good for bass and pickerel--is one of the green-backed minnows1 but no one bait can be expected to meet all conditions1 hence the caster should have a fair assortment of baits4 ,a stiff casting rod with plenty of backbone is essential for muskellunge4 ,the angler is out after big game and must be prepared for the sport4 ,a hard1 braided silk line1 size ,e1 and #c-j or #d-j hooks1 snelled and swiveled1 are the best4 ,any of the wooden baits suitable for pickerel--the minnows especially--are good for muskellunge4 ,a man to handle the oars is a handy companion1 and after casting the bait just outside the weed bed1 make for deep water as soon as a fish is hooked4 ,the fish will be seen and felt quickly enough1 and when it breaks water and leaps in the air1 give it a little slack line quickly1 otherwise the strain will snap the leader4 ,a twisted1 bronzed trace is the best to use between line and bait1 and this need not be longer than a foot--#f in4 is enough4 ,when the fish is brought alongside1 shoot him through the head with a revolver which is probably the most satisfactory manner of making an easy landing4 ,a ,cat-,proof ,bird ,table ,illustration ,our bird table is a source of great enjoyment1 particularly since the birds feel secure from cats or other enemies because of the construction of this ornament in our garden4 ,the sketch shows the arrangement of the table braced at the top of a #f-;ft4 post4 ,shrubbery surrounds the table and a light evergreen climber clings to the post1 yet does not give the cats a good foothold4 ,experience has taught us that birds in general prefer bread crumbs to other varieties of food1 and they are also fond of cracked wheat4 ,the linnets like oranges particularly4 ,we cut an orange in two and place the halves on the table4 ,it is amusing to see the birds balance on one side of the orange while they peck at the fruit4 ,soon the orange peel is almost entirely emptied4 ,we provide a small basin of fresh water on the table1 and the birds use it as a drinking cup as well as a bathtub4--,f4 ,h4 ,sweet1 ,waynesboro1 ,va4 ,making ,photographic ,prints ,glossy ,pictures printed on glossy1 semi-glossy1 or semimat paper may be given a high gloss by the following method3 ,obtain a sheet of clean glass1 without scratches1 and apply a solution of a piece of paraffin1 the size of a walnut1 in one pint of gasoline4 ,use a soft cloth1 and when the glass is dry1 rub until all traces are removed4 ,soak the prints in water for #aj minutes and place them on the glass1 face down4 ,place a clean blotter over them and roll on it with a print roller1 to remove excess water and to give them a good contact with the glass4 ,dry the prints in a warm place1 preferably where there is a draft4--,m4 ,e4 ,fuller1 ,detroit1 ,michigan4 ,shaving-,brush ,holder ,a shaving brush is injured by permitting it to remain in the mug to dry4 ,it should be suspended with the hair down so that it may dry thoroughly and quickly4 ,a hook made from a piece of wire bent to form a loop1 with a pointed section at each side of it1 may be made easily4 ,the loop should be of a size to fit the thin portion of the handle1 and the pointed ends of the wire are driven into the wall or other support4 ,a loop may be made at each end instead of pointing the wire and the device fixed to the wall with two small screws placed through the end loops4 ,illustration3 ,how ,to ,build ,a ,canoe ,by ,stillman ,taylor ,,part ,i ,specifications and ,list of ,materials ,canoe making is commonly considered more difficult than building the larger and heavier craft but many amateurs with only ordinary experience and tools have turned out satisfactory canoes1 and if the simple directions given here are carefully followed out1 the work will proceed rapidly and no difficulty will be encountered4 ,working with light materials1 the canoe builder must pay particular attention to the workmanship1 and1 as it is many times more difficult to patch up mistakes in a canoe than it is in rowboats or other heavier craft1 the work must not be hurried1 but plenty of time taken to do each and every part well and in a workmanlike manner4 ,the craft described1 which is the regulation open or ,canadian model1 is comparatively light and draws very little water4 ,it is not a flimsy makeshift1 but a stiff and thoroughly dependable canoe designed for long service1 which1 barring accidents and given reasonably good care1 will continue to give satisfaction for many years4 ,the tools needed are the common ones found in most homes1 consisting of a rip and cross-cut saw1 chisel1 screwdriver1 drawknife1 awl1 brace and bits1 rule1 hammer1 vise1 plane1 and three or four cheap wood1 or metal1 screw clamps4 ,the list of material given is for a canoe having a length of about #af ft41 #ca-;in4 beam1 #ah-;in4 depth at the ends1 #ab-;in4 depth amidships1 and weighing from #fj to #gj lb41 according to the material4 ,while oak or ash makes the best stems1 other woods may be used1 rock elm and fir being very satisfactory substitutes4 ,where cedar is specified1 spruce pine1 cypress1 or fir may likewise be employed4 ,the materials for molds and ribbands1 which are required to give form to the craft1 may be cut from any cheap stuff1 and this will reduce the cost somewhat4 ,,stem1 #a piece oak or ash1 #f ft4 long and in4 square4 ,,keelson1 7inside keel7 #a piece oak or ash #ad ft4 long1 #c in4 wide1 in4 thick4 ,,gunwales1 #b pieces oak or ash1 #af ft4 long1 in4 wide1 in4 thick4 ,,seat ,,risings1 #b pieces oak or ash1 in4 square4 ,,fenderwales1 #cd ft4 -in4 half-round molding4 ,oak or ash best for hard knocks4 ,,outside ,,keel 7may be omitted if desired71 #a piece oak1 #ad ft4 by #a in4 by in4 thick4 ,,deck ,,beams1 #b pieces oak or ash1 #h in4 long1 #a in4 wide1 in4 thick4 ,,seat ,,frames1 #b pieces oak or ash1 #cj in4 long1 #c in4 wide1 in4 thick4 ,,seat ,,frames1 #b pieces oak or ash1 #ab in4 long1 #b in4 wide1 in4 thick4 ,,planking1 cedar or pine1 #ajj sq4 ft41 in4 thick4 ,best secured by purchasing #be ft4 of #a-;in4 lumber1 and having same dressed on two sides to in4 thick1 and in lengths of #ab1 #ad and #af ft4 ,this will give the minimum amount of waste4 ,,backbone1 #a piece cedar or pine1 any cheap stuff1 #af ft4 long1 #d in4 wide1 in4 thick4 ,,molds1 #a piece any cheap stuff1 #af ft4 long1 #a ft4 wide1 in4 thick4 ,,ribbands1 #h pieces any cheap stuff1 #ad ft4 long1 in4 wide1 in4 thick4 ,,ribs1 #cfj running feet1 cedar1 #a in4 wide1 in4 thick4 ,,breast ,,hooks ,,or ,,decks1 #a piece cedar or oak1 #cb in4 long1 #i in4 wide1 in4 thick4 #a lb4 #b-;in4 wire nails to make form for keel4 #a lb4 -in4 copper clout nails1 for fastening ribs4 lb4 -in4 copper clout nails1 for fastening seat risings4 #ah #a-;in4 ,no4 #h brass screws1 for fastening decks and deck beams4 #bd #a-;in4 ,no4 #f brass screws1 for fastening seats4 #d lb4 patent marine glue to cement canvas to planking4 #c oz4 ,no4 #b ounce copper tacks to fasten canvas with4 #aa yd4 ,no4 #f ounce canvas for covering hull4 #a lb4 -in4 copper tacks to fasten planking to ribs4 ,the ,backbone and ,molds ,the first step in the construction of a canoe is to get out the backbone and the molds1 or forms1 which give the correct dimensions and shape of the craft4 ,the backbone may be made from any inexpensive soft wood1 such as cedar1 spruce1 pine1 or cypress2 and for making it a piece of lumber1 #af ft4 long1 #d in4 wide1 and in4 thick1 is used4 ,by referring to ,fig4 #a it will be seen that the upper edge measures exactly #ae ft4 #h in41 and that the lower edge is in4 longer1 giving a total length of #ae ft4 #i in4 ,the spaces numbered from each end of the backbone toward the center1 as #a1 #b1 #c1 and #d1 indicate where the corresponding molds are to be placed4 ,seven molds are used and as a canoe is tapered alike at both ends the molds are numbered alike and are made exactly to the same dimensions4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #a ,the ,first ,step in the ,construction of a ,canoe ,is to ,get ,out the ,backbone and the ,molds1 or ,forms1 ,which ,give the ,correct ,dimensions and ,shapes of the ,craft ,a good way to lay out the backbone accurately is first to mark the total length1 making the lower edge #a in4 longer than represented in ,fig4 #a1 then measure along the top edge exactly #bb in41 and run a pencil line across4 ,from this line measure off in4 and draw a second line across the width of the board parallel with the first4 ,this space represents the thickness of the mold1 and it is marked #a4 ,measure off #bc in4 and make two parallel lines as before and number it #b1 measure another #bc-;in4 length and number it #c4 ,begin measuring from the opposite end of the board as in the first instance1 #bb in4 and give it number #a1 then mark off #b and #c the same as for the end already marked4 ,the board is then cut off at the bevel mark at each end4 ,the ,molds or ,forms ,the molds which give the form to the hull are shown and numbered in the order that they are fastened to the backbone4 ,to get out ,no4 #a mold draw a rectangle on a sheet of stiff paper exactly #ac in4 long and #aa in4 wide as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,run cross lines to divide it in quarters and mark out the center mortise for the backbone1 which is #e in4 deep and in4 wide4 ,measure #d in4 toward each side from the outside edge of the backbone mortise and mark the mortises for receiving the gunwales1 which are #a in4 long and in4 wide or deep4 ,to obtain the correct bilge curve lay the rule on the bottom line and measure off exactly #a in4 to the left of the center dividing line and make dot #j4 ,measure #b in4 farther to the left1 to ,a2 turn the rule at right angles and measure #b in4 inside the line and make dot #a4 ,measure #a in4 to the left of ,a1 turn rule at right angles and measure up the sheet exactly #d in4 and make dot #b1 which will be in4 inside of the left vertical line4 ,on the center horizontal line1 which is #a in4 above dot #b1 mark dot #c1 in4 from the left vertical line4 ,measure off #b in4 above the horizontal center line and make dot #d on the vertical line4 ,the space between these two dots is the widest part of the bilge curve4 ,lay the rule on the bottom line of the gunwale mortise and measure off in4 from the outside line and make dot #e4 ,pencil the angle from dot to dot and draw in the full curve4 ,cut out the half section1 fold on the vertical center line1 and draw the right side4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #b ,two complete ,no4 #b molds are required1 but it is more convenient to make each mold in two sections4 ,each half is made #aa in4 wide and #ab in4 deep1 as shown in ,fig4 #c4 ,first draw a rectangle to these dimensions and run cross lines to divide it into quarters4 ,beginning at the upper right-hand corner1 mark the mortises for gunwales and backbone1 which1 being only one-half of the complete form1 will be in4 wide and #c in4 deep4 ,laying the rule on the outside line immediately below the mortise1 draw a second mortise for the keel1 which is in4 deep and #a in4 wide in the half section4 ,measure off #a in4 to the left along the bottom line from keel mortise and make dot #a4 ,the dot #b is made by measuring #b in4 to the left of #a1 turning the rule at right angles at ,b and measuring in4 inside the line as shown in the sketch4 ,make the dot #c at a point #a in4 to the left of #b and in4 inside of the line4 ,the dot #d is #a in4 from ,c and #a in4 inside of the line4 ,the dot #e is #a in4 farther to the left and #c in4 inside of the line4 ,the dot #f is in4 from dot #e and #d in4 inside of the line1 which will bring it in4 inside of the left vertical line4 ,at a point #a in4 above #f make dot #g on the marginal line1 and dot #h1 #a in4 above it4 ,between the dots #g and #h is the widest part of the bilge curve4 ,dot #i in exactly in4 inside of the vertical marginal line4 ,these dots produce the angles1 and it is only necessary to trace in the full curve and cut it out to make a pattern for the other three half sections needed4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #c ,it ,is ,more ,convenient to ,make ,each ,mold in ,two ,sections1 as ,two ,complete ,molds are ,required ,the molds ,no4 #c1 ,fig4 #d1 are located near the center of the canoe and are made a trifle wider4 ,make a rectangle #ad in4 long by #ab in4 wide and draw cross line dividing it into quarters4 ,trace the half mortises for the backbone1 gunwale1 and keel from the ,no4 #b mold pattern4 ,lay the rule on the bottom line and measure off in4 to the left from the center vertical line and mark dot #a1 which is the beginning of the bilge curve4 ,at a point #b in4 to the left and in4 inside of the line place dot #b1 and #b in4 to the left of this and #b in4 inside of the line place dot #c1 then #a in4 farther to the left turn the rule at right angles and measure up #d in4 inside of the line for dot #d1 which is in4 inside of the left marginal line4 ,at a point #b in4 above dot #d make dot #e on the marginal line and #b in4 above it make dot #f4 ,the space between gives the widest part of the bilge curve1 with dot #g exactly in4 inside of the marginal line1 measuring along the bottom of the gunwale mortise4 ,trace the angle and from it run the full curve and use this for a pattern for cutting out the other molds4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #d ,this ,mold is ,located near the ,centre of a ,canoe and is ,made a ,trifle ,wider ,mold ,no4 #d is placed amidships in the center of the canoe and only one complete mold is required1 as shown in ,fig4 #e4 ,to make a pattern draw a rectangle #ae in4 long and #ab in4 wide1 and divide it into four equal parts as before4 ,from the ,no4 #c mold pattern trace in the mortises for the gunwale1 backbone1 and keel4 ,lay the rule on the bottom outside line and measure #b in4 from the center line to the left at ,d and turn the rule at right angles and measure off in4 inside of the bottom line and make dot #a4 ,measure1 from ,d1 #a in4 to ,e1 turn the rule up and measure off in4 inside the line and make dot #b4 ,the dot #c is #a in4 farther to the left and #a in4 inside the line and dot #d is #a in4 to the left of #c and #b in4 inside of the line4 ,the dot #e is #a in4 to the left of dot #d1 and #d in4 inside of the bottom line1 which will bring it in4 inside of the left vertical side line4 ,at a point #b in4 above dot #e make dot #f on the outside vertical line and #a in4 above it make dot #g4 ,the space between dots #f and #g gives the widest part of the correct bilge curve4 ,exactly #c in4 above dot #g and in4 inside of the vertical side line make dot #h1 which marks the beginning of the bilge curve above the water line and at the gunwale mortise4 ,the curve of the canoe floor is quite flat1 but not exactly a straight line4 ,lay the rule on the bottom line and measure up1 on the inner edge of the keel mortise1 in41 then #b in4 to the left make a mark1 ,f1 in4 inside the bottom line and a pencil line drawn between them will enable one to trace the correct curve4 ,having cut out the pattern make two wood forms exactly alike to have it complete1 as shown4 ,after finishing the seven complete molds1 fasten them securely together by nailing a couple of battens across the halves4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #e ,this ,mold is ,placed ,amidships1 in the ,center of the ,canoe1 and ,only ,one is ,required ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #f ,straight-,grained ,material must be ,selected for the ,stems1 as ,it ,is ,necessary to ,bend ,them to ,shape ,the ,ribbands and ,stems ,the ribbands are merely strips of wood1 in4 wide1 in4 thick1 and #ad ft4 long4 ,any cheap stuff will do because they are only used to give the correct shape of the canoe curve while building it4 ,six ribbands are necessary1 and it is best to use eight lengths in order to make sure that the ribs are bent at the required angle and that both sides of the canoe are ribbed at the one uniform curve4 ,for the stems ash or oak1 in4 square1 is used1 and straight-grained material must be selected since it is necessary to bend them to obtain the requisite curve4 ,to make the pattern for the stem mold1 shown in ,fig4 #f1 draw a rectangle1 #bd in4 long by #ab in4 wide1 and divide it into four equal parts4 ,lay the rule on the left side at the upper corner1 at ,g1 measure down #a in4 and make dot #a4 ,lay the rule along the top horizontal line and measure #b in4 from ,g and make dot #b1 then draw a pencil line between them4 ,from dot #a measure along this line exactly in41 and make dot #c4 ,from dot #b measure straight down #a in4 to ,h1 turn at right angles and measure off in4 to the right and make dot #d1 and make a pencil line from #b to #d as shown4 ,from dot #b lay the rule parallel with the top horizontal line and measure off #i in41 turn at right angles and measure down on the center line #b in4 and make dot #e4 ,lay the rule at the upper right corner and measure down the vertical line #b in41 turn the rule at right angles and measure off #c in4 and make dot #f4 ,from the upper right-hand corner measure off #a in4 and make dot #g exactly in4 inside the top horizontal line4 ,again place the rule at the right-hand corner1 measure down the vertical line exactly #b in4 and make dot #h4 ,draw the line from dot #g to #h1 and in4 from dot #h1 make dot #i4 ,this gives the correct contour of the stem where it joins the splice of the keel4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #g ,it ,is ,not ,necessary to ,make a ,paper ,pattern for the ,keel1 or ,keelson1 as the ,piece is ,merely ,tapered ,uniformly from the ,center to ,ends1 and ,it can be ,drawn ,direct on the ,board ,the greatest curve and width of the stem is at ,j on the lower line4 ,to obtain the correct curve begin at the upper left corner and measure from dot #a down the vertical line #d in4 to ,k1 turn the rule at right angles and measure #a in4 inside the line1 and make dot #aj4 ,the dot #aa is placed by measuring down from ,k exactly #c in4 to ,l1 when the rule is turned at right angles and a length of #d in4 measured off inside of the line4 ,the dot #ab is located in the same manner by measuring #b in4 below ,l and running #h in4 inside the line1 as shown4 ,to finish the irregular curve of the stem1 measure from ,j at the center of the lower horizontal line #b in4 to ,m1 turn the rule up and measure off in4 inside of the line1 and make dot #ac4 ,the dot #ad is made by measuring off #d in4 from ,m to ,n and turning the rule to a point #c in4 inside the line1 as shown4 ,then from point ,n measure to ,o #a in41 and then measure up #d in4 to dot #ae4 ,from the dot #ad to #ae run a straight line4 ,the dot #ae should be exactly #e in4 inside of the right vertical line4 ,allowance for the beveled splice of the stem to the inside keel must now be made1 and the beginning is to run a light pencil line from dot #ae to dot #f4 ,from dot #ae measure up in41 turn the rule at ,p and make dot #af exactly in4 to the left of the upright line4 ,from dot #af a line is run to dot #h which completes the angle of the curve4 ,the full curve is then easily traced in4 ,the ,inside ,keel1 or ,keelson ,the inside keel1 or keelson1 is made exactly #ac ft4 #aa in4 long and #c in4 wide in the center1 which is1 of course1 amidships4 ,it is unnecessary to go to the trouble of making a paper pattern for this because the keel is merely tapered uniformly from center to ends1 and this may be drawn on the surface of the board direct4 ,the board being #ac ft4 #aa in4 long and #c in4 wide1 it is only necessary to make cross lines exactly in the center both ways4 ,from the center measure #a ft4 toward one end and make the width at that point #c in4 ,measure #a ft4 farther along1 and again make the width #c in4 as before4 ,continue in this manner1 making the third station #c in42 the fourth1 #b in42 the fifth1 #b in42 the sixth1 #a in41 and the width at the ends in4 ,this detail is well shown in ,fig4 #g4 ,bend the stem on the mold and fasten it to the keel by means of a couple of -in4 ,no4 #aj screws at each end4 ,the ,ribs and ,gunwales ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #h ,the ,ribs are ,fastened to the ,outside of the ,keelson and are ,curved under the ,ribbands ,the ribs are best made of cedar1 cut from the same material as the planking4 ,they are #a in4 wide and in4 thick4 ,it is a good plan to saw out several long lengths and cut them off as required1 the length being determined by measuring from gunwale to gunwale around the curve over the ribbands4 ,the ribs are put in under the ribbands1 and the thickness of the latter will allow sufficient wood for making a good fit at the sheer line4 ,the gunwales are two straight strips1 #af ft4 long1 in4 wide1 and in4 thick4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #i ,the ,bent ,stem is ,fastened to the ,keel with ,screws at ,both ,ends ,setting ,up the ,canoe ,having made all the material ready1 the work of setting up the canoe may begin1 and as it is built upside down1 place the backbone on boxes1 about #a ft4 or more above the floor1 and place the molds in the numbered places on the backbone1 allowing the backbone to rest upon the bottom of the mortises cut in the top of the molds4 ,study ,figs4 #h and #i before beginning the work of setting up the hull4 ,true up the molds with a square and fasten them firmly by toenailing them to the backbone4 ,put the keelson in place1 allowing it to fit down in the mortises cut in the molds to receive it4 ,take particular care that the stems are a good fit with the angle of the backbone at the ends1 then fasten by nailing through the top edge of the mold into the stems4 ,as shown in the stem-mold drawing1 ,fig4 #f1 the splice where the stem fits the keelson must be cut out after it is bent into place4 ,this is easily done by marking around the outside edge of the stem and then beveling from the inside on each side4 ,the outer edge is left about in4 wide1 and the bevel runs out to the width of the keel at the lower end4 ,the gunwales are next put on at the sheer line1 and fastened to the molds and stems1 leaving sufficient of the nails exposed to make them easily withdrawn later on4 ,the four ribbands are then put on each side1 at equal distances apart1 between the gunwale and keel1 or at #e-;in4 centers1 measuring from the keel up toward the gunwale4 ,fasten the ribbands by driving #a-;in4 brads through them into the mold4 ,measure off the keel for the ribs1 which should be put on #c in4 apart1 measuring from the centers4 ,the ribs are fastened to the outside of the keelson and are curved under the ribbands4 ,fasten each rib to the keel by means of two -in4 copper clout nails1 then spring them into place and fasten to the gunwales4 ,put in all the ribs in the same way1 spacing them so that a rib will be placed over each mold4 ,when all the ribs are put in1 remove the ribbands1 and begin planking the hull4 ,planking the ,canoe ,as a canoe is planked with -in4 cedar it is easily bent to the curve of the ribs while cold1 thus doing away with the trouble of steaming4 ,unlike heavier-planked craft the planking is not rabbeted at the stem but is nailed to the beveled surface4 ,for strength and to give a perfectly smooth skin on which to lay the canvas1 it is advisable to run the planking the full length from stem to stem4 ,begin by putting on the garboard strake1 which is the bottom plank at the keel4 ,punch holes in the plank with an awl1 not directly in line1 but staggered from side to side along the ribs4 ,this will prevent the possibility of splitting4 ,drive in the copper clout nails while the plank is kept in place with a clamp to facilitate the work4 ,hold a clinch iron1 or any handy piece of iron1 inside and clinch the nails so that the ends are well imbedded in the rib on the inside4 ,it is a simple matter to fit each plank in place1 because they are merely a close fit at the edge1 butted together without beveling4 ,the number of planks required will depend upon the width1 and while wider strips may be used1 planking cut to the width of #c in4 is generally employed4 ,in any case the top plank or sheer strake should be level with the gunwale from one stem to the other4 ,when the hull is completely planked1 cut off the ends of the planking to the curve of the stems and gunwales4 ,the backbone and molds may now be taken out by sawing the backbone in two4 ,tack a couple of strips across the gunwales to keep the hull from sagging out of shape1 then drive the nails over the sections the molds occupied1 since these forms prevented doing this work before4 ,seat ,risings and ,seats ,the seat risings are simply straight sticks1 in4 square1 and are fastened on the inside for the seats to rest upon4 ,they are about #d in4 below the gunwale4 ,oak or ash is the best material1 and the length is #ad ft4 ,to fasten in place1 first bore a small hole and then nail through the planking and ribs1 and clinch on the inside of the rising4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #aj ,the ,seat ,frame may be ,caned1 or a ,canvas ,seat ,tacked ,on1 as ,preferred ,the seat frame is fashioned as shown in ,fig4 #aj1 and may be caned1 or a canvas seat tacked on1 as preferred4 ,many canoeists prefer to kneel1 in which case a seat bar1 about #d or #e in4 wide1 is run athwartships for the paddler's back and thighs to rest against while paddling4 ,the ,deck ,beams and ,decks ,the deck beams are merely straight pieces1 about #h in4 long1 #a in4 wide1 and in4 thick4 ,these are notched at the ends as shown in ,fig4 #aa1 so that they will come up and wedge against the sides of the gunwales about in4 ,put them in by boring a hole through the gunwale and fasten with a #a-;in4 ,no4 #aj screw at each end4 ,two are required1 one at each end4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #aa ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ab ,the ,shape of the ,deck or ,breast ,hooks and the ,beams ,that ,support ,them ,the deck1 or breast1 hooks are made #af in4 long by #h in4 wide and of the shape shown in ,fig4 #ab4 ,to fasten them in place bore three holes through the deck into the deck beam and secure them with three #a-;in4 ,no4 #aj screws4 ,bore three holes along the gunwale on each side and turn three #a-;in4 ,no4 #aj screws into the deck4 ,a ,center ,thwart ,to strengthen and stiffen the hull a center thwart1 or cross bar1 should be run across the canoe amidships4 ,a piece of oak or ash1 in4 thick and tapering from #b in4 in the center to #a in4 at the ends1 should be screwed to the lower side of the gunwale4 ,although not exactly essential1 it is a good plan to run another thwart across the canoe just back of the forward seat1 and a rear thwart some #c ft4 forward of the rear seat1 or paddling bar4 ,this will make the craft very stiff when a heavy load is carried1 and likewise prevent the lightly constructed hull from sagging1 or 8hogging10 when stored for the winter4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ac ,the ,manner of ,shaping the ,ends of the ,canvas to ,fit over the ,canoe ,ends ,applying the ,canvas ,the canvas is put on with marine glue1 the black kind being the best for this particular purpose4 ,before gluing the canvas1 lay it smoothly on the hull and trim so that it will fold nicely at the stems1 as shown in ,fig4 #ac4 ,melt the glue in a can over a moderately hot fire and spread it on one side of the canvas with a stiff brush4 ,of course1 the glue will be too thick to spread evenly1 but be sure to apply it as evenly as possible1 and touch every bit of the canvas with a fairly heavy coating of glue4 ,lay the glued canvas in place1 and iron with a moderately hot flatiron4 ,this melts the glue1 and the canvas will adhere smoothly to the planking4 ,finish by tacking the edge of the canvas along the edge of the gunwales1 and fold the canvas as smoothly as possible at the stem1 and tack in place1 running the line of tacks exactly down the center line of the stem4 ,fenders or ,covering ,strips ,fenders of -in4 round molding may be tacked on to cover the edge of the canvas1 or a strip1 #a in4 wide1 may be sawed from the same material as the planking and tacked to cover the edge by using #a-;in4 brads every #b or #c in4 along the edge4 ,stem ,bands and ,outside ,keel ,the stem bands may be made from wood if desired and bent to shape1 but the brass oval stem or bang iron1 in4 wide1 makes a stronger and better finish4 ,the wood stem band should be about in4 square1 and rounded on the outside4 ,put this on with #a-;in4 brads and fasten the brass band with -in4 screws4 ,the outside keel may or may not be used1 according to preference4 ,it strengthens the canoe to a certain extent and keeps the bottom from many a scratch while pulling out4 ,the usual outside keel is about #a in4 wide and in4 thick1 of oak or ash1 and tapered at the stems to the width of the stem bands1 which are screwed on over it4 ,the most serviceable keel is about #b in4 wide in the center1 and tapers to fit the bands at either end4 ,when made of -in4 oak1 or ash1 it makes a splendid protection for the bottom of the hull1 especially when the craft is used in rocky waters4 ,unlike the narrow keel1 the flat keel makes the canoe easier to turn with the paddle1 but any form of keel will add several pounds to the weight of the craft and is for this reason often omitted4 ,painting the ,canoe ,the canvas should be given a coat of shellac before the paint is applied4 ,this makes it waterproof4 ,then four coats of paint are applied to fill the fibers of the canvas4 ,to make a smooth finishing coat1 rub down the second and third coats with fine sandpaper4 ,the entire woodwork of the canoe should be finished with three coats of good-quality outside spar varnish4 ,a slatted grating1 made of soft-pine lattice stuff1 about #a in4 wide and #a in4 thick1 will afford protection to the bottom of the canoe4 ,for summer use this is desirable1 but may be omitted on long trips and when soft footwear is worn4 ,the grating should not be fastened to the ribs1 but the parallel strips screwed1 or nailed1 to cross strips1 curved to fit the contour of the canoe's bottom4 ,the grating should extend from well under the stern seat up to the stem splice in the bow1 and should be nicely tapered to make a neat appearance4 ,by fastening two or three little blocks of wood so that they will extend up between the slats1 one may screw small brass buttons into these blocks to keep the slatted floor in place1 thus making it easily removable when washing out the canoe4 ,a ,ring-and-,egg ,trick ,this trick consists in borrowing a ring and wrapping it in a handkerchief from which it is made to disappear1 to be found in an egg1 taken from a number in a plate4 ,obtain a wedding ring and sew it into one corner of a handkerchief4 ,after borrowing a ring1 pretend to wrap it in the center of the handkerchief1 but instead wrap up the one concealed in the corner1 retaining the borrowed one in the hand4 ,before beginning the performance1 place in the bottom of an egg cup a small quantity of soft wax4 ,when getting the cup1 slip the borrowed ring into the wax in an upright position4 ,an egg is then chosen by anyone in the audience4 ,this is placed in the egg cup1 the ring in the bottom being pressed into the shell4 ,with a button hook break the top of the shell and fish out the ring4 ,the handkerchief is then taken out to show that the ring has vanished4 ,lock for ,gasoline ,tank on a ,launch ,illustration3 ,filler-,pipe ,cover ,lock to ,prevent the ,theft of ,gasoline from a ,motorboat ,having trouble by thefts of gasoline from the tank in my launch1 ,i made the following device to prevent them1 which proved very effective4 ,a strap hinge1 about #ab in4 long1 was procured1 and on one wing1 near the outer end1 ,i fastened a staple made of a large nail1 and near the center a large hole was drilled to fit over the pipe1 or opening1 to the tank4 ,the other wing of the hinge was bent to the shape shown1 and an oak block was fastened in the bend with wood screws4 ,a hole was bored in the block to fit over the end of the pipe4 ,a slot was cut in the same wing at the end to receive the staple4 ,in turning the wing over to cover the pipe end1 the staple was brought into position for a padlock4 ,after locking the device1 most of the screws are covered so that it is almost impossible to remove them without taking off the lock4--,contributed by ,stephen ,h4 ,freeman1 ,klamath ,falls1 ,oregon4 ,a ,quick-,acting ,bench ,vise ,illustration3 ,a ,quick-,acting ,vise ,made of ,hard ,wood for the ,home ,worker's ,bench ,for those who desire a quick-acting vise and cannot afford the price of a manufactured one1 ,i designed the vise shown in the illustration4 ,a detail is given of each part1 with dimensions1 so that it is not difficult to make it from hard wood4 ,the roll ,a binds the vise so that it remains rigid1 while the cam in front gives the necessary play1 to release or tighten as preferred4 ,the clamp jaw ,b is pivoted so that it swings loose1 thus making it fit any surface that may not be parallel with its opposite side4 ,in releasing the stock1 the cam is first turned1 and then the front part of the vise is pulled up to relieve the roll ,a4 ,the front jaw can be then moved back and forth to take stock of any size desired4 ,as soon as the stock is placed1 the roll ,a falls into place and clamps the jaw arm ,c4--,contributed by ,j4 ,c4 ,hansen1 ,maywood1 ,ill4 99 99 99 99 99 ,a practical vacuum will raise water #cj feet4 ,illustration3 ,how ,to ,build ,a ,canoe ,by ,stillman ,taylor ,,part ,,ii ,sailing the ,open ,paddling ,canoe ,sailing and its recreations are afforded the owner of an open paddling canoe1 for a satisfactory sailing rig may be provided at small cost4 ,a regulation sailing outfit may be purchased1 but it is rather costly1 and if the canoeist cannot use a sail frequently1 purchasing an outfit is unduly expensive4 ,a sailing rig may be constructed even by one of only moderate skill1 who will devote a few hours to it4 ,the specifications given1 if carefully followed1 will enable one to make a sailing rig as serviceable as a ready-made outfit1 and at about one-half the cost4 ,the specifications and list of material for a sailing outfit suitable for a #af-;ft4 open canoe are as follows3 #a piece bamboo1 #a in4 in diameter1 #f ft4 #aj in4 long1 for mast4 #b pieces bamboo fishing rod1 #a in4 at butt1 #aj ft4 long4 #a piece1 cedar or white pine1 #e ft4 long1 #d in4 wide1 and in4 thick1 for leeboard thwart4 #b pieces1 cedar or pine1 #bh in4 long1 #aj in4 wide1 and in4 thick1 for mast thwart4 #a piece1 cedar or pine1 #bg in4 long1 #c in4 wide1 and in4 thick1 for mast thwart4 #a piece1 cedar or pine1 #e in4 long1 #b in4 wide1 and #a in4 thick1 for mast step4 #h yd4 unbleached cotton sheeting1 #a yd4 wide1 for making sail4 #cj ft4 -in4 cotton rope1 for halyard and main sheet4 #d brass lantern-board hooks1 for clamping mast thwart and leeboard thwart to canoe4 #b brass stove bolts1 #c in4 long and in4 diameter1 with washers and thumb nuts1 for clamping leeboards at desired angle4 #a brass single-boom jaw for canoe1 #b in4 long1 for keeping boom on mast4 #c brass screw eyes1 #a in4 long with -in4 eye1 one for halyard1 two for spars4 #a brass split ring1 #a in41 for fastening ends of spars together4 #a brass 8,s0 hook1 #a in4 long1 for fastening ends of spars4 ,in converting the paddling canoe for sailing1 it is desirable that it be unmarred1 as far as possible4 ,the rig described represents the result of experiments with various arrangements1 and has been found to be safe and convenient4 ,the original outfit has been in use for six years and will still serve for some time4 ,the lateen rig is best for an open canoe1 because a shorter mast is required for the same sail area4 ,an open craft is less suited for carrying sail than one which is decked fore1 aft1 and amidships4 ,it is not safe to rig a canoe too heavily1 and the rig described has been found to be well proportioned4 ,bamboo is best for the mast1 because it is lighter and tougher than a solid wood spar of the same dimensions1 and is readily procured4 ,dealers in rugs use bamboo of #a to #b-;in4 diameter on which to roll carpets1 and it may usually be purchased of them4 ,cut the bamboo to a length of #f ft4 #aj in41 and whittle a wooden plug1 about #c in4 long1 tapering it so that it will wedge firmly inside1 taking care not to split the cane4 ,bore a small hole through the cane #b in4 from the top1 plug it and fix a screw eye into the plug4 ,drive small brads through the cane into the plug to prevent the former from splitting4 ,a brass ferrule fitted over the end of the bamboo will make a strong and neat finish4 ,the sail is made in the form of a triangle and measures #i ft4 on each side4 ,it is best to have it sewed on a machine4 ,the sail is bighted with parallel strips1 or folds1 in4 wide1 spaced #f in4 apart1 as shown at the left in the illustration4 ,first cut the canvas to the approximate size and shape by laying the spars over it and marking the outline with a pencil4 ,next sew the separate widths together1 lapping one edge over the other about in41 and sewing close to both edges4 ,the bights or folds run at an angle and parallel with the loose ends of the leech of the sail4 ,the sail should then be reinforced at the corners by sewing segments of cloth at these points4 ,along the edges which are to be lashed to the spars1 fold over a strip of canvas and sew it to make a #a-;in4 hem4 ,run a -in4 tape into the fold along the leech while sewing the hem4 ,this tape is fastened to the spar at each end1 to take up the slack caused by the stretching of the sail after use1 thus preventing that bugbear of sailors--a flapping leech4 ,illustration3 ,sailing and ,its ,recreations are ,afforded the ,owner of an ,open ,paddling ,canoe1 for a ,satisfactory ,sailing ,rig may be ,provided at ,small ,cost4 ,the ,canoe ,is ,practically ,unmarred1 yet the ,sailing ,outfit is ,installed ,substantially and may be ,removed ,quickly4 ,the ,canoe ,is ,shown ,running ,nearly ,free--before the ,wind--and the ,leeboards are ,therefore ,only ,partly ,submerged ,the mast thwart is made as shown at the right in the illustration1 and has a hole cut in the center to fit the mast4 ,it is also provided with two lantern-board hooks1 one at each end1 with which to clamp the thwart to the gunwales4 ,the mast is supported at the bottom by means of the mast step1 which is a block of wood1 shaped as shown to give a neat appearance4 ,it is fastened to the grating1 or to the ribs if no grating is used4 ,the leeboard thwart is also shown in the sketch1 at the right4 ,the short upright ends are set at an angle so that they conform to the curve of the canoe and wedge the thwart into place immediately aft of the mast4 ,the ends are grooved to fit the thwart and fastened with screws4 ,a carriage bolt is fitted through each end piece and provided with a wing nut1 which holds the leeboard in place on each side4 ,the leeboards may thus be adjusted at the desired angle by fixing them with wing nuts4 ,no dimensions are given1 for it is obvious that they will vary on different styles and sizes of canoes4 ,a finish in keeping with that of the canoe should be applied4 ,smooth all the work as carefully as possible with sharp tools and sandpaper it lightly4 ,three coats of spar varnish will give a satisfactory finish4 ,the sail is hoisted by running the halyard through the screw eye at the top of the mast1 until the gaff spar is close to the mast top1 as illustrated4 ,the boom jaw is fastened on the boom1 with the open end #ah in4 from the forward end of the boom4 ,this will permit the forefoot of the sail to extend forward of the mast4 ,by tying the halyard at various points along the gaff1 the point of balance may be found4 ,for the sake of safety the halyard should not be tied to the forward thwart1 but run under it to the stern within easy reach of the canoeist4 ,the main sheet should never be made fast1 but the rope merely looped around the thwart and held in the hand or beneath the foot1 so that it may be released quickly if a puff of wind should strike the sail4 ,steering is done with a paddle4 ,this method is more convenient than a rudder where the single sail is used4 ,the paddle is always used on the lee side--away from the wind--and the wake keeps the blade close to the side of the canoe1 without much effort on the part of the person guiding it4 ,when turning about make the regular paddling stroke1 but finish it by thrusting the blade of the paddle away from the canoe4 ,this will tend to keep the canoe in its course1 and the paddle will not be drawn across the wake1 which would affect the headway of the craft4 ,the lower the weight is placed in a canoe1 or boat1 the greater will be its stability4 ,hence1 in sailing a canoe1 sit on the floor of the craft1 and when turning about1 turn against the wind and not with it4 ,the experienced canoeist can shift his course readily1 but the novice must be cautious1 even in a moderate breeze4 ,it would be well to sail in shallow water and to wear only bathing costume when learning to sail a canoe4 ,when tacking and sailing close-hauled the leeboard is the most effective1 but as the boards are thin both may be kept down without greatly reducing the speed4 ,when running before the wind both boards may be raised to give the greatest speed4 99 99 99 99 99 ,paint may be readily removed from windows by applying a cloth dipped in hot vinegar or acetic acid4 ,this applied to brushes will soften them4 ,illustration3 ,how ,to ,build ,a ,canoe ,by ,stillman ,taylor ,,part ,,iii ,fitting a ,motor into a ,paddling ,canoe ,a stanchly built canoe of sufficient length and beam may be converted into a light1 serviceable1 and convenient power boat by the installation of a light-weight motor of about #b hp4 ,while the craft thus becomes less available for shallow waters and cannot be used so readily on trips where portages are necessary1 a power canoe has advantages in that longer trips may be undertaken with less regard for weather conditions4 ,greater speed and the fact that physical power need not be expended also increase the value and range of operations of such a craft4 ,unless a motor of extremely light weight is procured1 a canoe of frail construction and less than #af ft4 long is not likely to stand the jar of the driving mechanism4 ,the canoe illustrated in the page plate is #ah ft4 long1 of #cf-;in4 beam1 and strongly planked1 decked1 and braced4 ,a canoe of even broader beam would tend to give more stability in rough water1 and if it is desired to transport heavy camping packs1 or other material1 in the craft1 this factor should be observed particularly4 ,likewise1 the depth and draft must be considered1 as the carrying capacity and seaworthiness of a canoe depend in part on these factors4 ,the fitting of the various parts of the mechanism and accessories must be done with the aim of balancing the load evenly4 ,if properly disposed1 the weight of these parts should tend to lower the center of gravity of the canoe1 thus rendering it more stable4 ,the actual work of installing the motor and fittings should be preceded by careful planning and the making of a full-size diagram of the stern portion of the canoe as rebuilt4 ,too much care cannot be taken in this work1 as1 if it is neglected1 the craft may be rendered unsafe1 or the motor and fittings may not operate satisfactorily4 ,the motor should be set in the stern1 as shown in the illustration1 as this will permit the use of a minimum of shafting and other fittings which must be accommodated4 ,the exact location of the motor may vary with canoes and engines of different types4 ,this should be tested out by placing the motor in the canoe and noting the effect on its balance in the water4 ,for a canoe of the dimensions indicated1 and a light-weight motor1 #e ft4 from the stern is a satisfactory position4 ,the motor should be placed as low in the canoe as possible1 allowing the flywheel and crank case sufficient clearance below4 ,a convenient method of operation is as follows3 ,place the canoe on boxes1 or sawhorses1 taking care that it is properly supported about #b ft4 from the ground1 or floor4 ,take measurements directly from the canoe1 or part to be fitted1 whenever convenient4 ,procure two sheets of paper1 #cj in4 wide and #g ft4 long2 mark one 8diagram0 and the other 8templates10 and use the former for the full-size detail and the other for the making of templates for curved or irregular parts4 ,begin the diagram by drawing the base line ,,ab1 ,fig4 #c4 ,this is the lower line of the engine bed and the upper surface of the ribs4 ,draw the line ,,cd perpendicular to the base line1 and #ah in4 from the left end of the sheet4 ,the point ,c is the center of the stern end of the driving shaft4 ,the dimensions of parts are not given1 except in special instances1 since they must be obtained from the particular canoe and other parts entering into the construction4 ,indicate the layer of ribs ,e1 the planking ,f1 and the keel ,g4 ,using the template sheet1 cut a template or pattern for the curved stern4 ,this may be readily and accurately done by fixing a straightedge to the keel and permitting it to extend to ,a4 ,rest the long edge of the sheet on the straightedge when fitting the template to the curve4 ,use the template as a guide in marking the curve on the diagram1 as at ,,hj4 ,the curve ,k1 of the stern decking1 may be indicated similarly4 ,determine the distance the motor is to be set from the stern and indicate it by the perpendicular line ,l4 ,measuring from the base line1 indicate the height of the center of the motor shaft from the floor1 as at ,m4 ,this should be made as low as possible1 permitting sufficient clearance for the flywheel and the crank case4 ,draw a straight line from ,c to ,m1 which will thus indicate the center line of the driving shaft4 ,this line is fundamental in determining the dimensions and placing of certain parts and fittings1 and should be established with extreme care4 ,the size and exact position of the engine bed ,n may now be indicated4 ,its dimensions1 given in detail in the perspective sketch1 ,fig4 #e1 are suggestive only4 ,they may be varied in order to provide proper bearing on the floor1 and so that the bolts holding the bed may pass through ribs4 ,the cross brace at the forward end is important1 and should be fitted carefully over a rib4 ,the upper line of the engine bed must not be confounded with the center line of the shaft1 for in many engines they are on a horizontal line when viewed from the forward end1 yet not necessarily so4 ,the slant of the engine bed must be made accurately1 as any deflection from the angle of the center line of the shaft will disarrange the installation4 ,the shaft log ,o may next be indicated and a template made for use in guiding the bit when boring the hole for the shaft through it4 ,the template used for the curve ,,hj may be altered by drawing the shaft log on it at the proper place4 ,the point ,p1 from which the bit is to be started when the shaft log is fixed into place1 should be indicated and the center line of the shaft extended to ,q1 may then be used as a guide for the bit4 ,if the homemade type of bearing ,r is used1 it should be indicated on the diagram4 ,a metal bearing may be made1 or a suitable one obtained from dealers in marine hardware4 ,in the latter case it will probably be necessary to block up the bottom of the canoe in order to provide a flat1 horizontal bearing surface for the bearing flange4 ,the rudder and other parts1 which are not directly connected with the motive-power unit1 may be indicated in detail on the diagram or be made from sketches of a smaller scale4 ,paper patterns1 made full size1 offer a convenient method of outlining the parts of the engine bed1 the rudder1 and other irregular pieces4 ,when the diagram is complete1 measurements may be transferred directly from it without reducing them to figures1 and1 wherever possible1 parts should be fitted to it4 ,the shaft log1 shaft bearing1 and engine bed may be made of oak1 or other strong hard wood4 ,it will be found desirable to have the engine bed complete before an attempt is made to fit the shaft and its connections4 ,it is made of #a-;in4 stock1 bolted together with lag screws and fixed firmly into the canoe with bolts4 ,the heads of the bolts should be provided with cotton and red-lead packing1 and care should be taken that the bolts pass through ribs4 ,the shaft log should be fixed into place before it is bored4 ,bolts may be passed through it and fastened on the inside if there is room for drawing up the nuts in the stern4 ,large screws may be used to aid in the fastening and smaller screws may be used from the inside4 ,the lower rudder support will also aid in holding the log in place1 and the iron straps ,s1 ,fig4 #c1 will insure its rigidity4 ,this is an important point in the construction1 as if the log is not fixed positively1 the thrashing of the propeller will soon loosen it4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #a ,,fig4 #b ,,fig4 #c ,,fig4 #d ,,fig4 #e ,a ,light-,weight1 ,two-,horsepower ,motor ,installed in a ,stanch #ah-;,foot ,canoe will ,increase the ,range and ,utility of ,such a ,craft2 the ,construction ,shown ,is ,simple and within the ,capabilities of a ,careful ,novice of ,fair ,mechanical ,skill4 ,a ,view of the ,stern from ,above is ,shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,the ,engine is ,shown ,mounted on the ,engine ,bed1 and near the ,stern the ,shaft ,block is ,shown4 ,a ,partial ,sectional ,view is ,shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,the ,relation of the ,engine and ,bed1 ,shaft and ,fittings1 ,shaft ,block1 ,shaft ,log1 and ,rudder are ,shown4 ,the ,construction ,diagram1 ,fig4 #c1 is ,described in ,detail in the ,text4 ,a ,larger-,scale ,view and a ,section of the ,shaft ,block are ,indicated in ,fig4 #d1 and ,fig4 #e ,illustrates the ,engine ,bed with ,dimensions and ,fastening ,holes ,a detail of the shaft bearing ,r is shown in ,fig4 #d4 ,the hole to receive the shaft must be bored accurately1 and the use of the template1 as with the boring of the shaft log1 is advisable4 ,flanged metal bearings are provided to take up the wear in the bearing block4 ,the method of fastening the block1 as shown in the detail view1 insures a rigid bearing with a minimum of holes through the bottom of the canoe4 ,a ,u-bolt1 ,t1 binds the double angle brace ,u and the block firmly to the keel4 ,the angles of the brace are fixed into the sides of the canoe with bolts1 and a bolt at the stern end of the block supports it further4 ,the block should be placed so that it will bear on three ribs and must be fitted to the curve of the canoe4 ,the rudder is made of sheet metal supported on a rod or pipe4 ,its general dimensions are shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,the fan of the rudder is riveted to its supports and rests in a bearing strip of by #a-;in4 strap iron1 which is shaped as a guard for the propeller4 ,the upper bearing of the rudder post is formed from a strip of iron1 bolted to the stern1 and the upper guide bar1 to which the ropes are attached1 is cut from an iron strip4 ,the propeller is #h in4 in diameter1 but may be installed of a size suitable to the power1 speed1 and type of the motor used4 ,the stuffing box ,v1 ,fig4 #b1 the bearings for the bearing block ,r1 the intake strainer ,w1 the exhaust outlet ,x1 ,fig4 #a1 and the shaft coupling ,y are all of manufactured types that may be purchased of marine-supply houses4 ,the intake strainer ,w is placed in the bottom directly below the pump ,z4 ,the exhaust outlet ,x is placed above the water line1 and a muffler should be installed to avoid noise from the exhaust explosions4 ,the exhaust may be conducted under water or to a point near the stern4 ,no indication is given for the placing of the gasoline tank1 the supply pipes1 electrical-energy source1 and wiring4 ,the tank may be placed in the stern of the canoe high enough to provide a good flow4 ,a magneto may be used to give current for the sparking circuit1 or batteries may be provided4 ,they may be placed at any point convenient1 and should be incased in a waterproof container4 ,in assembling the parts care must be taken not to wrench the shaft or other pieces out of line1 and in general1 it is well to fix nonadjustable parts solidly when they are fitted into place4 ,this applies particularly to the engine bed and the shaft log4 ,the bearing block may be adjusted vertically by adding packing1 or by reducing the lower surface4 ,the rudder and its fittings may be made in regular course1 but should not be fitted until the power unit and driving mechanism is in place finally4 ,the propeller may be protected from possible injury by laying it aside until needed4 ,all the openings in the hull through which bolts or other fastenings are placed should be packed with red lead or other waterproof packing4 ,the working parts and finished metal surfaces should be oiled or greased thoroughly as the parts are assembled1 and the unfinished metal parts painted with red lead4 ,this will protect them from moisture and aid in the smooth operation of the mechanism4 ,how to ,make a ,fluorescent ,screen ,many experimenters have occasion to use a fluorescent screen1 particularly those interested in ,x-ray work4 ,such a device is quite expensive if purchased1 and may be made as follows3 ,mix #a oz4 each of common salt1 sodium tungstate1 and calcium chloride4 ,place the mixture in a crucible and heat it dull red in a coal fire1 for several hours4 ,it will melt into a clear liquid1 and should then be removed and permitted to cool4 ,the liquid will crystallize into a hard glasslike mass4 ,break this out of the crucible and crush it into small pieces4 ,put them into a jar of clear water4 ,the sodium chloride resulting from the chemical change by heating1 will gradually dissolve and the calcium tungstate will fall to the bottom in fine crystals4 ,wash this precipitate until all trace of the salt disappears2 then pour the crystals upon a sheet of filter or blotting paper to dry4 ,after drying1 place them in a mortar and grind them to a fine powder1 when they will be ready for use4 ,to make the screen proper1 procure a piece of thin white cardboard of the size desired4 ,the calendered board known as three-ply is satisfactory4 ,paint the cardboard on one side with a thick solution of gum arabic in water1 or better still1 with celluloid dissolved in amyl acetate4 ,permit the gum to become 8tacky0 before dusting with the chemical4 ,the latter process requires care1 to produce an even layer on the cardboard1 and it is advisable to practice with ordinary salt before attempting it on the cardboard for the screen4 ,the calcium tungstate should be placed in a dry jar1 and a piece of fine muslin fixed over the mouth of it4 ,the chemical may be dusted over the surface with this sieve jar4 ,shake off the superfluous crystals and permit the screen to dry thoroughly4 ,fasten a piece of mica1 or sheet celluloid1 over the sensitized surface to prevent damage to it4 ,mount the sensitized cardboard in a wooden frame of suitable size and arrange a hood around its edges to cut out unnecessary light4 ,the sensitive side of the screen is1 of course1 held toward the observer when the apparatus is used4--,contributed by ,chester ,keene1 ,hoboken1 ,n4 ,j4 ,preventing ,wire ,mesh from ,rising between ,fence ,posts ,fences which inclose pastures for hogs1 or other smaller animals1 are usually stretched to give rigidity and strength4 ,often the adjustment of the wire1 after being put into place1 causes it to rise from the ground between the fence posts1 permitting the animals to escape4 ,an effective method of holding the wire close to the ground is shown in the sketch4 ,a peg1 notched near its upper end1 is driven into the ground so that the lower edge of the wire mesh is held fast in the notch4--,contributed by ,o4 ,b4 ,laurent1 ,new ,roads1 ,la4 ,illustration3 ,the ,notched ,stake ,holds the ,wire ,mesh ,down between the ,posts ,where ,it ,has a ,tendency to ,rise from the ,ground ,jig-,saw ,table for ,vise ,those who have occasional work to be done with a jig saw will find the simple device shown in the sketch convenient4 ,it provides a table for sawing light work4 ,by holding it in a vise1 as shown1 a rigid support may be had4 ,the table is made of a rectangular piece of -in4 wood1 #h in4 wide and #aj in4 long4 ,at one end1 a strip1 #a in4 square1 is attached for clamping in the vise4 ,the other end is notched to provide a place for the saw while in use4--,contributed by ,victor ,a4 ,rettich1 ,new ,york1 ,n4 ,y4 ,illustration3 ,the ,jig-,saw ,table ,provides a ,rigid ,support for ,light ,fretwork ,an ,emergency ,dark-,room ,light ,illustration ,the traveling man who 8lives in a suitcase0 and at the same time wishes to enjoy the pleasures of amateur photography sometimes experiences difficulty in developing films in a hotel room4 ,soup plates borrowed from the steward1 or even the bowl pitcher and the ice-water pitcher in the room1 can be used for development1 but it is very hard to improvise a ruby lamp4 ,my emergency lamp is a small vest-pocket flash lamp over which two yellow envelopes1 one inside of the other1 are slipped1 as shown4 ,the lower edges are cut perfectly square and rest on the table1 or shelf1 in the closet1 and all white light is excluded4 ,at night1 the shades may be drawn1 and a yellow-paper sack may be tied around the electric light4--,contributed by ,j4 ,l4 ,pinkston1 ,granite ,hill1 ,ga4 ,an ,ice ,creeper ,illustration ,the illustration shows a one-piece ice creeper for the heel of a boot or shoe4 ,it is made from sheet steel with the arms bent up to receive a strap for buckling it in place on the boot heel4 ,the zigzag cuts in the bottom part are turned down for engaging the ice4--,contributed by ,chas4 ,s4 ,snell1 ,lewiston1 ,me4 99 99 99 99 99 ,in machine work a way must be provided for removing dowel pins before they are driven in place4 ,waterproofing for ,fish ,lines ,dissolve oz4 of orange shellac in pt4 of alcohol1 and add #a teaspoonful of ,venice turpentine1 the same quantity of raw linseed oil1 and #b oz4 tincture of benzoin4 ,shake well1 and set in a varnish can in hot water4 ,soak the coiled line in the varnish for two hours1 then hang it up to dry4 ,thin the varnish with alcohol1 and repeat the dipping4 ,when the line is dry1 rub it down well with a wool rag greased with tallow4 ,silk lines treated in this manner are pliable1 and the fibers of the silk are so united by the varnish that the strength of the line is almost doubled4 ,making ,chest ,lock ,more ,secure ,illustration ,as a rule1 ordinary chest locks cannot be relied upon1 since almost any kind of a similar key will unlock them4 ,i found a good remedy by taking out the pin on which the key fits1 and making a new one twice as long as the one removed1 then drilling a hole in the key deep enough to fit over the new pin4 ,in case the pin extends too far1 a piece of wood block1 with a hole in it to admit the key1 can be fastened over it to prevent bending the pin4 ,no ordinary key will pass on the pin far enough to turn the lock4--,contributed by ,chas4 ,g4 ,england1 ,washington1 ,pa4 ,driving ,screws in ,hard ,wood ,keep the supply of screws in a box containing a small amount of powdered soapstone4 ,shake the box occasionally1 and the screws will be dusted with the powder1 which acts as a lubricant4 ,this is a much cleaner and more convenient method than the ordinary one of rubbing each screw on a bar of soap before driving it in hard wood4 ,illustration3 ,paddling ,your ,own ,canoe by ,stillman ,taylor ,,part ,i--,kinds of ,canoes ,the charm of the birchen canoe has long been sung in verse and prose1 and while the bark that the ,indian used has been supplanted by a more perfect type of modern manufacture1 the popularity of this1 the most graceful of water craft1 has increased with years1 until today we find the canoe the choice of thousands of recreation seekers who paddle about in park lakes and quiet streams1 or spend their vacations in cruising down rivers and other attractive waterways--sometimes within the environs of towns and villages1 and again dipping paddles in the wilderness streams of the far north4 ,true1 the modern canoe is a distinct product of the twentieth century1 and while it is so largely used at summer resorts1 it nevertheless retains all the good points of the old1 while embodying numerous improvements which fit it even better for wilderness travel than the ,indian model after which it was patterned4 ,the noteworthy increase in the number of canoeists in the past dozen years is good evidence that this natty craft is fast coming into its own1 and as more and more outdoor men and women understand its possibilities and limitations and become proficient in handling it1 the long-rooted fear and distrust with which the uninformed public regard the canoe1 will pass away4 ,as a matter of fact1 accidents ever follow in the wake of ignorance and carelessness1 and while there are very few expert gunners injured by firearms1 and still fewer experienced canoeists drowned1 there are numerous sad accidents constantly occurring to the reckless and foolhardy1 who do not know how to handle a weapon1 nor understand the first thing about paddling a canoe4 ,let us consider then1 the practical side of the subject1 the choice of a suitable canoe and the knack of handling it in a safe and efficient manner4 ,if one would experience in full measure the many-sided charm of paddling1 he should get a good canoe4 ,unlike other and heavier water craft1 the canoe is a lightly balanced and responsive conveyance1 which may be cranky and dangerous1 or safe and stable1 according to the model1 the skill of the builder1 and the dexterity of the paddler4 ,there are canoes and canoes1 of varying models and sizes1 and constructed of many materials1 and while all may serve as a means of getting about in the water1 the paddling qualities include numerous little idiosyncrasies which serve to differentiate canoes as well as men4 ,in fact1 this light and graceful craft may be properly viewed as the highest type of boat building1 since it must be fashioned strong but light2 it must be steady when going light2 capable of carrying comparatively heavy loads2 draw little water1 and it must be honestly constructed of good material to stand up under the hard usage which every canoe is subjected to1 whether used for summer paddling1 or upon long hunting and shooting trips4 ,three types of canoes are in common use by experienced canoeists1 the birch-bark1 the all-wood1 and the canvas-covered cedar canoe4 ,the birch-bark1 by reason of its rougher workmanship1 is slow under the paddle1 is easily injured1 and it grows heavier and more difficult to handle every time it is used4 ,the all-wood canoe is most expensive to buy1 and though swift under the paddle1 is too easily injured and too difficult to repair for rough and ready use4 ,the cedar-planked canoe which is covered with filled and painted canvas is for many reasons the best all-around craft-attractive enough for park use1 and stout enough for use in rapid water and for cruising in northern lakes and rivers4 ,how to ,select a ,birch-,bark ,canoe ,the ,indian-made birch-bark canoe costs about #a a foot and is fashioned of birch bark over an ash1 or spruce1 frame4 ,the bark is not nailed to the frame1 but is sewed together with boiled spruce1 or tamarack1 roots1 split to a suitable size4 ,to give the proper shape to the canoe a double row of stakes are firmly planted in the ground and the spruce frame is sprung between them4 ,the bark is put on inside out1 and the work of sewing together is done while the bark is fresh1 or immediately after it is stripped from the tree4 ,the seams are afterward made water-tight by smearing well with spruce gum1 which hardens quickly and makes a fairly good joint4 ,the ,indian model is a good one so far as the freeboard1 width of beam1 and flaring stems are concerned1 but the curved bottom makes it extremely cranky and dangerous for the novice to handle4 ,be sure to see that the birch-bark canoe is fashioned with a flat1 straight bottom1 which makes the craft steadier and less inclined to veer about under the stroke of the paddle4 ,in an expert's hands the round bottom will be found a decided advantage1 making it faster to paddle and more easily turned and steered in swift and rough water4 ,many prefer the three-piece bottom1 but the bottom made of a single piece of bark is stronger and less likely to open up and leak4 ,all birch canoes will warp and twist somewhat1 and it is practically impossible to find one that is straight and true4 ,the birch-bark canoe has many limitations and not a few weaknesses1 but if one has the good luck to find a good one1 and treats it fairly1 it will prove a safe and dry craft for many hundreds of miles' travel4 ,of course1 one must carry a kettle of pitch for making repairs1 and be content to travel somewhat slower than with modern canoes1 but this may not be a disadvantage4 ,birch canoes have no seats1 as the ,indian kneels when paddling1 but a low thwart1 or seat1 is easy to put in at the bow and stern1 if one prefers the white man's paddling position4 ,all-,wood or ,peterborough ,canoe ,this type of craft is much used in ,canada along the ,st4 ,lawrence ,river1 and to a much less extent by ,american sportsmen1 owing to its higher cost1 and its tendency to break and cause a leak4 ,of course1 the all-wood canoe is a good craft1 but everything considered1 there can be no question in the minds of canoeists who are acquainted with all types of canoes1 that the all-cedar or basswood craft is less dependable than the canvas-covered cedar canoe4 ,the ,peterborough type--so called from a ,canadian city of this name where many wood canoes are made--with its relatively low ends and straight sides with but little sheer and tumble home1 is the model commonly used by practically all manufacturers of the all-wood canoe4 ,while a boat of this kind can be1 and often is1 used in rough-water lake paddling as well as in wilderness travel1 the all-wood canoe is better suited for club use1 and in the wider and more quiet-flowing streams and lakes4 ,illustration3 ,the ,best ,all-,around ,craft1 for ,two ,men and a ,reasonable ,amount of ,camp ,duffle1 ,is a ,canvas-,covered ,cedar ,canoe1 #af ,feet ,long1 #cb-;,inch ,beam1 and #ab ,inches ,amidships1 ,weighing ,about #fj ,pounds ,the ,canvas-,covered ,cedar ,canoe ,the canvas-covered cedar canoe1 when rightly made of the best material1 is by all odds the best paddling craft afloat1 being strong and light1 with a hull so smooth that it is swift to paddle1 while the mode of construction makes a very stiff craft1 which will not warp or twist out of shape4 ,moreover1 it will stand a vast amount of hard usage and abuse1 while repairs are quickly and neatly done by the stream side4 ,in the making of a first-class canoe of this type1 the ribs are first steamed and then bent and fitted over a solid form2 cedar being used for the ribs and planking2 spruce for the gunwales1 and white ash1 or oak1 for the stems and thwarts4 ,in a canoe built according to my instructions1 each plank runs to the full length of the craft and all are beveled and lapped together1 thus making a perfectly smooth and almost water-tight canoe1 before the canvas is cemented on its surface4 ,the canvas is thoroughly waterproofed before it is put on1 then it is drawn tightly over the planking1 and several coats of filler and the final finish of paint are applied1 after which it is rubbed down4 ,the well-made canvas-covered canoe is1 if properly designed1 a pretty good facsimile of the representative ,indian model in that it possesses all the good points of the birch-bark canoe1 but is more substantially constructed1 of better and more durable material1 and more finely finished4 ,in making the selection1 it is necessary to pay a fair price to obtain a good craft1 and while various manufacturers supply canoes of similar types at different prices1 some of them are so inferior that they will scarcely stand a season's use4 ,of course1 the use to which a canoe is put will influence the selection4 ,if the craft is wanted for long service on hunting and fishing trips1 a high-grade canoe of plain finish is the logical choice4 ,if the canoe is for club use1 a highly finished craft with mahogany trimmings may be preferred4 ,a canoe for occasional use on some quiet lake or small stream may be selected from the cheaper kinds1 which will1 no doubt1 answer every purpose4 ,however1 most manufacturers list what they call an 8,a0 and a 8,b0 grade4 ,the 8,a0 grade provides selected-cedar ribs and planking2 oak for gunwales1 stems1 thwarts and seats selected from the finest material1 and the finish the best that can be procured1 while the 8,b0 grade is identical in model1 canvas and paint1 but the material not quite so clear or free from minor defects1 though for all practical purposes it will render as much service and give fully as much satisfaction as the first1 or 8,a10 grade4 ,a little saving may be made by selecting the second-grade canoe1 having most of the money invested in the canoe and not so much in the finer finishings4 ,the ordinary construction provides for the ordinary solid topwale1 but the open gunwale is sometimes preferred1 because the openings make washing easy1 all sand and dirt running out freely between the wales4 ,this construction detail is supplied by most manufacturers1 when specified1 at a slight additional cost4 ,illustration3 ,the ,important ,parts of a ,canoe1 ,giving ,names for the ,information of the ,novice ,points to be ,considered ,the particular shape1 combined with the dimensions1 of the canoe is commonly called the model1 and since many canoe builders offer several different models it is a comparatively easy matter to find a craft which fully meets one's ideas of a canoe4 ,canoes can be had as small as #aj ft4 long and weighing as little as #ah lb41 while others are built all the way up to #ce ft4 and ranging around #ej in4 wide4 ,for all-around use1 that is for cruising1 hunting1 and fishing1 the #af-;ft4 length1 with #cb-;in4 beam1 #ab in4 deep amidships1 and weighing about #fj lb41 will meet the approval of the experienced canoeist4 ,in a good canoe of this size a flat floor1 medium-high ends1 and a fair amount of tumble home--to add stability and keep the water from shooting inboard--may be reckoned the 8earmarks0 of a general-purpose craft4 ,for exclusive river work1 where many rapids are encountered1 a lightly rounded bottom1 a trifle lower in the center than at the ends1 will be easier to handle in white water1 while comparatively narrow ends will give more speed under the paddle4 ,all canvas-covered canoes are provided with brass bang plates1 or irons1 at stern and bow1 and if wanted1 an outside keel may be furnished4 ,in most cases this is not essential1 but when the canoe is largely used in rocky rivers a broad keel of -in4 oak1 or ash1 #b in4 wide in the center and tapered at both ends to fit the brass bang irons1 will protect the bottom from hard knocks4 ,the narrow #a-;in4 keel is an out-and-out nuisance1 making the canoe slow to turn and furnishing but scant protection for the bottom4 ,any keel adds to the weight of the craft1 and weight is a factor that must be considered when much portaging is done4 ,so far as capacity is concerned1 a canoe1 #af ft4 long1 #cb-;in4 beam1 and #ab-;in4 amidship depth1 will accommodate two men and the usual amount of camp duffle1 weighing from #cej to #djj lb4 ,on short trips1 a #ae-;ft4 canoe may be made to accommodate two men1 while on very long cruises1 where a larger amount of duffle must be taken along1 an #ah-;ft4 canoe may be needed4 ,for three persons1 the #ag or #ah-;ft4 canoe1 of #cd-;in4 beam1 is about right1 but for a party of four it is better to use two #af-;ft4 canoes than one large craft4 ,in fact1 canoes longer than #ah ft4 are more properly regarded as freight craft and only used on special trips4 ,moccasins1 or rubber-soled footwear1 are most suitable for the canoeist's wear1 but since heavy-heeled shoes are often worn1 it is a good plan to protect the thin planking by running a slatted floor1 #h or #aj in4 wide1 in the center of the canoe4 ,provide this grating with brass buttons1 and it will be held firmly in place1 but removable at any time4 ,for convenience in towing1 a small but flexible rope--braided cotton is always soft and pliable--about #bj ft4 long1 should be tied at both bow and stern4 ,the ordinary 8painter eye10 which fastens with a bolt screwed to the under side of the breast hooks1 is good1 but a small hole1 through which the rope is securely knotted1 will serve as well4 ,paddles ,the best material for paddles is good selected spruce1 and while this material is not so heavy nor will stand hard knocks so well as maple or birch1 its lightness makes it the choice of many paddlers4 ,for rough work the maple paddle may be chosen1 and while heavier than spruce1 it possesses greater elasticity1 and this spring offsets to a great extent the larger weight of material4 ,cedar1 ash1 and pine make excellent paddles1 and the ,indians often fashion them from these woods4 ,in selecting a single-blade paddle1 it is well to remember that the length will depend on the paddler's height1 for it is self-evident that a tall man will require a longer paddle than a short person can conveniently swing4 ,hence the usual rule is to pick out a paddle as long as the paddler is tall1 and is a sensible one to follow1 although there are exceptions4 ,personal preferences differ1 and1 also1 a longer paddle will be required when paddling from seats than when a kneeling position is adopted4 ,for general use1 the stern paddle of #e-;ft4 length will be long enough1 while the bow paddle of #e ft4 will probably suit the average man4 ,ladies1 boys1 and girls will need shorter lengths4 ,the shape of the paddle blades varies somewhat1 and while some prefer a broad blade and others a narrow one1 it is well to pick out one of medium size4 ,large blades are tiresome for long trips1 while the narrow blade balances best in the hand1 but affords less resistance in the water4 ,when picking out a spruce paddle1 see that there is plenty of wood at the juncture of the blade and shaft1 for it is at this point most paddles break4 ,spruce being a comparatively soft wood1 it will fur badly1 and the blades should be fitted with copper tips to prevent splitting4 ,maple paddles do not need this protection1 but most builders err in making them too thick and heavy4 ,pick out the lightest and thinnest maple paddle that can be found1 one that is fashioned of straight-grained wood1 and test it for elasticity before making the purchase4 ,a couple of coats of spar varnish will keep the paddles in good shape1 but as a varnished surface is hard on the hands1 most veteran canoeists varnish the blades and finish the shafts with oil4 ,an extra paddle will1 of course1 be carried on all long trips4 ,illustration3 ,canoe ,yoke ,equipped with ,adjustable ,shoulder ,pads1 and the ,pneumatic ,carrier ,that ,serves ,two ,purposes ,the single-blade paddle is quite universally used1 but the double-blade gives more spread for the lone paddler4 ,although the double-blade was designed for the 8,rob ,roy0 type of canoe--a one-man craft1 decked both fore and aft1 the paddler sitting in a cockpit in the center--it is sometimes used for propelling the open ,canadian canoe1 and when the canoeist travels alone1 the double-blade is a good choice1 especially on open waters where much wind and high seas are likely to be encountered4 ,spruce is the best material for double paddles1 and #aj ft4 is the best length4 ,as all double-bladed paddles are provided with a ferrule1 or friction joint1 in the center1 they may be unjointed and each used as a pair of single paddles4 ,in case the open end of the metal ferrule is objectionable1 a wood plug may be fitted to provide a palm grip1 similar to the grip of the single paddle4 ,portages for ,carrying the ,canoe ,when the weight of the canoe does not exceed #fe lb41 it is easily carried by placing the paddle blades over the center thwart1 the ends under the next after thwart and lashing them securely in place2 then placing a sweater or coat over the shoulder to form a pad on which to rest the paddles to carry the canoe in an inverted position4 ,however1 when long portages must be undertaken the 8neck yoke10 or the pneumatic canoe yoke1 may be used4 ,the neck yoke is fashioned from a block of pine1 or other soft wood1 to fit the curve of the shoulders1 and the ends fit in the grooves made in the gunwales2 or small pieces of wood may be screwed to the under side of the gunwale to serve the same purpose4 ,the pneumatic cushion1 which fits around the neck and is provided with straps to secure the paddles in position1 is well-liked by some canoeists1 but the wood neck yoke fits so well that it is hard to find a good substitute4 ,a large and heavy craft can be easily carried by two men by turning the craft bottom side up and resting the weight on the back and shoulders4 ,if the man at the stern lets the gunwale rest on his shoulders and his companion lower the front thwart to rest against his neck and shoulders1 both may carry a light pack of duffle and will have a clear view of the trail ahead4 ,to ,practice ,batting for ,baseball ,playing ,illustration3 ,learning to ,strike a ,ball without the ,aid of a ,pitcher or ,fielder ,a boy with a very great desire to make a good ball player found that he could not hit a ball tossed to him4 ,try as he might1 the bat never hit the ball4 ,some one suggested that a ball hung by a cord would help to a great extent1 and it was tried out with excellent results4 ,an inexpensive ball was suspended from the limb of a tree so that it would be at the proper height for the batter4 ,in striking at the ball it was not necessary to make home-run hits1 as this is liable to break the cord1 or get it tangled to its support4 ,if the strikes are made properly1 the ball will swing out and come back in a perfect curve1 or can be made to come back bounding and in no straight line4 ,this will teach the eye to locate the ball and make hits where it cannot be taught by having some one toss the ball to the striker4 ,making ,impressions of ,leaves ,a very true and artistic impression of a leaf1 or similar object1 can be made as follows3 ,grease a piece of heavy writing paper with linseed oil1 and smoke the surface well by lighting a small piece of camphor gum and holding the paper over the flame4 ,place the leaf on the smoked surface of the paper and cover it with several thicknesses of newspaper1 then press the leaf into the blackened surface4 ,remove the leaf and lay it with the blackened surface on a piece of white paper1 then cover again with the newspaper and press evenly and thoroughly4 ,a beautiful and permanent impression of the leaf will be transferred to the paper4 ,care should be taken not to move the leaf the least bit either in coating it with the smoke or in transferring it to the paper4 ,be careful not to use too much oil4 ,this process can be used to stamp cloth for embroidery4 ,a candle can be used in place of the camphor if care is exercised1 but the camphor gives a very dense smoke with a minimum of heat4--,contributed by ,j4 ,h4 ,beebee1 ,rochester1 ,n4 ,y4 ,illustration ,making ,t-,squares ,,by ,j4 ,b4 ,murphy ,the making of a single article of any kind presents a distinct problem in itself1 but the production of a large number of the same article must be done in a different way1 if efficiency and uniformity in the product are desirable qualities4 ,taking1 for instance1 the making of a large number of ,t-squares1 the material is not made up in the same manner as for one4 ,where a number of these instruments was required1 they were made as follows1 with no other ,equipment than bench tools and a band saw4 ,the squares were made of mahogany having both stock and blade edged with maple4 ,the blades were fastened to the stock with five -in4 button-head screws4 ,illustration3 ,dimensions for a ,t-,square of ,which a ,number where to be ,made in ,duplicate ,the material for the heads and the blades was glued up and finished to the sizes given at ,a and ,b4 ,the material was cut to gauge lines on the band saw1 the blades being a scant in4 in thickness1 and the stocks1 in4 ,two of each were cut from each prepared piece1 first from one side and then from the other4 ,they were then faced off on both sides1 and two more pieces cut4 ,with careful cutting1 six blades and six stocks were made from each piece4 ,this left one side of each piece to be planed after sawing4 ,the holes for the screws were drilled with a small hand drill4 ,illustration3 ,stock and ,blade ,material for ,making the ,parts1 and the ,jig for ,assembling ,for assembling1 a jig was made by nailing a piece of stock1 in4 thick1 to a straight drawing board4 ,one end of the piece was planed straight and true before it was fastened in place4 ,stops were provided to locate the stock and hold the blade square with it4 ,wedges were used to keep both stock and blade against the stops while the screws were inserted4 ,the wedges were not driven with a hammer1 but pushed in firmly with the fingers4 99 99 99 99 99 ,insert a scratch awl in common hard soap for hardening1 and it will need no drawing after the plunge4 ,illustration3 ,paddling ,your ,own ,canoe by ,stillman ,taylor ,,part ,,ii--,the ,knack of ,handling the ,paddle ,the knack of paddling a canoe as the majority of amateurs paddle is quickly learned1 but to handle a paddle as the expert woodsman and the ,indian wield it requires not a little practice and experience4 ,in the birch-bark and canvas-covered craft1 used by the guides of ,maine and ,canada1 there are no seats1 and the stern paddler kneels with his back against the rear thwart1 while the bow paddler usually kneels with his back against the second thwart from the bow4 ,however1 the builders of modern canoes furnish a seat for each paddler1 and while it is more comfortable to use them1 it is better to take the kneeling position1 which brings the weight lower in the canoe1 as it is safer1 and the paddler is better able to control his craft4 ,again1 the use of the seat makes it impossible for the paddler to put much of his body into the stroke1 and he propels the craft largely through the muscles of his arms and shoulders4 ,but when paddling from the knees they are spread out to brace the body firmly1 and the back resting against the thwart enables the paddler to use his back and thigh muscles to drive his craft ahead with much less exertion and waste of energy than when sitting erect4 ,of course1 the kneeling position is a source of discomfort at first1 but after a little practice it will be easy to keep the position for several hours4 ,the stroke of the paddle is made with the body motionless1 one hand grasping the shaft of the paddle and the other holding it a short distance above the blade4 ,the paddle is now carried forward1 dipped into the water in front1 ,fig4 #a1 ,a and ,b1 and carried downward past the paddler's body1 ,fig4 #b1 ,a and ,b1 and the stroke is finished in the rear1 ,fig4 #c1 ,a and ,b4 ,the paddle is recovered by turning the wrist so that the blade is turned edgewise as it is swung through the air to begin the second stroke4 ,the swing of the paddle should be smooth from the beginning to the finish of the stroke1 that is1 free from undue jerkiness1 but the long and slow sweep of the paddle is amateurish1 pure and simple4 ,the canoemen of the ,north woods do not use this stroke1 but prefer a shorter stroke1 quick recovery of the blade1 and the 8accent0 of the stroke is much the same as that the expert axman uses when felling a tree4 ,therefore one's energy should be concentrated upon the first part of the stroke1 easing up quickly as soon as the blade is opposite the body1 and finishing the stroke smartly as it is carried backward4 ,the driving power of the paddle diminishes rapidly as the blade is carried backward1 and if the full force of the stroke is continued with a long backward sweep1 a way of most amateurs1 much energy is wasted1 since it adds nothing to the forward momentum of the canoe1 but rather retards it1 by forcing down the stern1 and also causes the craft to drag more water after it4 ,for a short afternoon paddle almost any kind of a stroke will suffice to drive the canoe ahead1 but upon long trips1 or when head winds and rough water are encountered1 the quick1 short stroke will save both time and muscle4 ,the long sweeping stroke of the summer idler will probably average about #bf to #cj strokes per minute1 while the ,north-woods guide and ,indian will dip their blades almost twice as often1 a fair cruising average being about #de strokes per minute4 ,short strokes1 with the accent at the beginning of the stroke1 will push the canoe faster and with less effort1 and the paddler has better control over his craft4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #a-;,a ,,fig4 #b-;,a ,,fig4 #c-;,a ,,fig4 #a-;,b ,,fig4 #b-;,b ,,fig4 #c-;,b ,the ,stroke of the ,paddle is ,made with the ,body ,motionless1 ,one ,hand ,grasping the ,shaft of the ,paddle and the ,other ,holding ,it a ,short ,distance above the ,blade ,the bow paddler usually does nothing more than keep up a regular stroke and watch for rocks and obstructions1 but if he is a good hand at the paddle he can do much to steer the canoe4 ,for example1 take the usual bow stroke1 made by dipping the paddle quite close and ahead of the canoe4 ,the force of the stroke thus made forces the bow in the opposite direction1 and the man in the stern will be called upon to use more energy in steering4 ,in contrast to this faulty handling of the paddle1 the experienced bowman will begin his stroke by dipping his paddle well out from the bow and pulling it toward him at a greater angle1 which keeps the canoe moving straight ahead without swinging to one side1 and the energy of both paddlers is used in driving the craft steadily ahead4 ,when paddling in tortuous and rocky streams it is the bow paddler's duty to watch out for rocks and snags1 and he should always be prepared to 8draw0 the canoe whenever it is necessary to clear an obstruction or assist the stern paddler to shoot the canoe around an abrupt bend4 ,to do this is simple enough1 since the bowman merely reaches his paddle out at arm's length over the side and pulls the bow in that direction1 while the stern paddler simply paddles straight ahead4 ,the stern paddler is the helmsman of the canoe1 and while he can keep his craft on a straight course by trailing his paddle at the end of each stroke and using it like a rudder1 it can only be done when a long1 slow stroke is used4 ,to save time and muscle1 the experienced stern paddler always finishes his stroke with an outward push and a turn of the wrist1 which offsets the swing of the bow and keeps the canoe on a straight course with much less effort than when trailing the paddle astern4 ,paddling from the stern is often considered difficult1 but one soon masters it by a little experience4 ,paddling in ,open and ,white ,water ,illustration3 ,dangerous for the ,novice1 but ,experts ,win ,races in ,this ,position ,when traveling in the open waters of large lakes where heavy winds and seas are commonly encountered1 paddling should always be done on the knees1 and the canoeist's own experience and judgment must be called upon to meet constantly changing conditions of the wind and water4 ,to cross a broad stretch of wind-swept water where whitecaps are running high1 means a long1 hard fight1 and the stern paddler must be ever alert to ease the canoe through breaking crests and shift his balance whenever the necessity arises4 ,when paddling in rough water1 many canoeists make the mistake of driving their craft too hard1 consequently the canoe will 8pound0 when it reaches the trough of the sea1 and much unnecessary spray is sent flying aboard4 ,of course1 in rough water some spray is certain to come over the rail1 but if the craft is well balanced by stowing the camp duffle so that the canoe floats on an even keel1 it will1 with proper handling1 weather a pretty stiff gale4 ,when paddling against a heavy sea and wind1 the regular stroke must be altered and modified1 and the man in the stern may often balance his craft by holding his paddle in the water while a particular high comber sweeps by4 ,short and clean strokes are essential for handling the canoe in a heavy sea1 and while the skillful canoeist can handle his craft in the trough of the sea when the need arises1 it is hazardous for the novice to attempt it4 ,in heavy weather1 it is a good thing to keep one paddle in the water while the other is in the air1 hence the experienced canoeist will--unconsciously perhaps--alternate or 8split0 strokes with his bowman4 ,to paddle1 head on1 into heavy seas is slow and tiresome work1 and most canoeists find it easier to take the seas on the quarter1 and the stern paddler must be ever on the lookout1 nursing his craft over the big ones and often turning his bow into the largest combers4 ,to be sure1 the canoe will plunge more or less and yaw about1 but the stern paddler merely checks this side spin1 since he cannot prevent it entirely and drive his craft onward at the same time4 ,when running before the wind1 it is only necessary to keep the canoe balanced or 8trimmed0 to keep things dry4 ,here the bow paddler has the best of it2 his sole duty is to keep paddling steadily ahead1 while the balancing and handling of the canoe rests with the man in the stern4 ,this point is well worth remembering1 for to keep the canoe right side up when shooting rapids or when bucking heavy seas or a lake1 the bow paddler must stick to his seat4 ,he can1 from his position in the bow1 quickly note rocks or other obstructions and pass the word to his partner1 who from his point of advantage can likewise better size up the effect of a high wave upon the craft4 ,probably more capsizes have resulted through the bowman's mistaken efforts to balance the canoe by leaning to one side1 or attempting to dodge the spray in rough-water paddling1 than through the inability of the stern paddler to handle his craft4 ,running a rapid stream in a canoe is replete with excitement1 but it is likewise a dangerous bit of fun for the inexperienced canoeist who has not fully mastered the handling of his craft4 ,when running rapids where the water is fairly deep1 the use of the paddle is the better way1 providing both paddlers kneel in the bottom of the canoe4 ,unknown streams are naturally the most dangerous1 although the veteran canoeist can 8size0 up the character of the stream at the first glance1 that is1 the trained eye of the woodsman will read the bottom of the river by the indications on the surface2 depth of water1 strength of current1 swirl caused by submerged rocks1 and many other details are evident to him4 ,to the novice these signs mean but little4 ,if the current flow is from three to four miles per hour1 rocks or submerged logs1 #d or #e in4 below the surface1 will show very little1 but in a #aj-mile or swifter current obstructions #ab or even #ah in4 below the surface will throw up swirling ripples1 and in a very rocky stream with much water flowing1 rocks #c or #d ft4 below will throw up waves of good size4 ,again1 waves are caused by swift water striking the comparatively quiet water of a deep pool and the canoeist should be able to determine the difference between them in order to know what part of the stretch is dangerous and that which may be run in safety4 ,the waves in a rapid stream are altogether unlike the rolling waves of the open lake1 in that the crests follow one another closely and the canoe cannot rise1 but plunges through the curling crests4 ,rocks on the surface are easily avoided1 as they split the current1 and it is only necessary to steer the craft to one side to pass them safely4 ,the one chief thing to do when shooting the rapids is to keep the canoe on an even keel and the bow into the current1 and when it is necessary to change channels1 the craft must be shot diagonally across the fast water4 ,to keep the canoe under perfect control in white water1 it must be propelled faster than the current flows1 and the force of the stream must not strike one side of the bow with greater force than it exerts on the other side4 ,when a canoe swings around in the current1 the power of the paddles will be unable to cope with the more powerful current1 which quickly swings it broadside and one is struggling in the water in the next instant4 ,illustration3 ,the ,double ,blade ,is ,often ,useful ,when ,paddling ,single-,handed on a ,broad ,reach of ,wind-,swept ,water ,on a long canoe trip where much rapid water must be run1 a 8setting pole0 should be reckoned a necessity4 ,the pole may be a stout sapling1 #aj ft4 long1 cut by the stream side1 but an iron shoe1 or spike1 about #c in4 long1 with an iron band or ferrule1 should be carried in the kit1 the iron spike being simply driven in the end of the green pole4 ,the pole may be used to good advantage when running down shallow rapids1 the man in the bow kneeling and using his paddle to help steer while his partner stands in the stern and wields the pole4 ,when traveling up shallow and swift streams1 the setting pole is absolutely necessary1 and while at first it is an awkward implement to handle1 a little practice will enable the canoeist to pole his craft with very little more effort than is required to paddle it4 ,the use of the pole necessitates a standing position1 but this is neither risky nor difficult for any canoeist who understands the knack of balancing a canoe1 and none but an experienced canoeist has any business in swift1 white water4 ,the setting pole is gripped with the left hand near the top1 with the right hand held stationary about #b ft4 lower1 and as the canoe travels past the pole1 firmly planted on the river bottom1 the poler leans forward and makes use of his weight and strength to give a quick push4 ,the pole is again shoved forward as quickly as possible1 that the craft may lose as little headway as possible1 and a new grip secured for the next push4 ,after a little experience with the pole1 the canoeist will find it an easy matter to swing his craft across the current and avoid rocks and other obstructions as easily as when paddling4 ,when contemplating a long trip up a stream where the water is heavy and the current swift1 the use of two poles will make the work easier4 ,both persons should pole from the same side1 the man in the bow doing the steering while the stern man adds his straight-ahead push to force the canoe upstream4 ,illustration3 ,shifting the ,paddle from ,one ,side of the ,canoe to ,the ,other ,the ,track ,line ,the average wilderness stream of the ,north has enough 8tight0 places which judgment tells the traveler to avoid by making a detour by land rather than risk a capsize and a possible loss of the outfit4 ,to 8tote0 the outfit overland means more or less hard work1 and as every canoeist will avoid portaging if there is a fair chance of getting the canoe through a bad stretch of water1 the tracking line will come in handy very often4 ,the usual ring in the bow of the canoe is far too flimsy for hauling the loaded craft1 and sufficient length of stout rope should be carried along to pass through the painter eye1 and then carried aft and half-hitched to the first and second thwarts4 ,one man can pull the canoe up a swift stream by walking along the bank while his partner takes up the opposite side and steers the craft away from rocks by using a stern line4 ,with a heavily loaded canoe in very swift and shallow water1 both men must often wade1 and a tump line rigged up as a breast or shoulder strap will make it easier work for the man at the bow line4 ,paddling a ,canoe ,single-,handed ,the open1 or ,canadian-model1 canoe is1 of course1 handled more easily and with better speed with two paddlers but there are occasions when the canoe is used single-handed4 ,when out for a few hours' paddle1 the canoeist usually balances the craft by sitting on the bow seat--or kneels on the bottom with his back against the bow-seat brace--and using the stern for the bow4 ,this brings the paddler's weight nearer the center and keeps the canoe better balanced than when paddling from the stern with the bow high in the air4 ,however1 when the canoe is loaded1 many canoeists stow their camp duffle forward and paddle from the stern1 the weight of the outfit keeping the craft on an even keel4 ,this answers well enough for smooth-water going1 but when the water is rough1 or a stretch of rapids is run single-handed1 the stern position is by no means a good one since the craft is more difficult to control1 and much more strength is required to drive it forward4 ,the ,indian manner of paddling a canoe alone is the only correct one1 for he always sits amidships--kneeling in the center--and if a load is carried1 it is placed in front and back of him so that the craft is balanced on an even keel4 ,consequently the canoe draws less water and can be paddled faster with the same effort1 while the paddler has the craft under perfect control4 ,but the experienced line paddler does not kneel in the center1 he moves out until his body is close to the gunwale4 ,this makes the craft heel at a decided angle1 it is true1 but this position makes for better speed because it enables the paddle to be held almost vertical1 and the more nearly perpendicular the paddle is swung the more efficient will be the stroke4 ,in using the double blade1 the paddler dips first on one side1 then on the other1 and to make the blades travel through the air with the least resistance1 it is customary to set them at right angles to each other4 ,the motion is really a push and pull1 the shaft of the paddle being rotated in the hands so that the blade will enter the water with the full breadth facing the canoeist4 ,rubber cups1 to catch the drip as the paddle rises in the air when making the stroke1 are sometimes used by novices1 but these are unnecessary if the paddles are set at right angles1 and the paddler will bend his wrist a trifle to throw the drip ahead and to one side4 ,at the beginning1 the novice will very likely throw a little water in the canoe1 but a little practice will soon master the knack4 ,care and ,repair of the ,canoe ,the canvas-covered cedar canoe will stand a vast amount of hard service1 but it should not be dragged over the ground or over the boarding of the landing float1 neither should it be so placed that any strain will come amidships while the ends are well supported4 ,when storing for the winter1 keep it under cover1 resting bottom side down on a floor1 or turn it bottom side up and support it with boxes1 or other standards1 at the center as well as at the ends4 ,while unused at the camp1 turn it bottom side up on the bank4 ,birch bark must be kept out of the sun1 and the paint of canvas-covered canoes will last longer if kept in the shade4 ,when the paint becomes rough1 sandpaper it down smooth1 and give it a couple of coats of canoe paint4 ,when the paint is worn off and exposes the canvas1 give the bare cloth a couple of coats of shellac before painting4 ,illustration3 ,paddling should be ,done on the ,knees ,when ,traveling ,where ,high ,winds and ,seas are ,encountered ,a repair kit should be taken along on all long trips1 consisting of a small can of white lead1 a can of orange shellac1 and a sheet of oiled silk4 ,for small cuts in the canvas1 a coat or two of shellac will suffice1 but for bad gashes1 cut off the loose threads of canvas and rub on a little white lead under the raised portion near the hole and on the surface1 cut a patch of the oiled silk to cover it1 and paste it in position4 ,when the lead is dry1 give it a couple of coats of shellac4 ,for making quick repairs1 a roll of electrician's tape will come in handy4 ,the birch canoe is quickly repaired in the same manner as suggested for the canvas-covered craft1 and as the shellac is waterproof and dries quickly1 all ordinary repairs may be made by the stream side with but little loss of time4 ,oiling ,tool for ,clocks ,jewelers use a little tool for oiling clocks and watches that could be used profitably by others for the same and similar work4 ,it consists of a steel wire1 bluntly pointed on the end and set into a wood handle4 ,very often the only thing that is the matter with a clock which does not keep good time1 is that it is dirty and dry4 ,if this is the case1 any person handy with tools can fix it at practically no cost4 ,remove the works1 which are usually held with four screws1 from the case1 immerse them in kerosene and allow them to stand for a few minutes1 then remove and drain4 ,this will clean out the dirt4 ,illustration3 ,the ,tool will ,pick ,up a ,drop of ,oil and ,deposit ,it ,where ,wanted ,the oiling tool is dipped in light oil and a drop applied to each bearing4 ,replace the works in the case and the job is finished4 ,a reliable jeweler will charge very little for this work1 but the more crafty ones may ask a good price for this 8mysterious0 process4 ,if the works are not dirty1 apply the oil with the tool4 ,anyone who has tried to oil a clock with an ordinary spout oilcan knows the futility of the attempt4 ,the object of the tool is to pick up and carry a drop of oil and deposit it where wanted4 ,a can1 a feather1 or a match will do1 but any one of them is apt to carry dirt1 flood the dry part1 or smear up nonmoving parts4 ,easily ,constructed ,wall ,shelves ,illustration3 ,shelves for ,books ,supported with ,picture-,frame ,wire to the ,wall ,all that is necessary to make and support the simple set of wall shelves1 shown in the illustration1 is lumber for the shelves1 four screw eyes1 four screw hooks1 sufficient picture-frame wire to form the braces and supports1 and wood screws for attaching the wire4 ,on the top side of the upper shelf are fastened the four screw eyes1 two near the wall edge and the others near the outer edge4 ,to support the upper shelf four screw hooks are used2 two placed in the wall and spaced to match the set of screw eyes nearest the wall1 the others being placed above the first and connected to the outer set of screw eyes with the wire1 thereby forming strong inclined supports4 ,the remaining shelves can be hung to suit by the supporting wires1 which are fastened with screws to the end of each shelf4 ,showing the ,strength of a ,giant ,this trick is not so well known as it might be1 although for a while it was quite a popular drawing attraction for circus side shows and other amusement places4 ,it is one of the favorite ,hindu tricks4 ,the performer passes for examination two pieces of rope #aj ft4 long4 ,in one end of each rope a large ring is fastened4 ,taking a ring in each hand the performer commands three or four men at each end of the rope to take hold of it and at a signal they pull as hard as possible4 ,they pull until they are exhausted as in a tug of war1 but the performer only appears a trifle exerted and finds no difficulty in holding the men4 ,illustration3 ,the ,performer ,seems to ,hold the ,ones ,pulling on the ,ropes without ,any ,effort1 ,producing an ,effect ,that cannot be ,readily ,understood1 and ,making an ,excellent ,trick for the ,lawn ,party ,the secret is in the use of a piece of flexible wire1 which passes up the right sleeve of the performer1 across the back and down the left sleeve1 lying just inside of the coat sleeve4 ,at the ends of the wire are small hooks4 ,when about to perform this trick the performer puts on a pair of gloves4 ,the gloves are slit in the palms to allow the hooks to pass through4 ,the hooks are covered with cloth1 colored to match the gloves4 ,an essential point to remember in performing the trick is to keep the fingers well around the rings to prevent the ropes from dropping in case of a slack-up on the tension4 ,the ,tricks of ,camping ,out ,,by ,,stillman ,,taylor ,,part ,i--,the ,camping ,outfit ,to enjoy a vacation in the woods thoroughly1 it is essential that the outer be provided with the right kind of an outfit4 ,the inexperienced are likely to carry too much rather than too little to the woods2 to include many unnecessary luxuries and overlook the more practical necessities4 ,however1 camp life does not mean that one must be uncomfortable1 but rather implies plain and simple living close to nature4 ,an adequate shelter from the sun and rain1 a comfortable bed1 a good cooking kit1 and plenty of wholesome food1 are the important things to consider4 ,no man or woman requires more1 and if unwilling to share the plain fare of the woodsman1 the pampered ones should be left at home1 for the grouchy1 complaining individual makes1 of all persons1 the very worst of camping companions4 ,illustration3 ,the ,old ,hand at the ,camping ,game ,prefers to ,cut ,poles on the ,camping ,site and ,set ,them ,up on the ,outside for the ,camp-,fire ,tent ,illustration3 ,the ,wall ,tent may be erected with the ,regular ,poles1 or1 ,when ,ordered with ,tapes along the ,ridge1 ,it can be ,set ,up with ,outside ,tripod or ,shear ,poles ,the ,choice of a ,tent ,there are tents and tents1 but for average outings in what may be considered a permanent camp1 the regulation wall1 or army1 tent is generally used to make a comfortable shelter4 ,it is a splendid utility tent1 with generous floor space and plenty of headroom4 ,for the permanent camp1 the wall tent is often provided with a fly1 which may be set up as an extra covering for the roof1 or extended over the front to make a kind of porch4 ,an extension may also be purchased to serve the same purpose4 ,the #g by #i-;ft4 wall tent will shelter two persons comfortably1 but when the camp is seldom moved1 the #i by #ab-;ft4 size1 with a #c-;ft4 wall1 will afford more room4 ,the regulation #h-oz4 duck is heavy enough1 or the same tent may be obtained in tan or dark green khaki1 if preferred4 ,in any case the tent should have a sod cloth1 from #f to #ab in4 wide1 extending around the bottom and sewed to the tent4 ,an extra piece of canvas or floor cloth is desirable1 but this as well as the fly are extras1 and while convenient1 are by no means necessary4 ,the wall tent may be erected with the regular poles1 or it may be ordered with tapes along the ridge and erected by suspending between two trees4 ,the old hand at the camping game rarely uses the shop poles supplied with most tents1 but prefers to cut them at the camping site and rig them up on the outside1 one slender pole fastened with tapes along the ridge and supported at either end in the crotch formed by setting up two poles1 tripod or shear-fashion4 ,the 8,baker0 style is a popular tent1 giving a large sleeping capacity1 yet folding compactly4 ,the #g by #g-;ft4 size1 with a #b-;ft4 wall1 makes a good comfortable home for two1 and will shelter three1 or even four1 if required4 ,the entire front may be opened to the fire by extending it to form an awning1 or it may be thrown back over the ridge to form an open-front lean-to shelter4 ,the 8,dan ,beard10 or camp-fire1 tent is a modification of the ,baker style1 having a slightly steeper pitch1 with a smaller front opening4 ,the dimensions are practically the same as the ,baker1 and it may be pitched by suspending between two trees1 by outside poles1 or the regular poles may be used4 ,for traveling light by canoe or pack1 a somewhat lighter and less bulky form of tent than the above styles may be chosen1 and the woodsman is likely to select the forester's or ranger types4 ,the ranger is a half tent with a #b-;ft4 wall and the entire front is open2 in fact1 this is the same as the ,baker tent without the flap4 ,if desired1 two half ranger tents with tapes may be purchased and fastened together to form an ,a1 or wedge1 tent4 ,this makes a good tent for two on a hike1 as each man carries his own half1 and is assured a good shelter in case one becomes separated from his companion1 and a tight shelter when the two make camp together4 ,the forester's tent is another good one1 giving good floor space and folding up very compactly1 a #i by #i-;ft4 tent weighing about #e lb4 when made of standard-weight fabric4 ,it may be had either with or without hood1 and is quickly erected by using three small saplings1 one along the ridge1 running from peak to ground1 and one on each side of the opening1 to form a crotch to support the ridge pole1 shear-fashion4 ,these tents are not provided with sod or floor cloths1 although these may be ordered as extras if wanted4 ,the canoe or 8protean0 tents are good styles for the camper who travels light and is often on the move4 ,the canoe tent has a circular front1 while the protean style is made with a square front1 and the wall is attached to the back and along the two sides4 ,both tents are quickly set up1 either with a single inside pole or with two poles set shear-fashion on the outside4 ,a #i by #i-;ft4 canoe or protean tent with a #c-;ft4 wall makes a comfortable home in the open4 ,whatever style of tent is chosen1 it is well to pay a fair price and obtain a good quality of material and workmanship4 ,the cheaper tents are made of heavier material to render them waterproof1 while the better grades are fashioned from light-weight fabric of close weave and treated with a waterproofing process4 ,many of the cheaper tents will give fair service1 but the workmanship is often poor1 the grommets are apt to pull out1 and the seams rip after a little hard use4 ,all tents should be waterproofed1 and each provided with a bag in which to pack it4 ,an ordinary tent may be waterproofed in the following manner3 ,dissolve lb4 of ordinary powdered alum in #d gal4 of hot rain water1 and in a separate bucket dissolve lb4 of acetate of lead--sugar of lead--in #d gal4 of hot rain water4 ,the acetate of lead is poisonous if taken internally4 ,when thoroughly dissolved1 let the solution stand until clear1 then pour the alum solution into a tub and add the lead solution4 ,let the solution stand for an hour or two1 then pour off the clear water and thoroughly soak the fabric in the waterproofing mixture by rubbing and working the material with the hands4 ,hang the cloth up without wringing it out4 ,illustration3 ,the ,forester's ,tent is ,quickly ,erected by ,using ,three ,small ,saplings1 ,one along the ,ridge1 and ,one on ,each ,side of the ,opening to ,form a ,crotch for the ,ridge ,pole ,the ,ranger's or ,hiker's ,tent ,comes in ,halves4 ,each ,half may be ,used ,independently as a ,lean-,to ,shelter for ,one ,man1 or ,both ,joined ,together to ,make ,room for ,two ,persons ,the ,canoe or ,protean ,tents ,are ,good ,styles for the ,camper ,who ,travels ,light and ,is ,often on the ,move1 and ,they can be ,quickly ,set ,up with a ,single ,inside ,pole ,how to ,pitch a ,tent ,it is1 of course1 possible to pitch a tent almost anywhere1 but for the sake of comfort1 it is well to select a site with natural drainage4 ,many campers dig a shallow trench around the tent to prevent water from running in during a heavy rain4 ,this is a good idea for the permanent camp1 but is not often necessary if the soil is sandy or porous1 or where a sod cloth is used4 ,it is rarely necessary to carry the regular poles to the camping ground1 and they may be omitted excepting when en route to a treeless region4 ,the wall and other large tents may be pitched in several ways4 ,in some places the woodsman cuts a straight ridge pole1 about #c ft4 longer than the tent1 and two crotched uprights1 #a ft4 or more longer than the height of the tent4 ,the ridge pole is passed through the opening in the peak of the tent1 or fastened to the outside of the ridge with tapes sewed to the cloth4 ,the two upright stakes are then firmly planted in the ground1 one at the back and the other in front1 and the ridge pole is lifted and dropped into these crotched supports4 ,set up the four corner guys first to get the tent in shape1 then peg down the side guys and slide them taut so that all of them will exert an even pull on the tent4 ,another good method for setting up the side guys is to drive four crotched stakes1 each about #d ft4 long1 somewhere near #c ft4 from each corner of the tent1 and drop a fairly heavy pole in the rest so formed1 then fasten the guy ropes to this pole4 ,when a sod cloth is provided it is turned under on the inside1 the floor cloth is spread over it and the camp duffel distributed along the walls of the tent1 to hold it down and prevent insects and rain from entering4 ,to overcome the disadvantage of placing the poles in the center of the entrance1 the uprights may be formed by lashing two poles together near the top to make a crotch and spreading the bottoms to form a pair of shears4 ,poles may be dispensed with entirely1 providing the tent is ordered with tapes for attaching a rope to suspend the ridge of the tent between two trees4 ,in a wooded country this manner of setting a tent is generally preferred4 ,where a wall tent is used in a more permanent camp1 it is a good plan to order a fly1 a couple of sizes larger than the tent4 ,this should be set up by using separate poles and rigged some #f or #h in4 higher than the ridge of the tent1 thus affording an air space to temper the heat of the sun and also serving to keep things dry during long1 heavy rains4 ,the ,camping ,kit ,the camping kit1 including the few handy articles needed in the woods1 as well as the bedding and cooking outfit1 may be either elaborate or simple1 according to the personal experience and ideas of the camper4 ,in making up a list1 it is a good plan to remember that only comparatively few articles are really essential for a comfortable vacation in the wilderness4 ,a comfortable bed must be reckoned one of the chief essentials1 and one may choose the de-luxe couch--the air mattress or sleeping pocket--use the ordinary sleeping bag1 or court slumber on one of the several other styles of camp beds4 ,the fold-over combination bed1 the stretcher bed1 or a common bag made of ticking1 #f ft4 long by #b ft4 wide1 which is stuffed with browse or leaves1 will suffice for the average person4 ,folding camp cots1 chairs1 tables1 and other so-called camp furniture1 have their places in the large1 fixed camps1 but the woodsman can manage to live comfortably without them4 ,a good pair of warm blankets should be included for each person1 providing the sleeping bag is not taken along4 ,the regulation army blankets are a good choice and reasonable in price1 or the blankets used at home may be pressed into service4 ,a good ax is the woodsman's everyday companion1 and a good-weight tool1 weighing #c or #d lb41 and a smaller one of #a lb4 should be carried4 ,when going light1 the belt ax will suffice4 ,the oil lantern is only suited for the fixed camp1 since the fuel is difficult to transport unless it is placed in screw-top cans4 ,the 8,stonbridge0 and other folding candle lanterns are the most convenient for the woods and give sufficient light for camp life4 ,the aluminum cooking outfits are light in weight1 nest compactly1 and will stand many years of hard usage1 but like other good things1 they are somewhat expensive4 ,a good substitute1 at half the price1 may be obtained in tin and steel1 having the good feature of nesting within each other1 but1 of course1 not being quite so light nor so attractive in appearance as the higher-priced outfits4 ,both the aluminum and steel outfits are put up in canvas carrying bags1 and an outfit for two includes a large and a small cooking pot coffee pot2 frying pan with folding or detachable handle2 two plates2 cups knives2 forks1 and spoons4 ,outfits may be bought for any number of persons and almost all sporting-goods stores carry them4 ,the two-man outfit in heavy aluminum will cost #i or #aj1 while the same outfit duplicated in steel is priced at #c4ce4 ,illustration3 ,the ,stretcher ,bed may be ,stuffed with ,browse or ,leaves1 or ,suspended from ,poles and ,stakes to ,make a ,camp ,cot ,illustration3 ,food ,bags with ,friction-,top ,tins to ,fit ,them1 in ,which ,lard1 ,butter1 ,pork1 ,ham1 and ,other ,greasy ,necessities are ,carried ,illustration3 ,a ,pack ,basket with a ,waterproof ,canvas ,lid and ,cover1 ,having ,straps to ,go over the ,shoulders1 ,is a ,general ,favorite with ,woodsmen and ,guides ,illustration3 ,when ,going ,light the ,belt ,ax is ,used ,illustration3 ,the ,compass ,is by ,far the ,most ,useful ,instrument for the ,woods1 but ,any ,reliable and ,inexpensive ,watch may be ,carried ,illustration3 ,a ,good1 ,tempered ,knife ,should be ,worn at the ,belt ,illustration3 ,the ,cooking ,kit may be of ,aluminum or ,steel1 ,all ,nesting within the ,largest ,pot1 and may ,include a ,folding ,baker1 or ,reflector1 with ,bread ,board in ,canvas ,bag1 a ,wood ,salt ,box1 and a ,water-,tight ,can for ,matches ,illustration3 ,folding ,candle ,lanterns are the ,most ,convenient for the ,woods and ,they ,give ,sufficient ,light for ,camp ,life ,the ,camper's ,outfit ,the personal outfit should include only the most useful articles1 and each member of the party should be provided with a dunnage bag of canvas to hold bedding and clothing1 and a smaller1 or 8ditty10 bag for keeping together the toilet and other personal belongings which most everyone finds necessary for everyday comfort4 ,a mending kit1 containing a few yards of silk1 linen1 and twist2 a length of mending cotton2 buttons2 a few needles and pins1 both safety and the common kinds1 should not be overlooked4 ,the veteran usually stows away a bit of wire2 a length of strong twine2 a few nails and tacks2 rivets1 etc41 for emergency use1 and it is surprising to the novice how handy these several odds and ends are found while in camp4 ,a compact tin box will form a convenient place to keep them and will take up little room in the dunnage bag4 ,a medicine case and a first-aid outfit are well worth packing2 the smallest cases containing a few of the common remedies will fully meet the camper's needs4 ,when carrying food by canoe or pack basket1 the canoe duffel and provision bags are a great convenience1 enabling the outer to carry different foodstuffs in a compact and sanitary manner4 ,food bags may be had in different sizes1 and friction-top tins may be purchased to fit them2 and one or more of these liquid-proof containers are desirable for transporting lard1 butter1 pork1 ham1 and other greasy necessities4 ,the food bags slip into the larger duffel bags1 making a very compact bundle for stowing away in a canoe or pack harness4 ,carrying ,list for the ,camp ,outfit ,for permanent camps1 take the wall tent with fly1 although the ,baker or camp-fire styles are also good4 ,when traveling light by canoe1 the canoe or protean tents are recommended4 ,when going very light by pack1 use the forester's or ranger's tent4 ,sod and floor cloths and mosquito netting are optional4 ,the cooking kit may be of aluminum or steel1 all nesting within the largest pot4 ,include a folding baker1 or reflector1 with bread board in a canvas bag1 a wood salt box1 and a water-tight can for matches4 ,furniture for the permanent camp consists of a full-sized ax1 double-blade or tomahawk style with straight handle1 in a protecting case1 whetstone and file for keeping the ax in shape4 ,a shovel and saw will be needed when a cabin is built4 ,a canteen may be included1 but is not required on most trips4 ,a folding candle lantern is the best for the average trip1 but an oil1 or acetylene1 lantern may be used in a fixed camp4 ,cots1 folding chairs1 tables1 hangers1 etc41 are only useful in fixed camps4 ,a pack basket with a waterproof-canvas lid and cover1 having straps to go over the shoulders1 is a general favorite with woodsmen and guides4 ,canvas packs or dunnage bags may be used if preferred4 ,there are two sizes of food bags1 one holding #e lb4 and another of #aj-lb4 capacity1 with draw-strings at the top1 and these are the best for carrying provisions4 ,pack harness1 with a tumpline to go across the forehead1 is needed when the outfit must be carried on portages1 etc4 ,this may be omitted when pack baskets are used4 ,packing cases of fiber may be used for shipping the outfit to the camping ground1 but ordinary trunks1 or wood boxes1 will answer as well4 ,the ,personal ,outfit ,an old ordinary suit that is not worn too thin is sufficient4 ,corduroy is too heavy for the summer and too cold for winter1 and canvas is too stiff and noisy for the woods4 ,cotton khaki is excellent for the summer1 and all-wool khaki1 or mackinaw1 coat and trousers are comfortable for winter4 ,wool is the best material for undergarments in all seasons4 ,two sets of garments will be sufficient1 as the washing is done at night4 ,be sure to have the garments large enough to allow for shrinkage4 ,light-weight cashmere is the best material for socks during summer1 and heavier weight for the winter4 ,three pairs of ordinary-weight and one pair of heavy-weight will be sufficient4 ,a medium-weight gray-flannel overshirt1 with breast pockets having button flaps1 is the woodsman's choice4 ,on short and light trips one shirt will do4 ,a light-weight1 all-wool gray or brown1 sweater is a good thing to carry along1 it is easily wetted through and a famous brier catcher1 yet most woodsmen carry one4 ,the regulation army poncho is more suited to the woods than a rubber coat or oilskins4 ,the larger-size poncho is more bulky to pack1 but may be used as a shelter by rigging it up with poles1 lean-to fashion4 ,a poncho makes a good ground blanket also4 ,a medium wide-brimmed hat1 in gray or brown1 is better than a cap4 ,a gray1 or brown1 silk handkerchief should be included to wear around the neck to protect it from the sun and cold4 ,only few novices will carry one1 but not so with the regular woodsman1 ,the moccasin is the only suitable footwear for the woods4 ,the 8puckaway10 with extra sole1 is known to most woodsmen4 ,a pair of larrigans--ankle-high moccasins with single sole--are suitable to wear about the camp4 ,each member of the party carries his own knapsack1 or ditty bag1 in which such things as brush and comb1 toothbrush1 razor1 towel1 medicines1 stationery1 etc41 are kept4 ,the extra clothing is carried in its own canvas bag4 ,each member of the party carries a pair of woolen blankets4 ,army blankets in tan color are serviceable and inexpensive4 ,a good1 tempered knife should be worn at the belt1 preferably one without a hilt and having a blade #e or #f in4 long4 ,a small leather pouch containing a few common remedies1 such as quinine1 laxative1 etc42 and a small first-aid outfit should be included in each camper's personal pack4 ,also a small leather pouch containing an assortment of needles1 darning cotton1 buttons1 and a length of heavy silk twist is a handy companion4 ,a few sheets of paper and as many envelopes1 a notebook1 pencil1 and a few postal cards1 are usually carried1 together with an almanac page of the months covering the intended trip4 ,the compass is by far the most useful instrument in the woods1 but any reliable and inexpensive watch may be carried4 ,many woodsmen carry a small hatchet at the belt1 and on trips when but the few necessities are carried the belt ax takes the place of the heavier-weight tool4 ,the tomahawk style gives two cutting edges and is therefore the best tool to carry4 ,a leather or other covering case is needed to protect the blades4 ,a small tin box containing an assortment of rivets2 tacks2 a bit of string2 brass wire2 a few nails2 a couple of small files2 a tool holder with tools2 a sheet of sandpaper2 a bit of emery cloth1 and any other small articles which the sportsman fancies will come in handy1 may be carried4 ,it is surprising how often this 8what not0 is resorted to while in the woods4 ,the odds and ends of personal belongings1 as a jackknife2 pipe and tobacco2 map of the region visited2 length of fishing line and hook2 a few loose matches2 match box2 purse2 notebook and pencil2 handkerchief1 etc41 are1 of course1 carried in the pocket of the coat4 ,a ,camper's ,salt-and-,pepper ,holder ,illustration ,a camper will find a very clever way to carry salt and pepper by using a piece cut from a joint of bamboo4 ,a piece is selected with the joint in the center1 and the ends are stoppered with corks4 ,a ,simple ,self-,contained ,motor ,to say that the subject of this article is the simplest motor in the world is not to overestimate it1 for the apparatus is not only a motor reduced to its essential elements1 but combines within itself its own source of electric power1 all without the use of a single piece of wire4 ,the experiment is very interesting and instructive and will well repay a careful construction along the lines indicated1 even though not in strict accordance with the dimensions given4 ,the first step is to procure a permanent magnet1 about in4 in diameter and #f in4 long4 ,if such a magnet cannot be conveniently secured1 a piece of tool steel with flat ends should be hardened by heating it to a dull red and plunging it in water1 and then strongly magnetized4 ,this may be readily accomplished by slipping a coil of insulated wire over it through which the current from a storage battery or set of primary cells is passed4 ,if these are not at hand1 almost any electrical supply store will magnetize the steel4 ,illustration ,a square base block with neatly beveled corners is now in order1 which is trimmed up squarely and a hole bored centrally through it to receive the lower end of the magnet4 ,procure a neat spool and make a hole in it large enough to pass over the magnet4 ,glue the spool to the base after locating it in the exact center4 ,the outer and larger cylinder is of copper1 or of brass1 copperplated on the inside4 ,it is cup-shaped1 with a hole in the bottom just large enough to permit the magnet to be pushed through with a close fit1 to make a good electrical contact4 ,the magnet may be held in place by having it closely fit the spool and the copper cylinder1 and by soldering the heads of a couple of small tacks1 or nails1 to its under side and driving them into the spool4 ,coat the magnet with pitch1 or paraffin1 from the top down1 and around its connection with the bottom of the cylinder4 ,the small thimble shown at the top should be of brass or copper1 and while one can be easily formed of sheet metal and soldered1 it is not improbable that one could be made in seamless form from small article of commerce4 ,in the exact center of the under side of the top of this thimble1 make a good mark with a prickpunch1 after which a small steel thumb tack should be filed to a fine needle point and placed1 point up1 exactly central on the upper end of the magnet1 to which it is held with a little wax4 ,the smaller cylinder is simply a piece of sheet zinc bent into a true cylinder of such a size that it may be sprung over the lower end of the thimble4 ,this done1 it is only necessary to slip the zinc over the end of the magnet until the thimble rests on the thumb tack1 and then pour some dilute muriatic or sulphuric acid into the outer cylinder after which the thimble and attached zinc will begin to rotate4 ,the required strength of the acid and the resulting speed will depend upon the nicety of suspension and the trueness of the rotating zinc cylinder4 ,the zinc will have to be changed1 but the copper undergoes no deterioration4 ,the ,tricks of ,camping ,out ,,by ,,stillman ,,taylor ,,part ,,ii--,cooking in the ,woods ,cooking in the woods requires more of a knack than equipment1 and while a camp stove is well enough in a permanent camp1 its weight and bulk makes this article of camp furniture unsuited for transportation by canoe4 ,patent cooking grates are less bulky1 but the woodsman can learn to do without them very nicely4 ,however1 the important item which few woodsmen care to do without is the folding baker1 or reflector4 ,the baker is folded flat and carried in a canvas case1 including baking pan and a kneading board4 ,the largest size1 with an #ah-;in4 square pan1 weighs about #e lb41 and the smallest1 with an #h by #ab-;in4 pan in aluminum1 only #b lb4 ,in use1 the reflector is placed with the open side close to the fire1 and cooking is accomplished evenly and well in any kind of weather4 ,bread1 fish1 game1 or meat are easily and perfectly cooked1 and the smaller size is amply large for a party of two or three4 ,illustration3 ,a ,cooking ,range ,fashioned from ,two ,green ,logs ,laid in a ,v-,shape with a ,few ,stones ,built ,up at the ,wide ,end over ,which a ,fire is ,made of ,hard-,wood ,sticks ,the camp fire is one of the charms of the open1 and if it is built right and of the best kind of wood1 cooking may be done over it as well as over a forest range4 ,many woodsmen prefer to build a second and smaller fire for cooking1 and although ,i have never found this necessary1 excepting in large camps where a considerable quantity of food must be prepared1 the camper can suit himself1 for experimenting is1 after all1 a large part of the fun of living in and off the woods4 ,a satisfactory outdoor cooking range may be fashioned by roughly smoothing the top and bottom sides of two green logs1 and placing them about #f in4 apart at one end and about #b ft4 apart at the opposite end4 ,at the wide end a few stones are built up1 and across these1 hickory1 ash1 and other sticks of hard wood are placed4 ,the reflector is placed close to the coals at this end1 and the fire is built between the logs1 the broiling and frying being done at the narrow-end opening4 ,woods that burn slowly when green should be used for backlogs and end logs2 chestnut1 red oak1 butternut1 red maple1 and persimmon being best adapted for this purpose4 ,the hard woods are best for cooking and heating1 since they burn more slowly1 and give out considerable heat and burn down to a body of glowing coals4 ,soft woods are quick to catch fire1 burn rapidly1 and make a hot fire1 but burn down to dead ashes4 ,hickory is by far the best firewood of the ,north1 in that it makes a hot fire1 is long-burning1 and forms a large body of coals that gives an even and intense heat for a considerable length of time4 ,next to hickory comes chestnut2 the basket oaks1 ironwood1 dogwood1 and ash are the woodsman's favorites4 ,among the woods that are easy to split are the red oak1 basket oak1 white oak1 ash1 and white birch4 ,some few woods split more easily when green than after seasoning1 and among them are hickory1 dogwood1 beech1 sugar maple1 birch1 and elm4 ,the most stubborn woods to split are the elder1 blue ash1 cherry1 sour gum1 hemlock1 sweet gum1 and sycamore4 ,of the softer woods1 the birches make the best fuel2 black birch in particular makes a fine camp fire1 and it is one of the few woods that burns well when green4 ,the dry bark of the hemlock makes a quick and hot fire1 and white birch takes fire quickly even though moist4 ,driftwood is good to start a fire with1 and dry pine knots--the limb stubs of a dead pine tree--are famous kindlers4 ,green wood will1 of course1 burn better in winter when the sap is dormant1 and trees found on high ground make better fuel than those growing in moist bottom lands4 ,hard woods are more plentiful on high ground1 while the softer woods are found in abundance along the margins of streams4 ,illustration3 ,a ,green ,pole ,placed in a ,forked ,stick ,provides a ,pot ,hanger for a ,noonday ,meal ,for cooking the noonday meal a small fire will suffice to boil the pot and furnish the heat sufficient to make a fry4 ,simply drive a forked stick in the ground and lay a green stick in the fork with the opposite end on the ground with a rock laid on it to keep it down1 and hang the pot on the projecting stub left for this purpose4 ,a long stick with projecting stubs1 planted in the ground to slant over the fire at an angle1 will serve as well4 ,let the pot hang about #b ft4 from the ground1 collect an armful of dry twigs and plenty of larger kindling sticks4 ,now shave three or four of the larger sticks and leave the shavings on the ends1 stand them up beneath the pot1 tripod fashion1 and place the smaller sticks around them to build a miniature wigwam4 ,while the pot is boiling get a couple of bed chunks1 or andirons1 #d or #e in4 in diameter1 set and level these on each side of the fire1 and put the frying pan on them4 ,when the pot has boiled there will be a nice bed of coals for frying that will not smoke the meal4 ,when the woodsman makes 8one-night stands10 he will invariably build the fire and start the kettle boiling while he or a companion stakes the tent1 and as soon as the meal is prepared1 a pot of water is started boiling for dish washing4 ,for roasting and baking with the reflector1 a rather high fire is needed and a few sticks1 a yard or more long1 resting upright against a backlog or rock1 will throw the heat forward4 ,when glowing coals are wanted one can take them from the camp fire1 or split uniform billets of green1 or dead1 wood about #b in4 thick and pile them in the form of a hollow square1 or crib4 ,the fire is built in the center of the crib and more parallel sticks are laid on top until it is a foot or more higher4 ,the crib will act as a chimney1 and a roaring fire will result1 which upon burning down will give a glowing mass of coals4 ,camp cookery implies the preparation of the more simple and nutritious foods1 and in making up a list it is well to include only the more staple foodstuffs1 which are known to have these qualities4 ,personal ideas are certain to differ greatly1 but the following list may be depended upon and will serve as a guide4 ,provision ,list ,this list of material will be sufficient for two persons on an outing of two weeks4 ,carry in a stout canvas food bag #ab lb4 of common wheat flour4 ,the self-raising kind is good1 but the common flour is better4 ,it is well to bring a little yellow1 or white1 corn meal1 about #f lb41 to be served as a johnny cake1 hot1 cold1 or fried mush4 ,it is fine for rolling a fish in for frying4 ,rice is very nutritious1 easily digested1 and easy to cook4 ,it is good when boiled with raisins4 ,when cold1 it can be fried in slices4 ,about #c lb4 will be sufficient4 ,oatmeal is less sustaining than rice1 but it is good for porridge1 or sliced when cold and fried4 ,take along about #c lb4 ,about #b lb4 of the self-raising buckwheat flour should be taken along1 as it is the favorite for flapjacks or griddle cakes4 ,beans are very nutritious1 and about #b lb4 of the common baking kind will be required1 to boil or bake with the salt pork4 ,for soups1 take #b lb4 of split peas4 ,they can also be served as a vegetable4 ,salt pork is a stand-by1 and #e lb4 of it is provided and carried in friction-top tins or a grease-proof bag4 ,it should be parboiled before adding to the beans or when fried like bacon4 ,the regulation meat of the wilderness is bacon1 and #e lb4 of it is carried in a tin or bag4 ,carry along #c lb4 of lard in a tin or bag1 for bread-making and frying4 ,about #c lb4 of butter is carried in a friction-top tin4 ,for making rice puddings1 take along #a lb4 of raisins4 ,about #a lb4 of shredded codfish is good for making fish balls4 ,other small articles1 such as lb4 of tea2 #a lb4 of coffee2 #c lb4 of granulated sugar2 #a pt4 of molasses2 #a pt4 of vinegar2 #d cans of condensed milk2 #a can of milk powder1 a good substitute for fresh milk2 #a can egg powder1 good for making omelets or can be scrambled2 #a lb4 salt2 #b oz4 pepper2 #a package each of evaporated potatoes1 onions1 and fruits1 and #c packages of assorted soup tablets4 ,this list is by no means complete1 but it will suffice for the average person on the average trip1 since the occasional addition of a fish or game will help to replenish the stores4 ,when going very light by pack1 only the most compact and nutritious foods should be selected1 while on short1 easy trips the addition of canned goods will supply a greater variety4 ,woodcraft ,illustration3 ,a ,limb ,supported at an ,angle over the ,fire ,is ,another ,means of ,hanging the ,pot ,while shooting and fishing and camping out are chapters in the book of woodcraft1 the word is generally defined to mean the knack of using the compass1 the map1 and in making use of the natural signs of the woods when traveling in the wilderness4 ,if the camper keeps to the beaten paths and does not stray far from the frequently used waterways1 he needs no compass1 and sufficient knowledge of the ways of the woods may be acquired from the previous articles1 but if the outer ventures into an unknown region the value of more intimate knowledge increases as the distance to civilization lengthens1 because it will enable him to keep traveling in the desired direction and prevent the 8insane desire to circle10 should one discover he has lost the trail4 ,the ,emergency 8,snack0 and ,kit ,the woodsman well knows that it is an easy matter to stray farther from camp than he intended to when starting out1 and that it is a common enough occurrence to lose one's bearings and become temporarily lost4 ,to prepare for this possible emergency and spend a comfortable night away from the camp1 he carries in his pocket a little packet of useful articles and stows away a tiny package containing a small amount of nutritious food4 ,when leaving camp for a day's hunting and fishing1 the usual lunch is1 of course1 included1 but in addition to this1 the woodsman should carry a couple of soup tablets1 a piece of summer sausage1 and some tea4 ,wrap this in oiled silk1 and pack it in a flat tin box4 ,it will take up very little room in the pocket4 ,the emergency kit is merely a small leather pouch containing a short fishing line2 a few fishing hooks2 #a ft4 of surgeon's adhesive plaster2 needle and thread2 a few safety pins1 and a small coil of copper or brass wire4 ,these articles1 with the gun and a few spare cartridges1 or rod2 a belt knife2 match safe2 compass2 map2 a little money1 pipe1 and tobacco1 make up the personal outfit without which few woodsmen care to venture far from camp4 ,in addition to the above1 ,i carry a double-edge1 light-weight ax1 or tomahawk1 in a leather sheath at the belt and a tin cup strung to the back of the belt1 where it is out of the way and unnoticed until wanted4 ,the ,compass ,a small pocket compass affixed to a leather thong should be carried in the breast pocket and fastened to a button of the shirt4 ,an instrument costing #a will be accurate enough for all purposes4 ,many of the woodsmen as well as the ,indians do not use a compass1 but even the expert woodsman gets lost sometimes1 and it may happen that the sun is obscured by clouds1 thus making it more difficult to read the natural signs of the wilderness4 ,the compass is of little value if a person does not know how to use it4 ,it will not tell in what direction to go1 but when the needle is allowed to swing freely on its pivot the blue end always points to the magnetic north4 ,the true north lies a degree or more to either side4 ,in the ,west1 for instance1 the needle will be attracted a trifle to the east1 while on the ,atlantic coast it will swing a trifle to the west of the true north4 ,this magnetic variation need not be taken into account by the woodsman1 who may consider it to point to the true north1 for absolute accuracy is not required for this purpose4 ,however1 ,i would advise the sportsman to take the precaution of scratching on the back of the case these letters1 ,b ,n1 meaning blue equals north4 ,if this is done1 the novice will be certain to remember and read the compass right no matter how confused he may become on finding that he has lost his way4 ,the watch may be used as a compass on a clear day by pointing the hour hand to the sun1 when the point halfway between the hour hand and #ab will be due south4 ,illustration ,the compass needle is attracted to iron and steel1 therefore keep it away from the gun1 hatchet1 knife1 and other metal articles4 ,hold the compass level and press the stop1 if it has one1 so that the needle may swing free4 ,note some landmark1 as a prominent tree1 high cliff1 or other conspicuous object lying in the direction of travel1 and go directly to this object4 ,consult the compass frequently when making a detour1 or when the landmark passes out of sight4 ,when this mark is reached1 select another farther on and continue the travel1 always picking out new marks along the line indicated by the compass4 ,when making camp1 consult a map1 study it1 and so gain a good general idea of the surrounding country2 and when leaving camp1 take the bearings from the compass4 ,by so doing a person will know in what direction he is traveling1 and when the course is changed1 keep the general direction in mind4 ,when climbing a hill or making detours1 take a mental note of the change in direction and the bearings will not be lost4 ,maps ,the maps of the ,u4 ,s4 ,geological ,survey are drawn to a scale of #b in4 to the mile and cost #e cents each4 ,on the back of each map are printed the symbols showing the character of the land1 the contours1 roads1 and all important rivers and lakes in the district4 ,for convenience1 the map should be pasted on a backing of cotton cloth and then cut up into handy sections4 ,number the sections from left to right and paste a key to the pieces on the back of one of them4 ,natural ,signs ,when traveling through underbrush the woodsman cannot see far ahead1 and so lays a true course by noting the position of the sun4 ,for example1 here in the northern hemisphere the sun rises just south of east and sets somewhere south of due west4 ,therefore1 if a person is going north1 he should keep the sun on the back and to the right shoulder in the morning hours2 full on the back at noon1 and on the back and over the left shoulder throughout the afternoon4 ,illustration ,if the day is cloudy1 set the point of a knife blade on the thumb nail1 twist it around until the full shadow is cast on the nail1 thus indicating the position of the sun4 ,the direction of the wind is apt to change and for this reason is an unreliable guide1 while the so-called signs of the woods1 such as the tips of evergreen trees pointing north1 bark being thicker on the north side of trees1 or moss growing thicker on the north side of the trees1 are by no means to be depended upon4 ,there is absolutely nothing in these signs4 ,however1 every woodsman is aware that the foliage of trees grows somewhat thicker on the south side1 and that the branches are rather shorter and more knotty on the north side1 but these and other signs are scarcely infallible1 and if they were1 few tenderfeet would recognize them4 ,when traveling by night1 look for the ,big ,dipper or ,great ,bear1 as the two end stars are known as the pointers1 pointing to the north star4 ,marking the ,trail ,when traveling over old and blind trails1 look for the old blaze marks1 and if doubtful about them1 make new ones by breaking down the brushes every #ae or #bj ft41 the bent part pointing in the direction of travel4 ,if a road is encountered1 it is easy to tell if it is a tote or logging road1 for tote roads are crooked and wind about the trees and rocks1 while the logging road is fairly straight and broad4 ,of course1 tote roads lead nowhere in particular1 but all logging roads are sure to come to a fork and lead to water4 ,when breaking a new trail1 blaze it by taking a single clip from a tree from the side it is approached1 and on the opposite side make two blazes1 indicating the way from the camp4 ,if this is done1 a person will always know the way back if the trail is crossed from side to side4 ,this is the rule of the wilderness1 but is not always observed to the letter1 for many woodsmen blaze their trail by clipping the trees as they pass them4 ,be sure to blaze your own trail correctly1 and when you come to a place where two roads or trails fork1 set a stick to indicate the right direction4 ,illustration3 ,note ,some ,landmark1 as a ,prominent ,tree1 ,high ,cliff1 or ,other ,conspicuous ,object ,lying in the ,direction of ,travel and ,go ,directly to the ,object1 and ,look for the ,old ,blaze ,marks ,when a person becomes lost in the woods1 as every woodsman is sure to do sometimes1 sit down and think it over4 ,many times a person is nearer camp and companions than it is possible to realize1 and if a straight direction is taken1 a lumber road or a stream will be found that will give one his bearings4 ,above all1 do not become frightened4 ,if the emergency kit and lunch have not been forgotten1 a day and night in the woods alone is not a hardship by any means4 ,avoid wasting energy by rushing madly about and forgetting to blaze the trail that is being made4 ,bend the points of the brushes down in the direction of travel ,do not shoot the last cartridge to attract attention1 and do not shout until hoarse4 ,sit down and build a fire of green wood1 damp leaves or moss1 so that it will smoke4 ,build a second fire a short distance from the first4 ,this is the recognized signal of the one who is lost4 ,the afternoon may be windy but the wind is certain to die away at sundown1 and the smoke rising from the fires will be visible from a considerable distance4 ,when an ,indian gets lost he merely camps on the spot and awaits the next day for picking up the trail4 ,a ,camp ,water ,bag ,illustration ,while out on a camping trip ,i devised a way to supply the camp with cool water4 ,a strip of heavy canvas was cut about #b ft4 long and #a ft4 wide1 and the edges were sewed up to make a sack #a ft4 square4 ,in the upper corner a large porcelain knob insulator was sewed in for a mouth piece2 the groove around it made a water-tight joint with the cloth4 ,two metal rings were sewed in the cloth at the top for attaching a strap to carry it4 ,the side and top seams were made as tight as possible4 ,in use this sack was filled with as cool water as possible and tightly corked4 ,it was then hung in the shade where a breeze would strike it4 ,the water gradually seeped through the cloth and this1 in evaporating1 kept the contents cool4 ,this sack also came in handy while fishing or on the road4--,contributed by ,earl ,zander1 ,three ,rivers1 ,mich4 ,a ,mold for ,making ,hollow ,candy ,figures ,illustration3 ,one-,half of a ,mold ,cut in ,metal and ,used in ,pairs to ,make ,hollow ,candy ,objects ,those semitransparent candies made up in the shapes of animals which are brought out for the holidays and are so dear to the children have caused many to desire to know how they are made hollow4 ,it is a little trick of the candymaker1 which is perfectly clear to mechanics4 ,the candies are cast in metal molds just as babbitt bearings are cast for motor cars4 ,one-half of such a mold is shown in the sketch4 ,a concave recess in the face gives the shape of a horse1 dog1 or sheep1 and another half with a similar recess is laid on and located with two dowels4 ,in use the halves are set on a table resting on the back face ,a1 the hot liquid is poured in at ,b until the mold is full1 then it is allowed to set for a minute1 during which the portion in contact with the cold metal hardens1 whereupon the mold is turned over and the still liquid center is poured out4 ,this leaves a glossy surface like candy1 a delight to the child1 that saves money for the maker and because of its thin walls makes eating easy4 ,ornamenting an ,old ,tree ,stump ,illustration ,an old stump remaining after cutting down a large tree in front of a house was made into an ornamental object in the following manner3 ,a cap was made of concrete1 reinforced with a square piece of netting4 ,a concrete vase was made and set on the cap4 ,it is only necessary to make a square box from a few scrap boards of the desired size1 built up around the stump top4 ,a neat mixture of cement is made and poured in around it1 and allowed to set4 ,marker for a ,hat ,illustration ,a quick and convenient way of marking a hat is to take a visiting card and cut it down in the manner shown in the illustration1 then make two small slits in the sweatband of the hat and insert the ends of the card4 ,if the card becomes soiled it can be easily replaced with another4 ,the address can be added if desired4--,contributed by ,james ,f4 ,hatch1 ,raleigh1 ,n4 ,c4 ,a ,quickly ,made ,door ,latch ,illustration ,a door latch that is efficient as well as simple may be made by bending a piece of iron rod and pointing one end1 as shown in the illustration1 then securing it to the door with staples2 or small rods may be bent in the shape of a staple and the ends threaded for nuts4 ,the door is locked by turning the handle in the position shown by the dotted lines and securing it with a padlock4--,contributed by ,claud ,m4 ,sessions1 ,waynesville1 ,ill4 ,an ,electric ,lure for ,fish ,every good fisherman knows that a light will attract fish4 ,a simple light can be made by taking a pint fruit jar1 putting a -in4 hole in the top of the cover1 inserting a piece of gas pipe in the hole and soldering it to the cover4 ,insulated wires are run through the pipe1 and a small electric globe is attached to the ends in the jar4 ,the other ends of the wires are attached to a pocket battery4 ,the jar is placed under water and the light turned on1 which attracts the fish4 ,a ,table ,box for ,campers ,,by ,,geo4 ,j4 ,,easter ,a very useful combination packing box and camp table may be made from a coffee or other large box4 ,if a box with a three-ply top is available1 it makes a neat appearance1 but this is not essential4 ,a box1 #ad in4 deep1 #bj in4 wide1 and #bi in4 long1 outside measurements1 is convenient1 as it will slip under the seat of a spring wagon1 and is of such a size that a person's knees will pass under it when used as a table4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #a ,,fig4 #b ,the ,strips in the ,corners of the ,boxes ,form ,sockets for the ,legs ,saw the box in two on the center line of the narrow way1 making two uncovered boxes of the same size and depth4 ,the corners of each box should be well braced on the outside1 as shown at ,a1 ,fig4 #a4 ,the strips ,b are fastened to the inside of the box to form sockets1 ,c1 for the legs4 ,the strips are in4 thick1 #a in4 wide1 and as long as the box is deep4 ,four legs1 about #ab in4 long and of such size as to fit in the sockets1 are used for holding the boxes together in transit4 ,rope handles are fastened in the ends of each box1 and also a hook and eye1 which are used to lock them together4 ,to pack the boxes place one half open side up1 and insert the legs1 as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,then fill it and extend the packing to the level of the leg ends2 slip the other half of the box on the legs1 and fasten the two with the hooks4 ,if properly roped1 such a box will be taken as baggage4 ,canvas1 and other articles which will be removed at once upon arrival in camp1 rather than provisions1 should be packed in this box1 so that it can be converted into a table with the least possible work4 ,to make one table1 or two1 of the box1 remove the packing legs and insert long legs in the sockets of each section4 ,a set of eight legs1 #cj in4 long1 take up very little space1 and can be carried diagonally in the bottom of the box4 ,a piece of oilcloth can be wrapped around them and used later as a cover for the table4 ,the legs should fit loosely in the sockets to provide for the swelling in damp weather4 ,ordinarily they can be wedged to make them rigid4 ,the table is shown in ,fig4 #c4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #c ,each ,half of the ,box ,inverted is ,used as a ,table ,top on the ,legs ,novel ,homemade ,picture ,frames ,pictures can be mounted cheaply and artistically on stiff paper1 to make them serviceable for decorating the summer home or camp cottage1 without having them placed in a wooden frame4 ,for this purpose a 8natural-surface0 drawing paper should be used1 each sheet being sufficiently large to allow a border all around4 ,with the picture properly centered and marked off1 the frame can be fixed4 ,sets of parallel slots can be cut all around in the border1 and a suitable ribbon drawn through so that it is held in place only by the narrow strips of paper4 ,on each of the four corners1 a rosette1 or similar decoration1 can be placed4 ,ribbons harmonizing with the subject of the picture should be used2 for example1 a marine scene could have a blue ribbon2 fields and brooks1 some shade of green2 while flowers would probably be best set off by some delicate pink shade4 ,illustration3 ,the ,edges of ,cardboard ,extending ,out from a ,picture ,made to ,represent a ,frame ,another means of decorating the border is to choose some appropriate illustration from a newspaper1 or magazine1 and carefully trace this outline with carbon paper all around the frame4 ,these figures could then be colored as desired4 ,profile pictures are best for such work1 as they are most easily traced4 ,to be in harmony with the picture1 cuts such as captains1 sailors1 or ships would be suitable for marine scenes2 soldiers and guns1 for war scenes2 and trees or flowers1 for landscapes4--,contributed by ,j4 ,b4 ,murphy1 ,plainfield1 ,n4 ,j4 ,rectangular ,opening to ,use over ,camera ,view ,finder ,illustration3 ,the ,rectangular ,opening ,allows ,only ,that ,portion of the ,view to be ,seen ,which will ,show on the ,picture ,ordinary view finders on cameras1 having the cut-out in the shape of a ,maltese cross1 are quite confusing to some camera users4 ,to overcome this difficulty1 ,i cut a piece of celluloid to the shape shown1 and in taking a picture1 the proper opening is held over the view finder so that only the view that will appear in the picture can be seen4--,contributed by ,e4 ,everett ,buchanan1 ,elmira1 ,n4 ,y4 ,clipping ,file ,made of ,envelopes ,illustration3 ,the ,flaps ,hold ,all the ,envelopes ,together1 ,producing a ,file of ,several ,compartments ,handy pockets for holding notes1 or small articles1 may be made by anyone from ordinary envelopes4 ,the gummed flaps of the envelopes are stuck together after spacing the envelopes to allow a small margin at the end on which the contents of each separate pocket may be written4--,contributed by ,h4 ,goodacre1 ,wolcott1 ,ind4 ,handle for a ,drinking ,glass ,measure the bottom part of the glass and make a band of copper that will neatly fit it4 ,the ends of the copper can be riveted1 but if a neat job is desired1 flatten or file the copper ends on a slant1 and braze or solder them together4 ,illustration ,attach to the band an upright copper piece a little longer than the glass is high4 ,to this upright piece a bent piece of copper to form a handle is riveted or soldered4 ,the glass is set in the band and the upper end of the vertical piece is bent over the glass edge4--,contributed by ,william ,king1 ,monessen1 ,pa4 99 99 99 99 99 ,a simple and handy pincushion can be made of a large cork fastened to any support or base with a nail or screw4 ,illustration ,combination ,camp-,kitchen ,cabinet and ,table ,,by ,j4 ,d4 ,,boylan ,the combination camp-kitchen cabinet and table is the result of not being able to take the members of my family on an outing unless they could have some home conveniences on the trip1 and perhaps the sketch and description may help solve the same problem for others4 ,the table will accommodate four persons comfortably1 and extra compartments may be added if desired4 ,the cabinet1 when closed1 is strong and compact1 and if well made with a snug-fitting cover1 is bug-proof1 and the contents will not be injured greatly1 even though drenched by rain or a mishap in a craft4 ,illustration3 ,this ,outfit ,provides ,accommodations for ,four ,persons1 and ,folds ,compactly ,for coffee1 tea1 sugar1 salt1 etc41 ,i used small screw-top glass jars4 ,they are set in pocket shelves at both ends4 ,when closed1 one can sit on the box or even walk on it if necessary when in the boat1 and if an armful or two of coarse marsh grass is spread over it1 the contents will keep quite cool1 even when out in the hot sun4 ,when open for use1 the metal table top ,f is supported on metal straps1 ,e1 which also act as braces and supports for the table leaf1 ,g1 on each side of the box4 ,this affords plenty of table surface and one can easily get at the contents of the cabinet while cooking or eating4 ,the legs1 ,d1 are stored inside of the box when closed for traveling4 ,they are held in place under metal straps when in use1 and held at their upper ends by the metal plate and blocks1 ,b and ,c4 ,the bent metal pieces1 ,a1 on the ends of the top1 spring over the blocks at ,b and ,c1 and form the handles4 ,a ,homemade ,life ,buoy ,a serviceable circular life buoy may be made by sewing together rings of canvas1 filling the resulting form with ground cork1 and waterproofing the covering4 ,cut two disks of canvas about #cj in4 in diameter1 and cut out a circular portion from the center of each1 about #ab in4 in diameter4 ,sew the pieces together at their edges1 leaving a small opening at a point on the outer edge4 ,fill the cover with cork used in packing grapes1 and sew up the opening4 ,paint the buoy thoroughly1 with white lead1 and attach hand grips of rope4 ,locking ,device for ,latch ,hook on ,gate or ,door ,illustration ,the troublesome opening of a latch hook on a gate or door1 permitting intruders to enter or possibly injuring the door in the wind1 can be easily overcome by fitting a small catch over the hook1 as indicated in the sketch4 ,the ,u-shaped locking device is cut from a piece of tin1 and fastened on the screw over which the hook is set4 ,when locked1 it is pushed back over the head of the hook1 and cannot be easily jarred out of place4 ,a ,vanishing-,cuff ,parlor ,trick ,a trick which is interesting and amusing for the entertainment of the home audience1 is performed with a derby hat and a gentleman's cuff4 ,the effect is produced as follows3 ,the performer takes the derby from his head and shows that it is empty4 ,he removes one of his cuffs and drops it into the hat4 ,he tips the hat over so that the spectators can see the inside1 and the hat appears empty4 ,he then shakes his arm1 and the white cuff reappears1 whereupon he places the hat back on his head4 ,the explanation is simple3 ,the white cuff1 dropped into the hat1 contains a false cuff link1 and the inside of the cuff is painted black4 ,a thread holds the cuff in shape until the latter is dropped into the hat1 when the thread is broken without the spectators being aware of it4 ,the cuff just fits into the hat1 and its ends are deftly snapped beneath the hatband1 the hat thus appearing empty4 ,the duplicate cuff is kept on the forearm of the performer1 and with a shake1 slides into place4--,merritt ,hale1 ,hartford1 ,conn4 99 99 99 99 99 ,a little fresh developer added occasionally to old developing solutions will bring them up in speed and intensity4 ,inexpensive ,table ,lamp ,made of ,electrical-,fixture ,parts ,illustration ,a small table lamp that is light and easily portable1 can be made at a cost of less than #a from electrical-fixture parts1 either old or purchased at a supply store for the job4 ,the base is a bracket1 with its brass canopy inverted1 as shown4 ,the upright is a -in4 brass pipe1 and it is fitted to a standard socket4 ,the shade holder can be made complete from a strip of tin and two wires2 or adapted from a commercial shade holder used for candlesticks4 ,various types of shades1 homemade if desired1 can be used4 ,wire ,holders ,keep ,cabinet ,doors ,open ,illustration ,doors of cabinets often have an annoying tendency to swing shut when articles are being removed from the shelves4 ,to overcome this trouble with a kitchen cabinet1 ,i fitted brackets of ,no4 #i gauge wire into the sides of the cabinet1 the wire being bent to the shape shown in the sketch4 ,when the doors are to be held open1 the wires are slid forward from their original position1 as indicated by the dotted lines1 and set in front of the doors4 ,before the doors are closed1 the wires are quickly snapped back into place4--,a4 ,s4 ,thomas1 ,amherstburg1 ,ont41 ,canada4 8,switchboard0 ,protects ,milker from ,cow's ,tail ,illustration3 ,the ,legend ,put ,on the 8,switchboard0 by the ,boys ,shows ,how ,they ,value ,it ,a simple and effective device for guarding a person milking a cow from being hit in the face by the cow's tail is made of a board1 about #aj in4 wide and #e ft4 long4 ,this is hung by two wire hooks from a long wire running lengthwise of the stable just over the front edge of the gutter4 ,it is moved along with the milker and effectually protects his face while milking4 ,the device was made by a ,wisconsin farmer after nearly losing the sight of an eye in being hit by a cow's tail4 ,he tried tying the tails of the cows while milking them1 but found by actual test that some cows dropped down as much as #be per cent in milk production when their tails were tied4 ,the 8switchboard0 gives the cows the necessary freedom4--,d4 ,s4 ,b41 ,wisconsin ,live ,stock ,breeders' ,association4 ,reflected-,light ,illumination with ,homemade ,arrangement 8,friend wife0 does not complain any longer because of poor light over the kitchen stove4 ,the windows in the kitchen were so disposed that the light was partly shut off from the stove by the person standing before it4 ,i solved the difficulty in this way3 ,a small window was cut directly back of the stove1 in a partition between the kitchen and an adjoining storeroom1 locating it just a few inches above the top of the stove4 ,a mirror was placed1 after some experimenting1 so that the light from an outside window in the storeroom was reflected through the small window in the partition and onto the top of the stove4 ,plenty of light was thus afforded4 ,various adaptations of this arrangement may be worked out4--,f4 ,e4 ,brimmer1 ,dalton1 ,n4 ,y4 ,bedroom ,shade and ,curtains ,arranged for ,thorough ,ventilation ,illustration3 ,this ,arrangement of ,curtains and ,shade ,permits ,through ,ventilation in the ,sleeping ,room ,curtains1 shades1 and similar fixtures1 often interfere with the proper ventilation of sleeping rooms4 ,by arranging these features as shown in the sketch1 the ventilation is not interfered with1 and the shades and curtains give the same service as with the usual arrangement4 ,the curtains are hung singly on hinged bars1 which may be homemade or those used as towel bars4 ,details of the supports1 at ,a and ,b1 are shown in the sketch4 ,two pairs of fixtures are provided for the shade1 permitting it to be lowered at night1 with free circulation of the air at the top and bottom4 ,the shade is quickly raised1 and the curtains swung into their closed position4--,j4 ,e4 ,mc,coy1 ,philadelphia1 ,pa4 ,coffee ,grinder ,repaired with ,rubber ,faucet ,plug ,a rubber piece that held the glass container on a wall coffee grinder wore out1 so that the glass would not stay in1 putting the grinder out of commission4 ,the piece worn out was a thick rubber washer1 tapered at one end to form a hollow in the other1 when in place4 ,i cut a section from the thick end of a standard rubber faucet plug1 and shaped it to the form of the desired washer4 ,by removing the old rivet carefully1 ,i was able to use it in fixing the new washer into place1 and the mill was soon grinding merrily1 as of old4--,m4 ,t4 ,c41 ,chicago1 ,ill4 ,coal ,hod ,made from ,iron ,pipe ,illustration ,when my coal hod became worn out1 ,i made one of a length of #h-;in4 galvanized-iron pipe1 and found it to be handier and stronger than the kind ,i had used4 ,i fitted the pipe with an iron handle and with a bail of strong wire1 set in metal eyes riveted to the pipe4 ,the upper end was cut to the curved shape shown1 and the lower end square1 and holes were punched along the edge for fastening it with nails to the double bottom of wood4 ,three wooden pads were set under the bottom1 so that the hod stands easily on a spot that is not quite level4--,t4 ,e4 ,roberts1 ,toronto1 ,canada4 ,frayed ,shoe ,laces ,repaired with ,pitch or ,wax ,when the tag or end fastening comes off of a shoe lace1 take a little black sealing wax1 and press it carefully around the end of the lace and shape it to a point4 ,this will last a long time1 and does away with the annoyance of frayed lace ends4 ,an ,enameled ,armchair ,made of ,wooden ,strips ,an armchair suitable for a dressing table was made by a handy woman from pine strips4 ,the photograph shows the simple and pleasing lines of the construction4 ,aside from the board seat1 only three sizes of wood are used1 #b by #b in41 #a by #b in41 and by #b in4 ,the pieces are fastened with screws1 round-head brass ones being used at exposed points4 ,the seat is wider from side to side than from front to back4 ,two coats of white paint and one of white enamel give a good finish4 ,illustration3 ,the ,simple ,construction of ,this ,neat ,armchair ,makes ,it an ,attractive ,job for the ,amateur ,craftsman ,the dimensions may be varied to suit individual needs4 ,sizes suggested are3 back1 #cb in4 high and #bd in4 wide2 side1 #bf in4 to top of arm and #ai in4 wide2 seat1 #ag in4 from floor1 #ah in4 from front to back1 and #bj in4 wide between the front supports4 ,the stock is all planed up square to dimensions1 and sandpapered smooth4 ,the ends should be cut squarely in a miter box1 with a fine-toothed saw1 and then sandpapered smooth1 taking care not to round the ends4--,a4 ,may ,holaday1 ,chico1 ,calif4 ,a ,curling-,iron ,heater ,illustration3 ,this ,efficient ,electric ,heater for ,curling ,irons can be ,made ,quickly and ,is ,safer to ,use than an ,open ,flame ,heating of curling irons is a not uncommon source of fires1 and to minimize this danger1 an electrical heating device is valuable4 ,in the arrangement shown1 a long candle-shaped incandescent lamp is mounted in a suitable can1 or metal tube1 to form the body of the heater4 ,this should be bright1 both inside and out1 and preferably nickeled4 ,two irons can be heated by setting them in the holes in the top4 ,four small brackets1 soldered1 as shown1 around the edge of the can1 hold it to the base4 ,a porcelain lamp receptacle is used1 mounted on a base block4 ,stain1 fill1 and finish the wood as desired4 ,in assembling the parts1 screw the receptacle to the base1 and connect the flexible cord through a suitable hole4 ,screw in the lamp1 and fasten down the body4--,john ,d4 ,adams1 ,phoenix1 ,arizona4 ,a ,stepmother for ,incubator ,chicks ,the best imitation mother hen for incubator chicks that we have found1 is built by attaching rag strings to the bottom of an inverted cracker1 or similar1 box1 which accommodates #b doz4 chicks4 ,the rag pieces are torn #a in4 wide1 from coarse cloth or gunny sacking1 and their loose ends just touch the floor4 ,they are placed close together4 ,an inlet to the mother box is cut in the edge of it4 ,the chicks huddle in among the string rags1 keeping safe and warm1 whereas without such an arrangement1 they may crowd together too closely1 and some of them be smothered4--,j4 ,cecil ,alter1 ,salt ,lake ,city1 ,utah4 ,a ,cardboard ,writing and ,drawing ,pad ,illustration3 ,manuscripts with ,drawings may be ,prepared ,neatly and ,quickly by the ,use of ,this ,homemade ,writing ,pad ,where neatness is desired in the writing of themes1 manuscripts1 etc41 especially if sketches are set into the copy1 a homemade writing and drawing pad is useful4 ,the one shown in the sketch can be made easily1 and is a handy device for school children as well as older persons4 ,the paper is placed under the guide strips1 as shown1 and is moved along under the sliding straightedge as desired4 ,drawing instruments can be used handily along the straightedge1 as indicated4 ,the pad is built up as detailed in the sectional views4 ,the general dimensions can be varied4 ,the bottom piece is -in4 cloth board4 ,the second layer is in4 thick and of cardboard2 the next is -in4 cardboard1 and the upper layer is -in4 cloth board1 similar to the straightedge4 ,the latter rests on the projecting guides for the paper1 and is set between the shaded sidepieces4--,r4 ,s4 ,edwards1 ,walla ,walla1 ,wash4 ,illustration ,homemade ,shoulder-,pack ,tent ,,by ,j4 ,d4 ,,boylan ,after sleeping under various kinds of canvas coverings and not finding any of them entirely to my liking1 ,i made the tent shown in the illustration1 which proved quite satisfactory4 ,it is of light weight1 easily set up or taken down1 and when buttoned closely is practically rain1 wind1 and bug-proof4 ,the cost of materials necessary for making it is comparatively slight4 ,i use it not only as a sleeping tent but also as a carry-all in packing camping equipment4 ,the canvas is supported by frames made of pliable branches cut in the woods4 ,illustration3 ,stakes1 ,rope ,braces1 and ,supporting ,poles are ,not ,required for ,this ,shoulder-,pack ,tent1 the ,supports being ,cut at the ,camp ,the layout for the canvas is shown in the detailed drawings4 ,the sections for the ends are made of three pieces1 one for the ground and two1 divided vertically1 for the end covering4 ,the ground section of the main portion of the tent and the covering are made in one piece1 #f ft4 wide1 joined at the middle1 as shown4 ,the adjoining edges ,a are sewed together and the edges ,b1 which are set at the ridge of the tent1 are sewed1 after the other pieces are joined4 ,brass grommets are fitted in the canvas1 as indicated1 and the points of the supporting frames pass through them in driving the supports into the ground4 ,the shoulder straps ,c are placed so that they are in position when the tent is folded1 and rolled into a pack4 ,other equipment may be placed inside of it4 ,the tent supports ,d are pointed at the ends ,e1 and are twisted together at the top4 ,the ridge pole ,f steadies them and holds the canvas at the middle4 ,to set up the tent1 lay the canvas flat on the ground and place the supports1 twisted together1 through the grommets4 ,spring them into the ends of the canvas1 and insert the ridge pole by springing it between the supports4 ,the canvas is #h-oz4 duck1 and the fastenings used are snap buttons2 buttonholes1 buckles1 or harness snaps may also be used4 ,kitchen for ,hikers ,,by ,,preston ,,heller ,with a view to provide all the needs of a commissary department for #cf boys for a period of four days1 either on a hike or in a permanent camp1 the kitchen illustrated was constructed4 ,as it is placed on two wheels1 which are removed when the kitchen is in use1 it can be moved from one day's camp to another by attaching it to the rear of a horse-drawn wagon by means of a shaft4 ,when the wheels are removed the entire outfit rests on legs1 which are swung down from the bottom4 ,the sides and one end are opened by swinging one half up and resting it on the top1 while the other half swings down to a horizontal position where it is used as a work board1 making all parts easily accessible4 ,the outside dimensions of the kitchen1 when closed and in the form of a large box on wheels1 are #e ft4 #c in4 long1 #c ft4 wide1 and #b ft4 high4 ,the main feature of this entire kitchen is its compactness4 ,at the front1 and extending about #a ft4 back1 is a kitchen cabinet where the plates1 sugar1 salt1 flour1 etc41 are kept in separate compartments4 ,here also are found the necessary cooking utensils1 such as bread knives1 butcher knives1 cleaver1 cooking spoons1 pancake turner1 sieves1 large forks1 lemon squeezer1 etc42 and on the shelves of galvanized iron small boxes and packages of baking powder1 cocoa1 etc41 are placed4 ,this entire compartment1 as well as all others where food is handled and prepared1 is lined with ,no4 #bh gauge galvanized iron which makes sanitation a feature also4 ,upon passing around to one side there can be seen a large three-shelved oven1 #ba in4 wide1 which is heated by a gasoline burner4 ,between the burner and the bottom of the oven are located coils of pipe for heating water1 and these coils are connected with a tank of #g-;gal4 capacity1 located just above the oven4 ,an air valve and glass gauge are attached to the tank4 ,the next compartment to the rear is a large storage space1 extending all the way through the kitchen1 and a #b-;gal4 forged-copper gasoline tank occupies a shelf in the upper portion of this space4 ,at the rear end along this side are located nickelplated faucets which are connected with the hot-water tank mentioned2 a #g-;gal41 white enameled milk tank above2 an #ah-;gal4 cold-water tank1 and an ice-water tank1 used when distilled-water ice can be secured4 ,these faucets all drain into a small sink1 which1 in turn1 drains off through an ordinary sink drain to a hole dug in the ground beneath it4 ,practically the entire rear end of the kitchen is occupied by the large water tanks1 ice box1 and milk tanks1 with the exception of a small space at the bottom where the silverware is kept in a drawer4 ,on the other side1 and to the rear1 two compartments above and below the large water tank form excellent storage space for ham1 bacon1 sausage1 preserves1 butter1 etc41 which need to be kept in a cool place4 ,next in line is the other end of the large storage place which extends through from the other side4 ,pans1 pails1 canned goods1 larger packages1 etc41 are kept in this space4 ,immediately to the rear of the kitchen cabinet1 on this side1 are located compartment shelves where the tin cups are kept1 and adjoining this is found a three-compartment steam cooker4 ,by having the cups and plates near this steam cooker1 which is also heated by a gas burner1 there is less danger from rust1 as they are kept thoroughly dried4 ,wherever there is a gasoline burner the compartment in which it is located is not only lined with galvanized iron1 but asbestos in sheets is placed on the inner side1 so that the heat will not ignite the interior packing or the woodwork4 ,the tanks are accessible from the top of the kitchen for filling and cleaning1 and are packed with ground cork4 ,the kitchen has shown its efficiency by giving satisfactory service in camps of many members4 ,illustration3 ,hungry ,campers ,quickly ,provided ,for from the ,compact1 ,easily ,transported ,kitchen1 ,shown with ,supply ,cabinets on ,left and ,utensil ,cupboards on ,right ,the ,kitchen ,outfit ,compacted into ,its ,cabinet1 ,mounted on ,wheels and under ,transport ,the ,portable ,kitchen ,outfit ,opened1 ,exposing the ,various ,compartments ,arranged ,so as to ,be ,convenient3 ,above1 ,stove and ,cooking ,compartments2 ,below1 ,pantry ,compartment and ,space for ,utensils ,bird ,house ,made of ,kegs ,illustration ,two ordinary nail kegs1 or other small kegs1 will make a good bird house4 ,they should be mounted on a square post with braces of light wood1 as shown4 ,the openings for the entrance can be cut in the ends or sides1 as desired4 ,if cut in the sides1 be sure to make the hole between two staves4 ,a ,drinking-,glass ,holder ,illustration ,to make a glass holder quickly1 shape a wire as shown in the sketch4 ,the wire should be of sufficient size to hold the glass firmly4 ,it is fastened to the wall1 or support1 with a screw and a staple4--,contributed by ,edwin ,p4 ,stott1 ,chicago1 ,ill4 ,needle ,threader for a ,sewing ,machine ,illustration ,the threader consists of two brass pieces riveted together so that they will make an extension conical hole for the thread to enter freely4 ,the length of the pieces should be such that when the upper end of the threader is placed against the needle-holder end1 the conical hole will coincide with the hole in the needle4 ,a piece of thin sheet metal is placed between the pieces above the conical hole to make an opening below for the thread to pass through when the threader is removed4 ,the opposite edges of the brass pieces from the large part of the conical hole are filed to a bevel so that when they are riveted together they will form a ,v-shaped groove to center the needle4--,contributed by ,harriet ,m4 ,kerbaugh1 ,allentown1 ,pa4 ,winding ,coiled ,springs ,illustration ,when a helical spring is needed badly1 one can be made up quickly by winding the wire around in the threads of an ordinary bolt4 ,an accurate spring can be formed1 and the pitch between each coil will be exact for the entire length4 ,in removing the spring from the bolt1 grasp the coil in one hand and turn the bolt with the other4 ,revolving-,wheel ,ruling ,pen ,illustration ,a ruling pen that will do neat work and not leave any ink on the ruler1 and which with its small ink fount draws many lines at one filling1 can be made from an old discarded revolving-wheel glass cutter4 ,a -in4 hole is drilled in the body1 or handle part1 just above the wheel4 ,the hole is filled with a piece of felt--a piece cut from an old felt hat will do--rolled to fit snugly1 so that it will bear lightly against the wheel4 ,the felt is soaked with the ink to be used1 and the pen is ready for use4--,contributed by ,bert ,fish1 ,rochester1 ,n4 ,y4 99 99 99 99 99 ,an excellent method of closing a crack in a wall before papering is to paste a thin strip of linen over the crack4 ,this not only makes a smooth job1 but prevents the paper from tearing1 should the crack widen4 ,illustration ,a ,portable ,folding ,boat ,,by ,,stanley ,l4 ,,swift ,a boat that is inexpensive1 easily made1 and readily transported is shown in the illustration4 ,since the bow section folds inside of the stern portion1 it is important that the dimensions be followed closely4 ,the material used is -in4 throughout4 ,illustration3 ,the ,construction of the ,portable ,boat ,is ,simple4 ,when ,folded ,it may be ,transported ,readily and may ,even be ,carried in ,three ,parts4 ,it ,is ,inexpensive1 and should ,prove a ,valuable ,addition to the ,camping ,outfit ,make a full-size diagram of the plan to determine the exact sizes of the pieces4 ,brass screws are best for fastening this type of work1 but copperplated nails may be used4 ,tongued-and-grooved stock is best for the bottom4 ,the joints should not be driven together too firmly1 to allow for expansion1 and all joints in the boat should be packed with red lead or pitch4 ,the adjoining ends of the sections should be made at the same time1 to insure a satisfactory fit when joined4 ,braces are fixed into the corners4 ,metal straps hold the sections together at the bottom of the hinged joints4 ,these should be fitted so that there is little possibility of their becoming loosened accidentally4 ,the front end of each strip is pivoted in a hole1 and the other end is slotted vertically on the lower edge4 ,their bolts are set firmly into the side of the boat1 being held with nuts on both sides of the wood4 ,a wing nut1 prevented from coming off by riveting the end of the bolt1 holds the slotted end4 ,sockets for the oars may be cut into hardwood pieces fastened to the gunwales4 ,the construction of the seats is shown in the small sketch at the left4 ,nontangling ,pasture ,stake ,illustration3 ,the ,wheel ,revolves on the ,stake1 ,preventing the ,rope from ,tangling ,an old carriage wheel and axle were used to good advantage in the making of the pasture stake shown in the sketch4 ,when the animal tethered to the wheel walks around the stake1 it is practically impossible for the rope to become tangled1 as the wheel revolves on the axle4--,contributed by ,w4 ,f4 ,quackenbush1 ,new ,york1 ,n4 ,y4 ,inkstand ,made of a ,sheet of ,paper ,illustration3 ,a ,sheet of ,heavy ,paper ,quickly ,transformed into a ,holder for ,ink ,bottle and ,pen ,drawings are not infrequently ruined by the spilling of ink1 which might have been averted by the use of the simple inkstand cut from a sheet of heavy paper1 as shown in the sketch4 ,the upper illustration shows the method of cutting the paper to fit the ink bottle and stopper1 and to produce a pen rack4 ,the device will be found especially useful when materials for drawing are used away from a place especially fitted for the purpose1 since the inkstand can be made in a few minutes from material readily available4--,contributed by ,henry ,c4 ,franke1 ,jr41 ,philadelphia1 ,pa4 ,how to ,wind ,wire on ,electrical ,apparatus ,when a beginner1 it was the despair of the writer to try to produce in his homemade apparatus the mathematical regularity and perfection of the winding on the coils of electrical instruments in the supply stores1 but when he found that this professional and workmanlike finish could be obtained by means of a simple contrivance1 and a little care and attention to details before beginning1 experimental work took on a new interest4 ,at the outset let it be stated that wire should never be wound directly on the iron core1 not only because it cannot be done satisfactorily in that manner1 but for the reason that it is often desired to remove a coil from a piece of apparatus after it has served its purpose4 ,it is therefore advisable to make a bobbin1 which consists of a thin1 hard tube with two ends4 ,the tube may be easily formed by wrapping a suitable length of medium-weight paper on the core1 having first coated it with ordinary fish glue1 excepting1 of course1 the first #b or #c in4 in direct contact with the core4 ,wind tightly until the thickness is from in4 to in41 depending upon the diameter of the core1 and then wrap with string until the glue hardens1 after which the tube may be sandpapered and trimmed up as desired4 ,where the wire is not of too small a gauge and is not to be wound to too great a depth1 no ends will be necessary if each layer of wire is stopped one-half turn before the preceding one1 as indicated in the accompanying sketch1 and is also thoroughly shellacked4 ,with ordinary care magnet wire may be wound in this manner to a depth of over one-half inch4 ,illustration3 ,winding a ,coil of ,wire so ,that the ,layers will be ,even and ,smooth ,the tube having been made ready1 with or without ends as may be necessary1 the small winding jig illustrated is to be made4 ,all that is essential is to provide a suitable means for rotating by hand a slightly tapering wood spindle1 upon which the tube is to be pushed4 ,the bearings can be just notches made in the upper ends of two standards1 through each of which a hole is drilled at right angles to the length of the spindle1 so that some string or wire may be laced through in order to hold the spindle down4 ,a crank may be formed by winding a piece of heavy wire around the larger end of the spindle4 ,a loop of wire1 or string1 is to be attached at some convenient point1 so that the crank may be held from unwinding while adjusting matters at the end of each layer1 or while making a connection4 ,there should also be provided a suitable support for the spool of wire1 which is generally placed below the table to good advantage4 ,much depends1 in this sort of work1 upon attention to these small details1 after which it will be found that the actual winding will require very little time4--,contributed by ,john ,d4 ,adams1 ,phoenix1 ,ariz4 99 99 99 99 99 ,a ,no4 #aj gauge shotgun cartridge shell telescoped with a ,no4 #ab gauge shell forms a convenient match safe for campers1 or other persons out of doors1 and is moisture-proof4 ,hourglass ,sewing ,basket ,two oblong peach baskets1 their bottoms fastened together and the whole covered with silk1 formed the hourglass sewing or darning basket shown in the sketch4 ,square plum baskets and other forms trimmed in cretonne1 linen1 or inexpensive goods1 depending on the intended use1 may also be utilized4 ,ornamental details may be added to suit the individual taste4 ,illustration3 ,artistic ,effects may be ,produced by the ,inventive ,woman ,the basket was made as follows3 ,the peach baskets were wired together at their bottoms4 ,a piece of silk was cut1 wide enough to reach from the top to the bottom of the joined baskets and to permit the folding over of a portion at the top and bottom4 ,one long edge of the piece was glued to the inner edge of the bottom and drawn in around the sides to form neat folds4 ,the upper edge of the silk was then glued in the top1 being folded over the edge4 ,a cord was fixed around the middle of the basket1 as shown in the sketch4 ,a lining was glued into the top and bottom4 ,it was folded and stitched along its edges to prevent raveling and to give a smooth finish4 ,the bottom need not be lined1 but it is desirable to have it so4 ,the pincushion was made by padding a block with cotton and then covering it with silk4 ,a cardboard box may be used instead4 ,the cushion was nailed into place from the bottom4 ,ribbon may be used to draw the silk to the sides of the basket at the middle1 and a cushion may be made entirely of cotton or cloth and attached with ribbons4--,contributed by ,thomas ,j4 ,macgowan1 ,mount ,vernon1 ,n4 ,y4 ,a ,perpetual-,motion ,puzzle ,the fallacy of perpetual motion is now so generally understood that the description of a new scheme for attaining it is only justified in so far as it may be instructive4 ,the sketch illustrates such a device1 apparently successful1 and the discovery of the error in it is both instructive and interesting4 ,illustration3 ,the ,interaction between ,poles of the ,magnets ,causes the ,traveler to ,move around the ,triangle ,mount a horseshoe magnet on a wooden base1 and into the latter cut a continuous groove along the three sides of a triangle opposite the poles of the magnet1 ,n and ,s4 ,suspend a long1 narrow bar magnet on a universal joint from a standard4 ,a pin projects into the groove from the lower end1 which is its north pole1 and can move only along the triangular course4 ,start the device with the suspended magnet in the position shown4 ,the lower end will tend to move in the direction of the arrows1 because in so doing it is getting farther away from the repelling north pole of the horseshoe magnet and nearer the attracting south pole1 which action will bring it to the corner of the triangle in the foreground4 ,it will next move down the side as indicated by the arrow1 because along that line it is nearer the attracting south than the repelling north pole4 ,when it reaches the end of its trip1 at the angle between the poles of the magnet1 the attraction and repulsion will be balanced1 but a slight jar will carry the traveler beyond the angle4 ,the third leg of the triangle will be covered similarly1 the north pole repelling the traveler4 ,on this basis the motion should continue indefinitely1 but a test will show that it will not do so4 ,the corners of the triangle should be rounded slightly and it would be better to use several hanging magnets1 flexibly connected1 so that when one is at the dead center the others will carry the traveler on4 ,how to ,transfer ,drawings ,soiling of drawings transferred with carbon paper may be avoided by substituting a piece of unfinished paper1 the surface of which has been covered with a thin coating of lead rubbed from the pencil4 ,if any errors are made in the tracing1 or undue pressure is applied with the hand1 the resulting impressions may be removed readily with an eraser4 ,if a copy of a drawing is desired1 and it is not necessary that the same relative left and right position be maintained1 the original pencil drawing may be placed face downward on a sheet of paper and the back of it rubbed with a bone paper knife1 or other smooth1 rounded object4 ,by going over the impression and making a reverse of it in the same way a copy of the original in the same relations may be obtained4--,contributed by ,j4 ,e4 ,pouliot1 ,ottawa1 ,canada4 ,illustration ,pivoted ,searchlight ,made of an ,old ,milk ,strainer ,,by ,,john ,j4 ,,spaulding ,both as a safety device and a practical novelty1 a homemade searchlight for a canoe1 or other small craft1 is worth while making4 ,an old milk strainer was used for the reflector of that shown1 and many equally serviceable makeshifts can be devised easily from old cans1 or formed from sheet metal4 ,the detailed construction1 as indicated1 is suggestive only1 since local conditions and materials available will govern the design of the fittings4 ,the light has a double control1 one cord governing the vertical adjustment1 and another1 arranged like that of a ship's wheel1 the horizontal pivotal range4 ,the vertical adjustment is desirable1 but not essential4 ,the control cords are run in screw eyes along the coaming of the craft1 so that one person can paddle the canoe1 and adjust the searchlight as well4 ,dry cells1 stored under the bow deck1 or in a box set at some other convenient place1 supply the current for the #f-volt lamp4 ,illustration3 ,canoeing and ,boating at ,night ,is ,safer and ,more ,pleasurable if the ,craft is ,equipped with a ,searchlight4 ,this ,one was ,made of ,pick-,up ,materials at ,small ,cost ,illustration3 ,the ,support for the ,reflector is ,pivoted in the ,deck1 ,reinforced as ,indicated ,the main dimensions of the fittings1 as detailed1 are3 strainer1 #aj in4 in diameter and #aj in4 long2 vertical support1 #ab in4 over all1 and #f in4 wide at the upper portion2 the wood used is and in4 thick1 except that for the pivot post1 which is #a in4 thick4 ,the reflector is fitted with a wooden block through which the porcelain socket is set1 as shown4 ,a knife switch1 placed near the stern of the craft1 controls the connection with the battery circuit4 ,the inside of the reflector should be polished with emery cloth1 and if the surface is rough1 it may be painted with white enamel4 ,the outer surfaces of the metal part are painted black4 ,the wooden parts may be painted1 or given several coats of spar varnish1 to withstand the weather4 ,gravity-,feed ,coal ,hopper on ,truck ,illustration3 ,the ,large ,capacity of the ,hopper and the ,ready ,portability of ,this ,arrangement ,are ,practical ,features ,in the large farm kitchen1 in the workshop1 and even for firing a small furnace1 a coal hopper that will hold considerable coal1 and that can be rolled along the floor easily1 is a convenience4 ,such an arrangement1 made from a section of galvanized-iron pipe1 #aj in4 in diameter and #cj in4 long is shown in the sketch4 ,the pipe was cut at one end1 as shown1 so that when the coal was poured into the hopper1 it would feed out4 ,a truck1 mounted on casters1 was made1 #ab in4 wide1 #e in4 high1 and #be in4 long4 ,the hopper was mounted on one end of it1 and bolted securely at the sides and end4 ,the coal is shoveled into the hopper at the bin1 and the load pushed to the furnace1 where it can be easily used as needed4 ,the construction can be made larger for use with a coal scoop1 in firing a boiler or large furnace4--,l4 ,r4 ,markwood1 ,factoryville1 ,pa4 ,taking ,photographs in ,falling ,snow ,falling snowflakes in a camera photograph--the large feathery1 slow falling kind--often make an exquisitely beautiful picture out of a commonplace scene4 ,and while the great majority of the attempts to get them prove failures1 the photographer--usually an amateur-needs only to provide an avenue in front of his lens a short distance1 that is free from falling flakes by the use of a shelter such as a tree or porch4 ,the slow snapshot necessary in cloudy weather will not stop the motion of the flakes nearest the camera and these passing through greater angles of space in equal length of time than those farther away1 will blur on the negative4 ,we made some excellent outdoor views in deep snow1 while heavy snow was falling1 with flakes splendidly decorating the darker regions of figures and foliage1 by holding a felt hat and two umbrellas in a line in front of the camera1 and above the range of the lens4--,j4 ,cecil ,alter1 ,cheyenne1 ,wyo4 ,a ,double-,contact ,vibrator ,illustration3 ,when the ,vibrator ,touches ,one ,contact1 the ,coil on the ,opposite ,side ,attracts the ,vibrator1 ,this ,process being ,repeated ,alternately ,a double-contact vibrator1 which eliminates sticking contacts1 spring troubles1 and other sources of annoyance1 in addition to producing a fine high tone1 is shown in the sketch4 ,it is an instrument easy to construct1 by reason of its simplicity4 ,special care in making the vibrator ,d will insure good vibration4 ,the springs1 holding the contacts1 are of phosphor bronze ,the contacts may be made of silver platinum1 or other metals1 which will not burn and break contact4 ,the coil ,b are of the common bell-ringing type4 ,the springs on the vibrator should not be too long1 nor too weak2 experimenting will determine the length at which they will work best4 ,the adjustment is made at the thumbscrews ,a4 ,the coils are supported on metal brackets1 bolted to a wooden base4 ,the method of hooking up the vibrator in the key circuit is shown in the diagram4--,j4 ,l4 ,taylor1 ,barker1 ,n4 ,y4 ,battery ,buzzer ,converted into a ,telegraph ,sounder ,illustration3 ,the ,amateur can ,practice the ,morse ,code ,handily on ,this ,sounder1 ,made from a ,buzzer ,an ordinary battery buzzer may readily be converted into a telegraph sounder for use in practicing the ,morse code4 ,all that is necessary is to connect the vibrator contact ,c of the buzzer to the binding post that is not insulated from the frame4 ,the other connections of the key and battery are the same as in any ordinary telegraph or buzzer circuit4 ,in the diagram1 ,c represents the vibrator contact2 ,d1 the wire connecting the contact and the uninsulated binding post1 and ,f1 the uninsulated binding post2 ,e is the telegraph key1 and ,b1 the dry cells4--,clarence ,f4 ,kramer1 ,lebanon1 ,ind4 ,lawn ,seats ,built on ,tree ,stumps ,illustration3 ,these ,practical ,lawn ,seats ,show the ,possibilities of ,stumps as ,supports for ,this ,purpose4 ,the ,conservation-,chair ,design ,is ,especially ,interesting ,a practical use to which stumps1 left from the felling of trees1 are put in a city park is as supports for lawn benches4 ,this obviates the need of grubbing them out1 while the work of preparing them to receive the seats is less than would be required to remove the stumps4 ,of course1 the location of the stump will determine whether it is worth while as a support for a seat1 or had better be grubbed out4 ,many designs are possible1 and the position and size of the stumps available will suggest suitable construction4 ,the woodwork for the seats is simple1 and the benches can be made removable for the winter if desired4--,c4 ,l4 ,meller1 ,fargo1 ,n4 ,d4 ,a ,hinged ,box ,cover ,made without ,hinges ,illustration ,when a wooden box with a hinged cover is desired1 especially a small one1 hinges are not always at hand1 and are sometimes difficult to obtain4 ,under these circumstances a good substitute is to make the box as shown in the sketch1 using the extension of one end and nails1 or screws1 driven through the back corners of the lid1 as a hinge arrangement4 ,this makes the use of hinges unnecessary1 and is serviceable even for permanent use4 ,where hinges projecting from the surface of the box are objectionable1 this method of construction is especially desirable4 ,it is best to make the hinged ends with the grain vertical1 and to round off the hinged corners of the lid slightly4--,r4 ,j4 ,rohn1 ,chicago1 ,ill4 ,automatic ,flash ,light ,snaps ,chicken-,coop ,marauder ,illustration3 ,this ,photographic ,evidence ,was ,proof ,positive as to the ,identity of the ,thief in the ,night ,after the wire fence around the chicken house had been torn up1 and the place entered #ac nights in two weeks1 ,i decided on more preparedness4 ,various ways and means failed1 so ,i used a comparatively slight knowledge of photography in the process4 ,i mounted my flash lamp on a piece of board1 #a by #d by #h in4 long1 and fastened this to a base1 as shown4 ,i attached a weight to the lamp1 which was supported by a hinged drop1 halfway down the upright board1 which in turn was supported by a nail1 to which was attached a string4 ,the flash was set off by a slight pull of the string1 which dropped the weight4 ,this contrivance ,i concealed in the chicken yard1 and the camera in the chicken house4 ,that night ,i opened the lens of the camera in the dark1 and attached the string to a loose board in the fence4 ,the next morning1 before daybreak1 ,i closed the lens again4 ,the flash had been set off during the night4 ,also there were drops of blood on the ground4 ,i could hardly wait until the plate was developed4 ,the result1 as reproduced1 was hardly what ,i expected4--,h4 ,u4 ,scholz1 ,medford1 ,ore4 ,a ,fishing-,tackle ,outfit in a ,shotgun ,shell ,at the camp or on the trail1 an emergency fishing-tackle outfit is almost as handy as matches1 compass1 and knife1 and it may even be the means of saving one's life4 ,a convenient way to carry such an outfit is in two old shotgun shells1 telescoped4 ,the hooks1 on a cork1 and the sinkers are fitted snugly into the shell4 ,several yards of line are then wound on the outside4 ,this outfit can be stowed into a pocket handily1 always ready for use4--,e4 ,everett ,buchanan1 ,jr41 ,elmira1 ,n4 ,y4 ,a ,split-,bamboo ,lettering ,pen ,illustration3 ,this ,pen1 ,cut from a ,piece of ,bamboo and ,fitted with a ,spring ,fountain ,device1 ,is ,especially ,useful for ,marking ,packages ,marking of packages and similar lettering can be done neatly with a pen made in a few minutes from split bamboo fitted with a short section of watch spring4 ,select a piece of bamboo1 by in4 and about #g in4 long1 and finish the end1 as at ,a4 ,trim the end to an angle1 as at ,b1 and then point it1 as at ,c4 ,split the point carefully1 as at ,d1 and smooth away the tufts at the edges4 ,cut a piece of watch spring the width of the pen point and bind it into place1 arched as shown4 ,to use the pen1 insert ink into the arch of the spring1 and it will work much like a fountain pen4--,raymond ,h4 ,lufkin1 ,dorchester1 ,mass4 ,illustration ,how to ,make a ,houseboat ,,by ,h4 ,,sibley ,the houseboat shown is of the scow design1 #f ft4 wide by #bj ft4 long1 with the cabin extending beyond the scow #a ft4 on each side4 ,the scow tapers up at the forward end and is protected with a heavy sheet-iron plate so that the craft may be snubbed up on sandbars without danger of springing a leak1 even though a submerged log be struck while running at full speed4 ,the power plant consists of a standard #d-;hp4 reversing gasoline engine which drives the paddles at their most efficient speed1 #de revolutions per minute through a #ac-to-#a reduction4 ,cast-iron hubs1 into which are inserted cold-rolled steel spokes1 and wood paddles bolted to their ends constitute the propeller wheels4 ,the cruising speed is about #d miles an hour4 ,illustration3 ,the ,hull of the ,houseboat is ,built on the ,scow ,type so ,that ,it can be ,run in ,shallow ,water without ,danger ,two wide bunks1 beneath which is locker space1 provide sleeping accommodations for a crew of four4 ,in the kitchen the motor and gearing are almost completely concealed under the work table4 ,the cooking is done on a two-burner blue-flame kerosene stove1 and the sink is provided with running water suitable for washing dishes1 etc4 ,this water is drawn from a #cj-;gal4 tank on the roof1 which is filled by a centrifugal pump driven from the engine shaft4 ,a modern toilet room is installed1 and an ice chest on the after deck will hold supplies and ice for a week's cruise4 ,illustration3 ,detail of the ,anchor ,windlass and ,engine ,gearing2 ,also the ,deck ,plan1 ,showing the ,location of the ,parts and the ,arrangement of the ,cabins ,an acetylene-gas lighting system is installed and is used to light both cabins and a searchlight4 ,a heavy anchor of special design is manipulated by a windlass on the forward deck4 ,a similar device controls the rudder4 ,life rafts1 complete with paddles1 are placed on the roof1 and in hot weather these are moved to one end and an awning erected to make a cool sleeping place4 ,wood ,box with a ,refuse-,catching ,drawer ,illustration3 ,the ,wood ,receptacle ,has a ,drawer ,bottom for ,catching the ,dirt1 ,which can be ,easily ,cleaned ,the ordinary wood box may be greatly improved by adding a drawer at the top and one at the bottom1 as shown in the sketch4 ,the upper drawer is used for storing the flatirons and stove-polishing materials1 and the lower drawer is the bottom of the wood box4 ,the dirt and pieces falling from the wood remain in the drawer1 which can be removed and cleaned easily4--,contributed by ,william ,jutila1 ,astoria1 ,ore4 ,disappearing-,coin ,trick ,to make a quarter disappear from a glass of water after hearing it drop is a very puzzling trick4 ,the articles necessary to perform this trick are a glass of water1 a handkerchief1 a quarter and a piece of clear glass the exact size of a quarter4 ,the glass can be cut and ground round on an emery wheel1 and the edge polished4 ,to perform the trick advance with the piece of glass hidden between the second and third fingers of the left hand and holding the quarter in plain sight between the thumb and first finger of the same hand and the handkerchief in the right hand4 ,throw the handkerchief over the left hand and gather up the glass piece in the fold of the cloth1 allowing the coin to drop into the palm of the left hand while covered4 ,remove the left hand and hold out the piece of glass with the handkerchief drawn tightly around it4 ,anyone can touch the cloth-covered glass1 but it cannot be distinguished from the quarter4 ,while this is being shown slip the quarter into a pocket4 ,spread the handkerchief over the glass of water and allow the glass disk to drop4 ,a distinct click will be heard when it strikes the bottom4 ,raise the handkerchief and nothing will be seen1 as the glass will not be visible in the water4--,contributed by ,amon ,h4 ,carr1 ,gainesville1 ,tex4 ,watering ,window-,box ,flowers ,illustration3 ,the ,soil is ,kept ,moist by the ,water ,feeding through the ,sponges from the ,under ,side ,the window box for flowers can be conveniently watered in the following manner3 ,construct a metal box to receive the box holding the soil and bore enough holes in its bottom to admit water to the soil4 ,the inside box should be supported about #b in4 above the bottom of the metal box4 ,sponges are placed in the bottom to coincide with the holes in the soil box4 ,a filling tube is made at the end4 ,the water is poured into the metal box and the sponges admit only enough water for the plants at all times4 ,illustration ,how to ,make ,combined ,kites ,,by ,c4 ,m4 ,,miller ,,part ,i--,a ,dragon ,kite ,dragon kites are made as hideous as the maker can possibly conceive1 and while the one to be considered is no beauty1 it is more droll than fierce-looking4 ,in general appearance the dragon and centipede kites are like huge caterpillars floating about in the air4 ,the kite sometimes twists and the balancer sticks appear to be large hairy spines4 ,usually the tail end swings higher than the head4 ,it is like so many single kites1 pulls hard1 and requires a strong cord for the line4 ,the individual circular sections may number #bj1 and if placed #cj in4 apart1 would make a kite about #ej ft4 in length1 or the number of sections may be more or less to make it longer or shorter4 ,the kite will fold up into a very small space1 for carrying about or for storage1 but care should be taken in folding not to entangle the harness4 ,illustration3 ,in ,general ,appearance the ,dragon ,kite ,is ,like a ,huge ,caterpillar ,floating ,about in the ,air ,the ,head ,the head requires much more work than any of the other sections4 ,there are two principal rings to this section1 as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,the inner ring is the more important1 the outer one being added for the protection of the points when alighting4 ,the construction of the framework is shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,it is made entirely of bamboo4 ,the bamboo is split into strips1 about in4 wide1 for the ring ,a4 ,as the bamboo strips will be much too thick1 they must be pared down to less than in4 ,the diameter of the ring ,a is #ab in41 and a strip of bamboo to make this ring should be about #ch in4 long1 so that there will be some end for making a lap joint4 ,the ends of the strip are held securely together by winding them with linen thread4 ,the ,chinese boys use strips of rice paper1 about in4 wide and torn lengthwise of the paper4 ,the rice-paper strips are made wet with paste before winding them on the joint1 and when they dry out the shrinkage will bind the ends securely4 ,two crosspieces1 of the same weight as the ring stick1 are placed #c in4 apart1 at equal distances from the center and parallel1 as shown at ,b and ,c4 ,the ends of these pieces are turned at a sharp angle and lashed to the inside surface of the ring ,a4 ,to make these bends1 heat the bamboo over a candle flame until it will give under pressure1 then bend and it will stay in shape after it becomes cold4 ,this method of bending should be remembered1 as it is useful in making all kinds of kites4 ,two small rings1 each #c in4 in diameter1 are put in between the two parallel pieces1 as shown at ,d and ,e4 ,these are for the eyes of the dragon4 ,the rings are lashed to the two crosspieces ,b and ,c4 ,as the eyes revolve in the rings they should be made perfectly true4 ,this can be done by shaping the bamboo about a perfectly round cylinder1 #c in4 in diameter4 ,to stiffen the whole framework1 two pieces of bamboo1 in4 thick1 in4 wide1 and #bj in4 long1 are lashed to the back as shown by ,f and ,g4 ,there is a space of #c in4 between the inner ring ,a and the outer ring ,h1 giving the latter a diameter of #ah in4 ,it is made of a bamboo strip1 in4 wide1 and should be less than in4 thick4 ,it may be necessary to make this large ring from two pieces of bamboo1 to get the length1 and in such case be careful to make a perfect ring with the ends well lashed together4 ,two short pieces are lashed to the two rings1 as shown at ,j and ,k4 ,the supports for the horns consist of two pieces1 in4 wide and less than in4 thick1 and they are lashed to the upper crosspiece and to both rings1 so that the parts ,l and ,m are exactly halfway between the ends of the pieces ,f and ,g and radiate out from the center of the ring ,a1 the other parts1 ,n and ,o1 pointing to the center of the eye rings1 respectively4 ,the ears are unimportant and may be put on if desired4 ,the rings on the horns and the stick ends may be from to #b in4 in diameter1 cut from stiff paper1 but if larger1 made of bamboo4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #a ,the ,kite-,head ,section1 ,having ,horns1 ,ears1 and ,revolving ,eyes1 ,is ,very ,hideous ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #b ,the ,framework for the ,head ,section is ,made ,entirely of ,bamboo ,strips ,lashed at the ,joints ,chinese rice paper is the best material for covering1 and it should be stretched tightly so that there will be no buckling or bagging places4 ,the only part covered is that inside of the inner ring ,a1 the horns1 and the ears1 leaving the eye rings open4 ,the shades are put on with a brush and water colors1 leaving the face white1 or it can be tinted in brilliant colors4 ,leave the horns white and color the tongue red4 ,the ,eyes ,the frame for each eye is made of bamboo1 pared down to in4 in thickness and formed into a perfect ring1 #c in4 in diameter4 ,each ring revolves on an axle made of wire passed through the bamboo exactly on the diameter1 as shown at ,p1 ,fig4 #c4 ,the wire should be long enough to pass through the socket ring ,d or ,e1 ,fig4 #b1 also1 and after the eye ring is in place in the socket ring and the axle adjusted1 the latter is fastened to the eye ring with a strip of paper wrapped tightly around the wire and pasted to the bamboo of the ring4 ,a glass bead1 placed on the wire axle between the socket rings ,d or ,e and the eye ring ,q on each side1 keeps them apart and the revolving one from striking the other4 ,each side of the eye ring is covered halfway with rice paper1 as shown in ,fig4 #d4 ,the part ,r is on the upper front half1 and that shown by ,s is on the back lower half4 ,placing the two halves in this manner causes an unequal pressure of the wind on the whole eyepiece1 and thus causes it to revolve on the axle4 ,the front upper half of the eyepiece is made black1 and the smaller dark portion extending below the darkened half is a round piece of paper placed just between the two halves so that half of it will show on both front and back of the eyepiece4 ,when the eyepiece is given a half turn in its socket the back side will come to the front and will appear just the same as the other side4 ,some kite builders add pieces of mirror glass to the eyes1 to reflect the light and cause flashes as the eyes revolve in their sockets4 ,a ,section ,kite ,the ring for the section kite is made the same size as the inner ring of the head kite1 or in this case #ab in4 in diameter4 ,the bamboo for making this ring should be in4 wide and in4 thick4 ,the balancer stick1 #cf in4 long1 is located about the same place as the cross-stick ,f1 as shown in ,fig4 #b1 and must be made small1 light and well balanced4 ,small tufts of tissue paper1 or feathers1 are attached to the tip ends of the balancer sticks1 as shown in ,fig4 #e4 ,the cover for the section kite is put on tightly1 the same as for the head1 the colors indicated in the sketch being only suggestions1 as the builder can color them as desired4 ,the balancer on the last section should have streamers1 as shown in ,fig4 #f1 for a finish4 ,the streamers are made of light cloth4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #c ,,fig4 #d ,two ,bamboo ,rings with ,paper ,coverings1 to ,make ,them ,turn in the ,wind1 ,constitute the ,eyes ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #f ,,fig4 #g ,,fig4 #h ,,fig4 #e ,the ,section ,kites ,have ,balancers and the ,disks are ,given ,bright ,colors ,so ,that ,they will ,produce the ,effect of a ,great ,dragon ,when in the ,air1 the ,head ,piece ,having a ,ball ,balancer ,hanging from the ,under ,edge ,the ,harness ,as previously stated1 #bj1 more or less1 sections can be used1 and the number means so many separate kites which are joined together with three long cords1 spacing the sections #cj in4 apart4 ,the cords should be as long as the kite from the head to the tail1 allowing sufficient extra length for the knots4 ,as such a kite will make a hard pull1 the cord used should be a six-ply1 hard-twisted seine twine4 ,start by tying the three long cords to the head kite at the points ,t1 ,u1 and ,v1 ,fig4 #b4 ,tie the next section at corresponding places just #cj in4 from the head kite4 ,the construction will be much easier if the head kite is fastened to a wall so that each cord may be drawn out to its proper length4 ,continue the tying until all sections are attached just #cj in4 apart4 ,other spacing can be used1 but the distance selected must be uniform throughout the length of the kite4 ,the individual kites1 or sections1 may vary in size1 or they can all be #i in4 in diameter1 instead of #ab in41 and the balancer sticks #cj in4 long instead of #cf in41 but a kite of uniform sections is much better and is easier to make4 ,the positions of the sections as they will appear in the kite are shown in ,fig4 #g4 ,the ,bridle ,the ,chinese bridle is usually made of three strings1 which are attached to the same points on the head kite as the harness cords1 or at ,t1 ,u1 and ,v4 ,the lower string is longer than the two upper ones so that the proper inclination will be presented to the breeze4 ,as the head is inclined1 all the section kites will also be inclined4 ,some makers prefer a balancer on the head kite1 and in one instance such a balancer was made in the shape of a ball4 ,a ball made of bamboo strips is shown in ,fig4 #h1 and is attached as shown in ,fig4 #g4 ,flying the ,kite ,it will be necessary to have a helper1 and perhaps two1 in starting the kite up1 as the harness might become entangled4 ,quite a little run will be necessary1 but when up the kite will make a steady flier and will pull very hard4 ,if the first attempt is unsuccessful1 try readjustment of the bridle or a little different position in the breeze1 and see that the balancers are not tangled4 ,quite a number of changes may be worked out on these plans1 but it is necessary to bear in mind that the distances between sections must be equal and that the general construction must be maintained4 ,a ,movable ,sunshade and ,seat for ,garden ,workers ,illustration3 ,the ,sunshade and ,seat are ,mounted on ,wheels ,so ,that the ,device can be ,easily ,moved ,about ,weeding gardens under a hot sun and in a necessarily uncomfortable position is by no means a pleasant occupation1 but much of the hardship can be avoided if a combination movable sunshade and seat is made1 as shown in the illustration4 ,the framework consists of two end pieces1 both made in the same way4 ,two -in4 tees are required for each4 ,these are connected with a #e-;ft4 pipe1 for the upright1 and the crosspiece that supports one end of the canvas consists of two pieces of pipe1 each about #a ft4 long1 screwed into the tee4 ,the axle for the wheels is also formed of two pieces of pipe1 but these are only about #a ft4 long4 ,four suitable cart wheels should be provided1 or solid circular disks cut out of a board or plank1 and drilled for a -in4 axle4 ,ordinary -in4 washers are placed on each side of the wheels1 one serving as a shoulder on the pipe end1 and the other for the nut4 ,the seat can be made of a #a by #h-;in4 board1 about #f ft4 #i in4 long1 notched at each end to fit the pipe tees and prevented from shifting by means of ,u-bolts around the axle on either side of the upright4 ,after covering the top with canvas1 fastened at each end around the upper crosspiece1 the shaded movable seat is ready for service4--,contributed by ,w4 ,e4 ,crane1 ,cleveland1 ,ohio4 ,to ,keep ,grass and ,weeds ,out of ,tennis ,courts ,tennis courts are very apt to become covered with grass and weeds unless considerable labor is expended on them4 ,the best way to keep a court free from this growth is to put on sheets of tar paper close together when it is not in use4 ,the paper should be cut in strips the proper length1 so that they can be rolled up and set aside until the game is over1 when they can be laid down again4 ,after the court has been covered a few times1 the grass will die out and disappear altogether4 ,the use of salt1 acids1 and a number of other things1 together with hoeing1 were tried out1 but the paper covering was the most successful of them all4--,contributed by ,w4 ,d4 ,mills1 ,bakersfield1 ,cal4 ,buttonhole-,bouquet ,holder to ,keep ,cut ,flowers ,fresh ,illustration ,being employed near a glass-blowing department ,i procured a small glass tube and made a buttonhole-bouquet holder4 ,one end of the tube ,i closed and flared the other1 then flattened the whole tube a bit4 ,this tube1 inserted in the buttonhole with a few drops of water in it1 will keep cut flowers fresh for a whole day4 ,if the upper end is flared just right it will fit the buttonhole and will not be seen1 as the tube is hidden beneath the coat lapel4--,contributed by ,frank ,reid4 ,cooler for a ,developing ,tray ,illustration3 ,water-,jacketed ,tray for ,use in ,cooling a ,developing ,tray with a ,flow of ,water ,regardless of the fact that tank development for photography is the better method under most conditions1 there are many who take special delight in tray development1 because they enjoy seeing the picture as it develops on the plate or film4 ,there are many of this class of photographers both among amateurs and professionals1 and they universally experience much trouble in keeping the solutions cool enough for good work in hot weather or a warm dark room4 ,many schemes have been used1 but there is none simpler than that shown in the illustration4 ,it is certainly better than letting the developing tray float in the bathtub1 a common practice among amateurs who are compelled to use the bathroom as a dark room4 ,any tinsmith can make a water-jacketed tray of zinc at a nominal price4 ,if one expects to use it for developing films by hand1 it should be made relatively deep1 or at least shaped so that whatever method is used in manipulating the film will be suited to the size and shape of the tray4 ,i had one made of zinc to accommodate an #h by #aj-;in4 plate and providing about -in4 space all around the sides and bottom of the inner tray for the circulation of the water4 ,two brass gas tips were soldered into the ends of the tray and a rubber tube was attached to one of them1 as shown4 ,by connecting this tray to the bathroom hydrant the developing solution can be kept as cool as desired without slopping water where it is not wanted4--,contributed by ,t4 ,b4 ,lambert1 ,chicago1 ,ill4 ,doorbell ,push ,button on ,screen ,door ,illustration3 ,method of ,connecting a ,push ,button for a ,doorbell on a ,screen ,door ,push buttons are frequently put in hallways1 or other places1 not accessible when the screen doors are hooked shut4 ,by connecting an extra button on the screen door with the regular doorbell line1 the service can be made to go on uninterrupted whether the screen be locked or open4 ,to do this1 one wire1 carefully insulated1 from the outside button is laid under the upper molding strip of the screen1 as shown1 coming out through the hinge and passing down to the battery line1 being concealed in any suitable manner1 by molding or within the door frame4 ,the button circuit is completed by connecting it to the screen with a short wire1 the screen then acting as a conductor4 ,if preferred1 the line may be run down under the screen-door molding1 and out through the bottom hinge same as with the other wire at the top4 ,if the screen is used as conductor1 a piece of wire should be connected to it near the bottom1 and led through the hinge as before4 ,in either case1 after leaving the hinge1 the wire must be led and connected to the battery line1 to complete the circuit4 ,it is then possible to operate the bell either from outside of the screen door or at the regular place within4--,contributed by ,e4 ,m4 ,davis1 ,philadelphia1 ,pa4 ,working ,wood by the ,application of ,heat ,it is often desirable to fit a piece of wood into a piece of metal by means of cutting a thread in the metal and screwing the wood therein4 ,this can be accomplished by heating the metal to a little over the boiling point of water and screwing the wood piece into the metal while hot2 or1 if this is impractical on account of size1 to heat the metal1 make a screw plate by cutting a thread in a small piece of metal1 the size and thread corresponding to the hole into which the wood piece is to be inserted1 and heating it to the required temperature1 then running the wood with some pressure through the thread4 ,the wood then can be screwed into the larger piece1 where it will hold firmly4 ,the process of heating wood without the aid of steam can be used to advantage in a number of ways2 for instance1 a hammer handle that is crooked can be straightened by careful heating without burning2 also billiard cues1 or almost anything of hard wood4 ,it is surprising how easily it is done and how permanent the repair will be4 ,the ,indians at one time made their arrows from small hardwood twigs which were almost always crooked to start with1 but after being dried they were warmed over a fire and straightened4 ,another use for the application of heat is as follows3 ,when it is desired to place a screw in a fragile piece of wood that is likely to split1 if the screw is heated to a blue color and turned into the wood while hot1 there will be scarcely any danger of splitting4 ,in this case do not try to use oil or a lubricant of any kind1 as the screw is sure to set before it is in place4--,contributed by ,james ,h4 ,beebee1 ,rochester1 ,n4 ,y4 ,a ,parlor ,table ,illustration3 ,detail of the ,parlor ,table1 ,together with ,dimensions of the ,pieces ,the material required for the parlor table illustrated is as follows3 #a table top1 #a by #bf by #da in4 #a bottom shelf1 #a by #ae by #ce in4 #b side rails1 by #d by #cc in4 #b end rails1 by #d by #ba in4 #b top cross braces1 #a by #d by #ai in4 #d feet1 #a by #d by #d in4 #b posts1 #f by #f by #bf in4 #b side corner strips1 #a by #a by #ca in4 #b end corner strips1 #a by #a by #ag in4 ,the bottom shelf can be made of two pieces of #a-;in4 material1 #h in4 wide1 carefully glued together1 and reinforced on the under side with two crosspieces1 glued and screwed to it4 ,the foot pieces are secured to the bottom shelf so as to project #a in4 on the ends and sides4 ,in case a center support is deemed advisable1 another foot piece can be added1 but unless the floor is very level1 rocking may result4 ,the uprights1 or posts1 are made from solid #f by #f-;in4 lumber1 #bf in4 long1 carefully squared at the ends1 and tapered to #d in4 square at the upper end4 ,if desired1 the posts can be made of boards1 cut and fastened together to form a hollow tapered post4 ,in either case1 they should be set in about #d in4 from each side of the bottom shelf and fastened to it by means of screws4 ,illustration3 ,design of a ,table ,that will ,appear ,well in the ,different ,oak ,finishes as ,well as in ,mahogany ,the rail pieces for the table top should be cut and fitted with mitered joints at the corner to form a rectangular frame1 #ba by #cc in4 ,this is glued to the top and may be toenailed to it2 but to provide a more secure bracing1 a #a-;in4 square strip of material is fastened all around the inside edge of the rails1 flush with their upper edge4 ,the top is screwed to this4 ,in order to prevent tipping when the top is resting on the #d by #d-;in4 ends of the posts1 two cross braces are provided4 ,these should be screwed to the outer-end sides of the posts1 and beveled off on their upper edges to fit the table top4 ,they should be of such length as to have a tight fit between the side rails1 and are fastened to these by means of finishing nails driven from the outside4 ,gluing and toenailing can also be used to secure the top more firmly to the braces2 care should be taken that no nails cut through the table top4 ,after thoroughly sandpapering and smoothing off the table1 it can be finished to suit4--,contributed by ,h4 ,j4 ,blacklidge1 ,san ,rafael1 ,cal4 ,homemade ,fuses for ,battery ,circuits ,to carry out the general arrangement of the regular electrical equipment of a large power plant1 the battery circuit should have some sort of a fuse block4 ,an excellent way to make such a block is as follows3 ,procure a piece of glass tubing1 about #a in4 long1 and make a mounting for it with four pieces of sheet brass1 as shown in the sketch4 ,the brass pieces are shaped and fastened to a wood base so that their upper ends form a clamp to hold the glass tube4 ,illustration3 ,the ,fuse is ,well ,insulated and ,protected against ,fire the ,same as the ,large ,fuse ,a very thin piece of tinfoil1 about #a in4 long1 is cut in41 or less1 in width1 the size depending on the amount of current used4 ,this is placed in the glass tube and the ends are bent over the edge4 ,a piece of tinfoil is then wrapped around each end1 over the ends of the inclosed piece1 and pasted to the tube4 ,the fuse thus made is pushed into the spring clamps of the block which are connected in the circuit4--,contributed by ,charles ,w4 ,meinberg1 ,somerville1 ,mass4 ,reproducing ,flowers and ,leaves in ,colors ,a very cheap1 easy1 and quick way to make reproductions of flowers1 leaves1 insects1 butterflies1 etc41 is the following3 ,purchase #a oz4 of bichromate of potash and dissolve it in water4 ,spread this fluid over the surface of the paper upon which the picture is to be made1 using a soft brush1 and place it in a dark room to dry4 ,when dry it will be a light lemon color4 ,the leaf1 or part to be reproduced1 is placed upon the yellow side of the paper and the whole exposed to the sunlight4 ,the uncovered portions will gradually turn brown1 while the part covered by the object will remain a lemon color4 ,when the desired shade of brown is attained1 remove the paper from the sunlight1 and the image of the object will be on the paper4 ,go over the outline with crayons or colors1 and fill in the print according to the natural colors4 ,very beautiful pictures may be made in this way1 and a butterfly made up in natural colors on a dark-brown ground is very pretty4 ,these prints1 uncolored1 will keep for some time1 if they are not exposed to a strong light4 ,washing as ordinary photographic prints are treated will improve them a little4 ,if the instructions are followed1 many beautiful objects can be preserved in color4--,contributed by ,j4 ,b4 ,murphy1 ,plainfield1 ,n4 ,j4 ,dishwasher and ,drier ,where hot water is available the dishwasher illustrated is especially suitable4 ,it is easily constructed and inexpensive1 the only real expense being for the tank1 which is #ae in4 deep and #bj in4 in diameter4 ,a washer of these dimensions will hold the dishes from a table serving six to eight persons4 ,the tank may be supported on legs if desired4 ,illustration3 ,the ,hot ,water from the ,faucet is ,forced over the ,dishes in a ,fine ,spray ,the supports for holding the dishes in a vertical position are made of wire in a ,u-shape1 the ends being fastened into two wood hoops that snugly fit the inside of the tank1 one near the bottom and the other about #i in4 above the first one4 ,the wires are set about #a in4 apart and radiate from the center like wire spokes in a wheel4 ,a funnel-shaped piece1 having a hole #e in4 in diameter in the center1 is made of mesh wire and hung in place with several wires running to the upper edge of the tank4 ,hooks are attached to the edge of the hole on which cups and glasses are hung4 ,the cover consists of a wood disk1 with a hole bored in its center for a -in4 pipe4 ,the piece of pipe used should be #c or #d in4 longer than the depth of the tank4 ,a long thread is cut on the lower end of the pipe1 and two rectangular holes are cut in the pipe end through the threaded part4 ,these holes are made by cutting through the pipe as if making a slot for a key4 ,two large nuts are run on the threads of the pipe4 ,these nuts should be thick enough to cover the slot in the pipe4 ,a pipe cap is then screwed on the end of the pipe4 ,the upper end of the pipe is attached to a hose connected to the hot-water faucet4 ,by separating the two nuts just a little1 a fine spray of water will be forced out of the holes4 ,when the dishes are in place the spray of hot water can be directed over them by moving the pipe up and down through the hole in the cover4 ,after the dishes are washed sufficiently the hose is removed and the tank placed over a gas jet so that the heat will pass up through the funnel-shaped attachment in the bottom of the tank4 ,the dishes1 already heated by the hot water1 soon dry in the heat from the gas jet4 ,if desired1 the tank can be allowed to remain over the jet until the next meal is ready to serve1 using a very small flame4--,contributed by ,w4 ,k4 ,baxter1 ,massillon1 ,o4 99 99 99 99 99 ,to empty a large sack filled with heavy material1 turn or roll it over a barrel4 ,how to ,make ,pop-,corn ,cakes ,illustration3 ,the ,pop ,corn ,when ,formed into ,cakes ,about ,one ,inch ,thick is ,easily ,handled ,it is very difficult to take a bite from a ball of pop corn1 and it becomes more difficult as the ball increases in size4 ,as a large number of balls were required for a church entertainment ,i decided to make the pop corn into cakes4 ,this was more easily accomplished than first imagined with the use of a cake-forming device as shown in the illustration4 ,the body of the former was made of a baking-powder can with the bottom removed4 ,the cover of the can was nailed to the top of an old table with its flange upward4 ,a plunger of wood was made to fit snugly inside of the can and a lever1 about #c ft4 long1 attached to it and fulcrumed to the wall4 ,after the pop corn has been prepared with the sirup1 it is placed in the can and compressed4 ,the can is then lifted out of the cover and the pop-corn cake removed4 ,this method offers a much better way to serve pop corn than in balls4 ,in making the cakes1 the can1 cover1 and plunger must be kept well covered with butter4--,contributed by ,howard ,a4 ,hopkins1 ,youngstown1 ,new ,york4 ,threading a ,darning ,needle ,having occasion to use a darning needle1 the eye of which was too small to insert the yarn in the usual manner1 ,i tried the following method with good results4 ,a thread was doubled and passed through the eye1 and the loop thus formed was used to pull the yarn through4--,contributed by ,joe ,henderson1 ,eldred1 ,ill4 ,a ,fish ,scaler ,illustration3 ,bottle ,caps ,nailed to a ,wood ,block for ,removing ,scales from a ,fish ,all kinds of devices1 both simple and complex1 have been made and patented for use in scaling fish1 but for a novelty ,i found the following1 which necessity compelled me to improvise on an outing trip1 to be as efficient as any of them4 ,as usual1 the commissary1 in making up the outfit1 neglected to take the curry comb to clean the fish1 and at the same time remembered to take a plentiful supply of bottled goods4 ,long before it became necessary to scale any fish enough bottles had been opened to provide the basis of a tool for the purpose1 which ,i constructed by using the small tin bottle caps1 a few being nailed on a block of wood1 about #c in4 wide by #d in4 long1 making a splendid fish scaler1 as good and efficient at home as in the camp1 and both inexpensive and easily made4 ,the sketch shows the general appearance4-- ,contributed by ,t4 ,b4 ,lambert1 ,chicago4 ,a ,disappearing ,towel ,illustration3 ,the ,weight ,draws the ,towel into the ,case ,out of ,sight ,when ,not in ,use ,nothing is more unsightly to a stranger entering a home than a dirty towel in either the bathroom or the kitchenette4 ,to keep the towel out of sight ,i made a hanger as shown in the illustration4 ,a wire was bent into shape similar to a clothes hanger and a sliding clip made to hold the towel in place4 ,a cabinet was made to accommodate the towel1 and the hanger was attached to a cord run over a pulley fastened at the top1 through a weight pulley1 and then tied to a screw eye at the top4 ,the weight draws the towel into the cabinet4 ,near the bottom edge a slot was cut and a small panel fitted in it4 ,this small panel is fastened to the lower end of the towel4 ,it is only necessary to pull out the small panel to get at the towel4 ,when through with the towel1 let loose of it and the weight will draw it into the opening4--,contributed by ,chas4 ,c4 ,bradley1 ,w4 ,toledo1 ,o4 ,ammonia-,carrying ,case for ,insect ,bites ,illustration ,an old clinical-thermometer case can be easily turned into a vial in which to carry ammonia for insect bites4 ,fit a small rubber stopper in the case1 then push a darning needle into the stopper so that its end will be a little more than midway in the case4 ,cut or break off the needle end projecting on the outside and attach a small wad of cotton to the inside end4 ,the case is then filled with ammonia4 ,for bee stings this works fine1 as the ammonia completely neutralizes the formic acid which the bee deposits4--,contributed by ,e4 ,everett ,buchanan1 ,elmira1 ,n4 ,y4 99 99 99 99 99 ,the contact points of a firm-joint caliper should never be struck on hard surfaces to adjust them4 ,how to ,make ,combined ,kites ,,by ,c4 ,m4 ,,miller ,,part ,,ii--,a ,festooned ,kite ,more than one kite on the same framework is known as a compound kite4 ,the one illustrated consists of three tailless kites on one long stick1 called the spine4 ,the upper one is #c ft42 the center one1 #b ft41 and the lower one1 #a ft4 in width4 ,there will be needed for the construction of this kite a stick of light wood--spruce is best1 but it may be of pine or bass--#g ft4 long by by in4 ,if the wood breaks easily it will be better to increase the width from in4 to in41 or the stick might be made in4 thick without increasing the width1 but with a good spruce stick the dimensions first given will be sufficient4 ,the stick should be straight-grained and without a twist4 ,if the spine is twisted1 the kites will not lie flat or in a plane with each other1 and if one is out of true1 it will cause the kite to be unsteady in the air4 ,the bow sticks are three1 the upper one being #d ft4 long by by in42 the center one1 #b ft4 long by by in41 and the lower one1 #a ft4 long by by in4 ,about five sheets of tissue paper will be required1 but more may be needed for color combinations4 ,the so-called ,french tissue paper is much better1 as it comes in fine colors and is much stronger than the ordinary tissue4 ,it costs a trifle more1 but it pays in making a beautiful kite4 ,the ,chinese rice paper is the strongest1 but it comes only in natural colors4 ,illustration3 ,the ,spine with the ,bow ,sticks ,properly ,spaced as ,shown by the ,dimensions ,illustration3 ,the ,kite as ,it ,appears with the ,festoons ,hung to the ,ends of the ,sticks ,it will be seen that the kites do not extend to the top and bottom of the spine stick4 ,the first bow stick is placed #ac in4 from the top end of the spine1 and each of its ends extends #f in4 beyond the kite for fastening the festoons4 ,the bow sticks should be lashed to the spine1 not nailed4 ,wind diagonally around the two sticks1 both left and right1 then wind between the two1 around the other windings4 ,this draws all windings up tightly to prevent slipping4 ,to string up the upper kite1 drill a small hole through the spine1 #f in4 from the top1 at ,a1 and also #f in4 from each end of the bow stick1 at ,b and ,c4 ,if a small drill is not available1 notch the stick with a knife or saw to hold the string4 ,another hole is made in the spine #bi in4 from the upper bow stick1 or at ,d4 ,tie the outline string at ,a1 then pass through the hole at ,c1 then through ,d1 up through ,b and back to the starting point at ,a4 ,in tying the last point1 draw up the string tightly1 but not enough to spring the spine or bow4 ,measure carefully to see if the distance ,,ac is the same as ,,ab1 and if ,,cd is equal to ,,bd4 ,if they are not1 shift the string until they are equal and wind at all points1 as shown at ,e1 to prevent further slipping4 ,proceed in the same way with the center and lower kite1 and it will be ready for the cover4 ,the cover tissue should be cut about #a in4 larger all around than the surface to be covered1 but turn over about half of this allowance4 ,this will give plenty of looseness to the cover4 ,for the fringe festoons1 cut strips of tissue paper1 #b in4 wide1 paste in4 of one long edge over a string1 and cut slits with scissors at intervals of #a in4 along the loose edge4 ,after the fringe has been made1 attach it as shown in the illustration4 ,do not stretch it tightly1 but give sufficient looseness to make each length form a graceful curve and keep the sides well balanced4 ,to bend the bows of the upper and center kites1 attach a string from end to end of each bow on the back side of the kite and spring in short brace sticks in the manner usual for tailless kites4 ,attach the upper end of the bridle at ,a4 ,the length of the bridle string is #hg in4 and the kite line is attached to it #cj in4 from ,a1 leaving the lower part from this point to ,f1 where it is tied to the spine1 #eg in4 long4 ,the kite should fly without a tail1 but if it dodges too much1 attach extra streamers to the ends of the bow sticks of the lower kite1 and to the bottom of the spine4 ,if good combinations of colors are used a very beautiful kite will be the result1 and one that will fly well4 ,simple ,experiment in ,electromagnetism ,illustration3 ,a ,small ,coil of ,wire ,mounted on a ,cork ,floating in ,dilute ,sulphuric ,acid ,the following simple experiment1 which may be easily performed1 will serve to prove the theory that there is a magnetic field produced about a conductor carrying a current1 and that there is a definite relation between the direction of the current in the conductor and the direction1 or polarity1 of the magnetic field produced by the current4 ,the current in the experiment is to be produced by a battery consisting of a small copper and zinc plate fastened to the under side of a large flat cork1 as shown in the sketch1 the whole being placed in a glass or rubber vessel partly filled with diluted sulphuric acid4 ,a small coil of wire is formed and mounted on top of the cork1 and its terminals are connected to the copper and zinc plates4 ,the electromotive force generated will cause a current to circulate through the coil from the copper plate to the zinc plate4 ,if the poles of a permanent magnet be presented in turn to the same side of the coil it will be found that there is a force of attraction between one pole of the permanent magnet and the coil1 and a force of repulsion between the other pole and the coil4 ,if the same operation be performed on the opposite side of the coil1 it will be found that the force between the poles of the magnet and the coil are just the reverse of what they were in the first case2 that is1 the pole that attracted the coil in the first case will now repel it1 and the one that repelled it1 will now attract it4 ,applying one of the fundamental laws of magnetism--like poles attract and unlike repel each other--it can be readily seen that the two sides of the coil are of opposite magnetic polarity4 ,if the direction of the current around the coil be changed1 the action between the coil and the magnet will be opposite to what it was originally1 and if the plates be placed in clean water1 there will be no current and no attraction or repulsion between the coil and the poles of the magnet4 ,double ,lock for a ,shed ,illustration ,four boys using the same shed as their workshop wished to lock it so that any one of them could enter alone4 ,usually only two keys are supplied with a lock1 so two locks were purchased and applied to the staples as shown4 ,each boy was provided with a key and could enter at his pleasure4--,contributed by ,george ,alfred ,moore1 ,versailles1 ,o4 ,ferrules for ,tool ,handles ,illustration ,discarded metal caps from broken gas-mantle holders should be saved1 as they will come in handy for several purposes1 such as ferrules on wood handles1 and the like4 ,the wire screen is removed from the end1 and the cap is fastened to the handle with a nail or screw4--,contributed by ,james ,m4 ,kane1 ,doylestown1 ,pa4 ,mallet ,made from ,wagon-,wheel ,felly and ,spoke ,illustration3 ,a ,well-,shaped ,mallet ,made from a ,section of a ,wagon-,wheel ,felly and ,spoke ,when in need of a mallet and if an old broken and discarded wagon wheel is at hand1 one can be made quickly as follows3 ,cut through the rim at ,a and ,b1 and through the spoke at any distance desired1 as at ,c1 for instance4 ,the spoke is dressed into the shape of a handle and sandpapered smooth4 ,the section of the felly is used as head and is shaped properly and fastened to the handle with two nails4--,contributed by ,mark ,gluckman1 ,jersey ,city1 ,new ,jersey4 ,a ,mystery ,sounding ,glass ,procure a thin1 tapering drinking glass1 a piece of thin1 black thread1 about #b ft4 long1 and a long lead pencil4 ,cut a small groove around the pencil near one end4 ,make a slip noose in each end of the thread and slip one into the notch and place the thin glass in the other with the thread near the top4 ,when the pencil is revolved slowly the thread will be wound on it slightly and it will slip back with a jerk that produces a ring in the glass4 ,this may be kept up indefinitely4 ,the movement necessary is so small that it is imperceptible4 ,the glass can be made to answer questions by two rings for 8yes0 and one ring for 8no40 99 99 99 99 99 ,a lighted match held to the outside of a fish-pole joint causes an expansion of the outer ferrule and allows the pole to be readily pulled apart4 ,repairing a ,broken ,canoe ,paddle ,illustration ,while paddling a rented canoe one day the paddle struck a rock and snapped in two a little below the center of the handle4 ,the boatman laughed at the idea of trying to fix it1 but after paying his price for the paddle ,i decided to try mending it4 ,the barrel of an old bicycle pump was procured and ,i found that it fitted over the paddle at the break a trifle loosely4 ,it was pushed on the handle out of the way4 ,then with a ,no4 #h bit ,i bored a hole #h in4 deep in the end of each broken part4 ,into these holes1 which formed one cavity when the broken ends were brought together1 was forced and glued a tight-fitting #af-;in4 dowel pin4 ,the outside of the handle was then wrapped with tape for about #aj in4 each side of the break1 and the pump barrel was forced down over this tape until it completely and firmly enveloped the broken ends4--,contributed by ,clarence ,g4 ,meyers1 ,waterloo1 ,iowa ,tightening ,lever for ,tennis ,nets ,illustration3 ,the ,upper ,rope on a ,tennis ,net ,held ,taut with a ,lever on the ,post ,tennis nets are always sagging and to keep them at the proper height requires considerable attention1 especially so where the posts are not solidly set in the ground4 ,a very effective net tightener1 and one that is easy to make is the lever shown in the illustration4 ,one end of a piece of hardwood board is shaped into a handle the other end being left large4 ,in the latter a hole is cut to fit loosely over the post for the net4 ,the upper end of the post is notched and a sheave pulley is placed in it so that the groove will be in line with the net4 ,the upper rope on the net is run over the pulley and is attached to the lever handle4 ,a downward pressure on the handle draws the rope taut and locks it on the post4 ,it is easily removed from the post and can be left attached to the rope and rolled up in the net when not in use4 ,a ,desk ,watch ,holder ,illustration ,a watch holder for the desk is a great convenience for the busy worker1 and many calendar devices are sold for this purpose1 yet they are no more efficient than the one illustrated1 which can be made from an ordinary spindle desk file4 ,if the wire is too long it can be cut off and the bend made in it to form a hook for the watch ring4 ,cleaning ,silverware ,to clean silverware or anything made of the precious metals1 such as jewelry1 etc41 is very simple with the following method3 ,place a piece of zinc in a cup1 dish1 or any glazed ware2 put in the articles to be cleaned1 and pour over them a hot solution of water and carbonate of soda--washing soda--in proportions of one tablespoonful of soda to gal4 of water4 ,this is a solution and method used by many jewelers for cleaning pins1 rings1 chains1 and many other small articles made in gold and silver4 99 99 99 99 99 ,a machine should never be stopped in the midst of a fine cut4 ,illustration ,an ,eight-,pointed ,star ,kite ,,by ,,charles ,m4 ,,miller ,nearly every boy can make kites of the several common varieties without special directions4 ,for the boy who wants a kite that is not like those every other boy makes1 an eight-pointed star kite1 decorated in an original and interesting manner1 in various colors1 is well worth while1 even if it requires more careful work1 and extra time4 ,the star kite shown in ,fig4 #a is simple in construction1 and if carefully made1 will fly to a great height4 ,it is balanced by streamers instead of the common type of kite tail4 ,any regular-shaped kite should be laid out accurately1 as otherwise the error appears very prominent1 and unbalances the poise of the kite4 ,the frame for this star kite is made of four sticks1 joined1 as indicated in ,fig4 #e1 with strings running from one corner to the second corner beyond1 as from ,a to ,c1 from ,c to ,e1 etc4 ,a little notching of each pair of sticks lessens the thickness of the sticks at the center crossing1 and strengthens the frame1 ,the sticks are by in4 by #d ft4 long1 ,they are set at right angles to each other in pairs1 and lashed together with cord1 and also held by a -in4 brad at the center4 ,the strings that form the sides of the squares1 ,a to ,g1 and ,b to ,h1 must be equal in length when tied4 ,the points where the strings forming the squares cross each other and the sticks are also tied4 ,the first cover1 which is put on with paste1 laying it out on a smooth floor or table as usual in kite making1 is plain light-colored paper4 ,the darker decorations are pasted onto this4 ,the outside edges of the cover are turned over the string outline1 and pasted down4 ,the colors may be in many combinations1 as red and white1 purple and gold1 green and white1 etc4 ,brilliant and contrasting colors are best4 ,the decoration may proceed from the center out1 or the reverse4 ,the outside edge in the design shown has a #a-;in4 black stripe4 ,the figures are black4 ,the next octagonal black line binds the design together4 ,the points of the star are dark blue1 with a gilt stripe on each4 ,the center design is done in black1 dark blue1 and gilt4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #b ,,fig4 #d ,,fig4 #c ,,fig4 #e ,,fig4 #a ,the ,boy ,who ,makes a ,star ,kite of ,this ,type will ,have a ,construction ,different from the ,common ,run of ,kites1 ,especially ,if ,he ,decorates ,it in an ,attractive ,manner ,the flags are tied on1 and the tassels are easily made of cord4 ,the outside streamers are at least #f ft4 long1 and balanced carefully4 ,ribbons1 or dark-colored lining cambric1 are used for them4 ,the funnel-shaped ends balance the kite4 ,they are shown in detail in ,figs4 #b1 #c1 and #d1 and have #a-;in4 openings at the bottom1 through which the air passes1 causing a pull that steadies the kite4 ,they are of dark blue1 and the cloth fringe is of light blue4 ,a thin reed1 or fine wire1 is used for the hoop which stiffens the top4 ,heavy wrapping or cover paper is used to cover the hoops4 ,it is cut as shown in ,fig4 #d and rolled into shape4 ,a four-string bridle is fastened to the frame at ,i1 ,j1 ,k1 and ,l1 as shown4 ,the upper strings are each #ah in41 and the lower ones #cb in4 long1 to the point where they come together1 and must be adjusted after the kite line is fastened at ,m4 ,second ,handle on ,hoe or ,rake ,saves ,stooping ,illustration3 ,much of the ,tiring ,labor in ,using a ,hoe or ,rake is ,overcome by ,this ,simple ,homemade ,attachment ,anyone who has used a hoe or rake for days at a time will appreciate the labor saved by the attachment for the handle shown in the illustration4 ,it is adjustable to various-sized persons by means of the holes at the front end of the horizontal piece4 ,the two parts are each made of strips joined at the middle portions1 and arranged to clamp on the handle of the hoe or rake4 ,in hoeing around shrubs and large plants1 the handle may be set to one side4--,a4 ,s4 ,thomas1 ,amherstburg1 ,ont41 ,canada4 ,photo-,copying ,lens ,increases ,angle of ,camera ,trying to take some indoor pictures ,i found the angle of my ordinary lens was insufficient to 8get in0 the various objects ,i desired4 ,not having a wide angle lens1 ,i decreased the focal length of the lens by using a copying attachment4 ,the results were quite pleasing and while there is some distortion and less of the plate is covered than usual1 there is a remarkable increase in the angle of view4 ,to obtain definition1 it is necessary to stop the lens down1 but the pictures are very clear4--,samuel ,l4 ,pickett1 ,denver1 ,colo4 ,belt for ,sprocket ,drive ,made of ,brass ,strips ,illustration ,being unable to purchase a small driving chain for sprockets made by cutting out every other tooth in gears taken from a clockwork1 ,i used a brass strip1 properly punched1 and found it satisfactory4 ,the strip was 4#jje in4 thick and the points where the holes were to be punched out were indicated by dividers set from the gears4 ,i made a punch from a nail leaving a small center on it as shown and grinding the end to an oblong shape4 ,i used a piece of sheet lead as a die1 on which to punch the strips4 ,the marks made by the dividers provided spots on which to set the center of the punch1 making the result quite accurate4--,edward ,m4 ,davis1 ,philadelphia1 ,pa4 ,rain ,alarm with ,drop-of-,water ,contact ,illustration3 ,a ,drop of ,rain ,water ,completes the ,bell ,circuit1 ,thus ,giving ,warning of the ,rain ,an annunciating device1 which awakens a person sleeping in a room with the window open and warns him that it is raining1 so that he may close the window1 is an interesting bit of electrical construction4 ,on the outside of the house1 as detailed1 is a funnel fixed to the wall4 ,at its small end1 two separate wires have their terminals4 ,the wires enter the room at the frame of the window1 and connect to an electric bell1 and a dry cell4 ,a drop of water entering the funnel1 flows down to the small end1 falling on the terminals of the wires1 and acting as a conductor1 completes the circuit1 ringing the bell4 ,a switch inside cuts out the circuit1 stopping the bell's ringing4--,john ,m4 ,chabot1 ,lauzon1 ,quebec1 ,can4 ,coaster ,steering ,gear ,made from ,cream-,freezer ,drive ,illustration3 ,a ,steering ,rig ,that ,works ,almost ,like ,that on an ,automobile was ,made ,out of the ,driving ,parts of an ,old ,ice-,cream ,freezer ,in rebuilding a wagon into an automobile coaster1 ,i used the driving rod and gears from an old ice-cream freezer1 and found that it worked so well that perhaps other boys might be interested in the job4 ,the front of the coaster was covered with a hood1 and the steering wheel was set back of it1 as shown4 ,the center rod of the freezer was used for the steering post ,f1 and an old rubber-tired wheel was made into a steering wheel4 ,the casting from the top of the freezer1 with the gears in it1 and the rod on which the turning crank was fastened were set on a block1 ,h1 and braced1 as shown4 ,the shaft where the crank was fastened1 at ,b1 was set through the wagon bed4 ,a crosspiece of iron1 ,a1 was wired to the axle ,d with wires ,c4 ,a heavy block was used for a turntable4 ,the top end of the casting was fastened to the hood with a brace1 ,g1 and the block ,h steadies the rigging also4--,l4 ,chester ,bryant1 ,el ,dorado1 ,ark4 ,pad for ,glass ,vessels ,made of ,corks ,in the kitchen1 shop1 laboratory1 and other places where glass or other fragile dishes or vessels are used1 a convenient pad on which to rest them can be made by stringing corks on a strong cord or wire in the form of a ring4 ,several rings of corks may be used to make a mat1 or rings slightly larger in diameter than the bottle or vessel may be made for certain sizes of containers4 ,if desired1 the corks may be cut to fit closely on the radial joints1 making the resulting ring more secure4 ,a ,shaving ,lamp and ,mirror for the ,camp ,illustration ,to make shaving possible in camp at night1 or with little daylight1 a small mirror was provided with an electric flash light4 ,the mirror was set to swing free1 in a wooden support4 ,the light was fastened slightly above and behind the mirror4 and swings at its base1 so that it can be tipped upward or downward1 throwing the light correspondingly4 ,a piece of wood1 #a by #c in41 and as long as the mirror frame is wide1 serves as a base4 ,the arms will hold the mirror far enough in front of the lamp to allow room in which to swing4 ,the body of the lamp is set on a block1 and held between two wooden pieces1 into which a band of iron was set near the top4 ,the uprights move in an arc1 pivoting at their lower fastening1 on screws4--,c4 ,l4 ,meller1 ,fargo1 ,n4 ,d4 ,automatic ,electric ,light on ,talking-,machine ,cabinet ,illustration ,in many homes the phonograph is placed where little light is available in changing the records1 setting the needle etc4 ,an electric light which is lighted only while the cover of the phonograph is raised1 is well worth installing4 ,a metal arm1 ,a1 supports the open cover of the cabinet4 ,when the cover is closed1 this arm passes through a slot and takes the position shown by the dotted line4 ,a strip of spring brass1 ,b1 is fastened to the inside wall of the cabinet1 in the path of the arm1 so that it will be pushed down to the off position1 as indicated4 ,when the arm releases the strip ,b1 the latter presses against the contact ,c4 ,a small electric lamp1 ,d1 is set in the corner1 and electrical connection made to it through ,b and ,c1 the plug connections passing through the back of the cabinet4 ,when the cover is down1 the electric circuit is open1 and the moment it is raised1 connection is made at ,c1 and the lamp lights4 ,the backs of most phonograph cabinets may be removed easily to make these changes4--,m4 ,c4 ,ball1 ,kansas ,city1 ,mo4 ,device for ,suspending ,parcels from ,overhead ,hooks ,illustration ,to hang small sacks or other articles out of reach overhead1 so that they may be easily taken down1 ,i use a double-eye hook which ,i made of wire4 ,a single piece of wire is used1 and twisted into two loops as shown1 and then formed into a twisted hook4 ,i use a pole with a nail1 hooking it into the lower loop1 to raise the parcel2 this leaves the upper loop free to be hooked on the nail above4--,e4 ,b4 ,warren1 ,garnet1 ,mont4 ,steel ,wool as ,aluminum-,ware ,cleaner ,it takes little trouble to keep aluminium pots and pans shining if they are cleaned frequently with steel wool1 water1 and a nonalkaline soap4 ,use a very fine grade of the wool1 and give the utensils a few rubs frequently rather than attempt to clean them only occasionally1 when much soiled4--,l4 ,p4 ,langan1 ,denver1 ,colo4 ,illustration ,how to ,make a ,model ,old-,four ,monoplane ,,by ,,ralph ,m4 ,,brown ,the old-four monoplane model1 made famous by its wonderful flights1 is one of the most graceful that has been built4 ,its large size and slow1 even glide make it a much more desirable flier than the ordinary dartlike model4 ,it gives one a true insight into the phenomena of heavier-than-air flight4 ,this machine1 when complete1 should weigh #i oz4 and fly #a1bjj ft41 rising from the ground under its own power and landing lightly4 ,its construction is simple1 and with careful reference to the sketches1 an exact reproduction may be made4 ,for the motor bases1 ,a1 ,fig4 #a1 secure two spruce sticks1 each #dh in4 long1 in4 wide1 and in4 thick1 and fasten a wire hook on one end of each stick with thread wound around after giving it a coat of glue4 ,these hooks are to hold one end of the rubber bands that act as the motive power1 and are designated by the letter ,b4 ,at the opposite ends of the sticks1 at ,c1 bearings are provided1 which consist of blocks of wood1 each #a in4 long1 #a in4 wide1 and in4 thick4 ,these are also bound in place with thread after gluing them4 ,holes are drilled through the blocks lengthwise and then lined with bushings made of brass tubing1 in4 in inside diameter4 ,the two motor bases ,a are connected with four cross sticks1 ,d1 each #i in4 long and in4 square4 ,these are bound and glued on the under side1 one near each end and the others equidistant each from the other and from the nearest end stick4 ,the front bumper ,e is made of round rattan1 in4 in diameter4 ,illustration3 ,the ,mechanical ,bird will ,run ,about ,five ,feet on the ,ground and ,then ,rise and ,fly ,the alighting gear is next in order of construction4 ,this is made as shown entirely of bamboo1 in4 square4 ,the pieces marked ,f are #aa in4 long2 ,g1 #i in4 long1 and the cross bar ,h1 #aa in4 long4 ,at the rear1 the pieces ,j are #ac in4 long2 ,k1 #d in4 long1 and the cross piece ,l1 #aa in4 long4 ,the distance between the points ,m and ,n1 ,fig4 #b1 is #f in41 and between ,o and ,p1 #i in4 ,the bamboo is easily curved by wetting and holding it for an instant in the flame of a candle4 ,it will hold its shape just as soon as it becomes cold4 ,the wheels are made of tin1 #a in4 in diameter1 borrowed from a toy automobile4 ,the axles are made from wire1 in4 in diameter4 ,the wing spars ,q are made of spruce1 in4 wide and in4 thick4 ,those for the front are #cj in4 long1 and for the rear1 #cf in4 long4 ,the ribs ,r are made of bamboo pieces1 in4 square1 #e in4 long for the front plane1 and #f in4 for the rear4 ,these are bound and glued on top of the spars1 #c in4 apart4 ,they are given a slight upward curve4 ,the round ends are made of -in4 rattan4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #a ,the ,motor ,base is ,made of ,two ,spruce ,sticks ,joined ,together with ,four ,cross ,sticks1 ,bound and ,glued to the ,under ,side ,it is rather difficult to make good propellers1 but with a little time and patience they can be shaped and formed into good proportions4 ,procure two clear1 straight-grained blocks of white pine1 #h in4 long1 #a in4 wide1 and in4 thick4 ,draw a diagonal line on one block from opposite corners1 as shown at ,s1 ,fig4 #c1 then on the other block ,t1 draw the line in an opposite direction4 ,turn the blocks over and draw opposite diagonals1 as shown by the dotted lines4 ,draw a circle on each side exactly in the center1 in4 in diameter4 ,drill -in4 holes through the centers of the circles for the propeller shafts4 ,the wood is then cut down to the lines drawn1 leaving only enough material so that they will not break easily4 ,the face of the blades should be flat and the back rounded4 ,leave plenty of stock near the hub4 ,after the faces have been finished1 the blades are shaped as shown at ,u4 ,the propellers should be finished with sandpaper to make them perfectly smooth1 as much of the success of the model will depend upon them4 ,it will be a good plan to shellac them1 and also the frame and the alighting gear4 ,aluminum paint costs but little1 and it makes a fine finish for a model aeroplane4 ,the propeller shafts ,v1 ,fig4 #a1 #b1 and #d1 are cut from bicycle spokes4 ,an eye for the rubber band is bent in the spoke1 about #b in4 from the threaded end4 ,the end having the threads is run through the bearing block ,c1 ,fig4 #d1 and the propeller fastened on with a small washer on each side of it by means of two nuts1 ,w1 cut from a bicycle nipple4 ,these nuts may be turned up tightly with pliers4 ,the planes are covered with tissue paper put on tightly over the tops of the ribs1 using a flour paste4 ,the planes are movably fixed on the motor bases ,a by tying at the four points of contact with rubber bands4 ,this makes it possible to adjust the fore-and-aft balance of the machine by changing the position of the planes4 ,the motive power1 which is the most important part of the entire machine1 consists of rubber bands4 ,there are three ways of obtaining these bands4 ,it is best1 if possible1 to purchase them from an aeroplane supply house4 ,in this case1 procure about #ajj ft4 of -in4 square rubber1 #ej ft4 for each side4 ,these are wound closely between the hooks ,x4 ,this rubber can be taken from a golf ball4 ,it will require about #dj strands of this rubber1 which is removed by cutting into the ball1 on each propeller4 ,another way of obtaining the bands is to purchase ,no4 #ai rubber bands and loop them together1 chain-fashion1 to make them long enough to reach between the hooks without stretching4 ,about #cj strands on each propeller will be sufficient4 ,the hooks ,x are made in the shape of the letter 8,s10 to provide a way for taking out the rubber bands quickly4 ,to prevent the hooks from cutting the rubber1 slip some -in4 rubber tubing over them4 ,the rubber bands1 or motor1 when not in use1 should be kept in a cool1 dark place and powdered with ,french chalk to prevent the parts from sticking together4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #b ,the ,alighting ,gear is ,made ,entirely of ,bamboo and ,attached to the ,under ,side of the ,motor ,frame ,with the model complete1 flying is the next thing in order4 ,with a machine as large as this one1 quite a field will be necessary to give it a good flight4 ,test the plane by gliding it1 that is1 holding it up by the propellers and bearing blocks on a level with your head and throwing it forward on an even keel4 ,shift the planes forward or back until it balances and comes to the ground lightly4 ,winding up the propellers is accomplished by means of an eye inserted in the chuck of an ordinary hand drill4 ,while an assistant grasps the propellers and motor bearings the rubber is unhooked from the front of the machine and hooked into the eye in the drill4 ,stretch the rubber out for about #aj ft41 and as it is wound up1 let it draw back gradually4 ,wind up the propellers in opposite directions1 turning them from #djj to #hjj revolutions4 ,be sure to wind both propellers the same number of turns1 as this will assure a straight flight4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #c ,the ,most ,difficult ,part of ,making the ,propellers can be ,overcome with a ,little ,patience ,set the machine on the ground and release both propellers at once1 and at the same time push it forward4 ,if everything is properly constructed and well balanced1 the mechanical bird will run about #e ft4 on the ground and then rise to #ae or #bj ft4 and fly from #hjj to #a1bjj ft41 descending in a long glide and alighting gracefully4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #d ,the ,motive ,power1 ,which ,is the ,most ,important ,part of the ,machine1 ,consists of ,rubber ,bands ,if the machine fails to rise1 move the forward plane toward the front4 ,if it climbs up suddenly and hangs in the air and falls back on its tail1 move it toward the back4 ,after the novelty of overland flights has worn off1 try flights over the water4 ,to do this the wheels must be removed and four pontoons put in their place1 as shown by the dotted lines in ,fig4 #b4 ,the pontoons are made over a light frame1 constructed as shown in ,fig4 #e4 ,the frame pieces are bamboo1 in4 square4 ,each one is #h in4 long1 #d in4 wide1 and #b in4 deep4 ,the covering consists of writing paper glued in place1 after which the whole surface is covered with melted paraffin to make it water-tight4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #e ,framework for ,constructing ,pontoons by ,covering ,them with ,writing ,paper ,soaked in ,paraffin ,no doubt various methods will be suggested by the time such flights are made1 such as smaller planes for racing1 larger ones for altitude and duration1 etc4 ,to make the machine carry weights1 build a duplicate set of planes and fasten them #f in4 above the others by means of struts1 in4 square1 forming a tandem biplane1 as shown by the dotted lines in ,fig4 #b4 ,patience is the one thing necessary in model budding4 ,sometimes a machine carefully made will not fly1 and no one can make it do so until some seemingly unimportant alteration is made4 ,how to ,make a ,pair of ,trammels ,the making of these trammels is a very nice workshop problem for a school1 as it requires a very small amount of stock and a corresponding degree of skill1 and at the same time adds a little something to the general shop equipment4 ,the brass is best procured in strips1 which may be had in different widths1 except the bar1 which is in4 thick and not less than in4 wide4 ,the steel for the points may be the ordinary steel1 or if the trammels are to be used on woodwork1 very satisfactory points can be made of heavy nails4 ,illustration3 ,trammel ,points ,made of a ,nail and a ,brass ,strip to ,fit the ,bar ,cut two pieces of brass1 #d in4 long1 and straighten them with a wood or rawhide mallet on a surface plate4 ,draw center lines both ways through each piece and lay out the openings for the bar with a sharp scriber1 and make a center-punch mark for the -in4 hole that is to be drilled at the intersection of the center lines4 ,mark the lines where the piece is to be bent1 and with a pair of dividers lay out the ends and shape them with a file4 ,the center hole and bar openings are next drilled1 and the latter finished by filing4 ,it is better to plane up a short piece of hard wood1 by in41 and use it as a gauge in filing the rectangular openings than to try to make them by measurement4 ,polish the brass pieces with a piece of fine emery cloth or paper1 rubbing it in straight lines lengthwise of the stock4 ,the bending is done by clamping the pieces in a vise and bending first one side and then the other on the lines indicated4 ,this will require some care1 as the upper ends should be #a in4 apart on the inside when the bending is complete4 ,to insure the same angle on both sides1 a template of wood is used1 and the pieces are carefully bent to fit it4 ,the holes for the points are reamed tapering from the inside1 where they are riveted in place4 ,the points are filed to shape and polished1 which is best accomplished in a lathe4 ,clamp one of the points in an upright position in a vise with the shouldered end up4 ,slip one of the brass pieces in place and rivet by upsetting the projecting end with a light hammer4--,contributed by ,j4 ,a4 ,shelly1 ,brooklyn1 ,n4 ,y4 ,seeding ,bare ,spots on ,lawns ,illustration ,a lawn that shows patches of grass with bare spots1 or only partly covered with grass can be sown with seed that will fill the uncovered places by using the tool illustrated4 ,it is made of a block of wood1 #a in4 thick1 into which several large nails are driven so that their ends project about #a in4 ,another block is fastened on top of the nail heads to keep them from pushing out of their holes4 ,a handle is attached to the latter block4 ,the tool is used by driving it into the earth where there is no grass1 or in thin places1 and the grass seed is sprinkled into the holes4 ,in raking over the lawn the young grass is not so apt to be torn out and destroyed before it gets a good root4--,contributed by ,edmund ,h4 ,trabold1 ,orange1 ,n4 ,j4 ,a ,porch ,swing ,illustration3 ,a ,porch ,swing ,having a ,rail ,that ,incloses the ,person ,sitting in ,it ,the seat of the swing consists of a board1 #cj in4 long1 #ad in4 wide1 and #a in4 thick1 with holes bored in each corner for the ropes4 ,the rail at the top is made of four oak pieces1 two of them #cj in4 long1 for the sides1 and the other two #ah in4 long1 for the ends2 all #c in4 wide and in4 thick4 ,the ends of these pieces are finished rounding1 and holes are bored in them for the supporting ropes4 ,the supports for the rails consist of four pieces of -in4 pipe1 #ae in4 long4 ,the ropes are run through the holes in the ends of the rails1 down through the pipes and through the holes in the seat board1 where they are knotted4 ,a rope tied to a convenient post or screw hook makes a handy way to give motion by pulling4 ,to get into the swing1 raise one of the side rails on the rope4--,contributed by ,ward ,m4 ,mills1 ,bakersfield1 ,cal4 99 99 99 99 99 ,cover the top and side of ice in a refrigerator with a piece of ,canton flannel1 and the ice will last longer4 ,sheepshank ,knot ,used to ,recover ,rope ,illustration3 ,only a ,small ,portion of the ,rope will be ,left on the ,projection ,the knot shown has a peculiar characteristic which enables a person to recover the rope after letting himself down from some elevated position4 ,after the rope has been tied firmly to some support1 as a limb of a tree1 tie this knot1 or 8sheepshank10 as high up as possible4 ,close inspection will show that one of the three sections of the knot holds no part of the weight below4 ,this section is identified as the portion which projects through the loops ,a and ,b at both ends4 ,the other sections project through at one end only4 ,when the knot has been arranged1 slide down carefully to a position just below it and cut the rope at ,c2 then descend to the ground4 ,by shaking the rope the knot may be loosened1 and only a short piece will be left attached to the support4--,contributed by ,f4 ,r4 ,gorton1 ,ypsilanti1 ,michigan4 ,writing ,two ,colors on a ,plain-,ribbon ,typewriter ,to write red1 or any other color1 on a one-color ribbon typewriter place a long enough piece of red carbon paper1 or the color desired1 between the ribbon and the paper4 ,it will hold its place quite well1 does the work as well as a two-color ribbon used on expensive machines1 and does not cost very much4--,contributed by ,leslie ,e4 ,turner1 ,new ,york ,city4 ,a ,simple ,card ,deception ,the effect of this trick is not new1 but the method is a new one4 ,a card is selected by a spectator and noted1 then returned to the pack1 which is shuffled by the one drawing the card4 ,despite the thorough mixing the correct card is located by cutting the pack4 ,the secret is this3 ,when the card is chosen1 the chooser is allowed to remove it from the pack4 ,the performer then takes it and holds it up and asks the audience to fix it in their minds4 ,while doing this1 allow the thumb nail of the index finger to slightly graze the edge of the card4 ,this will not show1 nor can it be detected by the holder1 and he suspects nothing of the kind4 ,when returned to the deck and shuffled the pack is evened up for cutting4 ,a glance at the edges will show a small white spot distinctly1 as the scraped edge will contrast with the other soiled cards4 ,it is simple to cut the pack from this key4--,contributed by ,john ,c4 ,moorehead1 ,minneapolis1 ,minn4 ,catching ,minnows for ,bait ,instead of chasing the little fish up and down the stream to catch enough for bait1 try putting a clean bit of shell in a wide-mouth jar and holding it in the water4 ,the minnows will be attracted in great numbers1 and it is an easy matter to dip them up4 ,a bit of shell can be used also in a net4 ,the white1 shining shell seems to be a good lure for the little fellows4--,contributed by ,miriam ,colchester1 ,amherst1 ,can4 ,grinding ,writing and ,lettering ,pens ,a fine or coarse writing or lettering pen can be produced quickly by means of an oilstone4 ,by rubbing it at the sides of the nibs1 the pen is made finer1 and grinding across the ends makes it coarser4 ,by grasping the penholder in the normal writing position1 and writing lightly on the surface of the stone1 the pen may be ground to the style of the user1 making it write more smoothly4 ,if the pen scratches1 a slight touching up on the stone1 which should be a fine hone1 will remedy the difficulty4 ,pneumatic ,door ,check ,made of ,bicycle ,pump ,illustration3 ,this ,neat and ,effective ,door ,check was ,made of an ,old ,bicycle ,pump and a ,strip of ,iron1 ,shaped and ,polished ,a door was provided with a heavy coiled spring that caused it to slam shut1 and in order to overcome this nuisance1 a check was made from an old bicycle pump4 ,the fittings being worked out neatly1 did not mar the appearance of the woodwork4 ,band iron1 by #a in41 was used for the fittings4 ,a clamp1 as detailed1 was made to hold the end of the pump cylinder4 ,a bracket1 #e in4 long1 of similar iron was fastened to the door1 as shown1 with screws1 and the clamp bolted to it4 ,the end of the plunger was extended and bent at a right angle1 so as to pivot in a small angle bracket attached to the trim1 as shown in the front view4 ,an air-release hole was provided1 as indicated1 so that the air was freed from the cylinder gradually as the door closed1 thus preventing slamming4--,p4 ,p4 ,avery1 ,garfield1 ,new ,jersey4 ,convenient ,tool ,drawer under ,chair ,seat ,illustration ,for the householder who does small repairing occasionally at home1 a sliding drawer under his working chair will be found a convenience4 ,the tools are always handy when he sits down to his work1 and he can put them away again without arising from the chair4 ,this arrangement is also useful in small shops where a chair or stool is used for tinkering and light bench work4--,james ,m4 ,kane1 ,doylestown1 ,pa4 ,red ,windows in ,daylight ,photographic ,workroom ,instead of the customary dark room1 with the expense of red incandescent lamps or the evil-smelling oil lamp1 the photographer who works during the day should have a red room1 obtained by means of a window with panes of red glass4 ,the amateur can cover the windows with red cloth1 through which will penetrate a diffuse red light of the desired quality4 ,this is far superior to the common practice of providing an opaque screen1 blocking up the windows1 etc41 and the screen can be made of red cloth instead of black cloth1 just as handily4 ,proper ventilation should1 of course1 be provided4--,alfred ,j4 ,miller1 ,albuquerque1 ,n4 ,m4 ,a ,model ,paper ,monoplane ,that can be ,steered ,illustration3 #a #c #e #g #i #d #f #b #h #aj ,the ,method of ,folding the ,paper is ,indicated ,clearly in the ,diagram1 ,which are to be ,followed in the ,order of ,their ,numbering1 the ,tail being ,inserted ,separately ,an interesting bit of paper construction is a small monoplane made from a #g-;in4 square of paper1 folded as indicated in the diagram and provided with a paper tail4 ,this little monoplane can be steered by adjusting the tail1 and even made to loop the loop in the varying air currents4 ,for the boy who enjoys experimenting with such a model this little construction offers much instruction and entertainment1 and the grown-up who still has an interest in such things will also find it a worth-while job4 ,illustration3 ,this ,model ,monoplane is ,made of a ,sheet of ,paper1 ,seven ,inches ,square1 and can be ,steered by ,bending or ,twisting the ,tail ,to make this model1 fold a square of medium-weight paper on the dotted lines1 as indicated in ,fig4 #a in the diagram4 ,then unfold the sheet and refold it as in ,fig4 #b4 ,then bring the folded corners ,a and ,b into position1 as shown at ,a and ,b in ,fig4 #c4 ,fold the corners ,c and ,d upward to the position ,c and ,d in ,fig4 #d4 ,fold corners ,g and ,h to the corresponding letters in ,fig4 #e4 ,fold points ,j and ,k to the corresponding letters in ,fig4 #f4 ,raise the points ,j and ,k1 ,fig4 #f1 and fold them in so that the corners which were below them in ,fig4 #f now come above them1 as at ,l and ,m in ,fig4 #g4 ,fold the corner ,n back along the line ,,op1 ,fig4 #h1 so that the shape of the main portion of the model is as shown in ,fig4 #i1 at ,,op4 ,make the tail #a by #ad in4 long1 as shown in ,fig4 #aj1 and paste it into position4 ,this completes the model1 which can be steered by bending or twisting the tail4--,george ,h4 ,stipp4 ,roll-,film ,spools ,useful in ,economizing ,pencils ,now that everyone should economize1 short lead pencils should receive attention4 ,a convenient lengthener is easily made by removing the metal ends from used film-camera spools1 the #c-;in4 length being the best size to use4 ,the pencil is cut to fit the unslotted end of the spindle tightly4 ,an eraser may be fitted in the slotted end4 ,in a school quite a saving was made by collecting the short pencils of the pupils and having them thus fitted up in the workshop4--,a4 ,t4 ,moss1 ,napa1 ,calif4 ,how to ,use the ,lawn ,mower ,difficulty in the operation of a lawn mower is often caused by failure to use the machine properly4 ,a lawn mower cuts like scissors except that one of the members is fixed4 ,the cutters pass over the cutting bar at an angle and thus shear off the grass4 ,the machine tends to throw the grass off to one side1 usually toward the left2 hence the machine should not be permitted to throw the cut grass back into the uncut patch4 ,this may be prevented by passing around the lawn so that the uncut grass is at the right of the operator4--,w4 ,h4 ,kruse1 ,fort ,wayne1 ,ind4 ,telegraph ,recorder with ,spool-and-,pencil ,indicator ,a simple substitute for the somewhat complicated telegraph recorders of the inking type may be constructed of materials readily available to a boy4 ,the instrument shown in the sketch was made in a short time and with no special outlay4 ,the base and the upright support are of wood4 ,the armature ,a was made of a strip cut from a tin box1 and folded to a length of #d in4 ,illustration3 ,the ,telegraph ,recorder was ,made of ,materials ,that may be ,gathered ,easily by ,boys ,the recording device consists of a short piece of pencil1 ,p1 set in a spool1 ,s4 ,the electromagnet ,m is fixed to the base1 and the armature ,a is actuated when current is permitted to pass through the magnet1 causing the recording pencil to move vertically4 ,a strip of paper is moved slowly under the pencil1 and in order to make the record regular a small channel-shaped guide of metal may be arranged under the pencil4--,william ,warnecke1 ,jr41 ,new ,york ,city4 ,campers' ,bait ,cache ,illustration3 ,angleworms for ,fishing ,bait may be ,kept ,satisfactorily in the ,buried ,box1 ,covered with ,sod ,campers desiring a sure supply of angleworms for fishing will find the bait cache shown in the sketch convenient and practical4 ,a box1 about #ah in4 long and #aj in4 square on the end1 is sunk into the ground in a shady place1 and all the bait dug by the campers on their arrival is placed into it4 ,the soil used to fill the box should be rich1 black loam1 quite moist but not wet enough to be sticky4 ,a few inches of the top of the box is left unfilled and a double layer of green sod is fitted over it1 as shown in the sectional view at the right4 ,the upper sod is arranged level with the surface of the ground and should be cut carefully so that it will not be observed by prowlers4 ,if the region where fishing is to be done is such that angleworms cannot be obtained easily1 it is best to dig them before starting for the camp4 ,the bait cache may then be made as a convenient place in which to keep the bait in good condition for fishing4 99 99 99 99 99 ,after cleaning a shotgun1 or a rifle1 a cork large enough to be seen readily should be placed in the end of the barrel to prevent rusting4 ,the cork should not be pressed into the end deeply as1 if it is forgotten and the firearm discharged without removing it1 a dangerous explosion may result4 ,a ,sail-,rigged ,wind ,motor ,,by ,e4 ,r4 ,,henderson ,ample power for driving light machines in a repair shop was obtained by the use of a wind motor like that shown in the sketch and in the detail drawings4 ,the device has numerous other applications1 particularly as a substitute for wind motors that require a high tower1 as in the driving of a pump4 ,as an interesting and inexpensive means of providing power for a home or boy's workshop1 or as an experimental device1 the motor is also worth while making4 ,the materials used are easily obtainable1 and the construction can be carried out with ordinary tools1 for the most part4 ,the driving connections may be obtained from old machine parts4 ,the dimensions given are for a motor of considerable size1 and may1 of course1 be reduced proportionately for a lighter machine4 ,if the device is made by boys1 the framework and other parts should be made one-half as large as the sizes indicated4 ,the wood used should then be three-fourths as thick as that shown4 ,the roof of the structure upon which the device is mounted must be well braced and strong enough to stand the strain4 ,the sails are headed toward the wind1 like those on a sailboat1 when the motor is at rest1 by means of a control rod1 ,f1 shown in the working drawing4 ,illustration3 ,the ,novel ,wind ,motor ,developed ,power for the ,driving of ,machines in a ,repair ,shop1 and can be ,made in ,various ,sizes for ,work or ,play ,purposes ,the main structural portion is a vertical beam1 or tower1 tapered at the ends and built up of #a by #a-;in4 rods1 strongly braced1 especially in the lower portion1 as indicated4 ,it is #ad ft4 high1 and built around an #ah-;in4 square board1 ,a1 notched at the corners to receive the posts4 ,a similar #ad-;in4 square1 ,b1 is built into the lower portion4 ,the lower end of the tower is pivoted on the ridge of the roof on a hollow shaft made from a section of iron pipe1 ,d1 and provided with a metal bearing washer1 ,e4 ,the pipe ,d is split at its upper end1 as shown in detail1 and fastened to the wooden plate ,b4 ,the control rod ,f passes up through the pipe ,d1 and is fixed to the control wires1 reaching the sails1 by means of a leather strap1 from which an iron swivel1 ,c1 is suspended1 as shown in the detail at the left4 ,the ends of the strap pass over pulleys1 fixed to the lower side of the plate ,a1 and connect with the sail-control wires4 ,spiral wire springs are attached to the wire connected to each end of the strap1 as shown only at the right sail beam1 and aid in controlling the sails4 ,these springs are adjusted so that when the control rod is drawn down to its lowest extent1 the sails will be with the edge 8into the wind10 thus neutralizing each other1 and causing the sail beam to be at rest4 ,illustration3 ,the ,method of ,construction is ,shown in ,detail3 ,by ,using the ,perspective ,sketch in ,connection with ,these ,working ,drawings1 the ,arrangement of the ,parts is ,readily ,understood ,the sail beam extends #i ft4 out from the center of the tower1 and is built up of three pieces4 ,the center section extends through the tower1 above the plate ,a1 and the brace beam1 which crosses it at right angles1 as shown in the perspective sketch1 and also at the detail of the strap arrangement4 ,the center section is of #a by #d-;in4 stock1 and the end portions are of #a by #b-;in4 stuff1 fastened securely1 as shown at detail ,g4 ,the sails are supported on masts1 #a in4 square1 pivoted at their junctions with the sail beam1 as shown at detail ,g1 and in guy-wire plates at their extreme ends1 as shown at detail ,j4 ,the fastening and bracing of the gaffs at the mast ends is also shown at ,j4 ,the canvas sails are #d by #d ft41 and mounted on the booms1 gaffs1 and masts4 ,the ends of the booms nearest the masts are weighted with lead1 as shown at detail ,g1 and extend beyond the masts4 ,the outer ends of the booms are joined in pairs1 and connect to the spring and strap control4 ,the guy wires ,n1 of ,no4 #ah wire1 supporting the masts are fixed to the ends of the sail beam and to the ends of the brace beam1 as shown in the sketch and the working drawing4 ,the fastening at the ends of the sail beam is made as shown at detail ,h1 which also shows one of the coil springs4 ,all of the braces for the masts should be fitted carefully1 so as to have the proper tension without interfering with the action of the sails1 before the tower is set into its place4 ,the device should be tested on the ground1 with the pivot shaft set in a suitable support1 before attempting to mount it on a roof1 or other structure4 ,the support for the bearing should be fitted into the roof1 as shown4 ,the power from the shaft is transmitted to the bevel gears1 and from them to the drive shaft and the belted pulley4 ,the main tower is supported on the roof by means of strong guy wires1 set over four built-up guy towers of #a by #a-;in4 wood1 and #ab ft4 long1 as shown in detail ,l4 ,the towers must be set so that the sail beam has proper play and be secured firmly to the roof4 ,the top of the main tower is fixed to the guy wires by means of a guy plate shown in detail ,k4 ,a plan of the arrangement of the sail beam1 brace beam1 and sail booms is shown at detail ,m4 ,the sail beam is braced by ,no4 #ab guy wires1 ,o1 attached at the top of the main tower1 at the junction of the two sections of the beam1 and similarly at the bottom of the main tower4 ,the fastenings of the wires and braces should be made carefully1 and they should be examined thoroughly both before and after the device is mounted in place4 ,grease the pivoted and other moving parts1 and start the device slowly1 bringing the sails into the wind as required for the desired speed4 ,lawn ,benches ,made from ,old ,bedsteads ,illustration3 ,painted ,green1 ,these ,rebuilt ,bedsteads ,served as ,lawn ,benches ,old bedsteads were converted into serviceable lawn1 or porch1 benches1 as shown in the photograph reproduced1 by the addition of a suitable seat1 properly supported4 ,the transformation was a simple one4 ,only the foot and headpieces of the bedsteads were used4 ,the front legs and other pieces were made from other wood4 ,the front legs are of square stock1 about #b by #b in4 ,the crosspieces1 supporting the wide board seats1 are mortised into the legs and fastened with glue and screws4 ,the seat is fastened from the under side by cleats4 ,the lumber was carefully planed and sandpapered so that the benches presented a smooth finish when painted green1 to match other outdoor furniture4--,f4 ,e4 ,tuck1 ,nevada ,city1 ,calif4 ,repairing ,wood-,wind ,instruments ,wood-wind instruments sometimes 8leak0 at the joints or keys and make playing of the instrument difficult4 ,many such instruments are made in sections1 with ends that telescope to form a tight fit4 ,this fit is maintained by the use of a cork band cemented around the tenon end of the telescoping joint4 ,the renewal of these cork joints1 and the addition of new pads on the keys1 will make an old instrument nearly as good as it was when new1 so far as playing is concerned1 provided the work is correctly done and the wood of the sections themselves has not cracked4 ,many musicians have spare time and can do this work themselves4 ,the outlay for materials for the job is from #ge cents to #a4jj4 ,a small alcohol1 or even a kerosene1 lamp and an old knife1 or old file1 are required4 ,illustration3 ,the ,cork is ,fitted ,carefully into ,place1 and ,glued ,all traces of the old cork on the joint can be removed with sandpaper1 leaving it as shown at the left4 ,the cork comes in strips of about the proper thickness1 and wide and long enough to allow for trimming4 ,the ends of the strip should be beveled to make a -in4 lap joint4 ,a small quantity of the cement is heated over the lamp and six drops poured on the joint2 then with the end of the file1 which should be heated also1 it is spread to give an even1 thin coating4 ,the beveled ends of the strip are similarly treated4 ,by working quickly and carefully1 the coating on the joint and strip are brought to a plastic state by holding in the flame1 and the strip is quickly laid in place4 ,before the cement has time to harden1 press the cork in1 forming a neat joint4 ,bind a rag around the cork1 leaving it until the cement is thoroughly set4 ,the corked joint will be too large to go into the joining section of the instrument4 ,file and sandpaper it to a twisting fit4 ,though the cork should be truly cylindrical1 it may be tapered a trifle smaller at the forward end4 ,a coating of tallow applied to the joint will make it easy-fitting1 but air-tight and moisture-proof4 ,the pads are disks of felt incased in thin sheepskin4 ,after long usage1 they become too hard to make an air-tight fit4 ,repadding should1 therefore1 be anticipated4 ,shellac will give good results in putting on pads4 ,it is heated until liquid and poured into the key recess4 ,the new pad is pressed into the liquid shellac1 care being taken to have it well centered4 ,for different keys1 it will be necessary to use varying quantities of shellac to make the pad sit higher or lower1 as required4--,donald ,a4 ,hampson1 ,middletown1 ,n4 ,y4 99 99 99 99 99 ,a simple method of bracing a screen door is to stretch a stout wire diagonally across the lower portion of it4 ,rustic ,trellis to ,shade ,door or ,window ,illustration3 ,rustic ,trellises are ,easily ,constructed and ,when ,covered with ,vines ,add to the ,attractiveness of the ,home ,proper preparation in the early spring will make it possible for the householder to shade doors and windows from the hot summer's sun by means of inexpensive rustic trellises that add not a little to the beauty of the home4 ,a suggestion for a trellis at a doorway and one for a window are shown in the illustration4 ,they are made of straight tree trunks and small limbs1 having the bark on them4 ,the curved portions of the window trellis may be made easily by using twigs that are somewhat green4 ,morning-glories1 or other suitable climbing plants1 may be trained over the trellises4--,j4 ,g4 ,allshouse1 ,avonmore1 ,pa4 ,making ,scale ,enlargements with a ,rubber ,band ,for reducing or enlarging maps1 and similar drawings of irregular design1 the device shown in the illustration will replace the ordinary instruments1 and enable the draftsman to turn out a given amount of work in much less time than required when proportional dividers are used4 ,the materials needed are an eraser1 a rubber band1 two pins1 two thumb tacks1 and a few drops of rubber cement4 ,from the eraser two pieces are cut1 as shown in the sketch1 about by by #a in4 ,cut deep slits in each end of these pieces4 ,insert the end of the rubber band1 cut at the splice1 in one of these slits and place a thumb tack in the other4 ,a pin is thrust through the eraser and trimmed close1 to prevent the thumb tack from tearing the eraser4 ,cement the slits with rubber cement1 and place the assembled device under a book weight1 until the cement has set4 ,illustration3 ,this ,simple ,device ,is ,useful in ,enlarging or ,reducing ,drawings and ,maps ,assuming that a contour map is to be enlarged1 the rectangular divisions of the original map1 ordinarily section lines or the boundaries of quarter sections1 are drawn on the larger sheet as a base for the reproduction4 ,place the device on the original map1 as indicated1 the edge of the rubber band touching a 8horizontal0 section line between two 8vertical0 ones1 the rubber band under slight tension4 ,on the black surface of the band1 dot white points1 with water color1 along the section line at which the contour lines intersect it4 ,also place a dot at each end of the band to indicate the position of the two 8vertical0 section lines between which the band is set4 ,transfer the device to the same relative position on the enlargement1 stretching the rubber band4 ,make dots at each end1 denoting the 8vertical0 section lines1 for the corresponding lines on the enlargement4 ,the series of intermediate points along the band will be in the same relative position on the enlargement as they were on the original4 ,they can be connected on the enlargement with as accurate a result as obtained by the use of proportional dividers1 and more rapidly4 ,after the points are indicated upon the enlargement1 the reproducing device is removed and the surface of the rubber band cleaned instantly by touching it with a moist cloth4 ,the exposed part of the rubber band is a variable1 and the device can be made with this dimension adapted to the work4 ,it is capable of enlarging or reducing at a ratio not greater than six to one1 above which the rubber band approaches its elastic limit4--,h4 ,l4 ,wiley1 ,seattle1 ,wash4 ,signal ,telegraph with ,green and ,red ,lights ,illustration ,by arranging a circuit with batteries1 lights1 and keys1 as shown in the diagram1 a signal telegraph may be made that will afford much pleasure to boys and may be used for practical purposes4 ,the keys ,a and ,b are wired into the circuit with a battery ,c and a red and a green incandescent lamp4 ,a simple set of signals may be devised easily so that messages may be sent in the code4--,james ,r4 ,townsend1 ,itasca1 ,texas4 ,a ,circular ,swing ,,by ,,davis ,,foss ,,getchell ,while on the farm ,i constructed a circular swing which proved very attractive to my boys and their friends4 ,by its side1 and suspended from the same tree branch1 was an ordinary swing4 ,during the eight weeks of our stay the latter was seldom in use4 ,the circular swing was a far greater favorite with all the young people1 boys and girls alike4 ,around a branch of a large elm and #ah or #bj ft4 from the tree trunk was looped a #aj-;ft4 length of chain and to the hanging end of this was made fast a #a-;in4 rope nearly #aj ft4 longer than was needed to reach the ground4 ,directly beneath the point where the chain went around the limb1 as determined by a plumb bob1 was set a #f-;in4 piece of cedar post #c ft4 into the ground4 ,this was sawed off square #b ft4 above the ground4 ,into the top of this post was set a -in4 rod1 to serve as a pivot for the swing4 ,it was set in firmly about #f in4 and projected about #c in4 from the top of the post4 ,illustration3 ,the ,circular ,swing will be ,found ,very ,safe and ,pleasurable1 but1 as is the ,case of an ,ordinary ,swing1 ,anyone ,careless ,enough to ,get in the ,way of ,it will ,get ,badly ,bumped ,a straight-grained piece of pine board1 #ae ft4 long1 #h in4 wide1 and #a in4 thick1 was procured and a hole bored in one end large enough to make it turn freely on the pin in the upper end of the post4 ,two holes were bored in the other end of the board large enough to admit the rope4 ,the first hole was #f in4 from the end1 and the second hole1 #c ft4 ,the hanging end of the rope was passed down through one of these holes and back up through the other and then made fast to itself about #c ft4 above the board after the board had been adjusted so that it would swing throughout its length at the height of the post1 or #b ft4 from the ground4 ,the swing was then complete except for a swivel1 which was put in the rope within easy reach of one standing on the board1 so that it could be oiled4 ,one good push would send the board with a boy on the end three or four times about the #ij-;ft4 circle4 ,the little fellows would like to get hold of the board in near the post and shove it around4 ,once started1 it could be kept going with very little effort4 ,in putting up such a swing1 make sure to have the post set solidly in the ground1 as it has a tendency to work loose4 ,tie all the knots tightly4 ,do not look upon the swivel as unnecessary4 ,the first swing ,i put up was without one1 and the rope twisted off in a few days4 ,it is not necessary to climb a tree2 just throw a stout cord over the limb by means of a stone or nut tied to the end1 then haul the rope and chain up over the limb with the cord4 ,before the chain leaves the ground loop the end of it and pass the cord through the loop4 ,the higher the limb from the ground the better the swing will work1 but #be ft4 will be about right4 ,hand-,operated ,motorboat ,whistle ,illustration3 ,bellows ,operated by ,hand for ,blowing a ,whistle on a ,power ,boat ,anyone with a power boat can construct a blower for the whistle very cheaply4 ,the whistle is attached to a suitable length of pipe1 threaded on each end4 ,the blower is made of two white-pine boards1 #a in4 thick1 cut as shown at ,a2 a thin piece of leather is cut like the pattern ,b1 to form the bellows part1 and after it is shaped1 the edges of the boards are glued and the leather placed in position1 where it is fastened with tacks driven in about #a in4 apart4 ,the bellows are fastened to the under side of a seat with screws1 and a tension spring is attached to the bottom of the bellows and the floor of the boat4 ,a cord is fastened to the lower board of the bellows and run up through to the cabin roof over suitable pulleys to a handle within convenient reach of the operator4--,contributed by ,john ,i4 ,somers1 ,pleasantville1 ,n4 ,j4 ,filling ,in ,broken ,places on ,enamel ,ordinary putty will not do to fill in cracks or broken spots on an enameled surface1 such as a clockface4 ,fine sealing wax is much better1 as it hardens at once1 takes color without absorbing the oil1 and does not shrink like putty4 ,use a wax of the proper color to match the surface as closely as possible4 ,fit it in and smooth with a warm1 flexible piece of metal1 such as a palette knife4 ,give it one or two coats of thin color to exactly match the other surface1 and varnish4 ,if the article has not a high polish1 the gloss of the varnish can be cut a little with pumice stone4 ,illustration3 ,a ,twisting ,thriller ,merry-,go-,round ,,by ,r4 ,e4 ,,edwards 8,step right up2 three twisting thrillers for a penny--a tenth of a dime60 was the familiar invitation which attracted customers to the delights of a homemade merry-go-round of novel design4 ,the patrons were not disappointed1 but came back for more4 ,the power for the whirling thriller is produced by the heavy1 twisted rope1 suspended from the limb of a tree1 or other suitable support4 ,the rope is cranked up by means of the notched disk ,a1 grasped at the handle ,b1 the car being lifted off4 ,the thriller is stopped when the brakeplate ,i rests on the weighted box ,l4 ,illustration3 ,the ,supporting ,ropes are ,wound ,up at the ,disk ,a1 the ,car is ,hooked into ,place1 and the ,passengers ,take ,their ,seats for a ,thrilling ,ride1 ,until the ,brakeplate ,i ,rests on the ,box ,manila rope1 in4 or more in diameter1 is used for the support1 and is rigged with a spreader1 about #b ft4 long1 at the top1 as shown4 ,the disk is built up of wood1 as detailed1 and notches1 ,c1 provided for the ropes4 ,the rope is wound up and the car is suspended from it by the hook1 which should be strong1 and deep enough so that it cannot slip out1 as indicated at ,h4 ,the car is made of a section of #b by #d-;in stuff1 ,d1 #aj ft4 long1 to which braces1 ,e1 of #a by #d-;in4 stuff are fastened with nails or screws4 ,the upper ends of the pieces ,e are blocked up with the centerpiece ,f1 nailed securely1 and the wire link ,g is fastened through the joint4 ,the seats ,j are suspended at the ends of the #b by #d-;in4 bar1 with their inner ends lower1 as shown1 to give a better seating when the thriller is in action4 ,the seats are supported by rope or strap-iron brackets1 ,k1 set #ae in4 apart4 ,the box should be high enough so that the seats do not strike the ground4 ,kinks for the ,talking ,machine ,when short of fiber needles or when the jewel needle has broken1 file down the tooth of a bone comb to the required point1 and it will serve well4 ,if the needle arm becomes loosened from the diaphragm1 and no wax is handy1 a bit of soft chewing gum makes an excellent temporary repair4 ,use a magnet to pick up steel needles from the receptacles on the machine1 to save time and avoid punctured fingers4 ,if the machine is too loud for the room1 placing a piece of loose cotton in the tone arm1 directly behind the reproducer1 is more effective than muffling the sound at the horn end4--,l4 ,b4 ,robbins1 ,attleboro1 ,mass4 ,a ,wire-,walking ,toy ,illustration3 ,adapted to ,window ,displays1 ,this ,amusing ,toy ,has an ,advertising ,value ,a daring wire-walking performer who1 unmindful of the fact that a misstep may mean destruction1 keeps on going1 back and forth1 so long as the motor runs1 or the crank is turned1 is a toy that boys can make easily4 ,the wire is stretched1 not across ,broadway1 but between two #a by #a-;in4 standards1 held upright by guy cords1 or fixed to a baseboard4 ,they are fitted with forked tops1 at ,a and ,b1 and pulley wheels1 ,c and ,d4 ,a wire1 ,f1 is fastened to two of the prongs1 at ,e1 and a black thread1 ,g1 runs over the pulley wheels4 ,a carriage1 ,i1 is formed from a #ab-;in4 length of stiff wire1 and weighted1 at ,l1 to balance upon the tight wire4 ,the figure ,k is cut from stiff paper1 and made to turn upon the carriage upright ,j1 and braced with thread1 at ,h4 ,thus the figure is always drawn forward1 revolving on the support ,j at the end of each trip4 ,power to turn the thread is transmitted from a hand crank or motor1 ,m1 by means of the double pulley wheel at ,d4--,edward ,r4 ,smith1 ,walla ,walla1 ,washington4 ,double ,roofs ,provide ,ideal ,shade for ,poultry ,coops ,having no native shade in our city chicken yard1 we noticed one summer that the hens1 especially those in the low brooder coops1 became droopy and exhausted from the excessive heat4 ,we studied the construction of the ,u4 ,s4 ,weather ,bureau thermometer shelter1 which usually stands out in the sun1 and is no larger than our brooder coops4 ,it has a double roof with free air-circulation space between the roofs1 hence the inclosed thermometers are exposed to a true-shade temperature4 ,we then placed an extra roof on each of the brooder coops1 leaving a #f-;in4 open air space between1 the top roof being supported at the corners only4 ,the arrangement proved so effective that the hens sought the coops1 against the heat of unventilated inclosures on quiet1 hot days4--,j4 ,cecil ,alter1 ,cheyenne1 ,wyo4 ,an ,illuminated ,indicating ,target ,box ,illustration3 ,the ,location of ,hits is ,recorded by a ,beam of ,light ,streaming through the ,hole ,shot in the ,paper ,target ,the joys of target practice are often hampered by the delays in the settlement of hits4 ,it takes time and is annoying to be constantly advancing to the target to examine it4 ,to do away with this1 an illuminated target was constructed that enables the shooter to locate every hit without leaving his post4 ,to make the device1 a square wooden box of convenient size is obtained4 ,in one side of this1 cut a round hole as large as the largest ring on the targets used4 ,the side opposite this is fitted with a piece of sheet iron to stop the bullets4 ,paint this iron and the interior white4 ,inside the box1 arrange four electric lights so their rays will be thrown on the hole1 as shown4 ,candles may be used1 if necessary4 ,the lamps must be out of range of the bullets1 that hit the target1 and protected by an iron plate4 ,the targets1 painted on thin paper1 are fastened over the front of the hole1 and the lights are on1 while shooting4 ,each shot punctures the paper1 and the light streaming through the hole will show the location of the hit4--,thomas ,w4 ,benson1 ,philadelphia1 ,pa4 ,kinks in ,washing ,photographic ,negatives and ,prints ,photographic defects1 spots1 stains1 etc41 are often due to inadequate washing4 ,in the common method of washing negatives or prints under the tap1 in a dish1 the water is not changed quickly enough4 ,if the negatives are placed film downward and supported at the edges1 the washing is quicker and more thorough4 ,films as well as glass negatives are in the same class in the matter of washing4 ,films should not stick together1 and the sharp edges must not be permitted to cause scratches4 ,bird ,house ,made of an ,old ,straw ,hat ,illustration ,a bird house of an old straw hat is a practical and easily contrived affair4 ,cut a hole in the crown of the hat4 ,then nail the hat against a board of proper size4 ,to protect the hat against the rain1 put a roof over it1 as shown4 ,a perch is also provided4 ,such a bird house can be hung against the trunk of a tree1 or nailed against a wall4 ,leaving the hat in its natural straw color1 and painting the rest a dark brown1 produces a satisfactory effect4--,c4 ,l4 ,meller1 ,fargo1 ,n4 ,d4 ,camp ,shelter ,affords ,protection from ,mosquitoes ,illustration3 ,lithe ,branches ,cut in the ,woods are ,used for the ,framework1 ,which is ,covered with ,mosquito ,netting ,when it is undesirable to stay in a camping tent1 on warm nights or during the day when a siesta is taken1 a mosquito shelter can be made of materials readily available at most camping places4 ,the arrangement1 as shown1 is made as follows3 ,procure a number of pliable switches1 about in4 in diameter1 and #h or #aj ft4 long1 willow or similar growths4 ,sharpen the butts1 and force them into the ground in two rows1 #c ft4 apart4 ,bend the tops together1 and tie them in arches of the same height1 as indicated4 ,next1 tie a ridge binder the entire length4 ,cover the frame with mosquito netting1 providing an entrance at one end4 ,the shelter shown is for one person1 but may easily be made larger4 ,the fly1 supported on a rope between posts or trees1 affords shade4--,j4 ,t4 ,trammell1 ,milwaukee1 ,wis4 99 99 99 99 99 ,the annoyance of a chair rocking on a bare floor1 especially a child's rocking chair1 may be overcome by tacking sections of garden hose along the curved rockers4 ,if properly done this also adds to the comfort of the chair4 ,rustic ,well for a ,bazaar or ,fair ,booth ,a feature of a bazaar which attracted much attention was a rustic well from which a pretty girl dipped cool drinks with the aid of an 8old oaken bucket40 ,the arrangement may also be used at an outdoor fair or lawn party4 ,illustration3 ,a ,pretty ,country ,maid1 ,delicious ,lemonade1 a ,peep into the ,well1 and ,music from a ,phonograph ,were ,attractions at ,this ,booth ,a corner of the room was marked off by a rail fence and turnstile4 ,the floor was covered with green cloth and green excelsior1 for grass4 ,the well was constructed as shown in the detail sketch4 ,half of a barrel1 ,b1 with the head removed1 was inverted1 and a mirror1 ,c1 was set in a shallow pan of water on the floor4 ,the pan was surrounded with pebbles1 ,d1 and a framework1 ,e1 built over the barrel4 ,the supply of lemonade was kept cool in the tub ,g1 behind the partition4 ,when the bucket ,a was lowered into the well1 by means of the sweep1 it was filled by pouring the beverage in the trough ,f4 ,the bucket was then raised and the drinks served from it1 a cocoanut-shell dipper being used4 ,so many persons became curious to learn how the well was constructed1 that an admission fee was charged to pass the turnstile1 and the reward was a peep at the reflection in the mirror at the bottom of the well4--,susan ,e4 ,w4 ,jocelyn1 ,new ,haven1 ,conn4 ,novel ,masks for ,printing ,pictures ,in printing pictures1 ,i have made use of various masks1 and those suited to the particular picture1 for some special reason1 have proved especially popular4 ,for instance1 in making a picture for a contractor and mason1 a mask in the shape of a trowel was used2 for a policeman1 a star2 an automobile for the motorist4 ,sometimes the special interests of persons in a picture1 or the background1 will suggest good outlines for masks4--,russell ,waldo1 ,indianapolis1 ,ind4 ,sheet-,metal ,stand for ,flatiron ,illustration ,considerable energy is consumed in lifting a heavy flatiron to the stand which protects the ironing board4 ,the device shown in the illustration was made to overcome this objection to most flatiron stands and proved efficient as well as easy to make4 ,the iron is shoved onto the stand at one end1 provided with an incline4 ,the layout for the sheet metal is shown in detail4 ,the piece ,a is cut #d by #i in41 and the stop ,b1 the incline ,c1 and the leg ,d1 are cut as shown1 and bent to shape ,the stand is fastened near the end of the ironing board by means of screws4--,ernest ,ward1 ,detroit1 ,mich4 ,illustration ,water-,coasting ,toboggan and ,slide ,,by ,d4 ,j4 ,,hough ,coasting down an incline and being projected through the air to plunge into the warm water of a summer lake1 or other outdoor bathing spot1 has thrills and excitement that appeal to the person seeking a new aquatic diversion4 ,the illustration shows a slide1 and the toboggan sled for use on it1 that were built by a group of young men at a summer resort4 ,while the slide shown is perhaps more extensive than most boys would care to undertake1 the principle involved may be adapted easily to others one-fourth as long1 less than #bj ft4 ,the slide shown was strongly built of #b by #d-;in4 material for the framework1 #b by #f-;in4 planks for the slide guides1 and #b by #ab-;in4 planks for the bearing for the roller4 ,lighter material may be used for the guides and the roller bearing on a smaller slide1 but the framework should be of #b by #d-;in4 stock4 ,illustration3 ,thrills and ,excitement ,that will ,satisfy the ,swimming ,enthusiast and ,provide a ,new ,summer ,diversion at the ,lake or ,river may be ,had from the ,water ,toboggan and ,slide4 ,it may be ,adapted to a ,smaller ,size and ,built by ,boys4 ,the ,details of the ,toboggan and the ,construction of the ,slide are ,shown in the ,sketches ,above ,the high end of the slide illustrated is about #g ft4 from the ground1 but a proportionately greater incline is provided because the beach slopes gradually to the water's edge4 ,it is reached by a ladder fixed to a tree1 which acts as an end brace for the slide4 ,if no such natural support is available1 the end of the slide must be strongly braced on three sides1 to insure safety4 ,it is inadvisable to build the slide unduly high to provide the necessary incline since this may result in accidents4 ,a location where the ground is suitable should be selected rather than assume danger or risk4 ,the end of the slide nearest the water may be given a slight upward turn1 so that when the toboggan leaves it the rider is carried upward before striking the water4 ,the hold on the toboggan should be retained when entering the water1 as injury may result by failure to clear it in the plunge4 ,with experience a dive may be made as the toboggan leaves the slide4 ,the construction of the slide is shown in detail in the lower sketch4 ,the framework of #b by #d-;in4 material should be only slightly wider than the guides1 and the supports should be spread toward the ground to give rigidity4 ,the supports ,a should be nailed firmly1 or bolted1 to the horizontal members ,b4 ,if lighter stock is used1 the pieces at ,b should be nailed in pairs1 one on each side of the uprights4 ,the guides ,c and ,d should be of smooth lumber1 and the edges of these pieces1 as well as of the bearing plank ,e1 should be rounded off to remove splinters4 ,the joints in the sections of the guides should be made carefully and placed over the framework supports4 ,they should be reinforced from the lower side by plates of wood4 ,the bearing plank ,e is of #b-;in4 stock and #ab in4 wide4 ,it may be made of lighter material in a smaller slide4 ,the joints in it should likewise be made carefully1 to insure smooth riding over them4 ,they should be set directly over the framework supports1 but not on those over which joints have been made in the guides4 ,the plank forming the bearing for the roller should not extend to the end of the slide at the lower end1 but should be set back about #ah in4 ,this permits the toboggan to slide off smoothly rather than to spring directly into the air from the bearing on the rollers4 ,the bearing plank may be nailed into place1 but care must be taken to set all nails below the surface4 ,a better construction is to use screws or bolts4 ,bore holes for them through the plank1 countersinking their heads4 ,the toboggan1 as shown in the detail sketches1 is built strongly1 and is to be fitted over the #ab-;in4 bearing plank1 allowing -in4 play on each side4 ,the sides are of #a-;in4 stock and high enough to accommodate the rollers1 which should be about #c in4 in diameter4 ,the dimensions of #ae in4 in width and #cj in4 in length1 on the top surface1 are suggestive only1 and will vary with the materials used4 ,the toboggan will not stand the necessarily hard wear unless good-quality oak1 or other hard wood1 is used4 ,the top and foot brace should be fixed strongly with screws1 their heads countersunk4 ,the rollers are fixed in the sides by means of screws1 or a bolt may be set through the length of the roller4 ,in either case the bearing should be in holes bored through the sidepieces4 ,washers should be fitted at the sides of the bearings1 and the latter must be kept greased4 ,all the edges and corners of the toboggan should be rounded off so that there is little possibility of injury from slivers or contact with the edges4 ,tile ,trap for ,rabbits ,illustration3 ,by ,closing the ,smaller ,opening1 the ,rabbit may be ,trapped and ,removed at the ,cover ,rabbits may be trapped in order to rid grounds of them1 or for food purposes1 by the use of the tile trap shown in the illustration4 ,a tee1 having a smaller opening of #f in41 is set in the ground with the large end projecting4 ,rocks are placed around it and it is provided with a cover4 ,several extensions are attached to the #f-;in4 opening and the end permitted to project slightly from the ground4 ,rocks are also placed about this opening4 ,the rabbit enters the trap at the small opening and is free to come and go from the burrow4 ,by closing the small opening1 the quarry may be taken out at the large opening4 99 99 99 99 99 ,vaseline is a good cleaner for commutators while machines are in operation and under load4 ,illustration ,a ,woodsman's ,log ,raft ,,by ,a4 ,m4 ,,parker ,making a raft for crossing a stream1 or other small body of water1 is often a diversion for campers1 who have the usual supply of camp tools and materials4 ,the woodsman is sometimes confronted with a different situation3 ,he has only a hand ax as his tool equipment1 and to construct a fairly safe raft of crude materials becomes necessary in order to pursue his course4 ,logs are readily available1 and he may be fortunate enough to find willow withes1 various stringy kinds of bark1 or even coarse seaweed4 ,if these are not available1 the practical woodsman1 particularly of the northern regions1 builds a raft of logs1 pinned together firmly with poles and pointed wooden spikes1 cut on the spot4 ,the method1 as shown in the illustration1 is simple and interesting4 ,it may be of service in the woods even when other methods of binding the logs into a raft are possible1 and as a practical test of woodcraft for the amateur or boy camper it is of interest4 ,the sketch shows the completed raft1 bound together by wooden pins notched into poles1 and the inset details show the manner in which the poles are clamped by the crossed pins4 ,illustration3 ,the ,inventive ,woodsman ,builds ,his ,log ,raft of ,simple ,materials ,gathered at the ,river ,bank2 the ,logs and ,poles are ,notched ,together ,firmly and ,held with ,wooden ,pins ,this method of construction may be applied to a variety of rafts1 for carrying small or large loads4 ,in selecting the material for the raft several points must be considered4 ,dry logs are preferable to wet or green ones1 and if the latter are used1 a relatively larger raft will be needed to carry a certain load4 ,for one passenger1 three logs1 #i to #ab in4 in diameter1 #ab to #af ft4 long1 and spaced to a width of #e ft41 will provide a stable raft4 ,poles may be laid across it to give sufficient footing4 ,for heavier loads the logs should be about the same length and diameter1 but spaced closer together1 and laid to form a raft of considerable width and of greater buoyancy4 ,select a shore1 sloping gently into the water1 if possible1 and cut the logs and poles as near this place as is convenient4 ,cut the logs and roll1 them to the bank1 alternating the butts1 if there is any considerable difference in the diameter of the ends4 ,cut a supply of poles of about #c-;in4 diameter1 and of the length necessary to reach across the proposed raft4 ,then cut a number of pins of hard wood1 #a ft4 long1 and sharpened on one end1 as shown in the detailed sketch4 ,roll the first log--one of the largest--into the water until it is nearly floating4 ,if it is bowed or crooked1 place the 8humped0 side toward the outer edge of the raft4 ,chop notches1 #b in4 deep1 in the top of the log about #a ft4 from the ends1 and squarely across4 ,place a pole in the notch1 with its end projecting slightly beyond the log1 and cut a double notch in the upper edge of the pole1 as shown in the detail sketches1 so that when the pins are driven into the log1 they will rest diagonally in the notches cut into the poles4 ,make rifts in the log with the ax1 cutting as though to split off a slab of bark and wood1 rather than toward the center of the log1 and drive two of the pins into place4 ,properly done1 this will make a remarkably strong joint4 ,fasten a second pole at the other end of the log1 and prop up both poles so as to permit the next log to be rolled into the water1 under the poles4 ,notch the second log before slipping it finally into place4 ,alternate ends only1 of the inner logs1 need be fastened1 and if time is important1 some of the logs may be left unfastened1 provided they are held tightly between the logs that are pinned4 ,shove the raft out into the water as each log is added4 ,if there is a strong current it is desirable to guy the raft with a pole to the bank1 downstream4 ,the last log1 which should also be a large one1 is then floated down and pinned at both ends4 ,the raft may then be floated1 and is ready to be covered with light poles or brush1 to provide a dry footing and a place for the dunnage4 ,the dunnage is placed near the forward end of the raft1 and the person controlling it sculls with a pole at the rear4 ,curved ,printing ,surface for ,sharp ,focus in ,bromide ,enlargements ,practically all of my negatives are of post-card size1 and1 in making bromide enlargements1 ,i experienced difficulty in getting a satisfactory focus on #f by #aj-;in4 or #h by #ab-;in4 prints4 ,when the center of the picture was in focus the outer portions were usually blurred1 and vice versa4 ,compromising between the two gave unsatisfactory results4 ,by providing a curved surface1 on which the bromide paper is mounted1 results were obtained that are satisfactory except for architectural subjects4 ,a wooden box was made as long as the desired print and #a in4 wider4 ,the height may be made as is convenient1 but a height of about #b in4 is satisfactory4 ,a partition was fitted into the box1 dividing its length into two compartments4 ,the upper edges of the center partition and the ends of the box were cut in the shape of an arc1 the curve being determined by the distance from the lens to the easel when the center of the picture is in focus4 ,the bromide paper is fitted to the curves on the box4 ,the device is fitted to the easel by means of two strips fixed to the bottom of the box1 and extending beyond its ends4 ,the curved surface may be covered with cardboard to give a better backing for the bromide paper1 which is held in place by pins or small tacks4 ,where only a small portion of the negative is to be enlarged1 this difficulty will not present itself1 the flat surface being satisfactory4--,victor ,woodland1 ,denver1 ,colo4 ,playing ,talking-,machine ,records with the ,finger ,nail ,illustration3 ,talking-,machine ,records may be ,played with the ,finger ,nail after a ,little ,practice ,talking-machine records may be played with the finger nail1 and a person skilled in the process can afford a party of spectators much amusement1 creating no little surprise4 ,the record is placed over a penholder1 or pencil1 and supported by the left hand as shown in the sketch4 ,it is revolved by the fingers of the left hand1 and the nail of the second finger of the right hand is applied to the record4 ,practice is required to obtain satisfactory results and an old record should be used4--,george ,s4 ,nissen1 ,chicago1 ,ill4 99 99 99 99 99 ,finely powdered graphite dusted on the parts of a motorcycle clutch when repacking it after cleaning will act as an excellent lubricant4 ,safety ,chopping ,block ,illustration3 ,this ,chopping ,block ,makes for ,safety in ,that ,pieces are ,thrown ,away from the ,worker ,chopping of pieces of wood1 which must be broken into short lengths1 is often dangerous4 ,the chopping block shown in the illustration was designed to overcome this element of danger and it may be used for chopping small kindling wood as well as for breaking up heavier pieces4 ,when the blow is struck on the wood to be broken the pieces are thrown away from the person chopping4 ,the sketch shows the device in use for the chopping of short pieces of wood1 and the heavy portion may be used as a seat4 ,the smaller sketch shows how the block is built up of #b-;in4 planks1 bolted together--,a4 ,s4 ,thomas1 ,amherstburg1 ,canada4 ,repairing a ,broken ,reed ,handle ,a strong repair for a broken reed handle1 like those on market baskets1 handbags1 or workbaskets1 may be made by joining the broken parts with a ferrule of tinned sheet metal1 brads or wire being used to prevent the ends from working loose4 ,after the metal fitting has been made1 the handle is rewound with the ends of the material unwound from it1 or if desirable1 the entire handle may be re-covered with material of the original kind or other suitable substitute4--,r4 ,e4 ,brown1 ,portland1 ,ore4 ,duck ,decoys ,mounted on ,folding ,frame ,illustration3 ,duck ,decoys ,mounted on a ,folding ,frame may be ,made by the ,hunter ,the duck hunter who wishes to economize by making some of his equipment will be interested in the folding frame for duck decoys1 shown in the illustration4 ,it is made of two strips1 in4 by #b in4 by #c ft4 #f in41 of soft wood1 and fitted with a bolt at the middle1 so that it may be folded1 for convenience in carrying4 ,the decoys are cut from a sheet of tinned metal1 and are painted to resemble the game4--,carl ,a4 ,haberlein1 ,mc,pherson1 ,kan4 ,onlaying ,script on a ,trophy ,cup ,illustration3 ,copper or ,other ,metal may be ,deposited on the ,surface of the ,cup1 ,making an ,effective ,inscription ,a novel method of inscribing names or other indications on trophy cups or medallions is to onlay copper1 or other contrasting metal1 upon the surface by the process illustrated4 ,beeswax1 or paraffin1 is fixed to the side of the cup and formed into a dish shape1 the surface on which the onlaying is to be done being covered with only a thin layer of the wax4 ,with a needle or other suitable instrument1 scratch the markings desired through the thin layer of wax to the surface of the cup4 ,pour copper sulphate into the wax cavity if the onlay is to be of copper1 and suspend a small piece of pure copper in the liquid1 connected with the positive pole of a storage battery1 or other similar electrical source4 ,attach a wire from the negative pole of the battery to the cup4 ,the copper will be deposited on the surface of the cup where the thin layer of wax has been scratched off1 exposing the metal4 ,the thickness of the deposit will depend on the length of time that the current is permitted to flow4 ,ten hours of action will permit the depositing of a satisfactory onlay4--,m4 ,h4 ,edwards4 ,economy in ,motorcycle ,tires ,caution in the use of motorcycle tires with a minimum of abuse will result in a considerable tire saving4 ,tremendous wear on a single spot results when the power is thrown in so suddenly that the driving wheel makes several revolutions before gripping the ground4 ,the proper air pressure must be maintained in the tires in order to obtain good wear4 ,guessing is a poor method of determining the air pressure and the exact condition should be noted from time to time with a gauge4 ,ordinarily1 a pressure of #de to #ej lb should be maintained in the rear tire and about #bj per cent less in the front tire1 in the case of #c-;in4 tires4 ,rim cutting from running motorcycle tires underinflated is the commonest abuse4 ,dents in the edge of the rims cause undue wear on the tire1 the fabric being worn through by the constant rubbing4 ,bent rims are often caused by insufficient air pressure in tires1 the liability to injury being increased when crossing tracks or bumps with an improperly inflated tire4 ,illustration ,a ,knock-,down ,tennis-,court ,backstop ,,by ,,edward ,r4 ,,smith ,severe weather soon damages a tennis-court backstop that is built on posts set in the ground1 and permitted to remain in place during the winter4 ,the backstop shown in the illustration was designed to overcome this objection1 and proved efficient on this score1 as well as economical to build and maintain4 ,instead of setting the supports in the ground1 they are set on the ground1 and guyed by a system of wire braces4 ,the wire netting is also held taut by wire braces1 and the entire rigging is quickly taken down for storage1 and easily set up when needed again4 ,the lower edge of the wire is held down by hooks pinned to the ground with tent stakes1 making it convenient to unhook the netting when the grass is to be cut around the backstop4 ,the towers are #ej ft4 apart1 about #ad ft4 high1 and built up of #d by #d-;in4 and #b by #d-;in4 pieces of sound yellow-pine timber4 ,illustration3 ,the ,backstop is ,taken ,down between ,seasons1 and can be ,raised ,quickly by ,means of the ,supporting ,cables ,foundations of brick1 anchored into the ground1 were made for the towers4 ,end braces of heavy wire1 fastened to the top1 and guyed to the sunken anchors at the ground1 support the towers against the weight of the netting and wire rigging4 ,this is convenient in setting up the arrangement1 as a ladder can be leaned against the end of the tower1 guyed securely4 ,to withstand side motion at the top edge of the netting1 the supporting wires are carried on crossarms of #a by #a-;in4 pieces of wood1 #b ft4 long4 ,this rigging is suspended between the towers and wired to the netting4 ,when this is drawn up tightly1 the netting is fairly taut4 ,additional supporting wires1 with vertical leaders to the netting1 are used to draw up the entire length of the netting tautly1 as desired4 ,the netting extends under the towers1 and is supported there by wires4 ,as the netting extends nearly to the end guy wires1 players cannot be harmed easily by running into the wires particularly if a white flag is attached to the guy wires1 about #f ft4 from the ground4 ,number #bj gauge wire was used for the supporting cables1 and ,no4 #i for the end braces extending to the anchored fastenings4 ,a ,folding ,ground ,seat with ,back ,rest ,illustration3 ,this ,seat ,is ,useful ,out of ,doors and ,also for ,special ,purposes ,indoors ,those who enjoy sitting or lying upon the grass while reading will find the device shown in the illustration convenient and comfortable4 ,with this1 one may enjoy the coolness of the ground without harm to the person or clothing4 ,the adjustable back rest supports the body in various positions4 ,the device is light1 compact1 and readily transported4 ,it is useful also in the home and elsewhere4 ,by placing it across the bed1 or on a trunk1 a good substitute for an extra chair is provided4 ,the seat proper may be folded under and the back rest used as a prop for reading in bed4 ,oak is a suitable wood1 and other common woods may be used4 ,first construct1 according to the dimensions given1 three rectangular frames1 with mortise-and-tenon joints4 ,cover the seat and back frames with heavy duck1 turning it in in4 at the edges4 ,the base is an open frame1 provided with adjusting notches1 spaced #b in apart4 ,next make the adjusting frame1 as detailed4 ,hinge the back and the seat to the base1 and fasten the adjusting frame to the back with screws1 permitting it to fold1 as shown4--,t4 ,h4 ,linthicum1 ,annapolis1 ,md4 ,bicycle ,carried on ,automobile as ,tender ,steam yachts often carry a motorboat tender1 and an automobile may carry a bicycle for emergencies4 ,an autoist whose duties require him to travel through rural districts1 had numerous unhappy experiences with a stalled car until he hit upon this scheme4 ,the bicycle is strapped on the running board of the car1 its handlebars turned flat against the side1 and its wheels in tire sockets in the running board4 ,a tank in the bicycle frame holds several gallons1 and if the owner runs out of gasoline1 he uses the tender to get a supply1 filling the auto tank by siphoning the gasoline through a flexible tube4--,john ,miller ,bonbright1 ,philadelphia1 ,pa4 ,heater ,keeps ,developer at ,proper ,temperature ,illustration ,having had trouble with developer cooling down and failing to work properly1 while developing in the dark room1 ,i constructed the apparatus shown4 ,a small light-tight box was made slightly larger than the tray1 with a removable top having an opening to hold the tray4 ,an electric-light socket was fastened inside at one end of the box and a lamp fitted to it4 ,a wire was attached across the middle of the lower side of the box1 so that the latter and the tray could be rocked4 ,the box was lined with black paper and varnished black4 ,the edges of the opening in the top were fringed with felt to guard against light leakage4 ,a thermometer is used to determine the temperature4 ,when the developer cools1 turn on the light until it reaches the required temperature4--,john ,hoeck1 ,alameda1 ,california4 ,illustration ,steam-,propelled ,motorcycle ,made by ,mechanic ,,by ,l4 ,l4 ,,voelehert ,as an example of the application of steam power to the propulsion of a vehicle1 the motorcycle shown in the illustration is interesting4 ,while it does not embody the many refinements of gasoline motorcycles manufactured commercially1 and makes no pretense of competing with them1 the machine has a striking individuality4 ,it was made by a mechanic in his spare time1 with only the facilities of a small machine shop4 ,tests and hard usage over typical roads have shown it to be easy riding1 partly by reason of its weight1 and to give very steady power4 ,the machine can be reversed quickly and no clutch is used4 ,it has a wheel base of #ge in41 and weighs about #cej pounds4 ,the upper portions of the frame are made of #a-;in4 steel tubing1 strongly riveted at the fork and other joints4 ,the lower section1 from the fork to the rear axle1 is made of a double bar of #a by -in4 steel1 spread and braced to carry the tank1 engine1 and boiler4 ,the fork is forged from strips of steel1 and fitted to standard motorcycle wheels4 ,the handlebars1 seat1 transmission chains and gears1 as well as other fittings1 are of the ordinary motorcycle type4 ,the seat may be moved and clamped at various places along the upper bar of the frame1 and an extra seat may be installed1 or a bundle carrier may be fitted behind the driver4 ,gasoline1 with which to heat water for the generation of steam1 is carried in the long round tank1 hung below the frame at the top4 ,the water supply is contained in the square flat tank under the lower part of the frame4 ,the engine is supported on the frame immediately above the water tank1 and drives a shaft1 which is geared to the rear wheel by a chain and sprocket4 ,illustration3 ,this ,motorcycle is ,propelled by a ,steam ,plant and was ,built in a ,small ,shop by a ,mechanic in ,his ,spare ,time ,the round boiler1 with gasoline burners beneath it1 is carried on the lower part of the frame1 which is spread1 immediately behind the front wheel4 ,the boiler is #af in4 in diameter and #ab in4 high4 ,it is fitted with valves1 whistle1 water gauge1 and the usual fittings of a boiler4 ,the engine is of the horizontal type1 and the working parts are largely inclosed1 so as to protect them from dust and to avoid possible danger to the operator4 ,sideboard ,converted into ,kitchenette ,living in rooms1 in which it was necessary to use the small living room as a kitchen and dining room as well1 the storage of the cooking equipment became a problem4 ,it was unsightly in the room when not in use1 and there was no convenient place in which to store it out of sight4 ,the kitchenette1 shown in the sketch1 was made from an old sideboard1 and served the purpose admirably1 being useful also for other needs4 ,illustration3 ,an ,old ,sideboard was ,converted into a ,useful ,kitchenette1 ,which ,economises ,space ,the top was removed and hinged to one end1 the supports being removable1 for storing them in the cabinet4 ,the hinged top provided a support for the dishes while cooking4 ,the partition between the top drawers was removed and the fronts of the drawers fastened in place with screws4 ,the space thus made available was lined with asbestos1 and a small gas stove was fitted into it4 ,the gas line was connected to the stove and two pieces of asbestos sheeting were hinged to fold under the cover and to be leaned against the wall as a protection while cooking4 ,the top could be hinged at the back to protect the wall1 or cut in two and the parts hinged one at each end of the cabinet4 ,the lower drawers of the kitchenette were fitted to hold the cooking materials and equipment4 ,when the kitchenette is closed it is useful as a stand or table1 for dining1 or for other purposes1 including ironing4 ,in the latter operation1 it is often desirable to have the hinged top open to give free access around the end of the top4--,j4 ,s4 ,hagans1 ,toledo1 ,ohio4 ,bee ,feeder for ,winter ,use ,the use of a feeder1 like that shown in the sketch1 makes the feeding of bees in winter convenient4 ,sirup is fed to the bees from inverted glass jars1 the openings of which are covered with muslin1 the jars being incased in a packing of chaff in a wooden covering4 ,the wooden box is made to fit over the hive1 as shown in the sketch1 and a #b-;in4 strip is nailed over the joint4 ,illustration3 ,sirup is ,fed to the ,bees in ,winter and ,protected from the ,cold by the ,feeding ,jars ,inclosed in the ,box ,the device is made as follows3 ,use wood smoothed on both sides2 pine basswood1 or other soft wood being satisfactory4 ,make two pieces1 in4 thick1 and the same size as the top of the hive4 ,into one of these cut two round holes1 as shown1 to fit the necks of the jars4 ,make two pieces1 #f in4 wide1 for the sides1 and two for the ends1 the length being suited to the hive1 the dimensions given in the sketch being suggestive only4 ,make four strips1 #b in4 wide1 and long enough to fit the four sides of the box4 ,nail the pieces of the box together1 as shown1 nailing the sides over the end pieces1 and the top over the frame of sides and ends4 ,pack chaff into the box1 and1 after filling the jars with sirup and covering their openings with muslin1 pack the jars into the box so that their openings will be level with the bottom through which the holes have been cut4 ,fasten the board1 with holes for the jars1 into place with screws1 so that it may be removed when it is desired to remove the jars for refilling4 ,nail the #b-;in4 strips around the lower edge of the box so as to cover the joint between the box and the hive4 ,the feeder is then fitted into place1 the bees feeding from the surface of the muslin4 ,the chaff prevents the sirup from congealing in cold weather and so it is always available for the bees4 ,the use of this simple device will prove economical and practical in keeping bees over the winter1 assuring them a good food supply1 with little effort on the part of the keeper4--,gus ,hansen1 ,peachland1 ,b4 ,c41 ,can4 ,kink for ,driving ,nails ,nails1 or spikes1 may be driven into hard wood without causing them to buckle by applying a coating of vaseline1 beeswax1 and rosin1 mixed in equal portions4 ,a convenient method of applying the mixture is to bore a hole in the end of the hammer handle and fill it with the material4 ,the nails may be pressed into the hole to coat them4--,o4 ,root1 ,lorain1 ,ohio4 ,porch ,gate ,folds into ,hollow ,pillar ,the porch is a convenient play spot for the children1 but must be properly safeguarded to prevent not uncommon accidents and injury by falls4 ,the folding gate shown in the sketch provides substantial barrier to the head of the stairs1 and may be quickly folded out of the way4 ,it is hardly noticeable when set in the side of the pillar1 and does not mar the finish or general effect of the latter4 ,illustration3 ,the ,gate is ,folded ,when ,not in ,use and is ,concealed in the ,hollow ,porch ,pillar ,the gate is made of strips of band iron1 although wood may be used4 ,the strips are fastened with bolts1 or rivets1 and the forward end is fitted to the section of the pillar1 which forms the cover for the recess in which the gate is housed4 ,the cover is hooked to the opposite pillar when the gate is opened4 ,any suitable height may be chosen for the gate1 but1 for the purpose suggested1 #bd to #cj in4 is satisfactory4 ,the device may be adapted to a variety of other uses by providing a box or chamber for the collapsed gate1 when no hollow recess is otherwise available4 ,a ,homemade ,book ,holder ,illustration3 ,nails ,driven in a ,board and ,bent in the ,shape of ,screw ,hooks to ,hold a ,book ,a piece of board and four finishing nails furnished me with the necessary materials to construct a book-holding apparatus when in a hurry4 ,each nail1 being driven through the board1 could be turned to release1 and pulled out far enough to accommodate a thicker book4 ,in fact the device was adjustable4 ,the ,enchanted ,card ,frame ,a mystifying card trick1 in which the performer makes use of the enchanted card frame shown in detail in the illustration1 is as follows3 ,a pack of playing cards is given to one of the spectators1 who selects a card1 noting the number and suit4 ,the card is then placed in an envelope and burned by the spectator4 ,the performer takes the ashes and loads them into a pistol1 which he aims at a small frame1 shown as empty1 and set upon a table a few feet distant4 ,the frame is covered with a handkerchief1 and the pistol is fired at the frame4 ,on removing the handkerchief the selected and destroyed card appears in the frame1 from which it is taken at the back4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #c ,,fig4 #b ,,fig4 #a ,,fig4 #d ,,fig4 #e ,a ,pocket is ,cut into the ,frame1 and ,filled with ,black ,sand1 ,obscuring the ,card ,when the ,frame is ,inverted ,the trick is performed as follows3 ,a forced deck is prepared having #bd like cards1 and the backs of the cards are held to the spectators when a card is selected4 ,the frame is made of a molding #b in4 wide1 mitered at the corners1 and of the size indicated1 the opening being #f by #g in4 ,the general views of the frame in normal position and inverted are shown in ,figs4 #a and #e4 ,a pocket is cut in the lower edge of the frame at the back1 as shown in detail in ,fig4 #b4 ,a pane of glass is fitted into the frame1 and on the three edges other than the one having a pocket1 strips of cardboard1 in4 thick1 are glued1 as a bearing for a second piece of glass1 as shown in ,fig4 #d4 ,the back of the frame is fitted with a cover of thin wood1 and a hinged door is arranged in the center of the back1 as shown in ,fig4 #c4 ,a mat of black cardboard is fitted into the frame to form a background behind the card1 ,fig4 #a4 ,the pocket at the bottom is filled with black sand--that used by sign painters is satisfactory--and the frame is ready to receive the card for the performance of the trick4 ,one of the cards from the forced deck is placed in the frame4 ,by inverting the latter the sand is caused to run between the glass partitions1 concealing the card on the black mat behind it4 ,in this condition it is exhibited to the spectators and then placed upon the table4 ,a handkerchief is thrown over it4 ,the pistol is one of the toy variety and a cap is fired in it4 ,in picking up the frame the performer turns it over1 while removing the handkerchief1 so that the black sand runs back into the pocket in the frame4--,harry ,marcelle1 ,honolulu1 ,h4 ,i4 ,illustration ,portable ,fence for ,baby's ,play ,area ,,by ,l4 ,n4 ,,robinson ,a child in the 8toddler0 stage should be provided with a safe place in which to play without disturbing the household routine of the busy mother too frequently4 ,the folding wood-and-wire fence shown in the illustration meets this need in a practical and inexpensive manner4 ,it may be used in the home or out of doors1 the fence being especially useful in the latter case1 since it protects the child1 and likewise the lawn flowers1 which a youngster1 unguarded1 may injure4 ,the fence is #be to #cb in4 high1 strong enough to support a grown person sitting on the edge of it1 and incloses an area of about #d by #f ft4 ,this is ample for the child1 and the folded fence is thus not too bulky to be transported easily4 ,the materials cost less than #c4ej1 including hardware for the making of the fence1 as shown in the working drawings4 ,the wood used for the main frames is by #b in41 and they are covered with wire mesh1 the edges of which are nailed under strips1 on the outer side of the frames4 ,care should be taken to insure that none of the wire strands is exposed1 thus endangering the child1 or the clothes of passers-by4 ,the frames are hinged together1 as shown in the plan1 and fold into compact form4 ,two long and four short frames are required4 ,cut the top and bottom rails of the long frames #f ft4 in length1 and those of the shorter frames and the stiles #be in4 ,the corner joints are cross-lapped by cutting away one-half the thickness of each strip1 as shown at ,a4 ,the joints at the top and bottom of the center stile1 or vertical piece1 are made as shown at ,b1 and the joints at the crossing of the center stiles and the cross braces1 as at ,c4 ,the braces only are notched to fit the stile4 ,each of the joints is fastened with flat-head screws1 countersunk4 ,the ends of the braces are cut to fit flush into the corners of the frames1 and are nailed in place4 ,this provides a flat nailing surface for the wire mesh and the strips that cover its edges4 ,illustration3 ,a ,safe ,play ,space ,either ,indoors or ,outdoors is ,provided for the ,child1 and the ,fence may be ,moved ,easily4 ,the ,construction ,is ,light yet ,stable1 and can be ,carried ,out without ,difficulty by the ,home ,woodworker ,before putting on the wire mesh1 all the exposed corners should be 8broken0 slightly with sandpaper1 the wood wiped smooth1 and finished with a coat of shellac4 ,the wood may1 of course1 be left unfinished4 ,in fixing the #a-;in4 wire mesh in place1 fasten one end of the piece squarely at the end of the frame1 nailing it with staples4 ,place a strip of wood under each end of the frame and bear down on the middle of the frame1 or weight it1 to produce a bowed effect4 ,then nail the other end of the wire securely2 on removing the strips1 the wire will be drawn taut4 ,tack the edges down1 and repeat this process on the other frames4 ,next nail the covering strips on the front faces of the frames1 mitering them at the corners1 as shown at ,a4 ,illustration3 ,join the ,pieces with ,well-,made ,lap ,joints1 and ,hinge the ,frames as ,indicated ,the frames are then joined by means of hinges1 as shown in the plan at ,a4 ,care should be taken that they are set so that the corners of the fence meet squarely and evenly when it is opened4 ,metal drawbolts should be fastened horizontally1 one on the top of each folding joint between the end sections4 ,these will prevent the child from folding the ends in1 and possibly injuring its fingers4 ,the completed fence is then given a final coat of shellac or varnish1 the galvanized wire being left unfinished4 ,the materials required for the fence are as follows1 the wood being listed in lineal feet1 and smoothed on four sides to the dimensions indicated3 #aee ft4 by #b-;in4 clear pine #ej ft4 by #a-;in4 clear pine #bb lineal ft4 #a-;in4 mesh1 #b-;ft4 wide wire fencing4 #f pairs #a in4 iron plain butt hinges1 with screws4 #b steel drawbolts1 with screws4 pt4 white shellac4 ,water ,rheostat for ,small ,electrical ,devices ,illustration ,the rheostat shown in the illustration can be made quickly and at small expense4 ,the base consists of a piece of wood1 by #b by #ab in4 ,a glass tube1 #a in4 in diameter and #f in4 long1 is fastened to this with strips of sheet metal4 ,a large brass tack is driven into a cork1 and the cork is inserted in the lower end of the tube4 ,a wire runs from the brass tack to the binding post ,a4 ,the lower part of the tube should be paraffined to make it water-tight4 ,a brass or copper rod is placed through the binding posts ,b and ,c4 ,the resistance can be changed by sliding the rod up or down4 ,the tube is nearly filled with water having a small quantity of salt dissolved in it4 ,the amount will depend upon the current to be reduced4 ,the rheostat should be fastened to a wall1 or other support1 and may be used to regulate the speed of small motors and other electrical devices4--,r4 ,r4 ,wayt1 ,pittsburgh1 ,pa4 ,white ,blotting ,paper ,improves ,light ,reflectors ,in the lecture and classrooms of a large university it was found that reflections of the electric-light bulbs in the glazed porcelain reflectors were extremely annoying to the eyes of students1 and concentration of sight on the blackboard was difficult4 ,a number of tests were made1 and the following method proved successful1 eliminating the glare and the reflections4 ,large sheets of white blotting paper were cut to fit the inside of the reflectors1 and then glued to their surface4 ,the soft1 somewhat rough surface of the blotting paper diffused the light1 so that the glare was overcome4--,c4 ,m4 ,hall1 ,st4 ,louis1 ,mo4 ,two ,simple ,vises for the ,home ,workbench ,boys1 and other amateurs1 sometimes have need of a vise when a commercial article or one of standard type cannot be had readily4 ,the devices shown in the illustration will give good service and can be made of material easily obtained4 ,the vise shown in ,fig4 #a was made of old machine parts1 consisting of a bolt and a wing nut4 ,the bolt ,a was flattened at one end and bent at a right angle4 ,a hole to fit it was bored through the top of the bench ,b1 and the washer ,c and wing nut ,d were put in place4 ,the piece to be gripped is clamped under the end ,a4 ,this device should be fitted near the end and front edge of the bench4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #a ,,fig4 #b ,these ,vises may be ,made ,easily of ,materials ,available in ,most ,workshops ,the vise shown in ,fig4 #b grips the block ,e in the same manner as the first vise4 ,the jaw ,f is bolted to a vertical piece1 ,g1 which is fitted into a mortise cut through the bench top4 ,the wedge ,h passes through a mortise in the piece ,g and clamps against the lower side of the bench top4--,james ,e4 ,noble1 ,toronto1 ,can4 ,drinking-,glass ,holders ,easily ,made ,illustration3 ,these ,homemade ,holders for ,glasses ,are ,useful and ,quickly ,constructed ,several styles of holders for a drinking glass are suggested in the illustration4 ,they may be made of durable materials easily obtained in the home workshop4 ,the first is made by twisting a galvanized-iron or brass wire1 as shown1 with an eye and a loop for fastening it to the wall4 ,a cork is fixed to the upper end1 on which to rest the glass4 ,the lower sketch shows a holder of the cup type made by riveting a metal cup to a diamond-shaped plate1 the latter being fastened to the wall4 ,the holder at the right is made from a piece of sheet metal cut to the shape indicated below4 ,it is bent to the shape shown1 and the lower end of the narrow strip is curved upward to provide a rest for the edge of the glass4 ,the upper portion of the holder should be large enough so that the glass may be raised sufficiently to fit into the rest4 ,the holes are provided for a fastening4--,frank ,l4 ,matter1 ,portland1 ,ore4 ,emery ,needle ,cushion on ,sewing ,machine ,a convenient emery pad and needle cushion may be made by inclosing the powder in a long sack1 about #a in4 in diameter1 and sewing it in place around the arm of the machine4 ,it will thus be close at hand and needles and pins may be stuck in the cushion1 free from rust1 and will not be in the way4 ,illustration3 ,a ,compensated ,aerial ,cableway by ,edward ,r4 ,smith ,the possibilities for practical use as well as novelty for play and experimental purposes make the compensated aerial cableway1 shown in the illustrations1 not only interesting but also worthy of study4 ,the arrangement assembled in its simplest form with two towers1 in the page plate1 shows how the weight of the car is compensated1 so that a fairly level course on the track cable is provided4 ,the various positions of the load and cables1 showing the application of the compensating principle1 are indicated in ,figs4 #a to #e1 and a multiple system is shown in ,fig4 #f4 ,the details of the constructional parts are also shown4 ,the car may be driven by wind power1 as shown in ,fig4 #g1 or by a motor1 as in ,fig4 #h1 in addition to the simple application of hand power suggested in the page plate4 ,devices for automatically reversing the course of the cars both for the sail rigging and with the use of electrical power1 are shown in ,figs4 #g and #h4 ,by their use it is unnecessary to have an operator at each end of the cableway4 ,the constructional features were worked out first by experiments on models in a shop1 and then applied to a large rigging spanning over #ajj ft4 between the ,a-frames4 ,the sketch in the page plate was made from photographs of this construction4 ,application of the compensating principle to carrying and transportation problems affords opportunity for interesting engineering1 in spanning streams1 caons1 or gulleys4 ,in most types of cableways a considerable sag is allowed in the cable supporting the car in addition to that caused by its own weight4 ,even in systems of practically constant cable tension1 in which the wire is stretched by enormous weights1 the loaded car causes a sag in the track cable1 and ascends and descends an incline when approaching and leaving a tower4 ,the aim in the compensated cableway is to overcome this sag as much as possible1 and to offer a minimum of resistance to the car in its course4 ,the simple form of compensated cableway shown in the page plate is made by setting up two ,a-frames1 with wire braces supporting them1 and mounting the track and traction cables upon them4 ,a light1 flexible compensating cable extends from one tower to the other and is fitted to grooved pulley wheels at the tops of the towers1 as shown in the detail at the right4 ,the ends of the cable are fixed to wire hooks1 from which the track cable is suspended4 ,the latter is anchored at the ends of the wire braces supporting the ,a-frames4 ,in order to understand the operation of the system it is desirable that the course of a load be traced in its various stages1 as indicated in the diagrams1 ,figs4 #a to #e4 ,for diagrammatic purposes the load is shown passing from the west slope to the east4 ,as the load passes under the first ,a-frame1 as in ,fig4 #b1 the track cable is drawn down at that point2 the corresponding end of the compensating cable is also drawn down1 raising the opposite end of the track cable1 and taking out most of the sag in the center portion of the track cable4 ,as the load passes to the center position1 as shown in ,fig4 #c1 the track cable resumes a more nearly horizontal position4 ,when the second ,a-frame is reached the load draws the corresponding end of the compensating cable down with the track cable1 ,fig4 #d1 and the latter assumes its normal position as the load reaches the end of the course4 ,it is evident from the diagrams that the course of the load is more nearly level than it would be if the sagging of the track cable were not counteracted4 ,for use with a multiple-frame system1 the cables are arranged in units between supports1 as shown in ,fig4 #f4 ,the compensating action is similar1 the tendency being to level the entire course of the load4 ,the weight of the car and load only is compensated1 and since the weight of the cable will cause a sag1 the course cannot be level1 but may approach this condition4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #a ,,fig4 #b ,,fig4 #c ,,fig4 #d ,,fig4 #e ,,fig4 #f ,this ,interesting ,model ,cableway was ,built by a ,boy for ,play and ,experimental ,purposes3 ,the ,principle by ,which the ,weight of the ,car is ,compensated in ,single and ,multiple ,systems is ,indicated in the ,diagrams ,above4 ,cars ,propelled by ,sail ,rigging or by a ,small ,battery ,motor may ,also be ,used ,a model of the compensated cableway1 as shown in the page plate1 or on a smaller scale1 may be made by a boy of fair mechanical skill4 ,for experimental purposes the detail may1 of course1 be refined to a high grade of workmanship1 if desired4 ,the size and dimensions of the parts need not be proportioned precisely as shown1 but may depend more or less upon the materials available4 ,the track cable should be made of galvanized-iron wire1 the compensating cable of fishline1 and the towers of #a-;in4 stuff1 the width of the pieces making up the ,a-frames being increased in proportion to the height4 ,grooved pulley wheels1 set in housings fixed to the top of the ,a-frames1 carry the compensating cable4 ,these may be made of wood1 built up in three sections1 to provide a flange on each side of the cable groove4 ,the ,a-frames should be joined strongly at the top1 and braced to anchors1 sunk into the ground as shown4 ,the hooks from which the track cable is suspended are made of heavy wire1 bent so as not to interfere with the ,h-frame hanger supporting the car1 and looped around the cable4 ,various types of hangers may be devised to house the two pulley wheels which ride on the track cable4 ,a simple ,h-frame hanger is shown in the detail sketch in the page plate4 ,the grooved pulley wheels are set on bolts1 and a heavy wire is bent and set through the center block as a support for the car4 ,for experimental purposes1 or even for play1 when it is not desired to make a more elaborate car1 a wooden block or other object of sufficient weight may be used as a load4 ,an interesting feature of the work1 especially for a boy1 is to devise a realistic coach model1 as suggested in the sketch4 ,a wooden block forms the base1 and the roof and platforms are made of sheet metal4 ,the windows and doors are painted on the metal4 ,the inventive boy may1 of course1 build a car with a hollow metal or wooden body1 and weight it properly to provide the necessary load4 ,the motive power is provided by means of a cord1 or traction cable1 carried around two large grooved pulleys1 mounted in supports fixed to the landing stages at each end of the cableway4 ,they are made of wood1 a suitable groove being cut around the edge with a saw1 and smoothed with a small round file1 or sandpaper wrapped over a round rod4 ,the traction pulley is turned by means of a crank1 set on the bolt which is used as an axle4 ,the traction cable must be drawn sufficiently taut to provide the necessary pressure on the grooved pulleys1 or it will slip4 ,rosin applied to the pulleys and the cable will tend to prevent this4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #g ,the ,car is ,propelled by the ,wind ,action on a ,sail ,controlled ,like the ,main ,sheet of a ,sailboat in ,tacking4 ,the ,trigger ,device ,releases the ,sail1 ,reversing the ,course of the ,car ,if the frames and other fittings have been properly set up1 the cableway will support a sail car1 shown in ,fig4 #g1 or a two-cell electric car1 driven by a small motor1 as shown in ,fig4 #h4 ,the sailing-car arrangement is often feasible1 since a stiff breeze is common in gorges1 caons1 narrow valleys1 or even in ravines where such a cableway might be set up4 ,the hanger is an ,h-frame having the grooved pulleys bolted in it1 and further reinforced by small blocks at the ends4 ,a braced frame1 supporting a deck on which a mast is set1 is suspended from the hanger by four curved wires1 as shown in the side view1 ,fig4 #g4 ,a sail with boom and gaff is supported by the mast4 ,it is arranged to be shifted around the mast1 which is accomplished automatically at the end of a run1 or 8tack10 by means of the trigger device shown in the top view4 ,the sail is controlled in relation to the wind much as is the main sheet of a sailboat4 ,the car can be operated in this manner only at right angles to the direction of the wind1 or nearly so4 ,for play purposes1 a boy stationed at each end of the cableway can shift the sail1 but the trigger device shown makes this unnecessary4 ,a rubber band is attached to the boom1 as indicated in the top view1 and a cord and wire are arranged to engage a trigger4 ,a stop for the trigger is fixed to the ,a-frame so that it is sprung when the car reaches the end of the run4 ,the rubber band reverses the sail1 the car having been set on the cable originally so that the forward end is in proper relation to the wind4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #h ,the ,electric ,car ,is ,self-,contained and may be ,reversed ,automatically1 if the ,motor ,is of the ,reversible ,type1 by ,contact of the ,lever with the ,stop ,fixed to the ,a-,frame ,the electric car is especially interesting in that it provides self-contained motive power by means of a battery of dry cells1 and a motor belted to the hanger1 as shown in ,fig4 #h4 ,the hanger is of the ,h-frame type with heavy blocks between the sidepieces to provide for the small grooved driving pulley set on the axle of one of the larger pulleys4 ,a wooden deck1 supported by four heavy wires set into the center block of the hanger1 carries the motor1 and the dry cells are fixed under it4 ,the motor is of the small reversible battery type1 and should be provided with a reversing lever4 ,this will make it possible to reverse the car when it reaches the end of its course4 ,the motor and cells should be disposed so as to balance1 tests being made for this purpose before setting them in place finally4 ,a cord or small leather belt connects the drive pulley of the motor with the proper pulley on the hanger4 ,these pulleys should be in line1 and that on the hanger should be five times the diameter of the one on the motor shaft4 ,the power is shut off at the end of the course by a shut-off switch which strikes a stop crank attached to the ,a-frame4 ,when the reversing lever and stop are used1 the stop crank is unnecessary4 ,a nonreversing motor can be made to drive the car in a reverse direction by removing the belt from the motor pulley and replacing it to make a figure-eight twist4 99 99 99 99 99 ,when babbitt metal is heated some of the tin and antimony in it is burned out1 making it unsuited for use in machinery bearings1 and similar purposes1 after several heatings4 ,the oxidation of the metal is indicated by the formation of a scum on the surface4 ,illustration3 ,a ,miniature ,fighting ,tank ,that ,hurdles ,trenches ,,by ,,edward ,r4 ,,smith ,among the engines of war in action on land1 probably none has created greater interest than the now famous 8fighting tank10 which1 according to reports1 pours out missiles of destruction on the enemy from armored turrets1 and crawls over trenches1 shell craters1 and similar obstructions1 like a fabled giant creature of prehistoric ages4 ,the tank described in this article1 while not as deadly as those on the battle fields of ,europe1 performs remarkable feats of hurdling trenches1 and crawling over obstructions1 large in proportion to its size4 ,the model1 as shown in the heading sketches1 is full-armored1 and has a striking resemblance to these war monsters4 ,the turret is mounted with a magazine gun1 which fires #bj projectiles automatically1 as the tank makes its way over the rough ground4 ,the motive power for the tractor bands is furnished by linked rubber bands1 stretched by a winding drum and ratchet device1 on the rear axle1 as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,when the ratchet is released1 the rear axle drives the fluted wheels on it1 and they in turn drive the tractor bands1 as shown in the side elevation1 ,fig4 #f4 ,the wire-wrapped flywheel conserves the initial power of the rubber-band motor1 and makes its action more nearly uniform4 ,the tank will run upward of #aj ft4 on the rubber-motor power1 depending on the size and number of the bands used4 ,the gun is fired by a spring hammer1 actuated by a rubber band4 ,the trigger device is shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,the pulley ,a is belted1 with cord1 to the front axle4 ,four pins on its inner side successively engage the wire trigger1 drawing it out of the gun breech ,b1 and permitting another shell to drop into place4 ,as the pulley revolves1 the trigger is released1 firing the projectile4 ,this process goes on until the motor runs down1 or the supply of shells is exhausted4 ,the tank is guided by the pilot wheel1 shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,the sheet-metal armor1 with its turret1 is fitted over the mechanism1 and can be removed quickly4 ,it bears on angles bent up1 as detailed in ,fig4 #b1 to fit on the ends of the wooden center crosspiece of the main frame1 and is held by removable pins at the ends of this frame4 ,while the rubber motor is easy to make and install1 the range of the tank can be increased by using a strong spring motor1 the construction otherwise being similar4 ,the construction is best begun by making the wooden frame which supports the armor4 ,the perspective sketch1 ,fig4 #a1 used in connection with the working and detailed drawings1 will aid in making the latter clear4 ,make the frame ,c1 as detailed in ,figs4 #e and #f1 by #a by #aa in4 long1 with an opening cut in the center1 #a in4 wide1 #a in4 from the rear1 and #a in4 from the front end4 ,make the crosspiece ,d by #a by #e in4 long2 the gun support ,e1 as detailed in ,fig4 #d1 by #a by #f in4 long4 ,shape the support ,e as shown4 ,fasten the frame ,c and the crosspiece ,d with screws1 setting the piece ,d #e in4 from the front1 and its left end #c in4 from the side of the frame1 as shown in ,fig4 #e4 ,this is important1 as the fitting of the other parts depends on the position of these wooden supports4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #c ,,fig4 #d ,,fig4 #a ,,fig4 #b ,perspective ,sketch1 ,showing the ,arrangement of the ,parts1 with the ,armor and the ,tractor ,bands ,removed1 and ,details of the ,gun ,mechanism and the ,armor ,the drive-wheel axles are carried in sheet-metal hangers1 ,f1 shown in ,figs4 #a and #e1 and detailed in ,fig4 #f4 ,these hangers also carry bearing wheels1 ,g1 ,fig4 #a1 which are held between the hanger ,f and a metal angle1 as detailed at ,g1 ,fig4 #f4 ,these wheels are cut on a broomstick1 and mounted on nail axles4 ,the metal for the hangers ,f is drilled as shown1 and bent double at the ends to make a strong bearing for the drive-wheel axles4 ,the upper portion is bent at a right angle and fits over the top surface at the end of the crosspiece ,d1 and is fastened to it with small screws or nails4 ,cut the stock for the hangers #b by #f in4 long4 ,next make the sheet-metal support ,h1 ,fig4 #a1 for the flywheel1 the rim of which is wrapped with wire to give it added weight4 ,cut the stock1 as detailed in ,fig4 #f1 #a by #d in4 long1 and notch it to form the spring arrangement1 which holds the flywheel so that the belt will be tight4 ,the other sheet-metal support may then be made also4 ,cut the stock for the front support ,j1 for the rubber motor1 #d by #c in4 long1 and shape it as shown in the detail1 ,fig4 #f4 ,make the support ,k from a piece of sheet metal1 in general shape similar to that used for support ,h1 the dimensions being made as required1 and no spring arrangement being provided4 ,drill these metal fittings1 as indicated1 for the points of fastening1 and mark the places for the holes in which shafts or axles run very carefully4 ,the driving mechanism can then be made1 as shown in ,fig4 #a1 and detailed in ,figs4 #e and #f4 ,the driving shafts and their parts1 as well as the pulleys1 can be turned in a lathe1 or made from spools1 round rods1 etc4 ,make the front axle ,l1 and wheels1 joined solidly1 #e in4 over all1 the grooved wheels being in4 thick1 and #a in4 in diameter4 ,wires are used as bearings for shafts for the driving axles4 ,if the rear axle is turned in a lathe1 it is cut down to the shape indicated1 thinner at the middle1 to provide a place for the cord connected to the rubber motor4 ,the grooved pulley and the fluted drive wheel at the winding-key end1 shown in ,fig4 #e1 are then cut loose2 the drive wheel on the other end is cut loose1 forming three sections1 mounted on the wire axle1 one end of which is the winding key4 ,ratchet wheels1 ,m1 are fitted between the ends of the center section and the adjoining pieces1 the ratchet wheels being nailed to the center section and soldered to the wire axle4 ,pawls1 ,u1 are fitted to the inside of the two end sections1 as indicated in ,fig4 #a and in ,fig4 #e4 ,when the rubber motor is wound up on the drum1 the tractor bands are gripped until it is desired to start the tank on its trip4 ,then the power is communicated from the drum1 or center section of the axle1 to the drive wheels by means of the ratchet wheels1 acting on the pawls4 ,mount the hangers ,f on the center crosspiece ,d1 fitting the axles of the drive wheels into place4 ,make the weighted flywheel1 and mount it on its shaft1 as shown1 lining it up with the pulley on the rear drive shaft4 ,fit the supports ,j and ,k into place1 setting spools for the rubber-motor cord in place1 on wire axles4 ,arrange the belt from the flywheel to the drive shaft1 and connect the rubber bands for the rubber motor as shown4 ,fasten one end in the hook of support ,j1 and pass the winding cord through the spools1 and fix it to the drive shaft4 ,the device can then be operated with the fluted drive wheels1 bearing on strips of wood for tracks4 ,the tractor bands ,n are fitted over the drive wheels1 as shown in ,fig4 #f4 ,they are built up of canvas strips1 on which wooden shoes are glued and sewed1 as detailed in ,fig4 #e4 ,the stitches which reinforce the gluing are taken in the order indicated by the numerals4 ,the pilot wheel is #b in4 in diameter1 and sharpened at its circumference4 ,make a metal shell1 ,o1 for it1 as detailed in ,fig4 #f4 ,solder the shell to the double wire1 which supports the wheel and gives it a spring tension to take obstructions nicely4 ,the wire is fastened to the crosspiece ,d1 as shown in ,fig4 #e4 ,the gun and its mechanism can be made handily before the support ,e is fixed into place at the front of the crosspiece ,d4 ,shape the magazine ,p from sheet metal1 making it #b in4 high1 as detailed in ,fig4 #d4 ,make the gun ,q from a piece of sheet metal1 as detailed1 cutting the metal to the exact dimensions indicated4 ,mount the magazine and the gun1 and arrange the wire hammer ,r1 and the rubber band that holds it4 ,fit the pulley ,a into place on its axle1 supported by a small block of wood4 ,belt it to the front drive-wheel axle1 as shown in ,fig4 #e1 after the gun support is fastened into place with screws4 ,make the projectiles of wood1 as shown1 and the fighting tank is ready to be tested before putting on the armor4 ,the armor is made of one deck piece1 ,s1 ,fig4 #c1 into which the covered turret is set1 and two side pieces ,t1 as detailed in ,fig4 #b4 ,make one left and one right sidepiece1 allowing for the flanges all around1 to be bent over and used for riveting or soldering the armor together4 ,the bottom extension on the sidepieces is bent double to form an angle1 on which the armor is supported1 where it rests on the top of the hangers ,f4 ,the turret is fitted to the deck by cutting notches along its lower edge1 the resulting strips being alternately turned in and out along the point of joining1 as shown in ,fig4 #c4 ,when the armor is completed1 it is fitted over the main frame1 the gun projecting from the turret4 ,small pins hold the ends of the armor solid against the ends of the main frame ,c1 so that the armor can be lifted off readily4 ,the various parts of the fighting tank can be painted as desired1 care being taken not to injure the points of bearing1 on the axles and pulleys1 which should be oiled4 ,silver bronze is a good finish for the exterior of the armor1 which may be decorated with a coat of arms4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #e ,,fig4 #f ,plan and ,side ,elevation of the ,interior ,mechanism1 with the ,armor ,removed1 and ,details of the ,metal ,fittings1 the ,ratchets1 and the ,tractor ,bands ,a ,neat and ,economical ,baby ,crib ,made from a ,clothes ,basket ,illustration3 ,a ,few ,sticks of ,wood and a ,clothes ,basket ,make a ,convenient ,cradle for the ,baby ,a clothes basket on a simple but strong wooden frame1 mounted on castors1 makes a cradle which is as convenient and sanitary as many which are sold for five times its cost4 ,it is light enough to roll out on the porch without difficulty1 and may be padded and fitted with pillows until the most exacting mother is satisfied4 ,the basket and frame should be painted1 preferably some light color4 ,the whole cost1 not including pads or pillows1 should not be over #b4ej4--;,a4 ,switzer1 ,denver1 ,colo4 ,a ,small ,rheostat for ,experiments and ,testing ,illustration3 ,this ,homemade ,rheostat ,has a ,capacity of ,one-,half to ,five ,amperes1 on a ,six-,volt ,circuit ,a rheostat made as shown in the sketch has been used successfully for calibrating a large number of ammeters and wattmeters4 ,one of the general designs suggested will be useful for many other purposes4 ,the dimensions given were used for obtaining a variation of from to #e amperes with a #f-volt source of electromotive force4 ,for other capacities the proportions may be increased or decreased proportionately4 ,a piece of pine1 #g by #i in41 forms the base4 ,for resistance wire ,no4 #af gauge 8,climax0 was used1 but wire of any material which will carry the maximum current without excessive oxidation may be employed instead4 ,nails support the resistance wire1 which should be soldered to the nails to insure good electrical contact4 ,leads of flexible cord are arranged as shown4 ,these are soldered to the first and last nails in the series4 ,to provide connection between the free ends of the cord and the resistance wire or the nails1 #e-;ampere test clips are soldered to the cord ends4 ,the teeth of the clip jaws are filed off1 and in their stead a short piece of brass wire is soldered to each jaw1 as indicated in the detailed view4 ,a nick is filed in each of the brass wires so that they will hold firmly onto the resistance wire or nail4 ,suspender or display-case clips1 suitably modified1 may be substituted for the commercial test clips4 ,in using the device1 one clip is moved along the front span4 ,the other is gripped to a nail in the rear row4 ,sliding the front clip along the span wire insures a fine adjustment of resistance4 ,gripping the rear clip on the different nails provides the coarse adjustment--,r4 ,f4 ,binney1 ,la ,vina1 ,calif4 99 99 99 99 99 ,glue applied to door-knob screws will prevent them from loosening easily1 yet they may be removed without difficulty4 ,roll-,paper ,feed for ,typewriter ,typewriter paper may be fed from a roll where only one copy is necessary and where maximum speed of production is essential4 ,sections1 not to exceed about #aa in4 in length1 of the typed paper are torn off as necessary4 ,this practice is followed often in newspaper offices4 ,the roll paper can be purchased at any paper-supply house1 cut to the width required by the user4 ,the construction of a roll-feed attachment which may be mounted on any of the standard typewriters will be described4 ,illustration3 ,a ,paper-,roll ,holder for ,typewriters ,that can be ,attached to ,any ,standard ,machine ,first make the two uprights4 ,both are cut from -in4 sheet brass1 as shown4 ,after cutting1 heat the pieces to anneal them before bending4 ,a hole is provided for the paper-roll rod in the right-hand upright and a slot in the left-hand one4 ,a rod1 threaded on one end and equipped with two nuts1 constitutes the paper holder4 ,for a guide plate and cutter1 cut a piece of sheet brass1 #a in4 wide and of a length equal to that of the carriage1 as detailed in the drawing4 ,bend it as shown4 ,a -in4 slot is cut almost the entire length of the guide4 ,in mounting the holder on the typewriter1 the uprights are drilled at the base to engage the two small screws at the side of the carriage back of the roller4 ,the exact location of these holes will vary in machines of the different makes4 ,next1 the uprights are clamped into place with the screws1 one at each end of the carriage4 ,then determine the distance between the arms of the uprights1 drill a corresponding hole at each end of the guide-and-cutter plate1 and fasten the plate to the uprights with small stove bolts4 ,the roll of paper is placed on the rod and fed between the machine platen and roller as with single sheets4 ,when the article or memorandum being written is finished1 the paper is held against the guide plate and the blade of a pocketknife inserted in the slot4 ,passing the blade the length of the slot cuts off the paper1 or it may be torn off at the slot4 ,the end of the paper roll is again fed into the machine1 ready for another operation4 ,handy ,paring ,knife ,made from ,old ,hacksaw ,blade ,illustration3 ,a ,serviceable ,paring ,knife ,made from a ,piece of ,hacksaw ,blade1 and ,details of ,its ,construction3 ,the ,handle and ,blade are ,held ,together with a ,rivet and a ,lead ,ferrule ,with a little work a hacksaw blade1 or a portion of one1 can be made into a paring knife that will prove very durable because of the excellent quality of the steel4 ,two pieces of hard wood should be cut into the shapes shown and riveted together with one end of the blade between them4 ,after putting a paper mold about the end of the handle from which the steel projects1 melted lead is poured into it1 to form a collar that will hold the parts firmly together4 ,the exposed part of the saw can then be ground as desired4 ,washing ,machine ,equipped with ,churn ,attachment ,illustration3 ,without ,impairing the ,usefulness of this ,washing ,machine a ,plunger has been ,attached to the ,flywheel ,which ,does the ,work of a ,churn1 a ,jar for the ,cream being ,installed as ,shown ,the owner of a power-driven family washing machine has provided an attachment for it with which he churns cream at a little additional expenditure of energy4 ,a wooden plunger was bolted to the outside of the flywheel and its upper end placed between two rollers set in a metal frame attached to the side of the tub4 ,enough play was allowed between the rollers to permit the plunger to move up and down freely4 ,a framework large enough to hold a glass fruit jar was attached to the side of the plunger1 a thumbscrew being provided in its upper end with which the jar is held firmly in place4 ,as the flywheel revolves1 the movement of the plunger thoroughly agitates the contents of the jar4--,dale ,r4 ,van ,horn1 ,north ,loup1 ,neb4 ,treating ,closets with ,cedar ,oil ,apropos of the article in a recent issue of ,popular ,mechanics ,magazine entitled 8,a ,cedar-,lined ,oak ,chest10 readers who desire the advantages of a cedar-lined box or closet may accomplish it by the use of cedar oil4 ,painting the interior of a box with this oil will to all intents and purposes convert it into a cedar chest regardless of the kind of wood used4 ,the cost of the oil is not great4 ,a closet treated in the same manner will likewise keep out insects4--,robert ,e4 ,m4 ,bain1 ,st4 ,louis1 ,mo4 ,barnyard ,gate is ,operated with the ,foot ,illustration3 ,this ,gate is ,unlatched by ,operating the ,foot ,lever as indicated4 ,it ,is a ,special ,convenience ,when ,one has ,both ,hands ,occupied ,carrying ,pails or ,bundles ,a gate which can be unlatched with the foot has proven a great convenience across a path on a farm where laborers frequently pass with both hands occupied carrying pails4 ,pivoted to the side of the gate1 near its center1 a beam1 or foot lever1 is hung in a vertical position1 extending almost to the ground and having a shelf bracket fastened to its upper end4 ,the horizontal arm of the bracket passes beneath a porcelain knob projecting from a pivoted bar that engages the elbow catch4 ,by pushing the vertical beam to one side with the foot the bar is raised above the catch1 allowing the gate to swing open4 ,if the gate is properly hung it will close of itself1 the elbow catch serving to prevent its being opened again1 except when the bar is raised4--,t4 ,c4 ,mc,dowell1 ,adrian1 ,michigan4 ,improvised ,post-,card ,projector and ,enlarging ,camera ,,by ,,harry ,,marcelle ,an outfit which may be used for either projecting picture post cards or enlarging photographic negatives was assembled as delineated in the illustration4 ,an ordinary camera1 which provides the lens and bellows1 is required1 in combination with a dark box which can be built in the home workshop4 ,the method of construction is this3 ,make a box about #h in4 square out of -in4 planed soft-wood stock4 ,nail the sides1 but omit1 for the present1 the top and the bottom4 ,the two openings thus left will be called the front and the back4 ,mount an #h by #h by -in4 board1 ,d1 which constitutes a door1 on the back with hinges and provide a hook to hold it shut4 ,cut a square hole1 of the same size as that of the opening in the back of the camera which is to be used1 in another #h by #h-;in4 piece1 ,e4 ,this will constitute the front board4 ,this front board is so cut that it fits in between the sides of the box instead of on the ends1 as does the back4 ,in the top1 cut a square hole for ventilation4 ,a hood is provided over this hole to prevent light being thrown forward4 ,when using the arrangement as a projector or magic lantern two #dj-watt tungsten lamps1 ,a1 are required4 ,each lamp is mounted in a porcelain receptacle held on the floor with screws4 ,a lamp cord1 one end connecting the two lamps in multiple and the other fitted with an attachment plug1 passes through a hole in the floor of the box4 ,form the two reflectors1 ,b1 of #h by #g-;in4 bright tinned sheet-iron pieces1 each having holes along one of its edges to admit of attachment4 ,the reflectors are bent to a semicircular contour before mounting4 ,the card holder is detailed at ,c4 ,it is a piece of tinned sheet iron bent to the form shown so that it will hold a post card4 ,a hole is drilled in its center for a screw pivot4 ,it can then be fastened to the center of the back door and can be turned into position for either horizontal or vertical pictures4 ,a washer is inserted on the screw between the holder and the door4 ,the thickness of the camera body having been determined1 a slide is fastened to the front board1 as diagrammed1 to support this body4 ,illustration3 ,an ,ordinary ,small ,camera1 ,fitted with ,this ,attachment1 ,becomes an ,enlarging and ,post-,card ,projecting ,camera ,before it can be used as a projector it must be adjusted to operate with the camera of the type and size available4 ,the adjustment1 which must be made in a darkened room1 having on one of its walls a white screen on which the image will be projected1 is effected thus3 ,remove the back from the camera and place the camera in the slide without extending the bellows4 ,open the shutter4 ,insert a card in the holder ,c4 ,light the tungsten lamps4 ,now move the front board1 with the camera carried on it1 back and forth within the box until the components are in focus1 that is1 until the most distinct image obtainable is reproduced on the screen4 ,then1 illuminate the previously darkened room and nail the front board in the position thus determined4 ,these adjustments having been made1 paint the box1 inside and out1 a coat of dead black4 ,everything should be painted black except the reflecting surfaces of the tin reflectors and the incandescent-lamp bulbs4 ,the front board having been fastened1 subsequent focusing can be effected by shifting longitudinally the lens board of the camera4 ,the image of any sort of a picture that will fit in the holder can be reproduced4 ,colored post cards will project in their natural tints4 ,to make enlargements with the same box1 a few minor changes are necessary4 ,when employed for enlargements the tungsten lamps1 which are required for projection1 are not used4 ,they may1 however1 remain in the box and can be disconnected from circuit by unscrewing them a few turns4 ,the negative1 or film1 which is to be enlarged1 is held in the opening ,e4 ,where a film is to be reproduced1 it is held between two pieces of glass which are fastened to the inside of the front board with small clips4 ,if a glass negative is used1 the two additional glass plates are unnecessary4 ,if the negative does not fill the opening in the camera1 a mask cut from heavy black paper will be required to cut off the light4 ,the light for the enlargement is furnished by another tungsten lamp mounted in a porcelain receptacle which is screwed to a board which constitutes a base4 ,this light source is moved about in the house until it is directly back of the opening ,e in the front of the box and until the light is distributed equally over the entire negative4 ,to focus1 move the camera backward or forward4 ,while focusing1 use a yellow glass1 or ray screen1 to cover the lens4 ,when focusing has been completed1 the shutter is closed and the ray screen removed4 ,then stop down the lens to bring out detail1 and expose4 ,changing a ,motor-,car ,tire without a ,jack ,illustration ,it occasionally happens that a motorist fails to have a jack at hand when a tire needs to be changed on the road4 ,the situation is easily met with the aid of a strong board and a couple of blocks or rocks4 ,driving the desired wheel onto the incline1 provided in the manner illustrated1 and setting the brakes1 a block is placed beneath the axle4 ,the board is then knocked out of the way4--,john ,peters1 ,milwaukee1 ,wis4 ,roller ,truck for ,use in ,scrubbing ,a little padded platform on wheels takes most of the drudgery away from scrubbing in hotels and office buildings4 ,the platform carries the pail as well as the scrubber1 and enables the scrubber to keep dry4--,florence ,l4 ,clark1 ,mc,gregor1 ,ia4 ,economical ,use of ,wood ,alcohol in ,small ,cooking ,stove ,a couple eating breakfast and supper in their room used a chafing dish for cooking4 ,a hard alcohol was used for fuel1 and the expense seemed too high4 ,so a fuel can was filled with pulverized asbestos pipe covering1 and then saturated with wood alcohol4 ,a quart of alcohol lasted about a month4--,charles ,a4 ,king1 ,plymouth1 ,n4 ,h4 ,attractive ,table ,stands for ,hot ,dishes ,illustration ,attractive stands which will preserve the dining table from injuries1 or heat marks made by hot dishes1 can be easily made from thin pieces of board cut oblong or oval4 ,after the board has been cut the proper size1 cleats are fastened to the underside to which billiard-cue tips are attached to serve as supports4 ,the stand should be varnished and waxed to match the table4--,george ,l4 ,furse1 ,st4 ,louis1 ,mo4 ,cord ,used as ,spacer for ,curtain ,rings ,to make the curtain rings space automatically along the curtain pole1 tie a cord from one ring to the next1 spacing the rings uniformly4 ,or the cord may be attached at uniform distances to the curtain4 ,a pull at the edge of the curtain will space the rings evenly every time4--,frank ,l4 ,matter1 ,portland1 ,ore4 ,device for ,packing ,earth in ,transplanting ,illustration ,when tomato or cabbage plants are to be set out in considerable numbers1 the simple implement shown here makes stooping over to press the dirt about the plants unnecessary4 ,after a row of plants has been set in dibble holes and watered1 the soil can be packed about their roots quickly while one is standing upright4 ,the jaws of the device are actuated by means of the hinged lever4--,a4 ,s4 ,thomas1 ,amherstburg1 ,ont4 ,cleat and ,pulley ,fastenings to ,adjust ,clothesline ,the following kink will relieve the housewife of the trouble of sagging clotheslines1 and hubby of constantly being asked to tighten up the line4 ,the cost should not be over #be cents1 as all that is needed is a pulley cleat and hook1 all of which may be had at any ten-cent store4 ,when the line gets slack1 it is pulled tight through the pulley and tightened up in the cleat4--,s4 ,h4 ,johnson1 ,westville1 ,conn4 ,convenient ,type of ,mail ,box for ,home ,use ,illustration3 ,the ,mail ,box is ,lengthened ,so ,that ,it ,reaches through the ,wall to the ,inside1 ,where a ,door is ,placed through ,which the ,mail can be ,removed ,a person having a mail box set flush in the outside wall of his home can1 with a little alteration1 make it accessible from inside the house3 ,after removing the back side of the box a tin extension should be soldered to the box giving it sufficient length to reach through the wall in which an opening of the proper size has been cut4 ,the enlarged container is completed by adding a glass door to the inner end which enables one to ascertain its contents at a glance4--,a4 ,pertle1 ,chicago1 ,ills4 ,block ,plane ,converted for ,use on ,circular ,work ,illustration ,few amateur craftsmen can afford to own a circular plane1 yet this tool is decidedly necessary for such round work as table tops1 half-round shelves1 segments1 and the like4 ,any ordinary block plane will accomplish such work if equipped as illustrated4 ,a piece of half-round hard wood is cut the width of the plane and attached with countersunk machine screws1 as indicated4 ,the block elevates the rear end of the plane1 causing it to follow the curve of the work on which it is used4 ,pressure ,spray ,made of ,old ,oilcan ,illustration3 ,old ,material ,makes a ,spray ,that ,is as ,good as the ,manufactured ,product1 at ,less ,cost ,in making a spraying outfit for garden use1 or similar purposes1 a #c or #e-;gal4 kerosene can and tire pump may be satisfactorily employed4 ,the latter is attached rigidly at the rear of the container with iron straps1 as shown4 ,a ball check valve is fitted in the top of the receptacle and connection is made between it and the pump with the pump hose4 ,a #f-;ft4 length of -in4 rubber tubing is wired to the drain cock4 ,an #h-;in4 piece of -in4 brass pipe is filed down and wired in the spray end of the hose to serve as a nozzle4--,p4 ,p4 ,avery1 ,garfield1 ,n4 ,j4 ,keeping ,tools ,bright and ,free from ,rust ,bright-finished tools can be preserved against rust by coating with linseed oil1 and allowing the oil to dry as a film4 ,if more body is desired1 oxide of iron1 very finely powdered1 should be mixed with the oil4 ,another antirust coating is made by dissolving oz4 camphor in #a lb4 melted lard4 ,the mixture is skimmed1 and fine graphite added to make an iron color4 ,clean the tools and smear with this mixture4 ,let the tools stand #bd hours1 and rub clean with soft cloth4 ,a good method of removing rust is to cover the metal parts with sweet oil1 rubbing it in well4 ,let stand #dh hours2 then rub with finely powdered1 unslaked lime4 ,next immerse the article for a few seconds in a solution of oz4 potassium cyanide in a wine glass of water4 ,then clean with a paste of potassium cyanide1 castile soap1 whiting1 and water1 using a toothbrush4 ,potassium cyanide is a strong poison1 and should be used carefully4--,e4 ,standiford1 ,youngstown1 ,ohio4 ,repairing ,leaks in ,pipes ,frequently a cast or malleable-iron pipe fitting will leak through its side1 the water oozing1 drop by drop1 from a pinhole--ordinarily due to a sand hole in the casting4 ,sometimes the leak can be stopped by hammering the affected spot with the ball end of a hammer4 ,if this fails1 it is necessary to replace the fitting4 ,where the leak is around a thread1 screwing the pipe or fitting tighter constitutes the only1 and usually effective1 corrective4--,l4 ,a4 ,merton1 ,st4 ,louis1 ,mo4 ,corn ,popper ,made from ,coffee ,can and ,broom ,handle ,illustration3 ,a ,corn ,popper ,made from a ,coffee ,can1 or ,similar ,tin ,receptacle1 and a ,piece of a ,broom ,handle ,with an old coffee can1 or similar tin receptacle1 and a piece of a broom handle1 #b or #c ft4 long1 it is easy to make a corn popper that is preferable in many ways to a wire one4 ,take a strip of wood a little shorter than the height of the can to be used1 and after boring two holes in it to prevent its splitting1 nail it to the end of the handle4 ,the latter is then fastened to the side of the can with two wire staples1 as shown4 ,holes are made in the can top to admit air to the corn while it is popping4--,james ,crouse1 ,dixon1 ,ky4 ,an ,easily ,constructed ,ball-,bearing ,anemometer ,,by ,,thomas ,a4 ,,reynolds ,an anemometer is an instrument which measures the velocity of the wind4 ,the anemometers used by the weather bureau consist of four hemispherical cups mounted on the ends of two horizontal rods which cross at right angles and are supported on a freely turning vertical axle4 ,since the concave sides of the cups offer more resistance to the wind than do the convex sides the device is caused to revolve at a speed which is proportional1 approximately1 to that of the wind4 ,the axle1 to which the rotary motion is transmitted from the cups1 is connected to a dial mounted at the foot of the supporting column4 ,this dial records automatically the rotations4 ,the reproduction of such a registering mechanism would be rather complicated4 ,hence1 in the arrangement to be described none will be employed4 ,therefore1 one of these improvised anemometers1 when mounted on a high building1 will indicate by the changing rapidity of its revolutions only the comparative1 not the real1 velocity of the wind4 ,illustration3 ,this ,anemometer is ,made from ,galvanized ,sheet ,iron1 a ,bicycle ,hub1 and a ,few ,iron ,straps4 ,practice in ,observing ,its ,motion will ,enable ,one to ,estimate ,fairly ,closely the ,wind's ,velocity ,in constructing the instrument1 straight1 dished vanes will be used instead of hollow cups4 ,the vanes operate almost as effectively and may be combined more readily into a sturdy rotating unit4 ,a bicycle front hub is utilized to constitute a wear- and noise-proof bearing having minimum friction4 ,each of the four wings is formed from a piece of galvanized iron1 measuring #d by #aj in41 which has one end cut to a curve as shown4 ,to each wing is fastened1 with tinners' rivets1 a #d-;in4 length of by -in4 strap iron4 ,form each of the strips into a trough-shaped vane1 measuring #b in4 from edge to edge--this being the distance between the spoke flanges of a bicycle hub4 ,some cylindrical object of suitable diameter will serve as a form for bending4 ,place the ends of the support strips between the spoke flanges and rivet them securely4 ,the rivets pass through the spoke holes4 ,some trying out may be required to insure a symmetrical arrangement of the parts4 ,solder the curved end of each wing to the inner surface of the adjacent wing4 ,place a tin cap--a salve-box lid will do--under the upper locknut on the hub to exclude rain from the bearing4 ,the supporting upright may be a heavy wooden rod1 or a piece of iron pipe4 ,a yoke of #a by -in4 strap iron1 held to the top of the upright with screws1 is provided for the attachment of the hub4 ,the locknut on the hub clamps it to the yoke4 ,apply a coat of metal paint to the iron parts which are exposed4 ,mount the device sufficiently high to give the wind free access to it from all directions4 ,the curve at one end of each wing is an irregular one4 ,hence1 its accurate construction involves a knowledge of sheet-metal pattern drawing4 ,however1 if it is made of a form similar to that shown it will fit sufficiently well to permit a good soldered joint4 99 99 99 99 99 ,boards exposed to the weather should be laid with the heart side down1 as determined by examining the end grain4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #b ,,fig4 #c ,,fig4 #a ,sharpened ,poles1 ,two ,feet ,long1 are ,used with ,this ,pile ,driver in ,building ,foundations1 ,wharves1 and ,other ,structures of ,piling4 ,the ,details of the ,headblock and the ,nipper ,device are ,shown in ,figs4 #b and #c ,illustration3 ,a ,small ,working ,pile ,driver ,,by ,,edward ,a4 ,,krueger ,these directions will enable boys of varying skill with tools to make a pile driver1 as a toy or model4 ,several simple methods of making the parts in the home workshop1 with materials easily obtainable1 are suggested4--,editor4 ,the construction of small docks1 wharves1 piers1 and foundations or bridges1 buildings1 and other structures1 by the driving of piling is interesting out-of-door play1 in which boys will find much fun4 ,a pile driver for this work is shown in the page plate1 ,fig4 #a4 ,the hammer is raised by means of a winch1 and is dropped automatically when it reaches the cap of the derrick1 as indicated in ,fig4 #c4 ,the drum is then released1 and the weighted double-hook nipper drops down1 picking up the hammer on the next upstroke4 ,a single-hook nipper1 that can be made easily of wire1 is also shown in the detail sketch1 ,fig4 #f4 ,the small boy who cannot make the nippers or the winch1 may tie the rope directly to the hammer1 drawing it up by hand1 and dropping it as desired4 ,the hammer need not be fitted to the guides1 but merely arranged to drop between them1 and the derrick can be made of only a few main pieces4 ,the larger parts of the hammer and nipper weight are best made of lead1 babbitt1 or white metal1 as these may be cut or melted readily4 ,iron1 brass1 or copper1 solid or in plates1 may be used1 if means for shaping them are at hand4 ,the making of the derrick may be undertaken first4 ,make two pieces for the bed ,a1 by by #ag in42 two hammer guides ,b1 by by #cc in42 one bed piece1 ,c1 by by #bj in42 two bed pieces1 ,d1 by by #e in42 two posts1 ,e1 by by #cd in42 two braces1 ,f1 by by #bf in4 ,cut these pieces slightly over their finished lengths as given1 allowing for trimming and fitting4 ,make strips1 by in41 for the bracing on the sides of the derrick and the ladder bracing on the back4 ,notch the lower ends of guides ,b1 by 4 and the lower ends of posts ,e1 on an angle1 in4 deep1 to fit pieces ,a4 ,join the parts of the bed1 as shown in the page plate1 pieces ,a being set #c in4 apart1 fastening them with bolts or screws4 ,make braces ,g1 of sheet metal1 and bolt them in place4 ,fit the posts ,e into place1 and fasten them at the bed and the top4 ,put on several ladder braces temporarily1 to steady the frame4 ,fit the braces ,f carefully1 and bolt them in place4 ,remove the piece ,c and the braces ,f1 and nail the horizontal bracing to the sides of the frame4 ,then fit and nail the diagonal braces4 ,the bolted construction is convenient in 8knocking down0 the derrick for storing it4 ,reassemble the parts1 and make the cap for the headblock4 ,the headblock and cap are shown in detail in ,figs4 #b and #c4 ,make two pieces1 ,h1 by #a by #a in42 one piece1 ,j1 by #a by #a in42 two braces1 ,k1 by #a by #a in4 ,make the two beveled pieces of the cap by #a by #a in41 and provide a wooden strip or metal plate for the front and rear edges1 as shown4 ,fasten strips of sheet metal to the bevel of the notch1 to protect it from wear by the striking of the nipper hooks4 ,make the sheave #a in4 in diameter and in4 thick1 with a groove for the rope4 ,assemble the parts1 as shown4 ,the details of the winch are shown in ,figs4 #d and #e1 and the method of assembling the parts1 in ,fig4 #a4 ,the drum may also be driven without gears by fixing the crank directly to the shaft4 ,gears may be obtained from old machines1 or purchased from dealers in model supplies4 ,make the supports ,l and ,m1 ,fig4 #d1 by #d by #f in41 cutting patterns of paper1 if desired4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #d ,the ,supports of the ,winch are ,made of -,inch ,wood1 ,bolted to the ,bed ,the gear1 ,fig4 #e1 is #c and the pinion in4 in diameter4 ,the drum is of wood1 #b in4 in diameter and #c in4 long4 ,its ends are #c-;in4 metal disks1 fastened with screws4 ,the shaft is a -in4 bolt1 #e in4 long1 and bears in holes bored in the supports1 as shown in the details of these parts4 ,the crank ,n1 ,fig4 #e1 is made of a -in4 rod1 bent as shown1 and fitted with a washer to fit next to the pinion4 ,the gear is set by means of the pawl ,o1 which is bent from a strip of -in4 sheet metal4 ,the brace ,p is bent from a by by #a-;in4 strip of sheet metal1 and riveted to the pawl4 ,assemble the parts1 fastening the gear to the drum end1 and bolt the supports into place4 ,put the pinion into mesh with the gear at its proper place1 and carefully mark the hole for the crank4 ,square the end of the crank and the hole in the pinion1 and fit them to a driving fit4 ,fix the rope to the drum1 and reeve it through the head block4 ,the derrick is then ready for the hammer and the weighted nipper4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #e ,details of the ,drum1 ,its ,driving ,mechanism1 and ,fittings ,the hammer1 shown in ,fig4 #f1 may be made easily from a solid block of lead1 #a by #b by #b in4 ,cut by -in4 grooves in the vertical edges to fit the guides4 ,make the circular by #a-;in4 hammer plate ,q of iron or brass1 and fasten it with screws4 ,rivet the wire lifting strap ,r1 as shown4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #f ,a ,simple ,method of ,making the ,tripping ,device1 and ,details of the ,hammer ,the single-hook nipper1 shown in ,fig4 #f1 is made as follows3 ,flatten a piece of -in4 wire at the middle1 and drill a -in4 hole for the bolt4 ,shape the lower end into a pointed hook1 and bend the upper end to form the trip arm4 ,this strikes the notch in the cap of the derrick1 releasing the hammer4 ,the rope is wired to the hook as shown4 ,the nipper weight is made of a solid piece of lead1 #a by #b in41 by #a in4 high1 grooved at the ends to fit the guides4 ,cut a slot through it1 for the hook1 as shown in ,fig4 #f1 and bolt the latter into place4 ,the double-hook nipper is better mechanically1 and may be made of two pieces of wire1 or cut from sheet metal4 ,test the action of the nippers1 and bend or file the hooks to operate properly4 ,the pile driver may then be painted1 and work on 8jobs0 begun4 ,if it is used at the water1 fix metal guards at the lower ends of the guides1 to prevent the hammer from falling into the water4 ,split ,needle ,causes ,echo on ,talking ,machine ,an amusing stunt is to split the end of a fiber talking-machine needle carefully about in41 so as to make two points1 slightly separated4 ,the needle is then placed on the machine1 preferably on an old record1 so that the points play the record successively1 producing an echo4 ,if the work is carefully done1 and the points are separated slightly1 both reproductions will be fairly clear4--,frank ,murphy1 ,faribault1 ,minn4 ,weighting a ,metal ,base ,illustration3 ,molten ,lead as ,poured ,in around ,screws ,fastened to the ,base ,having to weight a shallow metal base to support a #d-;ft4 brass tube1 ,i found that the easiest way was to fasten four screws on the base with nuts1 as shown in the illustration1 and pour in lead4 ,the screws were taken out in polishing the base4--,james ,m4 ,kane1 ,doylestown1 ,pa4 99 99 99 99 99 ,in toasting bread over a camp fire1 it is best to cover the fire with a tin pan4 ,trunk ,bookcase for ,convenient ,shipment ,illustration3 ,a ,small ,library may be ,shipped ,handily in ,this ,bookcase ,mechanics1 engineers1 and other persons are sometimes engaged in work which keeps them at the same locality only a few months4 ,those who desire to carry with them a small library will find the trunk bookcase1 as shown1 convenient4 ,it may be shipped as a trunk1 and used as a bookcase in one's hotel or dwelling4 ,other articles than books may be packed in it4 ,the outside dimensions when closed are #ca by #ah by #ah in41 providing for three shelves4 ,it may be made of -in4 pine or whitewood1 and stained1 or covered with impregnated canvas4 ,the outer corners are reinforced with metal corner plates1 and suitable hardware is provided4--,lloyd ,c4 ,eddy1 ,jr41 ,buffalo1 ,n4 ,y4 ,bottle ,carrier ,made of ,pipe ,straps ,two metal pipe straps1 fitted around the neck of a bottle and bolted together1 form a convenient method of attaching a carrying handle to a large bottle4 ,the handle proper is made by fixing a grip in a bail of wire similar to that on a bucket4 ,a ,developing or ,etching-,tray ,rocker ,illustration ,an appliance that saves time for the worker in a photographic dark room is a tray rocker1 made as follows3 ,fasten a bracket of strap iron1 into which are riveted the pointed ends of two spikes1 to the under side of a board1 as shown in the detail sketch4 ,support this further with a double angle fastened at the end of the board4 ,fix a small can1 weighted with lead1 on the end of an iron rod1 adjusted to a suitable curve1 and fasten the rod to the bracket4 ,the weighted end should extend under the edge of the table1 as shown1 and be balanced so that it will rock the board and tray without tipping the latter toward the bracket4 ,the nails pivot on metal pieces1 to protect the table top4--,l4 ,l4 ,llewellyn1 ,piedmont1 ,calif4 ,combination ,laundry ,tub and ,dishwashing ,sink ,illustration ,a saving of space and time was effected in a home kitchen by the use of a sink developed in a large kitchen4 ,two ordinary laundry tubs were installed with the faucets raised above the tubs1 as shown4 ,a sink of sheet zinc was fitted in the upper part of one tub2 it has handles1 and a strainer set in the bottom4 ,the strainer is closed by a rubber stopper1 and the sink becomes a dishpan4 ,the sink is easily lifted out for cleaning1 or for washing clothes4 ,another use for the sink1 between meals1 is for washing and preparing vegetables and fruits4 ,the second tub has a wire dish-draining rack1 in which the china is rinsed and sterilized by hot water from the faucet4--,mrs4 ,avis ,gordon ,vestal1 ,chicago1 ,ill4 ,a ,leather and ,silk ,bookmark ,illustration3 ,a ,jolly ,good ,book ,wherein ,to ,look ,is ,better ,to ,me ,than ,gold ,an artistic and useful bookmark was made from a silk ribbon passed through a buckle of leather1 tooled with an inscription and a conventional design4 ,ribbon of various sizes may be used1 and the leather left plain if desired4 ,the ends of the ribbon are fringed1 as shown4 ,monograms make interesting and individual decorations for the leather portion4--,will ,chapel1 ,manchester1 ,ia4 ,emergency ,oarlock of ,rope ,an oarlock that will give considerable service may be made by fixing a loop of rope to the gunwale of a boat at the proper position4 ,this kink is useful in an emergency1 such as when an oarlock is dropped overboard4 ,planing ,thin ,sticks ,held in ,flooring ,groove ,boys who make thin sticks for arrows1 kites1 etc41 as well as the mechanic1 can make good use of the following suggestion3 ,the difficulty of handling thin strips while planing them may be overcome by setting the strip in the groove of a piece of flooring1 clamped in a vise4 ,a peg or nail is driven into the groove and acts as a stop for the end of the strip4 ,illustration3 ,a ,submarine ,camera by ,charles ,i4 ,reid ,submarine photography should have great attractions for amateur photographers who have access to lakes1 ponds1 and other clear waters4 ,while more careful work is demanded than in ordinary photography1 the method of obtaining good results is not difficult1 and the necessary equipment may be provided by constructing the device shown in the illustration4 ,submarine pictures can be taken in a considerable depth of water1 providing it is reasonably free from foreign matter4 ,this is a fascinating field of photography1 and many pictures of educational and scientific value remain to be made of under-water life4 ,the illustration shows the detailed construction of the camera chamber1 and the method of suspending it from a bridge1 or other place convenient to the body of water4 ,reproduced in the oval panel is a photograph of fish near baited hooks1 on a fishline4 ,the original was made from a negative exposed by the use of the camera chamber described4 ,the problem of making photographic exposures under water involves the provision of a strong water and pressure-proof container for the camera1 a means for controlling the shutter1 and a suitable opening in the container through which the exposures may be made4 ,the arrangement described combines these features in a simple manner1 and by the use of materials that can be obtained without difficulty4 ,it was made for a camera taking #d by #e-;in4 pictures1 and the dimensions given are for a container for this size4 ,the dimensions may be varied to adapt the device to various cameras1 within reasonable limits4 ,a #i-;in4 steel pipe was used for the chamber1 and its ends were fitted with pipe caps4 ,a heavy piece of plate glass was fitted into the forward cap1 which was cut into the shape of a ring1 to provide the exposure opening4 ,the general arrangement of the camera in the chamber is shown in the sectional view1 ,fig4 #a1 as seen from the shutter end4 ,the electrical device1 by which the shutter is controlled1 is shown in this view1 and in ,fig4 #b it is shown in detail4 ,the chamber was made as follows3 ,a section of #i-;in4 steel pipe was cut to a length of #aa in4 and threaded on the ends to fit pipe caps4 ,the forward pipe cap was chucked up in a lathe and the center portion cut away1 to provide an exposure opening and a shoulder at the rim1 on which the plate-glass window rests4 ,a graphite paint was applied to the rim1 then the glass was bedded solidly in it1 and a rubber gasket was fitted to the joint1 making it waterproof when the cap was drawn up tightly4 ,the chamber assembled and in detail is shown in the illustration4 ,holes were bored into the top of the chamber1 and eyebolts were fitted into them4 ,between the eyebolts a hole was bored and fitted with a water-tight collar1 through which the wires leading to the shutter-control device pass4 ,the chamber is supported by the wires1 which are fixed to the eyebolts and secured at the base of operations by the photographer4 ,a support for the camera was provided by bending a strip of by #a-;in4 band iron to the shape indicated in ,fig4 #a1 at ,a1 and riveting it to the bottom of the chamber4 ,its upper surface is flat and was bored and threaded to fit the tripod thumbscrew ,b1 on the lower surface of the camera4 ,the camera is arranged on the support and clamped into place firmly by the thumb nut1 as it might be on a tripod4 ,the adjustment of the camera in the chamber is done from the rear1 and the space beneath the thumbscrew should be large enough to make access easy4 ,a camera of the size indicated1 when fitted with its lens centering on the center of the window1 will be raised sufficiently for convenience in clamping it4 ,the threads on the back cap must fit snugly and no paint must be used on them4 ,hard oil1 or vaseline1 may be applied to insure a water-tight joint that permits easy removal of the cap4 ,the making and adjustment of the electrical shutter device requires care1 but its operation is simple4 ,an electromagnet1 of the type used on doorbells1 was fixed to the front of the camera1 above the shutter1 as shown in ,fig4 #a1 and in detail in ,fig4 #b4 ,it is actuated by current from two dry cells4 ,the latter are kept in a convenient carrier at the base of operations1 and are connected to the magnet by a single strand of double1 waterproof wire4 ,this is spread as it reaches the chamber and fastened to the two eyebolts in the top4 ,the ends of the wires are conducted through the water-tight center opening between the eyebolts1 and attached to the magnet4 ,the release lever is fitted to a steel hook1 pivoted at its upper end with a small nail1 ,c1 ,fig4 #b4 ,a rubber band is fixed to the lower edge of the shutter lever and its other end is attached to the front of the camera4 ,when the current is permitted to flow into the magnet by pressing a contact key1 in the hand of the operator1 the steel hook is drawn from the release lever1 and the rubber band draws the lever down1 making an exposure4 ,the double-wire cable carries the current as well as holds the chamber suspended in the water4 ,the wire should be about #be ft4 long1 and1 in transporting the outfit1 or when only partly used1 is coiled4 ,the chamber should be completed for picture-taking operations by giving it a coat of dull1 black waterproof paint1 both inside and outside4 ,this will prevent rusting and also serves to make the object inconspicuous when in the water4 ,it is important that the interior be painted in this manner1 because reflections of light within the chamber may cause difficulty in obtaining satisfactory results4 ,when the paint is thoroughly dry1 the device may be tested for leakage and assembled ready for a test before making an actual trial in the water4 ,the camera is fitted into the chamber so that it centers on the center of the plate-glass window1 and is clamped into place4 ,if the electrical device operates satisfactorily the plate may be inserted1 the plate-holder slide withdrawn1 the back cap replaced securely1 and the outfit lowered into the water4 ,it should be watched carefully until it reaches the proper depth1 for1 if it is permitted to touch the bottom1 the sediment stirred up must be given time to settle before an exposure is made4 ,the forward end of the chamber should be marked on its upper edge with a streak of white paint1 to aid in identifying it at considerable depth in the water4 ,this is important1 since the operator must shift the chamber carefully until the window faces the objects to be photographed4 ,when the chamber is in position1 the contact key is pressed and the exposure is made4 ,the time of exposure for under-water photography depends on the clearness of the water1 the depth at which the pictures are to be taken1 and the light conditions on the surface4 ,a bright day is1 of course1 desirable for this class of photography4 ,a safe approximation on a sunny day1 in clear water1 and with the chamber lowered to a depth of #bj ft41 is sec4 at the ,f #h stop4 ,the fastest plates or films obtainable should be used for this work1 making possible a fairly rapid shutter speed4 ,this tends to overcome the movement of the subject and possible movement of the camera4 ,the camera should be focused while in the chamber in order that the plate glass may not disturb the focus4 ,the glass usually changes the focal length of the lens slightly1 hence this precaution must be taken4 ,the camera should be focused in the chamber for a distance of #aj ft41 as this is the average at which under-water photographs will be taken ordinarily4 ,when attempting under-water photography in cloudy waters1 or at a considerable depth1 the necessary illumination may be provided by a charge of flash-light powder4 ,for this purpose another submarine chamber1 similar to that used for the camera1 should be provided1 with a plate glass1 in4 thick1 and a valve fitted into the top of the chamber1 and opening outward1 so that the gas may escape4 ,fifteen grains of powder will suffice1 and this should be set off by a small electrical fuse connected to the current supply4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #a ,,fig4 #b ,photographing ,subjects under ,water ,is a ,fascinating ,diversion1 and ,each ,exposure ,has an ,element of ,mystery in the ,uncertainty of the ,result4 ,the ,photograph ,reproduced in the ,oval was ,taken with the ,outfit ,shown4 ,the ,construction of the ,chamber is ,shown at the ,middle4 ,fig4 #a ,shows a ,sectional ,interior ,view1 and ,fig4 #b1 a ,detail of the ,electrical ,shutter ,release ,every pond1 lake1 and river abounds in interesting and instructive subjects for submarine photography4 ,along the coast of ,florida1 and at many points along the ,pacific coast1 are waters of such clearness that pictures may be taken at a depth of nearly a hundred feet1 without the use of artificial illumination4 ,these localities abound in objects under water of great interest1 such as shipwrecks4 ,the fascinating art of taking pictures under water does not make it necessary for one to go to these places1 for subjects are easily available4 ,whenever the submarine chamber is raised from the water there is an element of mystery involved1 regarding what may be recorded on the plate or film1 and this is an attractive feature of the diversion4 ,the ,magic of ,numbers ,,by ,,james ,l4 ,,lanyon ,that there are a great many magic squares2 that the numbers in these squares are arranged according to a definite system2 that squares with very remarkable properties are easily constructed1 are facts not generally known4 ,consider the magic square ,a of #af numbers4 ,add up any four numbers straight across1 up and down1 or diagonally--#aj ways in all--and the sum in each case will be #cd4 ,but that is not all3 ,take the four numbers in any one quarter of the square1 as for example1 #ae1 #aj1 #d1 and #e1 and the sum will be #cd2 or take the four central numbers1 or the four corner numbers1 and the result will be the same4 ,but even this does not exhaust the magic of the square4 ,add any four numbers arranged symmetrically around the center1 as #c1 #aj1 #h1 and #ac1 or #aj1 #d1 #g1 and #ac1 and the result will also be #cd4 ,in fact1 it is really not necessary to have them arranged symmetrically1 because it will be found that four numbers arranged as are #f1 #aj1 #aa1 and #g1 or #a1 #d1 #af1 and #ac will produce the same magic number of #cd4 ,there are two other combinations of the #af numbers that will give the same result4 ,they are shown at ,b and ,c4 ,in fact the second one1 ,b1 not only exhibits some of the former combinations1 but also includes such sets of four as #ad1 #e1 #c1 and #ab1 or #ae1 #h1 #b1 and #i1 which places to the credit of this square numerous combinations4 ,such special features as this simply add another element of mystery and interest4 ,thus1 while the square ,b has these two combinations exclusively to its credit1 the first1 ,a1 and the third1 ,c1 have such special arrangements as #e1 #af1 #a1 and #ab1 or #ae1 #f1 #aa1 and #b4 ,also #aj1 #c1 #e1 and #af1 or #d1 #e1 #ad1 and #aa1 making the total number of such combinations for the first square #cd4 ,magic squares of #be numbers also have remarkable properties4 ,examine the square ,d and note the many possible combinations graphically set forth in the small diagrams4 ,not only do any five numbers in a row or along a diagonal make #fe1 but almost any four arranged around the center1 with the center number #ac added1 will give the same result4 ,this square is a good example by which to illustrate one of the methods of construction of these interesting devices4 ,thus1 place #a in the middle square of the top row1 and then write the numbers down consecutively1 always working in the direction of the arrows as indicated4 ,when any number falls outside1 as number #b does at the start1 drop down to the extreme square in the next row and insert the number there1 as was done in this case4 ,it will be observed that #d falls outside1 and so it is moved to the proper square as suggested1 which will be at the extreme left of the next row above4 ,continuing1 it is found that at #f it is necessary to drop down one square and continue in the direction of the arrows4 ,at #i it is necessary to drop down to the proper extreme square as shown4 ,the next number1 #aj1 must again be provided for at the square on the left of the next higher row4 ,the square ahead being already filled1 #aa is placed below2 after this there is 8clear sailing0 for a time4 ,in this manner magic squares with seven or nine numbers to the side may be made easily4 ,when puzzles and catch problems are under discussion1 it is always mystifying to take one's pencil and quickly make out a magic square according to this easily remembered method4 ,the small diagrams at ,d suggest some of the combinations4 ,another method of constructing a square of #be numbers diagonally is shown at ,e4 ,place the outside numbers in the open spaces at the opposite side of the square1 maintaining the same triangular relation1 which results in the arrangement shown at ,f4 ,while this combination is entirely different from the previous one1 it exhibits the same mysterious properties4 ,illustration3 ------------ #ae #aj #c #f ------------ #d #e #af #i ------------ #ad #aa #b #g ------------ #a #h #ac #ab ------------ ,a ------------ #a #ae #ad #d ------------ #ab #f #g #i ------------ #h #aj #aa #e ------------ #ac #c #b #af ------------ ,b ------------ #i #g #ad #d ------------ #f #ab #a #ae ------------ #c #ac #h #aj ------------ #af #b #aa #e ------------ ,c --------------- #ag #bd #a #h #ae --------------- #bc #e #g #ad #af --------------- #d #f #ac #bj #bb --------------- #aj #ab #ai #ba #c --------------- #aa #ah #be #b #i --------------- #d ,,combinations #f ,,combinations ,d --- #a --------- #f #b #aa #g #c --------------------- #af #ab #h #d --------------------------- #ba #ag #ac #i #e --------------------------- #bb #ah #ad #aj --------------------- #bc #ai #ae #bd #bj --------- #be --- ,e --------------- #aa #bd #g #bj #c --------------- #d #ab #be #h #af --------------- #ag #e #ac #ba #i --------------- #aj #ah #a #ad #bb --------------- #bc #f #ai #b #ae --------------- ,f #d #be #ah #aa #g #aa #bd #b #bj #h #ag #f #e #bc #ad ---------------------------------------- ----- #ad #bj #b #ag #ab #i #ab #be #c #af #c #bd #ab #af #aj ---------------------------------------- ----- #e #aj #ac #af #ba #ag #aj #ac #ba #d #aa #bj #h #d #bb ---------------------------------------- ----- #bc #i #bd #f #c #e #ah #f #ad #bb #i #b #ba #ae #ah ---------------------------------------- ----- #ai #a #h #ae #bb #bc #a #ai #g #ae #be #ac #ai #g #a ,g --------------------- #cj #ci #dh #a #aj #ai #bh --------------------- #ch #dg #g #i #ah #bg #bi --------------------- #df #f #h #ag #bf #ce #cg --------------------- #e #ad #af #be #cd #cf #de --------------------- #ac #ae #bd #cc #db #dd #d --------------------- #ba #bc #cb #da #dc #c #ab --------------------- #bb #ca #dj #di #b #aa #bj --------------------- ,h ,the ,magic ,squares ,shown ,afford ,much ,interest to the ,experimenter in ,such ,devices3 ,the ,mastery of the ,principle ,underlying ,some of ,them will ,enable ,one to ,mystify and ,interest ,onlookers1 with ,little ,chance of the ,simple ,method being ,discovered ,although they do not contain quite so many combinations1 the three magic squares shown at ,g all add up to this same magic number of #fe1 straight across1 diagonally1 and many other ways4 ,a square with seven numbers to the side1 worked out according to the first method described1 is illustrated at ,h4 ,the magic number here is #age4 ,since the general principle is similar to that involved in the squares described in detail1 the working out of the numerous combinations of the squares shown at ,g and ,h will be left to the interested experimenter4 ,muffling the ,ticking of a ,watch or ,clock ,when a watch is used on a table in the sick room1 the ticking may be eliminated by placing an ordinary tumbler over the watch4 ,the face may be seen readily4 ,a large glass vessel1 or transparent jar1 may be used in the same way to cover a small clock4--,l4 ,e4 ,turner1 ,jamaica1 ,n4 ,y4 99 99 99 99 99 ,to letter on prepared cloth1 use colors ground in japan and thin the mixture with gasoline to the consistency of cream4 ,a ,simple ,cipher ,code ,adapted for ,use in ,private ,correspondence ,,by ,,capt4 ,w4 ,h4 ,,waldron1 ,u4 ,s4 ,,army ,have you ever needed a secret code in which to couch the contents of a message intended for the eyes of one person alone8 ,if you have1 you will remember the difficulties that were experienced in making up the code and enciphering your letter4 ,here is a cipher code that may be mastered in a few minutes2 one that is most difficult to decipher by any person other than those having the key words1 and that is very simple when once understood4 ,illustration3 --------------- ,g ,r ,a ,n ,t --------------- --------------- ,f ,,ij ,e ,l ,d --------------- --------------- --------------- ,,fig4 #a --------------- ,g ,r ,a ,n ,t --------------- ,b ,c ,h ,k ,m --------------- ,f ,,ij ,e ,l ,d --------------- ,o ,p ,q ,s ,u --------------- ,v ,w ,x ,y ,z --------------- ,,fig4 #b --------------- ,c ,h ,a ,,ij ,r --------------- ,b ,d ,e ,f ,g --------------- ,k ,l ,m ,q ,s --------------- ,o ,p ,t ,u ,n --------------- ,v ,w ,x ,y ,z --------------- ,,fig4 #c ,the ,cipher ,code ,illustrated in ,these ,diagrams may be ,adapted for ,wide ,uses by the ,substitution of ,appropriate ,key ,words for ,those ,shown ,it is commonly known as the 8,play ,fair0 code and is in use in some of the foreign military services4 ,it is a substitutive cipher which operates with one or more key words1 two letters in the code being substituted for each two letters in the text of the message4 ,in preparing the cipher code by this method the key words are selected by the correspondents and their location in the cipher square mutually agreed upon4 ,a large square divided into #be smaller squares is drawn1 as shown in ,fig4 #a1 and the letters of the key words entered into their proper spaces1 the remaining spaces being filled by other letters of the alphabet4 ,the key words must not contain duplicate letters4 ,the letters ,i and ,j are considered as one and entered in the same space1 the letter ,i being invariably used in enciphering4 ,suppose that the two words 8grant0 and 8field0 have been selected for the key1 the same to be entered respectively in the spaces on the first and third horizontal lines of the square4 ,then the basis of the construction would be as indicated in ,fig4 #a4 ,now fill in the remaining fifteen spaces of the square with other letters of the alphabet1 beginning at the blank space at the left of the second line1 entering the letters in rotation and not using any letter of the key words4 ,the completed cipher would then appear as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,the text of the message to be sent is then divided into groups of two letters each and the equivalent substituted for each pair4 ,where two like letters fall in the same pair the letter ,x is inserted between them and when the message is deciphered this additional letter is disregarded4 ,if one letter is left over after the last pair1 simply add an ,x to it and make a pair4 ,suppose it is desired to send this message in the cipher3 8,will you meet me as agreed40 ,having three pairs of the same letter1 it will be necessary to break them up by placing the letter ,x between them4 ,the message will then be paired off as follows3 ,,wi ,,lx ,,ly ,,ou ,,me ,,xe ,,tm ,,ea ,,sa ,,gr ,,ex ,,ed ,the message may now be enciphered1 after considering three simple rules for guidance3 ,every pair of letters in the square must be either in the same vertical line2 in the same horizontal line2 or at the diagonally opposite corners of a rectangle formed by the smaller squares within the large square4 ,in the first case1 ,r and ,p are in the same vertical line 7the second71 and the next letter below1 in each case1 is substituted for ,r and ,p1 which are ,c and ,w4 ,if the pair consists of ,k and ,y 7fourth vertical71 substitute ,l for ,k and go to the first horizontal line 7fourth vertical7 for ,y1 substituting ,n for ,y4 ,in the second case ,b and ,h are in the same horizontal line 7the second71 and thus substitute the next letters to the right1 which are ,c and ,k4 ,if the pair consists of ,p and ,u 7fourth horizontal71 substitute ,q for ,p and then go back to the first vertical line 7fourth horizontal7 and substitute ,o for ,u4 ,in the third case1 ,r and ,s are at the opposite corners of a rectangle4 ,each letter of the pair is substituted by the letter in the other corner of the rectangle on the same horizontal line with it4 ,then ,r would be represented by ,n1 and ,s would be represented by ,p4 ,to illustrate further1 ,,ne would be represented by ,,al2 ,,bz would be represented by ,,mv2 ,,tp by ,,ru4 ,the message may now be enciphered1 applying the rules3 ,,wi ,,lx ,,ly ,,ou ,,me ,,xe ,,tm ,,ea ,,sa ,,gr ,,ex ,,ed ,,rp ,,ey ,,sn ,,po ,,hd ,,aq ,,md ,,qh ,,qn ,,ra ,,qa ,,lf ,in sending this message1 to make it more difficult for the inquisitive cipher expert1 divide the substituted letters into words of five each and give him the added task of determining whether the cipher used is the transposition or the substitution method4 ,the message ready to hand to the telegrapher would read3 ,,rpeys ,,npohd ,,aqmdq ,,hqnra ,,qalfx ,in deciphering a message the method is reversed4 ,take the message as received1 divide the letters into pairs1 and disregard the final ,x1 which was put in to make a five-letter word4 ,then apply the key reversed4 ,practice it on the above message to get the system with respect to letters occurring at the end of the lines4 ,where the letters of a pair are in the same vertical line1 substitute for each the letter above2 where they are in the same horizontal line1 substitute the letter to the left2 where they are in the corners of a rectangle1 substitute the letters at the opposite corners on the same horizontal line4 ,to test the understanding of the system1 the message given in ,fig4 #c1 with the key words 8chair0 in the first horizontal line and 8optun0 in the fourth line1 may be deciphered4 ,the message to be deciphered is as follows3 ,,fqvuo ,,irtef ,,hrwdg ,,aparq ,,tmmzm ,,rbfvu ,,picxm ,,trmxm ,,agepa ,,donfc ,,baxax4 ,cheese ,grater and ,ash ,tray ,made from a ,tin ,can ,illustration3 ,necessity ,resulted in the ,making of a ,cheese ,grater and ,ash ,tray from a ,tin ,can ,being in need of a cheese grater and finding it inconvenient to go many miles to town1 ,i constructed a satisfactory makeshift4 ,i took a heavily tinned can and cut it in two1 as shown in the sketch4 ,by punching holes through it from the inside a practical grater resulted4 ,from the remaining half of the can ,i made an ash tray1 as shown at the right of the sketch4 ,the semicircular ends were bent over to form a rest1 and by cutting portions at the sides and bending them in1 a convenient rest for a pipe or cigar was afforded4--,gus ,hansen1 ,peachland1 ,b4 ,c41 ,canada4 ,an ,improvised ,typewriter ,desk ,illustration3 ,remove the ,drawer and ,replace ,it ,inverted1 to ,provide a ,convenient ,rest for the ,typewriter ,travelers and others who carry typewriters on their journeys frequently find it inconvenient to use the tables provided because they are usually too high for typewriters4 ,a method of overcoming this difficulty is to withdraw the drawer from the table and invert it in the slide as shown4 ,the typewriter may then be placed upon the bottom of the drawer and will be considerably lower than if placed upon the table top4 ,an ,inexpensive ,imitation ,fire ,illustration ,window decorations may frequently be made attractive by the use of an imitation fire in a stove or a fireplace1 when an indoor setting is on display4 ,to produce such an effect1 put an electric fan below the place at which the imitation fire is to be arranged and run an electric-light cord1 with a red globe attached to it1 to the center of the 8flame40 ,cut a number of strips of ,indian red tissue paper and fix the lower ends of these to form a circular mass above the globe4 ,when the light is turned on permit the fan to direct a stream of air against the tissue-paper ribbons1 forcing them upward to appear like tongues of flame4 ,the sketch shows this method applied to a heater4 ,the fan is placed in the ash box and the electric light is conducted through the grate4 ,jardinire ,made of ,metal-,lamp ,body ,illustration ,some of the metal bodies of old lamps1 and they are usually brass1 are of such ample size and so neatly embossed that they can be readily used as jardinires instead of being handed to the junk man4 ,it is only necessary to remove the lamp part1 and set the plant pot into the bowl of the stand1 as shown in the sketch4--,h4 ,n4 ,wolfe1 ,chicago1 ,ill4 ,replacing a ,broken ,coffeepot ,knob ,a knob was broken from the lid of a coffeepot1 which was valued by reason of its associations4 ,attempts to fasten the broken portions together were unsatisfactory1 and the rough surface1 where the earthenware was broken1 was ground smooth and fitted with a carefully shaped wooden knob4 ,a hole was drilled through the center of the lid with an old file and the wooden knob bolted into place4 ,when stained appropriately1 the repair was quite satisfactory4 ,homemade ,magnesium ,printer ,illustration3 ,length of ,magnesium ,ribbon ,burned ,determines the ,time of ,exposure ,a convenient homemade printing device consists of a smooth board1 ,a1 #b ft4 long and #a ft4 wide1 and an upright1 ,b1 which is #a ft4 square4 ,bore a hole in the center of the upright for the small tin holder ,e1 to carry the magnesium ribbon1 made by folding a piece of tin to fit it4 ,small pieces of wood1 ,,cc1 are nailed across the board to hold the ground glass ,d and the printing frame ,g4 ,the ground glass is #aj in4 from the upright1 and the printing frame is #aj in4 from the ground glass4 ,the latter is #a ft4 square and is used to diffuse the light from the magnesium ribbon ,f1 which may be purchased from any dealer in photographic supplies4 ,the length of exposure varies according to the length of ribbon which is permitted to burn4 ,this should be tested out carefully before making exposures4--,gustave ,straub1 ,albany1 ,n4 ,y4 99 99 99 99 99 ,in sandpapering a varnished surface between coats1 especial care should be taken to avoid rubbing through at sharp edges4 ,illustration ,garden ,plow ,made of ,pick-,up ,material ,,by ,t4 ,t4 ,,sturgeon ,the labor of spading a garden of even moderate size is sufficient to warrant the person who undertakes the job in making a hand plow like that shown in the illustration1 for it will serve many years1 with reasonable care4 ,i made one worth about #e at an outlay of #be cents1 gathering the necessary wood and metal from among old machine parts and pick-up material4 ,an old wheelbarrow provided the #af-;in4 wheel4 ,the handles were made from a by #d-;in4 strip of spruce1 #e ft4 long4 ,they were marked on the strip so that one of the curved grips was at each end1 on opposite edges4 ,the curved parts of the grips were cut with a keyhole saw1 and when a kerf long enough to admit a large ripsaw was cut1 the board was ripped into the two handles4 ,they were smoothed and the grips trimmed with a sharp knife4 ,a section of broomstick was cut for the upper brace4 ,the lower one is made of a strip of iron1 by #a by #ab in41 drilled for -in4 bolts1 and bent at right angles1 #a in4 from each end4 ,drill a -in4 hole at the middle1 to engage a bolt on which the vertical strip is supported1 and adjusted to the operator1 as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #a ,,fig4 #d ,,fig4 #b ,,fig4 #e ,,fig4 #c ,this ,hand ,garden ,plow was ,made of ,old ,material1 a ,shovel being ,used for the ,making of the ,moldboard ,cut a strip1 by #a by #ah in41 for the vertical support1 shown in ,fig4 #e4 ,drill four -in4 adjusting holes1 #a in4 apart1 at the upper end1 and three -in4 holes at the lower end for fastening the strip to the moldboard1 as shown in ,fig4 #c4 ,drill a -in4 hole at the #g-;in4 mark1 for bolting the strip to the braces1 the other ends of which are fitted on the by #aj-;in4 bolt used as an axle4 ,cut the two braces #ad in4 long1 of by #a-;in4 strips1 and drill a -in4 hole in the forward end of each1 to fit the axle1 and a -in4 hole in the opposite ends1 #a in4 from the ends in each case4 ,cut a strip1 by by #ab in41 for the landside1 as shown in ,fig4 #b1 bent under the moldboard1 and bolted to it4 ,the proper angle can best be bent after the moldboard is made and fitted4 ,the method of marking the shape of the moldboard on the blade of an old shovel is shown in ,fig4 #d4 ,make a pattern of cardboard1 marking it into #a-;in4 squares4 ,draw the shape of the moldboard by tracing the outline through the corresponding squares1 using the diagram as a guide4 ,mark the position of the bolt holes1 for fastening it to the vertical support1 indicated by the dash lines at the right4 ,cut out the pattern and trace around it on the shovel1 using the thickest part for the point of the share4 ,cut out the outline1 smooth the edges1 and point up the cutting edge4 ,drill holes for fastening the moldboard to the vertical strap with -in4 bolts1 and for the fastenings to the landside1 with -in4 bolts4 ,curve the moldboard into shape and fit it to the various supports so that it sits properly1 as shown in ,fig4 #a1 seen from the furrow side1 in ,fig4 #b1 from the rear1 and in ,fig4 #c1 from the land side4 ,bend the #ab-;in4 strip into shape1 as shown in ,fig4 #c1 and bolt it into place1 to form the landside4 ,assemble the parts1 being careful that the wheel and landside are set in line1 as shown in ,fig4 #b1 and that the rear edge of the latter is raised slightly1 as in ,fig4 #c4 ,the plow should be given a coat of paint1 and the cutting parts made smooth1 and oiled4 ,an ,interesting ,water ,telescope ,illustration ,a water telescope is easy to make and will afford much pleasure in exploring plant or animal life in comparatively shallow water4 ,the device is made by fitting a heavy glass disk into the end of a round metal tube1 about #b in4 in diameter4 ,the glass is fitted between two rings of metal1 preferably with a small flange set against the glass4 ,a waterproof cement is used to fix the glass between the rings4 ,to use the 8telescope10 rest it on the side of a boat or other convenient place at the water1 and set the lower end1 containing the glass1 under the water4 ,remarkably clear views may be had in this way4--,s4 ,leonard ,bastin1 ,bournemouth1 ,england4 ,writing on a ,moving ,train ,writing legibly on a fast-moving train is difficult to a person unaccustomed to it4 ,the railroad conductor knows the trick of it and manages to get along quite satisfactorily4 ,he prefers to write in a standing position and holds his right elbow firmly against his side4 ,the reason for this is that in a sitting posture there is too much lateral movement in the trunk of the body1 while in a standing position this is more easily controlled4 ,when the arm swings freely1 as in ordinary writing1 several joints of the body are affected in the process1 each of which is capable of its own motion4 ,holding the elbow against one's ribs 8breaks0 these motion tendencies1 except that of the wrist1 which movement is necessary in writing1 and thus the pencil1 or pen1 is more easily controlled4 ,the same principles modified apply in using a typewriter on a moving train4 ,many traveling men1 news correspondents1 and others1 carry portable typewriters and do much of their writing while traveling on trains1 not to mention the various railroad and government men who travel in office cars and necessarily must get out their correspondence en route4 ,it is extremely difficult to execute neat typewriting on a moving train with free-arm movement1 even though the central portion of the car where the vibration and swing is less severe1 is selected4 ,as ,i am employed in such capacity1 ,i had to evolve some plan to expedite the work4 ,i am able to do typewriting quite rapidly by resting the palm of the hands1 near the wrists1 against the front edge of the typewriter frame surrounding the keyboard1 and using the swing of the fingers instead of that of the whole arm1 as in ordinary typewriting4--,victor ,labadie4 ,dallas1 ,tex4 ,a ,revolving ,window ,display ,illustration ,a jeweler attracted passers-by and not a few customers by placing a revolving display in his window which was kept in motion by means of the arrangement shown in the sketch4 ,a #aj-;in4 cut-glass bowl was placed1 upside down1 near the front of the show window4 ,an inverted tumbler was set upon it and a small tin box was pivoted on the tumbler by means of a needle soldered inside of it4 ,six arms of wire were soldered to the box1 and watches were suspended from them4 ,the carefully balanced frame revolved easily on the point of the needle4 ,it was kept in motion by the draft from a fan hidden behind a mirror4--,h4 ,s4 ,hart1 ,shreveport1 ,la4 ,a ,horse-,drawn ,sod ,cutter ,the cutting of a considerable area of sod is tedious work when done by hand1 and it is difficult to make the sections of uniform thickness and size4 ,these important features are provided for by the use of the homemade sod cutter shown in the sketch4 ,to start a cut across a meadow or lot1 a notch is cut in the turf for the blade1 and the device is set into place1 stamping it down to give a good start4 ,the operator stands on the plank in front of the blade1 and a little practice will soon determine the best position for ease in operation4 ,when a cut has been completed1 the cutter is dragged to a fresh starting place1 the driver turning it over on the upper side4 ,the strips are cut into suitable lengths and piled conveniently for removal with a stone boat or wagon4 ,illustration3 ,with ,this ,device ,sod may be ,cut ,quickly and of ,uniform ,width and ,thickness ,the device may be made of any suitable width2 #ae in4 between the inner edges of the blade1 and the latter set to cut a depth of about #b in41 being desirable4 ,the board is a #b-;in4 plank1 about #d ft4 long4 ,the blade should be set with the cutting edge slanting slightly downward so as to make the device 8bite0 into the ground4 ,a smaller cutter may be made for use by boys1 several of whom may draw it4--,f4 ,h4 ,sweet1 ,waynesboro1 ,va4 ,a ,match-,box ,trick ,illustration ,all that is required to perform this trick is a box of safety matches4 ,four matches are removed and three of them arranged as shown in the sketch4 ,the performer then tells his friends that he will light the fourth match and set the cross match on fire in the center1 then asks which match of the standing ones will light first4 ,most persons will not stop to think and guess either one or the other4 ,as a matter of fact1 after the cross match is set on fire it soon burns the wood away1 and the pressure of the two side matches will cause it to spring out so that neither catches fire4--,contributed by ,abner ,b4 ,shaw1 ,north ,dartmouth1 ,massachusetts4 ,cutting ,glass ,bottle with ,electricity ,illustration ,performing an experiment in a laboratory1 it became necessary to have some apparatus which we did not possess at the time4 ,a bell jar could have been used1 but this we did not have1 and as a substitute we used a large glass bottle1 #h in4 in diameter1 with the bottom removed4 ,in order to do this1 we first made a mark around the outside of the bottle near the bottom with a glass cutter4 ,a piece of copper wire1 in4 in diameter1 was then wound around the outside on the mark and connected to the circuit4 ,as the wire would expand enough to make it slip off the bottle when heated red-hot1 pliers were used to keep it taut about the bottle when the current was turned on4 ,a current of #aaj volts and #e amperes was run through the wire1 heating it red-hot1 and this cracked the glass exactly on the line marked by the glass cutter4--,contributed by ,r4 ,e4 ,hollis1 ,chicago1 ,ill4 ,nail ,cabinet with ,muffin-,pan ,trays ,muffin-pan trays used by the housewife in baking make serviceable containers for nails1 screws1 and other small articles used in a shop4 ,the illustration shows the pans fitted into a box1 and sliding in grooves cut into the sides with a saw4 ,illustration3 ,the ,metal ,trays ,are ,substantial and may be ,removed ,readily for ,use ,elsewhere ,the box is made with the end pieces lapping over the top and the bottom this being a better construction to carry the weight of the trays4 ,the wood used in the sides is in4 thick1 in order that a saw cut may be made to a depth of in4 without weakening the support4 ,thinner wood may be used if instead of saw cuts small strips of wood are nailed against the side on which the trays may slide4--,contributed by ,harry ,j4 ,blacklidge1 ,san ,rafael1 ,cal4 ,waterproofing ,matches ,dipping ordinary parlor matches into melted paraffin and permitting them to dry thoroughly will enable them to withstand water4 ,the paraffin acts like a wax candle and is unaffected by the moisture4 ,this should be of aid to campers and others who find it hard to keep matches dry4--,contributed by ,t4 ,w4 ,lambert1 ,jr41 ,new ,york1 ,n4 ,y4 ,illustration3 ,homemade ,electric ,locomotive ,model and ,track ,system ,,by ,a4 ,e4 ,,andrew ,,part ,i--,the ,motor ,the electric locomotive described may be constructed by boys having average mechanical ability and the necessary tools4 ,however1 in any piece of mechanical construction care must be taken to follow the instructions4 ,the material required is inexpensive1 and the pleasure derived from such a toy is well worth the time used in its construction4 ,the making of the outfit may be divided into three parts1 the first of which is the motor2 second1 the truck which is to carry the motor and the body of the car1 and third1 the track system upon which the engine is to operate4 ,a side view of the locomotive is shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,the motor is of the series type1 having its field and armature terminals connected to the source of electrical energy through a special reversing switch4 ,by this means the rotation of the armature may be reversed to make the locomotive travel forward or backward4 ,the armature and field are constructed of sheet-iron stampings1 riveted together4 ,the detailed construction of the armature and its dimensions are shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,the shaft upon which the armature core and commutator are to be rigidly mounted is made of a piece of steel rod1 in4 in diameter4 ,a portion of this rod1 #b in4 long1 is threaded with a fine thread1 and two small brass1 or iron1 nuts are provided to fit it4 ,the ends of the rod are turned down to a diameter of in4 for a distance of in4 ,these are to fit in the bearings that are to be made later4 ,cut from thin sheet iron a sufficient number of disks1 #a in4 in diameter1 to make a pile exactly in4 thick when they are securely clamped together4 ,drill a hole in the center of each of these disks1 of such a size that they will slip on the shaft snugly4 ,remove the rough edges from the disks and see that they are flat4 ,cut two disks of the same size1 from a piece of -in spring brass1 and drill a hole in the center of each1 so that they will slip on the shaft4 ,place all these disks on the shaft1 with the brass ones on the outside1 and draw them up tightly with the nuts provided4 ,be sure to get the laminated core in the proper position on the shaft by observing the dimensions given in the illustration1 ,fig4 #b4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #a ,side ,view of a ,locomotive ,designed to be ,operated with ,either ,end ,forward ,after the disks have been fastened1 clamp the shaft in the chuck of a lathe and turn down the edges of all the disks so that they form a smooth cylinder1 #a in4 in diameter4 ,draw a circle on the side of one of the brass disks1 in4 from the edge1 while the shaft is held in the chuck4 ,divide this circle into eight equal parts and make a center-punch mark at each division4 ,drill eight holes through the core lengthwise with a -in4 drill4 ,if the centers of the holes have been properly located1 all the metal on the outside will be cut away1 as shown in the end view1 at the right in ,fig4 #b4 ,the width of the gaps1 ,f1 ,g1 ,h1 etc41 thus formed1 should be about in4 ,smooth off all the edges with a fine file after the holes are drilled4 ,a cross-sectional view of the commutator is shown at the extreme left1 ,fig4 #b4 ,it is constructed as follows3 ,take a rod of copper or brass1 in4 diameter1 and #a in4 long2 clamp one end in the chuck of a lathe4 ,turn the other end down to a diameter of in41 and drill a -in4 hole through it at the center4 ,cut away the metal from the end to form a disklike recess4 ,cut off a disk1 in4 thick1 measuring from the finished end1 from the piece of stock4 ,place this disk in a chuck1 with the unfinished end exposed1 and cut away the metal in a dish form1 as shown at ,b4 ,cut small slots1 into which the ends of the wires used in winding are to be soldered1 as shown at #a1 #b1 #c1 etc41 in the right-hand view of ,fig4 #b4 ,obtain two brass nuts1 about in4 in thickness1 and turn their edges down so that they correspond in form to those shown at ,c and ,d4 ,divide the disk ring1 just made1 into eight equal parts1 by lines drawn across it through the center4 ,cut eight slots at these points1 in the rim of the disk4 ,these cuts should be through the rim4 ,fill each of the slots with a piece of mica insulation4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #b ,,fig4 #c ,how the ,armature ,core is ,made of ,soft-,iron ,disks for the ,lamination1 at the ,left4 ,diagram for the ,winding of the ,armature ,coils and ,their ,connection to the ,commutator1 at the ,right ,place one of the nuts on the shaft and then a washer of mica insulation shown by the heavy lines1 near ,a and ,b2 then the ring1 a second piece of mica1 and last the nut1 ,c4 ,the latter should be drawn up tightly1 so that the insulation in the slots in the disk are opposite the drilled slots in the armature core1 as shown in the right-hand view of ,fig4 #b4 ,after the disk has been fastened securely1 test it to learn whether it is insulated from the shaft4 ,this is done by means of a battery and bell1 connected in series1 one terminal of the circuit being connected to the disk1 and the other to the shaft4 ,if the bell rings when these connections are made1 the ring and shaft are not insulated4 ,the disk must then be remounted1 using new washers of mica insulation4 ,mica is used because of its ability to withstand a higher degree of heat than most other forms of insulation4 ,each of the eight segments of the dished disk should be insulated from the others4 ,make a test to see if the adjacent commutator segments are insulated from each other1 and also from the shaft4 ,if the test indicates that any segment is electrically connected to another1 or to the shaft1 the commutator must be dismantled1 and the trouble corrected4 ,the armature is now ready to be wound4 ,procure lb4 of ,no4 #bf gauge insulated copper wire4 ,insulate the shaft1 at ,e1 with several turns of thin cloth insulation1 and also insulate similarly the nuts holding the armature core and the inside nut holding the commutator4 ,cut several pieces from the cloth insulation1 wide enough to cover the walls of the slots in the core1 and long enough to extend at least in4 beyond the core at the ends4 ,insulate slots ,f and ,g thus1 and wind #ae turns of the wire around the core lengthwise1 passing the wire back through the slot ,f1 across the back end of the core1 then toward the front end through slot ,g1 and back through ,f1 and so on4 ,about #b in4 of free wire should be provided at each end of the coils4 ,in passing across the ends of the armature1 all the turns are placed on one side of the shaft1 and so as to pass on the left side1 the armature being viewed from the commutator end4 ,the second coil1 which is wound in the same grooves1 is then passed on the right side1 the third on the left1 and so on4 ,after this coil is completed test it to see if it is connected to the armature core4 ,if such a condition is found1 the coil must be rewound4 ,if the insulation is good1 wind the second coil1 which is wound in the same slots1 ,f and ,g1 and composed of the same number of turns4 ,insulate the slots ,h and ,j1 and wind two coils of #ae turns each in them1 observing the same precautions as with the first two coils4 ,the fifth and sixth coils are placed in slots ,k and ,l1 and the seventh and eighth1 in slots ,m and ,n4 ,the arrangement of the half coils1 slots1 and commutator segments is given in detail in ,fig4 #c4 ,each coil is reduced to one turn in the illustration1 in order to simplify it4 ,from an inspection of this diagram it may be seen that the outside end of the second coil in the upper row of figures1 at the left end1 is connected to the inside end of the fourth coil at segment #a1 in the lower row of figures1 representing the segments of the commutator4 ,the outside end of the fourth coil is connected with the inside end of the sixth coil1 at segment #b2 the outside end of the sixth coil is connected with the inside end of the eighth coil at segment #c2 the outside end of the eighth coil is connected to the inside end of the coil #a at segment #d2 the outside end of the coil #a is connected to the inside end of the coil #c at segment #e2 the outside end of the third coil is connected to the inside end of the fifth coil at segment #f2 the outside end of the fifth coil is connected to the inside end of the seventh coil at segment #g2 the outside end of the seventh coil is connected to the inside end of the second coil at segment #h1 and the outside end of the second coil is connected to segment #a4 completing the circuit4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #d ,pattern for the ,field ,stampings1 ,several ,pieces being ,used to make the ,desired ,thickness ,in winding the coils on the core1 their ends should be terminated close to the commutator segments to which they are to be connected1 in order to simplify the end connections4 ,after all the coils are wound and properly tested1 their ends may be connected as indicated4 ,they are then soldered into the slots in the ends of the commutator segments4 ,the completed winding is given a coating of shellac4 ,the dimensions and form of the field stampings are given in ,fig4 #d4 ,a number of these cut from thin sheet iron to make a pile in4 thick when clamped together is needed4 ,the dimensions of the opening to carry the armature should be a little less than that indicated in the sketch1 as it will be necessary to true it up after the stampings are fastened together4 ,use one of the stampings as a pattern1 and drill seven small holes in each1 as indicated by the letters ,o1 ,p1 ,q1 ,r1 ,s1 ,t1 and ,u4 ,fasten them together with small rivets1 and true up the opening for the armature to a diameter of #a in4 ,drill five -in4 holes1 as indicated by the letters ,v1 ,w1 ,x1 ,y1 and ,z1 to be used in mounting the pieces1 which are to form the armature bearings1 brush supports1 and base of the motor4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #e ,,fig4 #f ,detail of the ,field-,structure ,supports1 ,one ,being for the ,left ,side and the ,other for the ,right4 ,the ,supports are ,shown in the ,place at the ,right ,cut two rectangular washers from a piece of thin fiber insulation1 with outside dimensions of #a in4 and #a in41 and an inside opening1 in4 by in4 ,cut open these washers and slip them in position on the portion of the field marked ,,zz4 ,wrap two turns of the cloth insulation about this part1 which is to form the field core1 and wind the space full of ,no4 #ah gauge enamel-insulated copper wire4 ,give the completed winding a coat of shellac4 ,the terminals of this winding should be brought out through two holes drilled in one of the fiber washers1 one near the core and the other near the outer edge4 ,it is better to have the field terminals at the lower end of the part ,,zz than at the upper end4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #g ,detail of the ,brush ,holders1 ,one ,inch ,long1 with ,holes as ,shown ,now cut two pieces from -in4 sheet brass1 similar to those shown in ,fig4 #e4 ,place them on opposite sides of the laminated field structure1 shown in ,fig4 #d1 and carefully mark the position of the holes1 ,v1 ,w1 ,x1 ,y1 and ,z1 as indicated in ,fig4 #d1 and drill -in4 holes1 where the marks were made4 ,lay out and drill -in4 holes1 ,a1 ,b1 ,c1 and ,d1 ,fig4 #e4 ,bend the upper portion of the pieces at right angles to the lower portion1 along the dotted lines ,e1 and then bend the end of the horizontal portions down along the dotted lines ,f1 until they are parallel with the main vertical parts of the pieces4 ,the latter should be bent so that one forms the left support and the other the right1 as shown in ,fig4 #f4 ,bend the projections ,g and ,h at right angles to the vertical main parts4 ,the parts at the bottom are bent1 one back along the dotted line ,j and forward on the line ,k2 the other forward on the line ,l and back on the line ,m4 ,the pieces are then mounted1 on the side of the field structure1 as shown in ,fig4 #f4 ,the supports are fastened in place with five small bolts4 ,the grooves ,n and ,o1 in ,fig4 #e1 are used in mounting the motor on the axles of the truck4 ,they will not be cut until after the truck is constructed4 ,the brush holders are made of two pieces of hexagonal brass1 each #a in4 in length1 having a -in4 hole drilled in the end to a depth of in41 and a threaded hole in the other end1 for a small machine screw1 as shown in ,fig4 #g4 ,two holes are drilled and threaded in one side of each of these pieces4 ,these holders are to be mounted1 by means of screws1 through the holes ,a1 ,b1 ,c1 and ,d1 ,fig4 #e4 ,each holder must be insulated from its support4 ,the distance of the holder from its support should be such that the opening in its end is in the center of the commutator4 ,the brushes are made of very fine copper gauze1 rolled to form a rod4 ,they are made long enough to extend about in4 into the holder1 when they are resting on the commutator4 ,a small spiral spring is placed in the holder1 back of the end of the brush1 and which will serve to keep the latter in contact with the commutator4 ,temporary connections are made and the motor is tested with a six-volt battery4 ,the construction of the motor may be modified as to the length of shaft1 and other minor details1 and may be used for other purposes by fitting it with pulleys1 a countershaft1 or other transmission devices4 ,making ,string ,solder ,string solder of a size convenient for electrical work1 or other soldering1 where only a small quantity is desired1 may be made by adapting a ladle for the purpose4 ,drill a small hole through the ladle near its upper edge4 ,melt the solder and pour it through the small hole1 permitting it to fall on a slab of marble1 slate1 or stone4 ,the ladle must be moved in zigzag lines in order to prevent the string from crossing and to make it possible to roll up the solder into rings of a convenient size4--,contributed by ,l4 ,e4 ,fetter1 ,portsmouth1 ,n4 ,h4 ,to ,prevent ,wire ,coat ,hook from ,turning ,illustration ,a good way to keep a common wire coat hook in an upright position is to drive a small wire staple over the smaller hook4 ,in public places1 such as halls1 this will often prevent their removal and save considerable annoyance4--,contributed by ,harry ,l4 ,dixson1 ,chicago1 ,ill4 99 99 99 99 99 ,the second coat of varnish should never be put on until the first has been 8mossed0 7rubbed7 off2 as1 otherwise1 it will not stick well4 ,cement ,grotto for an ,aquarium ,to build a small cement grotto for an aquarium1 make a clay mold by roughly excavating two right-angled gutters in a lump of clay4 ,grease1 or shellac1 the mold after it is dry4 ,apply cement of about the consistency of putty1 or dough1 filling the gutters roughly so as to give a rocklike finish4 ,small shells can be stuck into the cement while it is yet moist4 ,before entirely shaping the cement1 a piece of heavy wire is bent to conform to the shape of the grotto and set in for a reinforcement4 ,illustration3 ,cement ,grotto ,roughly ,molded over ,clay1 ,shaped to ,make the ,right ,form ,holes can be made by twisting paper1 so that it will extend out at each side1 and laying cement over it4 ,after the cement is thoroughly dry1 the paper can be removed in sections4 ,lamp ,wicks ,cheaply ,made ,illustration3 ,cut the ,hat into ,halves and ,then ,cut ,it into ,strips1 from ,which the ,wicks are ,made ,lamp wicks may be made cheaply at home from an old soft-felt hat4 ,the hat should first be brushed clean and the brim flattened by ironing it4 ,the greatest number of wicks may be obtained if the hat is cut into halves with a pair of scissors1 and then cut into strips of the required size1 as shown in the sketch4 ,soak the strips in vinegar for two hours1 dry them out of doors1 if convenient1 and they are ready for use4--,contributed by ,george ,h4 ,holden4 ,concrete ,water ,basin for ,poultry ,illustration3 ,an ,ordinary ,washbasin was ,used to ,shape the ,depression in the ,concrete ,a concrete worker was asked by a farmer to build a concrete basin for watering the poultry4 ,having no forms at hand1 the mechanic used an ordinary washbasin and a wood box as shown in the illustration4 ,the basin was greased before it was placed in the concrete4 ,the completed concrete basin was buried with its upper surface level with the ground4--,contributed by ,james ,m4 ,kane1 ,doylestown1 ,pa4 ,substitute for ,ground ,glass in ,camera ,the ground glass in my camera was broken while arranging to take a picture of a party one evening1 and being unable to obtain another1 ,i substituted a piece of white tissue paper drawn over a piece of plain glass4 ,it did the work so well on that occasion that ,i have used it continuously since1 and have found it better than the ground glass4 ,it produces superior definition in the views on the glass1 especially when working in a poor light1 and in a good focusing screen4--,contributed by ,c4 ,w4 ,smalley1 ,des ,moines1 ,ia4 ,pencil ,holder for ,workbench ,illustration ,mechanics1 and others who have occasion to use a pencil on a workbench will appreciate the pencil holder shown in the sketch4 ,it was made by soldering the small brass ferrule into the bottom of a portion of a brass knob1 and weighting the knob with lead4 ,the pencil will be held in an upright position where it may be easily seen4--,contributed by ,r4 ,f4 ,hoffman1 ,chicago4 ,repairing ,burned-,out ,incandescent ,globes ,incandescent electric bulbs that have been burned out may be repaired by shaking them1 in order to cause the broken ends of the metal filament to strike together4 ,by examining the broken filament one can determine in what direction to shake the globe4 ,the sudden passage of the current upon contact causes an arc at the broken ends of the filament1 welding them4 ,a globe thus repaired should be placed in a socket where it will not be given undue disturbance and will then last for a considerable period4 ,illustration3 ,homemade ,electric ,locomotive ,model and ,track ,system ,,by ,a4 ,e4 ,,andrew ,,part ,,ii--,construction of the ,locomotive ,truck and ,cab ,successful operation and construction that is feasible1 yet of a reasonable standard of workmanship1 are the essentials of the locomotive truck and cab described as the second feature of the locomotive and track system under consideration4 ,the materials suggested are those found to be satisfactory1 but substitutes may be used if caution is observed4 ,the completed locomotive is shown in ,figs4 #a and #b4 ,the outward aspect only is presented1 and1 for the sake of clearness1 the portions of the motor and driving rigging attached to it1 that project below the cab1 are omitted1 ,these parts are shown assembled in ,fig4 #ab1 and in detail in the succeeding sketches4 ,the locomotive1 apart from the motor1 consists of two main portions1 the truck and the cab4 ,consideration will be given first to the building of the truck and the fitting of the motor into it4 ,the mechanical and operative features are to be completed before beginning work on the cab1 which is merely a hood fixed into place with screws1 set into the wooden cab base4 ,begin the construction with the wheels1 shown in ,fig4 #c4 ,make the axles of -in4 round steel rod1 cut #c in4 long4 ,turn four wheels of -in4 brass4 ,drill a -in4 hole in two of them so that they may be forced on the slightly tapered ends of the axle4 ,drill a -in4 hole in each of the other wheels1 and solder a collar1 ,a1 ,fig4 #c1 on the inside surfaces of them4 ,two fiber bushings1 ,b1 should be provided to fit in the -in4 openings in the wheels and to fit tightly on the ends of the axles4 ,this insulates the wheels on one side of the truck from those on the other4 ,if the rails forming the track are insulated from each other1 the current supplied to the motor may pass in on one rail to the two insulated wheels1 then to a brush1 which bears on the brass collar ,a1 through the windings of the motor1 through the reversing switch to the other set of wheels1 and back to the source of energy over the other rail1 as shown in ,fig4 #ae4 ,the wheels of the truck should fit on the axles tightly1 since no means other than the friction will be employed in holding them in position4 ,if the ends of the axles are tapered slightly1 the wheels may be forced into place and will stay firmly4 ,do not force them on until the truck is finally assembled4 ,the truck frame should be constructed next1 and its details are shown in ,figs4 #d and #e4 ,make two sidepieces of -in4 brass1 #i in4 long and #a in4 wide1 cutting out portions1 as shown1 in order to reduce the weight4 ,this also gives the appearance of leaf springs4 ,the two rectangular openings are to accommodate the axle bearings4 ,they should be cut to precise dimensions1 and their edges should be squared off4 ,extensions1 in4 wide1 are provided at the middle of the upper edges of each of these openings4 ,they are to hold the upper end of the coil springs1 which are to rest in the holes cut into the bearings1 as shown at ,g1 ,fig4 #g1 and also in assembled form1 ,fig4 #f4 ,next drill four -in4 holes in each of the sidepieces1 as indicated at the letters ,h to ,h1 ,fig4 #e4 ,for the cross supports use four pieces of brass rod1 in4 square1 and square off the ends to a length of #b in4 ,drill holes in the center of the ends and tap them for -in4 machine screws4 ,join the side and crosspieces as shown in ,fig4 #d4 ,two fiber washers about in4 thick should be placed on each axle at ,e and ,f1 to hold the wheels from contact with the sidepieces4 ,details of a bearing for the axles are shown in ,fig4 #g4 ,the hole ,g carries the lower end of the coil spring1 and the hole ,j is the bearing socket for the axle4 ,four spiral springs1 having an outside diameter of in4 and a length of in4 when extended1 should be provided4 ,the extensions on the sides of the bearings fit against the inner faces of the sides of the truck4 ,they hold the bearings in position and prevent them from falling out4 ,the base of the cab is made of wood1 dimensioned as in ,fig4 #aj4 ,the center of the piece is cut away so as to provide a space for the motor1 which extends above the upper edge of the truck1 as shown in ,fig4 #ab4 ,this block is fastened in place by four screws through the upper crosspieces at the ends of the truck4 ,the base should be made and fitted into place temporarily so as to be available in observing how the motor and its fittings are placed in relation to it4 ,for convenience in assembling the parts of the truck and setting the motor1 it may be removed readily4 ,assembling the truck1 including the motor1 probably requires the most painstaking effort of any part of the construction of the locomotive4 ,too great care cannot be taken with it1 as the dimensions are carefully worked out and failure to observe them may cause errors sufficient to make the locomotive unserviceable4 ,before undertaking this work it would be well to examine carefully the arrangement of the parts as shown in ,fig4 #ab4 ,the upper view shows the relation of the driving gears in mesh1 and the lower view shows the machinery of the truck as seen from above4 ,the power from the motor is transmitted to one set of wheels by means of a small gear on the armature shaft engaging an intermediate gear1 which in turn engages a large gear attached to the inside of one of the truck wheels4 ,the center of the armature shaft is #a in4 from the center of the power axle1 when both axles are in the slots provided in the motor frame1 ,fig4 #ab4 ,the gears for the transmission may now be selected4 ,the gear on the armature shaft should be as small1 and that on the axle as large1 as practicable4 ,the intermediate gear should be of such a size that it will close the space between the small gear on the armature shaft and the large one on the axle4 ,gears suitable for the transmission may be purchased at a clock store for a small sum4 ,if gears of exactly the proper size cannot be obtained readily1 the position of the intermediate gear may be adjusted to produce a proper meshing of the gears4 ,mount the small gear on the end of the armature shaft away from the commutator1 so that there will be about -in4 clearance between the outside surface and the shoulder at the end of the shaft4 ,fit it on tightly so that no other means of fastening will be necessary4 ,mount the large gear on the inside surface of one of the truck wheels1 as shown in ,figs4 #c and #ab4 ,place the axle of the truck into the proper grooves in the motor frame1 and mark the position of the center of the intermediate gear1 when it engages the other gear4 ,drill a hole in the extension on the motor frame1 provided as a support1 to fit a small bolt with which the intermediate gear is fastened4 ,place a washer between the gear and the piece upon which it is mounted1 and a locknut on the threaded end of the bolt1 drawing it up so that the gear has only sufficient play4 ,illustration3 ,,side ,,and ,,front ,,view ,,of ,,completed ,,locomotive ,,fig4 #a ,,fig4 #b ,,construction ,,of ,,wheels ,,fig4 #c ,,side ,,of ,,truck ,,fig4 #e ,,fig4 #d ,,fig4 #f ,,top ,,and ,,side ,,view ,,of ,,bearing ,,fig4 #g ,,fig4 #h ,,fig4 #i ,,fig4 #aa ,,fig4 #aj ,,bottom ,,of ,,locomotive ,,cab ,successful ,operation ,based on ,feasible ,construction and a ,reasonable ,standard of ,workmanship1 ,is the ,first ,consideration in the ,locomotive4 ,the ,dimensions should be ,observed ,closely in ,order ,that the ,parts may be ,assembled ,satisfactorily4 ,the ,construction of the ,cab is ,suggestive ,only1 and the ,inventive ,builder may ,design ,one in ,conformity with the ,material ,available or the ,individual ,taste ,the slots in the motor frame to fit the free axle may now be cut1 as shown in ,fig4 #ab4 ,place the motor in position on the axle so that the gears all mesh properly4 ,fit tubes of insulating material with an outside diameter of in4 at ,c and ,d1 ,fig4 #c1 and as also shown in ,fig4 #ab4 ,insulation tubes should be provided for the second axle so as to hold the motor in position1 and to keep the wheels in line4 ,in mounting the various parts sufficient play should be allowed to prevent excessive friction4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ab1 ,installation of the ,motor1 ,showing ,gears and ,switch ,contact ,spring ,the reversing switch1 which is to be mounted on the under side of the motor frame1 is shown in ,figs4 #ac and #ad4 ,it is provided with a control lever which projects out from under the truck frame4 ,a small movement of the lever will produce the necessary changes in the connections4 ,the operation of the switch may be understood readily from the diagram shown in ,fig4 #ae4 ,the moving element of the switch carries two pieces of copper1 ,e and ,f1 which connect the four stationary pieces of copper1 ,a1 ,b1 ,c1 and ,d1 when the lever attached to ,e and ,f is moved to either side of its central position4 ,the pieces of copper which are moved--,e and ,f--are shown outside of the stationary pieces in ,fig4 #ae for purposes of a diagram only1 and are actually directly over the ring formed by the stationary pieces4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ac1 ,details of the ,switch1 ,shaded ,portions ,being of ,fiber ,insulation ,the operation of the switch is as follows3 ,assuming that the current enters at the terminal marked #a and leaves at the terminal marked #b1 then the direction of the current in the armature and series field will be as indicated in the diagrams4 ,the direction of the current in the series-field winding is different in the two cases1 which will result in opposite rotation of the armature4 ,the base of the switch is made of -in4 fiber insulation2 its dimensions are shown in ,fig4 #ac4 ,it is to be mounted on the two pieces projecting outward on the under side of the motor frame1 as shown in ,fig4 #ad4 ,drill a small hole in each of these projections1 as indicated by the letters ,h and ,h1 and tap them to take a small machine screw4 ,next drill two holes1 ,h and ,h1 ,fig4 #ac1 in the piece of insulation1 with centers the same distance apart as those drilled in the projections4 ,one end of this piece of insulation is extended to form a mounting for a thin brass spring1 the ends of which bear on the brass collars insulated from the axles1 as shown in ,figs4 #ab and #ac4 ,the form of this spring and the method of mounting it are also shown in ,fig4 #ac4 ,the sections which come into contact in the switch are made as follows3 ,mount four pieces of thin copper or brass on the fiber base with rivets having their heads countersunk4 ,cut a disk1 #a in4 in diameter1 from a piece of sheet insulation and drill a hole ,h1 in the center of it4 ,also drill a similar hole ,h in the center of the switch base4 ,mount two pieces of copper or brass1 ,e and ,f1 on the under side of this disk4 ,the edges and ends of all six pieces of metal should be rounded off so that the pieces ,e and ,f will move freely over those on the base4 ,the disk1 or upper part of the switch1 may be attached to the base by means of a small bolt placed through the holes at the center4 ,a small spiral spring should be placed between the disk and the lower end of this bolt so as to keep the pieces of metal on the disk in contact with those on the base4 ,attach a small handle to the disk so that it will extend out on one side of the truck4 ,fix the switch into place by bolts through the holes ,h and ,h1 ,fig4 #ad1 on the bottom of the motor frame4 ,the electrical connections should be made as shown in ,fig4 #ae4 ,the detail of the couplers is shown in ,fig4 #aa4 ,they are made of brass1 fitted to the upper crosspieces and fixed to them by machine screws4 8,cowcatchers0 may be made for the ends of the locomotive4 ,sheet metal1 corrugated appropriately and bent to the proper shape1 will afford the easiest method of making them4 ,those shown in ,figs4 #a and #b are made of strips soldered together1 and also to the upper crosspieces2 they are strengthened by a cross strip at the bottom1 opposite the point4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ad1 ,view of the ,under ,side of the ,motor1 ,showing ,how ,switch is ,fixed into ,place ,the cab is to be made apart from the truck and is to fit upon the base1 as shown in ,figs4 #a and #b4 ,it is fixed into place by four screws and can be removed easily for examination of the locomotive mechanism4 ,the dimensions for the cab are shown in ,figs4 #h and #i1 and may be varied by the builder4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ae1 ,diagrams of the ,reversing of ,motor by ,shifting ,switch to ,form ,contact ,between ,pairs of ,brass ,sectors ,set in the ,fiber ,switch ,base ,sheet metal or wood may be used in the construction1 and the joints soldered on the inside or riveted1 as shown in the illustration4 ,the window and door openings may be cut out or painted on4 ,small bells may be mounted on the ends of the cab1 adding to its appearance4 ,the headlights shown in ,figs4 #a and #b may be cut from wood or made of sheet metal4 ,light bulbs may be installed1 and their voltage should correspond to that of the motive energy4 ,the terminals for the sockets of the headlight lamps should be connected to the frame of the truck and to the spring1 which bears upon the brass collars on the wheels1 which are insulated from the axles1 as shown at ,a1 ,fig4 #c4 ,this completes the locomotive in all essential details and it is ready to be placed upon the track to be tested4 ,the track system will be considered in a subsequent article4 ,mixing ,paste ,when flour paste becomes watery upon cooling1 it is evidence that the mixture has been boiled too long4 ,only the best flour should be used for making paste4 ,many paper hangers do not boil paste4 ,they make a stiff batter with lukewarm water1 stirring out all lumps1 and then briskly stir in boiling water4 ,when the mass thickens continue stirring1 but add no more hot water4 ,pour a little cold water on top and set the paste away to cool4--,contributed by ,a4 ,a4 ,kelly1 ,malvern1 ,pa4 ,a ,hammock ,sleeping ,tent ,illustration3 ,a ,comfortable ,sleeping ,tent is ,provided by the ,arrangement ,shown in the ,sketch ,compactness in transportation and general serviceableness are features of the hammock tent shown in the illustration4 ,it is made by sewing a piece of canvas to the sides of an ordinary 8dog0 or shelter tent and may be made of a piece of canvas or tarpaulin4 ,the tent is suspended by the ridge from a heavy rope supported on trees or posts4 ,it is kept taut on the sides by tent ropes attached to stakes driven in the ground4 ,this form of tent is particularly convenient in providing a good sleeping place in very small space4 ,it is free from dampness1 and the camper is provided with a comfortable rest free from prowling animals1 without the use of a cot4--,daniel ,c4 ,duvall1 ,washington1 ,d4 ,c4 ,broken ,spade ,handle ,repaired with ,water ,pipe ,a garden spade1 or fork1 broken at the handle may be repaired by joining the broken ends with a piece of old iron water pipe4 ,the broken ends should be trimmed carefully and driven into the piece of pipe4 ,in order to make a more secure joint1 holes may be bored and countersunk at each end of the pipe and screws fixed into them4 ,if the break is so close to the handle that the latter is useless1 a new one may be made by fixing a pipe tee1 with a wooden rod as a handle1 to the end of the fork or spade4--,george ,h4 ,holden1 ,chesterfield1 ,england4 ,tilting ,top for ,camera ,tripod ,illustration3 ,the ,homemade ,tilting ,top ,is ,convenient in ,making ,photographs at a ,variety of ,angles ,pointing a camera up1 or down1 as in photographing tall buildings with the ordinary camera tripod1 is awkward and requires much time to make a satisfactory adjustment4 ,to overcome this1 a tilting top was made for the tripod1 as shown in the illustration4 ,the extra top consists of two boards hinged at one end4 ,the lower board has a tripod socket to fit the tripod1 while the upper one has a tripod screw for fastening the camera4 ,two metal brackets are provided1 having slots through which binding screws are fitted1 and clamped with wing nuts4 ,this permits the camera to be tilted at various angles1 or reversed for vertical pictures1 without removing it from the tripod4 ,several positions are suggested and a little experimentation will give numerous other possible uses4 ,devices of this character may be purchased1 but the one shown is easily made and serves its purpose well4--,r4 ,c4 ,miller1 ,pittsburgh1 ,pa4 ,illustration3 ,homemade ,electric ,locomotive ,model and ,track ,system ,,by ,a4 ,e4 ,,andrew ,,part ,,iii--,construction of the ,track ,system ,operation of the electric-locomotive model described in the previous articles is feasible only with a properly constructed track system4 ,this equipment1 including curves and switches1 is to be described in this1 the final1 article4 ,two functions are to be performed by the track system3 ,it must serve as a support and guide for the locomotive and provide a path over which the current from the source of energy is supplied to the motor within the locomotive and returned to the source4 ,on this basis1 then1 the construction may be divided into two parts3 the mechanical and the electrical features4 ,if the mechanical construction is not practical and accurate1 the locomotive will not operate satisfactorily4 ,the electrical connections must be given due care also4 ,illustration3 ,,section ,,of ,,rail ,,fig4 #a ,,rail ,,connection ,,fig4 #b ,shape the ,rails from ,sheet-,metal ,strips1 #a ,inches ,wide and #af inches ,long1 to the ,form ,shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,the ,rail ,connections are ,formed as ,shown in ,fig4 #b ,the track should be of uniform gauge2 the joints should be solid and free from irregularities1 which cause 8bumping0 in passing over them4 ,the material used should be stiff1 so that it will retain its form1 and preferably non-rusting4 ,the rails must be insulated from each other1 and proper means must be provided for making suitable electrical connections between the various sections4 ,the construction of a straight and a curved section of track1 together with a switch and signal1 adaptable to various places on the system1 will be considered in detail4 ,the straight sections may be made any suitable length2 sections #af in4 long will be found convenient1 as the metal pieces forming the rails may be bent into shape easily when they are short rather than long4 ,the possibility of various combinations of straight and curved sections in a given area is increased by having the sections shorter4 ,the rails may be made from tinned sheet-metal strips1 by taking pieces1 #af in4 long and #a in4 wide1 and bending them into the form shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,the rails should be mounted on small wooden sleepers1 by by #d in41 by means of small nails1 or preferably small screws4 ,the distance between the centers of the rails should be #b in4 ,the sections of track may be fastened together at the ends by means of a special connector1 shown in ,fig4 #b1 made from thin metal1 preferably spring brass4 ,the type of connector shown in ,fig4 #b will not prevent the sections from pulling apart1 and to prevent this1 a second connector1 similar to that shown in ,fig4 #c1 should be made4 ,the sleepers at the ends of each section should have one side beveled1 as shown1 and these edges should be exactly one inch from the end of the rails4 ,a spring clip should be made1 similar to that shown1 which will slip down on the inside of the end sleepers and hold the sections together4 ,illustration3 ,,method ,,of ,,connecting ,,track ,,sections ,,fig4 #c ,,section ,,of ,,rail ,,fig4 #d ,,end ,,connection ,,of ,,rails ,,fig4 #e ,a ,spring ,clamp for the ,joints in the ,sections is ,shown in ,fig4 #c4 ,an ,improved ,form of ,rail is ,shown in ,fig4 #d1 and in ,fig4 #e is ,indicated the ,method of ,joining ,its ,sections ,a better form of rail is shown in ,figs4 #c and #d1 but it is somewhat more difficult to construct4 ,in this case1 instead of bending the piece of metal forming the rail over on itself and closing the space entirely1 the metal is bent over a round form1 such as a piece of wire1 which may be removed1 leaving an opening through the upper part of the rail from end to end4 ,this gives a better form to the tread of the rail and at the same time provides an easy means of connecting the ends of the rails1 as shown in ,fig4 #e4 ,small metal pins1 about #a in4 long1 and of such a diameter that they will just fit the circular opening in the top of the rail1 are provided4 ,one of these pins should be fastened in one rail at each end of a section1 making sure that no rail has more than one pin in it1 and that the arrangement of pins and rails corresponds in all sections4 ,with proper care the various sections should fit together equally well1 and they may be held together as shown in ,fig4 #c4 ,illustration3 ,,method ,,of ,,laying ,,out ,,curved ,,section ,,fig4 #f ,,left ,,switch ,,fig4 #g ,,right ,,switch ,,fig4 #h ,lay ,out the ,switches and ,curves1 ,full ,size1 and ,fit the ,rails to the ,curves ,accurately ,the curved sections may be made from rails similar to those described above1 but some difficulty will be experienced in bending them into a curve because of the necessity of bending the lower flange on edge4 ,the difficulty may be overcome by crimping in the inner edge of the lower flange and expanding the outer edge by hammering it on a smooth surface4 ,the radius of the curve to which the inner rail should be bent in order to give a section of convenient length1 and not too abrupt a curve1 is #ba in4 ,the circumference of such a circle is approximately #acb in41 which1 divided into eight sections1 gives #af in4 as the length of the inner rail of each section4 ,since the tread of the track is #b in41 the radius of the curve of the outer rail will be #bc in4 ,the circumference of the circle formed by the outer rail is #ade in41 which divided into eight sections gives #ah in4 as the length of the outer rail of each section4 ,these curved rails may be mounted on sleepers1 their ends being held in place1 and the various sections fastened together1 just as in the case of the straight sections4 ,some trouble may be experienced in getting the curved rails properly shaped1 and it would be a good plan to lay them out full size by drawing two circles on a smooth surface having diameters of #db and #df in41 respectively1 and divide each of the latter into eight equal parts4 ,the form of the curve between these division lines and the lengths of the curves will correspond to the shape and lengths of the rails forming the curved sections of the track4 ,the pieces should be cut slightly longer than required1 and after they are bent into shape their length can be determined precisely and extra portions cut off4 ,each curved section will correspond to of the complete circle1 or #de1 as shown in ,fig4 #f4 ,the switches for the track may be of two kinds3 left and right4 ,they are named according to whether the car is carried to the left or right of the main track with reference to the direction in which the car moves in entering the switch4 ,a left switch is shown in ,fig4 #g1 and a right switch in ,fig4 #h1 the direction of movement being indicated by the arrows4 ,illustration3 ,,details ,,of ,,switch ,,fig4 #i ,the ,crossings of the ,rails must be ,fitted ,carefully1 and the ,movable ,sections ,g and ,h ,arranged to ,make the ,proper ,contacts ,a detailed drawing of a right switch is shown in ,fig4 #i4 ,rail ,a corresponds in form and length to the outer rail of one of the curved sections previously described2 rail ,b corresponds to the inner rail of one of the curved sections except that #b in4 of straight rail is added at the left end4 ,rail ,c is a straight portion of rail1 #ah in4 in length1 with a part of the base cut away at the switch1 and rail ,d is a section of straight rail1 #ae in4 in length1 with the base cut away where it crosses rail ,a4 ,the ends of rails ,d and ,a are hinged at the points ,e and ,f1 #c in4 from the left end1 with pins driven into the ties4 ,the outside edges of the pieces ,g and ,h are filed off so they will fit up against the rails ,c and ,b respectively4 ,both the pieces ,g and ,h are attached to a strip of fiber insulating material1 ,i1 at their left-hand ends1 in such a way that when the piece ,h is against the rail ,b1 the piece ,g is away from the rail ,c about in42 when the end of the piece ,g is drawn over against the rail ,c1 the end of the piece ,h is drawn away from the rail ,b about in4 ,with these two combinations the car may be made to move along the main track or to the right on the curved track4 ,the two long sleepers ,j and ,k are to provide a mounting for the switch-control lever and signal4 ,the rail ,a is not continuous where the rail ,d crosses it1 but is broken as shown in the figure4 ,a small notch should be cut in the surface of the rail ,d where it crosses the rail ,a1 for the flange of the car wheels to roll through when the car is moving onto or off the switch4 ,the sections of the rails ,a and ,d must be connected electrically4 ,rail ,a must be connected to rail ,c1 and rail ,b to rail ,d4 ,it is obvious from an inspection of ,fig4 #i1 at ,l1 that rail ,d will be connected to rail ,a when the car is on the switch1 the car wheels passing over the point ,l1 and a short circuit will result4 ,this may be prevented by insulating the short section of the rail ,d at this point from the remainder of the rail1 but the length of the insulated section must not be greater than the distance between the wheels on one side of the car2 otherwise the circuit through the motor would be broken4 ,if this is the case1 and the car stops on the main track with both wheels on the insulated section1 it would be impossible to start the locomotive until one wheel was moved to a live part of the rail4 ,the switch control is shown in ,fig4 #aj1 and the letters ,c1 ,g1 and ,i correspond to those given in ,fig4 #i4 ,a -in4 rod1 about #d in4 in length1 is bent into the form shown at ,m4 ,it is mounted in a frame1 the details of which are shown in ,fig4 #aa4 ,a small arm1 ,n1 with a hinged handle1 ,o1 is soldered to the rod1 after it is placed in position in the switch frame4 ,the arm ,n and the lever ,p should be parallel with each other4 ,if properly constructed1 the handle ,o will drop into the notches in the top of the switch frame1 and prevent the rod ,m from turning4 ,a connection should be made from the lever ,p to the end of the piece ,i1 which will result in the switch being operated when the rod ,m is rotated one-fourth of a turn4 ,after this connection is made1 the frame of the switch should be fastened to the ends of the long sleepers1 which were provided when the track part of the switch was constructed4 ,two small disks1 mounted at right angles to each other1 will serve as signals when properly painted1 or as an indication of the open or closed position of the switch4 ,illustration3 ,,switch ,,control ,,fig4 #aj ,,top ,,view ,,switch ,,frame ,,fig4 #aa ,the ,signals ,indicate the ,open or ,closed ,condition of the ,switch by the ,small ,disk1 ,which is ,regulated by the ,lever ,switch ,control ,the speed of the car on the track may be controlled by inserting resistance in series with the battery or source of electrical energy1 or by altering the value of the voltage between the rails1 by changing the connections of the cells forming the battery4 ,the direction of movement of the locomotive cannot be changed unless the car is turned end for end1 or the connections of the armature or field winding--not both--are reversed4 ,the switch on the bottom of the locomotive reverses these connections4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ab ,a small rheostat1 which will give the desired resistance1 may be constructed as follows3 ,obtain a piece of hard wood1 #d by #e in41 and in4 in thickness4 ,lay out a curve on this piece1 as shown in ,fig4 #ab by the row of small circles4 ,procure eight round-headed brass machine screws1 about in4 in diameter and in4 in length1 and #af nuts to fit them4 ,drill eight -in4 holes along the curve1 spacing them in4 apart4 ,file the heads of the screws off flat and mount the screws in these holes4 ,make a metal arm1 ,s1 and mount it on a small bolt passing through a hole drilled at the center from which the curve was drawn1 along which the screws were mounted4 ,this arm should be of such a length that its outer end will move over the heads of the screws4 ,mount two binding posts1 ,q and ,r1 in the upper corners of the board and connect ,r to screw ,no4 #h1 and ,q to the bolt holding the arm ,s in place4 ,connect small resistance coils between the screws1 starting with screw ,no4 #b2 screw ,no4 #a corresponds to an open circuit and is shown in contact with the arm ,s4 ,two stops1 indicated by the black spots1 should be provided1 to prevent the arm from moving back of screw ,no4 #a or beyond screw ,no4 #h4 ,the board may now be mounted on a suitable hollow base1 and the rheostat is complete4 ,two binding posts should be mounted on the ties of one section of the track1 and one of them electrically connected to each of the two rails1 which will give an easy means of making the necessary electrical connections to the source of energy4 ,after careful examination1 to make certain that the locomotive is in running order1 a test run may be made4 ,if the locomotive operates properly and difficulty is experienced when it is placed upon the track1 check up thoroughly on all rail connections1 insulations1 and other elements in the electrical equipment4 ,cars of a proper gauge may be coupled to the locomotive1 and 8runs0 made as extensively as the track system will permit4 ,sleeve ,aids in ,distinguishing ,gas-,fixture ,chains ,illustration ,annoyance through inability to locate quickly the proper chain for lighting a gas lamp in the dark was overcome by fitting a small brass tube to one of the chains as shown in the illustration4 ,the tube was soldered to the chain by which the light is turned on and the other chain passes through the tube and is grasped below it4 ,to turn on the light1 it is only necessary to slide the hand along both chains and to grip the tube1 drawing on the chain attached to it4 ,to turn the light off1 the exposed end of the other chain is drawn4--,thomas ,w4 ,benson1 ,hastings upon ,hudson1 ,n4 ,y4 ,an ,ornamental ,horn ,match ,holder ,illustration ,a match holder made of the horn shell of cattle hoofs mounted on a wooden shield1 as shown in the sketch is both ornamental and useful4 ,one of the pockets holds the unused matches and the other the burnt ones4 ,the hoofs were cleaned thoroughly and polished and the edge of the shield was beveled off and varnished in the natural color of the wood4 ,the front was lacquered black and also varnished4 99 99 99 99 99 ,a small flat piece of wood is convenient for pointing up an eraser4 ,driving ,thin ,metal into ,wood ,illustration ,a slender piece of flat1 or round1 metal may be driven into a wood handle without breaking the wood or bending the metal1 if it is placed in a vise and the wood part driven onto the small portion projecting from the jaws of the vise4 ,repeat the operation until the metal is driven far enough into the wood4 ,slicing ,board for ,camp or ,kitchen ,illustration ,the board illustrated was suggested by a device used by a 8sandwich man10 and proved practical for use in the home and especially in the camp4 ,potatoes1 or other articles of food to be sliced1 are placed in the hollow portion of the board and moved against the edge at the right1 under the knife4 ,the guide1 which may be adjusted by means of the wing nut1 permits slices of varying thickness to be cut4--,robert ,c4 ,knox1 ,st4 ,petersburg1 ,fla4 ,cleanly ,pencil ,sharpener ,illustration ,pencils may be pointed without spreading the dust from them by the use of the device shown in the illustration4 ,a piece of emery paper is fixed to one side of the cover of the box4 ,by turning over the cover with a handle1 after a pencil has been pointed1 the dust may be dropped into the box and removed from time to time4--,sidney ,block1 ,detroit1 ,mich4 ,a ,weeding ,tool ,illustration3 ,a ,b ,a ,case-,knife ,blade ,bent and ,fastened in a ,broom ,handle ,makes an ,excellent ,weeding ,tool ,a handy weeding tool may be made of an old case knife--one of the kind having a wood handle is the best4 ,remove the handle sides and heat the blade about #a in4 from the end1 then bend it at right angles as shown at ,a4 ,ream out the rivet holes in the handle large enough to allow screws1 about #a in4 in size1 to enter4 ,procure an old broom handle and saw a slot in one end deep enough to receive the knife shank1 and fasten it with screws1 as shown at ,b4 ,this makes an excellent tool for removing weeds from beds of young radish1 lettuce and other plants1 as it is possible to get close to the plant stem without injuring it4--,contributed by ,l4 ,g4 ,burnand1 ,lyons1 ,iowa4 ,spray ,nozzle ,made of ,acetylene ,burner ,illustration ,an acetylene burner makes a first-class spray nozzle1 even though the lava tips are broken off level with the metal4 ,the burner may be secured on a short piece of pipe1 as at ,a1 and this inserted in a hose1 or it may be pushed into a hose and wound with wire1 as shown at ,b4 ,clamping a ,wide ,board on a ,bench ,illustration3 ,a ,block on the ,bench and a ,stick in the ,vise ,served as ,jaws of a ,wide ,opening ,having occasion to cut a groove on the surface of a board too wide for the vise1 ,i rigged up the arrangement shown to hold it4 ,the board was laid on the bench with the edge slightly projecting1 then ,i nailed a block firmly to the bench1 close to the edge of the board1 and placed a stick in the vise as shown4 ,when the vise screw was turned up1 the board was gripped solidly4--,contributed by ,s4 ,h4 ,bosuston1 ,victoria1 ,b4 ,c4 ,feeding ,pan for ,poultry ,illustration3 ,an ,ordinary ,pan ,placed in a ,shallow ,box ,makes the ,form for a ,concrete ,vessel ,an excellent water or feeding pan for small chicks can be made of concrete4 ,take an old pan and place it in an inverted position in a shallow box1 as shown in the sketch1 then mix the concrete and pour it over the pan4 ,when the cement sets1 turn it over and a pan will be had that small chicks can climb out of1 should they get into it4 ,metal ,floor ,corners ,illustration ,the hardest part of a room or stairway to clean is the corners1 and these always collect a good quantity of dirt4 ,instead of removing the dirt each time1 a better plan is to fix the corner as shown in the illustration4 ,a triangular piece of brass or copper1 #b in4 on each side1 is fastened into the corner with one nail through the center4 ,these metal pieces are especially desirable in public buildings4--,contributed by ,abner ,b4 ,shaw1 ,n4 ,dartmouth1 ,mass4 ,illustration ,measuring ,resistance with a ,lead ,pencil ,,by ,,john ,d4 ,,adams ,there are very few electrical experimenters who can afford a ,wheatstone bridge for measuring resistances1 and yet1 if one is to gain any knowledge from his experiments1 it is very necessary to know what resistance is being used1 particularly in handling #aaj volts4 ,the amateur will find the following method very useful4 ,there are several brands of lead pencils1 the leads of which have a resistance of #bjj to #cjj ohms1 while others have comparatively little resistance4 ,soak several pencils--preferably the large kind carpenters use--in water over night so that the leads may be removed without breaking4 ,connect up two #dj-watt lamps in series and note how they burn4 ,then replace one lamp with a lead and note the relative intensity with which the remaining lamp burns4 ,if the lead is of a sufficiently high resistance it will cut down the illumination about as much as the additional lamp4 ,having selected a lead1 mount it on a suitable board1 holding it in place by clamping each end under a strip of brass held down with wood screws4 ,next screw in place two porcelain receptacles and place three binding posts in position1 all as shown in the sketch4 ,connect up as indicated1 and attach a short length of flexible cord1 with a metal tip on the free end1 to one terminal of the central receptacle4 ,procure a cheap #ge-ohm receiver and connect it to the two ends of the pencil lead4 ,finally glue on a paper scale4 ,illustration3 ,the ,lead ,taken from a ,lead ,pencil and ,used as a ,means of ,measuring ,resistance ,to operate1 place a high-resistance lamp in the center receptacle--say1 a #ae-watt lamp--to prevent heating1 and almost any lamp of known wattage in the other receptacle4 ,from the rating of this lamp the resistance may at once be determined by ,ohm's law4 ,thus1 at #aaj volts1 a #be-watt lamp will have a resistance of #dhd ohms2 a #dj-watt lamp #cjj ohms1 and a #fj-watt lamp1 #bjj ohms4 ,connect the unknown resistance1 as shown in the drawing1 and move the metal tip on the end of the flexible cord back and forth along the pencil lead until a point is reached where no sound is emitted by the receiver4 ,this point will be very well defined1 and as the connection is moved away from it in either direction the sound will increase rapidly4 ,note the reading on the scale1 and then if a #dj-watt lamp is used in the end receptacle1 the unknown resistance will be #cjj ,a -----4 ,b ,the resistance of the center lamp does not enter into the computation1 but by changing the lamp in the end receptacle1 another set of figures may be obtained1 and a means had to secure increased accuracy4 ,a ,simple ,motor ,controller ,the controller described is very similar in operation to the types of controllers used on electric automobiles1 and its operation may be easily followed by reference to the diagrammatic representation of its circuits1 and those of a two-pole series motor to which it is connected1 as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,the controller consists of six flat springs1 represented as small circles and lettered ,a1 ,b1 ,c1 ,d1 ,e1 and ,f1 which make contact with pieces of narrow sheet brass mounted on a small wood cylinder1 so arranged that it may be turned by means of a small handle located on top of the controller case in either direction from a point called neutral1 which is marked ,n4 ,when the cylinder of the controller is in the neutral position1 all six contact springs are free from contact with any metal on the cylinder4 ,the contacts around the cylinder in the six different horizontal positions are lettered ,g1 ,h1 ,j1 ,k1 ,l1 and ,m4 ,there are three different positions of the controller in either direction from the neutral point4 ,moving the cylinder in one direction will cause the armature of the motor to rotate in a certain direction at three different speeds1 while moving the cylinder in a reverse direction will cause the armature to rotate in the opposite direction at three different speeds1 depending upon the exact position of the cylinder4 ,these positions are designated by the letters ,o1 ,p1 and ,q1 for one way1 and ,r1 ,s1 and ,t1 for the other4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #a ,diagram of the ,electrical ,connections of a ,controller to a ,two-,pole ,series ,motor ,supposing the cylinder to be rotated to the position marked ,o1 the circuit may be traced from the positive terminal of the battery ,u1 as follows3 ,to contact spring ,e1 to strip of brass ,l1 to strip of brass ,m1 to contact spring ,f1 through the field windings ,,vv1 to contact spring ,d1 to strip of brass ,k1 to strip of brass ,j1 to contact spring ,c1 through resistance ,w and ,y1 to armature ,z1 through armature to the negative terminal of the battery4 ,moving the cylinder to the position ,p merely cuts out the resistance ,w1 and to the position ,q1 cuts out the remaining resistance ,y4 ,the direction of the current through the armature and series field1 for all positions of the cylinder to the left1 is indicated by the full-line arrows4 ,moving the controller to the positions marked ,r1 ,s1 and ,t1 will result in the same changes in circuit connections1 as in the previous case1 except the direction of the current in the series field windings will be reversed4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #b ,upper-,end ,view of the ,controller1 ,showing the ,manner of ,attaching the ,springs ,the construction of the controller may be carried out as follows3 ,obtain a cylindrical piece of wood1 #a in4 in diameter and #c in4 long1 preferably hard wood4 ,turn one end of this cylinder down to a diameter of in41 and drill a -in4 hole through its center from end to end4 ,divide the circumference of the small-diameter portion into eight equal parts and drive a small nail into the cylinder at each division point1 the nail being placed in the center of the surface lengthwise and perpendicular to the axis of the cylinder4 ,cut off all the nail heads so that the outer ends of the nails extend even with the surface of the outer1 or large-size1 cylinder4 ,divide the large part into eight equal parts so that the division points will be midway between the ends of the nails1 and draw lines the full length of the cylinder on these points4 ,divide the cylinder lengthwise into seven equal parts and draw a line around it at each division point4 ,cut some -in4 strips from thin sheet brass and mount them on the cylinder to correspond to those shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,any one of the vertical division lines drawn on the cylinder may be taken as the neutral point4 ,the pieces may be mounted by bending the ends over and sharpening them so that they can be driven into the wood4 ,the various strips of brass should be connected electrically1 as shown by the heavy lines in ,fig4 #a1 but these connections must all be made so that they will not extend beyond the outer surface of the strips of brass4 ,a small rectangular frame is made1 and the cylinder is mounted in a vertical position in it by means of a rod passing down through a hole in the top of the rectangle1 through the hole in the cylinder and partly through the bottom of the rectangle4 ,the upper part of the rod may be bent so as to form a handle4 ,the rod must be fastened to the cylinder in some convenient way4 ,make six flat springs similar to the one shown at ,a1 ,fig4 #b1 and mount them on the inside of the rectangle so that they will correspond in their vertical positions to the strips of brass on the cylinder4 ,six small binding posts mounted on the outside of the box and connected to these springs serve to make the external connections1 and they should be marked so that they may be easily identified4 ,a flat spring1 in4 wide1 is made similar to the one shown at ,b1 ,fig4 #b4 ,mount this spring on the inside of the rectangle so it will mesh with the ends of the nails in the small part of the cylinder4 ,the action of this spring is to make the cylinder stop at definite positions4 ,the top of the case should be marked so that the position of the handle will indicate the position of the cylinder4 ,stops should also be provided so that the cylinder case cannot be turned all the way around4 ,miniature ,push ,buttons ,illustration ,a very neat and workmanlike push button may be made in the following manner3 ,procure an unused tan-shoe eyelet with an opening about in4 in diameter1 and at the proper point drill a hole into the board in which the button is to be set4 ,force the eyelet in flush1 using a little shellac to hold it in tightly4 ,for the button proper1 polish off and round one end of a piece of brass rod of a diameter that will move freely up and down in the eyelet4 ,solder a small piece of sheet brass across the lower end to keep it from coming out1 then adjust and fasten on the two contact pieces1 all as indicated in the sketch4 ,the larger piece should be quite springy so as to bring the button back each time4 ,the connections may be made by slipping the wires under the heads of the two wood screws that hold the contact pieces in place4 ,as every experimenter knows1 it is almost impossible to drill a hole in the varnished base of an instrument without leaving a raw edge4 ,under such circumstances1 when it is desired to make an opening for conducting cords1 and the like1 simply drill a hole with an ordinary drill and then set in a small shoe eyelet1 which immediately presents a very finished appearance4 99 99 99 99 99 ,vaseline1 with a little powdered gum camphor added and heated over a slow fire1 makes an excellent rust preventive for tools4 ,a ,quickly ,made ,toy ,electric ,motor ,illustration3 ,the ,motor is ,constructed of ,pieces of ,tin1 a ,nail1 and ,some ,wood ,blocks ,the illustration shows a small electric motor of such simple construction that it can be easily made from odds and ends to be found in any amateur workshop4 ,cut six strips1 in4 wide and #c in4 long1 from an old tin can1 and bend them together into a ,u-shape4 ,this forms the magnet ,a4 ,the outside piece should be a trifle longer than the others so that its ends can be turned over the other ends to keep them all in place4 ,screw this down on a small wood base4 ,at one side of the wood base1 fix an upright1 ,b1 and on top1 a light wood bracket1 ,c1 to take the upper bearing of the motor4 ,the shaft ,d is simply a wire nail with the head filed off and filed to a point4 ,drive it through a #a-;in4 length of the same kind of material as used for the magnet4 ,this forms the rotating armature ,e4 ,make a slight indentation with a center punch1 or strong nail1 exactly in the center of the base portion of the magnet to take the lower end of the shaft4 ,for the upper bearing file the end of a brass screw off flat and make a similar indentation with a center punch1 or by a few turns of a small drill4 ,this screw should be adjusted in the bracket until the shaft rotates freely with the armature just clearing the tips of the magnet4 ,wind about #dj turns of fairly thin cotton-covered copper wire--,no4 #bd or #cf gauge is suitable--around each limb of the magnet1 first covering the latter with paper1 to prevent the possibility of short-circuiting4 ,the windings should be in opposite directions so that the connecting piece of the wire from one coil to the other passes across diagonally as shown in the illustration4 ,the brush ,f is formed by doubling up one of the free ends of the windings after removing the cotton covering and fixing it firmly with two screws to the side of the upright4 ,after attaching1 it should be bent until the outer end bears lightly on the shaft4 ,remove the shaft and at the point where the brush touched1 file two flat surfaces on opposite sides of the nail in a direction at right angles to the longitudinal center line of the armature4 ,on replacing the shaft the brush should be adjusted so that it makes contact twice in a revolution and remains clear at the flat portions4 ,connect up to a battery1 one wire to the screw at the top of the motor and the other end to the open end of the windings4 ,give the armature a start and it will run at a terrific speed4--,contributed by ,morris ,g4 ,miller1 ,new ,rochelle1 ,n4 ,y4 ,gauge for ,woodwork ,illustration ,a convenient gauge can be quickly made by using a block of wood and an ordinary nail1 or several nails for different widths can be placed in one block4 ,drive the nails straight into the block until the distance between the head and block is the required distance to be gauged4 ,the rim of the nail head makes the mark as the block is drawn over the wood surface--,contributed by ,e4 ,p4 ,haldeman1 ,balboa1 ,canal ,zone4 ,illustration3 ,a ,homemade ,ammeter ,,by ,,john ,d4 ,,adams ,where a high degree of accuracy is neither desired nor necessary1 a very satisfactory ammeter may be made at the cost of a few cents1 and without using hairsprings1 permanent magnets1 or other articles usually not at hand4 ,the actuating device consists of a small coil of coarse1 insulated wire1 with a bundle of soft-iron wires for a core1 which attracts a curved1 soft-iron1 wedge-shaped armature4 ,the moving system is so balanced that the armature will hang as illustrated when no current is passing4 ,on account of its shape1 the higher the armature rises1 the more iron it presents to the influence of the magnet1 and1 on the other hand1 the greater will be the effect of gravity4 ,the advantage of this type of control is the elimination of the irregular readings of the scale1 due to the law of inverse squares1 that usually follow when any method depending upon a variable distance is used4 ,further1 the readings can be had as desired by altering the taper of the armature1 its thickness1 or its distance from the magnet1 and also by adding a small weight of nonmagnetic material at the bottom4 ,as most commercial circuits supply alternating current1 the friction of the bearings does not affect the readings1 since the alternations set up a decided vibration in the entire moving system1 thus eliminating static friction4 ,illustration3 ,a ,very ,satisfactory ,ammeter for ,use ,where ,accuracy is ,not ,desired or ,necessary ,in view of the variations above referred to1 it will be evident that it is not very essential of what dimensions the apparatus is made4 ,the instrument that ,i use has a base measuring #b in4 by #e in4 ,the coil is built on a tube of glued paper1 and contains about #ae ft4 of ,no4 #af gauge wire4 ,the terminals consist of the brass bolts taken from discarded dry cells4 ,a steel sewing needle serves as a shaft1 and a piece of wire for the pointer4 ,the various joints are made with soft solder1 and suitable stops are provided to keep the armature from shifting laterally4 ,in calibrating1 a blank scale should be glued in position and as many #ee-watt lamps as possible arranged so that they can be placed in the circuit1 one at a time4 ,on a #aaj-volt line1 each lamp added will mark a half-ampere point4 ,if a sufficient number of lamps to carry the scale high enough cannot be secured temporarily1 a resistance of some #bj or #cj ohms should be placed in the circuit without any lamps4 ,note the reading in amperes on the scale thus far constructed1 and then begin adding the lamps again1 making a mark on the scale as each lamp is added4 ,in this manner a scale may be built up sufficiently accurate for all practical purposes4 ,if two identical coils are made in place of one1 the additional coil can be placed in parallel with the instrument as a shunt1 thus doubling its capacity and making it necessary1 of course1 to multiply all readings by two4 ,footstool ,illustration3 ,footstool in ,mission ,finish with a ,leather ,top ,the material necessary for the footstool shown in the illustration is as follows3 #b end pieces1 #a by #aj by #ae in4 #c cross braces1 #a by #d by #ab in4 #b end braces1 by #d by #h in4 #a top board1 by #aj by #ad in4 #a piece of leather1 #aa by #af in4 ,round-head wood screws and nails4 ,the two end pieces should be marked to a suitable pattern1 and may be cut out with a scroll or coping saw1 or1 if these are not available1 with a keyhole saw4 ,the center opening should first be bored at one end and then cut out with the saw4 ,the three long braces should be accurately squared and finished at the ends2 the rigidity of the stool depending on this work4 ,the seat consists of a box form with the open side down4 ,the top is a -in4 board1 #h in4 wide by #ab in4 long2 the sides are formed by two of the long braces1 and the ends are the short braces4 ,this box is securely put together with nails1 and then screwed in position with round-head wood screws so as to be flush with the top edge of the end pieces4 ,the lower brace is secured in place with screws4 ,in putting on the leather top1 in4 should be turned under at each end1 and #a in4 brought down on each side4 ,this will provide sufficient looseness to pad the seat properly4 ,large round-headed brass nails can be used1 producing a neat appearance4 ,the stool is then ready for a suitable stain or finish4--,contributed by ,stanley ,b4 ,furbeck4 ,stopper for a ,bunghole ,while we were filling our barrels at the cider mill it was discovered that one barrel had no stopper4 ,this did not bother the cider-mill man1 who took up a sound apple of about the dimensions or diameter of the bunghole and squeezed it in1 tight as a cork1 then shaved it off flush with the barrel staves4 ,we started ,home and rolled it around a great deal with the other barrels1 yet it held as tightly as any wood stopper4--,contributed by ,a4 ,a4 ,kelly1 ,frazer1 ,pa4 99 99 99 99 99 ,an open umbrella placed on the floor upside down makes an excellent receptacle for catching dirt and plastering when installing electric fixtures4 ,a ,woven-,reed ,footstool ,,by ,,charles ,m4 ,,miller ,the various materials referred to in this article by number or size were described in detail in an article on 8,a ,reed ,basket10 in the ,boy ,mechanic1 ,book #b1 page #beg4 ,reed furniture has become very popular within the last few years1 and the newer designs and methods have been so attractive as to place this constructive effort among the handicraft series of modern art4 ,it is possible so to analyze1 simplify1 and illustrate this work as to make it feasible for amateurs1 and at the same time there are possibilities which involve problems that may try the ability of the skilled workman4 ,in other words1 there are possibilities of progress in this kind of furniture making4 ,there are places where careful weaving is the principal aim2 again particular attention will be given to corners1 or1 perhaps1 a nicety of modeling will be found necessary to bring out the proper curves involved4 ,each piece of reed furniture has a framework1 usually of dowels1 but it may also be made of boards in such models as small tables1 dressers1 bedsteads1 chests1 etc4 ,the board construction is more often covered with flat reed4 ,in footstools there are both kinds of framework4 ,the illustrations show the same parts marked with the same letters throughout the series of sketches4 ,illustration3 ,the ,framework of the ,stool is ,made of ,large ,dowels1 ,then ,covered with ,windings of ,reed and a ,woven ,reed ,top and ,apron ,the framework of the stool is shown in ,fig4 #a1 in which the rails and posts are made of dowels1 in4 in diameter1 and the braces of dowels1 in4 in diameter4 ,it will be noticed that the posts extend to the top of the frame for strength in this manner of construction4 ,if the rails rested on top of the post ,s1 the nails would have to be driven into the end grain of the wood1 which makes the strength depend entirely on the holding power of the nail in this position1 as there is no binding of the upper part to the posts in the weaving4 ,with the post extending to the top1 the nail passes through the upper part of the post and into the end grain of the rails1 and the rails are bound together horizontally by the weaving4 ,the material for the frame consists of the following dowel stock3 two pieces for rails1 in4 by #ad in4 long2 two pieces for rails1 in4 by #i in4 long2 four posts1 in4 by #g in4 long1 and two braces1 in4 by #ag in4 long4 ,these pieces are shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,if notches are cut with a small saw1 a coping saw preferred1 in the ends of each rail and in the braces1 as shown in ,fig4 #c1 they will fit to the posts better and make a stronger joint4 ,while different makers use a finishing nail2 a barbed or corrugated1 nail2 or a cemented1 or glue-coated1 nail1 ,i find the best to be an ordinary #d-penny nail1 which answers the purpose well4 ,do not drive the nail through the posts without first drilling a hole with a -in4 drill4 ,a small hand or breast drill will be needed for this work4 ,before nailing the frame together1 the holes for the spokes in weaving should be drilled in the rails4 ,the spokes may be ,no4 #d and the weavers ,no4 #c reed4 ,the ,no4 #d reed requires a -in4 hole4 ,the hole for the top and end side spokes may be combined1 as shown in ,fig4 #d4 ,the dotted lines show the vertical and horizontal diameters1 and ,e the outside and ,f the inside of the rail1 one hole being represented as sawed in two4 ,the spokes for the top extend down and out at the ends1 and each may be of one piece1 #cb in4 long4 ,as there are no spokes at the top extending to the side pieces1 short spokes must be inserted at the right time for the side weaving4 ,the location of the holes in the side rails is shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,the holes in the side rails may be drilled straight in the wood4 ,the pieces may now be nailed together to form the frame1 as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,if the top of the side rails ,a are set about in4 below the tops of the posts1 the weaving will be almost level1 as the winding reed is thinner than the round reed4 ,the braces ,d are halved at the center1 on a slant1 to bring their upper surfaces on a level when they are in place4 ,the length of #ag in41 as given in the material list1 is not accurate1 as sufficient length is given to allow the ends to be cut1 in fitting them in place after the frame is assembled4 ,the posts should stand vertical and square4 ,try the braces before nailing them in place1 to see that they do not draw the frame out of shape4 ,the first operation in weaving is to cover the tops of the four posts1 which is started as shown in ,fig4 #e4 ,a short piece of winding reed1 ,g1 is first tacked in place4 ,a round reed can be split if one is careful1 in case winding reed cannot be obtained4 ,tacks used by shoemakers are just the thing for fastening these weavings in place4 ,after fastening the weaving ,g in place1 another1 ,h1 is put on in an opposite direction1 whereupon ,j is fastened on the same as ,g1 and so on1 until the post is covered1 as shown in ,fig4 #f4 ,perhaps a better way to cover the posts would be to tack all eight pieces on the post part ,c1 and then weave them down together4 ,it may not be necessary to tack them all on the rails4 ,after the corners are all covered1 the end rails ,b are wound with the winding reed1 the start being shown in ,fig4 #g1 where the frame is shown in an inverted position4 ,the reed is tacked1 at ,k1 to the side rail1 and whenever the winding comes to a hole1 a pencil mark is made to locate the hole later4 ,this mark is shown at ,l4 ,when the two end rails are wound1 push a bodkin1 or other steel point1 in between the windings where the marks are located1 to make way for the insertion of the spokes4 ,it may appear to an observer that the spokes could be put in before the winding1 but the winding cannot be properly done after the spokes have been inserted1 as the windings would separate too much around them4 ,the hole must be opened up through to the opposite side of the rail4 ,single spokes go through the rail1 and they are only put through one end rail at first1 as the weaving is much easier with one end of the spokes free1 but1 of course1 they must be inserted in the other end before the weaving gets within #b or #c in4 of that end4 ,an extra spoke is inserted beside each spoke1 as the weaving proceeds and after a strip has been woven in4 wide4 ,these short spokes are cut just long enough to fit in between the end rails4 ,the weaving is done with a single weaver1 and it is passed over and under double spokes as if they were one4 ,when the weaver comes to the side rail1 it is wound twice around the rail1 to take up the space for the two strands across4 ,if the weaver does not go twice around the side rails each time1 either the weaving will take a curve or the side winding will be loose4 ,the starting of the weaving is shown in ,fig4 #h1 where the extra spokes are inserted along the side of each spoke that runs through the end rails4 ,after the spokes have been inserted in the opposite end rail and the weaving in the top completed1 the braces and posts should be wound4 ,where the braces ,d connect to the posts ,c1 three strips of the winding reed are passed around the post and tacked on both sides of the braces1 as shown at ,m1 ,fig4 #i4 ,where the braces cross1 the winding passes around both pieces for a short distance1 as shown at ,n4 ,it is quite appropriate to use the brass caps ,o on this model1 but on many stools their use has been discontinued and the winding continues down to within in4 of the bottom of the post4 ,in case the brass cap cannot be obtained1 the winding may be used also on this model4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #a ,,fig4 #b ,,fig4 #c ,,fig4 #e ,,fig4 #f ,,fig4 #d ,,fig4 #g ,,fig4 #h ,,fig4 #i ,details of the ,dowel ,pieces1 ,showing ,dimensions for ,drilling the ,holes to ,admit the ,spokes of ,reed1 ,manner of ,building the ,framework1 and ,how the ,top is ,woven ,the side weaving is called the apron1 and in this case the pairing weave is used4 ,the short spokes will have to be inserted in the under side of the side rails1 and the extra spokes are added after the weaving is started and a small strip woven4 ,the pairing weave is shown in ,figs4 #aj1 #aa1 and #ab4 ,the two weavers are represented by the letters ,p and ,q4 ,the weaver ,p passes back of spoke ,t and out between ,t and ,u4 ,the weaver ,q is then used in the same manner1 and so on1 around the stool4 ,when the post is approached the weaver that comes out between the last spoke and the post is passed around the post and in behind the next spoke on the other side4 ,it will be seen in the pairing weave that the weaver behind is always thrown over the other weaver4 ,this gives the appearance of a rope twist to the weaving1 and also cinches it to the spokes and prevents slipping4 ,always pass the one weaver around the post twice to take up the space for the one that cuts across the corner4 ,the weaving of the sides or apron is done with the object turned upside down1 where it is in a good position for finishing off1 which is sometimes called breaking down4 ,if the weaving has been carried far enough1 the extra spokes are cut off even with the weaving1 and the breaking down may be done as follows3 ,the spoke ,r1 ,fig4 #ac1 is shown turned down back of the spoke ,s1 and ,s back of ,t and out4 ,the spoke ,r1 as shown in ,fig4 #ad1 is back of ,s1 in front of ,t1 back of ,u1 and out between ,u and ,v1 but as ,r is brought out1 the spoke ,t is brought down back and parallel with ,r4 ,likewise the spoke ,s passes back of ,v1 and ,u is brought down with it4 ,the spoke ,t is brought back of ,w and ,v is brought down back of it4 ,the short end of ,r is inserted under the roll1 between the roll and the weaving1 and is left extending on the inside4 ,if it is too long1 it can be cut off close to the inside of the weaving4 ,in ,fig4 #ae1 all the short ends are shown brought through to the back as far as the weaving is illustrated4 ,at the corners1 the posts are used as spokes4 ,to finish the roll1 the spokes will have to be inserted through the roll1 to correspond with the rest of it2 hence1 the beginning of the roll should be left loose1 as in ,fig4 #ac4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #aj ,,fig4 #aa ,,fig4 #ae ,,fig4 #ab ,,fig4 #ac ,,fig4 #ad ,the ,weaving of the ,apron is ,done in the ,same ,manner as in ,making a ,basket1 with the ,break ,down to ,form the ,edge ,in weaving1 the weavers should be kept wet1 but not the spokes4 ,do not put the reed in water and leave it for any length of time1 as it will become discolored4 ,about #ae minutes will be sufficient to make the reed pliable1 then it is best to have a sponge and bucket of water at hand1 to dampen long weavers frequently by drawing the reed across the wet sponge4 ,besides being more workable1 the wet reed1 held in place until dry1 stays curved in the form woven much better4 ,some workmen leave the reed in water for a long time and depend on bleaching to whiten it1 but so much of the bleached work looks like a poor job of painting that it is much better to keep it white from the start4 ,in case bleaching is found necessary1 a little chloride of lime in water makes a good bleacher4 ,avoid making the solution too strong4 ,it should be put on with a brush1 so as to get it into the interstices of the weaving1 whereupon the work is placed in the sunshine to dry4 ,any kind of reed used will have some of the small hairlike fibers sticking out after the weaving is complete1 and this should be singed off with a gas flame4 ,a blowtorch is good for this purpose4 ,be careful not to scorch the weaving4 ,a ,homemade ,ellipsograph ,,by ,j4 ,a4 ,,shelly ,the instrument illustrated was designed to take the place of the two nails and a piece of string for drawing ellipses of different sizes4 ,it is made of hard wood1 preferably maple or beech1 and consists of a bar with one fixed and one sliding head1 the latter having a wedge clamp to hold it at any point desired on the bar4 ,in the ends of the heads are driven two coarse needles that have been broken off about in4 from the eye end4 ,these ends should be placed in4 from the inside of each head and the same distance from the bottom1 and driven in until the eyes are each in4 from the surface4 ,a piece of linen thread is run through the eye of the needle that is in the end of the sliding head and knotted to prevent its pulling out1 and the free end is run through the needle eye on the fixed head4 ,the thumb tack in the fixed head is to secure the free end of the thread4 ,the tack is driven in at an angle so that one edge sticks up enough to allow the thread to be pulled under it4 ,illustration3 ,the ,sliding ,head can be ,set so ,that ,any ,size ,ellipse may be ,drawn within the ,scope of the ,instrument ,to operate the ellipsograph lay out the length of the major axis on a center line1 then bisect the distance between these points and erect a perpendicular4 ,on this line lay off half the minor axis1 measuring from the center line2 then from this point locate the foci by setting the dividers to half the major axis and scribing arcs of circles to cut the center line4 ,set the heads of the instrument so that the projecting needle ends will be the same distance apart as the foci1 and clamp the sliding head with the wedge4 ,set the instrument so that the needle eyes will be exactly over the points where the foci are on the center line4 ,a pencil1 with a little groove filed in4 from the point1 for the thread to run in1 is set to half the minor axis and the thread is pulled taut and secured by the thumb tack4 ,the pencil should be held perfectly perpendicular while scribing the line4 ,the instrument must be reversed to draw the other half of the ellipse4 ,to draw an ellipse that will be an exact projection of a circle at any given angle it is necessary to determine the length of the major axis4 ,this may be done by laying out the circle1 either full size or to scale1 and projecting two parallel lines equal to the diameter of the circle1 or its scale1 and connecting these lines with a line drawn to the required angle4 ,the length of this line is the major axis4 99 99 99 99 99 ,never run a glass cutter over the same line twice1 as this will ruin the cutter4 ,alcohol rubbed along the line to be cut aids in the process4 ,ship's-,wheel ,device for a ,radiator ,valve ,leaving one's comfortable bed to open the valve of a radiator in a cold room is an unpleasant task4 ,the device shown in the sketch obviates the necessity for leaving the bed1 yet gives as positive control over the valve as if the hand were on the valve wheel4 ,illustration3 ,draw on the ,proper ,cord to ,open or ,close the ,valve ,the construction of the pulley attached to the top of the valve wheel is shown in the small sketch at the right4 ,it is built up of a center section of wood and flanges of sheet metal1 fastened with screws4 ,the pulleys attached to the wall are built in the same way1 but are smaller4 ,any size that is convenient may be used for the larger as well as the smaller pulleys1 but the larger pulley must be small enough so that it will not rub against the end of the radiator4 ,the cord is wound around the pulley at the valve handle1 several times1 like the steering cord on a motorboat4 ,this gives a positive grip on the pulley4 ,the cord may be conducted directly from the large pulley to the nearer small pulley1 the other small one being omitted4 ,to operate the device draw on the proper cord to open and close the valve4 ,it would be well to mark the cords with tabs so that they may be readily distinguished4--,contributed by ,p4 ,d4 ,norton1 ,chicago1 ,ill4 ,lighted ,whirling ,fan ,used as ,radiator ,ornament ,an ornament for the automobile-radiator cap that attracted a great deal of attention at night was made by attaching two incandescent lamps to the blades of a small propeller1 which is whirled around by the wind4 ,by using the shaft on which the wheels of a roller skate revolve1 ball bearings were provided4 ,one end of this shaft is held rigid in a block of wood4 ,illustration3 ,homemade ,ornament for an ,automobile ,radiator ,revolves with the ,bulbs ,lighted1 ,attracting ,attention ,the wires which lead from the propeller are run under the hood1 and attached to the socket for the trouble lamp4 ,they are taped to the rod that braces the radiator1 to avoid a short circuit1 and then out from under the hood at the radiator cap1 and connected to the brushes ,a and ,b4 ,the incandescent electric-light bulbs are attached to the ends of the propeller blades and connected in series4 ,the wire is run from one side of the socket ,e to the collar ,c1 and soldered to the latter4 ,the wire from the other side of the socket is connected to the other lamp ,f4 ,the other wire from this lamp socket at ,f is soldered to the other collar ,d4 ,the brushes are made by bending a strip of copper into the shape shown in the detail1 and fastening it to the wooden block by means of screw binding posts1 soldered to the strips4--,f4 ,lloyd ,adams1 ,jersey ,city1 ,n4 ,j4 ,a ,fifty-,cent ,electric ,stove ,few persons realize what an intense heat may be developed when the globe of an ordinary incandescent lamp is tightly inclosed1 largely eliminating the loss of heat4 ,when the lamp is inclosed1 the temperature will increase until the rate of radiation is equal to that at which the heat is generated4 ,a good reflector is a poor radiator1 hence1 when the metal wall surrounding the lamp is bright and shiny1 both inside and out1 the heat is reflected inward4 ,illustration3 ,a ,handy ,electric ,stove can be ,made at an ,outlay of #ej ,cents ,to make a small stove that will keep liquids warm1 melt paraffin1 dissolve glue1 etc41 procure an ordinary #af-;cp4 carbon lamp1 a porcelain receptacle1 and a bright1 clean tin can1 about #d in4 in diameter and #g in4 long4 ,thoroughly blacken the bottom on the inside1 and then solder on four small brackets1 cut from sheet brass or copper1 so that the can may be held down firmly1 when inverted on the base4 ,the latter should preferably be made of hard wood1 with the upper edges beveled1 as shown4 ,next bore the hole for the wire or flexible cord4 ,fasten down the porcelain receptacle1 connect the wiring1 screw in the globe1 and screw down the tin can2 the stove is then ready for operation4--,john ,d4 ,adams1 ,phoenix1 ,ariz4 ,illustration3 ,woven ,reed ,furniture ,,by ,,charles ,m4 ,,miller ,a ,variety of ,small ,stools and ,foot ,rests ,the various materials referred to in this article by number or size were described in detail in an article on 8,a ,reed ,basket10 in the ,boy ,mechanic1 ,book #b1 page #beg4 ,footstools of reed are preferable1 in the home1 to those made of other materials1 because of their light weight1 rounded edges1 and comfortable1 yielding tops4 ,reed1 rattan1 and similar material1 used in their construction1 withstand hard wear1 and will not easily mar floors or furniture1 a feature not to be overlooked1 especially since the footstool is a favorite seat or play table of children4 ,several types of stools and foot rests are shown in the illustration4 ,a stool having a framework of dowels1 covered with reed1 and utilizing the frame to produce a paneled effect1 is shown in ,fig4 #c4 ,the upper dowel of the framework is covered and woven over with the top1 in the somewhat lighter stool shown in ,fig4 #h2 the legs are braced at the ends with reed1 arched and covered with winding reed4 ,the stool shown in ,fig4 #aa is designed with rounded lines1 the bracing dowels being set low1 and a panel of openwork woven into the sides4 ,figure #ae shows a foot rest1 the framework of which is steamed and bent1 and the top slanted to provide a more comfortable rest for the feet4 ,it is strongly braced1 paneled on the sides with winding reed1 and ornamented with openwork scrolls4 ,the details of the construction of the frames and the method of weaving the reed are shown in the other sketches4 ,dowels1 in4 in diameter1 are used for the main framework of all of the stools shown4 ,the dimensions of the various stools may be made to suit individual taste1 those suggested in each instance having been found satisfactory4 ,a good size for the stool shown in ,fig4 #c is3 height1 #i in42 width1 #aa in42 length1 #ae in4 ,the lower of the horizontal dowels should be set at least one-third the height of the leg from the top4 ,the braces are notched at their ends to fit the curve of the legs1 and finishing nails are driven into them through the legs4 ,the corner joints are further reinforced by a binding of reed1 placed over them4 ,the holes for the spokes are bored through the braces before the construction is nailed together4 ,they should be bored about #a in4 apart1 spaced uniformly1 according to the length and width of the stool4 ,the tops of the legs should project about in4 above the upper braces1 so as to produce a level surface when the winding reed is applied4 ,the upper end of the legs must first be covered with winding reed1 as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,tack a strip of the reed on2 then add successive pieces1 as shown1 until the end is covered4 ,the joint of the leg and the lower brace must be reinforced1 as shown in ,fig4 #b1 by tacking winding reed over it horizontally4 ,the braces must then be wound with winding reed1 the spokes being inserted later4 ,in winding the reed on the braces1 tack one end of it to the brace at the left of a leg2 then begin the winding on the brace to the right of the leg1 and as each hole is encountered mark with pencil on the reed1 so that if any of the holes are covered they may be found easily1 when inserting the spokes4 ,the marks should be made on the lower side4 ,the spokes extend from the lower edge of the bottom rail on one side to the lower edge of the corresponding rail or brace on the opposite side4 ,short spokes are fitted between the upper and lower rails at the ends of the stool4 ,the top is woven complete before the sides are woven1 the pairing weave being used4 ,in this method two strands of reed are handled together1 the first passing behind one spoke1 and being below the second strand1 and then passing in front of the next spoke1 and being above the second strand1 etc4 ,this weave is shown in detail in ,fig4 #i1 illustrating an article on 8,taborets and ,small ,tables for the ,summer ,veranda10 page #aee1 ,july1 #aiaf4 ,the weaving of the top includes the covering of the upper rails at the ends of the stool1 which are wound in as spokes1 the reed passing around them and being directed back in the opposite direction4 ,the weaving for the sides is carried around the stool continuously1 passing around the legs4 ,one of the strands in the pairing weave passes behind the leg1 and the other must be wound around it an extra turn1 to cover up the space otherwise exposed4 ,the reed is wound around the legs to the lower end1 the strand being tacked at the inner side of the leg4 ,the framework for the second type of stool is shown in ,fig4 #f4 ,the two side rails are fixed into place by the same method used in making the first stool1 and the frame is braced on the ends by sections of ,no4 #ab or ,no4 #ad reed4 ,these are fitted into place and covered in the winding4 ,the braces should be fitted to the curve of the leg1 and nailed into place with small finishing nails4 ,the ends where the braces join the legs and rails should be whittled down to a long1 thin wedge1 so that they may be bound in securely by the reed that is wound around the legs1 as shown in ,fig4 #d4 ,the spokes in this model1 as shown in ,fig4 #f1 do not pass through the upper rails1 but extend from one lower rail over the upper rails and to the lower rail on the opposite side4 ,this makes it necessary that the upper rails be set slightly below and in from the top and outer edges of the legs4 ,the lower rails should then be set in so as to be uniform with the upper ones4 ,the lower rails and the end braces are wound by the method used for the rails in the first stool4 ,the tops of the legs are finished differently1 however1 as shown in ,figs4 #d and #e4 ,the weaving is begun at the lower rail1 and proceeds until the side panel is filled to the under edge of the upper rail4 ,the weavers cannot then be returned at the corner1 and are cut off to extend #b in4 beyond the leg4 ,their ends are thinned out1 and then brought around the corner against the upper rail on the end1 as shown in ,fig4 #e4 ,alternately they are turned down on the leg and against the end rail1 producing a covering for the corner4 ,the strands of the top are woven over the thinned-out ends1 and bound over the joint of the braces with the upper rail4 ,the corners may be beaten gently with a block of wood to smooth them1 and to bring the weavers firmly together4 ,the weavers pass twice around the legs1 as each strand is brought to the leg1 as shown in ,figs4 #e and #g4 ,it will be found convenient to place the spokes in only one lower rail1 as in ,fig4 #f1 while weaving the first side panel1 and the top4 ,as the work proceeds the spokes are bound down to the upper end rails1 and when the middle of the second side panel is reached1 they are trimmed off and fitted into their holes1 on that side4 ,the third stool differs fundamentally from the preceding ones in that the framework is curved at the upper ends1 and the weaving of the top is carried down over the ends4 ,the framework is shown in detail1 in ,fig4 #i4 ,ash dowels1 in4 in diameter1 are used for the framework1 and the rails are notched into the main sections1 and nailed1 as were those in the preceding stools4 ,the length of the curved dowels must be determined carefully1 and it is desirable to have the stock longer than is necessary for the finished pieces1 so that inaccuracies in bending may be allowed for properly4 ,the distance between the legs should be such that a space of in4 is provided between the legs and the first hole for the side spokes1 and the intervening spokes should be placed #a in4 apart4 ,a satisfactory size is to make the stool #f in4 high1 the end rails #h in41 and the side rails #ac inches4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #a ,,fig4 #b ,,fig4 #c ,,fig4 #d ,,fig4 #e ,,fig4 #f ,,fig4 #g ,,fig4 #h ,,fig4 #aj ,,fig4 #i ,,fig4 #aa ,,fig4 #ad ,,fig4 #ab ,,fig4 #ae ,,fig4 #ac ,the ,making of ,stools in ,woven ,reed ,affords the ,craftworker an ,excellent ,opportunity to ,produce ,constructions1 for ,home ,use1 or as ,gifts1 ,that ,have ,originality and a ,personal ,element4 ,the ,frameworks for ,four ,typical ,stools and ,foot ,rests are ,shown at the ,left1 and the ,completed ,objects at the ,right4 ,figure #ad ,shows a ,variation ,adaptable to the ,methods of ,weaving ,shown in ,other ,models ,the method of bending the dowels is shown in ,figs4 #ab and #ac4 ,they must be soaked in hot water or steamed1 and clamped around the form as indicated1 being left to dry4 ,a pipe fitted over the ends of the dowels1 to give leverage1 will aid in bending them4 ,the form is made by fitting pegs1 suitably spaced1 into a board1 in4 or more in thickness4 ,the curved pieces may be braced temporarily1 as shown1 and removed from the form when partly dried1 so that it can be used quickly for the second piece4 ,the pegs must be set close enough together so that the curve at the upper ends of the legs will not be too large1 making the legs appear short4 ,care must be taken in bending this short curve1 as the dowels are likely to break if the curve is quite abrupt4 ,by setting the pegs solidly and making them long enough1 two pieces of dowel rod may be curved in the form at the same time1 and permitted to dry4 ,a convenient tray of galvanized iron1 for use in heating water for the moistening of the dowels1 is shown in ,fig4 #aj4 ,it is #bh in4 long1 but may be made shorter if the points at which curves are to be made are moistened separately4 ,a wash boiler1 or any other suitable vessel1 may be used for heating the water and dipping the dowels into it4 ,after being shaped1 the pieces are trimmed off to the proper height on the leg portions4 ,holes for the spokes are then bored through the lower and side rails1 and they are notched and nailed to the legs4 ,the cross rails of the framework1 shown in ,fig4 #i1 are fixed into place by the method used in the previous models4 ,the lower rails should be set about #b in4 from the floor1 and are bored for double spokes4 ,the rails are set with their outer edges in4 in from the edges of the legs1 so that the weaving will be flush with the surface of the legs1 rather than project slightly beyond it4 ,the spokes for the ends and seat1 or top1 pass from one lower rail on one end to the corresponding rail on the other end1 and are supported on the upper end rails4 ,there are no corners to be fitted with the winding reed in this model1 as the windings continue over the curves at the ends and down over the latter1 by the same method of weaving as used in the top4 ,the weaving is begun at the lower rails1 and passes completely around the sides and ends of the stool1 until about #a in4 has been covered1 up from the lower rails4 ,the ends only are then covered1 the strands of reed passing around the curved portion of the upper rails1 and around the dowels forming the support for the top1 in weaving back and forth4 ,the ornamental weaving at the sides of the stool is produced by spreading out the double spokes and conducting them to the proper holes in the upper rails4 ,several types of design may be made by crossing the spokes in various ways before setting them into the holes in the rails4 ,the short spokes in the sides are permitted to remain with their upper ends free and longer than necessary while the #a-;in4 lower section is woven4 ,they must be cut carefully to the size necessary to form the desired design1 and the ends glued into the holes4 ,the stool shown in ,fig4 #ae is designed as a foot rest1 with a slanting top4 ,it is similar in general construction to that shown in ,figs4 #i and #aa1 the framework being made of dowels1 bent to the shape indicated by means of a form4 ,the top and ends are woven in the manner described for the previous model4 ,a point of difference to be noted is the bracing by means of a woven panel below the side rails1 as shown in ,fig4 #ae4 ,this feature may be carried around the ends also1 or the ends may be braced to the lower side panel by the method of bracing shown in ,fig4 #d4 ,the rails around the stool are all on the same level4 ,the double spokes for the top are fixed into the end rails1 the spokes for the side panels into the side rails1 and the smaller dowel placed at the lower edge of the side panels1 as a support for the twisted weaving shown4 ,the weaving of the top and the panels is by the method used in the previous model4 ,the scrolls fitted into the open portions of the sides are tacked into place1 and the strands of weaving reed carried over them1 where the curves touch the upper and lower rails4 ,a variety of designs may be worked out for the openwork4 ,the scrolls are made of ,no4 #f or ,no4 #h reed1 and should be formed on a base1 as in ,fig4 #ab1 brads being used to hold them in shape until dry4 ,another type of foot rest with a slanting top is shown in ,fig4 #ad4 ,the framework is built up of dowels1 straight sections only being used4 ,the joints are fastened by the method used in the first and second models described4 ,the method of covering the frame is essentially the same as for the stool shown in ,fig4 #ae1 or an adaptation of that used in ,fig4 #aa may also be applied4 ,where facilities for steaming or moistening the dowels are not to be had conveniently1 this type of construction will be found satisfactory1 the designs being limited to straight lines1 however4 ,the method of covering the framework used in ,fig4 #c is also available for the framework shown in ,fig4 #d1 and the corners may be finished as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,numerous variations and combinations of the types shown may be worked out readily after one has become reasonably familiar with the possibilities of woven-reed construction4 ,squirrel-,skin ,bill ,fold ,illustration3 ,bill ,fold ,fashioned from a ,squirrel ,skin as a ,souvenir of a ,hunting ,trip ,as a souvenir of the 8days afield0 my brother fashioned a quaint bill fold out of a squirrel skin1 which1 by the way1 is a skin of remarkable toughness1 ,after tanning the skin and removing the hair1 it was cut as shown1 the skin of the forelegs being used as fold-overs4 ,the piece of tape took the place of the tail4 ,the shot holes through the skin added the requisite touch of realism1 recalling a day with the gun4--,james ,m4 ,kane1 ,doylestown1 ,pa4 ,waterproof ,dry-,battery ,case ,illustration3 ,batteries ,protected by a ,waterproof ,case will ,give ,longer and ,more ,efficient ,service ,dry batteries that are sealed in a tight1 waterproof case will last much longer than those exposed to dampness1 especially in marine practice4 ,a box1 like that shown in the sketch1 will afford excellent protection and add materially to the life and efficiency of batteries4 ,it is constructed of -in4 cypress1 or oak1 of a length and width depending upon the capacity in number of cells desired4 ,the inside dimensions should be such that the cells are firmly fitted4 ,it should be put together with screws and marine1 or any other waterproof1 glue4 ,the batteries should be placed in the case and connected4 ,molten paraffin wax should then be poured over and under the cells4 ,do not get the wax too hot1 but heated only to the melting point4 ,binding posts and a single-blade switch should be placed on the case and connected up4 ,screw on the cover1 after painting the top edges with the glue4 ,give the case a good coat of varnish and paint1 and fit with a carrying handle4 ,this makes a neat and handy battery outfit that is thoroughly waterproof4 ,the case can be refilled by cutting out the wax and removing the old cells4--,b4 ,f4 ,dashiell1 ,baltimore1 ,md4 ,making ,small ,ratchet ,wheels in a ,lathe ,accurately formed ratchet wheels of small size may be made without special appliances in a lathe4 ,a triangular file and a simple gauge1 made of a piece of hardened steel1 are the only tools required1 as shown in the illustration4 ,illustration3 ,ratchet ,wheels may be ,cut ,accurately with a ,file1 ,using a ,hardened-,steel ,gauge as a ,guide ,the lathe is prepared as an index for the ratchet wheels by dividing the face of one of the steps1 preferably the largest of the cone pulley4 ,a center punch may be used in marking the graduations slightly1 and another point should be marked in the headstock base1 from which dividers are used to gauge the movement of the spindle4 ,the dividers should be set1 when the work is begun so that one point rests in the punch mark on the headstock and the other in one of the marks on the pulley4 ,the bearings should be tightened so that the work will not shift easily4 ,the blank to be cut is supported on an arbor provided with a shoulder1 and is held in place by a small machine screw threaded into the end of the arbor4 ,the teeth are cut by filing them with the gauge as a guide4 ,if the spindle is turned carefully so that the dividers register the graduations precisely1 the ratchet wheel will be cut accurately4 ,by first roughing out the teeth and then refiling them with a fine file1 a more smoothly finished surface will result4 ,other forms of teeth might also be made if a properly shaped gauge is provided4--,charles ,f4 ,merrill1 ,hopedale1 ,mass4 ,front-,opening ,hatbox ,lifting a hatbox down from a high shelf1 only to find that the desired hat is not among the several hats contained therein1 is annoying4 ,if the hat shelves of the clothes closet are provided with boxes that open on the front1 the hats may be removed easily without taking the boxes from the shelves4 ,rectangular boxes are used for making the front-opening containers by cutting the side corners of the front1 and using the front lower edge as a hinge4 ,the top1 or cover1 is placed over the box1 holding the hinged front in place when closed4 ,these boxes have been found to afford ample protection and are convenient4--,d4 ,j4 ,hough1 ,toledo1 ,ohio4 ,plaster of ,paris to ,set ,screws into ,wall ,screws holding light fittings in a bathroom were found to be driven into the plaster between laths and became loosened4 ,no strain was placed upon them1 and as it was desired to replace the screws in the same holes1 the following method was employed3 ,a cotton string was wrapped around the threads of the screw1 and the screw then dipped into plaster of ,paris until sufficient of this adhered to it to fill the hole in the wall and to permit some of it to be forced behind the plaster4 ,when the plugs thus formed were dry1 they resisted a considerable pressure1 by reason of the enlarged portions behind the plaster4--,h4 ,a4 ,trester1 ,milwaukee1 ,wis4 ,case for ,fishhooks ,made of a ,tin ,can ,after trying several devices for keeping my fishhooks1 ,i hit upon my present method1 which has been found satisfactory4 ,the materials used are3 a -lb4 baking-powder tin2 two disks1 #b in4 in diameter and in4 thick1 sawed from a convenient limb2 a twig1 #d in4 long1 somewhat smaller than a lead pencil1 made smooth and straight2 enough cork stoppers1 about in4 in diameter at the small end1 to make #c in4 in length1 and a few drops of cold glue4 ,illustration ,drill a hole lengthwise through the through the stoppers and through the center of each disk1 just large enough to allow the twig to pass through closely4 ,cut from the small ends of two of the stoppers a piece1 in4 long1 for pieces ,a and ,b4 ,pass the twig through the long stoppers and the disks2 the pieces ,a and ,b should then be glued to the ends of the twigs projecting beyond the disks1 to fasten the hook holder together1 and to be used for handles by which it may be lifted from the box4 ,if the hooks are dry when they are stuck into the corks which form the center1 they will keep in good condition indefinitely1 and their points will never be dulled by coming in contact with the tin sides of the box or with each other4--,c4 ,a4 ,king1 ,east ,kingston1 ,n4 ,h4 ,improvement on ,pocket ,flash ,lamps ,illustration ,it is often desirable to concentrate the rays from a pocket flash lamp on a limited area rather than spreading them1 as is the case with many lamps of this type4 ,the addition of a hood1 which may be slipped over the lens1 as shown in the illustration1 concentrates the light in this manner4 ,a strip of sheet brass1 about in4 thick1 #d in4 long1 and in4 wide1 was drilled at the center1 forming an opening of the same diameter as the lens4 ,a brass tube was soldered to fit over the hole4 ,the ends of the strip were bent back at right angles1 to hold the device firmly against the sides of the flash lamp4 ,the lamp is used in the ordinary fashion1 and the clip may be removed quickly when not needed4 ,it may be plated or finished to suit the metal parts of the lamp4--,ralph ,w4 ,tillotson1 ,erie1 ,pa4 ,testing ,dry ,cells with ,light ,bulb ,illustration ,tests of batteries for telephones1 doorbells1 and similar appliances1 may be made by the use of a lamp from a pocket flash light4 ,remove the reflector and lamp and connect them with the poles of each cell to be tested1 as shown in the sketch4 ,the glow of the lamp is proportional to the amount of life in the cell4 ,very often but one dead cell will be found to cause trouble4 ,by testing carefully the good cells may be retained and new ones substituted for those worn out4 ,loading ,box to ,dispense with ,dark ,room ,when a daylight developing tank is used1 a dark room is needed only for loading the plate holders and for transferring exposed plates to the tank4 ,these operations may be performed satisfactorily in darkness1 using a large box with holes made in the side to admit the hands1 as shown in the sketch4 ,the box may be made of light wood or stout cardboard4 ,the sleeves fitted to the openings are provided with elastic bands to insure that no light creeps in at the edges4 ,the holders1 plates1 and sponge should be arranged conveniently in the box before beginning operations4 ,illustration3 ,a ,dark ,room ,is ,unnecessary for the ,loading of ,plates ,when the ,device ,shown is ,used ,the box must be made light-proof by lining it with black cloth if necessary4 ,if any difficulty is experienced in identifying the film side of the plates they may be marked with minute tabs at the corner on the film side1 or identified by moistening the finger tip on the sponge and testing for a slight stickiness of the film side at the extreme corner4 ,a red window might be fitted into the box1 but the device has been found satisfactory without it4--,contributed by ,h4 ,j4 ,gray1 ,lewes1 ,sussex1 ,england4 99 99 99 99 99 ,new brooms should be soaked in strong1 hot salt water4 ,this toughens the bristles and makes them last much longer4 ,rubber ,bands ,made from ,old ,inner ,tubes ,old inner tubes of bicycles1 or other vehicles1 may be cut into rubber bands of various widths which will be found to give good service4 ,the tubes should be laid flat on a hard piece of board1 or a piece of sheet zinc1 and the bands cut off one at a time with a sharp knife held against a straightedge4 ,in cutting them on wood1 it is best to use a close-grained stock and to cut across the grain of the wood4 ,sailors' ,sweetheart ,picture ,frame ,illustration3 ,the ,center ,panel is ,reserved for the ,sailor's ,sweetheart1 and in the ,others ,pictures of ,relatives are ,placed ,the boys on ,united ,states battleships are fond of making trinkets and souvenirs to be sent home1 and the sailors' sweetheart picture frame shown in the sketch is a favorite4 ,speaking from experience1 ,i know that many 8landlubbers0 will be interested in this novelty1 although coming from a man-of-war makes it more interesting4 ,i have been there and1 therefore1 ,i know4 ,the place of honor in the center is of course reserved for the lady4 ,the smaller picture openings may be filled with penny pictures of father and mother1 or other relatives4--,contributed by ,charles ,rorer1 ,bridgeport1 ,connecticut4 ,illustration3 ,woven ,reed ,furniture ,,by ,,charles ,m4 ,,miller ,taborets and ,small ,tables for the ,summer ,veranda ,the various materials referred to in this article by number or size were described in detail in an article on 8,a ,reed ,basket10 in the ,boy ,mechanic1 ,book #b1 page #beg4 ,utility and ready portability are well recognized features of woven-reed furniture1 but the qualities which make it especially attractive for summer use in the open air1 or on the veranda1 are its inviting comfort and graceful lines4 ,while furniture of this type arranged in suites makes a particularly harmonious showing1 individual pieces may be used in combination with other furniture1 lending a touch of variety4 ,small tables or taborets1 of light weight and simple design1 may be made by the novice1 and may be adapted to a variety of uses4 ,footstools1 jardinire stands1 sewing tables1 yard tables1 and smoking stands are some of the possibilities4 ,three representative types are shown in ,figs4 #a to #c1 and the general method of construction as well as the details of the weaving are also illustrated4 ,a serviceable taboret or stand is illustrated in ,fig4 #a4 ,it is #ah in4 high1 and #ag in4 in diameter on the top4 ,the sides are #i in4 wide at the top and #ad in4 at the bottom4 ,the framework for the top of the stand consists of a disk of wood1 #af in4 in diameter1 with a similar one1 #ad in4 in diameter1 directly underneath1 the edge being set under #a in4 all around4 ,four legs of #a-;in4 doweling support it1 and two cross braces of doweling are placed between diagonally opposite corner posts1 behind the woven portions of the side4 ,the grain of the wood in the upper disk should run at right angles to that of the lower1 to prevent warping1 and the disks should be fastened together with nails or screws4 ,avoid putting them into the lower disk1 where the legs are to be fixed4 ,to locate the position for the legs1 draw a diameter on the under side of the top1 as at ,a1 ,fig4 #d1 and #d in4 on either side of it draw parallel lines ,b and ,c4 ,draw another diameter1 ,d1 at right angles to ,a1 and draw the parallel lines ,e and ,f #d in4 from the diameter ,d4 ,where the four outside lines intersect will be the centers of the holes for the legs4 ,these holes are not bored perpendicularly1 but are slanted to conform to the slant of the leg4 ,a template should be used in guiding the bit1 as shown at ,g1 ,fig4 #d4 ,it may be constructed of wood1 #c in4 wide and #e in4 long1 ,fig4 #e4 ,place the gauge just outside the edge of the hole to be bored4 ,nail it to the board lightly on the diagonal1 as shown1 and guide the bit against it4 ,before the legs are fixed into place finally1 the holes for the spokes of the side should be bored4 ,the parallel lines of ,fig4 #d now serve another purpose1 that of giving the location of the spokes4 ,place one spoke in4 from each leg1 and the others #a in4 apart4 ,the legs are utilized as spokes in the weaving4 ,the spokes should be double1 and the extra spokes may be inserted beside the original ones1 after the weaving has progressed a few rounds4 ,number #e reed should be used for the spokes and ,no4 #d reed for the weavers1 which are woven back and forth around the spokes4 ,drive the legs into their sockets1 applying glue1 and pin them with nails1 as at ,h1 ,fig4 #d4 ,tack strips on the bottoms of two pairs of legs and then fasten two strips to brace them1 as shown in ,fig4 #f4 ,the strips should be put on and the distance between the legs spaced before the glue sets4 ,it is best to weave the sides before beginning the top1 so as to prevent rubbing the woven top while weaving the sides1 with the stand inverted4 ,the side spokes should be #b ft4 long and should be set into the top #a in41 with glue4 ,turn the top of the stand down on a table1 and begin the weaving at the under side of the top4 ,single weaving is used for the sides1 every other round passing twice around the legs4 ,there being four sides in the construction1 there will be an even number of spokes1 even though there should be an odd number to each side4 ,the weaving would thus repeat itself1 in going behind and before the same spoke each time4 ,this is not desirable in this construction1 and a change should be made each round4 ,to do this1 go over two spokes1 instead of one1 at the finish of a round4 ,such a 8skip0 is an ,indian method1 and forms a design that may be carried in slanting lines back and forth down the side of the stand4 ,it is best to confine these 8skips0 to one side4 ,another way to overcome the repeat1 as the weaving in and out around the same spokes in two successive layers is called1 is to insert an extra spoke on one side1 thus making an odd number of spokes around the stand4 ,it is necessary then to conform the design of the open work for this side to the number of spokes4 ,the design for the open work shown in ,fig4 #b will be used for the stand illustrated in ,fig4 #a1 and to be described in detail4 ,the first of the two methods of overcoming the 8repeat0 will be used4 ,insert the extra reed for doubling the spokes1 after a few rounds have been woven adjoining the top4 ,the method of weaving from the corner post and the making of the open design are shown in ,figs4 #g and #h4 ,the method of 8pairing0 for winding the reed in and out of the spokes1 is shown in ,figs4 #i and #aj4 ,the rear weaver of the pair of strands is thrown over the forward weaver1 back of the next spoke and out4 ,the fore weaver then becomes the rear one1 and is thrown in like manner4 ,this process is repeated in order to make the complete rounds4 ,figure #i shows the weaving from the side1 and ,fig4 #aj is a view looking down on top of the spokes and the edge of the weaving1 shown in section4 ,pairing gives a continuous rope twist to the two weavers1 and an even or odd number of spokes is equally suitable4 ,for the open designs of ,fig4 #b1 one or more of which may be placed in the side of the stand1 the center spokes are left free1 as shown in ,fig4 #g4 ,before turning the first weaver back for the open work1 as at ,m1 start a short weaver ,n about two spokes back from the opening1 and pair it with the regular weaver across the opening1 and two spokes beyond4 ,in turning back on the spokes1 the single weaver goes twice around the spokes1 as shown by the intermediate layers ,o4 ,this is a short bend and the weavers must be very soft4 ,use short ones and wet them frequently with a sponge4 ,a sectional view of the weaving at the opening is shown in ,fig4 #h1 as it joins with the weaving around the corner posts4 ,at ,k1 the weaver turns back on a double thickness of reed1 and at ,l1 a short spoke is set back of the other two1 and the weaver is wound around the three1 thus lessening the abruptness of the winding4 ,the latter method is the better4 ,at the horizontal center of the opening1 two rounds continue across the opening and around the stand4 ,pair a short piece of reed across at the finish of the openings1 as was done at the lower end at ,n1 ,fig4 #g4 ,after weaving to within #e in4 of the bottom of the legs1 cut off the extra member of the double spokes1 and soak the ends of the remaining spokes in water4 ,braid them into the border finish1 as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,the corner posts serve as spoke spaces1 and the spokes nearest them are wound around the bottom ends of the legs4 ,short spokes may be inserted beside the posts and wound around them if the ends of the spokes are not long enough for this purpose4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #a ,,fig4 #b ,,fig4 #c ,,fig4 #e ,,fig4 #f ,,fig4 #g ,,fig4 #d ,,fig4 #aa ,,fig4 #ab ,,fig4 #h ,,fig4 #ai ,,fig4 #ae ,,fig4 #af ,,fig4 #bj ,,fig4 #i ,,fig4 #ac ,,fig4 #ad ,,fig4 #aj ,,fig4 #ag ,,fig4 #ah ,taborets1 of ,light ,weight and ,simple ,design1 may be ,made by the ,novice and ,adapted to a ,variety of ,uses in the ,home4 ,they ,are ,particularly ,attractive for the ,summer ,veranda4 ,sewing ,tables1 ,jardinire ,stands1 ,taborets1 ,footstools1 ,card ,tables1 and ,smoking ,stands ,are ,some of the ,possibilities4 ,a ,taboret1 or ,small ,stand1 is ,illustrated in ,fig4 #a1 and the ,details of ,its ,construction are ,also ,shown4 ,the ,tall ,stand illustrated in ,fig4 #b ,involves the ,same ,general ,principles of ,construction1 ,modified to ,suit the ,framework4 ,the ,footstool ,shown in ,fig4 #c ,is ,typical of ,stands ,having ,vertical ,sides ,the top may be made next4 ,holes are bored horizontally into the edge of the under disk1 as shown in ,figs4 #d and #aa4 ,in ,fig4 #ab the holes are shown bored into the edge on an angle4 ,this method gives a thicker rolled edge to the top1 although both methods are satisfactory4 ,these holes must be bored before the work on the top is begun4 ,there are two ways of beginning the weaving for the top4 ,the radial spokes may cross each other in groups of four1 the upper and lower courses being bound together with winding reed1 as shown in ,fig4 #ac1 or a small maple disk may be used as a center from which the spokes radiate1 as shown in ,figs4 #ad and #bj4 ,the center-disk method is not difficult1 and is used extensively4 ,the other type is novel1 and also quite feasible4 ,the spokes for the method shown in ,fig4 #ac are bound together in the following manner3 ,place two spokes at right angles to each other and wind them with winding reed1 the end of the latter beginning between the two spokes1 as shown at ,p1 ,fig4 #ae4 ,the perpendicular spoke is uppermost4 ,add a second perpendicular spoke and bind it into place1 as at ,q4 ,continue this process until four perpendicular spokes have been bound in as at ,r4 ,place a second horizontal reed into position and go over each vertical spoke with a separate winding1 as in the first course4 ,continue until four horizontal spokes are bound in1 and the end of the winding reed is looped around the last1 as shown at ,s4 ,the spokes should be of ,no4 #e reed1 and #bd in4 long4 ,four groups of four spokes each will result by following out the process described4 ,separate the spokes by drawing the outer ones into the corner spaces4 ,they should have the appearance of spokes in a wheel1 as in ,fig4 #af4 ,use two weavers of ,no4 #d reed1 in the pairing weave1 as shown in ,fig4 #af1 and in detail in ,figs4 #i and #aj4 ,continue the pairing weave until a center1 #h in4 in diameter1 is woven4 ,crowd up the weaving closely1 for the appearance of the top will depend much on the first few rounds4 ,hold the center with the left hand1 and manipulate the weavers until they are well seated in their proper places4 ,when a few rounds have been woven1 nail the center securely to its place on the middle of the top4 ,this will leave both hands free for the weaving4 ,after a disk1 #h in4 in diameter1 has been woven1 begin the triple weave illustrated in ,figs4 #ag and #ah4 ,as the triple weave is begun1 add another spoke1 #h in4 long1 between each pair1 all around the top1 making #af new and #af original spokes4 ,when two or three rounds are woven1 the new spokes will become secure4 ,continue the triple weave to the edge of the top4 ,measure and cut the end of the spokes to uniform length4 ,curve the ends over the edge to see how much will be needed before cutting1 allowing about in4 for insertion into the holes in the edge4 ,wet the ends of the spokes with water until they are pliable enough for the curve4 ,bending and tying them down while wet and permitting them to dry in this position1 as shown in ,fig4 #ai1 is desirable also4 ,weave down the curve of the roll and insert the ends of the spokes in their respective holes with glue4 ,then with the single1 plain weave on the under side of the roll1 weave well up to the ends of the spokes4 ,for the disk-center method of construction1 as shown in ,figs4 #ad and #bj1 use -in4 maple1 and cut it #e in4 in diameter for the centerpiece4 ,to locate holes on the edge of the disk draw a line in4 from the upper edge and mark off spaces #a in4 apart1 except four1 which are made in4 apart1 to make a convenient division1 practically uniform4 ,bore the holes in4 deep4 ,number #e reed is used for the spokes and ,no4 #d reed for the weavers4 ,the disk should be toenailed around its edge with brads1 fixing it firmly to the top before the spokes are inserted4 ,proceed with the pairing weave1 as in the other method described1 until #b in4 of the spokes is covered2 then change to the triple weave and add additional spokes4 ,proceed as with the other type from this point on4 ,the taboret is braced by two #a-;in4 dowel rods1 placed #b in4 above the bottom roll of the sides and extending from one corner to the other1 diagonally4 ,their crossing at the center may be made into a halved joint1 by cutting away one-half of each rod on the adjacent edges4 ,the ends are fitted closely into the corners1 and are nailed to the legs4 ,a taller stand or small table1 the side weaving of which has been described as applied to the taboret shown in ,fig4 #a1 is illustrated in ,fig4 #b4 ,the construction in general is similar4 ,a lighter roll is used for the top1 and the bottom ends of the legs are curved outward slightly4 ,the legs are curved by steaming the ends of the corner posts1 clamping them into position1 and permitting them to dry4 ,the footstool1 shown in ,fig4 #c1 may be made as a miniature stand1 with vertical legs1 and the spokes set in a circle under the top board4 ,the spokes and weavers will carry the form1 if well woven4 ,the stool may also be braced1 to withstand hard usage4 ,it should be about #ab in4 in diameter at the top1 #aj in4 in diameter for the body1 and #f in4 in height4 ,the method of forming the opening shown in the side of the taboret in ,fig4 #a1 and the weaving of the construction1 will be readily understood from the method described4 ,the principles and methods presented may be applied readily to other construction of the same general type4 ,the physical limitations of reed1 as a constructive material1 and the necessity for a substantial framework must always be considered in such adaptations in order to obtain satisfactory results4 99 99 99 99 99 ,one ounce of nitrate of iron added to #h oz4 of hyposulphite of soda in a gallon of water and applied hot1 produces a green finish on brass4 ,coaster with ,safety ,brake ,illustration3 ,the ,brake ,is a ,worth-,while ,addition to the ,coaster from the ,standpoint of ,safety ,coasting on homemade devices is much enjoyed by children1 but often accompanied with dangers because of difficulty in stopping quickly4 ,the sketch shows a method of applying a simple brake to such a coaster1 and the materials used may be obtained easily by boys in the home4 ,the rubber mat indicated in the sketch gives a secure footing4 ,the brake consists of a piece of wood1 about #aj in4 long and #c in4 wide4 ,it is hinged to the base and held in a raised position by a coiled string1 attached near the top of the device4 ,a powerful pressure is obtained by throwing the rider's weight on the pedal4 ,fountain-,pen ,wrench ,illustration3 ,the ,eraser ,aids in ,gripping the ,barrel ,experiencing considerable difficulty in unfastening the parts of my fountain pen1 ,i pressed into service an eraser in the method illustrated4 ,the grip on the pen parts was positive and resulted in quickly releasing them without marring the surface or injuring the fingers4--,contributed by ,charles ,r4 ,mellen1 ,jr41 ,geneva1 ,n4 ,y4 ,diving ,tower for the ,summer ,camp ,aquatic pleasures and sports at a summer camp or lake may be considerably enlivened by the building of a diving tower like that shown in the sketch4 ,it has proved very successful at a boys' summer camp at ,crystal ,lake1 ,ill4 ,the boys have made a practice for several years of building a tower early each swimming season on the opening of their camp in ,july and disposing of it for about #e at the close of the camp some weeks later4 ,this covers the cost of the lumber1 and several resorts and cottages now boast towers made by the campers4 ,illustration3 ,boys at a ,summer ,camp ,construct a ,diving ,tower ,each ,summer and ,dispose of ,it for the ,cost of the ,lumber ,when ,they ,break ,camp4 ,the ,tower is ,built ,largely of ,two by ,four-,inch ,stock and is ,weighted with a ,box of ,stone4 ,at the ,right ,is a ,reproduction of a ,photograph ,showing the ,builders ,putting ,their ,diving ,tower to ,use ,the tower is built largely of #b by #d-;in4 stock4 ,the longer pieces at the corners are #ab ft4 in length1 slanted so that the lower end of the tower is #g ft4 square and the platform at the top #c ft4 square4 ,the handrail at the top is fixed to extensions of the rear uprights4 ,a spring board is fastened on two horizontal braces near the middle of the tower1 and is reached by the ladder4 ,the structure is built on the shore and towed out to its position4 ,it is sunk and weighted by the box of stone supported on cross braces4--,contributed by ,f4 ,d4 ,lewis4 ,gas ,mantles ,made at ,home ,i spent several interesting hours in experimenting with gas mantles which ,i made at home1 and the process should be of interest to others4 ,while ,i did not succeed in making mantles of the quality of the commercial article1 they were nevertheless successful and gave light4 ,magnesium produces a white light when ignited4 ,by using common ,epsom salts1 which contain magnesium sulphate1 ,i made a strong solution in distilled water4 ,i soaked a piece of gauze bandage in the solution1 dried it carefully and soaked it again a number of times1 drying it after each immersion4 ,by this time the cloth was stiff with the dry salt4 ,when held in a flame1 the cloth catches fire and burns out1 leaving the skeleton of magnesium sulphate4 ,this framework1 when held in the flame1 glows with an intense white light4 ,i shaped a piece of the gauze like a commercial mantle and dipped it into the solution as explained4 ,it proved quite satisfactory4--,contributed by ,victor ,e4 ,carpenter1 ,south ,bend1 ,ind4 ,whistle ,warns of ,fish ,catch ,illustration3 ,when the ,fish ,strikes the ,bait the ,water is ,forced ,up into the ,whistle ,suddenly1 and the ,escaping ,air ,warns the ,fisherman ,a toy railroad wheel1 a piece of hollow cane1 and pieces of wire are the materials necessary for making the whistle shown in the illustration1 which warns a fisherman that a fish is attempting to make away with his bait4 ,the wheel is fitted into the end of the cane and wedged into place to form a tight joint4 ,the wires are formed into loops at the ends of the cane and fixed to it4 ,the whistle is attached to the fishline1 as shown1 with the open end down and slightly below the surface of the water4 ,the fishpole may be fixed so that the whistle will remain in this position while the fisherman is at ease in the shade near by4 ,when the fish attempts to make away with the bait1 as shown in the sketch1 the water forces the air in the upper part of the cane out through the center hole of the wheel1 and a whistling sound is the result4 ,anchor for a ,canoe or ,small ,boat ,small craft1 particularly those used for fishing or on streams where a current is encountered1 should be provided with an anchor4 ,the illustration gives details for making one that is simple in construction and inexpensive4 ,it weighs about five pounds1 and is heavy enough for light craft up to #ah ft4 long4 ,illustration3 ,this ,homemade ,anchor ,is a ,practical ,addition to the ,equipment of a ,canoe or ,small ,boat1 and ,weighs ,five ,pounds ,the main section was made of a piece of #a-;in4 angle iron1 #aj in4 long4 ,the flukes1 or endpieces1 were made of sheet iron1 #b in4 wide and #h in4 long1 bent at a right angle1 and riveted in place4 ,the straps which hold the link1 permitting it to swing freely1 were made of band iron4 ,the link was made of an old bicycle crank1 into which a ring was forged4 ,it may be made of iron rod1 forged into the desired shape and fitted with a ring4 ,a convenient method of handling the anchor on a boat is to run the line through a pulley at the bow and fasten the end of it to a cleat1 near the seat of the person handling the craft4 ,care must be taken1 in a canoe or small boat1 that sufficient line is provided to reach the bottom of the anchorage1 as otherwise the craft may be overturned4--,contributed by ,b4 ,e4 ,dobree1 ,battleford1 ,sask41 ,canada4 99 99 99 99 99 ,the use of gasoline instead of turpentine for a thinner will prevent the sagging of colors in striping4 ,oiler for a ,hand-,drill ,press ,illustration ,on stationary hand-power drill presses1 where both hands are required to turn the crank and hold the work1 some means must be provided for applying lubricant to the drill1 or the machine would have to be stopped from time to time to apply the oil4 ,a very handy arrangement1 for pouring the oil on automatically1 is to make a support of wire to hold an oilcan1 as shown4 ,this will provide a slow and constant dropping of oil on the bit4--,contributed by ,bert ,verne1 ,san ,diego1 ,cal4 ,bearing for ,playground ,swings ,illustration ,to have the playground swing work easily and without friction make the hangers as shown in the sketch4 ,the ring in the hooks produces a slight rolling action and gives the swing a free motion4--,contributed by ,edwin ,j4 ,bachman1 ,jr41 ,fullerton1 ,pa4 ,die in a ,bottle ,illustration ,the die is made of cork and the spots painted white4 ,a small round bottle is procured1 the die is placed in it and the bottle is filled with water4 ,be sure to have enough water to prevent any air bubbles when it is corked tightly4 ,the cork is then sealed in the bottle4 ,if there is an air bubble1 the cork die will not work well4 ,if the bottle is held bottom up1 the cork die will spin around and float up against the bottom of the bottle where the number of spots can be seen4 ,it is impossible to manipulate the die to turn up any desired spots1 this being left entirely to chance4 ,a number of bottles can be prepared so that any of the dice games can be played4--,contributed by ,henry ,j4 ,marion1 ,pontiac1 ,michigan4 ,small ,hook for ,hanging a ,picture ,illustration ,after an unsuccessful attempt to hang a small picture with a common pin1 ,i devised the following method3 ,after bending about in4 of the point on an ordinary pin to an angle of about #de deg4 and bending up the other end in the opposite direction to form a hook1 ,i drove the point on a downward slant into the wall4 ,it went in easily and did not mar the plaster4 ,when making a test ,i found that the hook would readily support a weight of several pounds4--,contributed by ,c4 ,p4 ,smith1 ,e4 ,radford1 ,va4 ,covering ,hinge ,wings ,illustration ,in making fancy boxes where ordinary hinges are used1 a much neater job can be done if as much of the hinge as possible is covered4 ,this can be done by carefully raising a sliver with a sharp chisel as at ,a4 ,the wings are bent at an angle1 as shown at ,b1 and are then set in place1 as shown at ,c4 ,the sliver is carefully glued back in place over the hinge wing1 and the surface is leveled with sandpaper4 99 99 99 99 99 ,a bit of rubber insulation stripped from an electric wire makes an excellent holder for a scarfpin4 ,how to ,make ,hammocks ,,by ,,charles ,m4 ,,miller ,,part ,i--,a ,twine ,hammock ,cord hammocks may be made in two or more different ways1 the knots being formed by the simple overhand tie1 ,fig4 #a2 the flat reef knot1 ,fig4 #b2 the ,solomon's knot1 ,fig4 #c1 or by the triple throw-over1 ,fig4 #d2 or they can be knotted by the process known as netting1 ,fig4 #e1 in which a special needle1 or shuttle1 is used4 ,illustration3 ,when ,making a ,hammock ,with the ,simple ,overhand1 ,flat ,reef1 or ,solomon's ,knot1 ,loop ,all the ,pairs of ,cords at the ,center about a ,rod ,in using any one of the first three methods of making the knots it is necessary to have cords arranged in pairs and long enough to reach from one end of the hammock to the other1 allowing only sufficient length for the take-up in tying the knots and the spread of the meshes4 ,the overhand knot is large1 and the ,solomon's knot is a little unwieldy1 but is considered more beautiful when tied4 ,the flat reef knot is small1 is easily tied and will not slip4 ,the netting process has a good knot and has the advantage of a short single cord1 as the meshes are made independently and the cord is carried on the netting needle4 ,it is a great advantage1 when making a hammock with the simple overhand1 the flat reef1 or the ,solomon's knot1 to loop all the pairs of cords at the center about a rod1 ,fig4 #f--which may be any stick such as an old broom handle--knotting from the center toward each end1 one side being tied1 and then the other4 ,when the first pairs are being tied1 the opposite ends should be looped up together out of the way4 ,even half the length of a hammock makes a long cord to be drawn through each time a knot is tied1 and each string can be wound about the fingers into a little bundle and secured with a half hitch1 using the same cord1 and left hanging1 as shown in ,fig4 #g1 allowing sufficient cord free to throw large loops in the tying1 and to make about #aj additional meshes4 ,about #c ft4 would be a good length to be left free4 ,it will be necessary to have #bd pairs of cords--#dh cords in all--each #ah ft4 long to make a hammock by the first two methods of tying the knots4 ,seine twine of medium-hard twist and #bd-ply can be obtained from a store carrying sporting goods1 and is about the best material to use for this purpose4 ,when these pairs of cords are looped on the center rod1 and the rod has been anchored to a wall1 as shown in ,fig4 #h1 begin by placing the mesh stick1 or rather the mesh post1 ,fig4 #i1 between the first pair of cords1 ,a and ,b1 at the left end of the center rod1 as in ,fig4 #h and ,fig4 #f4 ,the simple device illustrated in ,fig4 #i is very useful for tying any one of the three first-described knots4 ,the device needs no explanation other than the illustration4 ,it will be seen that there are two sizes on the top of the post2 the smaller is for the first time across only4 ,the mesh post should be of convenient height for a person when sitting on an ordinary chair4 ,one foot rests on the base as the tying proceeds1 but there is no pulling over1 as the tie draws both ways on the post1 this also doing away with the pull on the center rod4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #a ,,fig4 #b ,,fig4 #d ,,fig4 #c ,,fig4 #e ,the ,simple ,overhand1 ,flat ,reef1 ,solomon's ,knot1 ,triple ,throw-,over1 and ,netting ,ties ,the cord to the right1 ,b1 is taken in the right hand and thrown over the left cord ,a1 ,fig4 #h1 and is held by the left hand4 ,the left cord ,a is then tucked down behind the right1 as shown in ,fig4 #aj4 ,if the right cord goes over in making the first loop1 the same cord ,b must also go over in the second throw1 as in ,fig4 #aa1 in order to have a proper square knot that will not slip4 ,the end of ,a is then tucked under ,b1 as shown by the dotted lines4 ,this makes a very serviceable knot for the hammock1 but can be also used for other purposes4 ,the knot is shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,draw it up tightly1 very hard1 for knotting is not worth much if it is not tied well4 ,in case the simple overhand knot is preferred1 the mesh post is placed between the first pair as before1 and cords ,a and ,b are brought to the front as in ,fig4 #ab1 but are carried parallel into a large loop that is thrown over as illustrated1 then tucked up through as indicated by the dotted lines4 ,the thumb and first finger of the left hand now slide up to the point ,p1 while the right hand pulls up the loop as it nears the finish1 the thumb and first finger crowding the loop down hard against the mesh post4 ,the small part is used for the first row across4 ,the knot formed is shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #f ,,fig4 #aj ,,fig4 #g ,,fig4 #i ,,fig4 #h ,,fig4 #aa ,the ,mesh ,post ,has ,two ,sizes on ,its ,upper ,end1 the ,smaller for ,knotting the ,first ,row of ,meshes1 and the ,other for the ,remaining ,rows4 ,this ,illustration ,also ,shows the ,manner of ,tying the ,knots ,after tying the first pair of cords using the knot preferred1 slip the first mesh so made off the tying post and place the post between ,c and ,d1 which is the next1 or second1 pair4 ,tie the second pair and pass on to the third pair1 which is ,e and ,f4 ,continue moving and tying until all the #bd pairs of cords have been similarly knotted in their first mesh4 ,the last knotting will be the twenty-fourth pair1 which is represented by the cords marked ,y and ,z4 ,instead of tying cords of the same pairs on the return trip across1 one cord ,y of the twenty-fourth pair is tied with one cord ,x of the twenty-third pair1 and the other cord ,w of the twenty-third pair is tied with the cord ,v of the twenty second pair1 and so on across the series4 ,on the second row of tying1 the post is first placed between cords ,y and ,x and they are knotted together1 but instead of tying about the small part of the post the larger size is used4 ,after cords ,y and ,x have been tied1 cords ,w and ,v are combined4 ,it will be seen that this is tying the pairs together instead of combining the two cords of the same pair4 ,the third time across the combinations are the same as in the first row4 ,the large mesh is used on all but the first row4 ,the alternations of rows is continued until the cords are tied to within #b ft4 of the end4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #ab ,,fig4 #ac ,tying the ,overhand ,knot and ,how to ,run the ,first and ,second ,rows ,across ,pull out the center rod1 insert it in the second row of meshes1 loosen the ends that were looped up and begin the knotting of the opposite ends of the cords4 ,when both sides are completed to within #b ft4 of the ends1 the center rod is removed and inserted in the last row of meshes4 ,another simple device will be found efficient1 which consists of a board1 #cj in4 long1 three or more inches wide and #a in4 thick1 with three nails driven in slanting1 as shown in ,fig4 #ad1 to prevent the ring and rod from slipping off as the tying proceeds4 ,one #b-;in4 galvanized ring will be required for each end4 ,the ring is attached to the single nail at the end with a string4 ,this will be found better than just slipping the ring over the nail1 as it is necessary to have a little more play in putting the cords through for the tying4 ,the distance from the rod to the ring should be #b ft4 ,the tie is made in pairs as before1 one cord going under and the other over the side of the ring1 using the flat reef knot4 ,there will be a few inches of ends remaining after the tie is made and these are brought back to the main body of the cord and wound with an extra cord used for that purpose4 ,the winding is started by looping the end of the extra cord1 or string1 about the whole bundle of cord together with the ends1 pulling tightly and tying securely with the flat reef knot4 ,this is illustrated in ,fig4 #ae4 ,the winding should be about #a in4 long where the turned-back ends are cut off4 ,each time the cord is wound about the bundle it should be looped through its own winding and drawn tightly4 ,this is practically the buttonhole loop4 ,to finish the winding the cord should be given a double looping through its own winding2 then with an awl1 or other pointed tool1 work a way through the under side of the other windings so that the end may be brought out farther back and pulled tightly1 to prevent unwinding when the pull comes on the hammock4 ,attach the ring to the opposite end in the same manner and the hammock is complete4 ,illustration3 ,attaching the ,rings to the ,ends of the ,cords and the ,binding near the ,rings3 ,all the ,pairs of ,cords are ,looped about a ,rod in the ,center1 and the ,knots are ,made toward the ,ends ,the edge can be bound the same as a tennis net1 or a rope can be run through the outside meshes lengthwise1 as desired4 ,a very pretty effect can be obtained by knotting1 in a similar manner to the body of the hammock1 an apron fringe for the sides4 ,homemade ,section ,liner ,for the rapid and uniform hatching of cross sections this little device will be found to give results equaling most of the high-priced instruments that can be purchased4 ,it consists of a hardwood block used in connection with a #de triangle4 ,the corners are cut to permit the triangle to slide the desired distance2 then1 by alternately sliding the triangle and block with the left hand1 equal spacings can be drawn without measurements of any kind4 ,illustration3 ,block ,used in a ,triangle to ,move ,it at ,equal ,distances for ,making ,section ,lines ,two different spacings may be drawn with one block by reversing it and two blocks having a different location of the angles will give four spacings1 which is about all the draftsman requires in ordinary practice4 ,no alteration of the triangle is required with this device1 and it requires but little skill to construct it4--,contributed by ,j4 ,a4 ,shelly1 ,brooklyn1 ,n4 ,y4 ,tray ,attachment for ,developing ,films ,illustration3 ,roller ,attached to ,tray for ,use in ,developing a ,full-,length ,film ,an ordinary tray can be used for film development1 when there is no tank at hand1 by the use of the attachment shown in the sketch4 ,it consists of a strip of sheet metal1 or tin1 bent to fit under the tray and up on both sides to provide bearings for a roller4 ,the roller is made of hard rubber and should be of such size that its lower surface will be under the developer in the tray4 ,the film is drawn back and forth under this roller4 ,an ,automatic ,window ,closer ,the window closer consists of a weight1 ,a1 attached to one end of a cord1 ,b1 which runs through several pulleys and has its other end attached to a hook in the center of the window sash1 as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,the weight ,a is held in an elevated position by a small trigger which is operated with an electromagnet4 ,the arrangement of the weight and its control is shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,the latch ,c is held in a horizontal position by an extension on the arm ,d1 which in turn is held by a latch1 ,e4 ,the latch ,c is mounted on the same supporting shaft as the arm ,d1 and they are connected with a coil spring having the tension in such a direction that it holds the latch ,c down on the extension of the arm ,d4 ,when the weight moves up through the box the latch ,c will rise and allow it to pass down beside it4 ,the latch holding the lower end of the arm ,d may be released by means of an ordinary vibrating bell arranged so that its clapper will strike the extension ,f on the latch and thus cause its upper end to move from the engagement with the arm ,d4 ,a small coil spring is attached to the arm ,d so that it will be returned to its vertical position when the weight has passed ,c and thus make it ready for the next operation without any adjustment except raising the weight and setting the clock4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #b ,,fig4 #a ,,fig4 #c ,the ,window is ,automatically ,closed by a ,weight at the ,time ,set on the ,alarm ,clock ,when the ,key ,closes the ,electric ,circuit1 ,causing the ,magnet to ,release the ,latch ,a diagram of the electrical circuit is shown in ,fig4 #c1 in which ,g represents the electromagnet to trip the trigger that supports the weight1 and ,h the contact which remains open until the weight is raised to the upper position1 when the spring ,j is forced against the spring ,k and closes the circuit4 ,the circuit still remains broken until the contact ,l is closed by the key on the alarm clock1 which is set in a vertical position between two springs representing the terminals of the wire4 ,the contact ,h should be so located on the housing for the weight that it will be closed only when the weight is resting on the latch ,c4 ,the circuit is then opened as soon as the latch ,c is released1 and the clapper will stop vibrating4 99 99 99 99 99 ,when a pencil becomes too short for the hand1 apply paste to about #a in4 of the rubber end1 roll on a sheet of paper about #f in4 long1 and almost all of the pencil can be used4 ,how to ,make ,hammocks ,,by ,,charles ,m4 ,,miller ,,part ,,ii--,a ,netted ,hammock ,a good hammock should be about #ab ft4 long1 which includes #h ft4 of network and #b ft41 at each end1 of long cords that are attached to rings4 ,seine twine1 of #bd-ply1 is the best material and it will take #a lb4 to make a hammock4 ,the twine comes in -lb4 skeins and should be wound into balls to keep it from knotting before the right time4 ,two galvanized rings1 about #b in4 in diameter1 are required4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #a ,,fig4 #c ,,fig4 #b ,the ,tools ,necessary ,consist of a ,needle or ,shuttle1 a ,guage ,board1 and a ,mesh ,stick ,the equipment for netting a hammock consists of a wood needle1 or shuttle1 a gauge board for the long meshes at the ends1 and a mesh stick for the regular netting of the main body of the hammock1 all of which will be described in detail4 ,the shuttle is made of wood and is #ab in4 long1 #a in4 wide1 and in4 thick4 ,the best material to use is maple or other hard wood1 but very satisfactory ones can be cut from good-grained pine4 ,the sketch1 ,fig4 #a1 shows the general shape of the shuttle1 one end being pointed and the other forked4 ,lay out the pointed end before beginning to cut down to size4 ,place a compass at the center of the end1 and with a radius of #a in4 describe the arc ,,ab4 ,with the intersections of this arc and the side lines of the needle1 ,c and ,d1 as centers1 and the same radius1 #a in41 cut the arc ,,ab at ,e and ,f4 ,with ,e and ,f as centers draw the curves of the end of the shuttle4 ,the reason for placing the centers outside of the shuttle lines is to obtain a longer curve to the end4 ,the curves can be drawn free-hand but will then not be so good4 ,the space across the needle at ,,gh is divided into five -in4 divisions4 ,the centers of the holes ,j and ,k at the base of the tongue are #c in4 from the pointed end4 ,the opening is #b in4 long4 ,bore a -in4 hole at the right end of the opening1 and just to the left three holes1 as shown by the dotted lines4 ,with a coping saw cut out along the lines and finish with a knife1 file and sandpaper4 ,round off the edges as shown by the sectional detail4 ,it is well to bevel the curve at ,l so that the shuttle will wind easily4 ,the fork is in4 deep1 each prong being in wide4 ,slant the point of the shuttle and round off all edges throughout and sandpaper smooth4 ,the gauge board1 ,fig4 #b1 is used for making the long meshes at both ends of the hammock4 ,it is a board about #c ft4 long1 #d in4 wide1 and #a in4 thick4 ,an eight-penny nail is driven into the board #a in4 from the right edge and #b in4 from the end1 as shown by ,m1 allowing it to project about #a in4 and slanting a little toward the end2 the other nail ,n will be located later4 ,the mesh stick1 ,fig4 #c1 should be made of maple1 #h in4 long1 #a in4 wide and in4 thick4 ,round off the edges and sandpaper them very smooth4 ,the making of the net by a specially devised shuttle is called 8natting10 or netting1 when done with a fine thread and a suitably fine shuttle4 ,much may be done in unique lace-work designs and when coarser material and large shuttles are used1 such articles as fish nets1 tennis nets and hammocks may be made4 ,the old knot used in natting was difficult to learn and there was a knack to it that was easily forgotten1 but there is a slight modification of this knot that is quite easy to learn and to make ,the modified knot will be the one described4 ,the shuttle is first wound by looping the cord over the tongue1 as shown in ,fig4 #d1 then bringing it down to the forked end and up to the opening on the opposite side2 then the cord is again looped over the tongue and returned to the fork or place of starting4 ,continue winding back and forth until the shuttle is full4 ,the shuttle will accommodate from #bj to #ce complete rounds4 ,if the shuttle is too full it crowds in passing through the meshes and delays the work4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #d ,,fig4 #e ,the ,shuttle is ,first ,wound and the ,long ,loops at ,one ,end ,formed over the ,gauge ,stick ,attach one of the galvanized rings by means of a short cord to the nail in the gauge board1 as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,at a point #b ft4 from the lower edge of the ring1 drive an eight-penny finishing nail1 ,n4 ,tie the cord end of the shuttle to the ring1 bring the shuttle down and around the nail ,n2 then bring it back and pass it through the ring from the under side4 ,the cord will then appear as shown4 ,a part of the ring projects over the edge of the board to make it easier to pass the shuttle through4 ,draw the cord up tightly and put the thumb on top of the cord ,o1 ,fig4 #e1 to prevent it from slipping back1 then throw a loop of the cord to the left over the thumb and up over a portion of the ring and pass the shuttle under the two taut cords and bring it up between the thumb and the two cords1 as shown4 ,draw the looped knot tight under the thumb4 ,slip the long loop off the nail ,n and tie a simple knot at the mark ,p4 ,this last knot is tied in the long loop to prevent looseness4 ,proceed with the next loop as with the first and repeat until there are #cj long meshes4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #f ,,fig4 #g ,,fig4 #h ,after the ,completion of the ,long ,meshes1 the ,ring is ,anchored and the ,mesh ,stick ,brought into ,use ,after completing these meshes anchor the ring by its short cord to a hook or other stationary object4 ,the anchorage should be a little above the level for tying the knots of the net4 ,tie the cord of the shuttle to the left outside loop and always work from the left to the right2 and the first time across see that the long meshes do not cross over each other1 but are kept in the order in which they are attached to the ring4 ,after tying the cord to the mesh #a1 ,fig4 #f1 bring the mesh stick into use4 ,pass the cord down over the mesh stick1 drawing the lower end of the loop down until it comes against the upper side of the mesh stick and put the thumb down upon it in this position to prevent slipping4 ,pass the shuttle up through the loop #b and draw that down to the mesh stick4 ,shift the thumb from the first position to the second4 ,throw the cord to the left over the thumb and about the loop #b1 as shown in ,fig4 #g1 and bring the shuttle under both of the cords of mesh #b and up between the large backward loop and the cords of the mesh #b4 ,without removing the thumb draw up the knot very tight4 ,this makes the first netting knot4 ,continue the cord around the mesh stick1 pass it up through mesh #c1 throw the backward loop1 put the shuttle under and up to the left of the mesh #c and draw very tight1 and do not allow a mesh to be drawn down below the upper side of the mesh stick4 ,some of these cautions are practically repeated1 but if a mesh is allowed to get irregular1 it will give trouble in future operations4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #i ,,fig4 #aj ,a ,square ,knot is ,used to ,join the ,ends of the ,cord ,when ,rewinding the ,shuttle ,continue across the series until all of the long loops have been used and this will bring the work to the right side4 ,flip the whole thing over1 and the cord will be at the left1 ready to begin again4 ,slip all the meshes off the mesh stick4 ,it makes no difference when the meshes are taken off the stick but they must all come off before a new row is begun4 ,having the ring attached to the anchorage by a cord makes it easy to flip the work over4 ,be sure to flip to the right and then to the left alternately to prevent the twisting1 which would result if turned one way all the time4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #aa ,,fig4 #ab ,the ,gauge ,board is ,again ,used for the ,long ,loops at the ,finishing ,end1 ,then the ,cords are ,wound ,the first mesh each time across is just a little different problem from all the others1 which may be better understood by reference to ,fig4 #h4 ,the knots ,q1 ,r1 and ,s are of the next previous series4 ,the cord is brought down over the mesh stick and up through mesh #a1 and when the loop is brought down it may not draw to the mesh stick at its center2 it is apt to do otherwise and a sideway pull is necessary1 which is pulled so that the knots ,q and ,r are side by side1 then the knot at ,t may be tied4 ,when the mesh #b is drawn down it should pull to place without shifting1 and also all the others of that row4 ,continue the use of the mesh stick until a net #h ft4 long is made4 ,when the cord gives out rewind the shuttle and tie with a small knot that will not slip4 ,the weaver's knot is good if known1 or the simple square knot shown in ,fig4 #i is very good4 ,it is too easy to make to need direction1 but unless it is thrown over just right it will slip4 ,let ,u1 ,fig4 #h1 represent the short cord and ,v the new piece to be added4 ,place the cord ,v back of ,u and give ,u a complete turn around ,v1 ,fig4 #i1 and bring them together at a point above ,u1 then to the front4 ,repeat the complete turn of ,u about ,v1 shown by the dotted line1 and pull tightly4 ,if analyzed1 it consists of two loops that are just alike and linked together as shown in ,fig4 #aj4 ,when the #h ft4 of netting has been completed1 proceed to make the long loops as at the beginning4 ,the same gauge board can be used1 but the tying occurs at both ends1 and since the pairs cannot be knotted in the center1 two or three twists can be given by the second about the first of each pair4 ,the long loops and the net are attached together as shown in ,fig4 #aa4 ,slip one of the meshes of the last run over the nail ,n1 and when the cord comes down from the ring1 the shuttle passes through the same mesh1 and when drawn up1 the farthest point of the mesh comes against the nail4 ,after this long loop has been secured at the ring1 the first mesh is slipped off and the next put on4 ,all of the long loops at this end will be about three inches shorter than at the other end1 unless the finishing nail ,n is moved down4 ,this will not be necessary4 ,with a piece of cord about six feet long1 start quite close to the ring and wind all the cords of the long loops together4 ,the winding should be made very tight1 and it is best to loop under with each coil4 ,this is shown in ,fig4 #ab4 ,the hammock is now ready for use4 ,some like a soft1 small rope run through the outside edges lengthwise1 others prefer a fringe1 and either can be added4 ,the fringe can be attached about six meshes down from the upper edge of the sides4 ,the hammock should have a stretcher at each end of the netted portion1 but not as long as those required for web hammocks4 ,gourd ,float for a ,fishline ,a unique as well as practical fishing-line float can be made of a small gourd4 ,after the gourd has dried sufficiently1 wire loops1 to hold the line1 are inserted1 or rather1 a single wire is run through and looped at both ends4 ,the contents of the gourd need not be removed4 ,dip the float in a can of varnish1 or apply the varnish with a brush4 ,homemade ,arc ,light ,those who wish to produce an arc light for experimental purposes1 or for the brief periods required by photography1 will find the method of construction shown in the sketch very simple and inexpensive4 ,using the short lengths of carbons discarded by moving-picture operators1 there is no difficulty in maintaining a good arc for #ae minutes1 or more1 without once manipulating the adjusting screw at the top4 ,illustration3 ,an ,efficient ,arc ,light for ,purposes ,where a ,light is ,required for a ,short ,time ,only three pieces of wood are necessary besides the base1 and in the preparation of these no particular care is necessary except to have the top arm swing freely up and down without any appreciable side movement4 ,the carbon holders are merely strips of heavy tin1 which need only be screwed up sufficiently tight to hold the carbons in place and yet permit their being pushed up when the top adjusting screw will no longer operate4 ,this adjustment may be readily taken care of by means of a long1 slender wood screw with the point filed off and a metal disk soldered to the top4 ,connections are made to the carbon holders either under a screw head or by soldering the wires to the metal4 ,in operating any arc light on the commercial #aaj-volt current some resistance must be placed in the circuit4 ,an earthen jar of water with two strips of tin or lead for electrodes1 will answer every purpose4 99 99 99 99 99 ,a small leak in an oil or water pipe on an automobile can be temporarily stopped by melting a piece of rubber over the hole4 ,ornamental ,pencil and ,pincushion ,holder ,a nicely polished animal horn may be turned into an article of utility instead of being merely used as a wall ornament1 as shown in the illustration4 ,an old lamp base1 heavy enough to balance the horn1 and secured to it with a bolt1 is all that is needed to effect the transformation4 ,illustration3 ,fastening a ,horn to a ,base to ,make an ,ornamental ,pen or ,pincushion ,holder ,knife to ,trim ,magazines for ,binding ,illustration3 ,cutter ,made of a ,large ,straight-,edge ,knife for ,trimming ,edges of ,bound ,magazines ,there has been a number of descriptions telling how to bind magazines1 but none how to trim the edges after having bound them4 ,desiring to have my home-bound volumes appear as well as the other books1 ,i made a trimmer as follows3 ,any large knife with a straight edge will do for the cutter4 ,i used a large hay knife4 ,a -in4 hole was drilled in the untempered portion near the back of the handle end4 ,two ,u-shaped supports were made of metal and fastened to the top of an old table1 between which the knife was fastened with a bolt4 ,a piece of timber1 #f ft4 long1 #d in4 wide1 and #b in4 thick1 was used as a lever4 ,one end of this piece had a ,u-shaped notch cut in it to straddle the supports under the projecting ends4 ,a board was attached to the table top1 having one straight edge set where the knife edge would just pass it4 ,if the knife has a good sharp edge it will do very satisfactory work4 ,when the edges are trimmed the knife can be removed and used for its original work4--,contributed by ,e4 ,s4 ,mundell1 ,lowpoint1 ,ill4 ,how to ,repair ,rubber ,gloves ,while making a bunglesome job of patching a pair of rubber gloves1 which ,i used to keep the stains from my fingers while developing photographic plates1 a physician friend happened along and told me how to do it properly4 ,the method is as follows3 ,procure a piece of card1 such as heavy ,bristol board used for filing cards2 spread it on one side1 rather thick1 with ordinary library paste and stick it to the rubber tissue1 preferably dentists' rubber dam of light weight2 smooth it flat1 and let the paste dry4 ,when a patch is needed cut one out1 rubber and card together1 and fit it to the cut in the glove4 ,put the glove on the hand inside out1 moisten the patch with cement1 let it dry for a few seconds and then press it in place hard4 ,if the tear is large1 it is easier to lay the moistened patch down and fit the edges of the tear to it1 then press hard in place4 ,after the cement has thoroughly dried out1 soak the patch in water and remove the bit of card4 ,this gives a patch fastened securely to the extreme edges2 flat1 water-tight1 and as fit to stand boiling as any patch1 for sterilizing4 ,after removing the card1 the glove is dusted with talcum4--,contributed by ,j4 ,s4 ,hogans1 ,uniontown1 ,pa4 ,miniature ,metal-,bound ,chests ,,by ,f4 ,e4 ,,tuck ,boys in a manual-training class became very enthusiastic over the making of small chestlike boxes1 bound with ornamental metal1 and adapted them to a great variety of uses4 ,the boxes were designed to suit the taste of the maker and for use as glove1 handkerchief1 jewelry1 toilet1 treasure and other boxes1 lined with silk1 and finished in wax and varnish1 in various stains4 ,oak was used for most of them1 and the metals employed were largely copper and brass1 although silver is suitable for small boxes4 ,they are simple in construction1 as shown in the working drawings1 and can be made in the home workshop4 ,the photograph reproduced shows a group of boxes1 for various purposes1 and in several styles of metal binding4 ,the long box at the top is for gloves or ties2 the larger ones are for the boys' personal use1 caring for collars1 handkerchiefs1 etc42 the smaller boxes are for the dresser1 providing for the care of jewelry and similar small articles4 ,the boxes proved great favorites as gifts1 and the monogram of the recipient may be etched into the metal4 ,illustration3 ,these ,gift ,boxes1 ,trimmed with ,ornamental ,metal1 were ,made by ,boys in a ,manual-,training ,class4 ,a ,long ,glove ,box is ,shown ,above2 the ,larger ,boxes ,are for ,handkerchiefs1 and the ,smaller ,ones for ,jewelry and ,trinkets ,well-seasoned oak is the most suitable material for the making of the boxes1 as it harmonizes well with the plain metal trimmings4 ,the quarter-sawed variety is preferable1 being more ornamental1 and less likely to warp or twist4 ,for most of the boxes1 stock in4 thick is suitable1 although this may be cut down to in4 for the smaller boxes1 if convenient4 ,the method of joining the pieces is similar in all the varieties of boxes1 and the jewel box illustrated in the working drawings will be taken as a specimen4 ,the sides of the box are butted against the ends1 lapping over them1 flush1 and nailed with small brads4 ,the bottom is fitted between the sides and ends1 and nailed so that the nails are concealed by the metal bands1 at the four corners1 and at other points1 if bands are placed near the middle4 ,the stock for the box is cut and finished on all sides to the following dimensions3 all pieces to be in4 thick2 top1 #d by #g in42 two sides1 #a by #g in42 two ends1 #a by #d in42 bottom1 #c by #f inches4 ,all the pieces should be scraped carefully to a smooth finish1 and the nails started with an awl1 or a slightly flattened nail of the same size1 fitted into a hand drill4 ,extreme care must be taken1 in nailing1 that the surface of the wood is not marred1 which is likely to occur if the nails are driven into the wood too rapidly1 or without starting holes for them4 ,the feet are cut from a strip1 in4 thick and in4 wide1 the cut edges being sandpapered smooth without destroying the squareness and the sharp corners4 ,they are nailed to the bottom of the box with brads1 care being taken to have the end grain of each block at the end of the box1 particularly if the metal trimmings do not cover the blocks4 ,the cover is fixed in place with small plain butts1 countersunk into the wood1 one leaf into the top and the other into the back of the box4 ,a simpler method is to set both leaves of the hinge into the edge of the back4 ,care must be taken in fitting the hinges that they are set in line with the back of the box1 and holes for the screws should be made before driving them into place4 ,too much care cannot be taken with the fitting of the hinges1 as the proper fitting of the lid1 both as to resting level and being in line with the edges of the box1 depends on the fitting of the hinges4 ,after the construction work and nailing is completed1 the box may be sandpapered carefully1 rubbing in the direction of the grain1 and being careful not to round off the edges unduly4 ,the oversandpapering of woodwork marks the work of the careless novice4 ,the box should be handled as little as possible while the metal trimmings are being fitted1 and1 before the finish is applied1 should be gone over lightly with sandpaper to remove dirt4 ,when the metal pieces are fitted1 and ready to be fastened in place1 the finish may be applied to the box4 ,warm browns or other dark-oak finishes1 are best suited to the simple style of chest1 and the metal fittings4 ,a coat of stain should be applied1 and this followed1 when dry1 by a coat of filler1 rubbed well into the pores of the wood4 ,the filler should be permitted to dry hard and the surface is then sandpapered very lightly with a fine grade of paper--,no4 #jj is best4 ,do not rub through the filler or stain1 particularly at the corners4 ,wax is the most readily applied outer finish4 ,several coats may be used to give a substantial finish4 ,a coat of shellac1 followed by coats of rubbing varnish1 dried well and rubbed between coats with ,no4 #jj sandpaper may be applied for a high-gloss finish4 ,this is a more involved process and requires that the varnish be rubbed down with pumice stone and water1 and finished with an oil polish4 ,copper or brass1 of ,no4 #bj gauge or lighter1 is suitable for the making of the trimmings4 ,the details of the handles are shown in the sketch1 at the right4 ,cut a back plate1 in4 by #a in41 and fit the handle of wire to it by means of a strap1 bent from a strip of metal1 in4 by in4 ,the other bands are merely strips1 to in4 in width and fitted to the size of the box1 where applied4 ,strap hinges of the same metal may be made1 but the most convenient method for the amateur is to fit the metal strips into place at the hinges1 merely as ornamental features4 ,various types of locks may be fitted into the box1 and for the worker having the necessary skill1 it is interesting to make a hasp1 as indicated in the sketch4 ,the designing and making of the metal trimmings affords unlimited opportunity for originality1 and a good plan is to fit the desired strips1 cut from paper1 to the box before making them of the metal4 ,it is well to remember1 in this connection1 that the simple bands and forms are better suited to the plain box than ornate trimmings4 ,having determined upon suitable patterns for the metal strips1 cut them from the sheet with snips1 or tinner's shears1 care being taken to produce a smooth edge4 ,a file may be used to remove roughnesses and to round the edges of the metal slightly4 ,the metal is fastened with escutcheon pins1 which add to the ornamental effect if properly spaced4 ,holes for them must be drilled1 or punched1 through the metal4 ,illustration3 ,the ,construction of the ,jewelry ,box ,is ,typical of the ,others4 ,the ,handle is ,shown in ,detail4 ,the ,nailing of the ,bottom and the ,fitting of the ,lining are ,shown at the ,right ,the metal may be left smooth and polished1 or hammered with the round end of a ball-peen hammer1 to produce the dented effect shown on several of the boxes in the group4 ,this1 as well as other finishing of the metal1 must be done before it is fixed in place4 ,beautiful colors may be given to the metal by heating it1 and observing the colors as they 8run40 ,a trial will enable one to judge the proper heat for the various colors1 which 8run0 from a light straw to a deep purple1 with various reddish intermediate tones4 ,a brown oxidized finish1 or a verd-antique--greenish--finish may also be obtained4 ,the metal should be polished with wax to preserve the finish if other than the latter type is used4 ,the boxes are lined with silk or other suitable material4 ,the method is as follows3 ,cut cardboard pieces to fit against the inner sides of the bottom1 sides1 and ends4 ,pad one side of them with cotton batting1 and cover with silk1 gluing the edges of it on the back of the cardboard1 as shown in the sketch4 ,by bending the pieces slightly1 they may be inserted and glued in place4 ,care must be taken in handling the glue1 that the silk is not soiled4 ,pads of felt1 or chamois skin1 may be glued to the bottom of the feet of the box1 so as not to mar the surface upon which it rests4 ,the most popular boxes1 which are especially suitable for gift purposes1 are the jewelry1 glove1 and handkerchief boxes4 ,their dimensions are3 jewelry box1 #b by #d by #g in42 glove box1 #c by #e by #ac in42 handkerchief box1 #d by #f by #aj in4 ,other sizes suited to special purposes may1 of course1 be designed readily1 and made in walnut1 mahogany1 or other cabinet woods4 ,a ,piano or ,reading ,lamp ,,by ,,william ,e4 ,,finkernagel ,illustration3 ,this ,lamp of ,substantial ,construction and ,pleasing ,design may be ,made at ,small ,cost4 ,the ,pedestal ,assembled is ,shown at the ,left and ,details of the ,parts and of the ,metal ,frame for the ,shade1 ,above ,the lamp illustrated was designed for use in reading1 the doing of hand work at which one is seated in a chair away from a table lamp1 or for lighting a piano rack4 ,it is light1 readily moved about1 easily made1 and of pleasing design4 ,it combines construction in wood and metal1 is inexpensive1 and within the range of a careful amateur craftsman4 ,the pedestal is shown assembled at the left1 and above are detailed sketches of the parts4 ,the construction of the shade1 which is #ah in4 square1 is shown at the right4 ,the central post is #dj in4 long and #b in4 square1 and the base measures #af in4 on the arms4 ,the stock bill for the lamp is as follows3 #a piece1 #b by #b in41 oak1 for post4 #b pieces1 #a by #c by #af in41 oak1 for base4 #a piece1 #a by #f by #f in41 oak1 for cap4 #a piece1 #a by #d by #d in41 oak1 for column base4 #a piece1 #a by #b by #c in41 oak1 for braces4 ,copper or brass strip1 #a in4 wide and in4 thick1 for shade frame4 ,wire braces for shade4 ,make all the pieces1 smoothing and finishing their surfaces with a scraper1 before assembling the parts4 ,the cap ,a may be made first4 ,square the piece to #f in4 and cut a -in4 chamfer around the upper edge4 ,cut the #b by #c-;in4 block on one of its diagonals and smooth it to form the braces ,b4 ,square the ends of the post ,c to a length of #dj in41 and smooth up the sides4 ,square the column base ,d to #d in4 and cut a -in4 chamfer around its upper side4 ,square up and smooth the cross arms ,e and ,f1 for the base1 to a width of #c in4 and a length of #af in4 ,bevel the upper corners #a in41 at an angle of #de4 ,bore holes with a -in4 bit to form the rounded ends of the portions cut out from the lower sides of the cross braces4 ,chisel the wood away between the holes and smooth the resulting surfaces4 ,the half-lap joint1 by which the cross braces are joined1 may then be made4 ,it should not be made until the lower portions are cut out of the cross braces1 and the remaining portions are made of exactly the same width1 #b in41 according to the drawing4 ,the joint must be fitted tightly in what is termed a driving fit1 or it will not be strong enough4 ,the construction may be assembled as follows1 although several methods may be adopted that will prove satisfactory3 ,fix the cap ,a to the top of the post with glue and -in4 dowels1 bored not quite through the cap4 ,screws may be used for this purpose1 but they mar the finish of the upper surface of the cap4 ,glue the braces ,b into the corners to support the cap4 ,they should be warmed before applying the glue and rubbed slightly to bring them into place tightly and to distribute the glue evenly4 ,small brads may be used to nail them in place1 but care must be taken not to mar the finish4 ,the column base ,d may be fixed to the bottom of the post in the same way that the cap was fixed at the upper end4 ,the cross braces ,e and ,f1 forming the base1 should be glued in the half-lap joint and fixed to the column base with glue and dowels1 or screws sunk into sockets from the lower side of the braces4 ,when the glue has dried1 the pedestal should be scraped and cleaned preparatory to a final sandpapering before applying the stain and varnish4 ,the arms ,g for the shade holder are made of strips of brass or copper1 #a in4 wide and #h in4 long1 bent to the proper form1 as shown in the sketch4 ,the straight end1 #b in4 long1 is provided with two holes through which screws are fixed into the top of the cap4 ,the shade is constructed as follows3 ,make a #d-;in4 square1 ,h1 of brass strip1 #a in4 wide1 and solder or rivet it at the joint4 ,make the lower square ,j of the same material and in the same way1 #ah in4 on each side4 ,solder -in4 wire1 of a length that will give the desired slant to the shade1 at the corners of the squares1 forming a rigid frame for the covering4 ,cloth or silk may be used to cover the frame4 ,the braces for the shade may then be fastened to the top of the cap1 as shown in the assembly sketch1 and their ends shaped to hold the frame firmly4 ,the pedestal should be smoothed off immediately preparatory to finishing1 and the sharp edges removed slightly4 ,care should be taken in sandpapering1 since rubbing across the grain is ruinous1 as is too much sandpapering4 ,the latter particularly smacks of the novice4 ,a coat of stain1 one of filler rubbed in thoroughly1 a coat of shellac1 and a finish coat of wax or varnish will give a satisfactory finish4 ,the shellac and varnish coats should be permitted to dry thoroughly and should then be sandpapered lightly before applying other coats4 ,the electrical connections for the lamp may be made from a cord extension to a socket fixed in the center of the cap4 ,in some instances it may be desirable to connect the cord from a floor socket4 ,in that case the post should be built up of two pieces of #a-;in4 thickness1 and a groove to admit the cord made in the center of it4 ,sewing ,rack ,attached to ,rocker ,illustration3 ,the ,swinging ,rack ,folds under the ,arm of the ,chair ,when ,not in ,use ,a rack like that shown in the illustration is convenient as a support for articles being sewed or repaired by the home worker4 ,it was made by fastening two bars from a towel rack to the arm of the rocker by means of a bolt4 ,when not in use1 the bars are folded back under the arm of the chair4 ,one of the bars may be provided with hooks so that scissors and other sewing requisites may be placed on them4--,mrs4 ,j4 ,e4 ,mc,coy1 ,philadelphia1 ,pa4 ,glass ,bottle as a ,candle ,lamp ,illustration ,a candle may be carried in a glass bottle1 as shown in the sketch1 with little danger of setting fire to surrounding objects1 and without permitting the melted wax to leak upon the floor4 ,the bottom of the bottle is cut off and the candle inserted as shown1 the neck affording a convenient handle4--,stanley ,radcliffe1 ,laurel1 ,md4 ,a ,folding ,wall ,desk ,to provide an inexpensive desk in a shop1 where space was quite limited1 the folding wall desk shown in the sketch was devised4 ,it was cut from a packing box and the hinged lid built up of boards of better quality4 ,to give a good writing surface1 a piece of heavy cardboard was fastened to the writing bed with thumb tacks and may be renewed whenever necessary4 ,the inside of the desk was fitted with filing compartments arranged to care for a large variety of shop forms and stationery4 ,an inkwell holder made of a strip of sheet metal was fixed to the end of the desk and the bottle suspended in it1 there being space for additional bottles also4 ,the hinged lid is provided with a hasp and padlock4 ,when not in use the desk may be tilted upward and locked against the wall with small catches4 ,by using a ,t-square against the left edge of the writing bed1 a convenient drafting table for shop sketching is provided4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #a ,,fig4 #b ,,fig4 #d ,,fig4 #e ,,fig4 #c ,the ,packing ,box from ,which the ,desk was ,made is ,shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,the ,dotted ,lines ,indicate ,where ,it was ,cut to ,give the ,slanting ,writing ,surface4 ,the ,device in ,its ,normal ,position is ,shown in ,fig4 #b2 ,hooked against the ,wall1 in ,fig4 #c1 and with the ,lid ,raised1 ,showing the ,compartments1 in ,fig4 #e4 ,the detailed construction1 for the making of the desk from stock lumber1 by boys1 or amateur workers with tools1 may be carried out as follows3 ,determine upon the size of the proposed desk4 ,convenient dimensions are #cj in4 long1 #ah in4 wide1 #g in4 high at the back1 and #d in4 high at the front4 ,use -in4 soft wood2 pine and poplar are suitable4 ,cut and shape all the pieces before beginning the assembling of the parts4 ,the wood should be planed smooth and may be sandpapered lightly when the construction is completed1 before applying a finish4 ,a simple arrangement of the pieces so they can be nailed together is that shown in the sketch1 which was used in making the box4 ,first shape the pieces for the sides1 #e in4 wide at the larger end1 #b in4 wide at the smaller1 and #af in4 long4 ,clamp the boards together1 or tack them with two wire nails while shaping them1 so that they will be exactly alike4 ,make a piece #e in4 wide and #cj in4 long for the back1 and one the same length and #b in4 wide for the front4 ,nail them to the ends1 as shown1 permitting the slight excess material to project over the upper edges of the sidepieces4 ,trim off this extra stock with a plane so that the upper surfaces of the front and back conform to the slant of the sidepieces4 ,make a strip #d in4 wide for the upper edge of the desk1 to which the writing bed is hinged4 ,cut pieces for the bottom and nail them in place4 ,before nailing down the upper hinge strip the interior fittings should be made4 ,use wood not thicker than in41 and fit the pieces into place carefully1 nailing them firmly through the outer faces of the desk4 ,a better method is to make the pigeonholes or compartments with a piece of the thin stock on the ends of the partitions1 so that the compartments are built up as a unit and slid into the desk1 no nails being necessary to hold them4 ,the lid should be made of sound1 dry stock and glued up of strips about #c in4 wide1 to prevent it from warping or twisting easily4 ,if the person making the desk has the necessary skill1 it is best to fix a strip1 #b in4 wide1 at each end of the writing bed1 to hold the pieces together and to keep the bed in shape4 ,the holder for the inkwell is made of a #a-;in4 strip of metal1 bent to the shape shown in ,fig4 #d1 and drilled to fit small screws4 ,a can is supported in the holder and the bottle rests in it4 ,the desk may be finished by painting it or giving it a coat of shellac and one of varnish1 either after it has been stained to match adjoining woodwork1 or in the natural color4 ,sewing ,stand with ,workbag in ,top ,illustration ,the stand shown in the sketch may be made by using part of a small table1 or by building the framework especially for the purpose4 ,it was made for use in connection with sewing and fancy work1 and provides for the tools and incidental materials necessary4 ,the stand is #bh in4 high and about #ae in4 square at the top4 ,the bag built into the frame may be made of any strong1 suitable material1 and its color should match the finish of the wooden part4 ,a row of nails are set in the top edge of the rails to provide for spools of thread and thimbles4 ,scissors and other tools are placed on the shoulder hooks fastened on the side of the rail4 99 99 99 99 99 ,when paper sticks to a negative during printing remove it by soaking it in the hypo bath1 sacrificing the print rather than the negative4 ,toy ,paper ,warships ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #a ,,fig4 #c ,,fig4 #b ,,fig4 #d ,fleets of ,battleships may be ,made of ,paper ,with a pair of scissors1 pins1 and a newspaper or two1 a fleet of warships can be made to sail the seven seas of polished floors4 ,strips of paper1 through which holes at opposite points have been cut1 and pinned together at one end1 as shown in ,fig4 #a1 are used for the sides of the boat4 ,rolls of paper are slipped through the opposite holes1 as shown at ,fig4 #b1 and provide support for the deck1 which is a flat piece of paper pointed at the end to fit between the sides of the craft4 ,a second deck fitted with funnels and masts1 as shown in ,fig4 #c1 is made of a folded piece of paper with holes cut through it for the masts and funnels1 which are rolls of paper4 ,if plain paper is used1 the warships may be made in several colors1 which adds to the effect of rivalry between the fleets4 ,other types of craft may easily be devised1 two of which are shown in ,fig4 #d4 ,not only the youngsters in the household1 but their elders as well1 may find not a little amusement and diversion in the making of a fleet of such warships1 modeled after battleships1 destroyers1 battle cruisers1 and other vessels4 ,caster ,board for ,scrubbing and ,floorwork ,a board for use in work that requires tedious kneeling1 as in scrubbing1 repairing of sidewalk lights1 and similar work1 may be made as follows3 ,procure a board1 by #aj by #ad in41 and pad it with a section of carpet4 ,place three casters under it1 two being set at the rear and one at the front edge4 ,if desired1 small strips may be nailed at the sides to prevent the knees from slipping off4 ,such a device enables the user to move along the floor easily without injuring the knees4--,r4 ,s4 ,matzen1 ,fort ,collins1 ,colo4 ,a ,lamp ,cooker ,an ordinary circular-wick kerosene lamp produces enough heat to do considerable cooking1 provided the heat is properly utilized4 ,a simple and practicable method of converting such a lamp into a cooker is as follows3 ,saw a hole1 #ab in4 square1 in the top of a small table1 or packing box of about the same height as a table4 ,cover this with a piece of sheet metal1 having a #d-;in4 hole in the center4 ,place a #e-;in4 flowerpot over the hole in the metal1 and plug up the hole in the bottom of the pot with fire clay or plaster of ,paris4 ,vegetables in jars may be set around the flowerpot to cook slowly and a roast in a pan on top of it4 ,a wooden box1 or metal pail1 large enough to cover the arrangement1 should be placed over it4 ,air holes should be provided in the lower box and in the cover4 ,illustration3 ,this ,lamp ,cooker will ,prepare ,meats and ,vegetables ,satisfactorily1 and is ,useful for the ,camper and in ,emergencies ,to operate the device light the lamp and when it is burning brightly1 place it under the table1 elevating it so that the top of the chimney is in the center and barely within the rim of the flowerpot4 ,use little water in the vegetables and keep the caps loosely on the jars4 ,the roast1 if well buttered1 will brown nicely1 and while the cooking will require considerably more time than it would in a range1 the results will be as good1 if not superior4 ,the natural juices are preserved by the slow cooking at comparatively low temperature4 ,the cover may be lifted to turn the meat occasionally4 ,this device will appeal to campers1 summer cottagers and others4--,w4 ,w4 ,baldwin1 ,new ,york1 ,n4 ,y4 ,placing a ,miter ,box on the ,workbench ,in placing a miter box on a workbench considerable space is often wasted1 and the workman is obstructed4 ,by raising the miter box on the bench mounting it upon two blocks1 about #f in4 high and set back about #ah in4 from the front of the bench1 small space is utilized1 and the tool may be used as conveniently as otherwise4 ,the space under the miter box and the open space in front of it are available for the disposal of ordinary tools1 and there is no danger of the saw striking them4 ,by making another stand1 the height of the bearing surface of the miter box1 and moving this about on the bench1 long pieces may be handled with ease4 ,this stand is removed from the bench when not in use4--,henry ,simon1 ,laguna ,beach1 ,calif4 ,a ,book and ,document ,protector ,a device for punching identification marks in the pages of books or papers1 may be made easily by setting pins into a small box filled with sealing wax4 ,the box should be large enough to accommodate the desired wording without crowding1 leaving about in4 all around the edge4 ,cut the box1 which may be of cardboard1 to a height in4 less than the length of a common pin4 ,mark the words to be punched on a piece of cardboard which just fits into the box4 ,punch holes along the letters and transfer them to the bottom of the box4 ,insert pins from the outside through the bottom of the box and permit their ends to come out of the holes in the cardboard guide4 ,cut away enough of the guide piece so that the melted sealing wax can be poured in1 setting the pins firmly4 ,the guide piece is then removed1 exposing the ends of the pins about in4 ,if the work is carefully done they will be of uniform length4 ,place heavy blotting paper or cardboard under the page when using the punch4--,d4 ,g4 ,stevenson1 ,chicago1 ,ill4 ,blotter ,attached to ,wrist ,saves ,time ,illustration ,the annoyance of having to look for a misplaced blotter or to pick it up each time a signature is to be blotted1 may be avoided by the use of the wrist blotter shown in the sketch4 ,it is made by folding a piece of blotting paper1 #f in4 wide and #ab in4 long1 into three sections4 ,a rubber band is placed in the fold of the blotter and passed around the wrist1 thus holding it in place until no longer needed4 ,when one portion of the blotter becomes soiled1 the folding may be reversed and a new surface exposed4--,frank ,w4 ,roth1 ,joplin1 ,mo4 ,celluloid ,cover for ,road ,maps ,road maps are easily soiled and torn unless properly protected1 and a satisfactory case to hold them should provide for conveniently examining the map4 ,a piece of transparent celluloid about twice the size of the map when folded can be made into a suitable cover4 ,fold the celluloid into an envelope form and rivet or sew the ends1 leaving the fourth edge open4 ,the map is inserted in the cover with the desired section uppermost1 affording protection and ready access at the same time4 ,shield for ,heater in ,chick ,brooding ,house ,illustration ,a shield of sheet metal1 having a small heater in the center of it1 provides a good means of warming a brooding house for small chicks4 ,the heat is radiated from the shield and the chicks remain at a distance1 seeking a comfortable temperature4 ,the device may be made easily by cutting a sheet of metal to form a cone-shaped hood and fitting it with a vent passing out through the roof of the house4--,samuel ,s4 ,snelbaker1 ,york1 ,pa4 ,kink for ,removal of ,wall ,paper ,illustration ,removing old wall paper1 particularly from the ceiling of a room1 is a disagreeable task at best1 and the device shown in the sketch aids in the process4 ,a board1 about #ae in4 long and #ab in4 wide1 was provided with strips at its edges and a pad of flannel was fitted into it4 ,the device is used by moistening the pad and applying it to the wall paper4 ,the paper is loosened thoroughly and may be removed in pieces of considerable size4 ,this method has been found much quicker than that of soaking the paper with a moistened brush4--,j4 ,h4 ,moore1 ,hamilton1 ,canada4 99 99 99 99 99 ,a clay pipe may be used as a crucible for melting small quantities of metal4 ,the stem is broken off and a plug fitted into it4 ,a ,secret ,trinket ,case for the ,bookshelf ,,by ,t4 ,h4 ,,linthicum ,practical use as well as the novelty of its construction makes the trinket case shown in the illustration well worth the time and effort necessary to make it4 ,various kinds of wood--preferably of the better cabinet varieties--are suited to the design shown1 which was made of -in4 stock1 like that used in cigar boxes4 ,the size shown is that of a bound volume of a magazine like ,popular ,mechanics1 and may be adapted to special needs4 ,the back and the cover slide in grooves1 which are not visible when the 8book0 is closed1 making it difficult and interesting for one to discover how the case is opened4 ,the back may be marked and lettered to resemble a bound volume closely1 and if special secrecy is desired1 it may even be covered with leather1 in exact duplication of those on a bound set of magazines kept in the bookcase with it4 ,illustration3 ,this ,trinket ,case ,is a ,practical ,novelty ,that may be ,used as a ,secret ,container to be ,set on the ,bookshelf with ,similar ,bound ,volume ,make the pieces for the frame of the box first4 ,if possible1 make one strip of the proper width--#b in41 in this case--and long enough for the two ends and the front4 ,make another strip #a in4 wide and long enough for the partition and false back of the tray4 ,cut these to the lengths indicated in the detailed sketches of the parts4 ,mark out the grooves in the end pieces carefully and cut them with a saw that cuts a groove in4 wide4 ,the grooves may be cut by clamping a straight strip of wood on the surface of the ends the proper distance from the top1 and sawing cautiously along the strip to the proper depth4 ,the grooves across the grain may be cut similarly1 or in a miter box4 ,glue the pieces of the frame together1 taking care that the corners are square4 ,if necessary1 place blocks inside to insure that the clamping will not disturb the right angles of the box4 ,shape the bottom and cover pieces nearly to the final size before gluing them2 then1 if small nicks are made in the edge1 they may be removed by a cut of the plane1 when the case is complete4 ,glue the sliding pieces to the cover and to the back4 ,this must be done carefully1 and it is convenient to drive small brads part way into the second piece1 from the inner side1 to prevent the pieces from slipping while being glued4 ,if proper care is taken1 only a small amount of glue will be forced out1 and this can be removed with a chisel when dry4 ,the edges may be trimmed off to their exact size1 and the entire construction given a final light sandpapering4 ,it is then ready for the stain and shellac1 or other finish4 ,the parts that slide in grooves should not be shellacked or varnished1 because this is apt to cause them to stick4 ,a ,cylinder ,reversing ,switch ,illustration ,a cylinder reversing switch for small battery motors may be constructed cheaply1 from a #c-;in4 length of broom handle and -in4 boards1 as shown4 ,the four brushes are strips of copper4 ,the contacts on the moving cylinder are eight brass tacks1 connected as indicated in the diagram4 ,the wires are insulated with paper where they cross4 ,the handle is of heavy wire1 and two tacks limit its motion1 as shown4 ,the method of connecting the switch is as follows1 for either a series or shunt motor3 ,remove the two wires from the motor brushes1 and connect the two middle brushes of the switch to the motor brushes4 ,connect the wires removed from the motor brushes to the outer brushes of the switch4--,claude ,schuder1 ,sumner1 ,ill4 ,summer ,radiator ,cover ,serves as ,cupboard in ,winter ,illustration3 ,this ,radiator ,cover is ,built so ,that ,shelves may be ,inserted ,quickly for ,use as a ,cabinet ,because of the accumulation of dust on a kitchen radiator in the summer1 a cupboard was built over it1 and used at other seasons of the year for the storage of various articles1 by fitting it with shelves4 ,while in use as a radiator cover1 the top of the cupboard provided a convenient seat4 ,if properly made1 cabinets of this type can be used in other parts of the home to advantage4 ,a ,safety ,spring for ,porch ,swings ,illustration ,it is often necessary to hang swinging porch seats fairly close to surrounding woodwork1 which is marred by their swinging too far4 ,to overcome this1 procure a coil screen-door spring and cut it in two4 ,bend a hook on each cut end1 and fasten one of the springs to the center of each end of the swing1 and to the floor4 ,this permits only gentle swinging4--,f4 ,c4 ,hayes1 ,niagara ,falls1 ,canada4 99 99 99 99 99 ,proper ventilation of cellars makes it desirable to provide a screen door on the cellar entrance4 ,frying ,pan ,made of ,tin ,cover ,illustration ,if you want an egg done to perfection try the frying pan made of a tin cover4 ,it was intended for emergency use only1 but proved so satisfactory that ,i kept it as a regular fixture4 ,the wire handle was fitted to the rim through two holes1 as shown and hooks under the bottom of the pan1 the twisting of the wires giving the required strength4 ,safety ,cover for ,valves on ,gas ,stove ,illustration ,in order to safeguard the valves of a kitchen gas stove with which children might occasionally meddle1 ,i fitted a sheet-metal cover over the valves as shown in the sketch4 ,the cover is wired to the feed pipe and is swung forward1 as indicated by the dotted outline1 when not in use4 ,small catches may be fixed at each end of the cover1 if desired4--,leroy ,schenck1 ,mount ,vernon1 ,n4 ,y4 ,a ,come-,back ,rolling ,can ,illustration ,an interesting toy may be made by fitting a rubber band into a tin can and weighting it as shown4 ,when the can is rolled on the floor it will return to its original place by reason of the weight which is supported on a string at the middle of the rubber band4 ,the latter is passed through two holes at each end of the can1 and when the can is rolled along the floor the elastic is wound at the middle4 ,the weight reverses the direction of rolling4--,albert ,french1 ,hamilton1 ,ontario1 ,can4 ,removable ,paraffin ,covers for ,jars ,illustration ,to remove paraffin from the tops of glasses or jars of preserves1 without getting bits of the covering into the contents1 is difficult4 ,when pouring the melted paraffin over the top1 put a small cork in the center and let the paraffin harden around it1 as shown4 ,to remove the covering1 dip the top of the glass in hot water4 ,this sealing can be used again by placing it on the top of hot jelly1 the paraffin melting and adhering to the glass4--,j4 ,e4 ,mc,coy1 ,philadelphia1 ,pennsylvania4 ,a ,marble-under-,bridge ,game of ,skill ,illustration ,the object of this game is to pass a marble from one end to the other of the 8roadway10 under the 8bridges10 and over the 8inclines10 without dropping it4 ,a stop must be made at each hole4 ,the device is made as follows3 ,cut two pieces of wood1 by #a by #ab in41 and join them to form a right angle4 ,cut pieces of cardboard1 #d each1 #a by #b in4 wide1 with a -in4 hole in the center1 for inclines ,b1 and #a by #c in41 for bridges ,a2 also two pieces #a in4 square for stops ,c4 ,fasten them with tacks as shown4 ,the marble should be large enough so that it will rest in the holes at ,b4 ,illustration3 ,decorative ,toys and ,boxes ,made at ,home ,by ,bonnie ,e4 ,snow ,homemade toys and gifts1 as well as the 8treasure boxes0 in which they are contained1 have an added interest both to the one making and the one receiving them4 ,the holiday season makes this work especially attractive1 which affords opportunity for individuality in construction and design limited only by the skill of the worker4 ,the decorated toys and the box described in detail in this article are suggestive only1 and may be adapted to a large variety of forms and designs4 ,the gorgeously colored parrot and the gayly caparisoned rider and horse suggest a host of bird and animal forms1 those having possibilities for attractive coloring being most desirable4 ,the decorated box shown in ,fig4 #g may be adapted as a gift box1 to be used where its decoration may be seen1 in the nursery1 for example1 and may be made in many forms1 in fact as various as cardboard boxes are4 ,plant1 animal1 or geometrical forms may be used to work out designs1 and appropriate color schemes applied to them4 ,a good plan in determining upon a color scheme is to use the colors of the flower or other motif4 ,if the design is not associated with objects having varied colors--a geometrical design1 for instance--harmonious colors should be chosen4 ,these may be bright and contrasting1 as red and green1 violet and orange1 or subdued in tone4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #a ,,fig4 #b ,the ,outlines for the ,horse and ,rider and the ,parrot may be ,made by ,enlarging ,these ,sketches4 ,the ,color ,scheme ,indicated is ,suggestive ,only and may be ,varied to ,suit ,individual ,taste ,a design for a horse and rider1 brightly colored1 is shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,the form is cut out of thin wood1 the color applied1 and the figure mounted on the curved wire1 weighted at one end1 as shown in ,fig4 #f4 ,the toy adds a touch of color and novelty to a room1 when suspended from the corner of the mantel1 from a shelf1 or other suitable place4 ,balanced in a striking attitude1 forefeet upraised1 even grown-ups can hardly resist tipping the rider to see his mount rear still higher4 ,the parrot shown in ,fig4 #b is made similarly1 and is weighted at the end of the tail4 ,the point of balance is at the feet1 which may be fastened to a trapeze1 or be arranged to perch on a convenient place1 like that suited to the horse and rider4 ,the tools and equipment necessary for the making of such toys are simple1 and available in most boys' workshops or tool chests4 ,a coping saw1 like that shown at ,a1 ,fig4 #c1 is suitable for cutting the wood4 ,a fretsaw1 operated by hand1 foot or power1 may be used1 and such a tool makes this work quite rapid4 ,to use the coping saw to the best advantage1 particularly if the work is to be done on a table which must not be marred1 a sawing board should be made4 ,in its simplest form1 this consists of a board1 as shown at ,b1 about in4 thick1 #c in4 wide1 and #f in4 long1 with one end notched4 ,this is clamped to the end of the table1 as at ,d1 with a clamp1 an iron one of the type shown at ,c being satisfactory4 ,another form of sawing table especially useful when it is desired to stand up at the work1 is shown at ,e in detail and clamped in the vise at ,f4 ,it consists of a notched board1 #c in4 wide1 fixed at right angles to a board of similar width1 #aa in4 long1 and braced at the joint with a block about #a in4 square4 ,in using the coping saw with either of these saw tables1 the wood is held down on the support1 as shown in ,fig4 #e1 and the saw drawn downward for each cutting stroke1 thus tending to hold the board more firmly against the saw table4 ,it is1 of course1 important that the saw be inserted in the coping-saw frame with the teeth pointing toward the handle1 so that the method of cutting described may be followed4 ,the wood must be sawed slowly1 especially at the beginning of a cut4 ,the operator soon learns the kinks in handling the saw and wood to the best advantage1 and can then make rapid progress4 ,illustration3 ,a ,b ,c ,d ,e ,f ,,fig4 #c ,the ,tools ,required are ,found in ,most ,boys' ,workshops1 and a ,satisfactory ,saw ,table may be ,made ,easily1 as ,shown in ,detail ,an outline drawing of the form to be cut out of the wood must first be made1 to the exact size that the object is to be4 ,there is much satisfaction if working out the form of the animal or other figure1 especially for the boy or girl who has the time necessary to do good work4 ,if desired1 the figure may be traced from a picture obtained from a book1 magazine1 or other source4 ,cut a piece of wood to the size required for the design1 and place a sheet of carbon paper over it2 or if none is available1 rub a sheet of paper with a soft pencil1 and use this as a carbon paper1 the side covered with the lead being placed next to the wood4 ,the carbon paper and the sheet bearing the design should then be held in place on the wood with thumb tacks1 or pins1 and the transfer made with a pencil1 as shown in ,fig4 #d4 ,the design should be placed on the wood so that the weaker parts1 such as the legs of the horse1 will extend with the length instead of across the grain of the wood4 ,in some instances1 where a complicated form is cut out1 it is necessary to use wood of several plies1 and where this is available it is worth while to use it for all of this work4 ,for smaller objects wood in4 thick is suitable1 and stock up to in4 in thickness may be used4 ,whitewood1 basswood1 poplar and other soft1 smooth-grained woods are suitable4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #d ,,fig4 #e ,the ,design is ,traced ,carefully onto the ,wood and ,then ,cut ,out with the ,coping ,saw1 on the ,saw ,table ,when the design has been outlined satisfactorily1 place the piece of wood on the saw table with the design on the upper side4 ,holding the wood down firmly1 as shown in ,fig4 #e1 and sawing in the notch of the saw table1 cut into the edge slowly4 ,apply light pressure on the downstroke only1 as the upstroke is not intended to cut1 and turn the piece to keep the saw on the line and in the notch4 ,it is important that the saw be held vertically so that the edge of the cut-out portion will be square4 ,with proper care and a little practice1 the edges may be cut so smoothly that only a light sandpapering will be required to produce a smooth edge4 ,when the figure has been cut out1 smooth the edges by trimming them carefully with a sharp knife1 if necessary1 and sandpaper them lightly to remove sharp corners4 ,a fine sandpaper1 about ,no4 1 is suitable for this purpose4 ,the figure is then ready for painting4 ,the white is put on first and the other colors applied over it1 when dry4 ,oil paints may be used1 and a varnish or shellac applied over them to give a high grade of work1 but this process requires much care1 considerable skill1 and long drying between coats to prevent 8runs0 in the colors4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #f ,water-color paint1 which can be purchased in powder form at paint stores1 mixed with water to the consistency of cream is a satisfactory coloring material1 and is easy to apply4 ,five cents' worth of each of the colors used--yellow1 red1 blue1 black1 and white--will be sufficient for several toys4 ,mix each color in a separate saucer1 and use a small water-color brush to apply the paint4 ,in painting the horse and rider1 the horse is first painted entirely white1 and then the black spots are applied after the color is dry4 ,the rider's coat is painted red2 the trousers blue2 the hat and leggings buff1 as indicated in ,fig4 #a4 ,mix a brushful of yellow with a brushful of red1 and add about three brushfuls of white4 ,a half brushful of black may be added to dull the color1 if desired4 ,the flesh tone for the rider's face is made by mixing a little red with white4 ,when the colors are dry1 all edges are outlined with a heavy line of black1 not less than in4 in width4 ,this outline may be evenly applied with the point of the brush4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #g ,a ,handmade ,box ,is ,interesting in that ,it ,expresses the ,individuality of the ,maker1 ,especially ,when ,made as a ,gift ,the method of making the parrot is similar to that described for the horse and rider1 and the color scheme is suggested in ,fig4 #b4 ,it will be noticed that no attempt is made to secure a lifelike1 or realistic1 effect in painting these toy shapes4 ,all colors are flat1 that is1 without light and shade4 ,the toys are really decorative designs1 and the maker is at liberty to use any colors desired1 whether natural or not4 ,the horse and rider is balanced on the hind foot1 as shown in ,fig4 #f1 by using a lead weight1 attached to a -in4 wire1 as a counterweight4 ,the wire should be set into the body of the horse1 behind the foreleg1 to a depth of in4 ,the weight of the metal and the curve of the wire should be adjusted to obtain the proper balance4 ,the parrot is balanced in the same way1 except that the weight is fixed to the end of the tail1 which is curved like the wire4 ,these and other homemade toys or gifts may be sent or contained appropriately in boxes decorated to match them1 as shown in ,fig4 #g4 ,they may be made complete1 or commercial boxes of suitable sizes may be covered and decorated4 ,if good materials are used1 such a box makes a pretty and useful gift in itself4 ,the complete process of making a typical box is described for those who prefer to make one of special size4 ,the dimensions given are thus only suggestive1 and may be adapted to suit particular needs4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #h ,color ,schemes may be ,obtained from ,flowers and ,other ,natural ,forms1 or by ,selecting a ,combination of ,harmonious ,shades4 ,the ,background ,is of ,plum-,colored ,paper2 the ,small ,circles are ,emerald-,green2 the ,light ,area1 ,yellow1 and the ,ovals1 ,orange-,red ,the materials necessary are3 cardboard1 cover paper1 lining paper1 bond paper1 paste1 and water colors4 ,the latter should be of the opaque variety since white or other light shades may then be used on darker-colored paper4 ,a sharp knife1 a scissors1 a metal-edge ruler1 and bookbinder's paste are also needed4 ,suitable substitutes for the various kinds of paper may usually be obtained in the home1 if they are not readily available at local stationery stores or printing establishments4 ,illustration3 ,g ,h ,j ,m ,k ,l ,n ,o ,p ,q ,,fig4 #i ,the ,various ,steps in the ,process of ,making and ,covering a ,rectangular ,cardboard ,box are ,shown in ,detail4 ,the ,method of ,making a ,pattern for the ,design is shown ,below ,the box is made as follows3 ,determine upon the proper size and select materials to carry out the design4 ,an appropriate combination of colors and materials is suggested in ,fig4 #h4 ,cut out a square of the cardboard1 having sides #ab in4 long1 as shown in ,fig4 #i1 at ,g1 then mark it as indicated and cut on the full line to remove the square corners4 ,crease it on the dotted lines and fold to form a box4 ,to hold the cardboard in box shape1 strips of bond paper--ordinary writing paper--are cut1 #c in4 long and #a in4 wide1 then creased along their centers and pasted to the corners4 ,the paste should be applied to the paper strip first1 then on the corners of the box4 ,apply the piece of paper over the corner of the box on the outside1 pressing it to make a snug fit4 ,repeat this operation on the other corners4 ,lay off the dimensions given at ,h on the selected color of cover paper1 which in this instance is plum1 and score the lines indicated4 ,spread paste smoothly over the surface of the plum paper1 between the lines drawn in4 from the long edges1 and then spread a thin layer of paste over the outer surface of one of the sides of the box4 ,apply the paper to the pasted surface and press it down1 rubbing gently out from the center to remove air bubbles4 ,fold the -in4 laps at the top and bottom over the upper edge of the box and around the lower corner4 ,repeat this process1 covering the four sides4 ,to form a smooth fold at the corners1 it is best to miter the paper as shown at ,j and ,k1 before pasting it down4 ,then paste a square of the same paper #d in4 wide on the bottom of the box1 taking care to match the edges evenly all around4 ,line the box with a strip of lining paper1 #bj in4 long and #d in4 wide4 ,try the lining by folding it into the box so that its upper edge is about in4 from the edge of the box1 and crease it carefully into the corners4 ,remove it1 apply paste1 and press it well into the corners when pasting it down4 ,paste a square of the same paper1 #d in wide1 in the bottom of the box4 ,the cover is made by the same process as the main portion of the box4 ,the dimensions of the cardboard are shown at ,l1 and the covering at ,m4 ,it should be observed that the cover is slightly wider than the box1 so that it will fit easily4 ,when the box is thoroughly dry1 it is ready to receive the decorations on the top and sides4 ,the design may be adapted from a leaf1 flower1 or similar form1 as well as from geometric or animal forms4 ,the horse and rider1 the parrot1 and the animals shown in the headpiece of this article are all suggestive of animal forms that are available4 ,the design shown on the box in ,fig4 #g was adapted from a flower form1 two of the units being joined for the decoration on the top4 ,to obtain a pattern for the design1 fold a piece of paper1 #b by #d in41 as shown at ,n1 and outline one-half of a leaf1 flower or similar motif4 ,cut the folded paper as at ,o1 and a pattern similar to that shown at ,p results4 ,trace around this to place the figure on the box4 ,outline the figure with black1 about in4 wide1 as at ,q4 ,the oval figures1 suggestive of small pods on a flower1 are also outlined in black1 and joined to the main portion of the design by a black line4 ,thinner black lines are drawn vertically across the form1 and small circles placed along them at intervals4 ,the color scheme is shown in ,fig4 #h4 ,the light background is yellow1 the small circles are emerald-green1 and the ovals red-orange4 ,the rim of the cover is decorated with a border of white ovals1 outlined in black4 ,the corners are banded in black and white as shown in ,fig4 #g4 ,care and ,storage of ,camp ,equipment ,a slovenly sportsman misses much of the joy of the man who takes pride in giving his outfit the proper care1 not only during its period of use1 but also during the winter1 when occasional overhauling serves to keep one in touch with sports of other seasons4 ,and a very real joy it is1 each article recalling an experience as one examines it minutely for a possible rust spot1 scratch1 or injury4 ,tents usually come in for much abuse1 which shortens their life considerably4 ,cotton duck molds quickly1 and rots if left rolled up damp4 ,care should be taken1 therefore1 to insure its perfect dryness before storing4 ,silk and silk-composition tents1 being thoroughly waterproof1 are almost as dry after a rain or dew as before1 so may be packed for moving at any time4 ,but all tents and tarpaulins should be washed and dried carefully after the season's use4 ,blankets absorb much moisture1 and should be shaken and spread out over bushes to dry in the sun1 at least once a week4 ,in the cold nights of late summer1 the increased warmth of blankets after drying is considerable4 ,pack straps and ropes should not be left exposed to the weather4 ,they speedily become hard or brittle2 squirrels like the salt they can obtain by chewing the leather1 and if left on the ground in a rabbit country1 the straps are soon cut into bits4 ,hang the leather goods in the peak of the tent1 keep them away from fire1 and oil them occasionally4 ,a canoe should not be left in the water overnight1 or at any time when it is not in use4 ,simply because use makes it wet1 a canoe should not be left so any more than a gun should be left dirty1 or an ax dull4 ,if on a cruise with a heavy load1 pile the stuff on shore at the night camp1 and turn the canoe over it4 ,if a canoe is permitted to remain in the water unnecessarily1 or its inside exposed to rain1 it soon becomes water-soaked and heavy for portage1 besides drying out when exposed to the sun1 and developing leaks4 ,small punctures in the bottom of a canoe may be mended with spruce1 tamarack1 or pine gum1 melted into place with a glowing firebrand1 held close1 while blowing at the spot to be repaired4 ,torn rags of canvas-covered bottoms may be glued with the softer gum of new 8blazes10 gathered with a knife or flat stick4 ,while traveling on shallow streams the bottom of a board canoe develops a 8fur0 of rubbed-up shreds4 ,every night these should be cut short with a sharp-pointed knife1 to prevent a shred from pulling out and developing into a large splinter4 ,the paddles1 and the setting pole1 unless shod with iron1 become burred at the ends and require trimming down to solid wood4 ,the track line1 if in use1 is wet most of the time1 and unless dried frequently1 becomes rotten4 ,every tracker knows the grave danger with a rotten line in a rapids4 ,during the winter the canoe should be scraped and sandpapered1 bulges nailed down1 permanent repairs made to the covering1 and the canoe painted on the exterior and varnished on the interior4 ,the average fisherman is an enthusiast who needs no urging in the matter of caring for his outfit1 and the user of firearms should profit by this example4 ,even if not a shot has been fired from a gun all day1 moisture from the hands1 or from the dampness in the woods1 or marshes1 may cause rust spots1 or corrode the bore4 ,rub an oily rag through the bore and over the outside of the gun every evening1 before laying it aside4 ,cleaning rods are safer and more thorough in cleaning the bore than the common mouse string1 which may break when drawing a heavy piece of cloth through1 causing much difficulty4 ,a wooden rod1 preferably of hickory1 is best1 although the metal rod is stronger for use in small bores1 but care must be taken not to wear the muzzle unduly4 ,the hunting weapons should be carefully overhauled before storing them1 and given a coat of oil to protect the metal parts from rust4--,a4 ,m4 ,parker1 ,edmonton1 ,can4 ,useful ,periscope ,which a ,boy ,can ,make ,mention of periscopes is quite common in the reports from ,european battle fields2 such a device in a simple form can be made easily by boys who have fair skill with tools4 ,the illustration shows a periscope which may be used for play1 and has other practical uses as well4 ,in a store or other place where a person on duty cannot watch all parts of the establishment1 such a device is convenient in that it will reflect persons entering the door4 ,as a toy or for experimental purposes the periscope shown has many possibilities1 and will appeal to youngsters4 ,illustration3 ,this ,simple ,periscope ,is ,useful ,both for ,play and ,practical ,purposes ,it consists of a square box1 #ah in4 long1 open at the ends4 ,it is #c in4 wide and made of wood1 in4 thick4 ,a mirror is fitted at an angle of #de near one end of the box or tube1 as shown in the sketch4 ,the front of the mirror is opposite a three-cornered opening in the box which extends across one side4 ,the opposite end of the tube is also fitted with a mirror in the same manner1 except that the front of the mirror faces to the opposite side of the box at which there is also an opening4 ,in using this device1 the user sights from the point indicated by the eye4 ,the image is reflected in the mirror at the top and thrown onto the lower mirror1 where it may be seen without exposing the head above the level of the lower opening4 ,it is this application of reflection by mirrors that makes it possible for soldiers to see distant objects without exposing themselves to fire1 by the use of the periscope4 ,trap for ,coyotes ,illustration3 ,by ,drawing on the ,wire the ,coyotes were ,brought under ,control and ,forced from ,their ,lair ,two coyotes1 resisting capture in a hole under a lava ledge1 were hauled forth quickly when the device shown in the sketch was used1 after other means had proved ineffective4 ,i made a snare of baling wire and attached it to a pole1 #f ft4 long1 running the wire down from the loop to the end of the handle4 ,the loop was made about twice the size of the coyote's head1 and1 by drawing on the wire at the handle1 the animals were placed under control and held at a safe distance4--,contributed by ,milton ,barth1 ,geyserville1 ,cal4 ,utilizing an ,empty ,paste ,pot ,illustration3 ,a ,pincushion ,built to ,fit the ,empty ,paste ,compartment ,makes a ,useful ,article of the ,paste ,pot ,the type of paste pot that contains a central well to hold the paste brush is not always cast aside when empty4 ,a pincushion built to fit the outer ring1 or paste-holding section1 is added and the brush holder is used to hold pens and pencils4 99 99 99 99 99 ,a magnet may be used to advantage in picking up tacks or small nails which have been scattered on a floor4 ,a ,colonial ,mirror ,frame ,black walnut1 or mahogany1 is the most effective wood to use in making this simple but artistic frame4 ,it requires a very small amount of stock and what is used should be of a good quality and carefully worked to the given dimensions with keen tools4 ,the stock required for the frame is as follows3 ,black walnut1 or mahogany3 #b pieces1 #bg in4 long1 #a in4 wide1 and in4 thick4 #a piece1 #bb in4 long1 #a in4 wide1 and in4 thick4 #a piece #i in4 long1 #a in4 wide and in4 thick4 ,white holly3 #a piece1 #bg in4 long1 #a in4 wide1 and in4 thick4 ,picture board3 #a piece1 #be in4 long1 #i in4 wide1 and in4 thick4 ,the dimensions for the walnut or mahogany pieces are rough sizes1 oversize to allow for the planing to the dimensions given in the sketch4 ,the white holly may be procured smoothly planed on both sides and of the exact thickness required4 ,the picture backing may be purchased in almost any store that sells frames4 ,it is usually rough pine and inexpensive4 ,the first operation is to plane the frame pieces on one side and edge1 using great care to insure both being perfectly straight and the edge square with the face4 ,gauge for1 and plane to the thickness required1 although this need not be exactly in4 as called for1 but if the stock will stand in4 or in4 do not take the time to cut it down to in4 ,the little cross rail must be exactly in4 thick1 as it is to be let in4 into the rabbet cut for the glass1 which makes it come in4 back from the face of the frame when it is in place4 ,plane all of these pieces to the width1 #a inch4 ,for cutting the rabbet1 a plow1 or a -in4 grooving1 plane is the best tool to use1 but if neither is available a rabbet plane can be used4 ,be sure to plane the rabbet square and to the lines gauged for the depth and width4 ,to groove the pieces for the holly strips a special tool is required4 ,this may be made of a piece of soft sheet steel or iron1 which must be of a thickness to correspond to that of the holly4 ,a piece #b in4 long1 and of almost any width1 will answer the purpose4 ,file one edge of the metal straight1 and cut saw teeth in it by filing straight across with a small saw file4 ,remove the burr raised by the filing by rubbing each side on an oilstone4 ,drill two holes in it for fastening with screws to a piece of hard wood4 ,the wood serves as a fence1 and if properly fastened to the metal1 the teeth should cut a groove in4 deep and in4 from the edge4 ,the holly strip should fit the groove tightly so that it can be driven home with light taps of a hammer4 ,it is well to try the tool on a bit of waste wood first to see if it cuts the groove properly4 ,the holly is cut into strips1 in4 wide with a slitting gauge4 ,an ordinary marking gauge1 with the spur filed flat on each side to make a sharp1 deep line1 will do very well for this work4 ,the gauging is done from both sides of the piece to make the spur cut halfway through from each side4 ,before the slitting is attempted1 one edge of the piece is first straightened4 ,this is readily accomplished with a fore plane1 laid on its side and used as a shoot plane4 ,the strip to be planed is laid flat on a piece of -in4 stock with one edge projecting slightly4 ,this raises it above the bench and allows the fore plane to be worked against the projecting edge4 ,the strips should be applied to the groove to test the fit1 and if found to be tight1 they must be tapered slightly by filing or scraping the sides4 ,if the fit is good1 hot glue may be run into the grooves with a sharp stick1 and the strips driven into place4 ,they will project above the surface slightly1 but no attempt should be made to plane them off flush until the glue has become thoroughly hardened2 then use a sharp plane1 and finish with a scraper and ,no4 #jj sandpaper4 ,the miters are cut in a miter box1 or planed to the exact #de angle on a miter shoot board4 ,before gluing the corners1 the recesses are cut for the cross rail1 but it must not be put in place until the corners of the frame have been fastened and the glue given time to dry4 ,illustration3 ,an ,inlay of ,holly ,makes an ,exceedingly ,pretty ,frame of ,colonial ,design for a ,mirror ,the frame may be given either a dull or bright finish4 ,the dull finish gives a rich appearance and is very easy to apply4 ,give the completed frame one coat of white shellac1 and when it is dry1 rub the surface with very fine sandpaper until it has a smooth finish4 ,finish with any of the prepared waxes1 being careful to follow the directions furnished4 ,before putting the board back of the mirror1 be sure to place two or three sheets of clean paper on the silvered surface4 ,the picture board is fastened with glazier's points1 or with small bung-head wire nails4 ,the back is finished by gluing a sheet of heavy wrapping paper to the edges of the frame4 ,if the wrapping paper is moistened with a damp cloth before it is applied1 it will dry out smooth and tightly drawn over the back4 99 99 99 99 99 ,an emergency penholder may be made by fixing the pen on the end of a pencil with a clip1 or small rubber band4 ,a ,turntable ,stand for ,potted ,flowers ,illustration ,potted flowers1 if kept in the house1 tend to grow toward the light4 ,from time to time the pot should be turned4 ,to do this more readily1 the turntable stand shown in the sketch was designed4 ,it is made up of a low1 four-legged taboret upon which a #ab-;in4 disk of #a-;in4 wood is fixed with a screw4 ,a thin wooden washer1 sandpapered and shellacked1 insures easy turning4 ,rectangular boxes or circular jars look equally well upon the stand1 the beauty of which depends much upon its workmanship and finish4--,edward ,r4 ,smith1 ,walla ,walla1 ,wash4 ,index for ,popular ,mechanics ,magazine on ,bookshelf ,illustration ,as it would be impossible to keep in one's mind all the good ideas given in ,popular ,mechanics ,magazine1 ,i preserve my back numbers for reference1 and1 to reduce the amount of index and page searching1 ,i have adopted a convenient plan of indexing any special article to which ,i expect to refer4 ,i write1 on one end of a strip of paper1 the page and date of issue of the article4 ,i place these slips at the proper pages in the magazine1 so as to project at the top1 as shown1 making reference easy4 ,if a slip drops out1 it is quickly replaced4 ,when articles are no longer needed for reference1 the slips are removed4 ,by keeping the magazines on an open shelf they can be reached handily1 for reference as well as for removing them from the shelf4--,j4 ,e4 ,mc,cormack1 ,haliburton1 ,ont41 ,can4 ,trimming ,board with ,foot ,control and ,counterweight ,illustration ,a trimming board with the knife operated by a pedal1 leaving both hands free to handle the work1 is a device appreciated by photographers1 commercial artists1 and others who have more or less heavy paper or cardboard to trim4 ,an ordinary trimming board is mounted on a packing box of suitable dimensions1 as shown4 ,a pedal is hinged to the bottom of the box1 and a heavy cord1 or wire1 runs to the handle of the knife1 so that pressure on the pedal operates the knife4 ,the latter is returned by a weighted rope1 passing over a pulley attached to a standard at the rear corner4--,h4 ,f4 ,blanchard1 ,new ,york1 ,n4 ,y4 ,folding ,card ,table ,handy for ,invalid in ,bed ,when it is necessary to serve a meal to a patient in bed1 and no invalid table is at hand1 use an ordinary folding card or serving table4 ,unfold one end over the bed1 and a splendid substitute table is provided1 useful for reading1 games1 and other purposes4 ,if the table rests too low on the bed1 adjust it with cushions4 ,this is far more convenient than using a tray4--,john ,p4 ,rupp1 ,norwalk1 ,ohio4 ,morris ,chair with ,newspaper ,rack1 and ,smoker's ,trays ,,by ,j4 ,e4 ,bronson ,a comfortable and novel after-dinner chair for the man in the household can be made by fitting a morris chair1 or other armchair1 with devices which appeal especially to a man4 ,the chair shown is that of the ordinary mission morris type4 ,it is of simple outline and can be made by the home mechanic of fair skill in furniture making4 ,the details of its construction1 while not essential to a description of the special fittings1 are shown in the several working drawings4 ,the joints used for the framework are of the common mortise-and-tenon variety4 ,the back is a plain frame1 fitted with vertical slats1 and hinged to a shoulder in the back legs1 as shown in the side view4 ,for a substantial piece of furniture1 oak or other hard wood should be used2 as a piece of porch or summer-cottage furniture1 the chair may be made of softer woods4 ,the cushion can be made of various leathers1 or upholstery fabrics4 ,it is built over a wooden frame and is removable4 ,the seat bottom may be paneled1 and a loose cushion fitted into it1 and a similar one bound with thongs to the back of the chair4 ,the drawer is slightly different from the standard construction in that the front is arranged as a blind rail4 ,it fits snugly between the front legs and is suspended from strips fitted between the pairs of legs at the sides4 ,no handle is provided1 as the drawer can be opened easily by grasping it underneath the front board4 ,pipes1 smoker's supplies1 or a variety of other articles may be stored handily in it4 ,illustration3 ,these ,novel ,features of a ,morris or ,armchair ,increase ,its ,comfort and ,usefulness1 and can be ,made ,easily by the ,home ,mechanic ,the newspaper rack1 as detailed1 is made up of strips forming a basket1 which supported by a rod pivoted in wooden hangers1 one on each of the side legs1 adjoining the rack4 ,when papers are not being taken out or placed in it1 the rack is tilted back against the side of the chair arm4 ,the ash and tobacco trays1 which may be made large enough for cigars1 are suspended under the right chair arm by means of rings made of strips of brass4 ,these holders are pivoted on bolts1 and the trays can be removed easily for cleaning4 ,they are ordinarily swung out of the way1 under the arm4 ,the special features of the chair may also be adapted to the needs of nonsmokers4 99 99 99 99 99 ,the nuisance of soiled fingers and pen grip in lettering1 when using a deep ink bottle1 can be avoided by filling a bottle up to the neck with cement1 and using only the neck as an inkwell4 ,homemade ,talking-,machine ,cabinet ,an old six-foot folding screen1 three-ply -in4 panels from a packing box1 and parts from secondhand talking machines1 were used to make the cabinet shown in the photograph reproduced4 ,the screen was cut down to form a framework of the desired height for the sides and back4 ,other parts of the screen were used for the frames of the doors on the front1 and for the top4 ,the panels were made from a good quality of three-ply stock1 with a hardwood face1 which was scraped1 sandpapered1 and brought to a very smooth finish4 ,the material happened to have a pretty grain1 and this added to the effect when it was stained and varnished4 ,pieces of this stock were used for the sounding horn and for other interior fittings1 such as the shelves for records and the drawer below the horn4 ,space is provided for a large supply of records4 ,illustration3 ,a ,cabinet was ,made by an ,amateur ,woodworker at a ,cost of #af4ce for ,materials ,a secondhand two-spring motor1 a turntable1 and a sound arm from a disk machine were fitted into the cabinet1 and gave excellent service4 ,care in staining the woodwork1 shellacking1 and varnishing it with several coats1 gave the cabinet almost a commercial finish1 and at a cost of #af4ce for all materials4 ,eggshells as ,flowerpots ,illustration3 ,seeds were planted in the ,eggshells1 ,which were ,broken without ,disturbing the ,roots ,when ,transplanted ,a novel method of caring for small plants until they are ready to be set out in the garden is shown in the photograph reproduced4 ,holes were bored in the bottom of the till of an old trunk and eggshells fitted into them4 ,seeds were planted in the shells and the names of the varieties were marked on them4 ,the arrangement is compact1 and when the plants are ready for planting1 the shells may be broken1 and the plants set without disturbing the roots--,charles ,darlington1 ,des ,moines1 ,ia4 ,a ,recording ,annunciator ,target ,in rifle practice it is often desirable to provide a target which will indicate to the marksman when the bull's-eye is struck4 ,the device shown in the sketch1 arranged behind an ordinary card target1 has given satisfactory results on a private range1 and can easily be adapted for other uses4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #a ,,fig4 #b ,,fig4 #c ,the ,bullet ,forces the ,hinge against the ,thumbscrew1 ,causing the ,bell to ,ring ,referring to ,fig4 #a1 ,a indicates a wooden base1 #d by #h by in41 on which is mounted a strap hinge1 ,b1 #f in4 long1 by means of a block1 #a in4 high4 ,an opening1 ,c1 #a in4 in diameter1 is provided in the base1 and a plate1 ,d #a in4 square1 is riveted to the strap hinge opposite to the opening4 ,an electromagnet1 ,e1 obtained from an electric bell1 is mounted upon the base under the small end of the hinge4 ,a standard1 ,f1 provided with a cross arm1 ,g1 is secured upon the base between the opening and the magnet4 ,a thumbscrew with a locknut extends through the cross arm1 engaging the rear side of the strap hinge1 and permits an adjustment of distance between the core of the magnet and the surface of the hinge4 ,a bell or buzzer1 ,h1 is connected as indicated1 through the battery circuit4 ,the electromagnet is connected through the battery and push button ,j4 ,the strap hinge normally rests against the electromagnet4 ,the force of any projectile passing through the opening against the plate closes the bell circuit and indicates to the marksman that the bull's-eye has been hit4 ,by the closing of the magnet circuit1 the strap hinge is drawn again into normal position and the bell circuit is broken4 ,figure #b shows a front view of the circuit-closing device4 ,the device may be mounted in any suitable box1 as suggested in ,fig4 #c4 ,the front of the box is covered with sheet metal1 in4 thick1 and the standard target card is mounted thereon4--,john ,b4 ,brady1 ,washington1 ,d4 ,c4 99 99 99 99 99 ,a convenient method of holding paper in a roll is to fasten a wire clip at each end near the edge of the piece4 ,scraper for ,tennis ,court ,illustration3 ,a ,tennis ,court was ,smoothed and ,leveled by the ,use of ,this ,scraper1 ,made ,quickly of ,rough ,lumber ,in order to level and scrape a tennis court1 which was in bad condition1 the two-man scraper shown in the sketch was made4 ,it is built of rough lumber1 and a metal shoe is fixed to the lower edge of the scraping blade at the rear4 ,the bearing at the front is on a flat-bottom sled of wood1 and the depth of the cut is regulated by pressure on the handle4 ,the scraping blade is set at an angle1 as shown in the smaller sketch4 ,by lifting the handle slightly1 the operator is able to deposit dirt in holes so that when the court is rolled they are filled evenly4 ,where a large number of courts are to be smoothed1 the device may be adapted and made large enough to be drawn by a horse4--,edward ,r4 ,smith1 ,walla ,walla1 ,wash4 ,barrel ,staves as ,springs for ,play ,auto ,i made springs for a small foot-power automobile by using barrel staves joined together in the shape of pointed oval wagon springs4 ,two strong staves were nailed together at each end and braced with a block where they were nailed4 ,two of these springs were placed over the rear axle and one of them was set over the front axle extending in the direction of its length4 ,the wooden springs made the automobile ride comfortably4--,charles ,delbridge1 ,st4 ,louis1 ,mo4 ,hall ,seat with ,storage ,compartment ,illustration3 ,details ,showing the ,construction of a ,hall ,seat to be ,made in ,mission ,style ,the illustration represents a simple design for an easily made and substantial hall seat1 provided with a compartment for odds and ends4 ,it is advisable to make it of wood to match its surroundings4 ,the following material is necessary3 #b ends1 by #ad by #bh in #b rails1 by #f by #ch in4 #a seat board1 by #ad by #cf in4 #a bottom board1 by #ab by #cf in4 #b seat cleats1 by by #ab in4 #b bottom cleats1 by by #aa in4 ,the two ends1 ,a1 are marked to the same outline and cut with a coping or scroll saw4 ,if a fine-toothed saw is used1 the edges of the boards can be easily smoothed with sandpaper1 otherwise a file is necessary to remove the coarse saw traces4 ,the rails ,b are cut to size and squared up at the ends1 after which they can be placed at the proper places on the ends ,a1 which may then be marked for the notches to receive the rails4 ,in fastening the rails to the end pieces1 #b-;in4 round-head screws can be used4 ,the seat ,c is attached to the back rail by #b-;in4 butt hinges4 ,to prevent the seat from sagging in the middle1 it is supported on each side by cleats screwed to the end pieces ,a4 ,if the seat is liable to warp it can be held straight by two cleats screwed underneath4 ,the bottom board ,d may be held in place by means of screws through the rails1 or by resting on cleats screwed to the end pieces4 ,the seat1 when assembled and thoroughly sandpapered1 can be finished to suit4 ,putting ,in ,screw ,hooks ,neatly ,to prevent a wire hook1 when the last few turns are given1 from marring or scratching the surface1 special care must be taken4 ,a splendid way to do the work neatly is to first lay a piece of stiff paper on the surface where the hook is to be attached and hold it in place while starting the screw hook4 ,turn the hook in the usual way through the paper4 ,when the hook is in place the paper can be removed by tearing it off4--,contributed by ,emile ,parent4 ,a ,window ,ventilator ,illustration3 ,a ,removable ,window ,board to ,raise ,lower ,sash for ,ventilation between the ,sashes ,the illustration shows a ventilator ,i constructed to allow air to pass through between the upper and lower window sash4 ,it consists of a board #h or #aj in4 wide1 and as long as the window sash is wide4 ,a short distance from one end it is marked and cut on a slant4 ,the small piece removed is hinged to the main part so that it can be raised in taking the board from the window4 ,when the sash rests on the board it cannot be removed from the window4--,contributed by ,david ,hannigan1 ,orange1 ,connecticut4 ,illustration3 ,an ,inexpensive ,gluing ,press ,,by ,n4 ,e4 ,,studebaker ,the floor space in our high-school shop is somewhat limited1 leaving no room on the floor for the gluing press1 and during a large part of the year the temperature on the floor is too low for gluing4 ,we met these conditions with the gluing press illustrated4 ,three pairs1 or sets1 of steps1 ,a1 were made of pine1 #b in4 thick1 and fastened in a series by strips ,b1 so that they all would move forward or backward between the guides ,c1 which are nailed to the floor above the shop4 ,on one of the steps--the corresponding one in each pair--rests a piece of wood1 ,d1 #d in4 wide and #b in4 thick1 through which1 near its ends1 are bored holes to receive lengths of #a-;in4 gas pipe1 ,e4 ,over these holes and screwed to the wood piece are #a-;in4 floor flanges1 ,f4 ,the pipes ,e are threaded at one end so that they will screw through the floor flanges about #c in4 ,on the other ends of the gas pipes are fitted pieces of material1 #d in4 wide and #b in4 thick1 ,g1 resting on washers1 which in turn rest on the locknuts ,h4 ,the locknuts ,h prevent the tees ,j from unscrewing in operating the press4 ,a rod is used through the tees as a handle for screwing the pipes ,e on or out of the floor flanges ,f4 ,on top of the pieces ,g rests the floor ,k1 on which are placed the pieces to be glued4 ,on the under side of the ceiling joists1 and directly over the floor ,k1 is spiked the #b-;in4 piece ,l1 between which piece and the floor ,k the material is pressed4 ,for the sake of stiffness and lightness the floor ,k is built up of #a-;in4 material1 as shown in the detail4 ,this floor may be raised or lowered by the windlass ,m4 ,the windlass is simply a -in4 gas pipe turning in bearings fastened to the under side of the ceiling joists4 ,illustration3 ,the ,gluing ,press is ,attached to the ,ceiling ,where ,it ,is ,out of the ,way and ,where the ,temperature ,is ,more ,correct for ,making a ,strong-,holding ,joint ,supposing the press to be standing as shown in the drawings1 it is operated as follows3 ,the pipes ,e are unscrewed so that their upper ends are flush with the top surface of the floor flanges ,f4 ,the ropes ,n are wound up a trifle on the windlass ,m1 thus raising the pieces ,d1 the pipes ,e1 and the floor ,k4 ,lifting ,d clear of the steps releases the latter so that the entire series may be moved to the right by pulling the rope ,o4 ,in unwinding the ropes from the windlass1 ,d is let down on the lowest step1 which has just been drawn directly under it4 ,this operation lowers the floor ,k to its lowest limit and the pieces to be glued are placed1 one on the other1 on this floor4 ,if the total thickness of the material to be glued is sufficient to nearly fill the space between the floor and the piece ,l1 a rod is thrust through ,j1 and the pipes are screwed up1 thus pressing the material between the floor ,k and the piece ,l4 ,if1 however1 the material does not fill the space well1 then the ropes ,n are wound up on the windlass ,m1 thus raising the floor and its contents as far as possible1 and by pulling the rope ,p the steps are drawn as far to the left as possible and ,d rests on a higher step1 thus lessening the space to be taken up by the screws4 ,the pipes are then screwed up tightly as in the first operation4 ,our press is operated from a mezzanine floor where all the gluing is done4 ,a ,luminous-,minnow ,fish ,bait ,make a plug of light wood1 preferably cedar or white pine1 #a in4 long and in4 in diameter at the large end1 tapering to in4 at the small end4 ,finish it to the shape of a minnow and bore a -in4 hole1 #a in4 deep1 in the large end4 ,make a lead plug1 with a hole through the center1 to drive tightly into the hole in the head of the minnow1 and finish the front end smooth and even with the wood4 ,run a wire through the minnow and form an eye at the tail for hooks1 and another at the head for the swivel4 ,a three-cornered piece of tin inserted in4 back of the head on each side and bent so that the water will cause it to turn gives motion to the lure4 ,illustration3 ,bait ,shaped ,like a ,minnow and ,coated with ,luminous ,paint for ,night ,fishing ,two coats of luminous paint will be sufficient for the illumination4 ,expose the minnow to the light for several hours1 and it will give a luminous glow in the dark that makes it easily seen by the fish as it is drawn through the water4 ,as most game fish are night feeders1 it makes a very effective lure4--,contributed by ,charles ,carrol1 ,saint ,cloud1 ,fla4 ,to ,prevent ,putty ,sticking to the ,hands ,when purchasing putty buy a little whiting4 ,this is one of the ingredients of the putty4 ,mix enough of it with the putty to absorb the excess oil4 ,this will prevent it from sticking to the hands4 ,it also gives the putty more body and makes it much easier to handle4 ,signal for ,lighted ,lights in ,basement ,illustration3 ,the ,small ,lamp near the ,switch in ,circuit ,glows ,when ,lights ,are ,on in the ,basement ,to avoid the loss of electric current by forgetting to turn out the light in the basement1 ,i placed a #c-;cp4 lamp in the circuit near the switch at the head of the stairs4 ,the small light is a signal that the light is still turned on in the basement4--,contributed by ,a4 ,mac,cunn1 ,toronto1 ,can4 ,dies for ,cutting ,cardboard ,an inexpensive1 yet very efficient1 die for cutting quantities of tin foil1 sheet lead1 paper1 and cardboard can be made from a steel rule such as used by printers4 ,procure a rule1 two points or about in4 thick1 which comes in #b-;ft4 lengths4 ,the rule can be readily bent without annealing4 ,bend it to the desired shape and solder1 or weld1 the ends together4 ,to give it rigidity1 fill in the space with melted lead to a depth of half the height of the die4 ,place the material to be cut against the die and put both into a vise1 or letter press4 ,apply pressure steadily until the die has cut through the last thickness of the material4 ,as many as #e pieces can be placed and cut at one time4 ,when cutting designs for static machines1 etc41 from tin foil1 this appliance does away with the tedious work of cutting one at a time1 and then1 too1 they will all be uniform4 ,in making the connection at the ends of the rule1 be sure that they meet evenly and do not lap to make the joint4--,contributed by ,m4 ,h4 ,granholt1 ,long ,beach1 ,cal4 ,how to ,make a ,vacuum ,pail ,as a substitute for a vacuum bottle a very efficient pail can be made in the following manner3 ,procure a #a-;gal4 sirup pail for the outside and a -gal4 size for the inside4 ,make a collar of tin1 as shown1 with projections2 bend these down1 inside and outside1 then solder the collar to the inside of the larger pail1 and the smaller pail to the inside of the collar4 ,be sure to make a perfectly air-tight joint in the soldering4 ,this gives a double wall with an air-tight space all around the inner pail1 or opening4 ,to make vacuum covers for the pails1 take two covers of each size and solder them together1 as shown4 ,illustration3 ,a ,two-,wall ,pail with ,covers in ,which a ,partial ,vacuum is ,made ,to produce a vacuum1 make a small hole in the metal forming the collar1 also one in each cover4 ,put a few drops of water in each vacuum compartment and set the parts on a heated surface4 ,when the steam escapes1 solder the holes4 ,this will produce a partial vacuum in the space around the inner pail and in the covers4 ,this will make a very efficient vacuum pail4--,contributed by ,john ,h4 ,spicer1 ,magnolia1 ,ark4 ,ironing ,board for ,use on a ,table ,illustration3 ,a ,cleat ,fastened to the ,underside of an ,ironing ,board to ,hold ,it on the ,table ,top ,a handy ironing board for use on kitchen or dining-table top is made with a cleat to keep it from moving across the table top4 ,the cleat1 which is #a or #b in4 wide1 is fastened to the board with screws4 ,if desired1 the board can be made as immovable as the table top by putting another cleat at one end1 so that the two cleats will hold against one side and one edge of the table top4--,contributed by ,h4 ,s4 ,craig1 ,rushford1 ,minn4 ,combination ,bookcase and ,writing ,desk ,in planning a writing desk1 much convenience can be added by providing it with a bookcase1 in which may be stored those reference works most frequently used4 ,the design illustrated furnishes ample room as a drawing desk1 besides providing sufficient space in an inclosed cabinet for books or letter-filing cases4 ,illustration3 ,combined ,bookcase and ,writing ,desk ,which can be ,made ,up in ,golden ,oak1 ,mission1 or ,mahoganized ,birch1 and will ,appear ,well with ,other ,furniture of ,like ,construction ,the material required1 figuring exact sizes1 is as follows3 #b sides1 by #af by #fg in4 #a bottom shelf1 by #ab by #cb in4 #a top shelf1 by #i by #cb in4 #a back1 by #dj by #ca in41 made of pieces of convenient widths4 #a desk board1 by #af by #cj in4 #a lower bookcase shelf1 by #i by #cj in4 #a middle bookcase shelf1 by #h by #cj in4 #a desk cover1 by #ae by #cj in4 #a upper back rail1 by #e by #cj in4 ,bookcase ,doors #d stiles1 by #a by #ai in4 #d rails1 by #a by #ac in4 #b mullions1 by #a by #ag in4 #b mullions1 by #a by #ac in4 #a pigeon-hole stock1 by #g by #gb in4 ,for ,main ,drawer #a front1 by #d by #cj in4 #b sides1 by #d by #ae in4 #a back1 by #c by #bi in4 #a bottom1 by #ae by #bi in4 #b drawer slides1 by #a by #ae in4 #a lower rail1 by #a by #cj in4 #a molding strip1 by by #abj in4 ,as the main sides are of considerable width1 it would be best to make them of two pieces glued together and1 in order to obtain a strong and neat joint1 to have this done by an experienced joiner1 or in the mill4 ,the back edges should be carefully planed1 and rabbeted in4 deep by in4 wide for the -in4 thick back4 ,the bottom or foot piece of the sides should be squared up with the back edges1 or the completed desk is liable to be winding1 or warped4 ,the bottom and top shelves or main cross braces should be marked and cut out1 and1 to be in harmony with the shape of the sides1 the lower-shelf tenons are made wider than those on the upper shelf4 ,the top shelf should be rabbeted in4 deep by in4 wide1 to fit the back boards which are nailed to it4 ,the required mortises in the sidepieces are marked from the corresponding tenons of the shelves1 and can then be cut out with a chisel4 ,when finished1 the four parts constituting the frame should be assembled1 and may be held together with blind screws1 or dowel pins1 passed through the tenons4 ,the desk board and two library shelves should then be fitted1 and fastened in place with blind screws through the sides1 or with cleats from the inside4 ,for a neat1 finished appearance1 the back boards should be carefully joined1 exposing no cracks1 and fastened with nails driven into the various shelves4 ,the upper rail1 resting on the bookcase1 and the lower rail1 forming part of the drawer support1 can then be fitted and secured to the sides with blind screws1 either from the outside or diagonally through the rails from the inside4 ,drawer slides are fitted in place flush with the top edge of the lower rail1 and fastened to the sides with screws4 ,in making the drawer1 the usual construction should be followed4 ,the front piece should be rabbeted near its lower edge to fit the drawer bottom1 and notched in4 at each end to fit the sides4 ,the bottom and end pieces fit into grooves cut in the sides4 ,suitable drawer pulls or knobs should be provided4 ,for the doors of the bookcase1 the best construction would be to tenon the rails into the stiles about in4 ,the glass panel fits in a notch1 in4 deep and in4 wide1 cut around the inside ledge of the door1 and is held in position with molding strips4 ,in order to give the door an appearance of being divided into four parts1 mullions1 or cross strips1 are fitted on the outer side of the glass flush with the rails and stiles1 and fastened to them with brads4 ,the doors are attached with butt hinges4 ,in making the desk door1 a specially selected board should be used1 as the finished appearance of the desk will greatly depend on this4 ,the ends and sides should be perfectly squared1 and the lower or hinge end cut beveled corresponding to the edge of the desk board4 ,butt hinges are used to secure it in position1 and hinged brackets or chains provided to support it when open4 ,when closed1 it rests against a strip fastened to the lower side of the bottom bookcase shelf4 ,in arranging the pigeonholes it is best to have the inside boards rest on the desk board1 so that1 when desired1 the entire arrangement of the drawers and shelves may be withdrawn easily4 ,when thoroughly sandpapered and finished to taste1 a serviceable1 handy and attractive piece of furniture is obtained1 suitable for either office or home4--,contributed by ,james ,gaffney1 ,chicago4 ,automatic ,stop for ,spring-,roller ,curtains ,illustration3 ,the ,rubber ,ball ,fastened on the ,string at the ,stick ,prevents the ,curtain from ,winding ,up ,it frequently occurs1 in adjusting spring-roller curtains1 that the cord slips through the hand and the curtain not only winds up to the top but continues until the spring has spent its force1 and the curtain and cord are rolled up out of reach4 ,it is then necessary to use a chair1 or stepladder1 to readjust it4 ,all this trouble and annoyance can be avoided if a small hollow rubber ball is obtained1 and holes punched through so it may be threaded on the curtain string1 and tied close to the stick4 ,should the curtain slip away with this attachment1 the ball will jam up against the window frame1 preventing further winding up4--,contributed by ,t4 ,b4 ,lambert1 ,chicago1 ,ill4 ,spoon ,attachment to ,prevent ,child from ,using ,left ,hand ,illustration3 ,the ,projection ,keeps the ,spoon from ,entering the ,mouth ,when ,taken in the ,left ,hand ,to discourage a child from using a spoon in the left hand1 a projection was made of a piece of brass1 filed into the shape shown in the illustration4 ,after the projection was attached1 the entire spoon was plated4 ,this makes it impossible to use the spoon in the left hand1 as the projection will prevent the bowl from entering the mouth4--,contributed by ,w4 ,h4 ,hutchinson1 ,hamilton1 ,ont4 ,a ,high ,chair ,illustration3 ,an ,inverted ,solid-,bottom ,chair with ,attachments ,used for a ,child's ,high ,chair ,where a high chair is not at hand or available1 an ordinary solid-bottom kitchen chair can be used instead1 if rigged up as shown in the illustration4 ,the chair is reversed1 and the back is used as one support1 while two pieces of wood fastened to the sides form the other4 ,a seat board is fastened to the upper side rounds1 and a table board to the two lower side rounds4 ,a small piece is nailed to the two back posts for a back4--,contributed by ,j4 ,s4 ,fritzen1 ,minneapolis1 ,minn4 ,blower for a ,fireplace ,having considerable trouble with a smoky fireplace when trying to start a coal fire in the basket grate1 ,i decided to make a blower of sheet iron4 ,a blower covers the upper part of the fireplace and forces the draft through the basket grate until the fire gets a good start1 then it can be removed4 ,before making the blower ,i again had trouble one morning when the chimney would not draw1 and the whole room became filled with smoke2 ,i then grabbed a newspaper and held it up against the upper part of the fireplace like a regular blower4 ,to my surprise the suction of the chimney held the newspaper in place without any outside aid4 ,in a few minutes the fire was roaring1 and best of all1 when it became hot1 the newspaper caught fire and was sucked into the flames4 ,this in reality became an automatic blower1 as it removed itself when no longer needed4--,contributed by ,charles ,f4 ,kopp1 ,amite1 ,la4 ,an ,ironing-,board ,wall ,fastening ,illustration3 ,ironing ,board ,supported on ,wood ,hinges at the ,wall to ,provide a ,space for the ,covering ,one of the most useful and convenient articles for a household is an ironing board1 one end of which is fastened to the wall by means of hinges to allow it to be folded up against the wall when not in use4 ,wood brackets are preferable to the metal hinges1 as there must be some little space between the wall and the board to allow for the thickness of the covering4 ,the brace which extends from near the end of the board to the base of the wall is best hinged with canvas strips1 as they will last better than any other material for this joint4 ,the hinges should be put in place when the board is in a vertical position to allow the brace to go in position without straining4--,contributed by ,j4 ,h4 ,beebee1 ,rochester1 ,n4 ,y4 ,oars ,flattened to ,make ,rowing ,easier ,when rowing a small boat1 we were bothered by the turning of the oars in the locks1 so that the blade of the oar was not in proper position to take the water4 ,we overcame this by planing off slightly one side of the oar1 so that when this surface was against the lock1 the blade was in the correct position to catch the water4 ,it is unnecessary to grip these oars tightly1 as they fall naturally into place and save the novice a great deal of trouble4 ,in locks where this method is undesirable1 the handgrips may be cut as a guide4--,h4 ,d4 ,burnside1 ,madison1 ,wis4 ,a ,one-,piece ,bracelet ,cut from a ,calling ,card ,illustration3 ,it ,is ,hard to ,imitate a ,quick and ,skillful ,performance of ,this ,simple ,trick ,a trick that will amuse and interest persons both old and young can be performed with a calling card1 cigarette paper1 or other similar material1 cut with a scissors or knife1 as indicated in the diagram4 ,the card is shown1 and the performer announces that he will pass his hand through the card1 making a bracelet of it4 ,he will1 of course1 be challenged1 and proceeds as follows3 ,he folds the card lengthwise and cuts through two thicknesses from #a to #b1 #c to #d1 etc42 then opens the card1 and cuts from #a to #ac4 ,by stretching the paper1 as shown in the sketch1 the hand may be passed through the card readily4 ,the spectators are soon trying to duplicate the trick4--,r4 ,e4 ,jones1 ,velasco1 ,texas4 ,device for a ,finger ,tug-of-,war ,game ,considerable pleasure and pastime was afforded by the tug-of-war game which ,i made4 ,two contestants1 one at each end1 take hold of the rollers with their forefingers and thumbs and endeavor to move the pointer to their respective ends4 ,the game interests persons of various ages1 and they all want to try it4 ,illustration3 ,the ,contestants ,grasp the ,rollers1 ,one at ,each ,end1 and ,attempt to ,draw the ,pointer ,over in ,their ,favor ,the device should be made strongly to stand the wear on it4 ,the top and bottom are boards1 by #h by #bd in41 and four blocks1 #c in4 high and #b in4 square1 are fastened between them at the corners with screws4 ,the rollers are set in the blocks1 and held by small nails passing through them and set against the inner faces of the blocks4 ,the pointer is made of a strip of brass1 bent to the shape shown4 ,cords extend from the pointer inside of the box and are tied to the rollers4--,james ,e4 ,noble1 ,kingston1 ,ontario1 ,can4 99 99 99 99 99 ,in applying a white paint over a dark1 or mottled1 surface1 tint the first coat with a little black1 making it gray2 then the next coat will show solid white4 ,window ,frame and ,table for ,dark ,room ,,by ,,joseph ,,limbrunner ,the amateur photographer often has a poor dark room1 sometimes made worse by the use of an evil-smelling lamp4 ,if he wishes to use a room that has daylight1 he finds it difficult to convert the room quickly for his purposes1 especially if he desires to make use of the daylight for his work4 ,under these conditions1 the arrangement described in this article was devised1 and proved so satisfactory that ,i pass it on to the host of amateurs who find satisfaction in making part of their equipment4 ,the table and window frame in place are shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,the table is removed by withdrawing the rod1 and bending up the hinged legs4 ,the frame and window covering are removed by releasing the four small hooks4 ,ruby1 yellow1 or ground glass may be inserted in the sliding frame1 as required1 nearly all of the light being shut out1 or light admitted without a glass1 by sliding the frame4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #a ,,fig4 #b ,,fig4 #c ,,fig4 #d ,with ,this ,sliding ,frame and ,folding ,table1 the ,work of the ,photographic ,dark ,room can be ,done by ,daylight in the ,home ,bathroom ,the general arrangement of the parts is shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,the dimensions are suggestive only1 being suited to a small window in a bathroom1 where the equipment was installed4 ,the table is merely a board top supported by hinged legs1 which are braced by a removable round wooden rod4 ,a frame1 ,c1 as detailed in the section at ,a-,b1 ,fig4 #c1 is fitted closely in the window casing4 ,it is covered with heavy cardboard1 tacked on4 ,the ways ,j1 in which the frame for the glass slides1 are fixed to the lower rail of the frame ,c1 and to a crossbar at its middle4 ,a #e by #g-;in4 opening is cut in the cardboard to admit the light1 as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,holes ,d are bored in the ways to receive pins which hold the frame at various positions1 as indicated by the stop holes ,e1 ,fig4 #d4 ,the sliding frame is detailed in ,fig4 #d4 ,it consists of a back frame of -in4 wood1 sliding in the grooves of the ways ,j1 and a frame of #a-;in4 stuff1 mounted on the front of it4 ,the openings may be made to suit the size of plate to be used1 #e by #g-;in4 openings being indicated4 ,the openings are provided with rabbeted edges1 as indicated by the width ,g1 and the height ,h1 in which frames of light weight1 for the #e by #g-;in4 glass plates1 are fitted4 ,the frames may be made1 or plain1 cheap picture frames may be used4 ,the sliding frame is raised and lowered by means of the handle ,f4 ,the cardboard covering the larger frame should be painted a dull black1 and the wooden parts may be shellacked in the natural color4 ,when developing films or plates1 the frames with the red and yellow glasses should be inserted in the sliding frame1 and held in place by turn buttons4 ,the red glass will ordinarily be satisfactory for developing1 but on very bright days1 with the sun shining directly on the glass1 a layer or two of 8post-office0 paper is placed over it4 ,the yellow glass may be used when fixing1 and other work requiring a subdued light1 but not when developing is done4 ,for printing1 put in the yellow and the ground glasses1 the latter admitting sufficient light for the purpose4 ,to use the dark room occasionally in the evening1 ,i set a lamp on a well-protected shelf outside of the opening in the cardboard1 and proceed as in the use of daylight4 ,non-,blow-,out ,cigar and ,pipe ,lighter ,illustration 8,it is a poor ,irishman that cannot light his pipe when the wind is blowing10 but the sketch shows a device that will make a 8,paddy0 out of anyone1 with a great saving of matches4 ,it is made from a small piece of brass tubing1 or drawn shell1 in4 in diameter1 and about #a in4 long4 ,the open end is placed in the bowl of the pipe or over the end of the cigar1 a match inserted through the slot1 and a quick stroke on the threaded portion ignites the match4 ,the small holes provide air4 ,the top is soldered in place4--,james ,h4 ,rodgers1 ,montreal1 ,canada4 ,electric ,counting ,glass for ,thread ,fabric ,the intelligent housewife and shopper1 as well as persons professionally interested in the structure and quality of woven fabrics of various kinds1 can make good use of a counting glass for close examination of such material4 ,in its simplest form the device consists of a cigar box with a ground-glass top and a small electric light inside4 ,where larger pieces of goods are to be examined a small table with wooden legs and wooden frame for the glass may be made4 ,illustration3 ,woven ,fabrics are ,examined under the ,magnifying ,glass and the ,number of ,threads to the ,square ,inch ,counted ,the diagrams at ,a and ,b represent the threads making up the cloth as stretched on the rollers of a loom4 ,the lengthwise threads1 or warp1 are shown at ,a1 and the cross threads1 or weft1 at ,b4 ,by magnifying the material with a glass exposing an area of or #a in4 square1 the threads may be counted or closely examined and the quality determined4 ,this also enables one to identify goods as being the same4--,f4 ,ball ,pinkus1 ,la ,crescenta1 ,california4 99 99 99 99 99 ,an inexperienced workman broke eight curved window panes on a lake steamer by attempting to cut them on the inside1 instead of on the outside of the curve1 in fitting the glass4 ,clock ,device to ,record ,time of ,appointments and ,other ,events ,an ordinary clock1 fitted with an electrical device to record the length of telephone conversations or appointment hours1 or indicate when a door is opened1 is shown in the illustration4 ,the record is made by the hands in contact with brass rings attached to the face of the clock1 the front of the rings being covered with white paper1 dipped in a chemical1 on which black dots are caused to appear1 at each contact4 ,by examining the dots and noting the items corresponding to them on a memorandum1 the length of conversations1 etc41 may be observed4 ,illustration3 ,the ,electrical ,device ,attached to the ,clock ,records ,contacts ,made by the ,opening of a ,door1 and the ,using of a ,telephone ,two rings of -in4 brass1 one within the other1 and having side arms1 are mounted on the front of the clock1 as shown in the illustration4 ,the ring on arm ,a should be slipped under both hands1 and should have spring enough to hold it in contact with the small clock hand4 ,the ring fixed to arm ,b must be in contact with the large hand1 but must be some distance from the small hand and the smaller ring1 so that they will not come into contact when the hands cross each other4 ,an offset in the arm ,a1 and a piece of mica insulation1 are provided where the larger ring crosses the bar ,a4 ,on the surface of each ring1 between it and its respective hand1 is glued a piece of white paper1 cut to conform with the ring1 but in4 larger1 so as to extend over the outer edge of the brass rings4 ,the rings of paper are saturated in a solution of potassium chloride and permitted to dry1 before being placed on the brass rings4 ,a high-tension current1 passing through the coil ,d1 enters the arm ,a1 passes to the small hand1 to the large hand1 and out at the terminal on arm ,b4 ,black dots will appear on the prepared paper at the position of the hands1 when the contact is made4 ,the primary wires ,e and ,f may be attached to a doorbell or to a contact on the door1 indicating on the prepared paper the length of time the door was held open1 as well as the time at which it was opened4 ,the arms ,a and ,b must be well insulated from one another4 ,for greater accuracy in recording time1 to within minute1 prepared paper dials1 with hour and minute marks1 coming into contact with the hands at small projections punched in the hands from their upper surfaces1 should be used4 ,an ordinary secondary coil from an automobile may be used1 and if the clock has a wooden case1 the arms may be fastened directly to it4 ,practical ,memorandum for ,odd ,jobs ,not infrequently home or shop mechanics find that trifling odd jobs are neglected repeatedly1 simply because they are not of sufficient consequence to warrant getting out the tools or materials necessary for the work4 ,a convenient method of insuring that these small jobs are not overlooked is to make a memorandum of them and place it with the tools required for the work4 ,for instance1 if a small job of soldering is to be done1 a memorandum placed with the soldering outfit will not easily be overlooked1 and the work may be done while the coppers are hot for use in a larger job4 ,likewise with small painting jobs4 ,sometimes only a brushful of paint is needed and one does not care to mix a small quantity of paint nor clean the brush afterward4 ,a memorandum of the job makes this unnecessary4--,john ,hoeck1 ,alameda1 ,california4 ,a ,homemade ,vulcanizer ,tire tubes may be vulcanized satisfactorily in the home garage1 or even on the road1 with the simple device shown in the sketch4 ,it is made as follows3 ,obtain a piece of sheet iron1 in4 thick1 #c in4 wide1 and #e in4 long4 ,drill a -in4 hole at the middle of each end4 ,fit a strip of similar stock1 #a in4 wide and #e in4 long1 to the first piece with bolts1 as shown4 ,procure a tin cover without embossing on the top1 such as is used on baking-powder cans4 ,cut several disks to fit in the cover1 from heavy cardboard2 soak them thoroughly in a saturated solution of saltpeter1 and dry them4 ,wrap each disk in oiled paper1 and keep them in a water-tight container4 ,illustration3 ,this ,homemade ,vulcanizer ,utilizes the ,heat from a ,slowly ,burning ,disk of ,cardboard ,to use the vulcanizer1 clean the area around the hole in the tube with sandpaper1 and cut a piece of rubber of the proper size to fit over it4 ,slip one of the prepared cardboard disks into the tin cover1 and clamp the cover and tire with patch into the iron frame1 as shown4 ,touch a lighted match to the cardboard disk1 which will burn rapidly1 but without flame1 supplying sufficient heat to vulcanize the tube4--,thomas ,w4 ,benson1 ,hastings on ,hudson1 ,n4 ,y4 ,rudder for a ,toboggan ,illustration3 ,this ,rudder for a ,toboggan ,insures ,positive ,control1 and ,prevents ,wear on the ,shoes and ,clothes of the ,rider ,learning to steer a toboggan by means of the foot dragged behind it is an interesting feature of the sport1 but this method is dangerous at times and results in much wear on shoes and clothes4 ,the device shown in the illustration makes this method of steering unnecessary and gives the rider accurate control over the sled4 ,it consists of a strip of by #a-;in4 iron curved to form a rudder at one end and twisted at the middle to provide a flat piece for pivoting it on the rear cleat of the sled1 as shown in the working drawing below4 ,a handle is fastened to the front end of the strip with bolts4 ,the rudder should not be curved too deeply or it will cut through the snow and be damaged1 or ruin the track4--,h4 ,b4 ,mclntyre1 ,waterville1 ,me4 ,a ,window ,refrigerator ,illustration3 ,a ,box ,fitted on the ,outside of the ,window to ,slide in ,grooves ,provides a ,convenient and ,inexpensive ,refrigerator for ,winter ,use ,a simple method of constructing a window refrigerator that will not obstruct the light is shown in the illustration4 ,a box was made the width of the window and was fitted to slides fastened outside the window on the side of the house4 ,the exposed sides of the box were inclosed completely and the inner side was provided with two sliding doors4 ,a handle was fitted to the side of the box so that1 by reaching out of the window1 the box could be drawn in front of the opening easily4 ,several shelves were fitted into it and the materials stored were not easily molested4 ,trunk casters attached to the bottom of the box improved the action on the lower rail4--,hubert ,kann1 ,pittsburgh1 ,pa4 ,toy ,paper ,glider ,carefully ,designed ,a paper glider is an interesting and useful toy that can be made quickly2 it may be used out of doors1 but occasions when weather conditions make it necessary to remain indoors are especially good for this form of pastime4 ,the glider shown in the sketch was worked out after considerable testing4 ,with a toss it travels #bj to #cj ft41 on a level keel1 with a message slipped behind a pin1 as shown in the upper sketch4 ,the inventive boy may devise many play uses for the glider in tournaments1 competitions1 and for 8military0 flights1 in which the 8drivers0 of the devices may 8annihilate armies40 ,practical use of the toy was made in a series of air-current tests4 ,illustration3 ,the ,glider will ,travel #cj ,feet1 ,carrying a ,message1 if ,carefully ,made ,the glider is made as follows3 ,fold a piece of paper1 #aj by #ae in41 lengthwise1 and mark the outline shown at the left upon it4 ,the dimensions should be followed carefully4 ,measure first from the end ,a to the point ,b1 and then draw the slanting line to ,d1 at an angle of #de4 ,mark the width to ,e1 and measure the other distances from ,a and at the middle1 to determine the curve of the edge4 ,mark the dotted lines extending from ,d1 which are guides for the folding of the paper to form the glider1 as shown in the lower sketch4 ,curl the points under the side so that the line ,,fd comes to the position ,,dg1 and pin them to the corners ,h1 as shown in the lower sketch4 ,the glider is tossed by holding it between the thumb and forefinger at the middle of the fold underneath it4--,s4 ,r4 ,edwards1 ,seattle1 ,wash4 ,cleaning a ,clock with ,kerosene ,fumes ,a simple way of cleaning a clock is as follows3 ,remove the pendulum and procure a ball of cotton wool1 about half the size of a fist4 ,saturate this with kerosene1 and place it in a saucer1 or a tin lid1 in the case under the works of the clock4 ,close the case and leave the cotton for several days4 ,it will then be found that the fumes from the kerosene have brought down the dust from the works2 in fact1 the cotton will be covered with black specks4 ,it only remains to oil the bearings of the works1 and the clock will be quite in order4--,s4 ,leonard ,bastin1 ,bournemouth1 ,england4 ,a ,reversible ,photographic ,developing ,tank ,,by ,,lawrence ,f4 ,,campbell ,one of the chief difficulties in developing plates in a nonreversible developing tank is that irregular development takes place1 because the developer tends to settle more or less1 depending on the time necessary for complete development4 ,the construction of a reversible tank is a simple matter1 and the cost is slight4 ,the tank described is #c by #d1 in4 in size1 but the dimensions can be varied for other sizes of plates4 ,the tank is a box having grooves in opposite ends for the plates4 ,by placing the latter back to back1 #ab can be developed at a time4 ,sheet rubber is fitted between the cover and the body of the tank1 and the cover1 upon being screwed down1 makes a water-tight compartment of the box4 ,the asphaltum paint used is not affected by the developer1 and preserves the wood4 ,fixing and developing may both be done in the one tank1 but it is preferable to use the tank for developing only4 ,illustration3 ,assembly ,views1 ,showing the ,general ,construction and ,detail of the ,cover ,the two sides are plain pieces1 by #d by #d in4 in size4 ,the end pieces have by -in4 grooves1 in4 apart and extending the length of the piece1 which is by #b by #d in4 long4 ,the grooves can be made either on a power saw1 or by chiseling them out by hand4 ,the bottom piece is by #c by #e in4 in size1 with two -in4 holes bored to receive the bolts4 ,the two bolt supports are by by #a in41 and are also bored in4 to receive the bolts1 and are nailed to the end pieces4 ,the cover is by #c by #e in4 long1 with a slot in each end for the bolts1 which are by #f-;in4 carriage bolts4 ,illustration3 ,the ,finished ,tank1 and ,details of the ,bottom1 ,ends1 and ,bolt ,supports ,the parts are assembled with screws1 and the tank is given two coats of asphaltum paint4 ,care should be taken1 before assembling the parts1 to insure that the plates fit the grooves4 ,turned ,cane with ,snakes ,inlaid ,the making of a cane is a favorite job for the home craftsman1 especially the veteran who finds himself in need of such a support and has the leisure to make it4 ,a novelty in constructions of this kind is a turned cane built up of dark and light-colored woods with snakes inlaid4 ,that shown in the illustration was made of black walnut and birch1 with a walnut knob4 ,it is made as follows3 ,glue up a piece of walnut and a piece of birch1 by #a by #c ft4 long1 as shown at ,a4 ,mark out the snake on the birch surface1 and cut it out very carefully on the band saw1 or with a fine hand turning saw4 ,the snake portion will drop out and is then separated into a walnut and a birch strip1 making two similar snakes4 ,bore holes for the eyes and plug them with the opposite kind of wood4 ,replace the snakes in opposite positions1 the one of birch in the walnut side1 and the walnut one in the birch side4 ,glue them carefully into place1 removing a small portion of the wood at the ends of the sawed pieces to make a close fit4 ,illustration3 ,this ,novel ,cane can be ,turned in a ,lathe or ,planed from the ,square ,stock1 and ,arouses ,curiosity as to its ,construction ,the stock then appears as at ,b1 and is ready for turning in the lathe4 ,if desired1 circles may be laid out on the ends of the stock1 and the piece planed down to the rounded and tapered form of a cane4 ,this is a more tedious job1 but if carefully done with sharp tools will give good results4 ,turn down the shaft to the desired thickness1 as shown at ,c1 the upper end being about #a in4 and the lower end in4 in diameter4 ,turn a knob of walnut as suggested1 and after sandpapering the work carefully1 finish it with shellac4 ,tip the bottom of the cane with a suitable ferrule4--,e4 ,k4 ,wehry1 ,cedar ,rapids1 ,ia4 ,an ,inexpensive ,dry-,plate ,kit ,illustration3 ,this ,dry-,plate ,kit is ,made of ,cardboard and ,serves the ,purpose ,admirably if ,carefully ,fitted ,wishing to use some #b by #c-;in4 plates in a #f by #h-;in4 camera1 ,i made kits that proved satisfactory1 as follows1 the method being adaptable also to other sizes3 ,a piece of cardboard the size of the camera plate was procured4 ,a rectangle1 as at ,a1 was cut in the center1 in4 larger each way than the plate4 ,paste1 over the back of the cut-out rectangle1 a sheet of tough1 thin paper1 ,b1 and glue two small pieces of cardboard1 as at ,c4 ,cut cardboard pieces ,d1 ,e1 ,f1 and ,g1 proportioned as at ,h1 and glue them into position1 ,g being over the others1 the piece ,e sliding4 ,if a dry plate is placed in the rectangle and ,e is slid toward the plate1 it will hold the latter in position4 ,the plate holder is loaded with the kit1 and to prevent warping1 a couple of pins are driven into the plate holder1 as at ,h4 ,figures ,j and ,k indicate the open and closed positions4 ,the ground glass is marked to correspond with the rectangle1 so that one can tell where to focus the image4--,l4 ,l4 ,llewellyn1 ,piedmont1 ,calif4 ,photographic-,print ,washing ,machine ,,by ,,harry ,,marcelle ,many amateur photographers have occasion to make a considerable number of prints and find the washing of them tedious1 by the ordinary methods4 ,in order to overcome this difficulty the print-washing machine shown in the sketch was made4 ,it is simple in construction and performs the work quite satisfactorily at a saving of not a little time4 ,since the water in which the prints are washed must be agitated1 a pivoted tray is provided4 ,a unique feature is the water wheel through which the water supply passes1 at the same time developing power to operate the rocker arm1 by means of which the tray is agitated4 ,the frame for the large trough1 which contains the tray and other apparatus1 is made of #b by #d-;in4 uprights1 braced with #b by #b-;in4 pieces4 ,the trough is made of -in4 stock1 joined at the ends with a water-tight grooved1 or dado1 joint4 ,the top is fitted to form a cover and may be hinged or arranged as a lid1 supported and held in place by cleats1 fixed on its under side with screws4 ,the trough and its fittings may be made of a size suited to individual requirements4 ,the device illustrated is #d ft4 long1 and has a trough #ah in4 wide and #ac in4 high4 ,the interior of the trough is given a coat of tar to make it waterproof1 and the exterior may be painted thoroughly to preserve the wood4 ,the rocking tray1 in which the prints are placed1 is made of -in4 stock4 ,it is #e in4 high1 #ae in4 wide1 and #bh in4 long4 ,splash boards are fixed at its ends1 as shown1 and the bottom is made of muslin1 reinforced with wooden strips1 in4 wide4 ,the tray is supported on a rod or pipe at its center1 the ends of the support being set into the sides of the trough4 ,a crank arm of wood or metal is attached to the center of one end of the tray1 and operates through an opening in the top of the trough4 ,the crank arm engages a crank fixed to the shaft of the water wheel1 as shown in the sketch4 ,the crank must be made not longer than #b in41 or the resulting action on the tray will pour out too much water1 the prints being thus in danger of damage4 ,illustration3 ,the ,spray ,forced from the ,pipe ,gives ,power to the ,water ,wheel1 ,which in ,turn is ,transferred to the ,rocker ,arm ,attached to the ,tray ,the water wheel is made of two round disks of sheet metal1 #i in4 in diameter4 ,strips of wood are fitted between them so that the wheel is #c in4 wide on the face4 ,wooden blocks1 grooved to fit the shaft of the water wheel1 are used as bearings4 ,they are fixed to the top with bolts4 ,the water supply is provided through a pipe at one end4 ,a cap is fitted over the end of the extension on the pipe and a small hole drilled through it4 ,this forces the water against the blades of the water wheel rather than permitting it to drop under normal pressure4 ,the flow of water is regulated by the valve on the supply pipe1 and the excess water is drained off at the opposite end of the trough4 ,the force of the water1 as it leaves the water wheel1 is lessened1 and the water carried gently to the tray1 by means of a board set between the top and the tray1 at the wheel end of the trough4 ,a ,washstand for the ,baby ,illustration ,to make this washstand1 ,i mounted a cheese box on a frame #bj in4 from the floor1 and fitted a shelf between the legs #i in4 from the floor4 ,in the center of this shelf a hole was cut1 with a compass saw1 to hold a wash basin4 ,rods between the legs are handy for towels1 washcloths1 etc4 ,within the circular box are kept baby's toilet and bath articles4 ,the inside of the box is padded with cotton and lined with nainsook1 the latter being used1 also1 for the cover4 ,when the cover is on the box1 the stand is used as a small table4 ,white enamel gives the stand a neat finish4--,f4 ,e4 ,brimmer1 ,dalton1 ,new ,york4 ,carrying ,strap and ,lock for ,hand ,cases ,illustration ,the illustration shows how to make a locking device for hand cases or satchels1 and providing1 also1 a strap for carrying4 ,cut two pieces of by #b-;in4 strap iron1 and two pieces1 #b in4 long4 ,bend them1 and fasten them with screws or rivets1 as shown4 ,when the case is carried1 the strap holds the crosspieces firmly4 ,disk ,talking-,machine ,records ,played ,eccentrically ,a hole was bored about an inch from the center of a disk talking-machine record and the latter was placed on the machine with the new hole over the center pin of the table4 ,when the record was played1 the result was a reproduction extremely amusing and hardly recognizable as compared with the original one4 ,safety ,flue ,stopper ,made of ,tin ,pail ,illustration ,the usual method of covering stovepipe holes in chimneys with a tin disk is not as safe as it should be1 especially adjoining nonfireproof material4 ,a safer method is to fit a tin can1 or a tin pail1 into the chimney hole1 as shown4 ,cut it off the right length1 with a pair of tin shears1 leaving projections as stops1 and replace the disk stopper4--,j4 ,a4 ,raught1 ,janesville1 ,wisconsin4 ,book ,rest for ,music ,stand ,illustration ,the music-stand attachment shown in the illustration aids in the handling of music books1 and is easily made4 ,some stands are provided with a supporting edge about #a in4 wide and will not properly carry larger music books1 and the device is attached to this edge4 ,the device is of wood1 by #c in41 and the length of the stand4 ,on the bottom1 two wood strips are fastened4 ,they are beveled as shown in the sectional view1 to wedge on the music rest4--,l4 ,r4 ,w4 ,allison1 ,newark1 ,n4 ,j4 ,uses for ,worn ,talking-,machine ,needles ,among the uses made of discarded steel talking-machine needles are the following3 as glazier's tacks2 as brads1 where a headless nail or an inconspicuous one is desired2 as pins for fastening papers together2 and for the tacking in of the backs on picture frames4--,william ,a4 ,martin4 ,jersey ,city1 ,n4 ,j4 ,automatic ,photo-,print ,washing ,illustration ,a photographers' automatic print-washing device may readily be made with the aid of an alarm clock1 and a spool to which a piece of thread is attached as shown4 ,the spool is fixed to the alarm-clock winder4 ,an upright support1 having a nail driven into the top and bent over to form a hook1 carries the thread1 to which the print is attached by a small clip4 ,the alarm-clock mechanism is then set1 and when released draws the print from the dish1 the bell warning the operator4--,george ,h4 ,holden1 ,chesterfield1 ,england4 ,portable ,sectional ,poultry ,fencing ,sectional poultry fencing has several advantages over stationary fencing3 ,it can be easily moved1 the poultry yard being made larger1 smaller1 or shifted2 an area may be planted to a crop and gradually included in the yard1 furnishing greens for the poultry4 ,also1 the tenant who does not care to put down permanent equipment1 will find sectional fencing desirable4 ,illustration3 ,poultry ,fencing ,made in ,portable ,sections ,has ,several ,advantages over a ,stationary ,barrier ,sections are practical to about #ah ft4 long1 and should be #g ft4 high for the lighter breeds of poultry4 ,if the fencing is to be used for grown stock only1 the fine-mesh wire below may be omitted1 and #b-;in4 mesh used4 ,some sections should be fitted with gates1 and the top batten should be set down about #a ft41 so as not to afford footing for the poultry4 ,the sections are lashed together with wire1 and supported by an occasional post1 or guyed to buildings or supports4 ,suitcase ,holder for ,running ,board of ,automobile ,illustration3 ,these ,homemade ,supports ,are ,adjustable to ,suitcases of ,varying ,widths ,two metal strips1 by #a by #bj in41 were used to make a strong and adjustable holder for suitcases carried on the running board of an automobile4 ,one-inch slots were cut near the top of the strips1 which were bent to form angles having an upright portion #ab in4 long4 ,the angles are adjusted at the bolts1 as shown1 and the suitcase is held in place by straps4--,lucien ,g4 ,baer1 ,los ,angeles1 ,calif4 ,wheelbarrow for ,large ,cans ,illustration3 ,milk ,cans were ,handled ,easily by ,means of ,this ,homemade ,cart ,large cans for milk are awkward to handle and transport in the dairy or barn1 and the cart shown in the sketch was made from an old wheelbarrow and sections of pipe1 to make this work easy4 ,the pipes were bent to the shape shown and strongly braced with iron rods4 ,a board bottom was provided1 and the barrow wheel was mounted between the forked ends of the frame4 ,the cart may be used for numerous other purposes1 and is especially convenient in that the load need only be lifted slightly4--,monroe ,woolley1 ,san ,francisco1 ,calif4 ,plain ,butts ,used as ,double-,swing ,hinge ,by placing two ordinary plain butt hinges so that two of their wings overlap completely1 they may be made to serve as a double-swing hinge4 ,if the holes do not correspond in the adjoining wings1 drill new ones1 disposing them to give the best hold in the wood4 ,allowance must be made in applying the hinge1 for the double thickness of the center portion4 99 99 99 99 99 ,a rubber finger tip is convenient in counting sheets in that the paper is not soiled1 since moistening of the finger is unnecessary4 ,portable ,skylight for ,home ,portraiture ,,by ,w4 ,w4 ,,irvine ,photographers who wish to construct a part of their equipment may be interested in a portable skylight1 which ,i made and use with thorough satisfaction1 for home portraiture4 ,covered with imitation leather1 it is quite presentable in carrying it about4 ,figure #i shows the case closed1 with stand1 flash lamp1 box of flash powder1 and a white-cloth reflector inside4 ,the apparatus set up for work is shown in ,fig4 #e1 and the details of construction in the other sketches4 ,first make the frames for the top and bottom of the case1 ,a1 of by #b-;in4 wood1 and ,b1 of by #a-;in4 stock1 lengths and construction as shown in ,fig4 #c4 ,cut from extra-heavy mount board1 two #ba by #bh-;in4 pieces1 ,c1 and tack one to one side of each of the frames4 ,cut a similar piece1 ,e1 #ae by #bf in41 and hinge it with strong cloth1 or thin leather1 to the inner side of the thicker frame1 to form the roof ,e1 ,fig4 #e4 ,hinge the two frames with three butt hinges4 ,the frame is then ready for covering1 and for this purpose imitation leather is economical and practical4 ,two yards of #cf-;in4 material is needed4 ,use hot glue1 first on the bottom half of the case1 applying it smoothly1 and press the fabric into place4 ,then cover the sides1 the upper half1 and the roof4 ,the covering must be in one piece to prevent the smoke from escaping at the joints4 ,glue down the edges inside of the case1 and set it aside for #bd hours to dry4 ,while waiting for the case to dry1 the work on the bag can be done4 ,two yards of close-woven white muslin1 or one yard of #fj-;in4 sheeting1 is required for the front4 ,for the sides1 closely woven black material should be used4 ,figures #a and #b show the dimensions1 the white portions representing patterns1 and the shaded portions material for hems and seams4 ,the material is folded over the pattern1 basted down1 and hemmed at the dotted lines1 #a in4 from the edge4 ,sew the front to the curved sides4 ,allowance for shrinkage1 when the bag is washed and fireproofed1 has been made in these sizes4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #a ,,fig4 #e ,,fig4 #g ,,fig4 #b ,,fig4 #h ,,fig4 #c ,,fig4 #i ,,fig4 #f ,,fig4 #d ,this ,homemade ,skylight was ,made at a ,cost of #c1 ,gives ,satisfactory ,service1 and ,is ,not ,unsightly ,for fireproofing the bag1 the following formula is good3 water1 #fj oz41 ammonium phosphate1 #d oz41 ammonium chloride1 #h oz4 ,soak the fabric half an hour1 wring it out slightly1 and hang it up to dry4 ,cut a hole1 #f in4 square1 in the lower half of the case for the door ,f1 ,fig4 #e4 ,the door is of galvanized sheet iron1 #g in4 square1 covered on one side with imitation leather and provided with a leather handle4 ,the door slides in guides of mount board1 or metal1 as shown in ,fig4 #d4 ,figure #h shows the notch below the door to allow play for the spring of the flash lamp1 in place in ,figs4 #e and #f4 ,mine was made for cartridges1 but by attaching a pan of heavy tin1 ,i use it for flash powder4 ,the leather socket1 into which the top of the holder ,g1 is slipped1 is shown in detail in ,fig4 #g4 ,suitcase catches1 ,d1 lock the apparatus in open or closed position4 ,the roof ,e1 is supported by two folding desk slides4 ,to fasten the bag in place1 slip a cheap yardstick1 or strip1 cut to the proper length1 in each of the hems at the edges1 and set them snugly inside and against the sides of the open case and under the edge of the roof4 ,fasten them with screws1 as shown at the edges in ,fig4 #e4 ,the bag is easily removed by withdrawing the screws and the strips1 for washing and fireproofing it again4 ,the front must hang away from the lamp before the charge is fired1 or the bag may be burned4 ,after firing the flash1 the skylight is carried out and the smoke expelled4 ,fuel ,box in ,seat ,filled from ,floor ,trapdoor ,illustration3 ,the ,fuel is ,placed in the ,box by ,passing ,it ,up through the ,trapdoors in the ,floor ,a fuel box for the fireplace may be easily arranged so that it is unnecessary to carry the fuel through the living rooms1 thus avoiding soiling floors and rugs4 ,it may be installed1 as shown1 for a summer cottage1 or even in the living room of a home4 ,the fuel box is built under the seat of a comfortable settle1 and the wood1 coal1 etc41 are placed in the fuel compartment by passing it up through trapdoors in the floor at the center of the box4 ,the fuel is piled at each side of the trapdoor behind a low partition1 and the trapdoors are closed when not in use4 ,the seat of the fuel box is divided at the middle and hinged to swing back4 ,suitable cushions should be provided for the seat4--,m4 ,p4 ,norton1 ,chicago4 ,homemade ,relay of ,inexpensive ,materials ,a practical relay was made of odds and ends gathered in the workshop4 ,the base is of wood1 by #c by #f in4 ,the magnets ,a are made of two wire nails driven into the base1 the heads projecting #a in4 ,they are wound with six layers of fine insulated ,no4 #be gauge wire1 as shown in the small sketch4 ,the ends of these magnet wires are carried to the two binding posts ,b and ,c1 taken from dry-cell carbons4 ,illustration3 ,nails1 a ,screw ,hook1 and ,similar ,common ,materials1 were ,used in ,making ,this ,relay ,the armature ,d is a piece of soft iron1 by #b in41 screwed to the armature lever ,e1 which is a by #d-;in4 piece of wood4 ,a piece of tin is tacked to the opposite end ,f1 and a -in4 hole is bored through the lever1 #b in4 from the front end4 ,nail a wooden block1 ,g1 to the base1 slotted to accommodate the lever1 so that when the latter is pivoted in the slot1 the armature will lie directly over the magnet heads4 ,fit a wooden stop1 ,h1 under the end of the lever1 so that the armature is held in4 above the magnets1 by a brass spring1 ,j1 connected to the tin1 ,f1 and the binding post1 ,k1 with copper wire4 ,arrange the brass hook1 ,l1 so it comes in contact with ,f when the armature bears down upon the magnets4 ,connect this hook to the binding post1 ,m4 ,when current flows through the magnets1 the armature is pulled down and the contact of the hook1 ,l1 with the tin1 ,f1 completes a secondary circuit4--,l4 ,r4 ,hardins1 ,harwich1 ,mass4 99 99 99 99 99 ,a nutcracker may be used as a substitute for a pipe wrench or pliers1 and its toothed handles grip round objects quite firmly4 ,a ,photographic ,printing ,machine ,,by ,l4 ,b4 ,,robbins ,a printing machine for 8gaslight0 papers1 to be used in localities not equipped with gas or electricity and where printing is to be done after daylight1 is shown in the sketch4 ,the measurements given are only approximate1 as conditions will determine its size4 ,that shown is made as follows3 ,first procure a #f by #h-;in4 or #h by #aj-;in4 printing frame4 ,remove the brass clips from the pad and fasten one end of the pad to the frame1 by a pair of small hinges1 with the glass in the frame4 ,procure a box1 about #ab by #ae in41 by #h in4 deep1 with one side open4 ,cut a rectangular opening through the #ab by #ae-;in4 side a bit smaller than the printing frame1 and secure the frame in place over the opening with screws4 ,saw a slot in4 wide through the top of the box--the end nearest the hinged end of the printing frame pad--running it the full width and about #c in4 from the front4 ,illustration3 ,photographic ,printing may be ,done ,rapidly by the ,systematic ,use of ,this ,machine ,nail cleats along the inside of each side of the box1 placing them vertical and parallel1 and about in4 apart1 so as to form a slide groove in conjunction with the slot4 ,this groove is to receive a frame or curtain constructed of stock1 #b in4 wide and in4 thick4 ,the outside dimensions of the curtain are a trifle smaller than the inside measurements of the box itself4 ,cover the frame with orange paper1 and when finished insert it through the slot in the top of the box4 ,build a frame as indicated1 on the outside of the box4 ,along the inside of the uprights fasten cleats1 thick enough to come flush with the ends of the slot4 ,these serve to steady the curtain when raised4 ,make a suitable baseboard and secure the box to it4 ,then with sheet tin construct a lamp house extending from the back of the box and of sufficient size to accommodate a round-wick lamp4 ,leave an opening in the top to admit the chimney1 provide holes for ventilation1 and a door by which the lamp may be adjusted4 ,when completed1 paint the interior of the box and lamp house white1 to intensify the printing quality of the light4 ,tie a piece of stout cord to a screw eye inserted in the upper end of the sliding curtain1 lead it through two pulleys fastened as shown1 and down to the hand lever4 ,the latter is pivoted at the rear end by a bolt4 ,attach a spring to the lower end of the hinged pad on the printing frame4 ,this holds the pad out of the way when not in use4 ,a curtain-roller spring is suitable for this purpose4 ,to operate the machine1 place the negative and paper in position1 and1 with the left hand1 bring the pad down4 ,pull down the hand lever with the right hand1 raising the orange curtain4 ,when the required exposure is made1 release the lever1 shutting off the direct light4 ,while nearly all light is shut out by means of the lamp house1 the paper may be handled safely and easily by means of that admitted through the orange curtain4 ,by systematic arrangement and handling of materials1 it is surprising what an amount of work can be turned out by the aid of this machine1 especially if one person attends to the exposing and another to the developing4 ,a ,small ,variable ,condenser ,illustration3 ,diagram for a ,small ,variable ,condenser ,the condenser shown in the diagram combines the large capacity of a fixed condenser with the gradual capacity variation of a variable one4 ,it is suitable for a wireless receiving circuit1 or to shunt around the vibrator of an induction coil1 by making the units considerably larger4 ,it is made up of several fixed condensers1 connected in parallel1 a lever being the means whereby the capacity is varied4 ,five or more units may be used1 each being a small condenser1 built up of #aj sheets of waxed paper and nine sheets of tin foil4 ,a convenient size for the tin foil is #f by #d in41 and for the paper1 #e by #d in4 ,the latter should be a good grade of very thin linen paper and should be carefully prepared by dipping it in hot paraffin4 ,the sheets of tin foil and paper in each unit are piled up alternately1 allowing about in4 on each tin-foil strip to project beyond the paper for making connections4 ,the pile is covered with heavy paper1 and a heated flatiron is passed on the top of each unit until the paraffin begins to melt4 ,upon cooling1 the units are compact4 ,the connections necessary are shown in the diagram4 ,the condenser units ,c1 ,d1 ,e1 ,f1 ,g1 each have one side connected to a common terminal ,a4 ,the other sides of the condensers are connected to the copper strips ,h1 ,j1 ,k1 ,l1 ,m4 ,they are in4 wide and in4 thick4 ,a copper lever1 by by #h in41 is pivoted on one end so that it will connect two or more of the condensers in parallel4 ,the pivoted end is connected to the terminal ,b4 ,the dotted line shows different positions of the lever4 ,the apparatus is mounted in a wooden box4--,peter ,j4 ,m4 ,clute1 ,schenectady1 ,n4 ,y4 ,lighting a ,candle without ,touching the ,wick ,a candle may be lighted without the match flame touching the wick1 as follows3 ,light the candle1 let it burn a bit2 then blow it out4 ,a small column of smoke will rise from the wick4 ,touch the match flame to this1 a little above the wick1 and it will ignite1 travel down1 and relight the wick from the burning oil gas4 ,emergency ,lifting ,device of ,rope and ,lever ,illustration ,when block and tackle1 chain hoists1 or similar equipment are not at hand1 the simple arrangement shown in the sketch is useful for lifting heavy loads4 ,make the lever ,a of a piece of #b by #d-;in4 stuff1 and cut notches into it for the ropes1 as indicated4 ,from a suitable support1 ,b1 fix the ropes ,c and ,d to the lever ,a at the proper notches1 permitting the ends ,c-#a and ,d-#a to be drawn down and fastened to the floor or other support as required in raising the load4 ,fix the rope ,e to the load ,w1 and suspend it from the lever ,a at the proper notch by means of a loop1 ,e-#a4 ,to raise the load1 bear down on the end of the lever when it is in its original position ,a-#a1 bringing it to the position ,a-#b4 ,this will bring the lower rope to position ,e-#b4 ,draw up the slack in rope ,d1 to bring the loop to position ,d-#b1 and fasten it4 ,then lift the lever ,a from its position ,a-#b1 to the position ,a-#c1 and draw up the slack in rope ,c to bring the loop up to position ,c-#b4 ,the lower rope will be brought to position ,e-#c4 ,by repeating this process1 the load may be raised gradually4 ,the ropes may1 of course1 be of various lengths within the range of the support and the operators4 ,mucilage ,brush and ,container ,made of a ,test ,tube ,illustration ,an ordinary test tube1 about by #f in4 in size1 may be made into a mucilage container and brush that economizes the material and does not get the fingers sticky4 ,the end of the tube is covered with a piece of soft cloth after the tube is filled1 as shown in the sketch4 ,a convenient way to care for the device is to keep it in a small tumbler4--,a4 ,h4 ,carrington1 ,trenton1 ,n4 ,j4 ,holder for ,household ,ice ,pick ,an ice pick is often a source of danger1 if left lying about the home1 and should be kept at a place convenient to the ice box1 where it will not be likely to cause injury4 ,the small bracket on which the ends of the roller curtain are supported is a satisfactory holder for the pick4 ,it may be fastened to the wall with nails1 or screws1 so that the pick may be suspended in the center hole4--,robert ,j4 ,donnelly1 ,cincinnati1 ,ohio4 ,swing ,made of ,hickory ,sapling ,illustration ,a swing1 so durable that it has become a virtual landmark1 was made from a long1 straight hickory sapling suspended from the limb of a tree4 ,the sapling was split part of its length1 as shown in the illustration1 and a bolt put through it to prevent the upper portion from cracking4 ,the lower end was smoothed off1 so as not to injure the hands1 and mortised through a slab of wood1 as shown in the detailed sketch4 ,a safe hook from which to suspend the swing is suggested4 ,it is made from a bolt fixed through the limb and curled at the hook end so that the swing may be taken down in bad weather4--,hubert ,kann1 ,pittsburgh1 ,pa4 ,match ,safe of ,miniature ,cannon ,shell ,illustration ,the match safe shown in the sketch was made by a worker in a munitions plant4 ,the container was shaped like a small cannon shell and was set into a bracket supported on a prettily grained board1 stained and varnished1 and supported by a chain4--,j4 ,h4 ,moore1 ,hamilton1 ,can4 ,washing ,bromide ,enlargements ,illustration3 ,the ,cork ,clips ,hold the ,bromide ,print in the ,water in a ,vertical ,position ,the difficulty of washing bromide enlargements of the larger sizes has always made the amateur hesitate to undertake much of this kind of work4 ,the developing and fixing can be done with comparative ease1 because of the facility with which the print can be kept moving in a tray that is smaller in size than the print itself1 but washing is such a long process that one's patience is exhausted before the hypo is completely eliminated4 ,continuous handling of a print for #cj minutes is tedious work4 ,this objection can be overcome in the simplest and most efficacious manner1 as follows3 ,procure some large corks of the best quality and in each cut a groove completely around it1 near one end1 to serve as a retainer for a rubber band2 then cut the cork lengthwise through the center1 and cut a wedge-shaped piece from the center toward the end opposite the one where the groove was cut for the rubber band4 ,after placing a band in the groove of the proper size the combination will work similarly to an old-fashioned spring clothespin4 ,if two of these are snapped on the edge of a bromide print1 this can be dropped into a bathtub or laundry tub for washing4 ,the corks will cause the print to float vertically in the running water4 ,by this means a number of prints can be washed at a time without any danger of their sticking together or becoming wrinkled or cracked in the bath4--,contributed by ,t4 ,b4 ,lambert1 ,chicago4 ,bench ,support for a ,miter ,box ,to make the most effective use of a miter box1 it must be fastened solidly to a base1 but if fastened to the workbench top it is in the way when not in use1 and it is a nuisance to fasten and unfasten the box every time it is used4 ,to avoid the changing1 ,i mounted the miter box on two pieces of #a by #c-;in4 stock1 about #b ft4 long4 ,these pieces were placed on the bench top1 at right angles to the front edge and with their centers as far apart as the two pairs of legs on the box4 ,the box was placed on the front end of the pieces1 with the back parallel to the front of the bench1 at right angles to the pieces1 and was fastened to them with screws4 ,the other end of each piece was fastened to the bench top with a hinge4 ,this fastened the miter box firmly to the bench top1 but in such a way that ,i could tip it up and back against the wall1 or other support1 where it was out of the way but ready for use immediately4 ,to stiffen the frame1 ,i placed a cross brace between the two pieces1 making it in the form of the letter ,h4--,contributed by ,l4 ,c4 ,burke1 ,madison1 ,wisconsin4 ,a ,blowpipe for ,gas ,illustration3 ,blowpipe ,connection to the ,ordinary ,illuminating-,gas ,main for ,hard and ,soft ,soldering ,every experimenter who has a gas connection within convenient distance of the workbench should provide a #d or #e-;ft4 length of -in4 rubber tubing1 terminating in a brass tube through which air may be blown in order that a clear blue flame may be available for either hard or soft soldering4 ,the brass tube should be #d or #e in4 long and fitted at one end with a removable nozzle having a -in4 hole in it4 ,a hole is then drilled in the side and a piece of smaller brass tubing1 bent as shown in the sketch1 is soldered in place for the air supply4 ,a piece of soft-rubber tubing about #a ft4 long is then provided and one end slipped over the projecting end of the air pipe and the other fitted to a hard-rubber1 or amber1 mouthpiece4 ,by regulating the gas supply and blowing to the proper degree1 a pencil of blue flame may be produced1 anywhere from #a to #d in4 long4 ,for heating large surfaces1 the nozzle tip should be removed4 ,this method of soldering not only makes a better connection than the usual copper1 but is instantly available and does not disarrange the several pieces where1 as is often the case1 it is not practicable to pin or hold them in place4 ,scraper for ,dishes ,illustration3 ,a ,dish ,scraper ,made of a ,piece of ,rubber ,inserted in a ,wood ,handle ,housekeepers will find the scraper shown to be silent and more rapid than a knife for cleaning dishes4 ,it consists of a handle cut from a piece of straight-grained wood1 with a kerf sawed in the wide end to a depth of in41 into which a piece of sheet rubber is inserted4 ,the rubber may be cut from an old bicycle-tire casing and is fastened with two or three brads driven through the handle4 ,the ends of the brads are bent over or riveted4 ,the edge of the rubber should be made straight4--,contributed by ,h4 ,s4 ,craig1 ,rushford1 ,minn4 ,protecting ,lights in a ,gymnasium ,a public-school auditorium was used for playing basket ball1 and the lights were protected as shown4 ,wire waste-baskets were fastened to pieces of board1 which in turn were nailed to the ceiling around each lamp4 ,as it was desired to provide a way to ventilate the room1 an opening was cut in each board around the lamp base1 providing fan-shaped cut-outs covered with galvanized metal of the same design1 to make a way to open and shut the ventilator4 ,the air passed up into an attic4 ,illustration3 ,wire ,wastebasket ,fastened around a ,light to ,protect ,it for ,basket-,ball ,games ,the goals1 which were old blackboards1 were fastened between the posts that supported the ceiling4 ,two iron rods1 one above the other1 were clamped with bolts to the posts1 and the boards were bolted to the rods4--,contributed by ,frank ,c4 ,svacha1 ,mc,kees ,rocks1 ,pa4 ,shortening a ,pasteboard ,box ,illustration3 ,shortening a ,box by ,bending ,up the ,bottom after ,removing the ,end and ,cutting ,down the ,sides ,if a pasteboard box happens to be too long for a special purpose it can be shortened as shown4 ,the sides are cut down to the bottom and the end removed4 ,the bottom is then bent up on a line between the places where the sides were cut down1 to form a new end for the box4 ,the joining parts are then held with a thread or wire fasteners4 ,repairing ,shade-,roller ,springs ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #a ,,fig4 #b ,fix the ,loosened ,spring into ,place and the ,roller ,is in ,working ,order ,springs of window-shade rollers1 which usually break at the tin cap by which they are fastened inside the rod1 can be quickly repaired in the following manner3 ,remove the ferrule and dogs from the end of the roller and pull out the stick to which the spring is attached4 ,measure the length of the stick ,a1 ,fig4 #a1 on the roller1 and at ,c cut a small square hole through to the hollow center4 ,remove the metal cap thus exposed4 ,fix the cap on the end of the stick at ,b and fasten the spring around one point of the metal cap1 ,fig4 #b4 ,insert the stick into the roller and tap it gently1 driving the cap points in2 then replace the ferrule and dogs1 and the roller is in condition for use4 ,drying ,photo ,films ,rapidly ,illustration3 ,the ,current of the ,fan ,dries the ,films ,rapidly ,waiting for photographic films to dry is often tedious1 particularly when the photographer is in haste to see the results of his efforts at picture taking4 ,the method of drying the films shown in the sketch will aid materially in the process4 ,the films are held by small spring clips attached to the wire frame surrounding the fan1 and when the current is turned on1 the films are blown away from the fan and held suspended in a diagonal position4--,contributed by ,w4 ,j4 ,clausius1 ,chicago1 ,ill4 ,applying and ,drying ,bronze ,powders ,surfaces may be coated readily with bronze powder by applying a thin coat of shellac and quickly dusting the powder over it4 ,speed is important in dusting on the powder1 as if the shellac hardens it will not hold the bronze4 ,surfaces which have been bronzed in this way may be polished if additional coats of shellac or varnish are applied over them4 ,forceps for ,weeding ,garden ,illustration ,difficulty in removing small weeds around plants in the garden may be overcome by the use of a forceps made of a piece of wire1 as shown in the illustration4 ,the wire is formed into two loops by which the weeds are grasped1 and the portion held in the hand is bent to form a circular spring4 ,its tension may be regulated so that the hand will not be tired in using the device4--,contributed by ,irving ,mc,ewen1 ,new ,westminster1 ,b4 ,c41 ,canada4 ,shielding ,pictures from ,damp ,walls ,injury to pictures from dampness of walls may be prevented by fixing small disks of cork to the lower edge of the frame so as to form a contact with the wall only at the cork4 ,this permits a current of air to pass between the wall and frame4 ,illustration ,new ,method of ,developing ,roll ,films ,,by ,t4 ,b4 ,,lambert ,many devices have been made for developing and fixing roll films4 ,there is the simple wholesale method of the professional who hangs a weight on one end of the film and lets it down in a deep tank of developing fluid where it hangs submerged from an upper support until the development is complete4 ,then the support1 the film1 and attached weight are removed1 dipped into a similar tank of running water1 then to another tank of fixing solution1 and subsequently washed and dried4 ,this is the only practical plan where there are many such films to be handled simultaneously1 but the amateur who has only one or two rolls a week cannot afford the tanks1 the space1 nor the expense incident to such a method4 ,the film is usually drawn back and forth through a developing solution placed in a tray1 and after the development has proceeded far enough1 the same process used in washing1 then the hypo solution1 and finally through the last washing for about #bj minutes1 all making a tedious process4 ,some amateurs and a few professionals who but occasionally develop roll film use a mechanical device that rolls the film into a light-proof package which is inserted in a metal tank for development and subsequent fixation4 ,this is a standard process1 the apparatus being on sale at all supply houses1 but it has its drawbacks4 ,illustration3 ,an ,ordinary ,drinking ,glass ,used for ,developing ,roll ,films ,the following method is not only simple but perfect in its operation and requires no special apparatus1 only a tumbler or lemonade glass1 and an ordinary lead pencil for its operation4 ,a glass rod is preferable to the lead pencil1 and it is also convenient to have a deep tin cup1 or similar device1 to cover up the lemonade glass and make it light-proof1 should it be desirable to turn on the white light in the dark room4 ,pour enough developing solution into the glass tumbler to cover completely the roll of film when it is standing on end4 ,in the dark room open the film roll1 remove the backing paper and the paper ends on the film1 run it through clear water until it is thoroughly and uniformly wetted from end to end1 and drop it endwise into the tumbler of developer4 ,immediately insert the pencil or glass rod into the center of the roll1 and with a rather quick circular motion1 move the rod around so that it will quickly pass between the several convolutions of the film and thus distribute the developer all over its surface4 ,repeat this operation at once1 then again in a few seconds1 then in #ae or #bj seconds1 then in #cj seconds1 then in #a minute1 and so on1 with greater intervals of time4 ,if a #bj-minute developer is used1 it will only be necessary1 at the latter part of the development1 to separate the layers every #b or #c minutes4 ,when the development is complete1 pour off the solution and rinse in the same glass by letting water run through it while passing the pencil or glass rod between the layers several times4 ,the water may then be drained off1 and the glass filled with the fixing solution4 ,while the film is fixing1 the glass rod should be passed between the layers several times to renew the solution in contact with the film4 ,it will be seen that at no time after the first washing is it necessary to handle the film1 so that damage to the film and staining the fingers are entirely eliminated4 ,further than that1 no apparatus is tied up in the operation1 and if a light-proof cup is at hand1 the developing tumbler may be covered between the operations of separating the layers of film1 and the white light of the dark room can be turned on for further operations4 ,swinging ,bags on the ,arms of a ,scarecrow ,illustration3 ,scarecrow with ,swinging ,paper ,bags on the ,arms in the ,place of ,hands ,the ordinary ragman used as a scarecrow can be made more effective by adding to it something to make it move1 or some part that flutters in the wind4 ,this can be accomplished in one way by blowing up paper bags to expand them to their full extent1 tying the openings as if they were filled with some commodity for the household1 and fastening them to the arms of the dummy as shown4 ,these will swing and flutter about in a way that will materially aid in scaring away the birds that damage the crops4 ,an ,artistic ,card ,tray ,serving and card trays can be made very beautiful and artistic with the use of butterflies1 natural grasses1 and the fluffy part taken from the milkweed pod1 formed to make a natural scene beneath the glass bottom of the tray4 ,if an old tray is to be used1 remove the old panel1 or painting1 beneath the glass bottom1 and clean the glass thoroughly4 ,lay it upside down on a flat table top and carefully place on it a cluster of grass1 or weeds1 or some botanical specimens1 that are well dried4 ,arrange the dried butterflies in a natural way around the grasses with their backs1 or tops of the wings1 facing out1 or on the glass4 ,the silky down of the milkweed seed1 with the seed removed1 is used to cover the specimens and grass1 which forms the most delicate background possible4 ,it is laid on quite thick at the bottom of the scene1 gradually thinning it toward the top4 ,be careful to see that the fibers of the down are placed so that they will radiate from the bottom of the grasses to the outer edges4 ,a piece of white1 pearl1 or gray cardboard is then placed on this background1 and another glass or board back is sealed tightly over the whole with glue or wax4--,contributed by ,joe ,v4 ,romig1 ,allentown1 ,pa4 ,deodorizing ,lard ,buckets ,lard buckets are the most easily obtained and the most satisfactory of utensils in which to pack food1 or cook for a small picnic or camping party1 but it is very difficult to remove the odor of the lard4 ,this may be easily accomplished by boiling the grounds from the coffeepot in the bucket with about one pint of water4 ,illustration ,a ,parlor ,cue ,alley ,,by ,c4 ,,quincy ,,ives ,parlor cue alley is really a game of bowling except that it is played on a small raised board1 and1 instead of throwing the balls by hand1 an ordinary billiard cue is used1 the balls being about #a in4 in diameter4 ,the automatic feature of this new game saves the time usually required to set up the pins1 and assures that they will be set absolutely true each time4 ,illustration3 ,a ,cue is ,used to ,shoot the ,ball on ,this ,alley ,illustration3 ,the ,alley ,board with ,its ,attachments ,to build this alley1 first procure three planed boards1 hard wood preferred1 though they are more difficult to work2 two1 #aj ft4 long1 #i in4 wide1 and in4 thick1 and the other1 #aj ft4 long1 #ae in4 wide1 and in4 thick4 ,place the first two boards side by side and fasten them with cleats1 the first cleat being placed #ah in4 from the end to be used for the pins4 ,the cleats should be of or -in4 material and cut as long as the upper board is wide1 or #ae in4 ,these are placed on top of the lower boards1 or between the two4 ,by placing the first one #ah in4 from the end1 clearance is obtained for the trap ,a4 ,the other board is placed on the cleats and fastened1 after it has been centrally located1 with screws from the under side4 ,the screws must not come through or the surface of the upper board be marred in any way so that the balls cannot roll freely4 ,the difference in width of the lower board and the upper one provides #a-;in4 clearance on each side as grooves for the return of the balls4 ,inclose the alley with boards1 #c in4 wide and in4 thick1 to the point ,b1 and from there around the pin end with boards1 #f in4 wide4 ,the upper board should be cut to such a length that a space of #b in4 at the end ,c will be provided4 ,into this space is fitted a block of wood1 about in4 thick1 having its upper surface slightly pitched toward the sides of the alley to start the balls back to the front of the board4 ,from the ends of this block two strips1 #a in4 wide1 are fitted into the side grooves1 from ,d to ,e1 on an incline1 to return the ball after each shot4 ,the location of each pin is marked on the end of the upper board1 and small holes are drilled just large enough to admit pieces of stout cord1 like a fishline1 to pass through freely4 ,the pins are made of hard wood1 carefully balanced1 so that one end will not be heavier than the other4 ,the lower end of each pin is drilled to make a recess1 ,f1 in which the cord is fastened with a screw or nail4 ,holes are bored through the bottom board1 in4 in diameter1 to correspond to the #aj small holes made through the upper one4 ,lead weights of about #b oz4 are fitted in the holes and attached to the strings from the pins4 ,the ends of the weights should extend about in4 from the under side of the alley4 ,attach a board1 #ah in4 square1 with hinges to the end of the alley so that it will hang under the weights4 ,a stout cord is run along the under side of the alley to the front end through screw eyes1 and attached to the swinging board4 ,by letting the board swing down the weights are released and they draw the pins into a standing position1 accurately set for the next break4 ,when set1 the line is drawn1 and the swinging board pushes the weights up and releases the pins4 ,the balls used are made of hard wood1 and1 if it is not desirable to make them1 they can be purchased from a toy store4 ,they are #a in4 in diameter4 ,each player has three shots4 ,the ball is placed on the spot ,g and shot with a billiard cue1 the object being to knock down as many pins as possible2 the score is kept as in bowling4 ,horses can be made of metal and wood1 as shown1 for holding the alley at the proper height4 ,the alley can be used on a large table1 but horses are more convenient4 ,the ,glass-and-,hat ,trick ,the effect of this trick is as follows3 ,the performer first exhibits a small table1 about #b ft4 square1 the top of which is covered with black velvet4 ,he requests the loan of a ,derby hat and a handkerchief1 then takes an ordinary glass1 filled with water1 and places it on the table top1 covers it with the handkerchief1 and sets the hat on top of the glass4 ,he then withdraws a short distance1 and at a command1 the glass appears to pass slowly through both handkerchief and hat until the hat rests on the table top4 ,the hat is then taken up and is handed to the owner1 who finds the glass of water in the hat4 ,while this is seemingly impossible1 the effect can be easily accomplished and the necessary apparatus can be made up cheaply if a table of suitable size can be had1 although a kitchen table may be used if so desired1 but a table about #b ft4 square is preferred1 because it can be easily carried4 ,the table is prepared as follows3 ,procure a block of wood1 about #b in4 square and #a in4 thick1 and glue it to the under side of the table in the center4 ,bore a -in4 hole through both the table top and the block of wood4 ,the top of the table must be covered with some black cloth1 such as velvet4 ,using the hole bored as a center1 cut out a piece of the table top to correspond with the diameter of the glass to be used1 and about in4 deep1 fit into this depression a piece of round sheet brass4 ,procure a -in4 rod1 about #f in4 long1 and fasten the brass disk to the end of it so that the disk will fit into the round depression when the rod is run through the hole in the table top and block4 ,the other1 or lower1 end of the rod is filed flat1 and a small hole is drilled through it1 the edges being smoothed to receive a thread4 ,the top of the brass disk is covered with the same material as is used for covering the table top4 ,this will make it appear to be one piece covering the table top4 ,fasten a strong black thread to one corner of the table top on the under side1 and run it through the hole drilled through the end of the rod1 then over a small window-curtain roller fastened into the opposite corner of the table top1 where the thread is run down a table leg and through another pulley out under a rug or the floor to an assistant where the thread will not be seen4 ,the metal disk can then be controlled without any apparent power4 ,if the rod extends under the table too far1 tape some velvet or fancy cloth around the table edge to cover it4 ,illustration ,illustration3 ,apparently the ,glass ,filled with ,water ,passes ,up through the ,crown of the ,hat and is ,taken from it ,when the ,trick is ,completed ,to begin the trick1 the performer exhibits the glass of water1 then sets it on the table just back of the disk1 and in placing the borrowed handkerchief it is put on the disk rather than the glass4 ,as the handkerchief is held in front of the glass the assistant pulls the disk up2 thus the handkerchief is placed on the disk and the glass of water is left uncovered just behind it4 ,the performer then starts to put the borrowed hat on the glass1 crown up1 and when1 seeing his mistake1 he apologizes1 turns the hat over1 and in doing so picks up the glass of water and places it in the hat4 ,the hat is then set on the disk with the crown down4 ,in turning the hat the glass is taken up with the first two fingers of the right hand4 ,when the hat is raised1 the glass is also raised with it1 and while doing this the hat is slanted so as to hide the glass4 ,in turning the hat over1 the glass is brought into it4 ,this is quite hard to explain1 but a little practice will enable the performer to make no mistake4 ,when the hat is placed on the disk the assistant slowly lets the disk down4 ,it is very necessary to let the hat down slowly1 as a sudden jerk is apt to tumble the hat over and spoil it as well as the trick4 ,when the hat comes to rest on the table top1 it is removed and handed to the owner with the glass of water in it4 ,wire-,mesh ,support for ,flower ,centerpiece ,illustration ,pansies1 violets1 or other short-stemmed flowers cannot easily be shown to advantage in a table centerpiece unless properly supported4 ,by placing a frame of wire mesh in the dish1 as shown in the sketch1 the stems of the flowers may be set in the openings1 giving a neat and effective display4--,victor ,carpenter1 ,south ,bend1 ,ind4 ,false ,bottom for ,emptying ,wastebasket ,illustration ,in order to avoid handling paper and other material which sometimes sticks in a wastebasket1 ,i arranged a false bottom in the receptacle1 as shown in the sketch4 ,a hole was cut in the bottom of the basket and a square board1 nearly as large as the bottom1 was fitted over it1 and a leather handle provided4 ,the basket may be emptied quickly by forcing out the false bottom1 without the hands touching the contents4--,harold ,laughlin1 ,reading1 ,michigan4 ,making ,use of ,refrigerator in ,winter ,illustration ,by fitting a #c-;in4 pipe into the lower part of a refrigerator so that a draft of cool air from outdoors is available in cold weather1 it may be used without ice for a considerable part of the year4 ,the top is left open slightly1 and a piece of cheesecloth is tied over the outside end of the pipe1 to prevent dust from entering4 ,a tin shutter is placed on the inside of the refrigerator to close the pipe in extremely cold weather4 ,this arrangement has proved quite satisfactory for the winter storage of food4--,r4 ,r4 ,dowsley1 ,prescott1 ,canada4 ,inkwell ,base ,made from ,fuse ,socket ,illustration ,workers in the munitions industry frequently devise small useful or ornamental objects in imitation of1 or from1 discarded parts on which they work4 ,the inkwell shown in the sketch was made from a rejected fuse socket of a shrapnel shell4 ,it was fitted with a glass container and fastened into a wooden base4 ,valve-,bottom ,pail for ,dipping ,water ,illustration ,an ordinary pail may be converted into a convenient device for dipping water by fitting a valve into the bottom1 as shown in the sketch4 ,fasten a piece of soft leather to the bottom of a block1 #c in4 square1 and fix this to the bottom of the bucket by means of a small hinge4 ,by pushing the bucket bottom down into the water1 the latter rises up through the valve until the bucket is full4 ,by lifting it the valve is closed4 ,this device fitted to a tall milk pail is especially convenient4--,r4 ,s4 ,matzen1 ,fort ,collins1 ,colo4 ,a ,shoe-,polishing ,strop ,it is awkward to shine one's shoes with a long strip of cloth as is done by a shoe shiner to produce a high polish4 ,an effective substitute method is to suspend from the wall a strip of cloth1 about #e in4 wide1 doubled to a length of #cj in41 and rub the shoes on it before putting them on4 ,a ,magic ,cabinet ,the performer calls the attention of his audience to a cabinet mounted on short legs and having doors in the front1 back1 and top4 ,the back door is opened1 then the top and front1 and an arm is thrust through to show that the cabinet is empty and without double doors or double walls4 ,the performer also puts his wand beneath the box to show that there is no deception there4 ,the doors are then closed1 except the top1 and reaching down1 he takes out any number of articles1 from handkerchiefs to rabbits1 and then the front door is opened to show the box is empty1 but upon closing the front door again1 he is still able to produce articles until the supply is exhausted4 ,wonderful though this trick may appear1 it is very simple1 and if a person is handy with tools1 it can be made from lumber taken from a packing box4 ,to make the cabinet1 nail together1 in the shape of a rectangle1 two pieces1 #af in4 long1 #ad in4 wide1 and in4 thick1 and two pieces #ad in4 square and in4 thick4 ,to one of the latter pieces fasten four legs1 one at each corner4 ,in the opposite piece1 or the top1 make an opening in the center1 #h in4 square4 ,this opening is covered with a door #h in4 square1 supplied with a knob to open it easily4 ,a piece1 #af in4 long and #ad in4 wide1 with an attached knob1 is hinged to the front1 for a door2 also another for the back hinged in the same manner and with a knob4 ,in the back there is a cutout made1 #i in4 long and #g in4 wide1 in the center4 ,in this opening a swinging box is hung to hold the articles taken from the cabinet4 ,the swinging box is made of two pieces1 #i in4 long and #g in4 wide1 and two pieces about in4 larger each way1 nailed together on ends1 cut triangular4 ,this box is hinged in the opening so that it will swing in or out as desired and show a panel on either side of the door4 ,the front door should have a panel nailed on each side of equal size1 to make both doors appear alike4 ,after loading all the things desired to be shown in the triangular box1 start the trick by pushing this box into the cabinet and showing the outside2 then open the back1 and in doing so1 push the triangular box out as the door swings back and away from the audience4 ,this shows that there is nothing to be seen but the panel4 ,open the front door and top1 and the cabinet will appear empty4 ,close both front and back doors1 and in making this change1 push the triangular box in1 and begin to take the things out through the top door4 ,illustration3 ,open the ,front ,door and ,top of the ,cabinet and ,it will ,appear ,empty ,by careful construction the cabinet can be made so that the doors will open freely and the triangular box swing easily so that it will not be seen in operating it4 ,with a clever performer this trick is without an equal1 as many variations can be made in the performance4 ,countersinking a ,hole ,smoothly ,when a hole in a piece of steel1 iron1 or brass is being countersunk1 the drill usually chatters1 making the countersink rough4 ,where a smooth hole is required1 it is best to make the countersink first and drill the hole afterward4 ,by doing so the hole will be perfectly smooth4--,contributed by ,chas4 ,g4 ,england1 ,washington1 ,pa4 ,receptacle for ,shellac ,varnish ,illustration ,a simple1 inexpensive1 and practical pot and cover for holding shellac varnish in the pattern shop1 or at home1 is shown in the sketch4 ,it consists of a base made of wood having in the center a counterbore into which a glass tumbler1 or other container1 is fitted4 ,for the cover an ordinary flowerpot is used1 fitting down over a ring on the base4 ,an accumulation of shellac around the top cannot come in contact with the cover4 ,the brush extends through the hole in the bottom of the flowerpot and is held suspended by means of a leather washer resting on it4--,contributed by ,j4 ,d4 ,roberts1 ,kenosha1 ,wisconsin4 ,homemade ,vaporizer ,illustration ,a simple vaporizer which can be used by designers to project their colors in a fluid spray1 or by housekeepers to disinfect or perfume their apartments1 can be made in the following manner3 ,two goose quills are forced through holes in a cork at right angles to each other1 as shown4 ,place the vertical quill in a bottle containing the fluid to be sprayed and by blowing through the horizontal quill a very effective spray will be produced4--,contributed by ,hazel ,kolar1 ,maywood1 ,ill4 99 99 99 99 99 ,old wringer clamps1 used for holding the wringer to the tub1 are very handy around a workbench4 ,tooth ,powder ,used on ,tracing ,cloth ,tooth powder is an excellent substitute for the powders which are sold for the purpose of preparing the glossy surface of tracing linen to receive ink4 ,the gritty element removes the excess gloss which prevents the ink from taking hold4 ,a second dusting with talcum powder makes a perfect surface for inking in4 ,a ,small ,gas ,furnace ,illustration ,a small gas furnace for melting small quantities of gold1 silver1 or other metals1 can be easily made as follows3 ,procure a cylinder of stovepipe iron of the desired size1 say #d or #e in4 in diameter1 and #f in4 long4 ,turn in the edge of one end so that it will hold loosely a disk of iron of the same thickness as the cylinder1 to form the bottom4 ,punch -in4 holes1 about #a in4 apart1 all over the cylinder and the bottom4 ,this is to allow for the escape of moisture and air4 ,attach three legs to the sides with rivets1 evenly spaced so as to raise the bottom #d in4 ,in the side of the cylinder cut a hole1 #a in4 in diameter1 its center being #a in4 from the bottom4 ,select a glass bottle whose diameter is #a or #a in4 less than that of the cylinder4 ,make a putty of fire clay1 and add about five per cent of plaster of ,paris1 and also add about a teaspoonful of vinegar1 to prevent a too rapid setting4 ,place a mass of the putty in the bottom of the cylinder and press in the bottle after its surfaces have been well greased4 ,the bottle should be well centered in the cylinder4 ,press the bottle well down1 so that its bottom is on a level with the lower edge of the hole in the side4 ,fill in the putty to form the sides1 tamping it well all around the bottle1 and build it up a little above the metal of the sides1 carefully smoothing off the edge4 ,with the fingers1 or a spatula of some kind1 cut out the putty in the hole to form an opening1 in4 in diameter4 ,allow the putty to set for more than an hour1 and then with a circular1 or twisting1 motion remove the bottle4 ,to prevent a vacuum in the bottom that will prevent removing the bottle easily1 puncture the putty that lies on the disk with a hatpin1 to allow the air to pass4 ,a few places will be found where the putty has not filled in properly1 and these should be patched up while the filling is yet soft4 ,the clay will probably shrink after standing for a time1 and should be pressed out against the sides while in a plastic state4 ,when dry1 the furnace is ready for use4 ,in furnaces of this kind the jet of a large gas blowtorch is to be used4 ,if a standard is rigged up to hold the blowtorch1 it will be much easier for the operator4 ,the jet from the pipe is thrown in the hole at the side and a crucible is placed in the furnace4 ,it is well to make a cover similar to the body of the furnace with a hole in the center a little larger than the hole in the side4 ,a more efficient furnace can be made with two holes in the side1 opposite each other1 for using a double jet from blowtorches4--,contributed by ,james ,h4 ,beebee1 ,rochester1 ,n4 ,y4 ,the ,magic ,clock ,hand ,the hand1 or pointer1 is the only working part needed to perform the trick4 ,a clockface can be drawn on any piece of white paper1 and a pin stuck in its center on which the hand revolves4 ,the hand ,a is cut from a piece of sheet brass1 and may be in any form or design desired1 but it must balance perfectly on the axle1 which passes through a -in4 hole in the center1 or else the magic part will fail4 ,the illustration shows a good design with dimensions that will cause it to balance well2 however1 this can be adjusted by removing some metal from the end that is heavier with a file or tinner's snips1 or a bit of solder may be stuck to the lighter end4 ,illustration3 ,design of a ,hand ,that will ,balance ,well and the ,parts for ,its ,axle ,a disk1 ,b1 is cut from a piece of sheet brass1 #a in4 in diameter1 twelve -in4 holes are drilled at equal distance apart near the edge1 and a -in4 hole is drilled in its center4 ,this disk is soldered to the hand where both -in4 holes will coincide4 ,it is necessary to procure two washers1 ,c and ,d1 that are embossed1 or raised1 in the center1 and about #a in4 in diameter4 ,these can be purchased from a dealer in curtain rods1 the rod parts wanted being the washers used on the ends4 ,a careful mechanic can raise the center portion of a brass disk by beating it over a hole with a ball-peen hammer4 ,one of the washers1 ,c1 has a spring1 ,e1 soldered at one end1 and the other carries a small projection that will engage the holes in the disk1 ,b4 ,the projection can be made by driving the metal out with a center punch1 set on the opposite side4 ,the washer ,d is provided with a lead weight1 ,f1 and a -in4 stud1 ,g1 is soldered in the center4 ,the stud has a -in4 hole drilled through its center for the pin axle4 ,the weight is made by filling the washer with melted lead1 which when cold is removed and sawn in two4 ,one piece is then stuck in the washer with shellac4 ,the stud is in4 long with the upper part1 about in4 in length1 filed1 or turned down1 smaller1 and threaded4 ,just below the thread1 or on the shoulder1 the body is filed square to fit a square hole filed in the face washer ,c carrying the spring4 ,this square hole and stud end are necessary in order that both washers may turn together4 ,illustration3 ,a ,number is ,mentioned and the ,performer ,gives the ,washers a ,twist to ,set the ,concealed ,weight so ,that the ,hand ,when ,hung on the ,dial will be ,drawn to ,point ,out the ,number ,selected ,the dial can be made of a piece of thick cardboard1 or thin wood1 with the numbers from #a to #ab painted on1 like a clockface4 ,a pin1 in4 in diameter1 or an ordinary large pin1 is run through the center so that it will project on the face side on which the hand is to revolve4 ,the washer ,d with the weight is placed on the rear side of the hand with the fixed stud run through the hole in the center of the hand2 then the washer ,c is placed on the square part of the stud1 and the nut ,j1 which should have a round1 knurled edge1 is turned on the threads4 ,this will cause the projection on the spring ,e to engage one of the small holes on the disk ,b4 ,in turning the two washers1 ,c and ,d1 with the thumb and first finger of the right hand1 the projection snapping into the holes of the disk ,b can be felt4 ,the hand is placed on the pin of the clockface1 and the washers are turned so that the weight will make it point to #ab4 ,scratch a mark on the hand at ,h1 also mark a line on the front washer at this point4 ,these lines are necessary1 as they enable the performer to know how many holes to snap the spring over to have the hand point at any desired number4 ,by reversing the hand it will point to a different number2 for instance1 if set for #h and put on the pin backward1 it will point to #d1 and so on1 with other settings4 ,the dial can be held in the hand1 hung on a stand1 or fastened to a wall1 and can be used to tell the day of the week1 time of day1 cards selected1 etc4 ,the audience can call for any number on the clockface1 and the setting of the disks is an easy matter while holding the hand1 or pointer1 in the hands1 so that it cannot be detected4 ,uses for ,steel ,wool ,the use of steel wool in place of sandpaper when finishing off new or old work1 when preparing it for varnishing or other finishes1 will be found very helpful4 ,it is put up in small packages and can be obtained in several grades of fineness4 ,it is especially useful when removing old finishes1 in and around moldings1 etc41 since it conforms to irregular shapes as sandpaper will not4 ,put on a pair of heavy canvas gloves when using steel wool4 ,they will keep the fine slivers out of the skin4 ,these gloves will also be found useful when varnishing and painting4 ,turning ,long ,wood ,rods ,to turn a long wood rod of small diameter is not an easy job for the amateur1 and a suitable tool for the purpose is seldom found in the amateur's outfit4 ,the tool illustrated can be easily made from materials that are always at hand4 ,a block of hard wood1 ,a1 is first provided1 and a hole1 ,b1 large enough to admit the square strip from which the rod is to be turned1 is bored in the end1 whereupon the hole ,c1 which has the diameter of the finished rod1 is bored through the block4 ,the hole ,d is next bored at right angles to the axis of the hole ,c1 and so placed that its edge just touches the outer edge of the hole ,c4 ,this hole is to receive an ordinary gouge1 and must be of such size as to receive the gouge snugly4 ,illustration3 ,a ,block of ,wood ,fashioned to ,hold an ,ordinary ,gouge for ,turning ,small ,wood ,rods ,the gouge is ground back far enough on the under side to make the cutting edge level with its back1 and then beveled off on the inside to a sharp edge4 ,the gouge ,e is placed in the hole ,d with the cutting edge on the center line1 as shown1 and held in place with a wood plug1 ,f4 ,a little soap applied to the bore ,c will prevent binding4 ,to use the tool1 a strip of wood is pointed sufficiently to allow it to enter the hole ,c a short distance4 ,the strip may be rotated by holding it in the chuck of a lathe while the tool is held in the hand1 using the handle of the gouge to prevent its turning with the stick4--,contributed by ,j4 ,a4 ,brearley1 ,washington1 ,d4 ,c4 ,hanging ,ladder for a ,hatchway ,illustration ,a handy ladder to swing from a hatchway can be made of a solid plank1 as shown4 ,cut the plank to the length desired and saw notches on each side to form steps4 ,with a solid hook to fasten it in a similar hook in the ceiling1 at the edge of the opening1 it makes a novel yet practical ladder4--,contributed by ,victor ,carpenter1 ,south ,bend1 ,ind4 ,an ,oilcan ,stopper ,an empty cartridge shell makes an excellent stopper for an oilcan in case the original stopper becomes lost4 ,the cap in the shell is removed and the hole enlarged with the tang of a file so that a leather thong can be inserted4 ,a knot is tied in the thong on both sides of the base1 to prevent the thong from slipping either way4 ,the end of the thong is tied to the bail of the can4 ,enamel for ,steel ,fishing ,rods ,make a thin solution of shellac in alcohol and add a teaspoonful of ,venice turpentine to each half pint1 and the same quantity of lampblack for a black enamel4 ,scrape the bare spots on the rod and heat it slightly1 to melt the shellac for the first coat4 ,use a fine brush and apply two or three coats1 which will give a smooth1 glossy1 and elastic surface that will not scale or crack4 ,bench ,receptacles for ,small ,articles ,when working with small1 round articles1 such as ball bearings1 it often happens that they roll off the bench and are lost4 ,to remedy this1 ,i bored several holes1 each #b in4 in diameter1 in a convenient place in the workbench top1 making them about in4 deep1 for the different articles4 ,to make the small parts easily accessible the holes were filled in with thick paste made of plaster of ,paris which was molded into a saucer shape4 ,after the plaster became thoroughly dry the inner surface was painted over with white enamel4 ,this made them easily cleaned with a damp cloth4 ,any article dropped into these depressions will roll to the center1 and as the sides are curved it can be easily picked up when it is wanted4--,contributed by ,frank ,l4 ,matter1 ,portland1 ,oregon4 ,ruler with ,round and ,flat ,edges ,illustration3 ,the ,molding ,presents a ,round ,edge for a ,pen and a ,flat ,one for a ,pencil ,picking up a smooth piece of ordinary wood molding1 intending to use it as a ruler1 ,i found that its shape1 ,a1 combined the properties of the round ruler and flat ruler1 as well as assuming the third position ,d4 ,a simple reverse changes the edge from a round to a sharp or flat1 accommodating it to a pen or pencil1 as shown4 ,such a piece of molding can be procured from a local lumber dealer4--,contributed by ,james ,m4 ,kane1 ,doylestown1 ,pa4 ,a ,trouser ,hanger ,illustration3 ,the ,trousers can be ,easily ,hung on the ,cross ,bars to ,keep the ,crease in ,them ,a wood frame1 similar to a picture frame1 is made up and hinged to the inner side of the closet door with its outer edge hung on two chains4 ,the inside of the frame is fitted with cross bars4 ,after hanging the trousers on the cross bars the frame is swung up against the door where it is held with a hook4 ,several pairs of trousers can be hung on the frame1 and when flat against the door it takes up very little space4 ,the trousers are kept flat so that they will hold their crease4 ,an ,emergency ,alcohol ,stove ,if a person starts on a picnic with a ketchup bottle full of wood alcohol placed in the lunch basket and suddenly discovers that the alcohol stove was left at home1 it is not necessary to walk back to get it2 just unscrew the cover of the ketchup bottle and bunch a piece of cloth large enough to fill the top1 soak it thoroughly in the alcohol and light it4 ,the metal top is just the right size to make a hot flame4 99 99 99 99 99 ,a box #h in4 square and #d in4 deep will hold one gallon4 ,illustration ,fireside ,dissolving ,views ,,by ,,susan ,e4 ,w4 ,,jocelyn ,to those interested in amateur theatricals the following method of showing dissolving views in the fire-light of pipe dreams and mind pictures will be appreciated4 ,a frame made of light material1 ,a1 ,fig4 #a1 covered with red cloth and chalked to represent brick1 is placed in the center of the stage4 ,the central opening1 representing the fireplace1 must be rather large1 about #ab ft4 wide and #g ft4 high1 because it is at the back of this opening that the pictures are produced4 ,from the chimney back1 #b ft4 behind this opening1 the sides1 ,b1 of the fireplace slope outward to the imitation brickwork4 ,the walls of the fireplace are covered with sheet asbestos1 for safety1 and painted black2 then ashes are rubbed on the chimney back and scattered over the hearthstone1 to make the appearance more realistic4 ,the chimney back is removable1 in fact it is one of a series of a half dozen screens1 the others being behind it1 the proper manipulation of which1 together with changing lights1 gives to the audience the effect of dissolving views of the dreams that are being acted out directly behind the screens4 ,illustration3 ,the ,tableau is ,played ,out behind the ,screens and is ,dimly ,seen through the ,fireplace ,opening ,when the ,lights are ,properly ,controlled and the ,screens ,drawn ,slowly ,the screens are carried in a light frame1 the top of which is shown in ,fig4 #b1 with position of runs4 ,the runs are made of narrow strips of wood1 fastened to the under side of two end pieces1 for the screen frames to slide in4 ,corresponding strips are placed in a suitable position on the floor1 to keep the screens steady in sliding4 ,the frames holding the run pieces are longer than the chimney back is wide1 and the upper one is placed as high as the brickwork1 the shelf1 or mantel1 over the fireplace being an extension of the upper part1 or frame4 ,the screens are in pairs1 as shown in ,fig4 #c1 each one extending to the center of the fireplace4 ,they consist of light frames covered with black mosquito netting4 ,the upper and lower sides of the frames are sandpapered smooth so that they will move easily in the runs4 ,the vertical sides of a pair of screen frames that meet in the center of the fireplace are made of one strand of wire1 instead of wood1 so that their motion will not be noticeable4 ,to complete the apparatus1 andirons and a gas log are needed in the fireplace1 and whatever arrangements are necessary for the action of the views to be shown behind the screens4 ,if gas is available1 an asbestos log is used in the fireplace1 and it has a connecting pipe to the footlights1 where four or five jets are located on the floor just back of the screens4 ,a narrow board1 painted black1 is placed in front of the lights1 which should be wide enough to conceal the lights from the spectators and reflect the light on the tableau4 ,if the light is thrown above the imitation brickwork1 then it should be made higher4 ,in most halls1 and some houses1 electric lights are used instead of gas1 and in this case ordinary logs are piled in the fireplace on the andirons1 and one or more red globes are introduced to produce the effect of glowing embers4 ,the gas is more effective1 however1 because it is not easy to get a gradual rise and fall in the glow of electric lights4 ,four or five footlights are sufficient4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #b ,,fig4 #a ,,fig4 #c ,frames ,made of ,light ,material and ,covered with ,black ,mosquito ,netting ,serve as ,screens ,which are ,operated in ,runs ,located behind the ,fireplace ,that is ,made ,up in a ,like ,manner and ,penciled to ,represent ,brick ,the working of the dissolving views can be best explained by an illustration from 8,reveries of a ,bachelor40 ,the gas log is turned low to make the stage dimly lighted1 and the tableau to be shown is all arranged behind the chimney back and the screens4 ,there should be barely sufficient light to reveal the bachelor on the hearthstone smoking in the gloaming4 ,then the chimney back almost imperceptibly parts1 that is1 the screens of the first pair are gradually pulled apart1 the footlights and gas log are gradually turned on1 and the tableau behind the fireplace1 being more brightly illuminated1 is dimly seen through the series of screens4 ,slowly the successive pairs of screens are drawn aside1 and the tableau becomes quite distinct4 ,then the process is reversed1 the screens are gradually replaced1 the lights are lowered and the dream fades away2 brightens and fades again2 brightens and fades1 till gone entirely4 ,the screens are always slowly moving while the tableau is exposed1 and this makes the illusory effect4 ,it is evident that the success of this plan depends principally on the cordination with which the screens are operated4 8,cinderella10 and many other tales based on the vagaries of the mind and having their source in glowing embers1 can thus be presented4 ,imitation-,celluloid ,scales and ,name ,plates ,often the amateur turns out a very workmanlike piece of apparatus1 which only lacks the addition of a scale or name plate to give it a truly professional appearance4 ,i recently hit upon an excellent method of making these articles in a manner that will stand considerable wear and at the same time present a very good appearance4 ,simply take a piece of good ,bristol board and letter it as desired with waterproof drawing ink1 then apply a coat of clear varnish1 such as is used on bird's-eye maple furniture4 ,after not less than #bd hours rub lightly with fine steel wool1 wipe clean1 and revarnish4 ,usually two coats are sufficient1 and the last should be rubbed with a soft oily rag dipped in some abrasive material such as tooth powder1 or one of the many powders used for metal polishing4 ,finally polish with a little oil1 and the result will be a perfect imitation of celluloid4--,contributed by ,john ,d4 ,adams1 ,phoenix1 ,ariz4 ,direct ,view ,finder for a ,box ,camera ,disappointment in the taking of pictures with a small camera is often caused by the inability of the photographer to obtain an accurate view of what he is photographing4 ,if1 instead of the small view finder on the camera1 the device illustrated is used1 a view of the resultant photograph may be obtained1 right side up1 and of nearly the same size as the finished print4 ,illustration3 ,sight through the ,eyepiece for a ,direct ,view of the ,object ,photographed1 ,thus ,insuring ,more ,nearly the ,accuracy of the ,result ,the distance from the lens of the camera to the front surface of the plate or film must be determined4 ,in the camera shown this was #d in4 ,the distance from the small metal eyepiece1 when it is in place on the box1 to the inner side of the opposite end of the box must be made in4 shorter than this measurement4 ,this will cause the box to be shorter than the camera4 ,the box is constructed so that the sides extend above the top and engage the camera4 ,the view-finder eyepiece is made from a flat piece of sheet metal1 laid out as shown1 and bent into the desired shape4 ,it is fixed over the center of the end of the box4 ,the sight hole must be in4 in diameter4 ,by sighting through the small opening in the eyepiece an unobstructed view of the prospective photograph is obtained4--,contributed by ,a4 ,s4 ,thomas1 ,amherstburg1 ,ont4 ,checking a ,rip in ,tire ,tubes ,it is often difficult to prevent a small rip in an inner tube of a tire from becoming longer1 even though a patch has been applied4 ,an effective remedy is to punch a small round hole at each end of the rip before applying the patch4 ,this stops the tendency to rip farther when pressure is applied4--,contributed by ,george ,h4 ,holden1 ,chesterfield1 ,england4 ,protecting ,wall ,back of ,range or ,sink ,a simple and attractive protection for the wall back of the range or sink in a kitchen was provided by fixing a piece of plate glass to the wall by means of round-headed brass screws4 ,the glass may be washed easily and can be removed when new wall covering is applied4--,contributed by ,jennie ,e4 ,mc,coy1 ,philadelphia1 ,pa4 ,polishing with a ,hand ,drill ,illustration3 ,a ,hand ,drill ,clamped in a ,vise and ,used to ,polish ,round-,head ,screws ,there are certain desired effects in polishing metal that can only be obtained with a true rotary motion4 ,there is no amount of handwork that will produce a proper finish on the round head of a brass screw4 ,therefore1 when small pieces of metal are to be shaped up with the file and polished1 simply set them in a three-jaw chuck of a hand drill1 and then clamp the drill in a vise1 as shown in the illustration4 ,operate the drill with the left hand and hold the file1 or emery paper1 with the right1 and a finish will be obtained that can in nowise be distinguished from lathe work4 ,it is surprising how different round-head brass screws appear when treated in this manner4 ,releasing a ,parachute from a ,kite ,illustration3 ,pull ,in ,about a ,yard of the ,kite ,string and ,release ,it1 ,tripping the ,parachute ,parachutes may be released from suspended kites readily by providing tripping loops on the kite tail1 as shown in the illustration4 ,form a loop on one end of a piece of cord1 and tie the other end to the kite tail4 ,make a loop in one end of another piece of cord and tie the other end to the top of the parachute4 ,tie a piece of cord around a nail close to its head and fix this also to the kite tail4 ,pass one loop through the other and insert the nail1 as shown in the sketch4 ,to trip the parachute1 pull in about a yard of string and release it quickly4 ,the parachute will trip without fail4 ,the end of the string may be fastened to a stake driven into the ground or it may be held in the hand4 ,a ,trick ,blotter ,an ordinary blotter may be transformed easily so that it will remove ink completely when applied instead of leaving sufficient to recognize the script1 by steeping it in a solution of oxalic acid4 ,permit it to dry after several applications of the acid4 ,it will be the source of much amusement1 and is useful as well4 ,illustration ,magic ,candles ,explained ,,by ,,clifford ,,wayne ,clever and baffling though it may be1 the magic-candle trick may be performed easily and with professional skill by a person who has made a few simple preparations4 ,the illustration shows the candles arranged on a table made of a music stand4 ,candles1 cigars1 or pencils may be used1 but for the purpose of this description the former will be used4 ,the candles are of different colors but of the same size and weight4 ,the manipulation is as follows3 ,exhibit a tube of brass1 cardboard1 or other suitable material1 just large enough to contain a candle4 ,then retire from the room1 leaving the tube on the table while one of the spectators selects one of the candles and places it into the tube1 covering the end of the latter securely with a small cap4 ,the other candles are hidden before the performer is permitted to return4 ,the trick is to announce the color of the candle contained in the box by merely passing the hand over it several times4 ,the box and candle are passed out for inspection and will bear it if properly prepared4 ,the secret of the trick is this3 ,the first candle1 for example1 the white one1 is unprepared4 ,the second1 a blue one1 has concealed in it1 in4 from the top1 a small piece of magnetized steel4 ,the third candle1 a red one1 has a similar bar concealed at the middle2 the fourth1 a magnetized bar in4 from the bottom1 and the fifth candle has the bar at a point halfway between the middle and the bottom4 ,the candles are made of wood and the magnets may readily be imbedded in them4 ,they are made of two pieces glued together like a pencil4 ,illustration3 ,mysterious ,passes over the ,concealed ,candle are ,made and ,its ,color ,announced ,the performer hides a small compass in his palm4 ,it is held in place by a wire clip1 gripped between the second and third fingers near the knuckles4 ,a wave of the hand over the tube containing a candle will affect the compass if any candle other than the white one is used4 ,its needle will vibrate when approaching the concealed magnet1 and by determining quickly the position of the magnet1 the color may be announced4 ,those who offer guesses usually insist that some electrical device is used4 ,desk ,slide in ,top of ,drawer ,placing a lock lid in the top of a desk drawer provided a writing board and also gave privacy to the drawer1 as shown in the sketch4 ,illustration3 ,the ,lid ,provides a ,writing ,slide and ,gives ,privacy to the ,drawer ,a lady's desk in a nicely furnished room was used for the telephone and as the desk was often locked there was no place on which to rest the instrument or to take notes4 ,the drawer lid1 locked with a chest lock1 proved effective4 ,the lid may be moved back so as to expose the contents of the drawer4 ,it was finished to match the desk4--,contributed by ,victor ,labadie1 ,dallas1 ,tex4 ,repairing a ,broken ,fly-,screen ,frame ,illustration3 ,sheet-,metal ,braces ,used on a ,loose ,window-,screen ,frame to ,make ,it ,rigid ,an old broken fly-screen frame was made quite rigid with the use of metal braces1 cut as shown and fastened with nails to each corner4 ,the brace was cut from sheet metal1 and the edges ,a and ,b were cut and bent at right angles to the main part1 with their extreme edges bent over the frame4 ,these were sufficient to make the frame as rigid as a new one4 ,raising the ,temperature of a ,room ,the temperature of a room may apparently be raised several degrees with the same expenditure of heat1 and greater comfort will result by the application of a simple principle4 ,in summer a moist day seems warmer than a dry one though the thermometer registers the same4 ,by permitting steam to escape from a radiator or keeping a kettle boiling on the stove1 the air is moistened and feels warmer4 ,a ,carbon ,electric ,water ,heater ,the water heater illustrated is for use on a #aaj-volt circuit without added resistance4 ,it consists of two electrodes which are immersed directly in the water2 and while it is not as artistic as the usual nickelplated heater1 it is usually more economical and has the distinct advantage that it cannot be burnt out4 ,it may be made as rapid in action as desired1 is inexpensive and very convenient where water is required for experimental or industrial purposes4 ,illustration ,for the electrodes1 procure two -in4 uncoppered carbons1 and drill a hole in the top of each of these so that feed wires can be attached4 ,the handle is shaped from a piece of hard wood4 ,the lower end is hollowed out half round at either side1 so that the carbons will fit in snugly4 ,four small holes are then drilled through from side to side for binding wires1 and a large hole is made in the center for the feed wires4 ,two smaller branch holes are then drilled to join the center hole1 so that the double feed cord may be branched out to reach both electrodes4 ,the outer edge of the handle is neatly rounded off and boiled in paraffin so as to render it impervious to moisture4 ,remove sufficient insulation from the feed cord to make a good connection with the carbons4 ,fish the wire through the handle from the upper end4 ,pull each of the two ends pretty well through1 so that they can be securely threaded into the holes previously made in the carbons4 ,have the latter quite hot and run in as much solder as possible1 forcing it in with the end of a match as it becomes plastic4 ,remove all traces of the flux1 and paint the connection with some melted pitch1 taken from the top of a discarded dry cell4 ,the feed cord may then be pulled up tightly1 which will draw the carbons in place4 ,they are then bound by threading through several strands of copper wire4 ,if the holes in the wood are slightly countersunk1 and two small grooves filed around each carbon at the right places to let the holding wires in1 the binding feature may be disposed of very neatly4 ,in some localities the water is so free from all mineral salts that it will not carry the current freely1 which means that the electrodes must be placed closer together1 or else a small pinch of common salt may be added to the water4 ,although1 in sterilizing instruments1 boiling eggs1 or something of that sort1 this would be of no advantage1 the salt greatly hastens the boiling4 ,preventing ,looseness of ,drawer ,handles ,illustration ,drawer handles frequently become loosened and sometimes cause further annoyance by falling to the floor or becoming lost1 because the bolt fastening1 as shown in the sketch1 is not secure4 ,this may be avoided by inserting a rubber band between the head of the bolt and the drawer front4 ,when the knob is drawn up tightly the pressure of the rubber band prevents it from becoming loosened4--,contributed by ,o4 ,f4 ,germaine1 ,akron1 ,ohio4 ,an ,electrical ,dancer ,the modification of the well-known mechanical dancer shown in the illustration is based on the principle of the electric bell4 ,while the amusing antics of the mechanical dancer are controlled by the hand1 the manikin shown is actuated by the electromagnet4 ,illustration3 ,when the ,contact is ,made the ,figure ,dances ,the mechanism is contained in a box4 ,it consists of an electromagnet with a soft-iron armature carried by a spring4 ,a wire from the battery goes to the magnet4 ,the other terminal of the magnet connects with the armature spring at ,l#a4 ,the spring is bent at a right angle at its other end1 ,l#b1 and carries a platform1 ,l#c1 strengthened by a smaller disk underneath4 ,the dancer performs upon this platform4 ,a contact spring1 ,s1 is carried by the armature spring4 ,a contact screw1 ,c1 is adjustable in its contact with the spring ,s4 ,a wire runs from the contact screw to the binding post ,b1 to which the other battery wire is connected4 ,the current keeps the platform in constant vibration1 causing the dancer to 8dance40 ,by means of the screw ,c1 the action of the current may be varied1 and the 8dancing0 will vary correspondingly4 ,the figure is made of wood with very loose joints and is suspended so that the feet barely touch the platform4--,contributed by ,edward ,c4 ,connelly1 ,wilkesbarre1 ,pa4 ,child's ,swing ,built of ,pipes in ,narrow ,space ,illustration3 ,this ,substantial ,swing ,guards the ,youngsters from ,injury by ,brushing against the ,brick ,walls ,a narrow space between two city houses was used to erect a swing1 as detailed in the illustration4 ,a piece of #b-;in4 iron pipe1 ,a1 was cut #a ft4 longer than the space between the walls4 ,two pieces of #b-;in4 pipe and a #b by #b by #a-;in4 tee1 as shown in the detail1 was slipped over the #b-;in4 pipe1 which was built into the walls4 ,a #a-;in4 pipe1 ,b1 #bj ft4 long1 bent as shown1 was joined to the tee1 and a seat1 ,c1 was attached4 ,the construction of the seat is shown in detail1 being fixed to the wooden part with washers1 nuts1 and a threaded nipple1 ,d4 ,a cushion and a removable safety bar1 ,e1 were also features4 ,this swing is safer than one of rope1 and will stand much greater wear4--,james ,n4 ,reed1 ,san ,francisco1 ,calif4 ,door ,bumpers ,raise ,height of ,chair ,four wooden door bumpers1 of the rubber-tipped knob type1 fastened to the lower ends of the legs of one of the kitchen chairs1 make an almost indispensable high chair1 which will bring the table work to a more comfortable height than the ordinary chair does4 ,the young child also will appreciate such a chair at the dining table4 ,when it is no longer needed1 the knobs can be unscrewed quickly4--,j4 ,e4 ,mc,coy1 ,philadelphia1 ,pa4 ,a ,homemade ,hawaiian ,ukulele ,,by ,s4 ,h4 ,,samuels ,the one-string banjo1 the cigar-box guitar1 and similar vaudeville favorites are giving way to the tantalizing ukulele1 and the home mechanic1 to be up to date in his musical craftsmanship1 must fall in line4 ,the size of this instrument makes it especially suited to the cigar-box type of body construction1 as detailed in the several sketches and shown in the photograph reproduced4 ,this neat ukulele was made at a cost of #cj cents1 by careful selection of materials from the shop scrap stock4 ,illustration3 ,this ,cigar-,box ,ukulele ,cost the ,maker #hj ,cents1 and ,affords ,him the ,pleasures of a ,more ,expensive ,one ,a cigar box of good-quality ,spanish cedar1 about #b by #f by #i in41 as shown in ,fig4 #a1 is used for the body4 ,remove the paper carefully1 so as not to mar the surface1 soaking it if necessary4 ,take it apart1 and if the nail holes are too numerous1 or broken out1 trim off the edges4 ,fit the parts of the body together1 as shown in ,fig4 #b1 the top and bottom pieces resting against the side and end pieces1 and the latter between the sides4 ,cut the #b-;in4 hole in the top piece1 as shown1 #c in4 from the neck end4 ,to reinforce the body make strips ,a1 in4 square1 and fit them to be glued into the corners at the top and bottom4 ,make strips ,b1 by by #d in41 and glue them under the top and on the bottom as indicated in ,fig4 #b4 ,the final assembling and gluing of these parts1 using animal glue1 should be done after the bridge ,c is in place1 and the other parts are made4 ,the bridge is of hard wood hollowed underneath the notched edge1 as detailed1 and is fitted with a metal string contact4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #a ,,fig4 #c ,,fig4 #b ,to ,keep in the ,fashion in ,his ,musical ,craftsmanship1 the ,home ,mechanic may ,make a ,cigar-,box ,ukulele as ,detailed ,spanish cedar or mahogany is suitable for the neck1 detailed in ,fig4 #c4 ,a single piece is best1 but the extension for the pegs and the wider end at the body may be joined and glued to the main portion of the neck4 ,dowels should then be used to reinforce the joints4 ,the outline of the parts of the neck are shown in detail in ,fig4 #c4 ,in the sectional view at the right1 the shape of the neck at the thinnest and thickest parts is shown by the two upper curved1 dotted lines4 ,the nut ,d is made of mahogany1 walnut1 or other hard wood1 the grain extending lengthwise1 and the notches for the strings spaced as shown4 ,the making and spacing of the frets must be done very carefully4 ,they are of aluminum1 brass and other metals being suitable also4 ,make the frets by in4 and cut grooves in4 deep for them4 ,the spacing of the frets is determined as follows1 a standard practice3 ,the distance from the metal string-contact on the bridge to the nut should be measured carefully4 ,the first fret1 near the head1 is of this distance from the nut1 the total length being in this instance1 #ac in4 ,the second fret is set the distance from the first fret to the bridge2 the third1 from the second fret to the bridge1 etc4 ,the frets must fit tightly in the grooves1 requiring no special fastening4 ,the tuning pegs may be bought or made4 ,in assembling the parts1 fasten the end of the body to the neck1 with glue1 reinforced by screws4 ,set its upper edge parallel with the fingerboard1 and so that the latter is flush with the top of the body1 when fitted to it4 ,assemble the body1 without the top1 gluing it to the end1 fixed to the neck4 ,when this portion is thoroughly dried1 fit the top into place finally1 and glue it4 ,the whole construction is then cleaned1 sandpapered1 stained1 and shellacked or varnished4 ,the stringing of the instrument is simple1 and the strings may be purchased in sets4 ,homemade ,suitcase ,extension ,illustration ,a handy addition to the traveler's equipment is a suitcase extension that may be removed when not in use1 and folded compactly1 inside of the suitcase if desired4 ,this latter feature is provided for by arranging the extension to be folded vertically at the middle4 ,heavy leather1 cloth board covered with strong linen1 or canvas of a suitable color may be used4 ,if cloth board is used it should be cut the size of the side of the suitcase1 and smaller sections hinged to it at the folds4 ,the leather need not be reinforced if it is fairly strong4 ,cut the leather at ,a1 ,b1 ,c1 and ,d1 and arrange it to be folded on the dotted lines4 ,rivet guides for the straps1 as at ,e4 ,fit the corners with buttons or snaps ,f1 which are locked in position when the extension is in use4 ,the device slides over the suitcase and may be drawn tightly against it when empty4--,r4 ,s4 ,matzen1 ,fort ,collins1 ,colo4 ,putty ,deadens ,glossy ,surfaces in ,photography ,attempts to make 8close-up0 photographs of machinery1 or highly polished objects1 often fail because the reflection of light upon the bright surfaces causes a blur in the photograph4 ,some photographers use putty to deaden the gloss4 ,a lump of putty is rubbed over the surface gently where a brilliant reflection is visible1 or the entire surface is rubbed so that it presents an even1 dead finish on the ground glass of the camera1 when focusing4--,ralph ,w4 ,tillotson1 ,erie1 ,pennsylvania4 ,coop for ,sitting ,hens ,illustration3 ,each ,hen ,has a ,compartment1 with ,plenty of ,space for ,exercising ,when several hens are to hatch out settings at the same time1 considerable space can be saved and much convenience afforded by making a coop as shown in the illustration4 ,it consists of an outer frame of boards1 #a ft4 wide and #f ft4 long1 or as long as desired for the runway4 ,the frame is divided into compartments by boards extending from end to end1 each compartment being for one hen4 ,the frame is placed on level ground and staked in place4 ,at opposite ends of each compartment is a hinged cover4 ,the intervening space is covered with wire netting1 with shelter boards placed loosely over it4 ,under one of the hinged covers the nest should be placed on the ground1 and at the opposite end food and water are provided4 ,each hen has plenty of space to exercise in1 and must at least get up for food and water4 ,the individual covers permit separate examination of the eggs1 or feeding of the hens4--,f4 ,w4 ,buerstatte1 ,pullman1 ,wash4 ,smoking of ,lamp ,overcome by ,increasing ,draft ,while sitting in a room around a lamp1 a group of workmen discussed the probable causes for the smoking of an oil lamp4 ,by way of experiment1 holes were punched in the perforated part of the burner1 increasing the draft through the glass chimney4 ,it was then possible to turn the light up much higher1 without the usual deposit of smoke4 ,as a result of this1 several other troublesome lamps were soon remedied4--,j4 ,e4 ,mc,cormack1 ,haliburton1 ,ontario1 ,can4 ,pencil ,sharpener ,made of ,wafer ,razor ,blade ,illustration ,this tool combines a knife and a file in one handle1 of wood1 #g in4 long4 ,the knife is a single-edged safety-razor blade1 clamped to the handle by two round-head screws4 ,a space1 in4 deep1 under the blade is allowed for chips1 and a piece of a fine file is recessed into the other end of the handle4 ,to use this sharpener1 hold it as a pocketknife is ordinarily held in whittling4 ,the blade will keep its edge for a considerable time4--,ralph ,w4 ,hills1 ,madison1 ,wisconsin4 ,device for ,sharpening ,fiber ,phonograph ,needles ,illustration3 ,by ,using ,this ,needle-,sharpening ,device the ,life of ,records is ,prolonged ,a practical sharpener for fiber phonograph needles may be made as follows3 ,a lever handle1 ,a1 is cut from heavy sheet metal4 ,a safety-razor blade1 ,b1 is bolted to it1 and the metal flap bent over as indicated4 ,a block1 ,c1 is cut so that the upper face makes an angle of #cj with the base1 is faced with a metal strip1 ,e4 ,a triangular groove is cut or filed for the needle ,g4 ,the lever is hinged1 as shown1 by means of a screw4 ,a base1 ,d1 may be added4 ,to operate the sharpener1 place a needle in the groove so that a very small portion of the playing end extends past the face of ,e1 and shear off the end4--,c4 ,m4 ,hall1 ,st4 ,louis1 ,missouri4 ,canoe or ,boat ,stored in ,pulley ,slings ,illustration3 ,the ,canoe is ,stored in the ,garage1 and ,conveniently ,hoisted into the ,gable ,a canoe1 or small boat1 which is taken from the water when not in use1 suffers damage if it is left unprotected in the open4 ,a practical method of storing it so that it can be taken out quickly is to suspend it from the roof structure of a small shed1 or a garage1 by means of slings4 ,the latter are made of double thicknesses of strong canvas1 and are provided with rings where they join to the lower pulleys of the hoisting rope and tackle4 ,the cushions1 paddles1 etc41 may be left in the canoe4--,robert ,w4 ,jamison1 ,mitchell1 ,s4 ,d4 ,clod ,rake ,protects ,corn in ,cultivating ,illustration ,small corn is often injured by lumps of dirt being thrown on it when cultivating4 ,if these are not removed the corn may grow to one side or may lie flat on the ground4 ,in order that ,i need not get off the cultivator to remove such lumps1 ,i made a rake out of an old fork4 ,the tines were heated and bent1 as shown4 ,an iron rod may be used for the handle1 but the wooden one is light and easy to hold4 ,curious ,support for ,call ,bell ,illustration ,two highly polished horns fitted into a polished wooden base and banded with silver form the support for a call bell shown in the illustration4 ,a tapper1 which rests beside the stand1 was made of a deer hoof4--,james ,m4 ,kane1 ,doylestown1 ,pa4 ,ordinary ,pen ,converted into ,fountain ,pen ,illustration ,an ordinary penholder and pen point may be easily converted into a fountain pen1 with the aid of a brass paper clip of the kind shown4 ,the cap is pried off and the prongs straightened4 ,one of the prongs is cut to suitable length1 and the end bent as indicated4 ,it is then inserted in the penholder1 and adjusted to in4 from the end of the pen point4 ,the ink is placed between the bent clip and pen point1 from where it feeds evenly as needed4 ,this kink is helpful when using the heavier drawing inks1 as well as with writing inks4--,r4 ,l4 ,templin1 ,champaign1 ,ill4 ,screwdriver ,made from ,buttonhook ,illustration ,losing a sewing-machine screwdriver1 ,i easily made another by cutting off the hook end of a buttonhook with a chisel4 ,the cut end was placed upon a piece of iron and1 with a hammer1 formed into a screwdriver in a few minutes4 ,the rounded top of the buttonhook makes it convenient to handle or hang up4--,e4 ,m ,bierwagen1 ,south ,bend1 ,ind4 ,guarding a ,camp ,chest against ,theft ,illustration ,unless a camp chest is secured to the ground so that it is difficult for marauders to carry it away it cannot be left at unguarded camps without some danger of theft4 ,by fitting the chest1 ,a over stakes1 ,b set into the ground with crosspieces1 ,d a secure fastening is provided4 ,cleats1 ,c1 with holes for lag screws1 are fitted into the bottom of the chest1 making it easy to remove the fastening when desired4 ,the cleats are kept in the bottom of the chest when not in use4--,k4 ,a4 ,thompson1 ,lexington1 ,va4 99 99 99 99 99 ,by carefully piercing the small end of an eggshell with a large needle1 a funnel for filling very small bottles is provided4 ,a ,toy ,horse ,that ,walks ,this toy1 amusing for the youngsters1 and their elders as well1 will repay one for the making of it4 ,use a cigar box for the carriage1 making it about #aj in4 high1 and shape it in the design shown4 ,nail a piece of wood1 by #b by #d in4 wide1 on each side of the carriage1 and drill -in4 holes in them for the axle4 ,for the horse1 take a piece of wood1 by #d by #f in4 long1 and draw an outline of the head1 neck1 and body4 ,cut this out and drill -in4 holes where the legs are attached4 ,illustration3 ,the ,toy is ,pushed by ,means of the ,handle1 ,causing the ,horse to ,walk ,cut the legs as shown1 about #c in4 long4 ,attach them with small bolts1 or rivets1 allowing space to move freely4 ,the wheels are made of pine1 in4 thick and #c in4 in diameter4 ,the axle is made of -in4 wire bent to the shape indicated1 in4 at each offset4 ,fit the wheels on the axle tightly1 so as not to turn on it1 the axle turning in the pieces nailed to the sides of the carriage4 ,the horse is attached to the top of the carriage by a strip of wood4 ,a #c-;ft4 wooden handle is attached to the back of carriage to guide it4 ,wires are attached to the legs1 connecting with the offsets in the axle4--,charles ,claude ,wagner1 ,los ,angeles1 ,calif4 ,safeguarding ,contents of ,unsealed ,envelopes ,the gummed flaps on envelopes for first-class mail are generally short1 and for sending photographs or second-class matter these short flaps do not stay tucked in4 ,the solution is to lengthen the flap1 by pasting on a sheet of paper1 using the gum thereon4--,g4 ,n4 ,neary1 ,new ,york1 ,n4 ,y4 ,revolving ,outdoor ,lunch ,table ,illustration3 ,the ,persons ,seated around the ,table ,help ,themselves to the ,food ,conveniently by ,turning the ,central ,top ,picnic parties on one of the ,maine lakes make much use of a large table1 having a revolving top1 so that the lunch may be placed on the center portion and the persons seated around the board may help themselves handily4 ,the stationary top is supported on several cross braces of #b by #d in4 stuff1 and the revolving top1 pivoted at the center1 is carried on wooden roller bearings1 fixed near its circumference4 ,the lower portion of the table is in the form of cupboards which are padlocked1 providing storage space for equipment left for the use of picnickers4 ,the table is set under a pergola1 which provides shade4 ,benches1 curved to fit the table1 may be used conveniently with it4 ,a small table of this type is practical as a children's play table1 providing convenient storage space for toys and other articles4--,e4 ,e4 ,dickson1 ,holyoke1 ,mass4 99 99 99 99 99 ,when1 in papering a bathroom with the same tiled paper on sides and ceiling1 the paper does not match in the ceiling corners1 place a strip of quarter-round there1 and color it to suit the paper4 ,a ,penny-in-the-,slot ,newspaper ,stand ,illustration ,a silent1 yet very successful 8newsboy0 is shown in the photograph reproduced4 ,each rack holds one of the daily newspapers4 ,the passer-by puts a penny in the slot and selects his paper4 ,the penny falls down a chute1 striking a bell1 as evidence that the customer has paid4 ,hundreds of papers are sold from this rack each day without the aid of the newsboy's shouts4 ,the slanting shelves make it unnecessary to provide weights for the papers4--,m4 ,f4 ,hall1 ,st4 ,louis1 ,mo4 ,pedals for ,typewriter ,space and ,shift ,keys ,increase ,speed ,illustration ,by attaching pedals to the space key and shift key ,i increased my typewriting speed about #bj words a minute4 ,i made two pedals fast to the typewriter desk1 as shown1 then ran stiff steel wires up to the keys1 connecting the latter to the wire with rubber bands4 ,the pedals are adjusted so that a light tap operates them4 ,if a light typewriter is used1 it should be fixed to the desk4 ,the wires can be unhooked quickly from the typewriter1 and suspended on hooks under the edge of the desk4--,w4 ,j4 ,m41 ,manila1 ,p4 ,i4 ,timing ,pointer on ,watch ,crystal ,working in a photo-print finishing plant where often several jobs need attention and accurate timing1 all at the same time1 ,i find a pointer on my watch crystal a great help4 ,the crystal was loose enough to permit turning it4 ,i glued a three-cornered piece of black paper to the under side of the crystal at the edge4 ,when a batch of prints is placed in a bath1 the pointer is set #ae minutes ahead of the minute hand4 ,when the latter reaches the pointer1 it reminds me to remove the prints4 ,after placing a batch of films in the developing tank1 ,i set the pointer ahead of the minute hand the required time for developing1 placing the watch in view1 to see readily when the time is up4--,a4 ,j4 ,viken1 ,waterloo1 ,iowa4 ,portable ,tent ,made from an ,umbrella and ,paper ,muslin ,illustration ,picnickers desiring to go in bathing are often handicapped by the lack of a convenient place to change clothes4 ,an umbrella and some paper muslin provides a light portable tent that is practical and inexpensive for such uses4 ,cut the dark paper muslin into as many #i-;ft4 lengths as there are sections of the umbrella4 ,sew these strips together4 ,at each seam tie a string about a yard long and a stout cord #ae ft4 long to the handle to hold up the tent4 ,for use1 open the umbrella1 invert it1 and to each rib tie one of the strings4 ,then tie one end of the cord to the handle of the umbrella and suspend it from a tree or other support as shown1 weighting or tying down the other end4--,mabel ,hubbard ,birch1 ,cincinnati1 ,ohio4 ,memorandum ,list for ,camping and ,outing ,trips ,persons who occasionally take an outing or go camping will find a written list of articles needed on the trip a great saving of time and mental energy4 ,this list should be made while making preparations1 and again read shortly before the departure4 ,it may be kept from year to year1 and items added or withdrawn1 as experience teaches4 ,classification is desirable1 under heads such as camping gear1 cooking utensils1 tableware1 foods1 supplies1 etc4 ,each member of a party can agree to furnish certain articles1 avoiding duplication4 ,anyone who has gone on outings and left behind some much-needed article1 will readily realize the help such a list can be1 and by its use the amateur may profit from the experience of others4 ,a ,homemade ,trouble ,lamp ,illustration ,by attaching a handle for carrying1 and making suitable connections1 a portable trouble light was made of a dry battery4 ,a strip of iron was bent to the shape shown1 for the handle1 and fixed to the binding post on the carbon4 ,a bell from an alarm clock was drilled and tapped to fit a small light bulb1 and fastened at the zinc post4 ,the upper edge of the bell was bolted to the extension of the handle1 as shown1 leather washers insulating it4 ,a small switch1 riveted loosely to the iron strip1 controls the light4--,carl ,a4 ,haberlein1 ,mc,pherson1 ,kan4 99 99 99 99 99 ,books to be stacked or carried should be arranged with the backs on alternate sides4 ,pulley and ,weight ,exerciser ,homemade in the ,orient ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #a ,,fig4 #b ,when the ,necessary ,hardware ,was ,not at ,hand1 a ,satisfactory ,rigging was ,made for ,exercising1 by the ,use of ,novel ,substitute ,materials ,finding it difficult to obtain materials for the making of a gymnastic exerciser1 ,i made one with makeshift parts1 typical of this locality4 ,later ,i was able to get the necessary hardware and made an exerciser1 as shown in ,fig4 #a1 quite similar to those manufactured commercially4 ,the original arrangement is shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,i mounted a bamboo rod on two iron brackets fastened to the wall4 ,small pegs provided guides for the ropes1 and the smooth surface of the bamboo caused little wear4 ,other bamboo rods were used for the handle and to support the weights4 ,these were made by filling cans with sand1 and tying them with cords4 ,this arrangement was quite practical1 but did not give the desired freedom of movement4--,m4 ,a4 ,laner1 ,hongkong1 ,china4 ,scoop on ,painter's ,knife ,catches ,scrapings ,by fitting a sheet-metal scoop to a painter's putty knife or wall scraper1 much of the dirt and refuse resulting is caught in the receptacle instead of falling to the floor and being tracked into other rooms4 ,the scoop is a rectangular can1 and is fastened into place by small bolts fitted through the scraper4 ,gas-,hose ,bracket for ,ironing or ,shop ,use ,illustration3 ,the ,bracket ,gives ,greater ,freedom in the ,use of the ,gas ,iron ,in a home where it was customary to use an overhead gas fixture for the attachment of the gas iron for ironing clothes1 it was found that mantles were frequently broken by the resulting jar4 ,by making a bracket for the gas hose1 which is fastened to the end of the ironing board or to the edge of the table1 this trouble was remedied4 ,the new arrangement gave much greater freedom in the use of the iron4 ,the bracket can be removed quickly and fitted to a bench for use in the shop4--,m4 ,j4 ,f4 ,schramm1 ,ridgewood1 ,n4 ,y4 ,homemade ,guide for ,photo and ,paper ,trimmer ,illustration3 ,the ,spring ,hinge ,presses the ,guide ,down on the ,print being ,cut ,having an old but still serviceable photograph trimmer1 with which it was difficult to trim prints uniformly and quickly1 ,i made a guide for this purpose and fitted it to the board1 as shown4 ,the guide is a strip of wood1 in4 thick1 and is fastened to the cleat with a spring hinge1 mounted on a block4 ,although it is not transparent1 like the best commercial devices of this kind1 it gives good service4--,r4 ,b4 ,manck1 ,nazareth1 ,pa4 ,joining ,broken ,liquid ,column in ,thermometer ,to reunite the particles of mercury or other liquid1 which have become separated in a thermometer1 raise it to the level of the extended arm1 the bulb outward1 and jolt the tube with a quick downward stroke4 ,repeat this1 not too vigorously1 until the liquid returns to its proper position4 ,umbrella ,used as a ,clothes ,drier ,illustration ,a clothes drier that can be carried in a purse or a vest pocket will appeal to travelers1 and persons living in small quarters4 ,an umbrella1 four yards of strong wrapping twine1 and several small brass rings are required4 ,knot the rings into the twine at intervals1 measuring the distance between the rib points of the umbrella1 and hook the twine to the points by the rings1 as shown1 providing considerable drying space for small articles4 ,hook the umbrella handle over a suitable support1 or tie it carefully to the supporting pipe of a light fixture in the middle of the room1 ready for the articles to be dried4 ,the twine may also be wrapped around the points1 but it is better to carry a line with rings attached4 99 99 99 99 99 ,by reversing the handle on a dust brush which has been worn near the point1 additional wear may be obtained4 ,metal ,band ,stiffens ,brush ,in painting1 and other work where a brush is used1 it is often desirable to stiffen the bristles4 ,this may be done readily by fixing a band of sheet metal over the brush1 to slide tightly4 ,by adjusting it1 the length and stiffness of the part of the bristles used may be controlled4 ,rubber ,band ,prevents ,tangling of ,telephone ,cord ,illustration ,it is exasperating to pick up the telephone receiver to answer a call and find the cord twisted or wound around the telephone standard4 ,a long receiver cord will not tangle if a rubber band is used to support it1 as shown in the sketch4 ,the elastics permits considerable play1 and if the fullest extension of the cord is desired1 it may be supported on several linked rubber bands1 on the left of the standard4--,k4 ,m4 ,coggeshall1 ,webster ,groves1 ,mo4 ,improvised ,trousers ,hanger in ,train ,berth ,illustration ,the berth of a sleeping car is usually provided with a coat hanger1 but if there is a rod on it for trousers1 there is nothing to keep them from slipping off4 ,by removing two of the curtain hooks1 hanging the trousers over the curtain pole1 and replacing the hooks over the trousers1 a satisfactory hanger is obtained1 which will not permit them to slip down no matter how rough the road4 ,headrest for ,porch ,swing ,illustration3 ,the ,hinged ,board ,provides a ,comfortable ,headrest1 and ,is a ,safety ,feature ,here is a 8peach0 of a homemade porch swing--a shock-absorbing species4 ,the top board is attached with springy hinges1 and affords an ideal headrest4 ,it also tends to prevent children from climbing over the back4--,h4 ,w4 ,hart1 ,st4 ,paul1 ,minn4 ,fruit-,picking ,pole with ,gravity ,delivery ,chute ,illustration ,for picking fruit without bruising it1 in the home garden1 or for exhibition purposes1 the fruit-picking pole shown in the sketch is useful4 ,a wire ring is fixed to the top of the pole1 and the bag1 suspended from it1 is fastened to the pole at intervals4 ,the fruit is removed by means of the ring and drops to the bottom of the chute1 which is held closed by the hand4 ,for picking large quantities of fruit a receptacle is carried by the picker4--,mrs4 ,ella ,l4 ,lamb4 ,mason1 ,michigan4 ,a ,set of ,electric ,chimes ,a set of electric dinner chimes is a welcome and useful addition to many households1 and may be made at a trifling cost by the average person handy with tools4 ,the completed article is shown in ,fig4 #a1 the details in ,fig4 #b1 and the wiring diagram in ,fig4 #c4 ,the woodwork is of -in4 stock4 ,the back ,a1 ,fig4 #b1 is #a in41 by #i in4 long4 ,the ends may be shaped to suit the builder's fancy4 ,the shelf ,b is #d in4 square1 and is fastened to the back piece #b in4 from the upper end4 ,it supports the magnets ,c1 which are made on cores1 in4 in diameter and in4 long1 with ends in4 by #a in4 in diameter4 ,the spools are wound full of ,no4 #bh silk-covered copper magnet wire4 ,these coils mounted on the shelf by means brass straps ,d4 ,four magnets are used1 the forward one being omitted in ,fig4 #b4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #a ,,fig4 #b ,,fig4 #c ,when the ,buttons are ,pressed1 ,tones are ,given ,forth by the ,electrically ,operated ,gongs ,the supports ,e1 for the tubes1 consist of -in4 lengths of -in4 square brass rod4 ,one end of the rod is drilled and tapped for an #h-cb screw which holds the support in place4 ,drill a small hole1 in4 from the end1 for the pin ,g1 made of steel wire4 ,the tapper ,h is made from a #d-;in4 length of stiff iron wire2 #a in4 from one end a -in4 cube of iron1 ,j1 is soldered1 the wire passing through it4 ,the ends of the wire are fitted with balls as shown4 ,a nickeled gong1 ,k1 covers the four magnets4 ,the end of the tapper is passed through the hole in the gong and the ball riveted into place4 ,four -in4 diameter tubes are used1 respectively #c1 #d1 #e1 and #f in4 long4 ,when the apparatus is assembled as shown1 and one of the magnets is energized1 the latter will draw the iron cube ,j toward it1 and the tapper will strike one of the tubes4 ,to control the current supplying the magnets1 four small push buttons mounted on a wooden base are used4 ,they are wired up with the battery and coils1 as shown in ,fig4 #c4 ,a wire from each of the coils runs directly to one terminal of the battery1 the other wire from each coil being connected to a separate push button4 ,the other sides of the push buttons are connected to the battery4 ,by this means any of the magnets may be energized at will1 the coils and corresponding push buttons being marked ,l and ,m1 etc41 alphabetically4 ,tabs for ,turning ,sheet ,music ,quickly ,illustration ,musicians sometimes have trouble in turning over sheet music quickly4 ,here is a simple way to turn the leaves quickly and easily3 ,paste a tab on the edge of each sheet1 as shown4 ,the first sheet is tagged at the top1 the second in the middle1 and the last sheet at the bottom1 like a letter file4 ,where there are many sheets1 it is easy to grasp the upper tab1 on each successive sheet4--,m4 ,w4 ,meier1 ,chicago1 ,ill4 ,a ,springy ,hammock ,support ,made of ,boughs ,illustration3 ,the ,camp ,bed can be 8,knocked ,down10 or ,transported ,considerable ,distances as ,it ,stands ,in many camping places1 balsam branches1 or moss1 are available for improvising mattresses4 ,used in connection with a hammock1 or a bed made on the spot1 such a mattress substitute provides a comfort that adds to the joys of camping4 ,a camp hammock1 or bed of this kind1 is shown4 ,illustration3 ,the ,poles are ,selected ,carefully and ,set ,up with ,stout ,cross ,braces at the ,middle1 and ,lighter ,ones for the ,mattress ,support ,to make it1 cut four #f-;ft4 poles1 of nearly the same weight and #a in4 in diameter at the small end4 ,these saplings should have a fork about #b ft4 from the lower ends1 as resting places for the crossbars1 as shown4 ,then cut two poles1 #b in4 in diameter and #c ft4 long1 and two smaller poles1 #c ft4 long4 ,also cut two forked poles1 #d ft4 long1 for the diagonal braces4 ,place two of the long poles crossing each other1 as shown1 #a ft4 from the ground4 ,set up the second pair similarly4 ,fix the crossbars into place1 in the crotches1 the ends of the crotch branches being fastened under the opposite crossbar4 ,the end bars are fixed to the crossed poles by means of short rope loops4 ,the mattress is placed on springy poles1 #g ft4 long and #b in4 apart1 alternating thick and thin ends4 ,the moss is laid over the poles1 and the balsam branches spread on thickly4 ,blankets may be used as a cover4--,j4 ,s4 ,zerbe1 ,coytesville1 ,n4 ,j4 ,a ,revolving ,card1 or ,ticket1 ,holder ,illustration ,a holder which may be ornamented and trimmed with leather or other materials1 was made of several disks of wood1 joined at the center by a thumbscrew1 and provided a neat place for calling cards1 post cards1 etc4 ,the block ,a1 which fits against the wall1 is in4 thick and #b in4 in diameter4 ,the disk ,c is by #g in41 the disk ,d1 #f in41 and the metal disk ,e1 #f in4 in diameter4 ,the edge of the metal disk1 which may be of ornamented or etched brass1 or copper1 is curled forward as shown4 ,the thumbscrew ,b holds the disks together and fastens them to the wall4--,james ,e4 ,noble1 ,portsmouth1 ,ontario1 ,can4 ,testing ,direct ,current ,polarity with ,litmus ,paper ,litmus paper laid on glass1 and moistened with a weak solution of sodium sulphate can be used to test the polarity of a direct current4 ,if the two conductors are touched on the moistened paper1 the latter will turn red at the positive1 and blue at the negative conductor4 99 99 99 99 99 ,a berry stemmer made of a small pair of tweezers is useful for removing superfluous buds from garden flowering plants4 ,an ,automatic ,fishhook ,the hook ,a is made of tempered brass or steel wire of a gauge sufficient for the size of the fish to be caught4 ,a wire of ,no4 #ah gauge is about right for ordinary fishing1 with a ,no4 #bj or #bb gauge for the trigger4 ,hooks1 ,c ,c1 can be soldered on the points to angle for larger fish4 ,barbs are not required for smaller fish4 ,illustration ,such a hook will catch the fish1 even if they only nibble1 and is especially good for fishing through the ice4 ,use a bob and a pole1 and bait the short hook with a minnow or worm4 ,the extreme length of a hook for catching a #a-lb4 fish should be #c in4 ,fasten the line as shown at ,b4--,contributed by ,robert ,c4 ,knox1 ,waycross1 ,ga4 ,temporary ,binder for ,magazines ,the sketch illustrates an inexpensive temporary binder for periodicals1 magazines1 newspapers1 etc4 ,it consists of four parts1 namely1 two sheets of cardboard1 ,a1 the size of the magazine to be bound1 and two pieces of linen or tape1 ,b4 ,a slot is cut in each corner of the cardboards about #a in4 from the edge4 ,the tape is run through these slots in the manner shown4 ,illustration3 ,the ,binding is ,only ,temporary to ,keep the ,magazines in ,good ,condition for a ,complete ,volume ,the magazine numbers1 as they are received1 are placed on the back cardboard1 building them up consecutively as they come4 ,the ends of the tape are tied to hold them together4 ,the backbone is open and the contents are readily seen4 ,the sliding of the tape in the slots provides a means of holding from one to as many copies as may be desired1 and they are kept in good condition until a complete volume is compiled1 when a more permanent binder can be made4 ,instead of tape a leather strap can be used with a buckle4 ,the tapes can be fastened to one of the cardboards1 allowing one end only to be movable4 ,combination ,workshop ,seat ,a most practical and satisfactory way of using a stool in a small workshop is shown in the illustration4 ,in much of my small work at the bench ,i find it an advantage to sit1 and for that purpose ,i purchased a small stool4 ,my lathe is operated by a geared foot motor provided with two foot levers which may be operated singly in a standing position or both at a time when sitting4 ,the attachment shown converts the stool1 the seat of which is too low except for bench work1 into a comfortable and neat seat for working at a lathe4 ,the sketch is self-explanatory4 ,illustration ,a plate with a setscrew is mounted under the center of the stool seat1 through which a hole is bored for the seat post4 ,two pieces of iron pipe1 an elbow and an old bicycle saddle constitute the remaining parts of the device4 ,provision is made for adjustment as to height1 and the position of the saddle may be changed in the ordinary way by using a wrench on the part which grips the horizontal length of pipe1 just the same as the seat on a bicycle-seat post is adjusted4 ,substitute for ,rivets in ,couches ,the rivets in a couch come loose and work out quite often1 leaving it loose and wobbly4 ,to make rivets fit properly by hammering them into place is almost impossible and to repair the couch with stove bolts makes an unsightly job4 ,a very good repair and one that will make a couch rigid and strong again is by the use of ordinary brass binding posts from old dry-battery cells instead of rivets4 ,these can be easily placed without tools4--,contributed by ,g4 ,h4 ,clemmons1 ,storm ,lake1 ,iowa4 ,a ,nonbinding ,tool-,chest ,slide ,tray ,illustration3 ,the ,spool in ,each ,corner of the ,tray ,rolls against the ,side of the ,tool ,chest ,the slide trays of a tool chest1 especially if they are wider than they are deep1 are apt to bind4 ,to remedy this trouble1 ,i procured four ordinary thread spools and inserted them in openings cut for them in the corners of the tray4 ,holes were bored through the corners for pins to hold the spools in place4--,contributed by ,j4 ,v4 ,loeffler1 ,evansville1 ,indiana4 ,a ,brooder ,illustration3 ,the ,feathers of the ,duster in the ,center of the ,box ,take the ,place of ,those of a ,hen ,a very effective brooder can be made of an old feather duster hung in a box so that the tips of the feathers will come close to the bottom4 ,the brooder consists of a wood box about #a ft4 high4 ,the cover is removed and a hole cut in the center to receive the shank of the duster after cutting its handle off4 ,this makes an excellent substitute for the feathers of the hen4 ,some finely cut hay1 or sand1 is placed beneath so as to bring the level up sufficiently for the chicks to run among the feathers4 ,for ventilation1 bore some holes in the sides of the box near the top and cut a small opening for an entrance4 ,for convenience in cleaning1 the cover should be hinged4--,contributed by ,wm4 ,t4 ,miller1 ,roslindale1 ,mass4 ,how to ,make a ,fancy ,buttonhook ,procure a piece of -in4 round steel1 about #e in4 long1 and file one end of it square for about one-third of the length1 so that the diagonal of the square part is less than the diameter of the rod4 ,cut about #h washers each1 of brass and iron1 from material1 -in4 thick4 ,make the hole in the washers square to fit the square on the rod4 ,the washers can be cut out roughly on the outside1 but they must be larger than the diameter of the rod4 ,place the brass and iron washers alternately on the rod1 beginning with a brass and finishing with an iron washer1 which latter is held in place by riveting the end of the rod on it4 ,illustration3 ,the ,different ,colors of the ,metals ,when ,polished and ,buffed ,give the ,hook a ,neat ,appearance ,the washers are then filed round1 and the remaining end of the rod is tapered4 ,the pointed end is bent into a hook4 ,the whole length is then polished and buffed4--,contributed by ,h4 ,w4 ,hankin1 ,trail1 ,can4 ,hinge ,lock for ,horizontal ,sliding ,windows ,illustration ,a simple catch for fixing windows of the horizontal sliding type so that it is difficult to pry them open is shown in the sketch4 ,it is made of an old hinge1 one end of which is sharpened so as to engage the surface of the frame on which the sash slides4 ,when not in use the hinge is folded up4 ,it can be used to set the window at various points when it is desired to have it partly open4--,t4 ,h4 ,linthicum1 ,annapolis1 ,md4 ,repairing a ,brass ,candlestick ,illustration ,a brass candlestick brought to me for repairs had lost a crownlike bit of ornamentation once fitting on the top of the grease cup4 ,to make a finish at this point ,i soldered therein a heavy brass nose ring4 ,the soldering being concealed on the under portion1 the effect was very good1 and strength was added to the thin brass cup1 preventing possible denting of the edge4--,james ,m4 ,kane1 ,doylestown1 ,pa4 ,hand ,guards for ,motorcyclists ,illustration ,when riding my motorcycle in cool weather1 my hands became very cold1 and in order to overcome this1 ,i had guards1 like that shown in the sketch1 made of oilcloth4 ,a piece1 tapered from #aj in4 at one end to #d in4 at the other1 and #ab in4 long1 was formed into a cone1 the smaller end being fitted1 with an elastic band1 over the handlebar4 ,the guards keep the hands comfortable without gloves in cool weather1 and1 with gloves1 are of great service in the winter4--,george ,westaway1 ,davenport1 ,ia4 ,bicycle-,handle ,grip on ,rake ,handle ,illustration ,by fitting a bicycle handle to the end of a rake handle a grip is provided that is comfortable in the hand when considerable raking is to be done4 ,the sketch shows the grip attached4 ,several small brads were nailed through the handle and countersunk so as not to injure the hand4 ,this prevented the grip from becoming loosened easily4 ,removal ,marker for ,card ,index ,illustration ,a marker which is adapted for use in files of various sizes is shown in the illustration4 ,it may be made easily of medium-weight cardboard1 cut to the shape shown in the diagram below and bent as indicated4 ,the marker is inserted at a point in the index from which a card or other filed material has been removed4 ,it is of such a size that1 when in use1 the tab projects only enough to be recognized1 and the marker may be left in the drawer so as to be convenient for future use4 ,the sketch shows the marker partly withdrawn4 ,the small projections shown in the diagram are important in that they act as springs when the marker is in use4--,john ,b4 ,wade1 ,wellington1 ,kan4 99 99 99 99 99 ,gaskets cut from old inner tubes are satisfactory for water connections4 ,driving ,nails to ,prevent ,splitting ,illustration ,a nail driven so that it crosses the grain1 as shown in the sketch1 is not likely to split the board through which it passes4 ,the splitting often results when the nail is driven straight4 ,the nail should be started at different angles according to the grain of the wood4--,contributed by ,chas4 ,g4 ,england1 ,washington1 ,pa4 ,feeding ,geese in a ,poultry ,yard ,having four geese in a yard with chickens1 ,i found that the chickens would not allow the geese to pick up the food4 ,to feed the geese ,i placed the corn in the bottom of a pan and filled it with water4 ,the geese will easily pick up the corn from under the water1 where the chickens would not attempt to touch it4--,contributed by ,walter ,l4 ,kaufmann1 ,santa ,ana1 ,cal4 ,homemade ,calipers ,illustration3 ,the ,spring ,wire is ,bent ,so ,that the ,points ,turn ,in or ,out as ,desired ,a good pair of calipers can be easily and quickly made by anyone in the following manner3 ,procure a piece of spring wire1 about #ae in4 long1 and bend it as shown in the sketch1 allowing the ends to point inward or outward as the style demands4 ,a loop of heavy wire is fastened around the center so that it can be slid back and forth along the wire4 ,this serves the purpose of an adjuster4--,contributed by ,stanley ,radcliffe1 ,laurel1 ,md4 ,starting ,garden ,plants ,in starting small plants to get them hardy and ready to plant in the early spring provide separate receptacles of paper1 then the plant can be set out without trouble and it will grow as if it had never been moved4 ,procure some heavy paper and make the cups as shown in the sketch4 ,illustration3 ,the ,paper ,cup ,starts ,one ,plant and ,when ,reset ,no ,damage ,results from the ,change ,the paper is cut into squares1 the size depending on the plant1 and each square is folded on the dotted line ,,ab4 ,this forms a triangle of a double thickness4 ,the next fold is made on the line ,,cd1 bringing the point ,e over to ,f4 ,then the paper is folded over on the line ,,fg1 bringing the point ,h over to ,c4 ,this will leave a double-pointed end at ,j4 ,the parts of this point are separated and folded down on the sides which form the cup as shown4 ,these cups are filled with earth and set into earth placed in a box4 ,the seeds are planted within the cups4 ,when it comes time for transplanting1 the cup with the plant is lifted out and set in the garden without damage to the plant roots4 ,the paper soon rots away and gives no trouble to the growing plant4 ,gas ,stove for the ,dining ,table ,the stove is made of one piece of ,no4 #f gauge brass wire and a #f-;in4 length of -in4 gas pipe1 ,a4 ,drill six -in4 holes in the side of the pipe1 spacing them evenly4 ,turn a cap on one end of the pipe and fit a hose cock on the other4 ,start with the ends of the wire and make one turn around the pipe1 then make loops at both sides1 to serve as feet1 and shoulders1 on which to set the bread in making toast4 ,from this point1 where the wires come together1 twist them for a length of #f in4 ,they are then spread and formed into a circle about #d in4 in diameter4 ,the other side1 or upright1 is made in the same manner as making the first part4 ,illustration3 ,the ,stove ,takes the ,place of an ,electric ,stove ,where ,there is ,only a ,gas ,supply ,a piece of sheet metal1 ,b1 is cut to fit the space between the wires1 allowing projections at the upper and lower outside edges for bending around the upright twisted wires4 ,the entire stove can be nickelplated if desired4 ,it can be used in the same manner as an electric stove and for the same purposes where a home is supplied only with gas4--,contributed by ,e4 ,l4 ,douthett1 ,kansas ,city1 ,mo4 ,castings without ,patterns ,the sketch shows a method of making small castings that ,i have used for several years and the castings so produced are strong and very durable1 almost equal to the ordinary casting4 ,the idea may be of considerable value to inventors and home mechanics4 ,illustration3 ,a ,mold ,made in ,plaster without a ,special ,pattern and ,run with a ,soft ,metal ,the mold is of plaster of ,paris1 held in a wood frame or box1 and all that is required in the way of a pattern is a plain block or anything that will produce an impression of the general outline of the casting1 as shown in the sketch4 ,after the impression is made the mold should be dusted thoroughly with black lead4 ,the journal bearings are then located1 holes drilled in the hardened plaster and wood pins set as shown4 ,these pins must be of hard wood and of a diameter to suit the finished size of the bore4 ,brass tubing of a suitable size is cut off to the length required and placed on the wood pins4 ,these pieces of tubing will be the brass bushings in the finished castings4 ,babbitt metal is melted and poured into the mold4 ,before pouring the metal it is well to be sure that the plaster is thoroughly dry4 ,the mold is as shown1 and the upper side of the metal is at all times exposed to the air4 ,this makes it necessary to have all core prints on the under side1 as this side will be the one in view when the casting is finished1 and the upper side1 as the casting lies in the mold1 will be the inside or unexposed side4 ,in case of curved work1 reinforcing strips of sheet brass should be placed in the mold and imbedded in the casting1 as shown in the sketch by the dotted lines4 ,a little practice will enable anyone to produce very neat cored castings4 and when the brass bushings are fitted to size and faced off1 and the casting painted1 a piece will be produced that will compare in finish and general usefulness with anything of the nature that could be bought4 ,do not treat the brass tubes with soldering flux unless necessary1 for they should be removable so that they can be replaced when worn4--,contributed by ,j4 ,b4 ,murphy1 ,plainfield1 ,n4 ,j4 ,a ,developing-,paper ,printer ,having a rush order for a large quantity of post cards1 ,i was compelled to adopt some way of making the prints quickly4 ,as ,i was in a place where a printer could not be secured for several weeks1 ,i set about making one1 with good results1 as shown in the illustrations4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #a ,,fig4 #b ,,fig4 #c ,,fig4 #d ,parts for ,making the ,switch ,so ,that ,it will ,operate ,automatically as the ,cover is ,moved ,i first secured an ordinary soap box and took it apart1 being careful to keep the boards whole1 then rebuilt it to make a box with ends measuring #ab in4 square1 and #ad in4 in length4 ,in one end ,i cut a large hole to admit a #fj-watt tungsten globe1 then1 taking another board1 ,i fitted a knob and hinges to it and used it for a door4 ,the other end of the box was centered and a hole bored large enough to admit an ordinary socket4 ,another hole was bored1 #d in4 to the right1 for another socket4 ,a much heavier material was used for the lid than for the box1 being at least in4 thick4 ,a piece of double-strength1 clear glass1 #h by #aj in4 in size1 was procured and set in a hole cut in the cover so that its upper surface would be flush4 ,illustration3 ,the ,printer may be ,set in the ,table ,top or ,used ,separately1 as ,desired ,an ordinary single-pole switch was secured1 as shown in ,fig4 #a1 also a small mousetrap1 as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,the front part of the trap was sawed off so that only the spring was utilized4 ,the base of the trap was then cut out to fit snugly on the base of the switch1 into which two corresponding holes were bored for the screws4 ,the next thing was to secure several clips1 which were cut from sheet brass1 to operate the switch1 and a lever to control the switch1 as shown in ,fig4 #c4 ,the lever is #a in4 wide and #d in4 long1 having a slot at the bottom1 to slip easily over the lever handle in the switch1 and a hole1 drilled #a in4 above the slot1 to admit a nail to keep the spring from throwing it out of position4 ,the clips for holding the films1 or plates1 are shown in ,fig4 #d4 ,illustration3 ,side ,view of the ,printer1 ,showing ,parts ,assembled and the ,main ,line ,connections to the ,globes ,after securing a double socket1 of which there are many types1 a few yards of lamp cord1 a piece of felt1 #f by #h in4 in size1 and two ordinary lamp sockets1 ,i was ready to assemble the printer4 ,the switch was then placed on a board of the same width1 the spring of the trap placed on top of it and then fastened with screws4 ,this board was then cut off the length of the inside of the box and fastened in place1 with the switch and trap spring on top4 ,the ruby light ,a burns all the time1 acting as a pilot in placing the negative4 ,when the cover ,b is lowered1 after placing the paper1 the felt pad on the under side holding it secure1 the projecting arm ,c comes in contact with the switch lever ,d and makes the connection to the tungsten light ,e4 ,after the proper time for the exposure has been given the cover is raised and by this action the tungsten light is automatically shut off1 leaving only the red light burning4 ,with a #fj-watt lamp ,i secure a print in about #c seconds1 which is fast enough4 ,of course1 by using a larger lamp1 the time could be reduced to a second or more1 according to the size4 ,the time given was obtained by experience in using ordinary brands of papers4--,contributed by ,harry ,marcelle1 ,honolulu1 ,h4 ,i4 ,transposing ,temperature ,readings ,illustration3 ,the ,readings can be ,transposed from ,fahrenheit to ,centigrade or ,vice ,versa ,instantly by the ,use of ,this ,scale ,it is often necessary for the amateur scientist to transpose a temperature reading from the ,fahrenheit to the centigrade scale1 or vice versa4 ,this is easily accomplished by means of the diagram without the use of a formula4 ,the centigrade readings are given on the horizontal axis and the ,fahrenheit readings on the vertical axis4 ,the temperature readings are the same at minus #dj deg4 and from that point on the ,fahrenheit readings equal nine-fifths of the centigrade plus #cb4 ,this reading is instantly seen by the scale4--,contributed by ,james ,f4 ,boyd1 ,ann ,arbor1 ,mich4 ,protecting ,plans in a ,shop ,the magazines ,i used in the shop1 for making a few things from plans1 became so soiled that they were unfit for the library4 ,i now keep them clean by using a covering made of an old picture frame from which the back was removed and a plain glass inserted in its place4 ,this is placed over the magazine or other plans on the bench and keeps them clean1 dustless1 open and flat4--,contributed by ,h4 ,j4 ,blacklidge1 ,san ,rafael1 ,cal4 ,homemade ,eyebolts ,illustration ,many times one has use for an eyebolt when there is none at hand4 ,eyebolts of almost any size can be quickly made of a spring cotter4 ,simply thread the end1 as shown1 and use a nut and washer4--,contributed by ,chas4 ,g4 ,england1 ,washington1 ,pa4 ,to ,keep ,tan ,shoes from ,turning ,dark ,tan-shoe polishes seem to rub the dirt into the leather and to darken it in a short time4 ,tan shoes can be kept clean and well polished without losing their original bright tan color if treated in the following simple manner4 ,instead of using tan polish on a new pair of shoes1 dampen the end of a soft clean cloth1 and rub a small portion of the leather at a time with the moist end and then rub briskly with the dry end4 ,in this way tan shoes can be kept clean and nicely polished like new4--,contributed by ,john ,v4 ,voorhis1 ,ocean ,grove1 ,n4 ,j4 ,a ,finger-,trap ,trick ,it is easy to fool one's friends with the little joker made to trap a finger4 ,it consists of a piece of paper1 about #f in4 wide and #ab in4 or more long4 ,to prepare the paper1 cut two slots in one end1 as shown1 and then roll it up to tube form1 beginning at the end with the cuts1 then fasten the end with glue4 ,the inside diameter should be about inch4 ,illustration3 ,it is ,easy to ,insert a ,finger in the ,tube1 but to ,get ,it ,out is ,almost ,impossible ,when the glue is dry1 ask some one to push a finger into either end4 ,this will be easy enough to do1 but to remove the finger is a different matter4 ,the end coils tend to pull out and hold the finger4 ,if the tube is made of tough paper1 it will stand considerable pull4--,contributed by ,abner ,b4 ,shaw1 ,n4 ,dartmouth1 ,mass4 99 99 99 99 99 ,when mercury is spilled it can be picked up with a medicine dropper4 ,homemade ,roller ,skates ,illustration3 ,wheels ,fitted into the ,ends of a ,long ,board1 to ,make a ,roller ,skate ,the long wheel base of the roller skate illustrated makes it quite safe and will prevent falls4 ,the construction of these skates is simple1 the frame being made of a board1 #b ft4 long1 #c in4 wide and #a in4 thick4 ,holes are mortised through the ends to admit the wheels4 ,a small block1 cut out on one side to fit the heel of the shoe1 is securely fastened centrally1 for width1 and just in front of the rear wheel on the board4 ,two leather straps are fastened to one side of each board1 to fasten the skate onto the shoe4 ,the wheels can be turned from hard wood1 or small metal wheels may be purchased1 as desired4 ,the axle for the wheels consists of a bolt run through a hole bored in the edge of the board centrally with the mortise4--,contributed by ,walter ,veene1 ,san ,diego1 ,cal4 99 99 99 99 99 ,the screw collar of a vise should be oiled at least once a month4 ,how to ,make a ,high ,stool ,illustration ,the cast-off handles of four old brooms1 three pieces of board1 cut as shown1 and a few screws will make a substantial high stool4 ,the legs should be placed in the holes1 as shown at ,a1 and secured with screws turned through the edge of the board into the legs in the holes4 ,the seat ,b should be fastened over this and the legs braced by the square piece ,c4 ,screws are turned through the legs and into the square piece to keep it in position4 ,keeping ,magazines in a ,book ,form ,illustration3 ,several ,boxes will ,appear the ,same as a ,set of ,books and will ,preserve the ,magazines ,desiring to preserve magazine copies without binding them1 ,i made up a series of boxes that gave the appearance of books1 and placed the numbers in order in them as they were received4 ,the sides of the boxes consist of two thin boards1 a little larger than the size of the magazine to be placed in them4 ,the ends are made of the same material1 wide enough to equal the thickness of the copies to be placed in each box1 four or six numbers1 or a volume4 ,one end of these pieces is made slightly rounding1 and the pieces are then put together as shown4 ,the rounded ends of the end pieces and the opening between the sides are covered with a piece of cardboard or bristol board1 to shape the back of the box like a book4 ,the finished box is entirely covered1 like a book1 with cloth or imitation leather4 ,the backs can be lettered and decorated to appear like a book4--,contributed by ,r4 ,m4 ,guarino1 ,new ,york ,city4 ,a ,cardboard ,creaser ,illustration3 ,the ,wire on the ,creaser ,presses the ,paper into the ,space between the ,two ,wood ,pieces ,a simple apparatus for creasing thin cardboard or heavy paper in a perfectly straight line without broken edges is described in the ,french magazine ,la ,nature as follows3 ,on a base of convenient dimensions are fastened two pieces of wood1 well smoothed and of equal thickness1 so that there remains a slot1 about in4 wide1 between them4 ,at one end a hole is bored through these pieces for a shaft on which the creaser will turn4 ,the creaser is made of a piece of wood somewhat longer than the baseboard so that a handle can be formed at one end4 ,at the other end it is slotted for a piece of metal1 perforated for the shaft and fastened with two pins or rivets1 as shown4 ,on the under side of the creaser a stiff steel wire is fastened so that it coincides with the slot4 ,the wire is fastened by heating the ends red hot1 bending them at right angles to the main part and driving them into the creaser4 99 99 99 99 99 ,a razorlike edge can be put on a knife blade by carefully stropping it without lubricant on a piece of smooth aluminum after first whetting on an oilstone4 ,illustration ,a ,miniature ,illuminating-,gas ,plant ,,by ,,morton ,,southard ,illustration ,very few persons realize that the smoke issuing from chimneys is mainly coal gas carrying minute particles of unconsumed carbon that gives it a dark-gray color1 containing1 besides1 some sulphur and sulphuric gases1 carbonic-acid gas1 and other impurities4 ,it is only necessary to collect the impurities to get a gas that will burn with a bright flame4 ,the products obtained from a gas plant are gas1 ammoniacal liquor1 coal tar1 and coke4 ,of #a ton of coal1 #a1ejj lb4 remains in the retort1 or furnace1 as coke2 #bj gal4 of ammoniacal liquor and #adj lb4 of coal tar are taken from the cylinders and washers4 ,when distilled1 the ammoniacal liquor will yield close to #ah gal4 of ammonia1 which is used in the manufacture of artificial ice and cold storage4 ,the coal tar will yield approximately #ai lb4 of benzol1 which is the base of all true aniline dyes2 #f lb4 of naphthalene1 commonly known as camphor flakes or moth balls1 which also yields some dyes2 #d lb4 of toluene1 which is valuable as a solvent and is the base of saccharine1 and about #b lb4 each of phenol 7carbolic acid71 pyrene1 anthracene1 xylenol1 cresol1 chrysene1 and alizarin4 ,the residuum is coal-tar pitch1 used extensively as a binder for briquetting coal dust for household consumption1 and also for roofing and street paving4 ,from these various coal-tar products1 dyes of every tint1 shade and color are obtained1 as well as other industrial chemicals1 from flavoring extracts to perfumes1 from volatile oils to high explosives1 and from the sweetest of all sweets to the bitterest of bitter4 ,a model gas plant--one that will be instructive and in no way dangerous if proper precautions are taken--can be built from a few fire brick1 some pieces of pipe1 and a few tin cans4 ,enough fire brick must be secured to build a furnace #ad in4 square by #bj in4 high1 inside measurements4 ,build up the four walls on a level surface of the ground1 laying the bricks with a cement mortar to seal them perfectly1 as coal gas will find any small crevice and escape4 ,for this reason it is best to build a second wall outside of the first and plaster the joint between them as it is built4 ,when the four walls are finished1 make a grate of fire brick in the bottom by setting the brick on edge and spacing them about in4 ,after the walls are dry1 make ready the material for the fire4 ,place sufficient kindling on the grate to start a quick fire1 then cover it with coal4 ,when this is done1 cover the furnace with a heavy piece of asbestos board large enough to reach the outside edge of the furnace walls4 ,the board must be cemented to the top surface of the brick walls4 ,place the cement mixture on the wall top1 then press the board on it1 and place a weight on top until the cement becomes dry4 ,the cement mixture should consist of one part cement to two parts of fine sand4 ,procure a large can1 such as used in canning tomatoes1 having a diameter of more than #d in4 and with top and bottom whole2 also two other cans1 each having a capacity of #b gal4 with closed heads4 ,connect the first can to the furnace with a piece of #b-;in4 pipe1 as shown in the illustration4 ,the pipe can be bent for convenience1 but in case such a piece is not at hand1 regular pipe connections can be made with threaded ends1 ells1 waste nuts1 etc4 ,in either case1 be sure to make the joints gas-tight4 ,if a bent pipe is used1 the ends can be cemented in the asbestos furnace top and the can top4 ,cut a hole centrally in the asbestos top and at one side in the can top4 ,fit one end of the pipe in the hole made in the asbestos and seal the connection with asbestos cement1 then do likewise with the end that enters the can top4 ,illustration3 ,the ,furnace ,made of ,fire ,brick is ,connected to the ,condenser and ,washers with ,ordinary ,iron ,pipe through ,which the ,gases ,pass ,after being ,purified ,before ,they ,enter the ,storage ,tank ,in connecting the first and second cans1 use a piece of #a-;in4 pipe4 ,this may be bent or connected with ells to form a ,u-shaped piece4 ,in either case1 one end should be longer than the other so that one will just pass into the first can1 where it is sealed with asbestos cement1 while the other end passes through the second-can top1 where it is sealed1 and extends to the bottom of the can4 ,for the connection to the third can1 make a hole in the top of the second can1 but do not seal it up to the connection until the can is first filled with water to within #b or #c in4 of the top4 ,also put powdered coke into the water1 about halfway of the can's height4 ,the connection from the second and third cans should be made of glass so that the gas can be observed passing through it between the cans4 ,this is not absolutely necessary1 however1 and a piece of -in4 iron pipe can be used instead4 ,this pipe is connected in the same manner as that between the first and second1 extending to the bottom of the third can and being sealed where it passes through the tops4 ,the third can is filled with water to within #b or #c in4 of the top4 ,the gas coming from the third can or washer1 is ready for use1 but as the pressure would not be uniform1 a storage tank must be provided4 ,to make a storage tank suitable for the needs of this small plant1 procure two pans from #aj to #ab in4 in diameter and from #c to #d in4 deep4 ,one pan should be a trifle smaller1 so that it may be inverted in the larger pan1 as shown4 ,make a connection from the third can with a rubber hose to the bottom of the larger pan1 near the center1 and use this pan as the bottom part of the storage tank4 ,pour into this pan enough water to make it #b in4 deep1 invert the other pan and set it into the water4 ,attach a gas hose to the bottom of the inverted pan and fasten a gas jet into the rubber-hose end4 ,this will make the gas plant complete and ready to operate4 ,to start the furnace1 bore a hole in one side of the brick walls1 about the size of an ordinary lead pencil1 and insert a lighted taper to set fire to the kindling4 ,there may be some difficulty in getting the fire to burn at first1 and it may be necessary to force considerable air in2 however1 when the fire is fairly started1 it will burn freely and the gases will soon find their way through the first pipe to the condenser1 which is the first can4 ,there they will mingle and deposit some tar and ammonia1 then flow out through the second pipe1 up through the coke and water in the second can and through the glass tube1 where they may be observed passing into the can of water1 where some more tar and ammonia will be deposited4 ,after leaving this can the gas will find its way through the rubber tube into the storage tank4 ,it passes from this tank to the burner1 where it can be lighted and will burn with a bright flame4 ,if it is possible to force steam into the furnace when the fire is at its height1 a much better quality and a larger volume of gas will be made4 ,this is accomplished by placing a closed can of water over a fire near the furnace and connecting it to the latter with a piece of #a-;in4 gas pipe4 ,the water in this can must be boiling hot at the time the fire in the furnace is lighted4 ,the steam entering the furnace is decomposed1 the hydrogen being released as a gas4 ,the pipe connecting the boiler with the furnace should be fitted in the furnace wall so that the steam will pass in at the top of the fire2 about halfway up the side of the furnace being about right4 ,the steam will start the gases more rapidly and force them through the pipes4 ,make sure that all connections are carefully sealed to prevent the escape of gases1 as they will always follow the lines of least resistance and pass out through a very small crevice4 ,the only danger with a plant of this size is from fire1 wherefore it should be built away from inflammable materials4 ,it will not make sufficient gas to be of injury to any living being4 ,webfoot ,attachments for ,swimmers ,in order to make the feet more effective in swimming1 webfoot devices are frequently used4 ,a simple arrangement for this purpose is shown in the illustration4 ,it consists of three thin sections of metal1 or wood1 fastened together on the back side with spring hinges1 which tend to remain open1 thereby keeping all the sections spread out in one straight surface4 ,the center section should be cut to conform closely to the shape of the foot1 or it will produce considerable resistance during the onward stroke of the foot1 and tend to stop the forward movement of the swimmer4 ,straps should be provided for attaching the device to the foot2 one to fit across the toes1 and the other adjusted around the ankle by a buckle4 ,illustration3 ,device for ,attaching to the ,feet to ,work ,like ,webfeet ,when using the device1 the upward or forward stroke of the legs will cause the wings to brush against the water1 creating sufficient resistance to overcome the slight force of the springs1 thereby pushing the wings parallel with the direction of the stroke4 ,during the opposite1 or pushing1 stroke1 the resistance of the water combined with the opening tendency of the hinges will quickly spread the wings out flat1 greatly increasing the effectiveness of the feet4--,contributed by ,j4 ,b4 ,laplace1 ,new ,york ,city4 ,repairing ,sectional ,spun-,metal ,candlesticks ,in repairing hollow1 spun-brass candlesticks ,i find that frequently the metal rod holding the sections together becomes loosened from the pitch composition designed to hold it in the base4 ,by tinning the outer edges of the sections that fit into the other portions1 which are also tinned on the inner surfaces1 and then using an iron1 or an alcohol torch1 to run the solder together at these points1 ,i secure a very firm job4 ,paper can be placed at points necessary to keep the solder from running out of bounds4 ,when the rod is firm and the nut only gives trouble1 solder can be used to fasten the nut permanently to the grease cup at the top4--,contributed by ,james ,m4 ,kane1 ,doylestown1 ,pa4 ,alcohol ,blowtorch for ,difficult ,soldering ,illustration3 ,clamps for ,holding the ,alcohol ,receptacle on the ,end of the ,blowpipe ,to solder in close places1 ,i have found the device illustrated quite convenient1 as it leaves both hands free to handle the object being soldered4 ,two pieces of spring brass1 about #c in4 long and in4 wide1 are bent to the shape shown at ,a and clamped together with a screw taken from a dry cell1 as shown at ,b4 ,this device clamped to the blowpipe end and fitted with a tube1 such as used for holding pencil leads1 filled with a wick saturated in alcohol1 completes the blowtorch4 ,it makes an excellent tool for small work1 as the hands are free to hold the parts to be soldered in place4--,contributed by ,j4 ,a4 ,tandy1 ,ghent1 ,ky4 99 99 99 99 99 ,electric wires should never be run crooked4 ,preventing ,sewing-,machine ,thread from ,tangling ,illustration ,the highly enameled surface of a sewing-machine arm offers so little resistance to the bottom of the spool that the thread will unwind faster than it is used1 thereby causing a tangle4 ,a piece of paper slipped over the spool post will cause enough friction to prevent the spool from revolving beyond the proper speed4 ,bearing ,made of a ,brass ,cartridge ,illustration ,a brass cartridge makes a good bearing to fit in a wood driving rod used to run a small piece of foot-power machinery4 ,it prevents wear on the wood and admits more lubrication than the bare wood4 ,cut the cartridge to the proper length1 and ream out the cap hole even with the diameter of the bore of the shell4 ,lighting a ,match in the ,wind ,illustration ,to light a match in a stiff wind is very easy if the wood part back of the prepared end is cut and turned up about it before striking the match4 ,the curled-up shavings about the striker will catch fire easily and hold a flame1 where in the ordinary way it is easily blown out when the composition of the striker has burned up4--,contributed by ,e4 ,k4 ,marshall1 ,oak ,park1 ,ill4 ,illustration ,a ,miniature ,cement ,plant ,,by ,,morton ,,southard ,for many years geologists searched for a substance which could be molded into any size and form1 and would have the hardness of rock4 ,as a matter of fact it was found that limestone was composed of carbonic-acid gas1 clay1 and lime1 and that when great heat was applied the sealing bond was disrupted and the rock was reduced to a powder4 ,when this powder was placed in water the gas was set free so fast that it made the water boil4 ,the powder1 or calcined rock1 is now known as lime4 ,this action demonstrated that nature used heat and moisture in forming these materials into rock4 ,knowing that clay contained silica1 and that silica furnished the sealing quality of rocks1 experiments were made to reverse the order of this rock formation1 and a cement was produced4 ,equal portions of lime and clay were mixed together and stirred until all parts were thoroughly mingled1 and then the mixture was subjected to a very high heat1 after which the resulting mass was ground to a powder4 ,when this powder was mixed with water1 instead of the gases passing off as they did in the case of the lime1 they penetrated the clay and the mixture became hard4 ,this was first called ,portland cement1 as it was made from ,portland limestone4 ,illustration3 ,the ,furnace is ,built ,up of ,ordinary ,brick and ,used for ,calcining the ,lime ,this discovery partly solved the problem of artificial-rock making1 but not wholly1 for the best makes will break1 peel1 and crack without the slightest cause and when least expected1 and besides its dark-gray color and rough appearance is unattractive4 ,much progress has been made with cement for interior decorations and many of the finest marbles are closely imitated4 ,this grade of cement will not weather and its use is confined wholly to interior work4 ,a white cement is much desired and many of the large manufacturers maintain laboratories where experiments are carried on constantly in the endeavor to produce it4 ,to build a miniature cement plant1 first secure sufficient common brick to make a furnace with an inside cavity1 #bj in4 square and #bd in4 high4 ,two sides and one back wall are built up1 sealing the brick with mortar1 clay1 or cement4 ,the bottom is covered with bricks standing on edge1 and so placed that they will be about in4 apart1 to serve as a grate4 ,the top is then covered with a piece of tin1 or asbestos1 and a hole is cut in its center to receive a pipe1 about #c in4 in diameter1 for a chimney4 ,this chimney should be about #ae in4 high4 ,build the front wall halfway up by laying the brick loosely together so that the fire will get the air through the crevices1 then cover the grate with kindling1 place coal on top of it1 and start the fire4 ,when it is well under way1 place a few fair-sized lumps of limestone on top of the fire and complete the wall to the top by laying the brick as closely as possible4 ,use sufficient coal to burn at least two hours4 ,when the fire has burned itself out and the furnace has cooled1 remove the front wall and take out the burned limestone4 ,some parts of the limestone will be mixed with the coal1 but most of it will remain in the lump1 which is known as 8black lime10 and when it is placed in water it will give off gas very fast4 ,obtain some fire clay and thoroughly mix equal portions of lime and clay1 then place the mixture in a one-piece pan1 made of pressed tin or sheet iron1 as a soldered-bottom pan will come apart with the heat4 ,build up the front of the furnace as before1 build a fire and place the pan on the fire and let it burn itself out4 ,when the furnace has cooled1 remove the front1 take out the pan1 and pulverize the mass in the pan4 ,when this powder is placed in water it will become hard4 ,if some sand or gravel is mixed with it1 and the mortar thus formed is spread out over a flat surface1 a miniature cement sidewalk will be the result4 ,gauge for ,laying ,out ,model ,gear ,wheels ,illustration3 ,the ,gauge ,steps ,off ,each ,tooth ,accurately for the ,saw to ,cut the ,next ,slot ,the illustration shows a simple device for making small gear wheels by hand4 ,it is made of a piece of brass1 in4 thick and about #e in4 long1 shaped as shown1 forming a tooth1 ,a1 according to the size of the teeth required in the gear wheel1 with the end ,b on a radial line from the center of the wheel4 ,use one or more hacksaws1 according to the size of the slots or teeth to be cut4 ,if one blade is not large enough and two are too large1 grind off the teeth on the inner side of the saws1 or if two are not large enough1 place a thin piece of paper or metal between them to make the thickness required4 ,make a clamp1 ,c1 for holding the blades together1 by using a piece of sheet brass1 #f in4 long and in4 wide4 ,this clamp also acts as a depth gauge for the slots4 ,place the wheel in a vise and proceed by cutting the first slot very carefully4 ,place the tooth ,a of the gauge in this first slot and cut the next by holding the side of the saw close up against the end of the gauge1 at ,b4 ,this keeps all the teeth radiating from the center of the wheel4 ,cut each slot in the same manner until all of them are formed4--,contributed by ,george ,jupp1 ,new ,york ,city4 ,homemade ,level ,illustration3 ,a ,bottle ,filled with ,water and ,tied to a ,straight ,piece of ,wood for a ,level ,having need of a level1 and there being no place to obtain one within several miles1 ,i constructed one as follows3 ,a long medicine bottle was filled with water and tied to a straight piece of wood1 #b ft4 long4 ,after setting it properly by turning the piece end for end several times1 ,i found that it could be used with accuracy4--,contributed by ,fred ,l4 ,king1 ,islip1 ,l4 ,i4 ,a ,tuberculosis ,cottage ,,by ,n4 ,f4 ,,fultz ,the tuberculosis society of a certain locality needed a demonstration cottage for their crusade against the white plague1 and they placed their need before the boys of the public-school shops4 ,one class of eighth-grade boys volunteered1 and two days after the job was started the complete cottage was delivered to the society4 ,the material required for its construction was as follows3 #bbj linear feet of ship-lap1 #a in4 thick and #f in4 wide4 #hj ft4 of #a-;in4 flooring4 #f studs1 #ad ft4 long4 #g pieces for plates and rafters1 #b by #d in41 #aj ft4 long4 #c pieces for sills1 #b by #d in41 #af ft4 long4 #ajj ft4 of sheathing boards4 #ajj ft4 of tar roofing paper4 ,the cottage is constructed in sections and can be assembled or dismantled in #cj minutes4 ,the sections are not so heavy but that they can be handled with ease by two men4 ,there are seven sections1 namely1 the floor1 two sides1 two ends1 and two roof sections4 ,if the cottage is to be moved only a short distance1 it can be loaded into an ordinary dray assembled4 ,since the building is made in sections1 it is well to construct the floor first1 which is a simple matter4 ,cut two sills of the #b by #d-;in4 stock1 #aj ft4 long4 ,cap these onto the ends of the five joists1 which are cut from #b by #d-;in4 stock1 to a length that will total #h ft4 when the thickness of the two sills are added4 ,lay the flooring the long way of the section1 bringing it flush with all outside edges4 ,this completes the floor section4 ,the two side sections are made in a similar manner4 ,cut the studs--#ab of them--#f ft4 #d in4 long1 and four plates1 #aj ft4 long4 ,cap the ends of the studs with the floor and rafter plates1 according to the measurement on the floor plan4 ,nail five pieces of ship-lap1 cut #aj ft4 #a in4 long1 on the bottom of the section1 and one similar board to the top edge4 ,bore four holes1 in4 in diameter1 #a in4 from the outside edge in the floor plate4 ,these are for -in4 lag screws1 to hold the parts together when the sections are assembled4 ,the front-end section is arranged for a #cj-;in4 door4 ,the top1 or rafter1 plate is cut #g ft4 #d in4 long4 ,this makes the allowance for the width of the side studs and plates when they are to be assembled1 a very important matter to remember4 ,the floor plate is cut #d ft4 #e in4 long4 ,provide a dummy1 made from a waste piece1 to be fastened at the bottom of the door studs until the sections are assembled1 when it is removed4 ,use screws to fasten this piece in place4 ,nail five pieces of ship-lap1 #e ft4 long1 at the bottom of the section1 and an #h-;ft4 piece at the top4 ,be careful to set the end studs in from the end of the board the exact thickness of the corresponding studs on the side section4 ,illustration3 ,cottage ,built by ,boys to ,fill the ,requirements of a ,tuberculosis ,society for a ,demonstration in ,their ,crusade against the ,white ,plague ,the back-end section is much more easily made4 ,the top plate1 as well as the floor plate1 is cut the same as on the other section4 ,place the intermediate stud on the center and nail on ship-lap1 as in the other construction4 ,illustration3 ,lap-,joint ,corner ,construction with ,angle-,plate ,reinforcement for the ,screens or ,storm ,screens ,in making the roof sections1 cut four rafters for an #ah-;in4 pitch1 or any other pitch desired4 ,these are to be placed at the ends4 ,note the notch on the lower end of the rafter marked ,a in the illustration4 ,make allowance for the thickness of the rider marked ,c4 ,this piece can be made of #b by #d-;in4 stock or any convenient material #a in4 thick4 ,the rider must be nailed to the comb end of the rafters of one section1 while a dummy1 fastened to the under side of the rafters of the other section1 will serve the purpose of holding them true until the roof is placed4 ,nail the sheathing on1 closing the cracks between the boards as well as possible4 ,start at the comb end and bevel the first board for the comb joint4 ,make allowance for an #h-;in4 board at the lower end1 so that a #d-;in4 overhang may be had4 ,cover these sections with the desired roofing4 ,place two screw holes at the lower end of each rafter to be used in holding the roof in place4 ,always use screws instead of nails1 if the house is to be dismantled4 ,provide three rafter locks1 marked ,b1 and then the roof is ready for assembling4 ,illustration3 ,the ,floor ,section ,consists of ,simple ,frame ,construction of ,ordinary ,material and ,flooring ,boards ,fastened on the ,frame to ,make the ,edges ,flush with the ,sides and ,ends ,the three gable boards1 cut from ship-lap1 can be more easily made after the cottage is assembled4 ,after they are fitted1 each board must be fastened with screws which will find a hold in the rafters4 ,these boards are marked ,d4 ,be sure that all lag-screw holes for the corner and floor moorings are bored before starting to assemble the parts4 ,the screens are made with the half-lap construction at the corners reinforced with angle plates4 ,this construction is shown in the detail sketch4 ,the screens1 or storm wings1 should be covered with a good grade of oilcloth or canvas4 ,they are hung with an ordinary #c-;in4 wing hinge4 ,the adjusting device for these storm wings consists of a piece of #a-;in4 gas pipe1 #d ft4 long1 threaded on one end to receive a collar4 ,two flanges are used1 one on each side of the board1 above the wings and located centrally4 ,a wood plug is driven into the outer end of the pipe1 and a small pulley1 suitable for a -in4 rope1 hung on it4 ,place a screw eye centrally into the lower edge of the wing and tie the end of a -in4 rope to it4 ,run the other end of the rope through the pulley and a hole in the wall4 ,place screw eyes1 to which the rope may be tied1 at proper places on the inside of the wall boards4 ,an ordinary screen door is hung in the door opening4 ,illustration3 ,each ,section is ,so ,constructed ,that ,it can be ,easily ,handled and ,set ,up with the ,others to ,form a ,cottage1 ,only ,screws being ,used to ,fasten the ,joints for ,quick ,assembling ,a house built in this manner was placed in the courthouse lawn as a permanent fixture4 ,among other things brought out in the construction was the fact that a cottage may be built by a boy at a cost less than #ej4 ,thus a stricken parent1 brother1 or sister may be provided1 by the hands of a young mechanic1 with the first means that may bring him or her back to health4 ,to ,remove ,putty from the ,hands ,putty purchased from a dealer is usually in a soft and oily state1 and the amateur glazier soon finds his hands1 as well as the tools1 plentifully smeared after the job is finished4 ,removing this from the hands with the putty knife or a stick is very tedious1 but if a bunch of fine excelsior is used1 the putty will be removed quickly and thoroughly4 ,focusing ,screen for ,enlarging ,cameras ,it is often very difficult when focusing an enlarging camera to determine just when the perfect focus is reached1 especially when the negative is dim and without contrasting lights and shades4 ,this difficulty may be overcome and a perfect focus quickly determined by the use of a focusing screen prepared as follows3 ,take a clear film or plate1 one that has been fixed without being exposed1 and when dry1 rule lines on it with ,india ink to form small squares4 ,to make the ink adhere to the film1 dust the latter with talcum powder4 ,to use the screen1 slide the film to be enlarged in place and set it for the size of enlargement1 focusing roughly4 ,remove the film or plate and put the screen in its place4 ,the camera may now be brought to a perfect focus with ease1 as the black lines show up sharp and clear on the screen4 ,when the focus has been determined the screen is removed and the film replaced4 ,the squares may be drawn from -in4 size down to the smallest it is possible to make4 ,for large views it is easier to focus with the smaller squares4 ,if the squares are made to a certain size they can be measured when thrown on the screen and the degree of enlargement determined4--,contributed by ,r4 ,h4 ,galbreath1 ,denver1 ,colorado4 99 99 99 99 99 ,the longitudinal carriage handle should never be held in the hand when cutting threads4 ,an ,indian ,snake ,game ,illustration3 ,throwing the ,snow ,snake in ,tracks ,made through the ,snow with a ,log3 ,each ,player ,tries to ,get ,his ,snake ,first ,out at the ,end of the ,track ,more ,times ,than ,his ,opponents ,ask any ,canadian ,indian what a snow snake is1 and he will tell you that it is a piece of twisted wood1 such as a wild grape vine1 about #e or #f ft4 long1 and #a in4 or over in thickness1 stripped of its bark and polished4 ,it is grasped with one hand in the center and given a strong forward throw at the tail end by the other hand1 while at the same time the hold in the center is loosened4 ,with a hard bottom and about #a in41 or more1 of light snow on top--ideal conditions for playing the game--the ,indian snake will travel for a long distance when thrown by an expert1 and to a novice seeing the snake traveling along at a rapid speed1 raising and lowering its head as the wood vibrates from side to side1 its resemblance to the real reptile is perfect4 ,when the ,indians have tests of skill with the snake they make tracks through the snow by drawing a log in it1 and sometimes as many as a dozen tracks are made side by side1 and a dozen snakes are sent along at once4 ,the one who makes his snake emerge from the end of the track first the most times out of a certain number of throws1 takes the prize4 ,the trick of throwing the snake is not at all hard to acquire1 and it makes an exciting game4--,j4 ,e4 ,noble1 ,toronto1 ,can4 ,storage of ,wood for ,cabinetwork ,when working with wood to be made into furniture1 or other constructions of a high grade of workmanship1 the ends of the finished pieces should be shellacked in order to prevent moisture from entering the ends4 ,the ends are more susceptible to moisture1 as the pores of the wood are exposed4 ,the application of this remedy will often prevent warping or winding of boards1 which is particularly distressing after a piece has been shaped to its final size4 ,the pieces should be stored in a warm1 dry room1 and in any event care should be taken that they are exposed evenly4 ,if a board is placed on the top of a pile of similar pieces1 it will be noted that1 if left overnight and the weather becomes rainy1 the upper piece will be warped4 ,this is caused by the absorption of moisture on the upper side1 the resulting expansion forcing the piece to warp or curve4 ,long pieces of wood under process should be set on end while being stored temporarily4 ,the permanent storage should be in racks having supports about #b ft4 apart4 ,if the supports are too far apart1 the boards may warp or wind at intervening points4 ,boards in piles should be separated by strips about #a in4 thick1 set about #c ft4 apart1 in order that the lumber may be open to the air4 ,this will keep the stock more uniformly dry4 ,hanging ,heavy ,rug on a ,line for ,beating ,illustration3 ,when the ,rug is ,placed on the ,line ,it is ,easily ,raised by ,pulling the ,rope ,ends ,an easy way to put a heavy carpet1 or rug1 over a clothesline is to fasten two pulleys1 one to the house and the other to a post or tree1 or on two posts1 and hang the line between them2 then pull the rug over the line and draw up the ends of the line4 ,a very heavy rug can be easily hung in this manner4 ,the line should be long enough to reach over the pulleys and to the ground and have end enough at both supports for fastening4 ,repairing a ,broken ,metal ,cross ,illustration ,a metal cross1 the shank of which was imbedded in a plaster ball1 broke off level with the top4 ,not wishing to remove some of the plaster to take out the shank1 ,i soldered a stout brass pin on the back of the cross1 allowing the pin to project far enough to fit solidly into a small hole back of the shank4 ,this allowed the cracked edges to fit closely together so that the crack could be entirely concealed with a touch of bronze paint4--,contributed by ,james ,m4 ,kane1 ,doylestown1 ,pa4 ,to ,determine the ,efficiency of ,electrically ,heated ,devices ,illustration3 ,connections to the ,voltmeter and ,ammeter for ,measuring the ,input to an ,electric ,heater ,the efficiency of any machine is defined as being the ratio of the output to the input expressed as a percentage1 and both quantities must be measured in the same units4 ,for example1 the output of a motor is #aj hp4 when the power taken by the motor from the electric circuit to which it is connected is #i1cbe watts4 ,what is the efficiency8 ,since the output must be expressed in the same units it is necessary to change the #aj horsepower to watts or the #i1cbe watts to horsepower4 ,there are #gdf watts in each horsepower4 ,the #i1cbe watts are equivalent to #i1cbe #gdf or #ab4e hp4 ,the efficiency is then equal to #aj #ab4e or 4#h2 that is1 the output is 4#h of the input or1 when multiplied by #ajj to change it to percentage1 #hj percent4 ,by way of an example1 consider the efficiency of an electric heater1 like the one shown in the illustration1 which is immersed in water placed in a suitable vessel4 ,the energy input to this heater in a given time may be easily determined by measuring the current passing through the heater circuit and the difference in pressure between the terminals of the heater4 ,these measurements may be made1 in case the heater is operated on a direct circuit1 by means of any ammeter and voltmeter of suitable capacity1 connected as shown4 ,if the heater is operated on an alternating-current circuit1 only alternating-current instruments can be used1 as certain types of instruments will not operate when connected to such a circuit4 ,in either case1 the product of the ammeter reading in amperes and the voltmeter reading in volts will give the power taken by the heater in watts1 assuming the heater winding to be noninductive4 ,if the heater winding is not noninductive1 then the current and the electrical pressure will no longer be in phase when the device is operating on an alternating-current circuit1 and a wattmeter must be used4 ,practically all heating elements are wound noninductively so that the power may be measured by means of an ammeter and voltmeter4 ,the energy taken by a heater in a given time will be equal to the product of the average power and the time4 ,for example1 if the heater takes #cjj watts for #cj minutes-- hour--then the energy consumed is equal to #cjj times or #aej watt-hours1 which is equal to 4#ae kilowatt-hour4 ,to determine the output of the heater is a little more difficult1 but it may be approximated as follows3 ,since the object of the device is to convert electrical energy into heat energy the output must be measured in heat units4 ,the unit of heat most commonly employed is the calorie1 which is the heat required to raise the temperature of one gram of water one degree centigrade4 ,hence1 if a certain weight of water has its temperature increased a definite number of degrees centigrade by the electric heater1 then the total heat imparted to the water in calories will equal the weight of the water in grams multiplied by the change in temperature in degrees centigrade4 ,of course1 the heat generated by the heater exceeds that obtained by the above calculation1 due to the fact that some heat is imparted to the vessel containing the water and to the supports for the vessel1 but it is only the heat imparted to the water that must be considered1 as the other heat is not useful4 ,when the temperature of the water is raised to the boiling point and a part of the water is evaporated1 the foregoing method of calculating the heat imparted to the water no longer holds good1 and the following method must be used4 ,weigh the water before and immediately after the test to determine the amount of evaporation4 ,for each gram of water evaporated there will be required approximately #ecf calories1 and the heat in calories imparted to the water to raise its temperature to the boiling point will be equal to the difference between #ajj and the initial temperature of the water multiplied by the weight of the water at the start4 ,to determine the efficiency1 the input to the heating element in electrical units must be changed to heat units which may be done by multiplying the power in watts by the time in seconds and this product in turn by 4#bd1 giving the result in calories4 ,the following example may serve as a help in performing such an experiment or test4 ,weight of water at the start #ejj4j grams4 ,weight of water at the end of test #dgd4e grams4 ,temperature of water at the start #be deg4 ,c4 ,average current taken by the heater #f4e amperes4 ,average pressure at the heater terminals #aaj volts4 ,time heater is connected #e minutes4 ,change in temperature of the water #ge deg4 ,c4 ,heat developed in heater3 #f4e #aaj #e #fj 4#bd #ef1fbh calories4 ,heat absorbed by water in coming to boiling point3 #ejj #ge #cg1ejj calories4 ,heat used in evaporating #be4e grams of water3 #ecf #be4e #ac1ffh calories4 ,total heat absorbed by water #ea1afh calories4 ,efficiency of heater3 #ea1afh ------ #ajj #ij4d per cent4 #ef1fbh ,this value of efficiency may be increased by insulating the vessel with a nonconductor of heat and providing a covering for it1 thus decreasing the losses to the air and surrounding objects4 ,the efficiency of an electric stove or electric iron1 or1 in fact1 any electrically heated device1 may be determined in a manner similar to the water heater4 ,in the case of a stove1 place a vessel filled with water on it and measure the heat imparted to the water in a given time1 also the input to the heating element in the same time1 from which data the efficiency may be calculated4 ,in the case of an electric iron1 dampened cloths may be ironed and the actual water evaporated by the iron1 determined by weighing the cloths before and after the ironing1 together with the increase in weight of the cloth on the ironing board1 the time the iron is in use and the temperature of the cloths4 ,the actual water evaporated is the difference in the weight of the cloths before and after ironing1 minus the increase in weight of the cloth on the ironing board1 which takes up some of the moisture from the cloths being ironed4 ,earthen ,mustard ,pots ,used as ,acid ,jars ,illustration3 ,a ,bottle ,made from an ,earthen ,mustard ,pot to ,contain ,acid ,a small earthen mustard pot of the type shown makes an ideal acid pot for the bench1 as it is not only acid-proof but will not upset so easily as the ordinary acid bottle4 ,the large cork1 or stopper of soft wood1 thoroughly boiled in hot paraffin1 is bored for the insertion of another paraffined cork holding the acid-brush handle4 ,if a coat of paraffin is given the handle1 it will easily resist the action of the acid and last much longer4 ,squeezing ,paste from ,tubes ,illustration ,tubes of paste1 glue1 etc41 may be more easily handled by applying an ordinary key1 such as found on most cans containing fish put up in oil4 ,the end of the tube is inserted in the slot of the key and then turned4--,contributed by ,j4 ,h4 ,priestly1 ,lawrence1 ,mass4 ,seeing an ,alternating ,current in a ,mirror ,it will almost appear impossible to those unfamiliar with laboratory methods that one may watch the vibrations--#c1fjj per minute--of an alternating current in a little pocket mirror without the use of any apparatus other than a telephone receiver4 ,the experiment is very interesting and instructive1 one that may be performed at practically no expense4 ,illustration3 ,the ,alternations of the ,current may be ,seen by ,looking in the ,mirror ,take an ordinary inexpensive watchcase receiver1 drill a hole in the cover for a short piece of brass tubing1 to make a gas connection1 and then plug up the center opening with a cork1 into which is tightly fitted a piece of -in4 tubing4 ,the upper end of this should be closed with a plug having a central opening about the size of a pin4 ,procure a small rectangular pocket mirror and remove the celluloid covering1 and then1 across the back1 solder a piece of straight wire to form a vertical spindle1 about which the mirror may be rotated4 ,connect any resistance1 such as a magnet coil of #aj or #bj ohms1 in series with an incandescent lamp1 and then connect the receiver terminals to the ends of this resistance4 ,in this manner an ideal alternating-current supply of a few volts to operate the receiver safely is secured4 ,turn on the gas only sufficient to produce a narrow pencil of flame1 not over #a in4 long4 ,mount the mirror as shown1 or hold the spindle between the thumb and forefinger of the left hand while rocking it back and forth with the right4 ,ordinarily only a streak of light will appear1 but immediately upon turning on the current this streak will be broken up into a series of regular waves1 flatter or sharper according to the speed with which the mirror is rocked4 ,after carefully noting the wave form1 connect the receiver with the primary of an ordinary medical coil1 across the make-and-break1 and note the marked difference in the waves4 ,by replacing the receiver with a block of wood having a circular depression1 about #b in4 in diameter and in deep1 over which is pasted a disk of smooth paper1 the waves set up by the human voice may be observed if the talking is done loudly and close to the disk4 ,the gas connection in this case is made from the back of the block1 as shown4 ,as the several vowels are sounded1 the characteristic wave from each will be seen in the mirror4 ,it is also interesting to increase the pitch of the voice and note how much finer the waves become4 ,homemade ,screen-,door ,check ,illustration3 ,air-,cushion ,check ,made of a ,bicycle ,foot ,pump for a ,screen ,door ,an outside screen door causes considerable annoyance by slamming when exposed to the wind1 even if it is equipped with a bumper4 ,nothing short of a door check will prevent this slamming1 so ,i made a very simple pneumatic check for our door1 which works entirely satisfactorily4 ,a discarded bicycle foot pump was procured and hinged to the casing over the door1 as shown in the illustration4 ,the hinge was made as follows3 ,two holes1 ,a1 were drilled through the stirrup1 as near the foot plate as possible2 two ordinary screw eyes were turned into the door casing at ,b1 and two pins were passed through the holes in the screw eyes and the holes in the stirrup4 ,this allows the pump to swing when the door is opened4 ,the end of the plunger rod ,c is flattened and a hole drilled through it to receive the pin at the top of the bracket ,d1 which is screwed firmly to the door4 ,the action of the pump when the door is opened can be readily understood4 ,the check is adjusted very easily by the machine screw ,e1 which controls the exhaust of the air when the door closes4 ,the screw is turned into the hole in the base of the pump where the pipe was originally connected4 ,one side of the end of the screw is slightly flattened to allow a better adjustment4 ,the pump can be quickly removed by pulling out the upper pin in the hinge part4--,contributed by ,m4 ,c4 ,woodward1 ,san ,diego1 ,california4 ,bushing ,made of ,brass ,tip on ,cartridge ,fuse ,illustration ,in order to fasten a short piece of tubing in a socket which had become worn to a funnel shape1 without having to tap the socket and put in a threaded bushing1 it was fixed as follows3 ,one of the brass tips on a spent cartridge fuse was cut off and one of its ends filed tapering4 ,after trimming the fiber lining so that it would fit snugly over the tube1 it was driven home4 ,the combination of brass and fiber adjusted itself nicely to the shape of the worn socket and made a tight fit4 ,opening ,springs for a ,tennis-,racket ,clamp ,illustration ,when putting a tennis racket in a press1 it is difficult to keep the press open to let the racket slip in4 ,this can be easily remedied by simply putting a small coil spring around each of the four bolts1 as shown4 ,this will always open the press when the bolts are loosened4--,contributed by ,w4 ,x4 ,brodnax1 ,jr41 ,bethlehem1 ,pa4 ,magic-,paper ,fortune ,telling ,at outdoor carnivals and fairs there is usually a fortune teller who uses a glass wand to cause one's fortune to appear on a pad of paper4 ,anyone may perform this trick by observing the following directions4 ,instead of a glass wand use a long1 narrow bottle of glass4 ,dip a new pen into copper sulphate1 diluted with six parts of water1 and write out the 8fortune0 on a piece of paper4 ,the writing1 when dry1 will not be visible4 ,next procure two corks to fit the bottle4 ,an unprepared cork is placed in the bottle and the other is pocketed1 after hollowing it out and inserting a small sponge soaked in pure ammonia4 ,the bottle with the cork is passed out for examination4 ,the cork is casually placed into the pocket after it is returned by a bystander4 ,a pad of paper is then proffered and an initial is placed on the pad of paper by the person whose 8fortune0 is to be told4 ,the paper is rolled up1 with the prepared side on the inside1 and inserted into the glass bottle4 ,the fumes of ammonia will develop the mysterious message4 ,the trick can be repeated if several prepared sheets of paper are on hand1 and always proves of interest in a party of young persons4 ,common ,mistakes in ,model ,making ,,by ,h4 ,j4 ,,gray ,models made as a pastime or for exhibition purposes should represent correctly the full-sized machine1 not only as regards general design but also in the proportioning of parts1 the finish1 and the choice of materials4 ,the satisfaction derived from the possession of a model is greater when it is truly representative4 ,study and careful measurement of the original are necessary to attain this result1 and provide valuable experience in the application of correct mechanical principles4 ,the most conspicuous1 though perhaps not the most frequent1 errors made by amateurs are in the proportioning of the various parts4 ,this usually arises from insufficient study of the original machine1 and is often sufficiently glaring to attract the attention even of a casual observer4 ,the foundation or base of a model stationary engine1 for example1 is often painted to resemble brickwork4 ,this is correct1 provided the spaces are proportioned so as to represent bricks and not three-ton slabs of granite4 ,mistakes are made in the selection of pulley wheels1 both as regards the character and the size of the pulley that would be suitable for the particular purpose4 ,the 8cheese-head0 or flat-head machine screw appears to have a peculiar fascination for the model maker1 judging from the frequency with which it is misplaced4 ,it is only necessary to consider what would happen in a full-sized machine if such screws were used for making joints in valve rods1 cylinder covers1 slide bars1 for fixing bearing caps1 and the like1 to realize how completely such a defect mars the appearance of a model to a discriminating eye4 ,bolts1 or1 in some cases1 studs and nuts1 should be used to give an appearance of correct workmanship4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #a ,,fig4 #c ,,fig4 #b ,,fig4 #d ,details of ,correct and ,incorrect ,practice in ,model ,making3 ,fig4 #a1 ,valve ,rod ,joined by 8,cheese-,head0 ,screws1 ,wrong1 and ,joined by ,joint and ,pin2 ,fig4 #b1 ,bearing ,cap ,fixed with ,flat-,head ,machine ,screws1 ,wrong1 and with ,studs and ,nuts2 ,fig4 #c1 ,cylinder ,cover ,fixed with ,flat-,head ,machine ,screws1 ,wrong1 and with ,studs and ,nuts2 ,fig4 #d1 ,representation of a ,brick ,foundation1 ,incorrectly on ,side1 and ,correctly on ,end ,many novices make a serious mistake in the character of the finish given to the various parts4 ,this usually results through devoting insufficient attention to the method of manufacture adopted in engineering practice4 ,under the impression that a mottled appearance gives an ornamental effect1 they will make a shaft end with a scraped finish4 ,to the casual observer there would be nothing amiss1 but a mistake of this kind would offend the trained eye of an engineer1 because it is entirely unrepresentative4 ,the object of scraping sliding surfaces is to obtain a greater degree of flatness by removing small inequalities4 ,as the subsequent use of a file would only undo the work of a scraper1 the surface is permitted to remain mottled1 as left by the scraping tool4 ,but the end of an engine shaft is not a sliding surface1 and in engineering practice would be finished in a lathe4 ,nickelplating is often resorted to in order to produce a brilliant and supposedly pleasing finish to the model of a casting4 ,this is obviously wrong1 for the actual casting--which might weigh tons--would be painted1 and not electroplated4 ,locomotive wheels or stacks of polished brass add to the appearance of a model only in the eyes of the uninitiated4 ,few persons would care to risk a railroad journey if the engine had brass wheels4 ,iron or steel is the correct material to use4 ,brass is also often used instead of iron for cylinders1 connecting rods1 and starting levers on models1 or for steam pipes1 which should be made of steel or copper4 ,in certain cases there may be unusual difficulties in using the correct material for a machine part made to a small scale4 ,it is then permissible to use other material1 provided some attempt is made to disguise the fact by means of an appropriate finish4 ,copperplating1 for example1 may be used to disguise some other material1 if the parts should properly be made of copper4 ,it is often convenient to make a model boiler of brass4 ,it should not be polished but bronzed1 to represent the iron or steel plates of a full-size boiler4 ,take-,down ,emergency ,oars ,illustration3 ,when ,knocked down the ,oars ,occupy ,small ,space in a ,boat ,owners of sail or power boats will find the take-down oars shown in the sketch easily made and of value in an emergency far out of proportion to the space occupied in a boat4 ,a pair of ordinary oars was cut as shown1 and pipe fittings were attached to the ends to form a detachable joint4 ,when knocked down the oars may be stored in a seat cupboard1 or other convenient place4--,contributed by ,h4 ,e4 ,ward1 ,kent1 ,wash4 ,how to ,make ,propeller ,blades ,quickly ,requiring a number of propeller blades for use in making models of windmills1 and other constructions1 ,i found that ,i could save much time and obtain a satisfactory set of propeller blades by using ordinary shoehorns of the same size4 ,the small ends of the horns were flattened out so that they could be fastened to pieces of wood for bearings1 and then hammered to the proper shape for cutting the air1 or receiving the force of the wind4 ,bench ,stop ,illustration ,serviceable bench stops may be made by grooving pieces of maple1 or other close-grained1 hard wood and fitting strips of clock spring into them1 as shown in the sketch4 ,the pieces must fit the holes in the bench top snugly1 and the spring will then prevent them from slipping out4 ,the end of the spring fastened to the stop should be annealed so that a hole for the screw may be drilled into it readily4--,contributed by ,stanley ,mythaler1 ,spring ,valley1 ,minn4 ,how to ,make a ,good ,putty ,to make a good putty the following formula should be used3 ,mix equal parts of firmly ground whiting and white lead with enough linseed oil to make a thick liquid2 add enough commercial putty to this to make the consistency of regular putty4 ,this putty will not crack or crumble1 and it costs very little to make4 ,if desired1 the commercial putty may be left out and enough whiting added to take up the liquid4 ,the life of this putty is four times greater than a commercial putty4--,contributed by ,l4 ,e4 ,fetter1 ,portsmouth1 ,n4 ,h4 ,cupboard for ,kitchen ,utensils ,illustration ,the illustration shows a style of a cupboard in which kitchen utensils can be kept in an orderly manner without taking up a great deal of space4 ,the cupboard is tall and narrow1 and the interior face of each side is scored at even intervals with saw cuts1 in4 deep4 ,in the grooves are placed shelves1 which are merely squares of galvanized iron4 ,by placing the shelf in the proper grooves the space is adapted to the size of the utensil4 ,the small floor space occupied allows the cupboard to be placed in the part of the kitchen that is most convenient4 ,a ,diminishing ,card ,trick ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #b ,,fig4 #a ,,fig4 #c ,reducing the ,size of a ,playing ,card ,while ,holding ,it in ,one ,hand ,a clever diminishing card trick may be played with a piece of paper made up as shown in the illustration4 ,show the audience the whole card1 ,fig4 #a1 then fold it halfway and show again1 ,fig4 #b1 then again1 ,fig4 #c4 ,if this is done quickly it will not be noticed4 ,a piece of paper is used the size of a regular playing card1 and an ace is made on one side4 ,when it is folded over one side of the reduced size is made to show the same ace1 then another fold is made and the smaller ace is made4--,contributed by ,louis ,waherer1 ,tiffin1 ,ohio4 ,table ,sockets for ,electrical ,heating ,apparatus ,illustration3 ,the ,extra and ,narrow ,table ,leaf ,carries the ,electric ,sockets for the ,cooking ,apparatus ,the usual method of running a wire from a chandelier or wall bracket to a heating device on the dining-room table is inconvenient as well as unsightly4 ,this ,i overcome by making a special narrow leaf to put in the extension top into which sockets are set flush for extension wires4 ,these are connected to a floor socket1 or a line can be run under the carpet or rug4--,contributed by ,maurice ,baudier1 ,new ,orleans1 ,la4 ,dressing for ,fishline ,a quick-drying dressing for fishlines may be prepared as follows3 ,mix equal parts of boiled linseed oil and gold sizing2 apply this to the line in a moderately thick coat4 ,dressing which will not dry as rapidly but which will resist the water as well is made by melting together #d parts of paraffin and #a part of resin4 ,melt the paraffin in a deep metal vessel over a small fire1 and add the resin after the paraffin has dissolved4 ,care must be taken not to permit the fire to come into contact with the mixture4 ,allow it to cool slightly and then coil the line in the vessel4 ,draw it through a piece of wet sponge held between the fingers4 ,this will cool the mixture rapidly and the line may then be stretched and polished with a wet rag4--,contributed by ,a4 ,e4 ,tetu1 ,ottawa1 ,canada4 ,utensil ,rack for ,camp ,fire ,illustration3 ,iron ,pipes ,held by ,pointed ,steel ,rods ,provide a ,simple and ,satisfactory ,support for ,cooking ,utensils in the ,camp ,a compact1 simple device for holding cooking utensils over a camp fire is shown in the sketch4 ,it may be collapsed into a small bundle and is of light weight1 factors which are important in camping equipment4 ,the device consists of two sections of pipe1 ,a1 supported on rods1 ,b1 having eyes bent at their upper ends4 ,the lower end of the supports is pointed and may be driven into the ground so as to spread the pipes more at one end than at the other1 thus providing for large as well as small utensils4 ,wheelbarrow as ,tennis-,court ,marker ,illustration3 ,tennis ,courts may be ,laid ,out ,quickly by the ,use of a ,wheelbarrow to ,which a ,can ,containing a ,thin ,lime ,mixture has been ,fixed1 as ,shown ,many home tennis courts are not provided with a marker1 and the use of a wheelbarrow for this purpose has been found convenient4 ,a can provided with hooks at its upper edge was attached to the front of the wheelbarrow1 as shown in the sketch1 and the lime mixture1 very thin1 poured into it4 ,holes were made at the lower edge of the can so that the liquid ran onto the wheel and was transferred to the court4 ,the holes must be made large enough so that they will not clog quickly1 and the mixture must be very thin4 ,it is easy to cover the outline several times if necessary4 ,hence1 to use a thin mixture will be found economical1 rather than to waste time removing sediment from the spout4 ,retouching ,negatives for ,printing ,portraits taken out of doors sometimes show unusually heavy shadows under the eyebrows and chin4 ,the printing of these through the negatives may be altered by applying a little red or blue color on the glass side of the negative4 ,stippling the surface by contact with the texture of the skin also aids in removing the heaviness of such shadows4 ,mat varnish1 containing a small amount of iodine dissolved in it1 and applied to the glass side of a negative1 will cause much lighter prints than if the negative is permitted to remain with heavy shadows4 ,the varnish will dry quickly1 and it may then be scraped off carefully or removed with benzole from the parts of the negative which are not to be lightened4 ,care must be taken in scraping away the varnish in order to prevent scratches4 ,hand-,operated ,whirling ,fan ,the whirling fan illustrated is more convenient than a fan of the ordinary type1 and may be made by a boy of only moderate mechanical skill4 ,the materials necessary for its construction are easily available in the home4 ,the sketch at the center shows the completed fan1 and the smaller sketch at the right illustrates the method of operation4 ,the details of construction are shown in the working drawings4 ,illustration3 ,the ,whirling ,fan ,is ,superior to ,one of the ,ordinary ,variety and may be ,made at ,home of ,materials ,readily ,available4 ,the ,small ,sketch at the ,right ,shows the ,method of ,operation1 and the ,details of ,construction are ,shown in the ,larger ,sketch and in the ,working ,drawings ,the wing of the fan is cut from a sheet of ,bristol board1 and is #f in4 long and #e in4 wide4 ,it is formed by gluing two pieces together1 the upper end of the driving shaft being glued into place at the same time4 ,the small sketch at the left shows the size and shape of the piece of wood into which the driving shaft is fastened at its upper end4 ,the driving rod1 shown at the right of the larger sketch1 is in4 in diameter and #i in4 long4 ,the flattened portions near the upper end are drilled to receive the ends of the cords which wind and unwind on the shaft at the top of the handles4 ,a brace of similar wire is fixed near the middle of the handles so that they pivot on its ends when the lower ends of the handles are pressed together1 as shown in the sketch at the right4 ,the handles are of wood1 in4 thick1 in4 wide1 an #f in4 long4 ,their ends are rounded and slight notches are cut into the corners near the ends1 to provide for the tying of the cords4 ,a wide rubber band1 slipped over the handles near their upper ends1 causes them to close at the top1 and when the fan is in use this will reverse the rotation of the fan4 ,it is necessary only to squeeze the handles inward1 and the reverse action is repeated4 ,photographing ,electric ,sparks ,electric sparks may be photographed with simple equipment1 and the process offers a diversion from the common subjects for photography4 ,the materials necessary are a spark coil and current source1 a photographic plate1 facilities for developing it1 and a sheet of tin foil4 ,the illustration shows a typical photograph of an electric spark1 and the variety possible is unlimited4 ,illustration ,the process1 which must be performed in a dark room with a ruby light1 is as follows3 ,over the mouth of a small glass bottle1 partly filled with talcum powder1 tie a piece of cheesecloth1 to act as a sieve4 ,arrange the material on a table1 the sheet of tin foil lying flat1 and a photographic plate on top of it1 coated side upward4 ,spread a thin layer of the powder on the plate1 through the sieve4 ,attach a needle to an electric wire and fix the other end of the wire to one of the secondary posts of the spark coil4 ,attach a second wire to the other post of the spark coil and to the sheet of tin foil4 ,care must be taken in handling the needle that only the insulated portion1 where it is joined to the wire1 comes in contact with the fingers1 or a shock may result4 ,place the point of the needle near the middle of the plate and turn on the current1 permitting it to produce a spark of not more than one second's duration4 ,if the exposure is longer than that the result will not be satisfactory4 ,wipe off the powder and develop the plate4 ,if care has been taken in the process1 a photograph similar to the one shown in the illustration will result4 99 99 99 99 99 ,shoulder hooks fixed about a shop1 so that handsaws may be placed on them by the handle1 will save damage to saws4 ,cannon-,shell ,dinner ,bell ,being called to dinner by the stirring peal of a bell made of a cannon shell is a novelty in use in ,toronto4 ,the bell shown in the sketch was made of a #c-;in4 brass shell1 and when struck with a gavel gives out tones that penetrate throughout a large house4 ,illustration3 ,its ,tones ,penetrate a ,large ,house ,the cap piece was removed at ,a1 and an eyebolt fastened in place with a nut on each side4 ,the gong was suspended from a wall bracket made of a band of brass fastened to the wall4--,contributed by ,james ,b4 ,noble1 ,toronto1 ,canada4 ,use for ,old ,magazines ,magazines are often thrown away because of the rapidity with which they accumulate4 ,since most readers care to save only certain articles1 a good plan is to tear the magazines apart1 removing the desired articles and binding them in a separate volume4 ,if this is carefully and systematically done1 and an index prepared1 the volume will be of value and interest4 ,flatiron ,polisher ,housewives1 and others who appreciate the need for a smooth surface on a flatiron1 will find the polisher shown in the sketch a convenient aid in keeping their irons in proper shape4 ,a wooden block1 about #d in4 wide and #f in4 long1 was fitted with five thin patches of beeswax as shown in the upper sketch4 ,the holes bored into the wood were made large enough to fit the wax1 which may be purchased in large thimble-shaped pieces4 ,a double layer of linen1 or other strong cloth1 was fitted over the side having the wax imbedded in it1 and a piece of fine emery cloth was folded over the other side of the block4 ,a band of sheet iron riveted together so as to fit snugly over the edges holds the cloth and emery cloth in place4 ,illustration ,the flatiron may be polished by rubbing it on the emery-cloth side of the block and waxed slightly by rubbing it over the cloth side4 ,clothespin-,basket ,hook ,illustration ,to conveniently support a clothespin basket along the line on which the clothes are being hung1 a wire support can be provided1 bent to form a hook at both ends and the center shaped into a ,v-bend4 ,with the basket supported by the two ends1 the wire can be slid along the clothesline as required4--,contributed by ,n4 ,r4 ,moore1 ,cherokee1 ,iowa4 99 99 99 99 99 ,varnishing should as a rule be done in a room having a temperature of #hj ,f41 and in some instances #ae higher is desirable4 ,leather ,tire ,patch ,a leather patch fixed over a tire puncture with shellac will be found to give satisfaction and may be attached easily4 ,cut the patch somewhat larger than the puncture and thin out its edges with a knife4 ,melt flakes of shellac in a flame1 fusing them1 and rub the hot mixture on the patch and tire1 smoothing it down quickly4 ,such a patch may be placed over a plug and will aid in holding it in place4--,contributed by ,robert ,c4 ,knox1 ,petersburg1 ,fla4 ,a ,perpetual ,whirligig ,camphor is the motive power which drives the device shown in the illustration1 and it will cause the whirligig to revolve for several days1 or until the camphor is consumed4 ,illustration ,the whirligig is made of a piece of cork1 in4 square1 with a needle stuck into each of its four sides4 ,smaller pieces of cork1 to which pieces of camphor have been fixed by means of sealing wax1 are attached to the ends of the needles4 ,care should be taken to keep the needles and cork free from oil or grease1 as this will retard their movement4 ,as soon as the device is placed in a dish of water it will start whirling and continue to do so as long as motive power is supplied4 ,a small flag or other ornament may be attached to the center cork4 ,testing and ,caring for ,files ,to test a file hold it so that the light will be reflected sharply from the teeth and observe whether their edges are flattened and appear as white lines4 ,if so1 the file is dull and should be recut if of considerable size and value4 ,files should not be thrown into drawers and mixed with other tools1 but should be carefully set in racks or drawers for the purpose4 ,a mechanic would not throw a straightedge into a drawer containing other tools1 and a file should be given similar consideration1 as every nick in the teeth impairs the efficiency of the file4 ,files may be sharpened by dipping them into sulphuric acid1 but care must be taken not to permit the acid to come into contact with one's clothes or person4 ,water is used to wash off the acid4 ,files should be provided with individual handles4 ,this prevents injury to the hand of the worker and aids in the proper use of the file4 ,handles should be carefully fitted and be made of a size proportionate to the file4 ,in removing a handle from a file1 strike the handle at the end nearest the file1 by sliding a piece of hard wood along the surface of the file1 as the blow is struck with it4 ,do not use another file or metal object in thus removing a handle1 as it will injure the latter4 ,catching ,large ,fish with a ,teaspoon ,teaspoons may be made into alluring trolling spoon hooks1 of a size suitable for catching large fish1 by the addition of hooks1 as shown in the sketch4 ,drill -in4 holes near the end of the spoon handle1 the tip of the bowl1 and near the handle of the latter4 ,procure three sets of triple hooks1 a line swivel1 and a strip of lead1 about #a in4 long4 ,rivet one end of the swivel and the loop of one of the triple hooks into the hole of the handle4 ,wire the lower end of this triple hook to the handle and with the same piece of copper wire secure a second triple hook at the thin part of the handle4 ,drill a hole through the lead strip and rivet it1 together with a third triple hook1 into the upper hole of the bowl4 ,fix the lower end of this hook by binding it with copper wire1 through the hole near the tip of the bowl4 ,illustration3 ,once a ,fish has ,struck ,this ,bait1 ,it ,is ,seldom ,able to ,escape ,this hook has been tested in the waters of ,puget ,sound and is a deadly lure for rock cod1 and other fish weighing up to #ab lb4 ,the famous barracuda and rock bass of the ,catalina ,islands have also been caught with it4 ,by permitting the lure to sink to the bottom and bringing it up a yard or two with a quick jerk1 it acts as a 8jig0 bait4 ,it may also be used in trolling4 ,once a fish has struck1 it is seldom able to escape4--,contributed by ,o4 ,p4 ,avery1 ,los ,angeles1 ,cal4 ,an ,easily ,made ,counter ,illustration3 ,an ,accurate ,account can be ,kept of ,parts or ,score for ,any ,game by ,pulling the ,strips ,from unruled paper cut a piece1 as shown at ,a in the sketch1 and make slits parallel and evenly spaced with a sharp knife4 ,also cut six strips1 similar to the one shown at ,b1 to fit the slits cut in ,a4 ,the strips are numbered as shown and inserted on the under side of ,a1 and by pulling the strips as shown1 one can count up the number of parts or keep tally on any game4 ,by making more slits and using more strips very large numbers can be recorded4 99 99 99 99 99 ,be sure to keep the screw and nut in the jaws of a drill chuck clean and well oiled1 to prevent broken screws4 ,to ,uncork a ,bottle with a ,string ,a convenient method of uncorking a bottle1 from which liquid is to be poured frequently1 is to thread a strong string or cord through the cork1 tying it in a loop1 which remains at the opening of the bottle4 ,the cork may be removed easily by drawing on the string4 ,this is more satisfactory than the use of a corkscrew1 as the latter frequently tears the cork4--,lee ,a4 ,collins1 ,louisville1 ,ky4 ,wood ,turning on an ,emery ,grinder ,illustration3 ,the ,hand ,emery ,grinder of the ,home ,workshop ,used as a ,substitute for a ,lathe ,the experimenter often requires small turned-wood pulleys1 circular bases for switches1 etc4 ,to produce these it is not necessary to have recourse to a wood lathe1 if a good emery grinder is at hand4 ,simply clamp the grinder firmly to the workbench1 remove the grinding wheel1 and fasten on a block to serve as a faceplate4 ,this may be held in place by the nut that holds the wheel and should be trued up with a small chisel when in place4 ,a tool rest may be improvised by temporarily nailing one or more blocks of wood to the bench4 ,the article desired should be first roughed out with a saw and then fastened to the faceplate with screws or brads1 after which the actual wood turning will require very little time4 ,three ,bathroom ,kinks ,the devices for the bathroom illustrated may be made easily and contribute to the comfort1 convenience1 and1 in the case of the fixed window pole1 to the safety of the room4 ,a wall curtain1 ,a1 placed on the towel rod1 or hung on the wall beside the washbasin1 is especially convenient in keeping the walls unsoiled by children who make use of the room and are likely to splash suds while washing4 ,double roller shades on the window1 as at ,b and ,c1 give light and privacy as well4 ,illustration3 ,the ,fixed ,window ,pole ,is an ,inducement to ,ventilation2 the ,curtain ,protects the ,wall1 and the ,lower ,shade ,gives ,light with ,privacy ,poor ventilation in bathrooms occasionally causes asphyxiation and is often a menace4 ,the permanent fixing of the window pole ,d makes it convenient to open the window1 which operation is often neglected through fear of drafts from the lower sash and the lack of a pole4 ,fig4 #b shows the top of the pole ,p1 provided with a screw eye1 ,s1 which is fastened to a metal strip1 ,h4--,d4 ,l4 ,hough1 ,toledo1 ,ohio4 ,prevents ,soiling ,goods after ,oiling ,sewing ,machine ,to prevent a sewing machine that has been oiled from soiling the material1 the following is a good method3 ,tie a small piece of ribbon or cotton string around the needle bar near the point at which it grips the needle4 ,illustration3 ,a ,pigeon ,house ,by ,robert ,baker ,pigeon houses need not be eyesores1 as is often the case1 but may be made to harmonize with the surroundings1 adding beauty to a dull spot1 and even making the grounds of a home more attractive4 ,the house described will accommodate #bj pigeons1 and additional stories of the same type may be added to provide for more4 ,nearly all of the wood necessary may be obtained from boxes1 and the other materials are also readily available at small cost4 ,the construction is such that a boy handy with ordinary carpentry tools may undertake it successfully4 ,the house is constructed in general on principles used in buildings1 having a framed gable roof1 rough-boarded and shingled4 ,the interior arrangement is original1 being based on the ,indian swastika or good-luck sign4 ,while the construction is simple1 it must be carried out systematically4 ,the process outlined also follows in general the typical methods in building construction4 ,the foundation need not be considered1 since the house rests upon a post1 and the construction thus begins with the lower story4 ,the floor and the ceiling are similar in construction1 as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,in framing them into the lower story1 as may be observed in ,fig4 #h1 the cleats are placed below on the floor and above in the ceiling4 ,the construction is identical1 however4 ,the cleats are fastened to the boards with screws1 although nails1 clinched carefully1 may be used4 ,the #d-;in4 hole at the center should be made accurately1 so as to fit the shoulder portion at the top of the post1 shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,the latter may be cut of a length to suit2 about #i ft4 will be found convenient4 ,the notches in the top of the post are to fit the ridge pole and center rafters of the roof frame1 as shown in ,fig4 #aj4 ,they should not be made until the house is ready for the roof boards4 ,the pieces for the compartments1 as arranged on the floor in ,fig4 #c1 are made next4 ,figs4 #d and #e show the detailed sizes of these pieces1 of which four each must be made4 ,the sizes shown must be followed exactly1 as they are designed to give the proper space for entrances and to fit around the #d-;in4 square hole1 through which the post is to fit4 ,the pieces marked ,a1 ,b1 and ,c1 in ,figs4 #d and #e1 correspond to those similarly marked in ,fig4 #c4 ,the pieces are nailed together to form the swastika in the following manner3 ,mark the pieces ,a1 ,b1 and ,c1 as shown4 ,measure #d in4 from one end of each piece marked ,a1 and square a pencil line across1 #d in4 from the end4 ,arrange the pieces in pairs4 ,place one end of one piece against the side of the other piece in the pair1 so that the pencil line is even with the end1 permitting the #d-;in4 portion to project4 ,nail both pairs in this position4 ,then fit the two parts together to form a #d-;in4 square in the center1 as shown in ,fig4 #c4 ,fit the pieces ,c to the pieces ,b at an angle1 as shown in ,fig4 #c1 trimming off the projecting corners where the pieces are joined4 ,nail them together1 and they are ready to be fixed to the end of the pieces ,a1 already nailed4 ,by nailing the joined pieces ,b and ,c to the end of the pieces ,a1 as shown in ,fig4 #c1 the swastika is completed4 ,fix it into place1 with the center hole exactly over the square hole in the floor1 by means of nails or screws driven through the floor4 ,two small strips must now be nailed to the floor at each side of the swastika4 ,they should be exactly #d in4 long1 and are to hold the slides1 ,fig4 #i1 which shut off the various compartments4 ,the slides are shown hanging by chains in the headpiece of this article1 and are shown in place in ,fig4 #h4 ,fix the ceiling into place in the same manner1 being careful that the square holes fit together1 and that the cleats are on the upper side4 ,turn the construction over and fix into place the small strips for the slides1 as was done on the floor4 ,the fixed screens1 ,fig4 #f1 and the doors1 ,fig4 #g1 are constructed similarly4 ,they are built up of -in4 wood1 and vary in size to fit their respective places in the framework4 ,observe that the fixed screens are in4 higher than the doors1 and that they are fastened between the ceiling and floor1 bracing them4 ,the wire grating is -in4 square mesh1 and is fixed between the pieces of the doors and the screens when they are built up4 ,the doors are shown secured by combination strap hinges1 bent over the baseboard4 ,plain butts may be used and the lower portion of the hinge covered by the baseboard1 a recess being cut to receive the part covered4 ,in the latter instance the doors should be fixed into place immediately after the screens are set4 ,catches and chains may then be placed on the doors4 ,next nail the baseboards into place4 ,they are #b in4 wide and may be mitered at the corners1 or fitted together in a square1 or butt1 joint4 ,the latter joint may be nailed more readily4 ,the slides1 shown in ,fig4 #i1 may now be made and fitted into their grooves4 ,the handles are made of strips of band iron1 drilled for screws and bent into the proper shape4 ,it is important that the slides be constructed of three pieces1 as shown1 so that they will not warp or curve from exposure4 ,the main piece is cut #g in4 long1 and the strips1 in4 square1 are nailed on the ends4 ,the construction of the framing for the roof should next be taken up4 ,this probably requires more careful work than any other part of the pigeon house1 yet it is simple1 as shown in ,fig4 #aj4 ,note that the rafters are set upon a frame1 or plate as it is called1 built up of pieces #c in4 wide4 ,it should be made in4 wider and longer on the inside than the ceiling board1 so as to fit snugly over it4 ,the joints at the corners are 8halved0 and nailed both ways4 ,this gives a stronger structure than butting them squarely and nailing them4 ,the end rafters should be fitted in before fixing the others4 ,it is best to make a diagram of the end of the roof framing on a sheet of paper1 or a board1 and to fit the rafter joints in this way before cutting them4 ,the rafters are then nailed into place4 ,the 8rough boards0 to cover the rafters may now be nailed down4 ,they are spaced in4 apart so as to permit thorough drying1 as is done in larger buildings4 ,they project #b in4 beyond the ends of the plate frame1 supporting the rafters4 ,a -in4 strip is nailed over the ends to give a neat finish4 ,the roof may be shingled1 or covered with tar paper1 or any roofing material4 ,nail a #a-;in4 strip under each end of the roof and nail the gable ends into place4 ,one gable end is provided with a door1 as shown1 and the other has an opening fitted with a wire screen of the same size as the door4 ,the gable story rests on the lower story1 and the notches in the top of the post should fit snugly to the ridge and center rafters1 as shown in ,fig4 #aj4 ,this will aid in supporting the house firmly4 ,if additional stories are added it would be well to place a post at each corner of the house4 ,the upper story may be removed for cleaning1 or for transporting the house4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #a ,,fig4 #b ,,fig4 #c ,,fig4 #d ,,fig4 #e ,,fig4 #f ,,fig4 #g ,,fig4 #h ,,fig4 #aj ,the ,house ,accommodates #bj ,pigeons2 ,additional ,stories may be ,added4 ,fig4 #a1 ,floor and ,ceiling2 ,fig4 #c1 ,arrangement of ,compartments2 ,fig4 #h1 ,lower ,story ,assembled ,ready for ,roof ,story2 ,fig4 #aj1 ,framing of the ,roof2 ,fig4 #aa1 ,side ,view1 ,showing ,spacing of ,roof ,boards2 ,fig4 #ab1 ,end ,view1 ,showing ,trim and ,door on ,gable ,end ,,fig4 #i ,,fig4 #aa ,,fig4 #ab ,the post should be sunk into the ground about #b ft4 and set into a concrete foundation1 if convenient4 ,this will insure a more nearly permanent as well as a more rigid support4 ,care should be taken that the post is set plumb and this can be accomplished if a plumb bob is used4 ,the post should be braced to keep it vertical1 particularly if a concrete foundation is poured and tamped around it4 ,the construction should be painted two coats1 inside and out1 of a color to harmonize with buildings or other surroundings4 ,the cost of building the house shown in the illustration was #c4ej and by using tar paper for the roof and discarded wire mesh1 hinges1 and other fittings1 this may be reduced considerably4 99 99 99 99 99 ,in matching molding into corners it is often difficult to make miter joints4 ,the molding may then be 8coped0 together by matching the end of the piece to be joined to it with the curves or surface of the molding4 ,a coping saw is used in sawing the irregular end4 ,roses ,tinged ,blue by ,chemicals ,illustration ,roses may be colored without any detrimental effect by placing their stems in a solution of #ajj cubic centimeters of water1 #b grams of saltpeter1 and #b grams of an aniline dye4 ,a centerpiece of roses colored to represent the national colors was made in this way and proved very effective as a table decoration4 ,a convenient way to color the flowers is to place their stems in a test tube containing the mixture4--,contributed by ,chester ,keene1 ,hoboken1 ,n4 ,j4 ,making ,photographic ,trays ,serviceable trays for use in developing and printing photographs may be made quickly of cardboard boxes of suitable sizes4 ,where one is unable to transport readily a full photographic equipment these trays will prove convenient as well as inexpensive4 ,they are made as follows3 ,procure boxes of proper sizes and see that they have no holes or openings at the corners4 ,melt paraffin and pour it into the box1 permitting it to cover both outside and inside surfaces4 ,if the paraffin hardens too rapidly the box may be heated and the work completed4--,contributed by ,paul ,a4 ,baumeister1 ,flushing1 ,n4 ,y4 ,camp ,lantern ,made of a ,tin ,can ,illustration ,campers1 and others who have need of an emergency lantern1 may be interested in the contrivance shown in the sketch1 which was used in preference to other lanterns and made quickly when no light was at hand4 ,it consists of an ordinary tin can1 in the side of which a candle has been fixed4 ,a ring of holes was punched through the metal around the candle and wires were placed at the opposite side for a support4 ,the glistening interior of the can reflects the light admirably4--,contributed by ,f4 ,h4 ,sweet1 ,waynesboro1 ,va4 99 99 99 99 99 ,interior woodwork may be made proof against ordinary flame by coating it with silicate of soda1 known as water glass4 ,sidecar for a ,parcel-,delivery ,bicycle ,,by ,p4 ,p4 ,,avery ,quick delivery of small packages within a two-mile radius can be accomplished with a bicycle by a sturdy boy4 ,an ordinary bicycle is used1 preferably one with coaster brake and mudguards4 ,iron braces1 by #a in41 are shaped to make the framework1 and the ends are looped to fasten around the frame of the bicycle and the supporting fork of the third wheel4 ,this wheel is a bicycle front wheel with a fork4 ,a mudguard on the third wheel is desirable4 ,make the iron parts as detailed1 and fasten them into place4 ,the body is made of -in4 wood1 preferably oak4 ,the upper portion of the body is cut to receive the top brace1 which is not in the way in loading or unloading the packages4 ,fasten the box with -in4 carriage bolts1 using a spring washer under the nut wherever a joint is made between wood and iron4 ,a canvas cover can be cut to fit the top and secured at one end only1 with three catch knobs on the sides and corresponding eyelets in the canvas1 keeping the dust and rain from the interior of the body4 ,illustration3 ,an ,ordinary ,strong ,bicycle can be ,made into a ,substantial ,delivery ,car by the ,addition of a ,body and a ,third ,wheel ,it is a good plan to stiffen the body with corner braces1 using by -in4 band iron4 ,the floor of the body should be strongly fastened1 tongue-and-groove boards being used1 and the side corners should be fitted with iron braces at the bottom4 ,the body may be extended farther over the rear1 if more loading space is required4 ,one coat of priming and one of paint finishes the box1 and with the name of the merchant on the front and rear1 the whole makes a neat advertising feature4 ,regarding the selection of a bicycle1 since great speed is not essential1 the lower the gearing is1 the easier it will be to propel the load1 and for ordinary work1 where only small grades are covered1 a gear of about #fe will be found efficient4 ,handy ,use for ,adhesive ,tape ,adhesive tape is useful in the shop and for the home mechanic1 for many purposes3 to mend broken handles temporarily2 to bind up a cut finger2 to prevent a hammer or ax handle from slipping in the hands1 by applying tape around the handle2 for making a ferrule for an awl1 chisel1 etc42 around the nail set it will keep that tool from jarring the hand2 around a lead pencil in the vest pocket as a guard4 ,a ,toy ,machine ,gun ,that ,fires ,wooden ,bullets ,illustration ,for use in the mimic battles which most boys like to stage in this war time1 an interesting mechanical toy that a boy can easily make of materials picked up in the workshop1 is a machine gun having a magazine for wooden bullets1 and which can be made as a single or a double-barrel gun4 ,the construction of the single-barrel arrangement is detailed in the sketch and the modification for a double-barrel gun is shown in the smaller diagram4 ,it is a duplicate of the first type1 suitably mounted as shown4 ,the gun is fired by turning the crank on the wheel and the bullets can be quickly replaced in the magazine at the top4 ,illustration3 ,the ,machine ,gun is ,fired by ,turning the ,crank at the ,wheel1 the ,pins on the ,latter ,drawing ,back the ,hammer1 ,which is ,hooked ,up with a ,rubber ,band ,the support for the gun is made of wood and braced strongly at the base4 ,the gun proper is set into the top of the vertical piece1 as shown1 and the magazine1 which is bent from a piece of tin to the shape detailed in the sectional view1 fits on top of the breach of the gun4 ,the hammer1 which drives the bullets1 is made of a piece of stiff wire bent to the shape shown4 ,the lower curved end is connected to a small nail set on a block at the shaft of the wheel4 ,to fire the gun1 the hammer is drawn back by contact with the small nails set into the side of the wheel4 ,as the wheel is turned1 the nails grip the hammer and then suddenly release it1 driving out the lowest bullet each time4 ,the bullets are piled in the magazine1 as shown in the detailed view at the right1 where the rear view of the gun barrel is indicated4--,edward ,r4 ,smith1 ,walla ,walla1 ,washington4 ,using ,plate ,holder as ,printing ,frame ,a cumbersome part of a commercial photographer's equipment when 8on the road0 is his set of printing frames4 ,amateur photographers who have cameras using plates of more than one size find these frames an expensive part of their outfits4 ,a method that is practical and inexpensive for these requirements in many cases1 is as follows3 ,place the sensitized paper in the plate holder with the emulsion side up4 ,then put the plate in the holder in the same way as if about to expose it in a camera1 but with the emulsion side down1 so that the sensitized side of the paper and the emulsion side of the plate are in contact4 ,the paper and plate are thus held in close contact without the use of springs1 as in the regular printing frames4 ,the plate and paper can be removed by pressing the spring catch at the bottom of the holder1 and the plate is not easily moved while in place4--,francis ,w4 ,clinton1 ,brooklyn1 ,new ,york4 99 99 99 99 99 ,leaks in garden hose may be repaired by wrapping several layers of adhesive tape over the break1 lapping the edges carefully4 ,wire ,clips ,weight ,paper in ,typewriter ,three wire paper clips linked together make a good weight for typewriter sheets that keep rolling or blowing back over the carriage1 into the operator's way1 in a breezy office or where a fan is not properly stationed4 ,they may be quickly applied to the end of the sheet1 or batch of paper and carbon sheets1 and removed as easily1 saving time and annoyance4--,h4 ,p4 ,roy1 ,kansas ,city1 ,mo4 ,chain ,weight ,prevents ,whipping of ,flag ,a length of chain1 sewed into a hem at the lower edge of a flag makes an inconspicuous and effective weight to prevent whipping of a flag suspended from a horizontal staff4 ,a piece of cord can be threaded through the links of a chain to prevent it from rattling1 if necessary4 ,poultry-,fence ,construction ,economical of ,netting ,illustration ,not wanting to put a high poultry netting on my fence to keep my poultry at home1 ,i devised the method shown1 and was thus enabled to use #bd-;in4 wire instead of #dh-;in41 thereby effecting a saving1 as well as not marring the appearance of the fence4 ,chickens will not attempt to fly over this wire but once or twice1 as they endeavor to alight on the pickets of the fence instead of the wire1 and consequently are thrown back by striking the wire4 ,the wire should be supported at each post1 as shown in the sketch4--,roy ,h4 ,poston1 ,flat ,river1 ,mo4 ,a ,fort ,built of ,snow ,blocks ,made in ,box ,form ,illustration3 ,the ,making of the ,snow-,block ,fort ,is ,nearly as ,much ,fun as ,daring the ,enemy to ,come and ,capture ,it or ,capturing the ,enemy's ,barricade ,illustration ,what boy does not enjoy a regular snowball fight--a battle1 in fact--especially when he has a fort of his own building to defend1 and his friends have one which he wants to capture8 ,a way to build a snow fort that will not crumble easily when the enemy charges it is to pack the snow into a box form and build the structure of the snow blocks1 as shown in the photograph4 ,portholes can be provided and when the snow melts slightly1 and freezes again1 a very solid wall results4 ,the form for the block1 as detailed in the sketch1 is made of a box1 arranged so that it is hinged at one corner and has a catch at the corner diagonally opposite4 ,the form is set on a wooden board and when the snow is packed in solidly1 the catch is opened and the form lifted away from the block4 ,it is then carried into position and another block made on the same board4 ,several boards are handy in making the block quickly4--,h4 ,s41 ,chicago1 ,ill4 99 99 99 99 99 ,in applying varnish over an old wood surface1 or on new wood that has become soiled1 care should be taken to remove all traces of oil or grease with benzine4 ,model ,steam ,tractor ,made by ,boy ,illustration3 ,this ,model ,steam ,tractor ,is #bh ,inches ,long and ,drives ,itself1 ,wood and ,coal being ,used as ,fuel ,boys1 and others who like to make models1 may be interested in a small steam tractor ,i designed and built of scrap materials around the farm shop4 ,i used only the ordinary tools on hand in such a place4 ,the steam engine and tractor run smoothly1 and the engine propels the tractor just like a large machine of this kind4 ,the tractor is #bh in4 long and #ad in4 high1 and the boiler holds #a gal4 ,the bore of the cylinder is in4 and its stroke #a in4 ,it was made from an old iron window weight4 ,i use wood and coal to fire the boiler1 and steam can be got up in a few minutes4--,albert ,h4 ,bennington1 ,park ,river1 ,n4 ,d4 ,toboggan ,made of ,old ,buggy ,shafts ,illustration3 ,this ,toboggan with ,stout ,runners ,made from ,buggy ,shafts can be ,used like ,one of the ,ordinary ,type1 but ,works ,best on ,frozen ,snow ,a method of making a strong toboggan sled by nailing a suitable bottom over sections cut from old buggy shafts1 as shown in the sketch1 can be adapted easily for use with poles of about the same size4 ,they can be steamed and bent at the ends and the construction otherwise made as shown4 ,the shafts were cut to the length indicated1 the curved front end being sawed off4 ,the bottom was carried up around the curved rear end1 and a strong bracing strip was bolted across them4 ,one-half-inch rope with leather loops provided handholds1 and was also used as a brace at each side of the front of the sled4 ,twisted wire may also be used for this purpose4 ,cushions of the usual type can easily be made for the toboggan4 ,bicycles ,driven as ,three-,wheel ,tandem after ,breakdown ,illustration3 ,when the ,front ,wheel of ,one of the ,bicycles ,broke ,down1 ,they were ,rigged into a ,tandem1 and a ,distance of ,five ,miles to ,town was ,covered ,on a bicycle trip1 when about five miles from town1 the front axle of my partner's bicycle broke1 and as neither of us wanted to walk1 we had to find some way of getting us both home4 ,we removed the front wheel from one of the bicycles1 and set the front fork on the rear axle of the undamaged machine1 as shown in the sketch4 ,the axle was just long enough so that the sides of the fork could be bolted securely4 ,by careful riding we made the distance to town with only the slight inconvenience of my partner having to carry the extra wheel on his back--,j4 ,f4 ,g41 ,mountain ,grove1 ,mo4 99 99 99 99 99 ,do not touch the inner surface of a tent or shelter in the rain1 as the water will drip from the spot touched4 ,test ,exposures for ,bromide ,enlargements ,to avoid expensive waste of paper in making large bromide enlargements the following device is useful3 ,cut an oblong sheet of stiff cardboard1 #e by #d in41 with a central opening1 measuring #c by #a in4 ,along the lower edge of the central opening mark off five spaces of in4 each1 and number them from #a to #e4 ,glue a strip of cardboard1 #a in4 wide1 at the top and the bottom of the oblong1 on the back4 ,now glue a second strip of cardboard over each of those just attached1 making the second strips slightly wider to form grooves similar to those in a sliding-top box4 ,cut a piece of cardboard1 wide enough to slide easily in these grooves1 and about #g in4 long4 ,in the center of it1 cut an opening1 #a in4 long and in4 wide1 with the longer dimension extending across the strip4 ,by inserting this slide into the grooves1 the opening in it may be shifted to correspond to any of the five -in4 indications at the lower edge of the opening in the oblong frame4 ,focus the enlargement on the easel and put the cap on the lens4 ,then pin a #a-;in4 strip of bromide paper where a good range of detail will fall upon it4 ,pin the oblong card over the bromide strip and make five successive exposures1 of increasing duration1 by sliding the strip so that its opening is opposite the number indications on the oblong4 ,note the particulars of exposure at the time and later develop the strip of bromide paper4 ,suppose the exposures were of #h1 #af1 #bd1 #cb1 and #dj seconds' duration1 and upon development it was found that the first and second exposures were much underexposed and that the fifth was overexposed2 the third and fourth being only slightly under and overexposed1 respectively4 ,then the mean of these two1 that is #bd plus #cb divided by #b1 or #bh seconds1 will be approximately the correct exposure4 ,the use of this device will effect a considerable saving4--,h4 ,j4 ,gray1 ,lewes1 ,sussex1 ,england4 ,scale on ,vaulting ,pole ,indicates ,points of ,grip ,illustration3 ,indications on the ,vaulting ,pole ,aid the ,athlete in ,finding the ,proper ,grip ,unnecessary delay in running off the pole-vaulting events at athletic meets is caused by the repeated testing of vaulters for the proper height at which to grip the vaulting pole4 ,this was readily overcome by marking intervals of #a ft4 on the upper end of the vaulting poles4 ,vaulters judge the proper height once and thereafter may easily take the same grip with the aid of the indications on the pole4--,a4 ,b4 ,wegener1 ,madison1 ,n4 ,j4 ,current of ,canal ,raises ,irrigation ,water ,illustration3 ,the ,current of the ,canal ,causes the ,wheel to ,revolve1 ,carrying the ,water to the ,trough ,the current of a canal was utilized to raise water for irrigation purposes1 and other uses1 by means of the homemade device shown in the illustration4 ,a large-size buggy wheel was set on an old axle1 and extensions were fixed to eight of the spokes4 ,paddles1 #i by #ah in4 in size1 were secured to the extensions1 and uniform-size tin cans were fixed to the paddles1 as shown4 ,the current revolved the wheel1 carrying the loaded buckets upward1 and the water was thus poured from them into a wide trough braced on the platform4 ,a flume led the water to the irrigation ditches1 and pipes were used to conduct some of it to the ranch house for general purposes4 ,when the water is not desired for useful purposes the trough is withdrawn and the water drops into the canal4--,joseph ,gray1 ,heber1 ,calif4 ,protecting an ,air ,pump against ,denting ,illustration3 ,denting of ,tire ,pumps is ,prevented by the ,use of a ,case ,like ,that ,shown ,the brass cylinders of many tire pumps are made of thin metal1 and a slight blow may dent them4 ,such injuries interfere with the action of the plunger1 making the pump almost useless4 ,a case which will afford protection to the pump is shown in the sketch4 ,it was made of two strips of wood cored out on the inner sides to fit the pump and provided with small hinges and hooks1 to lock it into place4 ,a ,feather as an ,x-,ray ,lens ,the outline of the bones in the hand may be seen by holding it before a strong light and looking through a lens made of a piece cut from the tip of a feather4 ,the sketch shows such a lens1 which is mounted in a small piece of cardboard that may be carried in the pocket1 and which affords diversion wherever exhibited4 ,illustration ,the device is made as follows3 ,procure a soft white feather from a fowl1 and cut off the tip as indicated in the upper sketch4 ,cut a piece of cardboard1 about #b in4 wide and #f in4 long4 ,fold it to form a folder1 #c in4 long1 and cut a hole1 in4 in diameter1 through both parts of it4 ,glue the tip of the feather between the folder at the hole1 taking care that the fibers lie flat and that no rib is exposed4 ,glue the edges of the folder1 and the device is ready for use4 ,hold the hand1 or other object1 to be examined about #ae in4 from the lens1 and place the latter close to the eye4 ,looking through the hole toward an electric1 or other strong1 light1 it will be observed that the bones of the hand1 for example1 may be seen clearly4 ,they will be outlined with a band of varicolored light4 ,a frosted globe is better than one which exposes a filament4--,leander ,l4 ,droesch1 ,chickasaw1 ,ohio4 99 99 99 99 99 ,a safety-razor blade1 fitted into a wooden handle1 provides a convenient tool for ripping seams and cutting cardboard4 ,guard ,saves ,wear on ,vest ,bookkeepers and others who work close to a desk nearly all day find that unusual wear results on the front of the vest1 forcing them to discard their suits sooner than would otherwise be necessary4 ,by providing a strip of cloth of a color to match the goods of which the suit is made and buttoning it across the front of the vest from the lower to the upper button this wear is prevented4--,j4 ,a4 ,mc,grath1 ,hancock1 ,michigan4 ,bilge ,water ,siphoned ,through ,water-,jacket ,outlet ,illustration3 ,the ,small ,pipe ,fixed to the ,water-,jacket ,outlet ,siphons the ,bilge ,water from the ,bottom of the ,motorboat ,the sketch shows a simple method of removing the bilge water from a motorboat automatically while the engine is in operation4 ,a small pipe is fitted into the outlet from the water jacket1 as shown at ,a1 and extended to the bottom of the boat where the bilge water accumulates4 ,a sack is fixed over the end of the pipe to prevent particles of dirt from entering the pipe4 ,the water passing out of the water-jacket outlet causes a siphoning action in the small pipe1 and the bilge water is drawn up and passes out of the larger outlet4 ,at the left1 in dotted outline1 is shown a method of removing the bilge water by permitting it to be drawn up into the pump which supplies the water to the water-jacket4 ,this method is sometimes used1 but is satisfactory only when the bilge water can be kept clean1 which is difficult4--,francis ,b4 ,dashiell1 ,baltimore1 ,md4 ,a ,hinged ,window ,box ,illustration3 ,the ,flower ,box is ,arranged to ,swing ,away from the ,window so ,that ,it will ,not ,be in the ,way ,a window box arranged to rest in a hinged bracket on the outside of a window1 as shown in the sketch1 has advantages over the usual method of fixing the box permanently4 ,the box is separate from the supporting frame and may be removed from it4 ,the frame is attached to the window casing by means of ,t-hinges and is strongly supported by a bracket4 ,when it is desired to clean the window1 the device may be swung around and out of the way4 ,this feature is also desirable when it is raining1 for the flowers in the box may be watered conveniently in this way4--,l4 ,j4 ,hough1 ,toledo1 ,ohio4 ,denatured ,alcohol to ,start ,gasoline ,stove ,considerable smoke and dirt is caused by the burning of gasoline used to generate gas in starting a gasoline stove4 ,this may be eliminated by keeping an oilcan filled with denatured alcohol convenient to the stove1 and filling the starting pan with alcohol instead of gasoline4 ,the spout of the oilcan is also convenient in pouring only a small quantity into the pan4--,spencer ,a4 ,pease1 ,chicago1 ,ill4 99 99 99 99 99 ,a strip of adhesive tape1 fixed to the lower side of a straightedge used for cutting glass1 will prevent it slipping4 ,playing-,card ,holder ,illustration ,while disabled with a broken arm and being anxious to play cards for diversion1 ,i was at a loss to hold my 8hand40 ,i soon devised the card holder shown in the sketch1 and found no difficulty keeping in the game4 ,it is made of a strip of wood provided with a groove near the front edge1 into which the cards are inserted4--,w4 ,e4 ,thomae1 ,milwaukee1 ,wisconsin4 ,cocoanut-,shell ,trays ,illustration ,trays for holding matches1 or other articles1 may be made of cocoanut shells by cutting them to appropriate sizes and smoothing the surface to a polish4 ,the tray shown in the sketch was made in this manner1 as were a number of match trays which were fitted with small sheet-metal dishes4 ,the outside of the shell is first scraped as smooth as possible1 sandpapered1 and then oil-polished1 producing a beautiful finish4--,john ,f4 ,long1 ,springfield1 ,mo4 ,nail ,carrier ,made of ,cans ,illustration ,four ordinary tin cans1 fastened to a wooden block as shown in the illustration1 make a serviceable and practical carrier for nails1 staples1 or similar materials1 used in making repairs on the farm or in the shop4 ,the tops of the cans are cut out carefully and the edges smoothed off so as not to injure the hand in removing nails from them4 ,the tops are cut to the shape shown1 as attached to the block and provided with a handle1 making it convenient to carry the contrivance4 ,if cans are used having covers which may be pried off1 the central block should be extended and the handle nailed directly to it4--,dale ,r4 ,van ,horn1 ,north ,loup1 ,neb4 ,stopping ,rattle in ,motorcycle ,stand ,illustration ,annoyance while traveling over rough roads by the rattling of the rear stand on a motorcycle may be overcome by taping the part of the brace which hooks into a catch at the end of the rear mud guard4 ,the sketch shows a view of the lower portion of the rear wheel with the stand raised and in place in the catch4 ,novel ,covered ,box for ,index ,trays ,illustration ,the box shown in the sketch is novel in that it provides a nonsliding cover with a minimum of wood for the construction and the use of no extra space for the lid4 ,where index1 or other boxes must be provided in considerable numbers1 or stored in a limited space1 the saving will be worth while4 ,index cards1 or other material1 may fill the box to its upper level without hindering the availability of the cover4 ,the small portions attached to the cover are cut from the side and end pieces4--,de,witt ,c4 ,ramsay1 ,bridgeport1 ,conn4 99 99 99 99 99 ,small parts may be soldered conveniently by holding them with a clip made of a piece of clock spring4 ,a ,simple ,barometer ,a barometer that will indicate weather changes with reasonable accuracy may be made of two bottles4 ,a milk bottle nearly filled with water is used as the container and a smaller bottle fitting snugly into the top is inverted in the mouth of the milk bottle4 ,the mouth of the inverted bottle should extend about an inch below the surface of the water4 ,weather changes will cause the water to rise and fall in the neck of the inverted bottle4 ,removable ,posts for ,tennis ,court ,illustration3 ,the ,post may be ,removed for ,mowing the ,court or ,when ,not in ,use ,it is sometimes desirable to have tennis-court posts arranged to be easily removed from the lawn or the court when the grass is being mowed1 or during the winter4 ,the method of fixing the posts in the ground1 as shown in the sketch1 makes it convenient to remove the posts and still gives the necessary stability4 ,a square wooden box1 tarred to resist the moisture1 is placed in the ground1 and the post is fitted into it4 ,the upper end of the box is level with the surface1 and when the post is removed a wooden block is fitted into the opening4 ,removal of the posts permits the mowing of the grass close to them and leaves the place free from obstructions when the court is not in use4--,edward ,r4 ,smith1 ,walla ,walla1 ,wash4 ,lightning ,switch for ,wireless ,aerials ,amateur wireless operators often cannot afford to buy a lightning switch such as is required to ground the aerial when not in use4 ,the sketch shows such a device1 which was made of a marble slab fitted with copper strips cut from discarded half-tone plates4 ,the base was smoothed and polished to the size indicated1 #d in4 wide and #i in4 long4 ,the upper edges were beveled off1 and holes were drilled near the ends through which bolts were passed to fasten the small brackets supporting the crossbar4 ,illustration3 ,discarded ,copper ,half-,tone ,plates and a ,piece of ,marble were ,used in ,making ,this ,lightning ,switch for the ,wireless ,aerials ,the copper pieces were made as follows3 ,the plates of -in4 copper were cut into strips1 #a in4 wide4 ,two were made #h in4 long2 four1 #c in4 long1 and four1 in4 long4 ,the #h-;in4 strips were fastened together with small bolts and a hole was drilled through one end of the joined pieces to fit the bolt which forms the pivot for the switch4 ,the #c-;in4 strips were bent to form a -in4 angle1 through which holes were bored for fastening to the base4 ,the -in4 strips were clamped between the brackets at their lower ends to provide a slot for the crossbar4 ,the bolts1 by which the brackets were clamped together1 were provided with binding nuts to which the wires were connected4 ,a handle might be fixed to the crossbar1 but this is not essential4 ,stenciling with ,photographic ,films ,illustration3 ,serviceable ,stencils may be ,cut from ,photographic ,films1 and ,afford a ,practical ,means of ,making ,signs and ,other ,forms ,photographic films make excellent material from which to cut stencils for use in marking show cards1 placards1 etc41 as well as for other uses to which stencils are put4 ,pictures1 or other designs to be stenciled1 may be pasted to the film and the outline cut1 care being taken that the design is adapted for stenciling4 ,this is important1 since frequently binding strips must be left in the design in order to make it possible to cut a satisfactory stencil from it4 ,the films are used with the rough side down1 to prevent them from slipping4 ,a variety of subjects for stencil design may be adapted from pictures clipped from publications or other sources4--,robert ,smith1 ,new ,westminster1 ,b4 ,c41 ,canada4 ,a ,gas-,stove ,lighter ,for lighting the gas stove1 matches are not only untidy but inconvenient4 ,in lieu thereof ,i use a simple affair consisting of a wood handle with a large nail set in the end1 with which it is only necessary to touch the burner in order to start a flame4 ,there is nothing to wear out and no parts to renew4 ,furthermore this gas lighter uses only one wire--a fact that is apt to strike a person as being rather unusual on first thought4 ,however1 if the reader will connect one terminal of a #fj-watt lamp with the gas main or to the gas stove and then touch the other terminal successively with each of the two ends of the live wires it will be found that the lamp will light up with one terminal but not with the other1 for the reason that one side of the circuit is usually grounded at most electric-light plants as a precaution against lightning4 ,all that is necessary to get a spark is to provide a suitable resistance coil with an iron core1 so that the fuse will not be blown and to secure sufficient inductance to get a hot spark4 ,the writer uses an ordinary #ej-ohm telephone induction coil1 in which the primary and secondary are placed in series by the diagonal connection indicated in the sketch4 ,almost any coil or electromagnet of #be-ohm resistance1 or more1 connected in a circuit will prove safe and give a hot spark4 ,place the coil in some out-of-the-way corner1 and run one strand of the usual flexible cord to the handle1 which should be hung at some convenient point at the right-hand side of the stove4 ,let the handle itself be long enough so that there will be no tendency to catch hold of the metal point4 ,run the flexible cord through the center and out at the lower end1 into which a wire nail with the head removed is driven4 ,solder the wire to the nail1 and the lighter is ready4 ,illustration3 ,single ,contact ,point for ,making a ,spark to ,light a ,gas-,stove ,burner or ,tip ,for lighting ,bunsen burners1 and other fixtures using rubber tubing1 a small wire may be run down the center of the tubing so as to ground the burner1 or else a small surface on the workbench may be covered with tin and this grounded1 so that it is only necessary to set the burner thereon to get a light4--,john ,d4 ,adams1 ,phoenix1 ,arizona4 ,to ,stop ,rattling of ,windows ,annoyance from the rattling of windows may be overcome by attaching a small block to the side of the window casing so that it will engage the sash and hold it firmly4 ,the block should be of -in4 wood1 about #c in4 long1 #a in4 wide1 and have one end rounded off4 ,a screw is fixed through the block near the rounded end and driven into the window casing at such a point that when the block is turned upward on its pivot the rounded end will act like a cam and force the sash firmly against its grooves4 ,practical ,bracket for ,garden ,hose ,illustration ,care in the storage of a garden hose will pay the owner in the longer life of it1 and the homemade bracket shown in the sketch suggests a convenient method of caring for the hose4 ,a portion of a barrel was sawed off at one of the hoops1 and after reinforcing it by nailing the hoops and inserting shelves1 it was nailed to the wall4 ,the hose may be coiled over it in shape to be easily carried to the lawn or garden1 for use4 ,the shelves provide space for an oilcan for the lawn mower1 and other accessories4 ,making ,filing ,envelopes ,quickly ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #a ,,fig4 #b ,,fig4 #d ,,fig4 #c ,folders ,like ,that in ,figure #a may be ,glued to ,form ,envelopes1 ,figure #b1 or ,cut ,down to the ,size ,shown in ,figure #c1 for ,use in ,combination1 ,figure #d ,folders in which large cards1 calendars1 posters1 etc41 are commonly mailed may be utilized to make convenient filing cases4 ,envelopes of the type shown in the sketch1 with leatherboard and cord fasteners for holding the flaps together1 may be cut to a uniform size or used in any smaller size desired1 and1 by gluing the flaps ,a and ,b1 will provide serviceable containers4 ,small tools or other objects likely to injure a single-thickness folder1 or drop out of it1 may be stored in double envelopes made in this way4 ,yardstick on ,tool ,rack ,illustration3 ,the ,brass ,plug and ,angle ,are ,convenient ,additions to the ,yardstick1 ,which ,forms the ,front of the ,tool ,rack ,i have derived considerable satisfaction from the use of a yardstick fitted above my workbench4 ,a plug of brass1 having a center-punch mark1 was inserted at the zero point on the yardstick4 ,this is convenient in setting dividers and other instruments4 ,below the plug was fixed a small brass angle1 set so that its inner face was at the zero point4 ,this is useful in measuring pieces from a finished end4 ,if the end of the yardstick is at the zero point it is necessary to attach a small extension to take the brass plug4--,v4 ,a4 ,rettich1 ,hollis1 ,n4 ,y4 ,bicycle ,runner for ,winter ,use ,illustration3 ,the ,mudguard is ,fastened to the ,rim of the ,wheel and ,acts as a ,runner over ,ice and ,snow ,a bicycle may be used with satisfactory results in winter by arranging a runner under the front wheel1 which is lashed to the fork as indicated in the sketch4 ,the mudguard is used as a runner by releasing it and dropping it to the position shown4 ,it is then tied securely to the rim of the wheel and the wheel is tied at the top to the fork4 ,this idea may be adapted by providing a special runner of sheet metal1 making it unnecessary to wear the mudguard4--,c4 ,h4 ,mc,caslin1 ,portland1 ,ore4 ,homemade ,snowshoe ,toe ,clips ,illustration3 ,the ,uppers of an ,old ,pair of ,shoes were ,used to ,make a ,set of ,toe ,clips for ,snowshoes ,the uppers from a pair of worn-out shoes may be made into a serviceable set of toe clips for snowshoes by cutting them off1 as shown in the sketch1 and fitting them to the lacing of the snowshoes4 ,the clip is fastened in place by passing the tying strap through slots in the former1 under the lacing of the snowshoe1 and then around the ankle in the usual manner of fastening4--,richard ,f4 ,lufkin1 ,dorchester1 ,mass4 ,mounting ,tracing-,cloth ,drawings on ,muslin ,tracings mounted on muslin will give long wear and are more satisfactory in handling than the unmounted drawings4 ,the method of mounting them is as follows3 ,stretch a piece of starched muslin1 slightly larger than the drawing1 on a flat1 smooth board1 fastening it with tacks4 ,coat the back of the tracing with a good varnish1 and place it1 face down1 on a flat surface so that it may partly dry and become tacky1 which usually takes two hours4 ,place the tracing upon the stretched muslin1 varnished side down1 and place a smooth sheet of wrapping paper over it4 ,using a moderately warm flatiron1 and beginning at the center of the tracing1 iron toward the edges1 applying moderate pressure4 ,to remove the tracing from the cloth1 it is necessary to warm the cloth with the iron and strip the tracing and cloth apart gradually4--,john ,w4 ,grantland1 ,cincinnati1 ,ohio4 ,sandpapering ,square ,edges on ,small ,machine ,bases ,the woodwork of small electrical or experimental machines and devices often detracts from the workmanship because proper care is not taken in finishing the edges4 ,to smooth off the ends of a small baseboard squarely1 proceed as follows3 ,square up a piece of #b by #d-;in4 stock1 #a ft4 long2 place a flat sheet of sandpaper on the bench and set the #a-;ft4 block on top of it1 holding it in place with the left hand4 ,hold the piece to be squared up firmly against the block and rub it on the sandpaper4 ,a square edge of smooth finish will result4 ,the edges should1 of course1 be planed as smoothly as possible before sanding in this way4--,john ,d4 ,adams1 ,phoenix1 ,ariz4 ,enlarged ,lantern ,pictures as ,guides for ,scenic ,painting ,illustration3 ,scenery for an ,amateur ,theatrical ,performance was ,made by ,painting ,outlines ,projected from a ,lantern ,scenery for a home-talent theatrical performance was required1 and since the services of an expert in that line were not available1 an interesting method of obtaining satisfactory sketches for the figures and other objects in the background was devised4 ,colored lantern slides of scenes suitable for the purpose were selected and projected upon the canvas to be painted1 as shown in the illustration4 ,the outlines were drawn around the projected figures1 making them as accurate as the original1 and far better than would have been possible otherwise by an amateur painter4 ,the colors were applied following the original model1 with satisfactory results4 ,by the use of various portions of slides1 it was possible to place figures and outdoor effects on the background which was obtained from the first slide used4 ,a factor which must be considered in using this method is that the picture on the canvas will be reversed as to right and left positions compared with the original1 if a direct-reflection projector of the type used with post cards is employed4--,thomas ,r4 ,milligan1 ,fort ,worth1 ,texas4 ,three-,caster ,truck for ,moving ,crates and ,furniture ,illustration ,a convenient truck for handling heavy objects1 especially in the home where commercial devices for this purpose are not available1 is shown in the illustration4 ,it consists of a frame built up of three #a by #b by #ad-;in4 strips1 fixed to a disk1 by #ab in4 in size4 ,revolving casters are mounted under the ends of the arms1 giving great freedom of movement in transporting loads4 ,the three-caster arrangement is better than the use of four casters1 because it accommodates itself to irregularities in the floor4--,armydas ,e4 ,sturdivant1 ,muncie1 ,ind4 99 99 99 99 99 ,the burner of an acetylene bicycle lamp1 fitted to an ordinary gas jet1 will produce a very hot flame4 ,inserting or ,correcting on ,typewritten ,bound ,sheets ,it is frequently necessary that typewritten insertions or corrections be made in papers which have been typed and bound1 usually by rivets along the top edge4 ,it is difficult to remove the rivets and replace them satisfactorily4 ,to make such insertions1 feed a blank sheet of paper into the typewriter until its feeding edge is even with the upper edge of the guide fingers4 ,then insert the bottom edge of the sheet on which the correction is to be made1 underneath the sheet already in the machine2 reverse-feed the sheet to be corrected into the typewriter4 ,corrections may then be made in the usual manner4--,a4 ,j4 ,cook1 ,pittsburgh1 ,pa4 ,tire ,pump ,made of ,gas ,piping ,a tire pump actuated by the explosions in the cylinder of an automobile engine1 and made of materials easily obtainable1 is shown in detail in the illustration4 ,a section of iron pipe of a diameter to fit one of the ports1 and about #d in4 long1 as shown in ,fig4 #b1 is provided with a reducer1 a tee1 and two caps4 ,the inside of the pipe is turned up true in a lathe and fitted with a piston1 the head for which is shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,the head is built up of a wooden drum1 washers1 and leather packing disks4 ,the washers should be slightly smaller in diameter than the chamber1 and the leather disks make it air-tight4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #a ,,fig4 #b ,,fig4 #c ,automobile ,tires may be ,inflated ,quickly by the ,use of ,this ,homemade ,pump ,the tee is provided with two valves1 as shown in the detail sectional view1 ,fig4 #c1 the upper ball valve retaining the pressure in the pipe line1 and the other valve admitting air above the piston4 ,the ball valve has a seat of lead1 and a ribbed fitting is fixed to the pipe cap above it1 to provide a fastening for the hose4 ,the cap of the other valve is fitted with a spring1 adjustable on a threaded pin4 ,a light spring fixed to the upper side of the piston1 as shown in ,fig4 #b1 forces the piston back to its lower position after the force of the explosion in the cylinder has acted upon it4 ,the cylinder of the pump should be oiled1 and a reinforced rubber hose should be used to conduct the air under pressure to the tire4 ,the operation is simple3 ,the initial stroke of the engine cylinder draws the piston down1 bringing in a charge of air from the valve ports at the side of the tee2 the following compression and explosion strokes drive it back1 forcing the air out of the ball valve1 as the other valve closes on the upstroke of the piston4 ,a large tire may be pumped up with this device in from five to ten minutes4 ,aid in ,ruling ,uniform ,cards or ,sheets ,when a number of cards or sheets are to be ruled with either horizontal or vertical divisions1 the following method will be found a timesaver3 ,rule one of the cards as a sample4 ,place it on the drawing board with its lower edge set against two thumb tacks driven part way in4 ,rule extensions of the lines on the card to a sheet of paper fastened to the board under the card4 ,set a third thumb tack at the right edge of the card as a guide4 ,by placing the cards to be ruled against the three thumb tacks in the position of the original card1 the rulings may be made quickly with the marks on the paper backing as guides4--,w4 ,p4 ,shaw1 ,stratford1 ,can4 ,tinned ,staples for ,bell-,circuit ,wiring ,illustration3 ,the ,strip is ,cut into ,squares ,which are ,folded and ,driven into the ,support1 ,binding the ,wire ,inexpensive and practical staples for binding wires used in bell circuits1 or for similar purposes1 may be made from a strip of tinned sheet metal1 about in4 wide4 ,the strip is cut on the sides1 as indicated in the sketch1 and the squares are broken off as needed4 ,they may be bent quickly to the shape shown1 and are used by placing them over the wire and driving the points into the wall or other support4 ,if properly made1 they will not injure the covering of the wire and are more satisfactory than wire staples4 ,asbestos ,table ,mats ,reinforced with ,wire ,netting ,ordinarily heavy pieces of sheet asbestos are used for the mats placed under hot dishes on the dining table4 ,these are easily broken if bent1 and a simple method of overcoming this breakage is to make mats as follows3 ,cut two pieces of sheet asbestos1 each about one-half the thickness of that usually used1 one having about in4 around the edge which may be used as a binder in pasting the sheets together4 ,cut notches into this edge1 at intervals of about #b in41 and insert a disk of wire window screening between the pieces of asbestos4 ,turn the edges of the larger piece over and paste in place4 ,device for ,corrugating ,strips ,illustration ,having a sheet-metal cog rail to make for the adjusting mechanism of an enlarging screen1 ,i built a cog-forming device as shown in the sketch4 ,a block of wood served as the case and two levers with hinges were fixed to one end of it4 ,two pieces of hardwood were grooved at their ends as shown in the smaller sketch1 to fit over three tenpenny nails1 ,a1 held in place on the block by staples4 ,four small nails1 ,b1 were set into the block1 as shown1 to act as guides for the strip of metal1 which was fed between the forming blocks and the nails on the case4 ,by pressing down on the hinge levers1 the strip was formed into corrugations or teeth4 ,in order to make the teeth uniform it was necessary to guide the forming pieces by having one of the cogs fit over the first nail4 ,the strip thus formed was fixed to a wooden piece and served as a cog rail4--,r4 ,e4 ,henderson1 ,walla ,walla1 ,washington4 ,birch-,bark ,leggings ,made in the ,woods ,illustration ,an excellent pair of leggings for use in brush and forest land can be made in a few minutes from birch bark cut in the woods4 ,select a suitable tree1 about #f or #h in4 in diameter1 and cut into the heavy bark to obtain two rolls around the circumference of the tree1 taking care not to cut deep enough to injure it4 ,fit these sections around the legs leaving #f-;in4 portions overlapping4 ,trim the bark to the proper shape and soak it in water to soften the grain4 ,place the bark close to the fire until it curls4 ,the leggings are then ready for use4 ,stretcher for ,drying ,small ,fur ,hides ,illustration ,small hides should be dried over a stretcher to give the best results1 and the device shown in the sketch will be found useful for this purpose4 ,it is made of two strips of -in4 wood1 hinged at the pointed end4 ,small holes are drilled into the upper surface at the other ends and adjustment is made by means of a wire bent at the ends and inserted in the holes4--,elmer ,tetzlaff1 ,east ,de,pere1 ,wis4 99 99 99 99 99 ,wire mesh is useful for drawer bottoms in tool cases where dirt is likely to accumulate4 ,reel for ,use with ,seed-,planting ,guide ,string ,illustration3 ,this ,reel ,aids in ,setting ,out ,plants in ,rows ,many gardeners derive as much pleasure from the orderly arrangement of the plants in their 8farms0 as from any other feature of this home diversion1 and ,i am one of them4 ,in order to facilitate the planting ,i made a reel like that shown in the sketch4 ,the frame is of wood1 and the reel is made of a piece of broomstick to which two small tins1 or box covers1 are nailed4 ,a wire handle made of a long nail is fitted to one end1 and a shoulder hook is used as a stop for the handle when it is desired to check the line4 ,a screw eye driven into the back of the frame holds it at various heights on the stake4 ,this device is far superior to the common use of two stakes for the planting cord4--,james ,m4 ,kane1 ,doylestown1 ,pennsylvania4 ,kinks on the ,care of ,umbrellas ,deriving long use from an umbrella depends in part on proper selection1 care of the cloth and frame1 and precautions against loss or theft4 ,a silk cover is desirable to shed rain1 and a cotton one for a sunshade4 ,the hot sun dries out the silk and heats the metal ribs under it1 quickly destroying it4 ,if silk is used for sun protection1 wet the cover occasionally4 ,always set an umbrella to dry1 handle down if there is not space to dry it open4 ,a broad ribbon loop on the handle of a woman's umbrella permits carrying it on the wrist and prevents forgetting it4 ,an umbrella with a removable handle can be folded into a suitcase1 and putting the handle in the pocket when leaving the umbrella in any public place makes it less liable to theft4 ,an umbrella should bear the name and address of the owner4 ,a ,bell-,ringing ,mail ,box ,illustration ,the annoyance of watching for the arrival of the mailman was overcome by the fitting of an electrical alarm to the mail box1 as shown in the sketch4 ,a strip of metal1 ,a1 was pivoted in the box and weighted on one end4 ,a bell1 ,b1 was wired to dry cells in the box below the container for the mail4 ,when the mail is dropped in the box the end ,a is forced down1 forming an electrical contact and completing the circuit from the cells ,c through the wire ,d and back through the wire ,e4 ,when the mail is removed the weight raises the metal strip4--,james ,e4 ,noble1 ,portsmouth1 ,canada4 ,a ,simple ,polarity ,indicator ,an ordinary compass1 fitted flush in a wooden frame as shown in the sketch forms the basis for the polarity indicator described4 ,the ,n1 or north1 and ,s1 or south1 points of the compass should run lengthwise with the frame with the former on the end farthest from the binding posts1 ,c and ,d4 ,five turns of ,no4 #ah gauge1 or any similar wire are wound lengthwise around the frame and over the compass4 ,the ends of the wires terminate at the two binding posts4 ,begin at ,c and wind toward the compass1 binding the wire at ,d4 ,illustration ,if the two ends of a wire are free1 and it is desired to know whether there is any current present1 and if so1 its polarity1 fasten one wire to the post ,c and the other to ,d4 ,before connecting the wires1 hold the compass and frame in such a way that the needle is over the ,n point on the compass dial4 ,if1 after the wires are connected1 the needle moves1 there is a current flowing4 ,if the needle is deflected toward the east1 the negative wire is on ,c2 if it is deflected toward the west1 the positive wire is on ,c4 ,when it is desired to ascertain the polarity of a wire1 which is covered by a floor1 ceiling1 or molding1 hold the compass as explained1 and either directly above or below the wire4 ,then turn on the current4 ,if the instrument is above the wire1 the wire extending parallel with it north and south1 and the needle is deflected toward the west1 the current is flowing from the north to the south end of the wire4 ,if the wire runs east and west and the needle is deflected to the west1 the current is running from west to east4 ,if the wire runs on a diagonal between the directions mentioned1 and the needle is deflected toward the west1 he current is flowing from the quadrant between ,n and ,w on the compass dial toward the quadrant between ,s and ,e4 ,if the instrument is held over the wire and the needle is deflected toward ,e1 the polarity is the opposite to that last indicated4 ,should the instrument be held below the wire1 if the needle goes toward ,w1 it is equivalent to going toward ,e when above the wire4--,h4 ,sterling ,parker1 ,brooklyn1 ,new ,york4 99 99 99 99 99 ,if the white of an egg is used to seal an envelope which has no mucilage on the flap1 it cannot be opened by steaming it4 ,flash ,light ,used as a ,bedroom ,night ,light ,illustration ,to save groping about in the dark for my flash light when suddenly awakened in the night1 ,i devised the arrangement shown in the sketch and by which a 8flash0 is used as a wall night light1 without lessening its common uses4 ,the holder ,b and the board ,a are of wood1 and into the box is fitted a metal clip1 ,c1 to hold the light4 ,a round hole of proper size is cut through the top of the box and the light set through it so that the bottom end rests in the clip1 the tin ferrule pressing against it firmly4 ,a light spring1 ,d1 makes contact with the upper terminal of the push switch without closing it4 ,the apparatus is fastened to the wall1 and insulated wires1 soldered1 one to the clip ,c1 and the other to the spring ,d1 are connected to a switch placed in a convenient position4 ,this switch replaces that on the light4 ,the ceiling serves to reflect and distribute the light rays4--,b4 ,l4 ,dobbins1 ,harwich1 ,mass4 ,pie-,plate ,gas ,heater ,illustration ,a satisfactory gas heater to take the chill out of the air in a small room by fitting a pie plate over a gas burner was made by me1 as shown in the sketch4 ,the wires which formerly held the glass shade were fitted into holes punched in the rim of the plate4 ,it could thus be removed quickly when not needed and the glass shade put back in place4--,morris ,tinsky1 ,chicago1 ,illinois4 ,a ,folding ,table with ,split-,bamboo ,tray for ,top ,illustration ,a folding table frame1 designed as a support for a circular split-bamboo tray1 is shown in the photographs reproduced and detailed in the working drawing4 ,it is a serviceable and inexpensive piece of furniture1 and can be constructed readily by the home mechanic4 ,as the trays vary in size1 the frame must be made to correspond1 those from #bd to #bh in4 in diameter being satisfactory4 ,the tray may be made by the ambitious craftsman or purchased at stores dealing in ,oriental goods4 ,a wooden top may1 of course1 be substituted4 ,the frame is made preferably of soft wood4 ,the following finished pieces are required for a #bd-;in4 tray3 #d legs1 by #c by #cj in42 #d crosspieces1 #a by #b by #be in4 ,mortise the legs to the ends of the crosspieces1 one set of mortises being in4 below the other4 ,assemble the parts and fasten the joints with glue and #b-;in4 flat-head screws1 countersunk4 ,illustration3 ,this ,tray ,table ,is ,readily ,portable1 and ,useful in the ,house and on the ,porch or ,lawn ,adjust the crosspieces of each set so that their centers match1 and fasten them in this position with screws1 from the under side4 ,the two parts of the frame revolve on them when the table is 8knocked down40 ,on the ends of the lower crosspieces of each set1 fasten blocks to level the support for the tray4 ,finish the frame to harmonize with the furniture of the room4 ,conceal the screw heads under bands of hammered or oxidized copper1 fastened with copper or brass pins4 ,a second tray may be placed on the lower crosspieces4--,f4 ,e4 ,tuck1 ,nevada ,city1 ,calif4 ,small ,desk ,lamp ,supported by ,paper ,weight ,those who wish a small desk light that may be pushed back out of the way in the daytime1 will find the accompanying sketch of interest4 ,when in use on a roll-top desk1 the lamp is placed on top near the edge1 so that the bulb overhangs4 ,a #be-watt lamp will light the bed of the desk1 and the small metal shade is so placed that no part of the bulb is visible to the eye of the worker4 ,by providing a suitable base1 the lamp may be adapted to other uses4 ,a stock paper weight1 about #b in4 in diameter and covered with green felt1 was used as a base4 ,an ordinary drop-cord socket is provided1 and to one side of the top cap a strip of brass1 by in41 is soldered4 ,a hole is drilled near the end of this strip so that the screw which holds the knob will also hold the socket4 ,connect the flexible cord in the usual manner4 ,illustration ,the shade is made of sheet metal1 bent in the form of a cone1 having the front shorter than the opposite edge4 ,make a sketch of the bulb1 and determine the lengths of the two sides ,a and ,b1 and then draw two concentric circles of corresponding radii on paper1 as indicated in the small diagram4 ,the proper curve for the shade will then lie between these two circles4 ,cut a paper pattern1 and form it into a cone4 ,after the proper shape is determined1 mark it on the metal1 cut it to shape1 and solder it4 ,a small spring clip1 ,c1 engages the tip of the bulb2 the back of the shade is held by a piece of spring wire1 ,d4 ,it is easy to spring the shade off in replacing the bulb4 ,the outside of the shade should be enameled an olive-green4--,john ,d4 ,adams1 ,phoenix1 ,arizona4 ,device ,frightens ,flies at ,screen ,door ,illustration3 ,the ,scalloped ,roller is ,revolved ,rapidly ,when the ,door is ,opened1 ,frightening ,flies ,an effective means of frightening flies away from a screen door may be made from a spring curtain rod and cotton duck4 ,scallops of #h-oz4 duck1 #f in4 long1 are fastened to the pole1 on opposite sides1 as shown4 ,the ratchet on the end of the pole is arranged so as not to catch4 ,a small cord is wound around the pole and fastened to the screen door4 ,the rod supports are fixed near the top of the door frame4--,josef ,h4 ,noyes1 ,paris1 ,tex4 ,porch ,swing ,made from ,automobile ,seat ,illustration3 ,the ,seat ,discarded from a ,rebuilt ,car was ,put to ,good ,use ,when an obsolete type of automobile was converted into a truck for marketing purposes1 a leather-upholstered seat1 discarded1 was utilized as an attractive and comfortable porch swing4 ,hooks were secured to the front corners of the seat and to the upper edge of the back1 for the chains attached to suitable supports4--,george ,l4 ,ayers1 ,washington1 ,d4 ,c4 ,linoleum ,panels for a ,homemade ,chest ,a strong packing box was converted into a useful and not unsightly chest by covering it with panels of linoleum left over from a job of covering a floor4 ,strips1 by #b in4 wide1 were nailed around the corners of the box to form a panel on the top1 sides1 and ends4 ,the wood and the linoleum were shellacked1 and made a good appearance4 99 99 99 99 99 ,the lower corner of an envelope may be used as a small funnel4 ,camera for ,bird ,photography ,illustration3 ,bird ,images ,large ,enough to ,show ,identification ,markings are ,obtained with ,this ,camera ,a reasonably large image must be obtained in photographing bird life1 or the details of plumage and identification are lost1 reducing the value of the pictures4 ,the 8gun camera0 shown in the photograph was devised for this purpose1 and with it exposures may be made more quickly than with the telephoto type of camera1 a feature of great value in this class of photography4 ,the device consists of an ordinary reflecting-type camera1 mounted on a carriage for ready portability and quick adjustment4 ,the bellows is supplemented with a tube1 permitting the use of lenses of upward of #cj-;in4 extreme focus4 ,this gives a larger image without loss in speed4 ,a -in4 image of a bird was obtained with a #g-;in4 extreme-focus lens1 as against a #b-;in4 image with one of #cj-;in4 focus1 from the same position4 ,the lens is set near the rear end of the tube1 giving a deep hood for shading the sunlight4 ,lenses of an old type1 known as 8,long ,toms10 were used4 ,they are inexpensive compared with newer types with iris diaphragms1 and give good results even at 1 exposures4--,arthur ,farland1 ,new ,orleans1 ,la4 ,electric ,fan an ,aid to ,heating ,room ,the electric fan is useful not only for cooling the air in summer1 but also for distributing the warm air to advantage in the winter4 ,an efficient way of warming a room fairly uniformly is to place an electric fan near a radiator1 so that its breeze passes through the heating coils1 or near another source of heat4 ,the heat is circulated around the room1 instead of being kept in a limited area4--,peter ,j4 ,m4 ,clute1 ,schenectady1 ,n4 ,y4 ,cat-and-,bells ,scarecrow ,illustration ,a scarecrow resembling a living animal is often more effective than other devices1 and the cat-and-bells arrangement shown in the sketch was found especially so4 ,the hide of a cat was stretched over a hollow frame and suspended by a cord from a large weather vane4 ,several bells were attached to the cord1 and when the vane shifts in the wind1 the movement of the hide and the rattling of the bells combine to frighten the birds4--,f4 ,h4 ,sweet1 ,waynesboro1 ,va4 99 99 99 99 99 ,a coating of five parts of coal tar1 one part gasoline1 and one part japan drier will make canvas nearly water-tight4 ,a ,small ,hydraulic ,turbine ,,by ,,frank ,d4 ,,bell ,considerable power and speed can be developed under ordinary water-supply pressure by the turbine1 or water motor1 shown in the sketch and detailed in the working drawings4 ,the parts are of simple construction1 and the machine may be assembled or taken down easily4 ,it is useful for either belt or direct connection to electrical generators1 small machines1 etc41 the direct connection being preferable for a generator4 ,the wheel is built up of sheet metal and provided with curved buckets set in the saw-tooth edge4 ,the water is admitted through an opening in the lower part of the housing and passes out at the opposite end into a suitable drain pipe4 ,the housing is made of two sections1 the main casting and a cover plate4 ,bearings for the shaft are cast into the housing1 which is reinforced on the back by ribs radiating from the center4 ,illustration3 ,view of the ,water ,turbine with the ,cover ,plate ,removed1 ,showing ,inlet and ,drain ,wooden patterns are made for the housing1 the main casting and the cover plate being cast separately4 ,the pattern for the cover plate should provide for the bearing lug1 as shown in the sectional detail1 and for the angle forming a support at the bottom4 ,special attention should be given to allowance for proper draft in making the pattern for the main casting2 that is1 the edges of the reinforcing ribs1 and the sides of the shell should be tapered slightly to make removal from the sand convenient4 ,the advice of a patternmaker will be helpful to one inexperienced in this work1 although many machine metalworkers are familiar with the process4 ,illustration3 ,details of a ,water ,turbine ,that will ,give ,considerable ,power and ,speed for ,driving a ,generator or ,small ,machine ,the finishing and machining of the parts and their assembling should be undertaken as follows3 ,clean the castings and file off rough parts4 ,smooth the cover plate and the shell to a close fit1 and drill and tap the fastening holes for #h-cb machine screws4 ,drill -in4 holes for the bearings1 through the bearing arm and in4 into the lug on the cover plate4 ,drill and tap the two grease-cup holes for -in4 pipe thread1 ,drill the nozzle hole in41 and drill and tap it for a -in4 pipe nipple4 ,lay out the wheel of -in4 brass1 making #bd notches in its edge4 ,fasten the wheel to the -in4 shaft with a flanged coupling1 fixing it with a setscrew4 ,bolt the flange to the wheel with #h-cb steel bolts4 ,make the buckets of -in4 sheet brass1 curved as detailed1 and round off the edges4 ,solder them into place1 using plenty of solder and making certain that the curve is set properly4 ,place drops of solder on the flange nuts to secure them4 ,place the ends of the shaft on two knife-edges1 and balance the wheel by adding drops of solder to the lighter side4 ,this is very important1 as undue vibration from lack of balance will wear the bearings quickly4 ,assemble the machine1 using shellac between the cover plate and shell4 ,make connection to the water supply with a -in4 pipe4 ,bolt the machine down1 and do not let it run at full speed without load4 ,automatic ,lock ,box for ,milk ,bottles ,illustration ,a mousetrap spring1 provided with a suitable catch1 was fitted into a box for milk bottles1 and served to protect the milk bottle against theft by prowlers4 ,the box was made large enough to hold several bottles1 the empty ones in one portion and the filled bottles in another4 ,the bottle is dropped through an opening in the locked end of the box and the spring forces up the catch4 ,while this device may be tampered with1 it guards effectively against the theft of bottles of milk1 since most of those stolen are taken because they are easily accessible4--,l4 ,f4 ,head1 ,seattle1 ,wash4 99 99 99 99 99 ,the oxyacetylene flame may be used in cutting or welding steel cables1 but such welds will not sustain the original safe load of the cable4 ,uses for an ,old ,toothbrush ,a discarded toothbrush1 properly cleaned so as not to be insanitary1 may be used in one or possibly more of the following ways3 to raise the nap of white buckskin shoes1 after polishing them2 in reaching corners with shoe polish1 or in cleaning out eyelets and corners2 cleaning typewriter keys with benzine2 polishing small parts of metalwork4--,joseph ,a4 ,cunningham1 ,philadelphia1 ,pa4 ,a ,locking ,sheath for ,hunter's ,knife ,illustration ,having made a hunting knife and desiring a suitable sheath for it1 ,i devised that shown in the sketch1 which has the special feature that the guard on the knife handle locks in slots cut through the sheath4 ,two pieces of leather were used1 one for the back section and the other for the shorter front piece4 ,the sewing at the edges of the two sections extends from the level of the slots around the lower end of the sheath4 ,two slots were cut vertically through the upper portion of the sheath1 which is fastened to the belt of the wearer1 as indicated4--,george ,h4 ,flint1 ,harrison1 ,me4 ,discarded ,buggy ,springs for ,diving ,board ,old leaf springs obtained from a buggy were used to give the necessary spring to a diving board4 ,one of the springs was set at each side of the board about #b ft4 from the fixed end1 and they were joined by a cross support of #b by #d-;in4 wood1 on which the spring board rested4 ,straps to check the strain on the springs from the rebound were provided4 ,water ,wheel ,turns ,spit over ,campfire ,when a camp fire is placed near a stream1 water power may be utilized to turn the spit in roasting meat over the fire4 ,the rod1 on which the roast is suspended1 should be extended1 and supported at one end1 over the water4 ,a small paddle wheel may then be rigged up easily on the rod4 ,a ,detachable ,chair ,arm ,illustration3 ,this ,folding and ,detachable ,chair ,arm ,is ,useful in the ,home ,the children in the home as well as others can make good use of a chair arm which may be attached quickly to an ordinary chair4 ,the wide arm is clamped to the back of the chair by means of a strip of metal fitted with a thumbscrew1 and the upright is fixed to the arm by a hinge1 making it convenient to store the device4 ,the lower end of the upright is fitted with a metal angle which fits on the corner of the chair4--,j4 ,f4 ,long1 ,springfield1 ,mo4 ,comic ,chest ,expander for ,play or ,stage ,use ,illustration3 ,the ,performer's ,chest 8,swells with ,pride0 ,when ,he ,draws on the ,string by ,shifting ,his ,position ,a device used in an amateur vaudeville sketch with good effect1 and which is interesting for play purposes1 was made of a by #i by #ad-;in4 piece of sheet spring brass1 rigged as shown4 ,in the center1 near the upper edge1 a small pulley was soldered1 and at the center of the bottom edge a small hole was drilled4 ,in it was fastened one end of a #d-;ft4 string which ran up through the pulley4 ,the other end was fastened to a strap to fit around the leg just above the knee4 ,at the two upper corners of the brass sheet two slots were cut to accommodate similar straps1 as fastenings4 ,when the wearer stands in a normal position the chest is as usual1 but by straightening the body and slightly moving the strapped leg back1 the brass sheet is bowed outward1 giving the appearance indicated4--,arthur ,l4 ,kaser1 ,south ,bend1 ,ind4 99 99 99 99 99 ,square cardboard disks fastened to the ends of a spool with thumb tacks will prevent it from rolling4 ,cane ,made of ,tubing ,contains ,cigars ,illustration ,as a novelty in canes1 a steel tube was provided with a suitable handle and used as a container for cigars and matches4 ,the tube was fitted with a metal cap at its junction with the handle and the cigars are inserted or removed at this point4 ,the end of the handle was bored out and also provided with a cover1 as a match safe4 ,the tube was enameled and varnished to resemble wood4--,james ,e4 ,noble1 ,toronto1 ,canada4 ,key ,ring ,used as a ,cover ,fastener ,illustration ,the usual box-cover fastener in the form of a staple and hasp can be fastened quite securely1 and much better than with the use of a wood pin1 by applying a key ring to the staple4 ,this is to take the place temporarily in case the lock is lost or discarded4--,james ,m4 ,kane1 ,doylestown1 ,pa4 ,golf ,tee ,made of a ,shotgun ,shell ,illustration ,instead of making golf tees in the usual manner ,i used the brass end of a shotgun shell1 weighted with a small iron ball attached to a string4 ,the device was made as an experiment and proved so useful and convenient to carry that ,i continued to use it4--,edward ,beasley1 ,texarkana1 ,ark4 ,patching ,canvas ,bottom of a ,canoe ,a patch of silk1 properly applied makes a good repair for a hole worn through the canvas bottom of a canoe4 ,loosen the canvas for about #b in4 around the hole and apply thick shellac4 ,insert a piece of silk in the hole to lap under the edges of the canvas4 ,permit the shellac to dry slightly and smooth down the patch4 ,protect the joint further with white lead1 smoothing over the patch and painting it when dry4 ,handy ,tray for ,pencils and ,penholders ,illustration ,a piece of light cardboard1 or sheet metal1 may be folded into a neat and useful holder for pens1 pencils1 etc41 on the desk or drafting table4 ,in the latter case a piece of stiff drawing paper folded into ,v-grooves and tacked to the board1 is convenient4 ,for use on a finished surface the folded piece should be pasted on cardboard or otherwise fastened down4--,william ,robert1 ,springfield1 ,mass4 ,removing ,sag from ,couch ,spring ,illustration ,a couch spring of the type shown in the sketch sagged considerably1 making it ineffective4 ,the sag was taken up by bending the sections of wire with a monkey wrench1 so that the entire spring was stiffened almost as satisfactorily as when new4 ,care must be taken that the wires are bent uniformly so that the strain is evenly distributed4 99 99 99 99 99 ,an eggshell may be balanced on the edge of a knife if the egg is 8blown10 and then partly filled with sand4 ,an ,effective ,combination ,lock ,easily ,made ,,by ,e4 ,f4 ,,strong ,the combination lock described has been used for years on lockers and letter boxes in a large public building4 ,the details of a lock with three disks are given1 and in ,fig4 #d the use of two disks is suggested4 ,the lock is made as follows3 ,from a piece of or -in4 hard wood1 saw out three disks1 ,a1 ,fig4 #a1 from #a to #d in4 in diameter1 according to the size of lock desired4 ,for one with #b-;in4 disks1 as shown1 cut slots1 ,b1 in4 wide and deep1 in the edge of the disks4 ,for axles use by #b-;in4 hardwood dowels1 ,c1 with a six-penny headless wire nail in one end1 leaving about in4 of it exposed4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #a ,,fig4 #b ,,fig4 #c ,,fig4 #d ,this ,wooden ,combination ,lock ,gives ,good ,service and is ,easily ,made ,the case of the lock is shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,it is made large enough to mount the disks1 as shown4 ,around the edges of the inside surface of the lid fasten strips a trifle thicker than the disks4 ,place the disks in the positions shown1 drilling small holes in the baseboard for the nail axles4 ,the bolts1 ,d1 and the piece1 ,e1 are made of hard wood1 fastened with a lap joint4 ,on each side of the bar1 ,d1 fasten cleats1 ,f1 to hold it in position4 ,the handle1 ,h1 moves in a slot in the lid1 and is fixed to the bar1 ,e4 ,the door1 or lid1 on which the lock is to be used1 is provided with openings1 ,j1 as shown in ,fig4 #c4 ,the axles ,c1 project through openings1 as bearings4 ,when the windows ,j1 through which the combinations are read1 are made1 place the ends of the bolts in the slots of the disks and screw the lock in position4 ,mark on each disk the point exactly in the center of the window1 enabling one to work the combination temporarily4 ,to lock the device1 push the handle to the left and turn the axles4 ,to unlock it1 turn the axles until the pencil marks appear in the middle of the windows1 and throw the bolts4 ,next make paper dials1 ,k1 of a diameter as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,divide the circumference into from #ej to #ajj equal parts1 according to the size of the dial1 and draw radii1 as shown4 ,number at least every fifth point4 ,to the face of each disk1 ,a1 with small thumb tacks1 fasten one of the dials1 placing the combination numbers selected exactly over the pencil marks made in setting the temporary combination4 ,verify the combination before locking it4 ,unless the slots in the disks are a little wider than the ends of the bolts1 the combination must be very closely adjusted4 ,an aid in setting the combination is a line on the glass or a point of black paper1 as shown in ,fig4 #b4 ,the combination may be changed by setting the dials in new positions4 ,the large number of combinations possible makes it very difficult to obtain the combination4 ,for most purposes1 two disks are sufficient in a lock of this kind4 99 99 99 99 99 ,a convenient method of supporting a garden-hose nozzle is to tie a loose knot in the end of the hose1 arranging the nozzle to spray as desired4 ,a ,simple ,metal ,bird ,basin ,illustration ,a bird basin can be made an attractive feature of a home garden1 and that shown in the illustration was made easily of a metal basin and a section of iron pipe4 ,the pipe was sunk in the ground to a depth of #cj in4 and loose rock placed around the end of it4 ,a shallow pan1 hammered out of a flat piece of sheet metal and provided with a cork stopper1 was fixed to the upper end of the pipe4 ,holes were made in the edge of the pan and strings to support morning-glories were attached from them to a hoop1 set in the ground around the pipe4 ,when it is desired to change the water in the pan it is drained off by releasing the cork4--,mrs4 ,f4 ,d4 ,reynolds1 ,stevens ,point1 ,wis4 ,catch-,all ,screen inside ,hot-,air ,register ,illustration ,in order to recover small articles dropped through the floor-register grating of a hot-air heating system without the necessity of removing a section of the pipe1 mesh gratings like that shown were fitted into place4 ,number six gauge wire mesh was used in pieces just large enough to fit into the metal box below the register4 ,access to the screen may be had by removing the grating--,f4 ,m4 ,ball1 ,st4 ,louis4 ,mo4 ,practical ,uses for ,old ,button ,clasps ,leather and metal-button clasps from suspenders are useful in repairing heavy gloves1 large leather cases1 and other articles on which the clasps have been lost or worn out4 ,they may be sewed or riveted into place4 ,attached to straps1 they are useful means of making a fastening1 and may be applied to leggings1 and other parts of outing clothes4 ,bark-,covered ,porch ,light and ,plant ,shelf ,illustration ,a combination flowerpot holder and reading lamp was made from two pieces of wood1 bark1 and a lamp socket1 and proved to be a good shaded reading light4 ,with a plant in the flowerpot1 the fixture was made quite attractive by day4 ,maple bark1 well dried out1 was used4 ,a piece of board1 in4 thick1 was cut to fit the curve of the bark1 and fastened to it4 ,the former was then nailed to another board1 by #e by #ad in41 which formed the support for the fixture4 ,a lamp socket was attached and a suitable current source provided4 ,removable ,headrest for ,chair ,a convenient attachment for the back of a chair is an extension padded to form a comfortable headrest4 ,this may be made by fixing a padded piece of wood1 #f in4 wide and #bj in4 long1 to the chair back by means of suitable wooden braces1 notched to fit the top of the chair4 ,rigging ,economizes ,space in ,closet ,illustration3 ,this ,simple ,rigging ,gave ,accommodation for a ,large ,quantity of ,clothing in a ,small ,closet ,it was necessary to store a considerable quantity of clothing in a small clothes closet1 and the rigging detailed in the illustration was devised1 and provided unusual accommodations4 ,wooden rods1 #a in4 in diameter1 were set across the closet at each side of the door and supported on notched blocks1 as shown in the detail at the left4 ,the clothes used frequently were supported on these rods by means of hangers4 ,for clothes out of season1 or used only occasionally4 a special rigging was arranged in the space above the door4 ,a #a-;in4 rod was fitted between the walls to slide in a groove at its ends4 ,strips nailed to the wall formed the groove4 ,cords1 attached to the rod1 as shown1 and carried to the ceiling1 where pulleys were fixed1 made it convenient to raise or lower the rod4 ,a sheet was spread over the clothes to protect them4--,a4 ,k4 ,hay1 ,ottawa1 ,canada4 ,scoop ,made of ,box ,end ,a scoop that is serviceable for handling various kinds of lighter bulk material may be made by cutting the end from a cardboard box of suitable size and trimming it into shape4 ,a handle may be provided by making a loop of cloth1 or flexible cardboard1 and fastening it with a paper fastener4 ,mechanical ,toy ,pigeon ,made of ,wood ,illustration3 ,draw on the ,wire and the ,head and ,tail ,bob ,up and ,down ,when the head of the mechanical pigeon is lowered the tail rises1 and the reverse4 ,it is constructed as follows3 ,make paper patterns for the parts1 which consist of two body pieces1 a head1 a tail1 and the foot piece4 ,the shape of the parts is shown in the sketch1 the front body piece being removed to show the connections of the rubber and wire controlling the movements4 ,the view above shows the fastening of the parts with nails4 ,the main sizes of the parts1 which are made of to -in4 soft wood1 are3 head1 #a by #c in42 body1 #b by #e in42 tail1 #a by #c in42 foot piece1 #a by #a in4 ,mark the shapes on the wood1 cut them out1 and mount them1 with a rubber band connecting the head and tail1 as shown4 ,nail the foot piece between the body pieces1 and pivot the head and tail on nails4 ,connect the head with a wire1 having a loop on one end4 ,make the holder1 and cut a slot into it for the draw wire1 operated with the finger4--,c4 ,c4 ,wagner1 ,los ,angeles1 ,calif4 ,sportsman's ,cabinet for ,guns1 ,equipment1 and ,books ,illustration ,the books1 magazines1 guns1 fishing tackle1 camera1 etc41 of the out-of-door man are often kept or laid aside in various places4 ,to provide a good place for such equipment1 ,i made the case shown4 ,what apparently is a neat bookcase when closed1 the top shelf used as a magazine rack1 accommodates numerous other articles4 ,after the 8bookcase0 has been examined superficially ,i open the door1 swing the shelves out1 and display back of them my guns1 hunting togs and outfit4 ,two small drawers1 covered by the upper rail of the door when closed1 hold various small articles2 and a blind drawer under the door holds shoes and the larger articles4 ,i constructed this combination cabinet as follows3 ,the lumber used was -in4 chestnut4 ,the dimensions of the cabinet are #fj by #cj by #ad in4 ,for the back of the bookshelf and cabinet ,i used matched ceiling4 ,the door casings are #d in4 wide2 the sidepieces of the door are #c in4 wide1 the top1 #d in41 and bottom piece1 #f in4 wide4 ,this cabinet cost me less than #c and does the service of a gun cabinet valued at #cj4--;,f4 ,e4 ,brimmer1 ,dalton1 ,n4 ,y4 ,a ,photographic-,negative ,filing ,system ,in order to preserve photographic negatives and to make them easily available1 the following homemade system was devised3 ,the negatives are kept in envelopes having a print from the negative therein mounted on the face4 ,a trial1 or an inferior1 print is used1 and shows what negative it contains4 ,extra prints and enlargements are kept in the same envelope for each negative4 ,on the face1 or back1 of the envelope is written data1 such as name or title of subject1 place and date taken1 stop and shutter speed used1 most suitable printing paper1 developer1 etc4 ,this data may be kept in the negative envelope on a sheet of paper4 ,this leaves the photograph album free from data that is of no interest to persons viewing the pictures4 ,the envelopes are kept in their original boxes1 classified as 8,animals10 8,birds10 8,live ,stock10 8,landscapes10 8,my #aiad ,vacation ,trip10 and so forth4 ,knee-,rest ,holder for ,milking ,pail ,illustration ,becoming tired of holding the milk pail between my knees while milking1 ,i made a contrivance of strap iron to overcome this4 ,it is arranged so that the milk pail will just fit inside1 the curved straps supporting the weight of the pail on the knees4 ,the holder may be made of wood1 with the possible exception of the curved arms1 which should be made of pieces of iron1 in4 thick and about #b wide4 ,the circular frame can be made adjustable to various pails by bolts set in holes in the bands4--,j4 ,c4 ,whitescarver1 ,miami1 ,okla4 ,tool ,sockets in ,edge of ,drawing ,board ,drawing tools1 pencils1 etc41 were kept out of the way on a drawing board by inserting them in pockets drilled in the upper edge of the drawing board4 ,a small brass plate1 pivoted on the center1 was used to cover each set of two pockets1 and the latter were numbered on the upper surface of the board4--,elmer ,o4 ,tetzlaff1 ,de ,pere1 ,wis4 ,cart for ,carrying ,huge ,drum in ,parade ,illustration3 ,this ,rubber-,tired ,cart was ,built ,specially for a ,large ,drum ,used in ,parades ,the inalienable right of the small boy to carry the drum in a parade was disregarded when the cart shown in the sketch was made for a large drum4 ,two rubber-tired wheels were mounted on an axle bent to fit the drum1 and curved handles1 forming a supporting frame1 were fixed to it4 ,the frame was made of hickory1 steamed and bent into shape1 and the drum was arranged to be quickly dismounted4--,w4 ,c4 ,k41 ,mason ,city1 ,iowa4 ,a ,homemade ,inverted ,electric-,light ,fixture ,an attractive and serviceable inverted-light fixture for a den and study was made at an outlay of about #cj cents1 the details of construction being shown in the illustration4 ,the light is distributed thoroughly1 and with a #dj-watt lamp is ideal for work at a desk4 ,the lower portion ,a is a tin washbasin1 costing #aj cents1 and the part ,c is a cup-cake pan1 costing #e cents4 ,the rim ,b is made of -in4 wood1 #ac in4 in diameter1 and the disk ,e1 #aj in4 wide1 is the round block cut from the center of the rim ,b4 ,the uprights ,d are made of -in4 dowel rods and of a length suitable to the height of the room4 ,they are glued and toenailed to the rim and disk4 ,f is a cup-cake pan1 and ,g is a drawer knob1 fastened to the pan ,f4 ,these parts can be omitted if desired4 ,they are fastened to the top with wood screws4 ,illustration3 ,a ,ten-,cent ,washbasin was ,used as a ,reflector for ,this ,light ,fixture ,the light socket is supported in a metal strap1 ,h1 having a rounded offset to match a bolted clamping strip4 ,the inside of the basin1 being tinned1 acts as an excellent reflector4 ,all parts except the inside of the pan are enameled white4 ,the fixture is fastened to the ceiling with screws through the disk4--,a4 ,f4 ,krueger1 ,champaign1 ,ill4 99 99 99 99 99 ,the gummed portions of unsealed envelopes are often useful when a gummed strip is desired4 ,laying ,out a ,horizontal ,sundial ,plate ,to make a sundial accurately it is necessary to lay out the lines for the particular locality where it is to be used1 as a dial will vary slightly according to the latitude4 ,the parts may be made of wood1 metal1 or stone4 ,a good method is to have a bronze casting made from a wooden pattern4 ,the lines may be cut with a lathe and planer in a machine shop1 or engraved by hand4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #a ,lay ,out the ,dial ,plate ,symmetrically1 ,allowing ,space for the ,style ,the illustrations show how the dial is made4 ,the lines1 as indicated in ,fig4 #a1 should be laid out very carefully1 first on a pattern4 ,draw a horizontal line near the top which represents the six-o'clock line1 ,a-,,vi1 in ,fig4 #b4 ,then lay out another line ,,ah1 at right angles to ,a-,,vi4 ,take a point ,c at any convenient place and construct the right-angled triangle ,,abd4 ,the angle ,,cab should be equal to the degree of latitude of the place4 ,the angle ,,cbd equals ,,cab4 ,take a compass and set it to a radius equal to the side ,,bd1 and draw the quadrant ,,df from ,e4 ,from ,d draw the line ,,dg out for same distance and parallel with ,a-,,vi4 ,now divide the quadrant ,,df into six equal parts4 ,draw the lines ,e#a1 ,e#b1 ,e#c1 etc41 and where they intersect the line ,,dg1 draw the lines from ,a1 as ,a-,i1 ,a-,,ii1 ,a-,,iii1 etc4 ,these are the hour lines4 ,divide each of the six divisions of the quadrant into four parts1 and draw the lines1 as shown between the #c and #d divisions4 ,these are the #ae-minute parts4 ,each of these parts may be divided in turn1 and this is best done by eye1 unless the dial is quite large4 ,illustration3 ,the ,dial is ,mounted ,horizontally with the ,high ,end of the ,style toward the ,north ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #b ,,fig4 #c ,diagram for ,marking the ,dial and ,making the ,style ,this will complete one-half of the dial4 ,the other half is done in the same manner1 leaving a space between the line ,,ah and its corresponding line for the other side of the dial4 ,this space should be equal to the thickness of the upright shadow-casting piece1 or style4 ,the style has its base equal in length to the line ,,ah1 and its angle1 ,s1 equal to the latitude1 or the angle ,,cab4 ,it is mounted in the space with the high end at #ab o'clock4 ,it may be fastened to the dial with screws passing through the base4 ,mount the dial horizontally on a suitable pedestal4 ,the style should be exactly north and south1 with #ab o'clock toward the north4 ,the dial will be fast or slow over clock time4 ,this is corrected by consulting an almanac and setting the clock accordingly from the dial4 ,a correction plate may thus be made and mounted on the pedestal4--,f4 ,b4 ,walters1 ,baltimore1 ,md4 ,homemade ,roadster with ,motorcycle ,engine ,by mounting a #e-;hp4 motorcycle engine on a frame built of #b by #d-;in4 stuff1 and rigging the outfit on running gear made of gas-pipe axles1 old buggy springs1 and motorcycle wheels1 ,i made the light roadster shown in the photograph1 at small cost4 ,it develops #cj miles an hour easily1 carrying only the driver1 and has carried five persons4 ,the frame is suspended from the springs1 with an underslung effect1 on the front axle4 ,the power is transmitted by a friction drive1 consisting of a fiber contact pulley1 obtained from an old commercial car1 and a disk used as a cutter on a plow4 ,illustration3 ,this ,friction-,drive ,cyclecar was ,built in ,spare ,time by a ,mechanic1 ,using ,largely ,makeshift ,material ,the front axle is of #a-;in4 gas pipe fitted with suitable-size solid nipples1 and washers1 at the bearings4 ,the steering knuckle was made of steel shafting turned down to fit a pipe tee1 set in the axle4 ,the drive shaft is in4 in diameter1 and has a ball thrust bearing on the end4 ,sprocket gearing gives a ratio of #f to #a1 on high speed4--,e4 ,l4 ,munsen1 ,la ,conner1 ,wash4 ,mending ,aluminum ,cooking ,utensils ,holes in aluminum ware may be mended by plugging them with rivets as follows3 ,make a rivet of lead or solder1 and enlarge the hole to fit the rivet tightly4 ,insert the rivet from the inside and back it with a piece of hard wood1 or metal4 ,rivet the other end to fill the hole and lap over it slightly4 ,suitable rivets may be made by cutting a lead wire1 about in4 long1 and of the desired diameter1 on which a head is formed by riveting down the end4 ,the wire is set in a hole in a block during this operation4--,l4 ,c4 ,burke1 ,madison1 ,wis4 ,feeding ,cards into ,typewriter ,trouble is sometimes experienced in feeding cards into a typewriter1 and this may be overcome by providing a paper sheet as a leader4 ,run the sheet of paper into the machine and feed the card in after it1 lapping their adjoining edges4 ,this prevents the edge of the card from catching on the rolls4 ,a ,california ,bungalow for ,canaries ,illustration ,an outdoor birdhouse1 which has proved popular in various sizes1 especially for canaries1 is that with a bungalow roof1 and sides of wire netting1 as shown in the photograph reproduced4 ,while a number of these houses were made in a workshop to order1 the construction is so simple that boys will find considerable fun in making them1 especially in framing the roof4 ,the house shown is #ah by #bh in41 and #ad in4 high to the eaves strip4 ,the body of the house is made in two side and two end frames1 fastened at the corners with screws4 ,the wire is put on the frames before assembling them4 ,a small1 sliding door1 of wood and wire1 is provided1 or one end may be made in two frames1 one of which is hinged for a door4 ,the eaves should extend at least #b inches4--,h4 ,l4 ,coolidge1 ,pasadena1 ,cal4 ,homemade ,device ,aids ,blind ,person in ,writing ,illustration3 ,the ,height of the ,letters is ,gauged by a ,guide ,wire ,to assist my father in writing1 notwithstanding his blindness1 ,i made the machine shown in the illustration4 ,it has been in use two years1 and proved thoroughly practical4 ,it consists of a board1 by #aa by #ac in41 on which the paper is held by a clip4 ,two stops1 ,a1 insure a good alinement of the sheet4 ,a ,t-square1 ,b1 slides in a groove at the left side2 the upper edge is beveled4 ,at a distance of in4 from this edge is stretched a brass guide wire1 ,c1 by means of which the height of the script is gauged4 ,the wire is supported on brass strips1 ,d4 ,when the line is written1 a pin1 ,e1 set in one of a row of holes in the groove ,f1 is raised1 the ,t-square moved1 and the pin inserted in the next hole below1 giving the correct spacing4 ,as the wire does not touch the paper1 either ink or pencil can be used4 ,the board consists of four pieces1 glued1 and fastened with screws1 as detailed4--,arthur ,e4 ,tremaine1 ,brookline1 ,mass4 ,making ,cardboard ,tubes for ,electrical ,coils ,it is often difficult to obtain cardboard tubes as foundations for coils of special sizes1 and the following is a practical method for making them as desired3 ,cut a strip of cardboard somewhat wider than the length of the tube desired and about #b ft4 long4 ,soak the cardboard in water until it is quite pliable4 ,wrap it tightly around a wooden rod of suitable size1 gluing or shellacking each successive layer4 ,when the desired thickness has been obtained1 bind the tube with string1 and place the whole in a moderately warm oven to dry4 ,the tube may then be cut to length4--,alexander ,v4 ,bollerer1 ,new ,britain1 ,conn4 ,an ,army in a ,small ,box ,illustration3 ,by ,reason of the ,mirrors1 a ,few ,soldiers ,appear as an ,army ,a play device that will afford much amusement and which is interesting for boys to make is that shown in the sketch4 ,to make the peephole cabinet1 obtain a box of suitable size2 fasten a piece of looking-glass inside1 at each end4 ,make a peephole at one end of the box1 and rub the silvering from the back of the looking-glass at the hole4 ,place a few metal soldiers1 horses1 etc41 along the sides of the box #a or #b in4 apart1 one being set to hide the reflection of the hole4 ,by looking through the hole an endless army may be seen4 ,light is provided through the skylight at the top1 which is fitted with ground glass or tissue paper4 ,this device perplexes most persons who are not familiar with its construction4--,james ,e4 ,noble1 ,portsmouth1 ,canada4 ,liquid-,filled ,tray ,carried ,safely ,in photographic work1 and in the shop or laboratory1 chemicals carried in shallow trays are easily spilled4 ,in photographic work1 especially1 this endangers materials used1 as the spilled liquid dries and dust affected by it may spoil chemicals with which it comes into contact4 ,the tray should be carried in a larger pan or basin partly filled with water1 thus keeping the tray level4 ,making an ,umbrella ,handle ,detachable ,illustration ,a parasol or umbrella with a detachable handle is a great convenience in packing when traveling1 and a handle may be made detachable as follows3 ,remove the handle by using a block of wood and a hammer4 ,clean out the hole1 and polish the steel stem with emery1 as far as it goes into the handle4 ,cut off #a in4 from the end1 and then solder a section of brass tubing into this piece1 and another section into the end of the stem4 ,the abutting ends are then tapped to fit an #h-cb screw1 which is then soldered into the shorter piece1 as shown4 ,the latter is pushed into the handle1 and a hole1 in4 in diameter1 is drilled almost through the handle4 ,a piece of wire nail is driven into this hole4 ,by making the screw fast in the handle rather than in the stem1 the threads are protected1 and the length when taken apart is correspondingly reduced4--,john ,d4 ,adams1 ,phoenix1 ,ariz4 99 99 99 99 99 ,to renew a typewriter ribbon1 roll it on a spool and apply a very small drop of glycerin at intervals of several inches1 with a fountain-pen filler1 and permit the glycerin to soak in thoroughly4 ,boys' ,athletic-,equipment ,locker ,illustration3 ,the ,boy ,who ,takes ,pride in ,his ,athletic ,equipment will ,find ,much ,pleasure in ,making ,this ,cupboard for ,it ,the boy should have a place in the home for his sports togs and equipment1 and a cupboard like that shown can be made easily for the purpose4 ,its size will depend on the quantity of articles to be stored4 ,a good size is #ab by #cj in41 by #e ft4 high4 ,plain boards are used1 and for the door they are fastened together with cleats and screws4 ,the drawer is convenient but not essential4--,j4 ,d4 ,hough1 ,toledo1 ,ohio4 ,wire ,compacts ,bristles in ,polish or ,stencil ,brushes ,illustration ,the bristles of brushes used for applying shoe polish and for painting through stencils often curl so much that the brush becomes almost useless4 ,in order to overcome this ,i bound the bristles with several turns of wire and soldered them into place as shown4 ,when desirable1 part of the wire may be removed by cutting it at the solder4--,hugo ,kretschmar1 ,west ,nyack1 ,n4 ,y4 ,old ,table ,used as ,wall ,workbench ,good use was made of an old table1 one leg of which was broken1 by removing two of the legs at one side and fitting the table against a wall4 ,a wide board was set on the back edge of the table1 against the wall1 and provided a rack for tools4 ,a drawer was fitted into the front of the table1 and a small iron vise was clamped at one end4 ,the arrangement provided a convenient bench for home shop work4 ,lettering ,photo ,prints without ,marking ,negative ,instead of scratching titles on photographic negatives1 which often produces a poor result1 a good method is to write the title on the sensitive paper with black ink before printing4 ,care must be taken not to scratch the paper4 ,the toning and fixing baths wash away the ink1 leaving the script or lettering white4 ,the negative is thus unmarred4 ,rope ,pad ,prevents ,slamming of ,door ,illustration ,an antislam pad1 made of a piece of rope and fixed to the knobs of doors1 is in general use in a large hospital4 ,the device is made by forming loops on the end of a short section of rope1 as shown1 and fitting them over the door knob4 ,this also prevents the closing of the door so that a patient may be heard in calling an attendant4--,c4 ,m4 ,hall1 ,st4 ,louis1 ,missouri4 99 99 99 99 99 ,curtain rollers should be arranged so that the direction of pull on the tacked edge of the curtain is away from the end4 ,box to ,protect ,extra ,spark ,plugs ,illustration3 ,the ,spark ,plugs are ,fitted ,compactly in the ,case and are ,protected from ,damage ,damage often results to spark plugs which are thrown in the tool box of an automobile1 and the use of a small case for the extra spark plugs is desirable4 ,partitions may be fitted into an old box of suitable size1 or a case may be specially made4 ,that shown was designed to provide for six spark plugs in a minimum of space4 ,it was made of -in4 wood1 and of a length so that the spark plugs could be slipped in the recesses only by turning the faces of adjoining plugs together4 ,a hinged cover keeps them firmly in place4--,e4 ,r4 ,mason1 ,danville1 ,ill4 ,homemade ,spring ,wagon ,seat ,two -in4 boards1 #ab in4 wide1 between which two #ab-;in4 pieces of #b by #d-;in4 wood are bolted1 provide a strong spring seat for a wagon4 ,the boards are cut to a suitable length1 and the #b by #d-;in4 pieces are set near the middle1 and about #h in4 apart4 ,this gives a spring seat at each end of the device4 ,cushioned ,chair ,made of a ,barrel ,a strong barrel may be made into a comfortable chair by cutting it halfway through at the middle and shaping the remaining upper portion into an arm and back rest4 ,holes are bored at the seat level and at the back1 and wires woven through them to form a backing for excelsior-stuffed cushions4 ,bicycle ,fitted ,up to ,resemble ,motorcycle ,illustration3 ,comparison of the 8,before and ,after0 ,illustrations ,shows ,strikingly the ,resemblance to a ,motorcycle ,the boy who cannot own a motorcycle but who has a bicycle1 may remodel it to resemble a power-driven machine by fitting it up with equipment1 much of which can be made in the home workshop4 ,the illustration shows how an ordinary bicycle was improved by several practical fittings4 ,the lower end of the mudguard of the rear wheel was extended to form a clip1 for the homemade stand ,a4 ,brackets were made of strap iron to support the bundle carrier ,b1 the basket of which was made of wood4 ,the tank ,c1 #c by #c by #ba in41 with two compartments and doors1 contains batteries and tools4 ,it is fastened to the frame by means of two bolted straps4 ,the bracket ,d was made of strap iron1 to support the electric headlight ,e4 ,the handlebars were extended1 as shown at ,f1 and the horn ,g was provided4 ,the seat post was lengthened by welding a piece to it1 and reversed1 as at ,h4 ,a tail light1 ,j1 and a pump1 ,k1 held by straps1 were provided1 and the front mudguard was fitted with a leather piece1 ,l1 shaped as shown in the front view4--,p4 ,p4 ,avery1 ,garfield1 ,n4 ,j4 ,toy ,submarine ,made of ,shade ,roller ,illustration3 ,this ,submarine's 8,engine0 is ,wound by ,means of the ,propeller ,the submarine shown really goes1 and was made of a bit of tin1 some lead1 a few brads1 and an old window-shade roller1 with a good spring4 ,the spring is the submarine engine4 ,saw off the roller #c in4 beyond the inner end of the spring1 and shape it like the bow of a submarine4 ,flatten a piece of lead1 and fasten it to the bottom of the boat for a keel4 ,experiment until the keel is of the right weight1 and in the proper place1 permitting the boat to move evenly1 just below the surface of the water4 ,for the propeller1 cut a #b-;in4 tin disk as shown1 and bend the blades into shape4 ,in the center make a hole to admit the end of the spring1 to which it is then soldered4 ,wind up the 8engine0 by turning the propeller4 ,the shade-roller spring can also be used for other toy craft4--,e4 ,p4 ,sullivan1 ,arlington1 ,massachusetts4 99 99 99 99 99 ,rub powdered graphite on rubber and asbestos gaskets so that they may be removed easily when desired4 ,simple ,machine for ,transmitting ,writing ,illustration3 ,a ,message ,written on the ,pad with a ,pencil is ,transmitted to the ,other ,pad at a ,considerable ,distance ,away ,an interesting and novel construction for amateur or boy mechanics is a telautograph or writing telegraph machine4 ,the instruments1 as shown1 are duplicates with the exception of the placing of the rubber bands4 ,they can be made in different sizes1 and satisfactory results were obtained by making the base #g by #ab in41 the arm ,b #e in4 long and in4 wide1 and the triangle ,c #f in4 by #c in4 ,a hole is bored in the arm ,b1 slightly smaller than the pencil to be used and a slot sawed from the edge to hole1 so that when the pencil is forced into the hole it will be tightly gripped1 as at ,a4 ,the arm ,b is fastened to triangle ,c1 to move freely4 ,the triangle is fastened to the base1 and can also move freely4 ,the rubber bands ,d are stretched tightly to hold the moving parts in position4 ,the strings ,e should be strong1 and stretched taut4 ,illustration ,the larger diagram shows the instruments placed in parallel position4 ,the smaller diagram shows how they can be placed one above the other4 ,an unruled pad is fastened to the base of each instrument with thumb tacks4 ,the operation may be traced by noting the successive action of the parts when the pencil on the pad at the left is moved in writing a message4 ,the pivoted triangle communicates the action to the string ,e1 which actuates the other triangle and its lever system4 ,the rubber bands serve to steady the action4 ,the instruments may be arranged a short distance apart for play or experimental purposes or set in rooms on different floors1 by making suitable pulley connections for the cords ,e4--,william ,freebury1 ,buffalo1 ,n4 ,y4 ,diagonal ,corners on ,disk-,record ,covers ,illustration ,having been bothered with the edges of square paper covers of disk records curling1 making it unhandy to place them in a file1 ,i remodeled them as shown in the sketch4 ,the covers without the lower corners were so convenient that ,i made others by folding and pasting paper of the shape shown in the pattern4 ,it was found desirable to use a good quality of paper for the new envelopes as this gave added protection4--,j4 ,h4 ,moore1 ,hamilton1 ,ontario1 ,can4 ,live ,poultry ,weighed ,handily in ,funnel ,scale ,a deep funnel1 or cone1 made of sheet metal and attached to an ordinary platform weighing scale or a draw scale1 is useful especially in weighing live poultry4 ,the fowl is placed in the funnel head first and remains quiet while being weighed1 which is not the case in most common methods of weighing4 ,the funnel is mounted on three legs1 for use on a platform scale1 and suspended from a ring by chains1 from the hook of a drawspring scale4--,c4 ,w4 ,reemtsen1 ,des ,moines1 ,ia4 ,transferring ,pictures to ,glass ,the surface of glass on which pictures are to be transferred must be thoroughly clean4 ,a coat of nearly colorless varnish is applied1 and permitted to dry overnight in a room free from dust4 ,wet the picture1 soaking it in clear water for about #aj minutes4 ,place it on blotting paper with the front side down1 leaving the back wet4 ,varnish the glass again1 and place the picture face down on the varnished surface1 pressing out the bubbles1 working from the center out4 ,rub on the back of the transfer paper until the picture is transferred to the varnished surface1 and remove the paper carefully4 ,permit the picture on the glass to dry1 and then varnish it4 ,an ,order-,memo ,device for ,delivery ,routes ,a milk driver who had many extra orders of milk and cream to deliver had considerable difficulty in keeping track of the orders4 ,he overcame this difficulty by the use of a clip attached to the steering wheel of his truck4 ,he got a spring clothespin1 wired one side of it to one of the spokes of the steering wheel1 and now places his extra orders in a ring attached to the clip1 as they come on his route4 ,when he makes a delivery1 he moves the memo on the ring1 bringing the next order before him4 ,this method can be used in many other businesses1 where articles such as newspapers are delivered on routes4--,francis ,w4 ,nunenmacher1 ,berkeley1 ,california4 99 99 99 99 99 ,to counteract mildew on canvas1 coat the parts with soap and rub well with powdered chalk or whiting4 ,model ,paddle-,wheel ,boats ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #a ,,fig4 #c ,,fig4 #b ,the ,rubber-,band ,motor is ,wound ,up at the ,crank1 and ,propels the ,boat ,about #bj ,feet ,only a few boys have ponds of their own1 in a pasture1 perhaps4 ,but there are miniature lakes in our city parks1 pools at our summer camps1 and old water holes in the woods2 if all of these fail1 a boy can still sail his ships on the bathtub sea4 ,a simple side-wheeler1 built of wood1 is shown in the sketch4 ,it winds up with a crank and runs #ae to #bj ft4 ,a float is made by pointing the ends of a thick board1 the dimensions of which are given in ,fig4 #a4 ,on this the paddle-wheel frame is nailed1 as shown in the top view1 ,fig4 #a1 the side view1 ,fig4 #b1 and the end view1 ,fig4 #c4 ,it is made of thin wood4 ,a broom-handle section1 just long enough to slip into this frame1 is whittled to form a winding drum1 and fitted with paddles1 wire axles1 and a crank4 ,a second shorter section of the broom-handle1 set between blocks nailed to the stern1 serves as a roller for the rubber bands4 ,these1 linked together and tied to a length of heavy cord1 as shown in ,fig4 #a1 are fixed to the bow and run over the roller to the drum4 ,the addition of a top1 or lid1 of cardboard1 wood1 or tin1 and painted to resemble cabins and pilot house1 and fitted with masts and a smokestack1 completes the model4 ,fig4 #e shows a similarly built stern-wheeler with the stern-wheel shaft set on brackets4--,e4 ,r4 ,smith1 ,walla ,walla1 ,wash4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #e ,the ,stern-,wheeler ,is ,similar in ,construction to the ,side-,wheeler as to ,driving ,mechanism ,a ,small ,thresher of ,practical ,use ,buckwheat1 oats1 wheat1 morning-glory seeds1 and other grains and seeds1 were successfully cleaned with a model thresher of simple design which ,i made from materials picked up in and around the farm workshop4 ,it is #bd in4 high1 #ad in4 wide1 and #c ft4 long4 ,for a cylinder1 ,i used a roller1 #c in4 in diameter and #a ft4 long4 ,the teeth are nails driven spirally about the cylinder in rows that alternate with similar teeth in the concave1 the nails being driven in4 apart4 ,the fan consists of a small roller upon which four pieces of tin are nailed4 ,the beaters are larger rollers1 into which wooden teeth are set4 ,to hold the cylinder1 fan1 and beaters in place1 four posts and two crosspieces were used1 as shown4 ,illustration3 ,made as a ,model1 ,this ,small ,thresher ,proved ,useful for ,various ,grains and ,seeds ,the power used is an #h-;ft4 windmill that ,i constructed1 using a buggy wheel as the frame4 ,the cylinder must be run at a fairly high speed1 the fan nearly as fast1 and the beaters may be run much slower2 this is taken care of by the relative size of the pulleys4 ,the screen between the fan and beaters must be of small mesh so that grain will not fall through into the fan chamber4 ,the sieve through which the grain drops must be the proper size for grain1 and can be varied for the different kinds of grain or seed threshed4 ,it is better to put only the heads of grain into the thresher1 as long straws twist about the rollers4 ,the material to be threshed is fed into the cylinder in the usual manner1 and takes its course as indicated by the arrows1 the grain falling to the spout at the bottom1 and the straw and chaff being blown out at the exhaust for it4 ,soft wood was used in the construction1 -in4 stock for the heavier pieces1 and or -in4 stock for the other parts4 ,the curved housing for the fan was made of tin4 ,leather or rope belts1 fitted tightly1 may be used4 ,the power is applied on the cylinder pulley1 hand or other power being suitable4--,f4 ,e4 ,brimmer1 ,dalton1 ,n4 ,y4 ,moth-,ball ,puzzle as ,window-,advertising ,novelty ,a druggist recently puzzled thousands with a novel window display4 ,a small white ball in a #a-;in4 glass tube1 about #aj in4 long1 displayed in a show window1 would sink to the bottom1 then slowly ascend1 only to sink as before4 ,a sign reading 8,what ,makes ,it ,move80 kept the crowd guessing4 ,the tube was apparently filled with water4 ,the construction is simple4 ,the tube is about three-quarters full of carbonated soda water4 ,the white ball is an ordinary moth ball4 ,the ball sinks1 and when it becomes soaked gradually as it lowers1 bubbles of gas cling to it1 carrying it to the top of the solution4 ,there the gas escapes1 destroying the ball's buoyancy1 and causing it to sink again1 ,this process is repeated over and over4--,david ,j4 ,lonergan1 ,minneapolis1 ,minnesota4 ,record-,cleaning ,pad ,fixed to ,talking ,machine ,illustration ,by providing a practical method of keeping talking-machine records free from dust automatically1 as they are played1 the life of the record is prolonged and the reproductions are more clear1 and free from scratching sounds4 ,a felt pad supported on a fixture made of a strip of brass does the work nicely4 ,the pad is clamped in a clip at the end of the brass strip1 and the entire device is held in place by the spring action of the upper clip1 which fits over the end of the reproducing arm4 ,the pad or the whole device can be slipped out of place quickly4 ,novel ,uses for ,safety ,pins ,illustration3 ,,to ,,roast ,,potato ,,over ,,oven ,,grate ,,tin-,,pail ,,ear ,,card ,,support ,,screen-,,door ,,spring ,,repair ,,eye ,,for ,,fish-,,hook ,,sinker ,,holds ,,buggy ,,curtain ,,over ,,torn ,,button-,,hole ,,spring ,,hinge ,,for ,,box ,,dry-,,battery ,,connector ,these ,eight ,examples of ,how an ,ordinary ,safety ,pin can be ,used for ,practical ,purposes ,are ,suggestive of ,many ,others ,it is surprising to note how many uses can be made of an ordinary safety pin1 both as an emergency-repair device1 and for other purposes4 ,i found #dj simple uses for safety pins1 a few of which are shown in the illustration4 ,some of the many other uses are as a chain1 a candle holder1 a spring1 a cover holder for a kettle1 and as a pencil clip4 ,most of these can be made by twisting the safety pin with a small plier4 ,by using a cutting plier1 many more useful kinks can be devised4--,george ,g4 ,mc,vicker1 ,north ,bend1 ,neb4 ,moving ,heavy ,objects with a ,broom ,illustration3 ,the ,broom ,is ,slippery and ,rides over the ,floor or ,even ,carpets without ,trouble ,after trying to move a heavy trunk alone1 the attempt is usually given up until some friend can be called in to lend a hand1 because a truck or other means of handling such heavy objects is not at hand4 ,an ordinary sweeping broom will serve as a sled to move a stove or similar object in the home without heavy lifting4 ,the straw in the broom is slippery and can be drawn over carpets without injuring them4 ,in handling a stove1 the legs must of course be removed1 one person drawing the load and the other steadying it4--,samuel ,h4 ,avery1 ,chicago1 ,ill4 ,rear ,seat for ,motorcycle or ,bicycle ,illustration3 ,this ,light-,weight ,homemade ,rear-,seat ,fixture ,is a ,convenience for a ,strong ,bicycle or ,motorcycle ,a rear seat mounted on a light support that can be quickly attached to a strong bicycle or a motorcycle is handy1 and one like that shown in the sketch can be made in the home workshop4 ,the supporting frame1 consisting of two main sections forming a fork over the rear axle1 and a brace extending to the bicycle frame1 are made of by #a-;in4 strap iron4 ,the seat and the handlebars are supported on posts of the usual type1 flattened at their lower ends1 and riveted to the fixture4 ,the lower ends of the fork are bent to form foot rests4 ,the detailed construction of the seat post and the method of clamping the brace at ,a are shown in the smaller sketches4 ,the fastenings on the seat and handlebar posts are made with rivets or bolts4--,p4 ,p4 ,avery1 ,garfield1 ,n4 ,j4 ,changing ,wheels ,equalizes ,wear on ,baby-,cab ,tires ,the front and rear wheels of a baby cab are usually of the same size and the tires on the rear wheels are worn much more rapidly than those on the front wheels4 ,by changing the position of the wheels1 the wear on the tires is equalized1 making it unnecessary to renew them until all are worn out4--,j4 ,cecil ,alter1 ,cheyenne1 ,wyo4 ,a ,craftsman ,leather ,billfold ,,by ,,livingston ,,haviland ,the making of a billfold is easily within the range of an amateur in leather work1 who will observe the instructions carefully4 ,seal1 morocco1 pigskin1 and ooze sheep are satisfactory4 ,skiver1 or thin leather1 and silk moir make suitable linings4 ,when the processes involved in the making of the billfold are mastered1 numerous other small articles in leather will suggest themselves1 and can be made similarly4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #a4 ,place the ,pattern on the ,leather and ,trim ,it to ,size ,even with the ,edges of the ,pattern ,the finished billfold is shown with the cardcase side up2 folded1 and with the bill compartment open1 in ,fig4 #b4 ,begin the making of it by cutting a pattern of stiff cardboard for the main portion1 or body part ,no4 #a1 as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,make a second pattern for body part ,no4 #b1 as shown in ,fig4 #a4 ,trim the leather to fit the patterns1 a straight edge of metal being placed over the pattern as a guide for the knife4 ,a close-grained hardwood board1 or a piece of sheet zinc1 is suitable as a base for cutting the leather4 ,cut pieces of lining slightly larger than the patterns4 ,if skiver is used1 it must be glued to the leather with a good quality of leather glue1 which should be pliable so as not to crack the leather4 ,do not stretch the lining1 but merely smooth it gently1 as otherwise it may cause the leather to buckle4 ,place the glued parts under a light weight to dry4 ,in fitting the silk lining into place1 apply a thin stripe of glue around the edges only1 and permit them to extend beyond the leather4 ,then trim them off neatly4 ,part ,no4 #a is to be folded to form the back of the billfold and also the two pockets for cards4 ,the parts are glued as shown in ,fig4 #c4 ,weight the billfold and permit the glue to dry4 ,the sewing may then be undertaken4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #b4 ,the ,photographs ,show the ,cardcase ,side1 the ,folded ,billfold1 and the ,silk-,lined ,money ,compartment ,illustration3 ,fig4 #c4 ,glue the ,parts ,together ,carefully along the ,edges1 and ,fold the ,ends as ,indicated ,the neatness of the billfold will depend largely on the care with which the sewing is done1 and the finish on the edges4 ,draw a straight line with a blunt-point tool along the edges to be sewed1 in4 from them4 ,mark the spacing for an inch of the stitches on a strip of paper and transfer them to the stitching line4 ,punch the holes1 making certain that each is made with the awl held vertical1 as shown at ,d4 ,back the open ends with strips of cardboard when punching holes in them4 ,heavy1 waxed silk of a color to match the leather is used for the sewing4 ,the work may be done by hand without a holder1 clamped between two boards4 ,thread the two needles and start them from the right side1 as at ,e4 ,pass the needle from the first hole through the second as at ,f4 ,with the needles then in position1 as at ,g1 continue this stitch4 ,tie the ends of the thread neatly at the end of the stitching4 ,trim the edges and tool them to a smooth finish with a suitable metal tool1 or rod1 heated moderately1 applying water with the finger tip4 99 99 99 99 99 ,the taper of a key is generally in4 per foot of length1 and keys having a head are preferable because of greater ease in removing them4 ,the width of a key is usually the diameter of the shaft1 plus inch4 ,lawn ,mower ,sharpened ,efficiently with ,simple ,rigging ,illustration3 ,the ,lawn ,mower is ,sharpened ,quickly by the ,use of ,this ,rigging ,with this device1 one can quickly sharpen the lawn mower1 or perhaps earn money sharpening the neighbors' machines4 ,because several knives in a lawn mower work against the cutting blade1 it is difficult to sharpen a mower satisfactorily with a file or stone4 ,a usual method is to reverse the cutting-wheel cogs1 turn the mower upside down1 and run it backward over the ground4 ,by the use of grinding paste on the cutting blade the cutting wheel tends to sharpen itself4 ,this process can be improved by supporting the mower1 as shown at ,a1 the blocks permitting the mower's driving wheels to rest outside them4 ,a block1 ,b1 supports the wooden roller4 ,remove the driving wheels1 and the gears which turn the cutting wheel4 ,take the gear from one end and put it in the other end1 replacing the driving wheel4 ,by revolving the latter backward1 the cutting wheel will also turn backward4 ,apply a paste of emery powder and lubricating oil to the cutting blade1 and adjust the blade so that it comes fairly into contact with the cutting wheel4 ,turn the driving wheel backward1 and gradually tighten the adjustment until a good edge on the cutting blade and the knives is produced4 ,a handle fixed on the driving wheel1 as shown at ,c1 makes turning it easier4 ,after sharpening1 replace the gears1 clean the bearings thoroughly1 and replace the driving wheels4--,ed4 ,m4 ,hawes1 ,everett1 ,wash4 ,rubber ,pads for ,opening ,screw ,watch ,bezel ,the modern screw case for watches is primarily for the purpose of keeping dust from getting into the delicate works4 ,unless one is possessed of a strong grip1 it is hard not only to set the case tight enough to keep out dust1 but also to open the watch when adjustment is necessary4 ,to make this work easy1 a jeweler has1 as a part of his tool kit1 several rubber dies to fit the different sizes of watch cases4 ,he made them from old rubber heels1 cut to fit the watch cases closely4 ,danger of breaking the crystal is also overcome4--,c4 ,e4 ,drayer1 ,cleveland1 ,ohio4 ,spring ,roost ,releases ,poultry-,house ,door ,latch ,illustration3 ,the ,door is ,opened ,automatically ,when the ,fowl ,leave ,their ,roost ,those in the habit of shutting their poultry houses at night to prevent disturbance or loss by night-prowling animals1 will be interested in a contrivance that makes this unnecessary4 ,the principle of the mechanism1 as illustrated is that the opening to the poultry house is closed after the fowls have gone to roost1 and in the morning when they descend from the roost1 the door automatically opens1 and they are free to go out4 ,the spring door opens inside with hinges at the side1 and a suitable bumper4 ,the spring has just sufficient tension to cause the door to open when the catch is released4 ,the roost is fitted up as shown in the detail4 ,one end is held by a bolt1 while the other rests on a coil spring compressed by the weight of the fowls on the roost4 ,a cord is attached at the spring end1 passing through pulleys to the door1 where it is fastened to the end of the bolt catch4 ,the door is closed after the fowls are on the roost4 ,the spring end is compressed to a level position1 by their weight4 ,the instant the birds leave the roost1 it rises and pulls the cord1 releasing the catch1 and permitting the door to open4--,george ,s4 ,brown1 ,norwich1 ,conn4 ,a ,child's ,bell-,ringing ,hoop ,illustration ,in making this useful toy1 first1 a wheel from an old baby carriage was stripped of the tire2 then two laths are fastened together at one end1 and the wheel inserted between them1 at the other end1 and held by a bolt4 ,a strong cord was passed around the groove in the wheel1 and around a spool1 nailed so as to turn on the side of the lath when the wheel is rotated4 ,driven into the rim of the spool are three nails1 which strike against the old alarm-clock bell1 fastened as indicated4--,w4 ,f4 ,mac,gregor1 ,toronto1 ,can4 ,emergency ,camp ,stoves ,quickly ,made ,illustration3 ,boys at a ,summer ,camp ,kept ,themselves ,busy during a ,cold ,spell by ,making ,these ,stoves ,while conducting a boys' camp in summer we experienced a severe sleet storm4 ,our tents were not equipped with stoves and ,i faced a double problem3 to keep the boys warm and to keep them contented4 ,the difficulty was solved by having them construct emergency camp stoves1 as shown1 using iron stovepipe1 and other material at hand4 ,one length of pipe is laid under the side of the tent about #d in4 in the ground1 as in ,fig4 #a4 ,an elbow mounted in sod connects with the chimney4 ,a stone at the front of the stove regulates the draft1 and stones placed upon the pipe hold the heat4 ,the arrangement diagrammed in ,fig4 #b is built with one length of pipe or a stone conduit4 ,a hole is dug into the ground1 about #aj in4 deep4 ,over this is placed a pan1 and an opening is made at the front for the fuel4 ,the chimney is made of stones and sticks picked up around the camp1 and plastered with mud4 ,coffee may be boiled or small cooking done on this stove4--,william ,h4 ,leach1 ,alden1 ,n4 ,y4 ,pruning and ,brush-,cutting ,knife ,illustration ,with the blade of an old beef cutter and a stout wood handle1 ,i fashioned a brush knife that is superior to a sickle for cutting down heavy weeds4 ,the blade was secured in a slotted handle by a screw and rivet1 and the top of the handle wired as an additional security4 ,a blade of this sort is handy1 also1 for pruning purposes4--,j4 ,m4 ,kane1 ,doylestown1 ,pa4 ,plier ,drives ,nails in ,backing ,picture ,frame ,illustration ,the fastening of a picture into a frame by the use of brads1 or tacks1 driven into the frame behind the backing is often done carelessly1 because it is difficult to do a neat job with an ordinary hammer4 ,a much better way of driving in these nails is to use a plier1 as shown4 ,protect the edge of the frame with a layer or two of cardboard1 and start the nail carefully1 forcing it in by steady pressure on the plier handles4 ,clip ,holds ,flash ,lamp on ,handlebar as ,headlight ,illustration ,an ordinary pocket flash light makes a satisfactory headlight for a bicycle if fitted to the handlebar with a suitable clip4 ,the arrangement shown makes it possible to remove the light quickly for use in the usual manner4 ,the clip1 as detailed1 is of spring brass and is clamped over the post of the handlebar4--,p4 ,p4 ,avery1 ,garfield1 ,n4 ,j4 ,a ,backwoodsman's ,nutcracker ,illustration ,most persons know what a difficult job it is to crack hickory nuts1 unless provided with a suitable hammer1 or other tool1 for the purpose4 ,when nut hunting1 such tools are usually not at hand1 and a method used by an old backwoodsman will be of interest4 ,first he cut a hickory limb1 about #b in4 thick and #c ft4 long4 ,in the center of the limb1 he cut a square notch1 about halfway through1 and just large enough to admit a nut4 ,then placing one end of the limb on the ground1 the other end held in the left hand1 he placed a nut in the notch1 and bent the limb slightly4 ,this brought the edges of the notch closer together1 and cracked the nut neatly4--,c4 ,m4 ,vaiden1 ,portland1 ,ore4 ,handy ,tool for ,tightening ,wire ,spokes in ,wheels ,illustration ,the wire spokes in bicycle and similar wheels often become loose1 and a small pocket device for tightening them on the road is handy4 ,a satisfactory one can be made quickly from a washer1 #b in4 in diameter1 cut as shown4 ,a tapering slot is cut to the center of the washer to engage the nipples of various-sized spokes4 ,the outer circumference of the washer is filed with a triangular file to provide a good finger grip4--,h4 ,e4 ,randell1 ,boston1 ,mass4 ,bottle ,economizes ,spray ,liquid in ,atomizer ,illustration ,atomizers are sometimes provided with delivery tubes the lower ends of which are in4 or more above the bottom of the reservoir1 thus rendering useless considerable of the spraying liquid4 ,to overcome this waste1 in the case of expensive sprays1 a small homeopathic vial was filled with the liquid from the bottom of the reservoir1 and lowered into the bottle1 as shown4 ,the delivery tube of the atomizer was set into the vial1 and the cap screwed on4 ,by this means almost every drop of the spraying fluid was utilized4--,carl ,l4 ,hartshorn1 ,west ,haven1 ,conn4 ,a ,small ,rotary ,pump ,easily ,made ,illustration3 ,the ,rotating ,spools ,press against the ,water ,hose and ,force the ,water from ,it at ,increased ,pressure ,this small power pump is made from a block of wood1 a piece of rubber hose1 and a #e-;arm rotor of brass1 with small spools attached to it4 ,the base of the casing is #f in4 square1 and of -in4 wood4 ,a -in4 triangular block is set at each corner1 and a -in4 cover of wood1 fastened at the four corners with screws4 ,a large nail is used as a shaft for the rotor1 which is cut from brass1 to in4 thick4 ,small spools are mounted on the arms of the rotor1 and the small pulley wheel is fixed on the end of the axle4 ,the action is simple3 ,as the rollers on the arms revolve against the hose1 the force of the stream at the discharge end is increased1 the device acting as a pump4 ,such an arrangement was used for moving targets in a rifle range1 and can be built on a larger scale if desired4 ,a small water1 or electric1 motor is used to drive the pump4--,s4 ,a4 ,hardy1 ,st4 ,paul1 ,minn4 ,cleaning ,type ,cases with ,bicycle ,pump ,type cases can be cleaned easily by using a bicycle pump1 which will blow the dust out4 ,typewriters and other small machinery can also be cleaned this way4 ,a long hose used with a foot pump is often preferable to the hand pump4 ,weighted ,rope ,holds ,flag ,upright ,illustration3 ,this ,weighted ,rope ,permits the ,flag to ,fly in ,its ,natural ,position ,a householder devised a simple and effective method of keeping the flag upright when displayed from a nearly horizontal flagstaff4 ,the cord which held the flag was run through pulleys1 as indicated1 and weighted with a pulley weight4--,m4 ,t4 ,kanary1 ,chicago1 ,illinois4 ,homemade ,gate ,sign with ,metal ,letters ,illustration3 ,the ,metal ,letters were ,quickly ,made and ,are ,durable as ,well as ,neat ,needing a permanent sign to be mounted on an iron gate1 ,i made one of metal1 which is more durable and better-looking than most wooden or other common signs that the home mechanic can make4 ,i used sheet metal and marked out the letters to cut them from the smallest possible strip1 by reversing some of them4 ,they were cut out with snips and chisels1 and the edges filed smooth4 ,the letters were then soldered to heavy wires1 which were bolted to the gate by means of sheet-metal straps and bolts1 as shown4 ,the letters should be polished from time to time1 especially if made from brass or copper4--,hugo ,kretschmar1 ,brooklyn1 ,n4 ,y4 ,reinforcing the ,ends of ,rubber ,handlebar ,grips ,the flexible rubber grips used on bicycles and motorcycles have good shock-absorbing qualities1 but they have a tendency to break off at the end of the handlebar4 ,they may be reinforced by a small stick projecting from the end of the handlebar tubing4 ,one end of the stick is cut to fit tightly in the opening1 and the other to fit the flexible end of the grip4--,george ,m4 ,zimmerman1 ,fort ,sumner1 ,n4 ,m4 ,film ,holder for ,photographic ,developing ,illustration ,the amateur photographer who uses roll film and who does his developing by the tray method1 will find this device a simple and reliable means for holding the film spool while removing the film1 duplex paper1 autographic carbon paper1 gummed labels1 etc4 ,once the spool is properly placed in the holder1 there is little danger of its dropping4 ,the holder takes various sizes of film spools4 ,the side fingers are by by #bc in4 long4 ,a small peg is set in each finger1 #a in4 from the end1 to engage the spool4 ,the upper ends of the fingers are nailed to a tapered block of wood1 by #c and #b in4 wide1 and #h in4 long4 ,the holder can be conveniently fastened to a wall1 door casing1 or to the under side of a shelf in the dark room4--,john ,hoeck1 ,alameda1 ,calif4 ,old ,sink ,installed as ,dish-,draining ,basin ,illustration3 ,the ,extra ,sink ,replaces the ,drain ,board and ,does ,its ,work ,more ,effectively ,an added convenience for the housewife is the installation1 in the place of the drain board customarily attached to the kitchen sink1 of a second sink1 with waste connections4 ,light wooden slats in the sink bottom give it all the utility of a drain board1 without the danger of dishes slipping off onto the floor4 ,a sink1 of the old-fashioned kind used1 can be purchased about as cheaply as a good drain board4--,e4 ,c4 ,blomeyer1 ,waco1 ,tex4 ,desk-,light ,arm ,folds into ,pigeonhole ,illustration3 ,this ,desk ,lamp and ,holder ,folds ,up into a ,pigeonhole ,when ,not in ,use ,the extension arm for an electric lamp shown in the illustration was made of strips from steel building toys4 ,i installed it in my writing desk1 and fastened it with one screw to the back of the desk inside the pigeonhole4 ,when collapsed the arm measures #g in4 from the fastened end to the front end of the socket1 leaving only the globe protruding4 ,extended1 it measures #af in4 ,the lamp cord is taken through a hole in the back of the desk4 ,if a very rigid arm is wanted1 the strips can be doubled4 ,i used screws with two nuts1 but rivets can be used also1 leaving the joints to move freely4 ,the sliding feature at the inner end adds about #b in4 to the length of the arm when extended4--,a4 ,j4 ,viken1 ,waterloo1 ,ia4 ,a ,soldier's or ,traveler's ,kit for ,sundries and ,toilet ,articles ,illustration3 ,the ,soldier ,appreciates a ,handy ,folding ,kit1 ,especially ,if the ,girl ,he ,left ,behind ,made ,it ,a soldier's kit approved by a colonel of the national guard because of its compactness1 can be made easily of a band of khaki cloth4 ,the kit1 including the 8housewife10 requires cloth1 #bg in4 wide4 ,cut #ab in4 from one end for the housewife1 which is #ab by #e in4 wide4 ,to make the housewife1 fold under the edges in41 and fold one end over #b in4 and the other #a in4 for pockets4 ,in the larger center pocket can be placed court plaster1 adhesive tape1 photographs1 letters1 etc4 ,bind the edges in41 and form other pockets1 as shown4 ,the entire kit weighs #a lb4 and can be carried by the soldier in his army blanket4 ,the housewife1 if necessary1 can be removed and taken to the firing line4 ,handy articles to be fitted in the kit are mirror that can be hung up1 comb1 box of talcum powder1 cold cream1 tooth paste1 pencil1 wash cloth1 soaps1 shaving brush1 toothbrush1 and scissors4 ,three safety pins at the top of the bag enable it to be hung up in the tent4 ,strong binding tapes are sewed to the bag1 and it can be folded handily in three sections4--,kate ,thomen1 ,topeka1 ,kans4 ,cooling ,foodstuffs with a ,moist ,rag and a ,draft ,it is not always necessary to keep milk and butter1 or other foodstuffs1 in refrigerator temperature to preserve hem1 for #ej or #fj will often serve quite as well where the articles are to be consumed within a short time4 ,to accomplish this slight degree of cooling1 wrap a moist linen cloth1 single thickness1 snugly about the dish or package1 and place it in a shallow pan of water1 in an open window1 out of the sun4 ,the brick of butter should be placed on a support to hold it out of the water4 ,the cooling is due to evaporation from the moist cloth4 ,not infrequently on a warm summer day1 a thermometer with a bulb1 wetted as suggested1 will be #bj cooler in a breeze1 than a dry-bulb thermometer4 99 99 99 99 99 ,a table of decimal equivalents1 or other information can be mounted in shellac1 at an angle to be easily read1 at the head of a ,t-square1 and is quite convenient4 ,device ,quarters and ,cores ,apples and ,other ,fruit ,illustration ,to provide a simple homemade device for cutting apples and other fruit into quarters and at the same time removing the core1 the arrangement shown in the sketch was made4 ,the circular frame is built up around a ring1 in4 in diameter1 and the ribs and handles are soldered to it4 ,a strip of galvanised iron1 in4 wide1 was used for the cutting portion1 and the lower edge was filed sharp1 and then finished with a small oil stone4 ,in use1 the cutter is set over the fruit1 as shown1 and by pressure on the handles1 it is cut neatly4--,l4 ,n4 ,brown1 ,baltimore1 ,md4 ,detachable ,motor-,driven ,tire ,pump ,made of ,foot ,pump ,illustration ,to make this motor-driven pump1 which ,i use with considerable success1 ,i fitted a bicycle foot pump to a stand1 arranging it to be detached quickly4 ,a #d-;in4 wooden disk was cut in two1 and one-half bolted to the stirrup of the pump4 ,a wheel1 #ad in4 in diameter and #b in4 thick1 was mounted on a #b by #f-;in4 support1 as shown4 ,a crankpin at the outer edge of the large wheel was connected to the plunger of the pump4 ,the latter may be run with an electric motor1 belted as indicated1 or with other power4 ,i use a small homemade water motor described in 8,shop ,notes10 with excellent results4--,r4 ,s4 ,matzen1 ,fort ,collins1 ,colo4 ,fisherman's ,pail with ,wire-,mesh ,cage ,illustration ,oftentimes the fisherman takes a pail along on a fishing excursion so that he may bring back his catch alive1 to put it in a water tank1 or to keep the fish fresh4 ,the water in an ordinary pail soon becomes stale1 and the fish may die before he reaches home4 ,they should be kept in the water of the lake or stream until the fisherman goes home4 ,a good means of caring for them1 superior to the common string1 is to make a wire-mesh container1 to fit inside the water pail1 as shown4 ,the mesh form can be lifted out1 carrying with it all of the fish in the pail1 and be set in the fresh water4--,dale ,r4 ,van ,horn1 ,milton1 ,wisconsin4 ,reinforcing a ,strained ,auto-,truck ,frame ,the side member of an automobile-truck frame was overstrained1 and started to sag4 ,to replace it with a new channel piece was out of the question1 so it was decided to repair the trouble4 ,a piece of -in4 plate steel was cut to the proper length1 in a truss-shape1 wider at the middle than at the ends1 to carry the load properly4 ,it was riveted to the strained member by means of -in4 round-head rivets1 and prevented further sagging4 ,drying ,rack for ,shoes and ,rubbers ,illustration ,footgear is injured when not properly dried out after use in water or in rough weather1 and to care for the shoes1 rubbers1 etc41 ,i made a rack fitted behind a stove on which they are dried out quickly and thoroughly4 ,the rack consists of a row of brackets made of strap iron1 bent as shown in the sketch1 and the shoes are slipped on them4 ,the brackets are mounted on a strip of wood1 which is fastened to the wall with screws4 ,a thin piece of board or sheet metal protects the wall4--,edgar ,morgan1 ,robbinsdale1 ,minn4 ,keeping ,scissors ,blades ,apart ,lengthens ,their ,service ,scissors will wear better and keep their cutting edges longer1 if they are kept hanging up with the blades apart when not in use4 ,the better-grade scissors1 especially the longer pairs1 are made with each blade slightly bowed1 so that in cutting1 the edges cross at an angle near the cutting point4 ,keeping them closed tends to weaken the springiness of the blades1 and the points are worn by contact under tension4--,john ,m4 ,bonbright1 ,philadelphia1 ,pa4 ,making ,lead ,soldiers and ,similar ,small ,castings ,,by ,e4 ,r4 ,,garfield ,the boy who likes to play games in which the lead soldier and other features of imitation warfare have a part1 can make his own lead soldiers1 and other castings1 by the use of a plaster-of-,paris mold4 ,if he cannot undertake this work alone1 the process is interesting for his older brother1 or even for 8daddy40 ,a mold of plaster of ,paris1 as shown in the illustration1 is used for the casting box4 ,the hollow impression of the soldier is filled with the molten lead1 which is poured in through the sprue hole at the top4 ,when the lead cools1 the mold is opened1 the casting removed1 and the process repeated4 ,an entire army can thus be made with a single mold4 ,first obtain a small lead soldier1 and coat it with shellac4 ,make a box somewhat larger than the pattern for the soldier1 as shown in the sketch4 ,make it about #a in4 deep1 and set bolts near the corners1 as shown1 pouring the plaster around them4 ,fill the box half full of plaster of ,paris4 ,while still soft1 press the pattern into the center of the plaster so that half its thickness is imbedded4 ,permit the under mold to dry1 and remove the pattern4 ,shellac the surface of the plaster and the impression4 ,wrap a layer of oiled paper around the bolts4 ,replace the pattern in the impression and fill the remaining half of the box with plaster1 and permit it to dry4 ,also make a small wooden plug1 and set it in the center1 its point touching the pattern1 and pour the plaster around it4 ,when the mold is dry remove this plug1 thus forming the sprue hole1 through which the molten lead is poured into the mold4 ,illustration3 ,lead ,soldiers1 and ,many ,other ,small ,castings1 can be ,made by the ,use of ,this ,plaster-of-,paris ,mold ,when the second part of the mold is dry1 lift it carefully from the under mold1 and remove the pattern4 ,shellac the surface of the top mold1 cleaning away any small bits of plaster around the edges4 ,trim down the box so that the top mold projects over it about in41 making it easy to drop the top mold into place over the bolts4 ,to use the mold1 make certain that it is clean inside and set the top into place4 ,fasten down the wing nuts at the washers4 ,be very careful that the mold is dry1 as hot metal poured on a wet surface may cause a dangerous splash4 ,repeat this process1 and if care is taken about #cjj castings can be made with one mold4 ,the soldiers can be painted suitably and even sold in sets4 ,the process can be adapted to many forms of other small castings1 using other suitable metals1 or wax1 where the casting is to be molded into shape further4 ,a ,trap ,nest for the ,poultry ,house ,illustration3 ,the ,trap ,nest ,automatically ,closes as the ,hen ,enters the ,nest ,box1 ,releasing the ,trigger ,poultry raisers find a trap nest useful1 and one can be made quickly by fitting an old packing box with a suitable sliding gate4 ,in the arrangement shown1 the gate is raised slightly as the hen enters the nest box1 releasing the spring and causing the gate to drop4 ,the gate and spring can be adjusted to various-sized breeds of poultry4 ,the two grooved uprights can be cut from flooring and the other wooden parts made from laths or wooden strips4 ,the trigger is made of wire4--,a4 ,j4 ,call1 ,hartsville1 ,mass4 ,a ,simple ,wireless ,detector ,illustration3 ,this ,neat ,wireless ,detector was ,made of ,materials ,easily ,gathered in the ,boy's ,workshop ,a cheap and serviceable wireless detector was made from odds and ends such as any amateur can obtain4 ,the base was made of wood1 saturated in paraffin4 ,the mineral cup is a brass cap from a cartridge fuse4 ,the upright was made of a piece of copper1 by #d in4 long1 and is fastened to the base by an old-battery binding post4 ,the spring which supports the cat whisker is made of a strip of copper1 in4 by in4 wide4 ,the cat whisker is soldered to the spring1 and the spring is bolted to the upright4 ,the setscrew1 which regulates the pressure of the cat whisker upon the mineral1 works in a nut1 soldered over a hole in the top of the upright4 ,the cat whisker is made of ,no4 #bb gauge bare copper wire4 ,the connection between the cup and the battery binding post1 at the front edge1 is made on the under side of the base4--,charles ,brinkmann1 ,chicago1 ,ill4 ,a ,wire-,screen ,pincushion ,illustration3 ,pins ,placed in ,this ,durable ,desk ,pincushion ,arrange ,themselves in ,vertical ,position1 ,head ,up ,pins placed in a pincushion like that shown automatically arrange themselves vertically1 head up1 so that they may be removed handily when needed4 ,the pincushion is durable1 and a useful device for the desk4 ,it is made by binding two layers of ordinary screen wire between wooden frames1 mounted on a wooden base1 in4 thick1 #b in4 wide1 and #c in4 long4 ,the frame can be finished neatly1 and made of hard wood to match other desk fittings4--,d4 ,j4 ,mc,kean1 ,san ,francisco1 ,calif4 ,straightening ,sheets of ,paper ,when a sheet of paper1 a drawing1 or a blueprint becomes curved or warped1 it is annoying to use the sheet unless it is straightened4 ,an easy method of doing this is to lay the sheet flat on the edge of a drawing board or table and draw it down over the edge1 the hand pressing down on the paper1 stretching it out4 ,this1 repeated several times1 will soon smooth a much-curled sheet4 ,emergency ,tension ,weight ,used on ,typewriter ,if the band that draws the typewriter carriage should break1 the operator can continue to write until proper repairs are made by a temporary substitute for the spring tension4 ,tie a string to the carriage1 where it will not become entangled in the mechanism1 and attach a weight1 about equal to the pull of the spring1 to the string4 ,let the weight hang over the edge of the desk1 to the left of the machine4 ,it will pull the carriage along1 as does the usual tension device4 ,improvised ,penholder ,made with ,pencil and ,clip ,illustration ,an ordinary pencil clip can be used to make a practical penholder by sliding it to the end of the pencil1 as shown1 and inserting the pen under it4 ,the tension of the clip holds the pen firmly1 and provides a serviceable holder1 for emergency use1 or even for permanent use1 where a pen and pencil combined are desired4--,raymond ,b4 ,rogers1 ,portland1 ,ore4 ,generator ,attachment ,provides ,current for ,bicycle ,lamp ,rigging up a small dynamo on the bicycle is a simple job1 the dynamo being belted from a friction pulley1 making connections with the rubber tire of the rear wheel1 as shown4 ,fig4 #a shows the make-up of the head lamp4 ,it is composed of a tin cylinder1 grooved at one end to hold the lens2 at the other end of the cylinder is fastened a -in4 wooden disk1 to which the lamp socket is fixed4 ,clamp straps hold the lamp on the fork frame4 ,the small lamp1 inserted in the socket1 holds the reflector in place4 ,illustration3 ,,fig4 #a ,,fig4 #b ,,fig4 #c ,the ,dynamo is ,operated by a ,belt ,arrangement ,connected to the ,rear ,wheel1 and ,supplies ,light1 and1 if ,desired1 ,operates a ,horn ,the dynamo-driving arrangement is shown in ,fig4 #b1 and detailed in ,fig4 #c4 ,a leather belt fits in the groove side of the wooden pulley4 ,the swinging pulley arm supports and clamps the driving arrangement4 ,a spring holds the friction wheel against the tire1 and to release it1 the 8off0 lever is used4 ,a small direct-current dynamo serves well1 and may also be used to operate the horn and whistle4--,g4 ,f4 ,thompson1 ,pittsburgh1 ,pa4 ,eccentric ,drawbolt ,stops ,rattling of ,door ,illustration3 ,the ,eccentric ,end on the ,drawbolt ,holds the ,door ,firmly1 ,preventing ,rattling ,a simple method of preventing a bolted door from rattling1 by forcing it against the doorstop1 or a weather strip1 by means of an eccentric filed on the socket end of the bolt1 is shown in the sketch4 ,the bolt is fitted closely to the door and casing1 and1 when the bolt is turned so that the eccentric end is in action1 the door is forced firmly against the doorstop4--,c4 ,h4 ,chambers1 ,schenectady1 ,n4 ,y4 ,handy ,kink in ,addressing ,mailing ,tubes ,illustration ,the job of addressing a large number of mailing tubes is an awkward one1 unless the tube is set so that its upper edge is on a level with the hand4 ,a convenient method of doing this1 and a kink which is permanently useful where mailing tubes are to be addressed from time to time1 is to arrange ordinary coat hooks at the side of the desk near the front corner1 as shown4 ,the tube is placed on the hooks1 its upper edge even with the top of the desk1 making the writing of the address as handy as in writing ordinarily4 ,a ,flash-,light ,egg-,candling ,device ,illustration ,a pocket electric flash light can be easily used for testing eggs if equipped in the following manner3 ,take an ordinary tin funnel and cut off the spout so the small end will fit snugly over the lens of the flash light4 ,prepare the larger end of the funnel to accommodate a tin-can cover1 so the cover will fit tight4 ,cut out the face of the cover1 leaving a -in4 rim all around1 and file the edge4 ,then cut a #a-;in4 hole in a piece of felt1 place it over the large end of the funnel1 and force the cover over it4 ,this may be quickly slipped on and off the flash light and carried in the pocket4 ,the egg to be tested is placed on the felt1 over the opening1 and the lamp held vertically1 the operator looking down on the egg4 ,simple ,arrangement for ,releasing ,camera ,shutter from ,distance ,it is usually disappointing to the amateur photographer1 when taking pictures of groups of which he is a member1 not to be able to be in the pictures4 ,however1 most amateurs can construct a release arrangement1 in a few minutes1 that operates with satisfaction4 ,a clothespin of the clip type is used4 ,the spring should be weakened by bending it from the wood1 so that it has just enough tension to bring the jaws of the clothespin together without a snap4 ,whittle the inner sides of the handles1 as shown1 so that the jaws accommodate the plunger of the shutter4 ,then saw a slot in the handles1 in4 deep and in4 wide4 ,drill a -in4 hole in the whittled depression of one of the jaws1 and cut a -in4 slot to it1 as shown4 ,the small trigger piece is cut of hard wood4 ,it should fit its slot snugly1 at the other end of the pin4 ,illustration ,the release device is operated as follows3 ,slip the plunger tube1 with the shutter release cable1 into its slot4 ,keeping the jaws wide open1 place the trigger in the slots of the two compressed handles4 ,it is only necessary to jerk a thread attached to the trigger to free the two handles1 which in turn snap the plunger4 ,if the tension on the jaws is too strong1 put a rubber band around the handles to act as a check4--,werner ,w4 ,baumeister1 ,walla ,walla1 ,wash4 ,a ,crossbow ,magazine ,gun ,illustration3 ,the ,arrows are ,stacked in the ,magazine and ,fired in ,succession by the ,bowstring ,released at the ,trigger ,a new type of bow gun that a boy can make1 and which will give him plenty of good sport1 is one of the repeating or magazine variety4 ,to make the gun1 cut a soft pine board1 #dj in4 long and #e in4 wide4 ,with a saw and knife1 cut the gun form as shown4 ,cut a groove along the top of the barrel1 where the arrow will lie ready to be shot out when the hickory bow is released4 ,the magazine holding the five arrows is made of thin boards1 #bd in4 long1 and is held in place by four small strips4 ,the magazine is #c in4 deep1 thus permitting the five arrows to lie evenly in it without crowding4 ,the bow is of seasoned hickory and is set into the end of the barrel4 ,the notch in which the bowstring catches1 should be cut just under the rear end of the magazine4 ,the trigger is an ,l-shaped1 pivoted piece1 and pushes the cord off the notch when ready to fire4 ,as soon as the first arrow leaves the gun the one just above it drops down into the groove when the bowstring is again pulled back into place behind the notch4 ,pressure on the trigger shoots this arrow1 another takes its place1 and the cord is pulled back once more4 ,the arrows should be of light pine1 #bb in4 long and in4 square1 the rear end notched and the front pointed4 ,to make the arrow shoot in a straight course1 and to give it proper weight1 the head end should be bored with a in4 bit1 #c in4 deep1 and melted lead run into the hole4--,e4 ,f4 ,dalton1 ,cincinnati1 ,ohio4 99 99 99 99 99 ,ruling pens often work improperly1 or have a tendency to cut the paper because of tiny feather edges at the points4 ,these should be carefully honed and stropped off4 ,egg ,beater ,made into ,winder for ,model ,aeroplanes ,illustration ,one of the features which take the joy out of flying elastic-driven model aeroplanes is the time taken to wind them up4 ,for #aj cents and very little work a fast winder can be made out of an ordinary geared egg beater4 ,remove the outer small pinion and the revolving beater attached to it4 ,then cut the other beater off at ,a1 as shown in the sketch1 and the spindle at ,b4 ,a few turns of tinned wire soldered to the spindle will keep the pinion from sliding off4 ,another piece of the same wire may be soldered to the two arms1 at ,c1 to strengthen them4 ,in use1 the hub of the propeller is inserted between the two arms1 as indicated and the rubber wound4--,morris ,g4 ,miller1 ,new ,rochelle1 ,n4 ,y4 ,stove ,lighter with ,feeding ,wick ,guards against ,burns ,illustration ,a stove lighter for gasoline or similar stoves can be made quickly4 ,cut a piece of tin1 #g in4 long and #a in4 wide4 ,place a lamp1 wick on the tin so that a part of it projects from the end of the tin4 ,fold the tin so that the wick is held1 but so that it can be drawn out when needed4 ,saturate the wick in kerosene1 or other thicker oil4 ,when wishing to light one or more burners of the stove1 light the wick and apply it to the burners4 ,the stove can be lighted with less danger of burning the hands than when a match is used directly4--,lee ,m4 ,delzell1 ,maroa1 ,ill4 ,mechanical ,toy ,alligator of ,wood ,illustration3 ,the ,alligator is ,drawn ,along with a ,string1 and the ,jaws and ,tail ,flip ,up and ,down ,a toy alligator that opens its mouth and wags its tail as it is pulled along can be made of wood by a boy1 with a jackknife4 ,the various parts1 as shown1 are cut from soft wood1 in4 thick4 ,the method of fastening the parts is shown in the side sectional view4 ,when the wheels turn1 the cams ,a1 set on the crank portions of the wheel axles1 raise and lower the jaw and tail4 ,the upper jaw is #a in4 wide at the widest part1 and #c in4 long4 ,the lower jaw is smaller1 and the same length4 ,the body is #f in4 long1 and tapering in width from #a to in4 ,the tail is #d in4 long1 and in4 wide4 ,holes are drilled in each piece near the edge1 at joining points1 through which wires are drawn1 and clamped1 as at ,b4 ,the legs are shown in detail4 ,they are attached to the body by drilling a -in4 hole in each1 and a hole through the body1 through which the fastenings are passed4 ,the lower end of the legs are fastened to the base1 which is #c by #i in4 long4 ,square holes1 #a in4 wide1 near each end1 are provided for the cams ,a4 ,the axles and wheels are made as shown4 ,the axles fit tightly in the wheels1 so that the latter can move the axles around with each turn4 ,the axles are made from -in4 wire1 bent as shown1 and should be long enough1 after passing through the bottom1 to extend through the wheels on each side4--,charles ,c4 ,wagner1 ,los ,angeles1 ,calif4 ,angle ,bracket ,gives ,leverage on ,door ,spring ,frequently1 in placing a coil spring on a screen or other door1 the casing is flush with the door1 and it is difficult to give the spring the desired leverage4 ,if it is attached to the casing directly1 the surface is marred by the rubbing of the spring4 ,a good method is to set a small iron bracket1 either homemade of strap iron or one of the commercial type1 on the casing and attach the end of the spring to the bracket4 ,this prevents the spring from rubbing on the door and casing1 and gives it freedom of action4--,harry ,l4 ,dixon1 ,chicago1 ,ill4 ,combination ,indirect-,light ,reflector and ,mirror ,illustration ,a small mirror combined with a shaded electric lamp affords a nearly perfect shaving lamp1 and facial toilet mirror4 ,the mirror should be #a in4 smaller all around than the reflector4 ,by soldering two lengths of stiff wire to the back of the mirror frame1 it can be clamped to the reflector1 as shown4 ,the indirect light from the reflector illuminates the face without shadows or glare1 adding to the comfort of shaving4 ,the mirror can be removed1 and the lamp used for other purposes4--,thomas ,w4 ,benson1 ,philadelphia1 ,pa4 ,,contents ,acetylene ,burner1 ,spray ,nozzle ,made of1 #bdh ,acid ,jars1 ,earthen ,mustard ,pots ,used as1 #cia ,adhesive ,tape1 ,handy ,use for1 #djg ,aerial ,cableway1 ,compensated1 #aih ,aerials1 ,wireless1 ,lightning ,switch for1 #dae ,aeroplanes1 ,model1 ,egg ,beater ,made into ,winder for1 #dei ,aid in ,ruling ,uniform ,cards or ,sheets1 #dbj ,air ,pump1 ,protecting ,against ,denting1 #dab ,alarm1 ,rain1 with ,drop-of-,water ,contact1 #afa ,alcohol ,blowtorch for ,difficult ,soldering1 #chb ,alcohol1 ,denatured1 to ,start ,gasoline ,stove1 #dac ,alcohol ,stove1 ,emergency1 #cej ,alligator of ,wood1 ,mechanical ,toy1 #dfj ,alternating ,current1 ,seeing in a ,mirror1 #cib ,aluminum ,cooking ,utensils1 ,mending1 #dcg ,aluminum-,ware ,cleaner1 ,steel ,wool as1 #afb ,ammeter1 ,homemade1 #bec ,ammonia-,carrying ,case for ,insect ,bites1 #aed ,anchor for ,canoe or ,small ,boat1 #bge ,anemometer1 ,easily ,constructed ,ball-,bearing1 #bac ,angle ,bracket ,gives ,leverage on ,door ,spring1 #dfj ,angle of ,camera1 ,photo ,copying ,lens ,increases1 #afj ,annunciator ,target1 ,recording1 #caj ,apples and ,other ,fruit1 ,device ,quarters and ,cores1 #dec ,applying and ,drying ,bronze ,powders1 #cch ,appointments and ,other ,events1 ,clock ,device to ,record ,time of1 #cbb ,aquarium1 ,cement ,grotto for1 #bce ,arc ,light1 ,homemade1 #bhe ,arm1 ,desk ,light1 ,folds into ,pigeonhole1 #deb ,arm1 ,detachable ,chair1 #dbi ,armchair1 ,enameled1 ,made of ,wooden ,strips1 #abi ,arms of a ,scarecrow1 ,swinging ,bags on1 #cdj ,army in ,small ,box1 #dch ,artistic ,card ,tray1 #cdj ,asbestos ,table ,mats ,reinforced with ,wire ,netting1 #dba ,ash ,tray1 ,cheese ,grater and1 ,made from a ,tin ,can1 #bbe ,ash ,tray1 ,snapper ,shell1 #fh ,athletic ,equipment ,locker1 ,boys'1 #dci ,atomizer1 ,bottle ,economizes ,spray ,liquid in1 #dej ,auto ,horn for ,child's ,play ,vehicle1 #af ,auto1 ,play1 ,barrel ,staves as ,springs for1 #caa ,auto ,truck ,frame1 ,reinforcing ,strained1 #ded ,automatic ,fishhook1 #cgj ,automatic ,flash ,light ,snaps ,chicken-,coop ,marauder1 #adb ,automatic ,lock ,box for ,milk ,bottles1 #dbh ,automatic ,photo-,print ,washing ,device1 #cbi ,automatic ,stop for ,spring-,roller ,curtains1 #cag ,automatic ,window ,closer1 #bhj ,automobile1 ,bicycle ,carried on1 as ,tender1 #aij ,automobile ,seat1 ,porch ,swing ,made from1 #dbe ,automobile1 ,suitcase ,holder for ,running ,board of1 #cbi ,baby-,cab ,tires1 ,changing ,wheels ,equalizes ,wear on1 #ddf ,baby ,crib1 ,neat and ,economical1 ,made from a ,clothes ,basket1 #bjf ,baby1 ,motor-,driven ,entertainer for1 #d ,baby1 ,washstand for1 #cbh ,baby's ,play ,area1 ,portable ,fence for1 #aie ,back ,rest1 ,folding ,ground ,seat with1 #aij ,backing ,picture ,frame1 ,plier ,drives ,nails in1 #dej ,backstop1 ,knock-,down ,tennis-,court1 #ahi ,backwoodsman's ,nutcracker1 #dej ,bags1 ,swinging1 on ,arms of ,scarecrow1 #cdj ,bait ,cache1 ,campers'1 #aga ,bait ,casting for ,game ,fish1 #ga ,bait1 ,catching ,minnows for1 #afh ,bait1 ,luminous-,minnow ,fish1 #cad ,ball-,bearing ,anemometer1 ,easily ,constructed1 #bac ,balloons1 ,toy ,rubber1 ,filling with ,hydrogen1 #cj ,band1 ,metal1 ,stiffens ,brush1 #cfg ,bare ,spots on ,lawns1 ,seeding1 #afg ,bark-,covered ,porch ,light and ,plant ,shelf1 #dcb ,barnyard ,gate ,operated with the ,foot1 #bjh ,barometer1 ,simple1 #dae ,barrel1 ,cushioned ,chair ,made of1 #ddj ,barrel ,staves as ,springs for ,play ,auto1 #caa ,base1 ,weighting ,metal1 #bag ,baseball ,playing1 ,to ,practice ,batting for1 #ajj ,basement1 ,signal for ,lighted ,lights in1 #cad ,basin1 ,dish-,draining1 ,old ,sink ,installed as1 #deb ,basin1 ,simple ,metal ,bird1 #dcb ,basket1 ,hourglass ,sewing1 #acg ,bathroom ,kinks1 ,three1 #djb ,battery ,buzzer ,converted into a ,telegraph ,sounder1 #ada ,battery ,circuits1 ,homemade ,fuses for1 #aea ,batting for ,baseball ,playing1 ,to ,practice1 #ajj ,bazaar or ,fair ,booth1 ,rustic ,well for1 #ahb ,bearing for ,playground ,swings1 #bgf ,bearing ,made of ,brass ,cartridge1 #chb ,beating1 ,hanging ,heavy ,rug on ,line for1 #chi ,bed1 ,antique ,signboard ,made of ,headboard of1 #ae ,bed1 ,folding ,card ,table ,handy for ,invalid in1 #cjh ,bed ,table1 ,adjustable and ,pivoted1 ,attached to ,bedpost1 #i ,bedpost1 ,adjustable and ,pivoted ,bed ,table ,attached to1 #i ,bedroom ,night ,light1 ,flash ,light ,used as1 #dbc ,bedroom ,shade and ,curtains ,arranged for ,thorough ,ventilation1 #abh ,bedsteads1 ,old1 ,lawn ,benches ,made from1 #agd ,bee ,feeder for ,winter ,use1 #aib ,bell1 ,call1 ,curious ,support for1 #cfb ,bell-,circuit ,wiring1 ,tinned ,staples for1 #dbj ,bell-,ringing ,hoop1 ,child's1 #ddi ,bell-,ringing ,mail ,box1 #dbb ,belt for ,sprocket ,drive ,made of ,brass ,strips1 #afj ,bench1 ,clamping a ,wide ,board on1 #bdh ,bench ,receptacles for ,small ,articles1 #cej ,bench ,stop1 #cie ,bench ,support for a ,miter ,box1 #ccf ,bench ,vise1 ,quick-,acting1 #he ,benches1 ,lawn1 ,made from ,old ,bedsteads1 #agd ,berth1 ,train1 ,improved ,trousers ,hanger in1 #cfg ,bicycle ,carried on ,automobile as ,tender1 #aij ,bicycle ,fitted ,up to ,resemble ,motorcycle1 #dda ,bicycle-,handle ,grip on ,rake ,handle1 #cgb ,bicycle ,lamp1 ,generator ,attachment ,provides ,current for1 #deg ,bicycle1 ,parcel-,delivery1 ,sidecar for1 #djg ,bicycle ,pump1 ,cleaning ,type ,cases with1 #dea ,bicycle ,pump1 ,pneumatic ,door ,check ,made of1 #afi ,bicycle1 ,rear ,seat for ,motorcycle or1 #ddf ,bicycle ,runners for ,winter ,use1 #dah ,bicycles ,driven as ,three-,wheel ,tandem ,after ,breakdown1 #daj ,bilge ,water ,siphoned ,through ,water-,jacket ,outlet1 #dac ,billfold1 ,craftsman ,leather1 #ddf ,billfold1 ,squirrel-,skin1 #bfe ,binder for ,magazines1 ,temporary1 #cgj ,binding1 ,knife to ,trim ,magazines for1 #bhf ,birch-,bark ,leggings ,made in the ,woods1 #dba ,bird ,basin1 ,simple ,metal1 #dcb ,bird ,house ,made of ,kegs1 #acd ,bird ,house ,made of ,old ,straw ,hat1 #aha ,bird ,photography1 ,camera for1 #dbf ,bird ,table1 ,cat-,proof1 #gf ,bites1 ,insect1 ,ammonia-,carrying ,case for1 #aed ,blades1 ,propeller1 ,how to ,make ,quickly1 #cie ,blind ,person1 ,homemade ,device ,aids in ,writing1 #dch ,block ,plane ,converted for ,use on ,circular ,work1 #baa ,blotter ,attached to ,wrist ,saves ,time1 #bie ,blotter1 ,trick1 #ced ,blotting ,paper1 ,white1 ,improves ,light ,reflectors1 #aif ,blower for a ,fireplace1 #cah ,blowpipe for ,gas1 #ccf ,blowtorch1 ,alcohol1 for ,difficult ,soldering1 #chb ,blue ,roses ,tinged by ,chemicals1 #djf ,board1 ,sliding1 for ,coasting1 #ad ,board1 ,wide1 ,clamping on a ,bench1 #bdh ,boat1 ,canoe or1 ,stored in ,pulley ,slings1 #cfa ,boat1 ,portable ,folding1 #ace ,boat1 ,small1 ,canoe or1 ,anchor for1 #bge ,boats1 ,model ,paddle-,wheel1 #ddc ,book and ,document ,protector1 #bid ,book ,form1 ,keeping ,magazines in1 #cgh ,book ,holder1 ,homemade1 #aic ,book ,rest for ,music ,stand1 #cbh ,book1 ,specimen1 ,preserving ,leaves in1 #aj ,bookcase and ,writing ,desk1 ,combination1 #caf ,bookcase1 ,trunk1 for ,convenient ,shipment1 #bag ,bookmark1 ,leather and ,silk1 #bah ,bookshelf1 ,index for ,popular ,mechanics ,magazine on1 #cjh ,bookshelf1 ,secret ,trinket ,case for1 #bif ,booth1 ,bazaar or ,fair1 ,rustic ,well for1 #ahb ,bottle ,carrier ,made of ,pipe ,straps1 #bag ,bottle1 ,die in1 #bgf ,bottle ,economizes ,spray ,liquid in ,atomizer1 #dej ,bottle1 ,glass1 as a ,candle ,lamp1 #bia ,bottle1 ,glass1 ,cutting with ,electricity1 #bcj ,bottle1 ,to ,uncork1 with a ,string1 #djb ,boughs1 ,springy ,hammock ,support ,made of1 #cfi ,box1 ,automatic ,lock1 for ,milk ,bottles1 #dbh ,box ,camera1 ,direct ,view ,finder for1 #cec ,box ,cover1 ,hinged1 ,made ,without ,hinges1 #ada ,box ,cover ,without ,hinges1 #df ,box ,end1 ,scoop ,made of1 #dcc ,box for ,campers1 ,table1 #abd ,box ,farm1 ,fort ,built of ,snow ,blocks ,made in1 #dji ,box1 ,hinged ,window1 #dac ,box1 ,loading1 to ,dispense with ,dark ,room1 #bfh ,box1 ,novel ,covered1 for ,index ,trays1 #dad ,box1 ,pasteboard1 ,shortening1 #ccg ,box1 ,small1 ,army in1 #dch ,box to ,protect ,extra ,spark ,plugs1 #ddj ,boxes1 ,decorative ,toys and1 ,made at ,home1 #bii ,boy ,can ,make ,useful ,periscope1 #cje ,boys' ,athletic-,equipment ,locker1 #dci ,boys' ,motor ,car1 ,homemade1 #a ,bracelet1 ,one-,piece1 ,cut from ,calling ,card1 #cai ,bracket1 ,angle1 ,gives ,leverage on ,door ,spring1 #dfj ,bracket for ,garden ,hose1 ,practical1 #dag ,bracket1 ,gas-,hose1 for ,ironing or ,shop ,use1 #cfj ,brake1 ,safety1 ,coaster with1 #bgc ,brass ,candlestick1 ,repairing1 #cgb ,brass ,cartridge1 ,bearing ,made of1 #chb ,brass ,machine ,screws with ,nuts1 #fh ,brass ,strips1 ,belt for ,sprocket ,drive ,made of1 #afj ,brass ,tip on ,cartridge ,fuse1 ,bushing ,made of1 #cic ,brick ,walls1 ,wire ,trellis ,fastened ,neatly to1 #h ,bristles in ,polish or ,stencil ,brushes1 ,wire ,compacts1 #dci ,broken ,canoe ,paddle1 ,repairing1 #aeh ,broken ,coffee ,pot ,knob1 ,replacing1 #bbf ,broken ,fly-,screen ,frame1 ,repairing1 #cef ,broken ,liquid ,column in ,thermometer1 ,joining1 #cff ,broken ,metal ,cross1 ,repairing1 #chi ,broken ,places on ,enamel1 ,filling in1 #agh ,broken ,reed ,handle1 ,repairing1 #ahg ,broken ,spade ,handle ,repaired with ,water ,pipe1 #bdb ,bromide ,enlargements1 ,curved ,printing ,surface for ,sharp ,focus in1 #ahf ,bromide ,enlargements1 ,test ,exposure for1 #daa ,bromide ,enlargements1 ,washing1 #ccf ,bronze ,powders1 ,applying and ,drying1 #cch ,brooder1 #cga ,brooding ,house1 ,chick1 ,shield for ,heater in1 #bie ,broom1 ,moving ,heavy ,objects with1 #dde ,brush and ,container1 ,mucilage1 ,made of a ,test ,tube1 #cce ,brush-,cutting ,knife1 ,pruning and1 #ddi ,brush1 ,metal ,band ,stiffens1 #cfg ,brushes1 ,polish or ,stencil1 ,wire ,compacts ,bristles in1 #dci ,buggy ,shafts1 ,old1 ,toboggan ,made of1 #daj ,buggy ,springs1 ,discarded1 for ,diving ,board1 #dbi ,bulb1 ,light1 ,testing ,dry ,cells with1 #bfg ,bumpers1 ,door1 ,raise ,height of ,chair1 #ceh ,bungalow1 ,california1 for ,canaries1 #dcg ,bunghole1 ,stopper for1 #bed ,burns1 ,stove ,lighter with ,feeding ,wick ,guards ,against1 #dei ,bushing ,made of ,brass ,tip on ,cartridge ,fuse1 #cic ,button ,clasps1 ,old1 ,practical ,uses for1 #dcb ,buttonhole-,bouquet ,holder to ,keep ,cut ,flowers ,fresh1 #adi ,buttonhook1 ,fancy1 ,how to ,make1 #cga ,buttonhook1 ,screwdriver ,made from1 #cfb ,buttons1 ,miniature ,push1 #bea ,butts1 ,plain1 ,used as ,double-,swing ,hinge1 #ccj ,buzzer1 ,battery1 ,converted into a ,telegraph ,sounder1 #ada ,cabinet and ,table1 ,combination ,camp-,kitchen1 #abf ,cabinet ,doors1 ,wire ,holders ,keep ,open1 #abg ,cabinet1 ,homemade ,talking ,machine1 #caj ,cabinet1 ,magic1 #cde ,cabinet or ,cellarette1 ,smoker's1 #cb ,cabinet1 ,sportsman's1 for ,guns1 ,equipment and ,books1 #dcd ,cabinetwork1 ,storage of ,wood for1 #chi ,cableway1 ,compensated ,aerial1 #aih ,cage1 ,wire-,mesh1 ,fisherman's ,pail with1 #ded ,cakes1 ,pop-,corn1 ,how to ,make1 #aec ,calendar1 ,perpetual1 #dc ,california ,bungalow for ,canaries1 #dcg ,calipers1 ,homemade1 #cgc ,call ,bell1 ,curious ,support for1 #cfb ,calling ,card1 ,one-,piece ,bracelet ,cut from1 #cai ,camera1 ,box1 ,direct ,view ,finder for1 #cec ,camera1 ,enlarging1 ,improvised ,post-,card ,projector and1 #bji ,camera for ,bird ,photography1 #dbf ,camera for ,taking ,pictures from ,kite1 #eb ,camera ,shutter1 ,simple ,arrangement for ,releasing from ,distance1 #deh ,camera1 ,submarine1 #bai ,camera1 ,substitute for ,ground ,glass in1 #bcf ,camera1 ,photo-,copying ,lens ,increases ,angle of1 #afj ,camera ,tripod1 ,tilting ,top for1 #bdb ,camera ,view ,finder1 ,rectangular ,opening to ,use ,over1 #abe ,cameras1 ,enlarging1 ,focusing ,screen for1 #chh ,camp ,chest1 ,guarding ,against ,theft1 #cfb ,camp ,equipment1 ,care and ,storage of1 #cjd ,camp ,fire1 ,utensil ,rack for1 #cig ,camp-,kitchen ,cabinet and ,table1 ,combination1 #abf ,camp ,lantern ,made of a ,tin ,can1 #djf ,camp or ,kitchen1 ,slicing ,board for1 #bdg ,camp1 ,shaving ,lamp and ,mirror for1 #afb ,camp ,shelter ,affords ,protection from ,mosquitoes1 #aha ,camp ,stoves1 ,emergency1 ,quickly ,made1 #ddi ,camp1 ,summer1 ,diving ,tower for1 #bgd ,camp ,water ,bag1 #abb ,camper's ,bait ,cache1 #aga ,camper's ,salt-and-,pepper ,holder1 #aae ,campers1 ,table ,box for1 #abd ,campfire1 ,water ,wheel ,turns ,spit ,over1 #dbi ,camping and ,outing ,trips1 ,memorandum ,list for1 #cfe ,camping ,out1 ,tricks of3 ,part ,i4--,the ,camping ,outfit1 #aji ,part ,,ii4--,cooking in the ,woods1 #aag ,can1 ,come-,back ,rolling1 #bih ,can1 ,tin1 ,camp ,lantern ,made of1 #djf ,canal1 ,current of1 ,raises ,irrigation ,water1 #daa ,canaries1 ,california ,bungalow for1 #dcg ,candle ,lamp1 ,glass ,bottle as1 #bia ,candle1 ,lighting ,without ,touching the ,wick1 #ccd ,candles1 ,magic1 ,explained1 #cee ,candlestick1 ,brass1 ,repairing1 #cgb ,candlestick ,mission1 #fj ,candlesticks1 ,sectional ,spun-,metal1 ,repairing1 #chb ,candlesticks ,wired ,neatly for ,electric ,lamps1 #e ,candy ,figures1 ,hollow1 ,mold for ,making1 #abb ,cane ,made of ,tubing ,contains ,cigars1 #dcj ,cane1 ,turned1 with ,snakes ,inlaid1 #cbe ,cannon-,shell ,dinner ,bell1 #cii ,cannon ,shell1 ,miniature1 ,match ,safe of1 #cce ,canoe1 ,how to ,build3 ,part ,i4--,specifications and ,list of ,materials1 #gg ,part ,,ii4--,sailing the ,open ,paddling ,canoe1 #hf ,part ,,iii4--,fitting a ,motor into a ,paddling ,canoe1 #hi ,canoe or ,boat ,stored in ,pulley ,slings1 #cfa ,canoe or ,small ,boat1 ,anchor for1 #bge ,canoe ,paddle1 ,repairing ,broken1 #aeh ,canoe1 ,paddling ,your ,own3 ,part ,i4--,kinds of ,canoes1 #ie ,part ,,ii4--,knack of ,handling the ,paddle1 #ajb ,canoe1 ,patching ,canvas ,bottom of1 #dcj ,cans1 ,large1 ,wheelbarrow for1 #ccj ,cans1 ,nail ,carrier ,made of1 #dad ,canteen1 ,how to ,make1 #ed ,canvas ,bottom of a ,canoe1 ,patching1 #dcj ,carbon ,electric ,water ,heater1 #cef ,card ,deception1 ,simple1 #afh ,card ,frame1 ,enchanted1 #aid ,card ,index1 ,removal ,marker for1 #cgb ,card or ,ticket ,holder1 ,revolving1 #cfi ,card ,table1 ,folding1 ,handy for ,invalid in ,bed1 #cjh ,card1 ,tossing at ,mark ,accurately1 #fi ,card ,tray1 ,artistic1 #cdj ,card ,trick1 ,diminishing1 #cif ,card1 ,written1 ,magically ,naming1 #fa ,cardboard ,creaser1 #cgh ,cardboard1 ,dies for ,cutting1 #cae ,cardboard ,tubes for ,electrical ,coils1 ,making1 #dch ,cardboard ,writing and ,drawing ,pad1 #acj ,cards1 ,feeding into ,typewriter1 #dcg ,cards or ,sheets1 ,uniform1 ,aid in ,ruling1 #dbj ,care and ,storage of ,camp ,equipment1 #cjd ,care of ,umbrellas1 ,kinks on1 #dbb ,caring for1 ,files1 ,testing and1 #djj ,carrying ,strap and ,lock for ,hand ,cases1 #cbh ,cart for ,carrying ,huge ,drum in ,parade1 #dce ,cartridge1 ,brass1 ,bearing ,made of1 #chb ,cartridge ,fuse1 ,bushing ,made of ,brass ,tip on1 #cic ,case1 ,ammonia-,carrying1 for ,insect ,bites1 #aed ,case for ,fishhooks ,made of a ,tin ,can1 #bfg ,case1 ,waterproof ,dry-,battery1 #bfe ,cases of ,drawers1 ,simple ,concealed ,locking ,device for1 #d ,caster ,board for ,scrubbing and ,floorwork1 #bic ,caster ,supports1 ,handy ,parcel ,carrier with1 #f ,casting1 ,bait1 for ,game ,fish1 #ga ,castings1 ,similar ,small1 ,making ,lead ,soldiers and1 #dee ,castings ,without ,patterns1 #cgd ,cat-and-,bells ,scarecrow1 #dbf ,cat-,proof ,bird ,table1 #gf ,catch-,ail ,screen ,inside ,hot-,air ,register1 #dcb ,catching ,large ,fish with a ,teaspoon1 #dja ,cedar ,oil1 ,treating ,closets with1 #bjh ,cellarette1 ,smoker's ,cabinet or1 #cb ,celluloid ,cover for ,road ,maps1 #bie ,cement ,grotto for an ,aquarium1 #bce ,cement ,plant1 ,miniature1 #chc ,chain ,weight ,prevents ,whipping of ,flag1 #dji ,chains1 ,gas-,fixture1 ,sleeve ,aids in ,distinguishing1 #bdg ,chair ,arm1 ,detachable1 #dbi ,chair1 ,cushioned1 ,made of ,barrel1 #ddj ,chair1 ,door ,bumpers ,raise ,height of1 #ceh ,chair1 ,high1 #cah ,chair1 ,morris1 with ,newspaper ,rack and ,smoker's ,trays1 #cji ,chair1 ,removable ,headrest for1 #dcb ,chair ,seat1 ,convenient ,tool ,drawer ,under1 #afi ,changing ,wheels ,equalizes ,wear on ,baby-,cab ,tires1 #ddf ,check1 ,homemade ,screen-,door1 #cib ,checking a ,rip in ,tire ,tubes1 #ced ,cheese ,grater and ,ash ,tray ,made from a ,tin ,can1 #bbe ,chemicals1 ,roses ,tinged ,blue by1 #djf ,chest1 ,camp1 ,guarding ,against ,theft1 #cfb ,chest ,expander1 ,comic1 for ,play or ,stage ,use1 #dbi ,chest1 ,homemade1 ,linoleum ,panels for1 #dbe ,chest ,lock1 ,making ,more ,secure1 #id ,chests1 ,miniature ,metal-,bound1 #bhg ,chick ,brooding ,house1 ,shield for ,heater in1 #bie ,chicken-,coop ,marauder1 ,automatic ,flash ,light ,snaps1 #adb ,child1 ,spoon ,attachment to ,prevent from ,using ,left ,hand1 #cag ,child's ,bell-,ringing ,hoop1 #ddi ,child's ,play ,vehicle1 ,auto ,horn for1 #af ,child's ,swing ,built of ,pipes in ,narrow ,space1 #ceh ,chimes1 ,set of ,electric1 #cfh ,china ,banding ,wheel1 ,disk ,talking ,machine as1 #aj ,choke and ,pattern of a ,gun1 #fc ,chopping ,block1 ,safety1 #ahg ,churn ,attachment1 ,washing ,machine ,equipped with1 #bjh ,chute1 ,gravity ,delivery1 ,fruit-,picking ,pole with1 #cfg ,cigar and ,pipe ,lighter1 ,non-,blow-,out1 #cba ,cigars1 ,cane ,made of ,tubing ,contains1 #dcj ,cipher ,code1 ,simple1 #bbd ,circular ,swing1 #agg ,circular ,work1 ,block ,plane ,converted for ,use on1 #baa ,clamp1 ,tennis-,racket1 ,opening ,springs for1 #cic ,clamping a ,wide ,board on a ,bench1 #bdh ,clasps1 ,old ,button1 ,practical ,uses for1 #dcb ,cleaner1 ,comb1 #gj ,cleaning a ,clock with ,kerosene ,fumes1 #cbd ,cleaning a ,typewriter1 ,kinks in1 #f ,cleaning1 ,pole ,supports ,rug for1 #aj ,cleaning ,silverware1 #aeh ,cleaning ,tinware with ,milk1 #dd ,cleaning ,type ,cases with ,bicycle ,pump1 #dea ,cleanly ,pencil ,sharpener1 #bdg ,cleat and ,pulley ,fastenings to ,adjust ,clothesline1 #baa ,climbing ,ring1 ,mystic1 #bb ,clip ,holds ,flash-,lamp on ,handlebar as ,headlight1 #dej ,clipping ,file ,made of ,envelopes1 #abe ,clock1 ,cleaning with ,kerosene ,fumes1 #cbd ,clock ,device to ,record ,time of ,appointments and ,other ,events1 #cbb ,clock1 ,electrical ,device ,transmits ,striking of1 #ad ,clock ,hand1 ,magic1 #cdg ,clock1 ,muffling the ,ticking of a ,watch or1 #bbc ,clocks for the ,craftsman1 #da ,clocks1 ,oiling ,tool for1 #ajg ,clod ,rake ,protects ,corn in ,cultivating1 #cfb ,closet1 ,rigging ,economizes ,space in1 #dcc ,closets1 ,treating with ,cedar ,oil1 #bjh ,clothes ,basket1 ,neat and ,economical ,baby ,crib ,made from1 #bjf ,clothes ,drier1 ,umbrella ,used as1 #cff ,clothesline1 ,cleat and ,pulley ,fastenings to ,adjust1 #baa ,clothespin-,basket ,hook1 #djj ,coal ,hod ,made from ,iron ,pipe1 #abi ,coal ,hopper1 ,gravity ,feed1 on ,truck1 #adj ,coaster ,steering ,gear ,made from ,cream-,freezer ,drive1 #afa ,coaster with ,safety ,brake1 #bgc ,coasting1 ,sliding ,board for1 #ad ,coasting ,toboggan1 ,making a1 #aa ,coat ,hook1 ,wire1 ,to ,prevent from ,turning1 #bce ,cocoanut-,shell ,trays1 #dad ,code1 ,simple ,cipher1 #bbd ,coffee ,can and ,broom ,handle1 ,corn ,popper ,made from1 #bab ,coffee ,grinder ,repaired with ,rubber ,faucet ,plug1 #abi ,coffee ,pot ,knob1 ,replacing ,broken1 #bbf ,coiled ,springs1 ,winding1 #acd ,coils1 ,electrical1 ,making ,cardboard ,tubes for1 #dch ,collar ,button1 ,emergency1 #aj ,colonial ,mirror ,frame1 #cjf ,colors1 ,reproducing ,flowers and ,leaves in1 #aeb ,colors1 ,two1 ,writing on ,plain-,ribbon ,typewriter1 #afh ,comb ,cleaner1 #gj ,combination ,bookcase and ,writing ,desk1 #caf ,combination ,indirect-,light ,reflector and ,mirror1 #dfj ,combination ,laundry ,tub and ,dishwashing ,sink1 #bah ,combination ,lock1 ,effective1 ,easily ,made1 #dca ,combination ,workshop ,seat1 #cgj ,combined ,kites1 ,how to ,make3 ,part ,i4--,a ,dragon ,kite1 #ade ,part ,,ii4--,festooned ,kite1 #aee ,combined ,label and ,cover ,pad for ,preserve ,glasses1 #d ,come-,back ,rolling ,can1 #bih ,comic ,chest ,expander for ,play or ,stage ,use1 #dbi ,common ,mistakes in ,model ,making1 #cid ,compact ,galvanometer1 #db ,compensated ,aerial ,cableway1 #aih ,concealing the ,house ,key1 #gj ,concrete ,water ,basin for ,poultry1 #bcf ,condenser1 ,small ,variable1 #ccd ,contact1 ,drop-of-,water1 ,rain ,alarm with1 #afa ,containers1 ,pouring ,liquids ,quickly from1 #ba ,contents of ,unsealed ,envelopes1 ,safeguarding1 #cfc ,controller1 ,simple ,motor1 #bej ,cooker1 ,lamp1 #bid ,cooking in the ,woods1 #aag ,cooking ,utensils1 ,aluminum1 ,mending1 #dcg ,cooler for ,developing ,tray1 #adi ,cooling ,foodstuffs with a ,moist ,rag and a ,draft1 #dec ,coop for ,sitting ,hens1 #cfj ,cord1 ,telephone1 ,rubber ,band ,prevents ,tangling of1 #cfg ,cord ,used as ,spacer for ,curtain ,rings1 #baa ,cork ,plugs ,save ,wear on ,drafting ,board1 #ba ,corks1 ,pad for ,glass ,vessels ,made of1 #afa ,corn1 ,clod ,rake ,protects in ,cultivating1 #cfb ,corn ,popper ,made from ,coffee ,can and ,broom ,handle1 #bab ,corners1 ,diagonal1 on ,disk-,record ,covers1 #ddb ,corners1 ,metal ,floor1 #bdh ,correcting1 ,inserting or1 on ,typewritten ,bound ,sheets1 #dai ,corrugating ,strips1 ,device for1 #dba ,cottage1 ,tuberculosis1 #che ,couch ,spring1 ,removing ,sag from1 #dcj ,couches1 ,substitute for ,rivets in1 #cga ,counter1 ,easily ,made1 #dja ,countersinking a ,hole ,smoothly1 #cde ,counterweight1 ,trimming ,board with ,foot ,control1 #cjh ,counting ,glass1 ,electric1 for ,thread ,fabric1 #cba ,cover1 ,box1 ,without ,hinges1 #df ,cover ,fastener1 ,key ,ring ,used as1 #dcj ,cover for ,road ,maps1 ,celluloid1 #bie ,cover1 ,hinged ,box1 ,made ,without ,hinges1 #ada ,cover1 ,safety1 for ,valves on ,gas ,stove1 #bih ,cover1 ,tin1 ,frying ,pan ,made of1 #bih ,covering ,hinge ,wings1 #bgf ,covers' ,disk-,record1 ,diagonal ,corners on1 #ddb ,covers for ,jars1 ,removable ,paraffin1 #bih ,cow's ,tail1 8,switchboard10 ,protects ,milker from1 #abh ,coyotes1 ,trap for1 #cjf ,craftsman1 ,clocks for1 #da ,craftsman ,leather ,billfold1 #ddf ,crates and ,furniture1 ,three-,caster ,truck for ,moving1 #dai ,cream-,freezer ,drive1 ,coaster ,steering ,gear ,made from1 #afa ,creaser1 ,cardboard1 #cgh ,creeper1 ,ice1 #id ,cross1 ,broken ,metal1 ,repairing1 #chi ,crossbow ,magazine ,gun1 #deh ,cue ,alley1 ,parlor1 #cda ,cultivating1 ,clod ,rake ,protects ,corn in1 #cfb ,cup1 ,trophy1 ,onlaying ,script on1 #ahh ,cupboard for ,kitchen ,utensils1 #cif ,cupboard1 ,summer ,radiator ,cover ,serves as1 in ,winter1 #big ,curious ,support for ,call ,bell1 #cfb ,curling-,iron ,heater1 #acj ,current1 ,alternating1 ,seeing in a ,mirror1 #cib ,current for ,bicycle ,lamp1 ,generator ,attachment ,provides1 #deg ,current of ,canal ,raises ,irrigation ,water1 #daa ,curtain1 ,raising and ,lowering at a ,distance1 #bb ,curtain ,rings1 ,cord ,used as ,spacer for1 #baa ,curtains1 ,automatic ,stop for ,spring-,roller1 #cag ,curved ,printing ,surface for ,sharp ,focus in ,bromide ,enlargements1 #ahf ,cushion1 ,emery ,needle1 on ,sewing ,machine1 #aig ,cushioned ,chair ,made of ,barrel1 #ddj ,cutter1 ,groove1 for ,wood1 #de ,cutting ,cardboard1 ,dies for1 #cae ,cutting ,glass ,bottle with ,electricity1 #bcj ,cylinder ,reversing ,switch1 #big ,damp ,walls1 ,shielding ,picture from1 #cch ,dancer1 ,electrical1 #ceg ,dark1 ,locating ,droplight in1 #ca ,dark-,room ,light1 ,emergency1 #id ,dark ,room1 ,loading ,box to ,dispense with1 #bfh ,dark-,room ,use1 ,red ,lens ,hinged to ,flash ,light for1 #f ,dark ,room1 ,window ,frame and ,table for1 #cbj ,dark1 ,to ,keep ,tan ,shoes from ,turning1 #cgg ,darning ,needle1 ,threading1 #aec ,deception1 ,simple ,card1 #afh ,decorative ,toys and ,boxes ,made at ,home1 #bii ,decoys1 ,duck1 ,mounted on ,folding ,frame1 #ahh ,delivery ,chute1 ,gravity1 ,fruit-,picking ,pole with1 #cfg ,delivery ,routes1 ,order-,memo ,device for1 #ddc ,denatured ,alcohol to ,start ,gasoline ,stove1 #dac ,dent in ,edge1 ,teakettle ,cover ,held by1 #e ,dental ,floss1 ,sanitary ,holder for ,thread and1 #df ,denting1 ,protecting ,air ,pump ,against1 #dab ,deodorizing ,lard ,buckets1 #cdj ,depth1 ,homemade ,fishing ,float ,adjustable to1 #h ,desk1 ,folding ,wall1 #bib ,desk1 ,improvised ,typewriter1 #bbe ,desk ,lamp1 ,small1 ,supported by ,paper ,weight1 #dbd ,desk-,light ,arm ,folds into ,pigeonhole1 #deb ,desk ,slide in ,top of ,drawer1 #cef ,desk ,watch ,holder1 #aeh ,desk1 ,writing1 ,combination ,bookcase and1 #caf ,detachable ,chair ,arm1 #dbi ,detachable1 ,making ,umbrella ,handle1 #dci ,detachable ,motor-,driven ,tire ,pump ,made of ,foot ,pump1 #ded ,developer1 ,heater ,keeps at ,proper ,temperature1 #aij ,developing ,films1 ,tray ,attachment for1 #bhj ,developing or ,etching-,tray ,rocker1 #bah ,developing-,paper ,printer1 #cge ,developing1 ,photographic1 ,film ,holder for1 #deb ,developing ,roll ,films1 ,new ,method of1 #cci ,developing ,tank1 ,reversible ,photographic1 #cbe ,developing ,tray1 ,cooler for1 #adi ,device1 ,electrical1 ,transmits ,striking of ,clock1 #ad ,device for ,corrugating ,strips1 #dba ,device ,frightens ,flies at ,screen ,door1 #dbe ,device ,quarters and ,cores ,apples and ,other ,fruit1 #dec ,diagonal ,corners on ,disk-,record ,covers1 #ddb ,die in a ,bottle1 #bgf ,dies for ,cutting ,cardboard1 #cae ,diminishing ,card ,trick1 #cif ,dining ,table1 ,gas ,stove for1 #cgc ,dinner ,bell1 ,cannon-,shell1 #cii ,dipping ,water1 ,valve-,bottom ,pail for1 #cdd ,direct ,current ,polarity1 ,testing with ,litmus ,paper1 #cfi ,direct ,view ,finder for ,box ,camera1 #cec ,disappearing-,coin ,trick1 #add ,disappearing ,towel1 #aed ,discarded ,buggy ,springs for ,diving ,board1 #dbi ,dish-,draining ,basin1 ,old ,sink ,installed as1 #deb ,dishes1 ,scraper for1 #ccg ,dishwasher and ,drier1 #aeb ,dishwashing ,sink1 ,combination ,laundry ,tub and1 #bah ,disk-,record ,covers1 ,diagonal ,corners on1 #ddb ,disk ,talking-,machine ,records ,played ,eccentrically1 #cbh ,disks1 ,cutting ,thin ,wooden1 #af ,dissolving ,views1 ,fireside1 #cea ,diving ,board1 ,discarded ,buggy ,springs for1 #dbi ,diving ,tower for the ,summer ,camp1 #bgd ,document ,protector1 ,book and1 #bid ,door ,bumpers ,raise ,height of ,chair1 #ceh ,door ,check1 ,pneumatic1 ,made of ,bicycle ,pump1 #afi ,door1 ,eccentric ,drawbolt ,stops ,rattling of1 #deg ,door ,latch1 ,quickly ,made1 #abc ,door ,latch1 ,poultry-,house1 ,spring ,roost ,releases1 #ddh ,door or ,window1 ,rustic1 ,trellis to ,shade1 #age ,door1 ,rope ,pad ,prevents ,slamming of1 #ddj ,door ,spring1 ,angle ,bracket ,gives ,leverage on1 #dfj ,doorbell ,push ,button on ,screen ,door1 #aej ,double-,contact ,vibrator1 #adj ,double ,roofs ,provide ,ideal ,shade for ,poultry ,coops1 #ahj ,double-,swing ,hinge1 ,plain ,butts ,used as1 #ccj ,draft1 ,moist ,rag and1 ,cooling ,foodstuffs with1 #dec ,draft1 ,smoking of ,lamp ,overcome by ,increasing1 #cfa ,drafting ,board1 ,cork ,plugs ,save ,wear on1 #ba ,drawbolt1 ,eccentric1 ,stops ,rattling of ,door1 #deg ,drawer1 ,desk ,slide in ,top of1 #cef ,drawer ,handles1 ,preventing ,looseness of1 #ceg ,drawer1 ,refuse-,catching1 ,wood ,box with1 #add ,drawer ,stop1 ,removable1 #aj ,drawing ,board1 ,tool ,sockets in ,edge of1 #dce ,drawings1 ,how to ,transfer1 #ach ,drawings1 ,tracing-,cloth1 ,mounting on ,muslin1 #dah ,dressing for ,fishline1 #cig ,drier1 ,dishwasher and1 #aeb ,drill1 ,hand1 ,polishing with1 #ced ,drinking-,glass1 ,handle for1 #abe ,drinking-,glass ,holder1 #acd ,drinking-,glass ,holders ,easily ,made1 #aig ,drinking ,tube1 ,sanitary1 #fi ,driving ,nails1 ,kink for1 #aic ,driving ,nails to ,prevent ,splitting1 #cgc ,driving ,screws in ,hard ,wood1 #id ,driving ,thin ,metal into ,wood1 #bdg ,drop-of-,water ,contact1 ,rain ,alarm with1 #afa ,droplight1 ,locating in ,dark1 #ca ,drum1 ,huge1 ,cart for ,carrying in ,parade1 #dce ,dry-,battery ,case1 ,waterproof1 #bfe ,dry ,batteries1 ,renewing with ,sal-,ammoniac1 #ad ,dry ,cell and ,motor1 ,toy ,tractor ,built with1 #i ,dry ,cells1 ,testing with ,light ,bulb1 #bfg ,dry-,cleaning ,mixture1 #fb ,dry-,plate ,kit1 ,inexpensive1 #cbf ,drying ,bronze ,powders1 ,applying and1 #cch ,drying ,photo ,films ,rapidly1 #cch ,drying ,rack for ,shoes and ,rubbers1 #ded ,drying ,small ,fur ,hides1 ,stretcher for1 #dba ,duck ,decoys ,mounted on ,folding ,frame1 #ahh ,earth1 ,device for ,packing in ,transplanting1 #baa ,earthen ,mustard ,pots ,used as ,acid ,jars1 #cia ,echo on ,talking ,machine1 ,split ,needle ,causes1 #bag ,economy in ,motorcycle ,tires1 #ahh ,edge of ,table or ,window1 ,folding ,ironing ,board ,clamps on ,edge of1 #h ,edges1 ,round and ,flat1 ,ruler with1 #cej ,effective ,combination ,lock ,easily ,made1 #dca ,efficiency of ,electrically ,heated ,devices1 ,to ,determine1 #cij ,egg ,beater ,made into ,winder for ,model ,aeroplanes1 #deh ,egg-,candling ,device1 ,flash-,light1 #deh ,eggshells as ,flowerpots1 #caj ,eight-,pointed ,star ,kite1 #aei ,electric ,chimes1 ,set of1 #cfh ,electric ,counting ,glass for ,thread ,fabric1 #cba ,electric ,fan an ,aid to ,heating ,room1 #dbf ,electric ,iron1 ,variety of ,uses for1 #ad ,electric ,lamps1 ,candlesticks ,wired ,neatly for1 #e ,electric ,light1 ,automatic1 on ,talking-,machine ,cabinet1 #afb ,electric-,light ,fixture1 ,homemade ,inverted1 #dce ,electric ,locomotive ,model and ,track ,system1 ,homemade3 ,part ,i4--,the ,motor1 #bca ,part ,,ii4--,construction of the ,locomotive ,truck and ,cab1 #bcg ,part ,,iii4--,construction of the ,track ,system1 #bdc ,electric ,lure for ,fish1 #abc ,electric ,motor1 ,quickly ,made ,toy1 #beb ,electric ,sparks1 ,photographing1 #cii ,electric ,stove1 ,fifty-,cent1 #bfj ,electric ,water ,heater1 ,carbon1 #cef ,electrical ,apparatus1 ,how to ,wind ,wire on1 #acf ,electrical ,coils1 ,making ,cardboard ,tubes for1 #dch ,electrical ,dancer1 #ceg ,electrical ,device ,transmits ,striking of ,clock1 #ad ,electrical ,devices1 ,small1 ,water ,rheostat for1 #aif ,electrical ,fixture ,parts1 ,inexpensive ,table ,lamp ,made of1 #abg ,electrical ,heating ,apparatus1 ,table ,sockets for1 #cif ,electrically ,heated ,devices1 ,to ,determine ,efficiency of1 #cij ,electricity1 ,cutting ,glass ,bottle with1 #bcj ,electromagnetism1 ,experiment in1 #aef ,ellipsograph1 ,homemade1 #beh ,emergency ,alcohol ,stove1 #cej ,emergency ,camp ,stoves ,quickly ,made1 #ddi ,emergency ,dark-,room ,light1 #id ,emergency ,lifting ,device of ,rope and ,lever1 #ccd ,emergency ,oarlock of ,rope1 #bah ,emergency ,oars1 ,take-,down1 #cie ,emergency ,tension ,weight ,used on ,typewriter1 #deg ,emery ,grinder1 ,wood ,turning on1 #djb ,emery ,needle ,cushion on ,sewing ,machine1 #aig ,empty ,paste ,pot1 ,utilizing1 #cjf ,emptying ,wastebasket1 ,false ,bottom for1 #cdd ,enamel1 ,filling in ,broken ,places on1 #agh ,enamel for ,steel ,fishing ,rods1 #cdi ,enchanted ,card ,frame1 #aid ,engine1 ,motorcycle1 ,homemade ,roadster with1 #dcg ,enlargements1 ,bromide1 ,curved ,printing ,surface for ,sharp ,focus in1 #ahf ,enlargements1 ,bromide1 ,test ,exposure for1 #daa ,enlargements1 ,scale1 ,making with a ,rubber ,band1 #age ,enlargements1 ,washing ,bromide1 #ccf ,enlarging ,camera1 ,improvised ,post-,card ,projector and1 #bji ,enlarging ,cameras1 ,focusing ,screen for1 #chh ,entertainer for the ,baby1 ,motor ,driven1 #d ,envelopes1 ,clipping ,file ,made of1 #abe ,envelopes1 ,filing1 ,making ,quickly1 #dag ,envelopes1 ,unsealed1 ,safeguarding ,contents of1 #cfc ,etching-,tray ,rocker1 ,developing or1 #bah ,events1 ,clock ,device to ,record ,time of ,appointments and ,other1 #cbb ,exerciser1 ,pulley and ,weight1 ,homemade in the ,orient1 #cfe ,experiment in ,electromagnetism1 #aef ,experimental ,lead ,screw1 ,how to ,make1 #ca ,experimenter1 ,heater for1 #dc ,exposures1 ,test1 for ,bromide ,enlargements1 #daa ,extension1 ,homemade ,suit ,case1 #cfj ,eyebolts1 ,homemade1 #cgf ,fair ,booth1 ,bazaar or1 ,rustic ,well for1 #ahb ,false ,bottom for ,emptying ,waste ,basket1 #cdd ,fan1 ,hand-,operated ,whirling1 #cih ,fan1 ,lighted ,whirling1 ,used as ,radiator ,ornament1 #bfj ,fancy ,buttonhook1 ,how to ,make1 #cga ,fastenings to ,adjust ,clothesline1 ,cleat and ,pulley1 #baa ,feather as ,x-,ray ,lens1 #dab ,feeding ,cards into ,typewriter1 #dcg ,feeding ,geese in a ,poultry ,yard1 #cgc ,feeding ,pan for ,poultry1 #bdh ,fence1 ,portable1 for ,baby's ,play ,area1 #aie ,fence ,posts1 ,preventing ,wire ,mesh from ,rising ,between1 #ic ,fencing1 ,portable ,sectional ,poultry1 #cbi ,ferrules for ,tool ,handles1 #aeg ,fiber ,phonograph ,needles1 ,device for ,sharpening1 #cfa ,fifty-,cent ,electric ,stove1 #bfj ,fighting ,tank1 ,miniature1 #bjb ,figures1 ,hollow ,candy1 ,mold for ,making1 #abb ,file1 ,clipping1 ,made of ,envelopes1 #abe ,files1 ,testing and ,caring for1 #djj ,filing ,envelopes1 ,making ,quickly1 #dag ,filing ,system1 ,photographic-,negative1 #dcd ,filling in ,broken ,places on ,enamel1 #agh ,filling ,toy ,rubber ,balloons with ,hydrogen1 #cj ,film ,holder for ,photographic ,developing1 #deb ,films1 ,photo1 ,drying ,rapidly1 #cch ,films1 ,photographic1 ,stenciling with1 #daf ,films1 ,roll1 ,new ,method of ,developing1 #cci ,films1 ,tray ,attachment for ,developing1 #bhj ,finger ,nail1 ,playing ,talking-,machine ,records with1 #ahg ,finger-,trap ,trick1 #cgg ,finger ,tug-of-,war ,game1 ,device for1 #cai ,fire1 ,inexpensive ,imitation1 #bbf ,fire ,screen1 ,portable1 #fh ,fireplace1 ,blower for1 #cah ,fireside ,dissolving ,views1 #cea ,fish ,bait1 ,luminous-,minnow1 #cad ,fish ,catch1 ,whistle ,warns of1 #bge ,fish1 ,electric ,lure for1 #abc ,fish1 ,game1 ,bait ,casting for1 #ga ,fish1 ,large1 ,catching with a ,teaspoon1 #dja ,fish ,lines1 ,waterproofing for1 #id ,fish ,poles1 ,making ,round ,rods for1 #dj ,fish ,scaler1 #aed ,fisherman's ,pail with ,wire-,mesh ,cage1 #ded ,fishhook1 ,automatic1 #cgj ,fishhooks1 ,case for1 ,made of a ,tin ,can1 #bfg ,fishing ,float1 ,homemade1 ,adjustable to ,depth1 #h ,fishing ,rods1 ,steel1 ,enamel for1 #cdi ,fishing-,tackle ,outfit in a ,shotgun ,shell1 #adb ,fishline1 ,dressing for1 #cig ,fishline1 ,gourd ,float for1 #bhe ,fixture1 ,homemade ,inverted ,electric-,light1 #dce ,flag1 ,chain ,weight ,prevents ,whipping of1 #dji ,flag1 ,weighted ,rope ,holds ,upright1 #dea ,flash ,lamp1 ,clip ,holds on ,handlebar as ,headlight1 #dej ,flash ,lamps1 ,pocket1 ,improvement on1 #bfg ,flash ,light1 ,automatic1 ,snaps ,chicken-,coop ,marauder1 #adb ,flash ,light ,egg ,candling ,device1 #deh ,flash ,light1 ,red ,lens ,hinged to1 for ,dark-,room ,use1 #f ,flash ,light ,used as ,bedroom ,night ,light1 #dbc ,flatiron ,polisher1 #cii ,flatiron1 ,sheet-,metal ,stand for1 #ahb ,flies at ,screen ,door1 ,device ,frightens1 #dbe ,float1 ,gourd1 for a ,fishline1 #bhe ,floor ,corners1 ,metal1 #bdh ,floor ,trapdoor1 ,fuel ,box in ,seat ,filled from1 #ccb ,flooring ,groove1 ,planing ,thin ,sticks ,held in1 #bah ,floorwork1 ,caster ,board for ,scrubbing and1 #bic ,flower ,centerpiece1 ,wire-,mesh ,support for1 #cdd ,flowerpots1 ,eggshells as1 #caj ,flowers and ,leaves1 ,reproducing in ,colors1 #aeb ,flowers1 ,cut1 ,buttonhole-,bouquet ,holder to ,keep ,fresh1 #adi ,flowers1 ,potted1 ,turntable ,stand for1 #cjh ,flowers1 ,window-,box1 ,watering1 #add ,flue ,stopper1 ,safety1 ,made of ,tin ,pail1 #cbh ,fluorescent ,screen1 ,how to ,make1 #ib ,fly-,screen ,frame1 ,repairing a ,broken1 #cef ,focus1 ,sharp1 in ,bromide ,enlargements1 ,curved ,printing ,surface for1 #ahf ,focusing ,screen for ,enlarging ,cameras1 #chh ,folding ,boat1 ,portable1 #ace ,folding ,card ,table ,handy for ,invalid in ,bed1 #cjh ,folding ,ground ,seat with ,back ,rest1 #aij ,folding ,ice ,sled1 #dd ,folding ,ironing ,board ,clamps on ,edge of ,table or ,window1 #h ,folding ,table with ,split-,bamboo ,tray for ,top1 #dbd ,folding ,wall ,desk1 #bib ,foodstuffs1 ,cooling with a ,moist ,rag and a ,draft1 #dec ,foot1 ,barnyard ,gate ,operated with1 #bjh ,foot ,control and ,counterweight1 ,trimming ,board with1 #cjh ,foot ,pump1 ,detachable ,motor-,driven ,tire ,pump ,made of1 #ded ,foot ,rests1 ,small ,stools and1 ,variety of1 #bfa ,footstool1 #bed ,footstool1 ,woven-,reed1 #bee ,forceps for ,weeding ,garden1 #cch ,form1 ,book1 ,keeping ,magazine in1 #cgh ,fort ,built of ,snow ,blocks ,made in ,box ,form1 #dji ,fortune ,telling1 ,magic-,paper1 #cic ,fountain ,pen1 ,ordinary ,pen ,converted into1 #cfb ,fountain-,pen ,wrench1 #bgc ,frame1 ,broken ,fly-,screen1 ,repairing1 #cef ,frame1 ,colonial ,mirror1 #cjf ,frame1 ,folding1 ,duck ,decoys ,mounted on1 #ahh ,frame1 ,window1 and ,table for ,dark ,room1 #cbj ,frames1 ,novel ,homemade ,picture1 #abd ,front-,opening ,hatbox1 #bff ,fruit-,picking ,pole with ,gravity ,delivery ,chute1 #cfg ,fruit1 ,tin ,can on ,rod for ,picking1 #ed ,frying ,pan ,made of ,tin ,cover1 #bih ,fuel ,box in ,seat ,filled from ,floor ,trapdoor1 #ccb ,furniture1 ,crates and1 ,three-,caster ,truck for ,moving1 #dai ,furniture1 ,woven ,reed1 #bfa1 #bfi ,fuse ,socket1 ,inkwell ,base ,made from1 #cdd ,fuses1 ,homemade1 for ,battery ,circuits1 #aea ,galvanometer1 ,compact1 #db ,game1 ,device for ,finger ,tug-of-,war1 #cai ,game ,fish1 ,bait ,casting for1 #ga ,game1 ,indian ,snake1 #chh ,game of ,skill1 ,marble-under-,bridge1 #bih ,garden1 ,forceps for ,weeding1 #cch ,garden ,hose1 ,practical ,bracket for1 #dag ,garden ,plants1 ,starting1 #cgc ,garden ,plow ,made of ,pick-,up ,material1 #bbg ,garden ,workers1 ,movable ,sunshade and ,seat for1 #adh ,gas1 ,blowpipe for1 #ccf ,gas-,fixture ,chains1 ,sleeve ,aids in ,distinguishing1 #bdg ,gas ,furnace1 ,small1 #cdf ,gas ,heater1 ,pie-,plate1 #dbc ,gas-,hose ,bracket for ,ironing or ,shop ,use1 #cff ,gas ,mantles ,made at ,home1 #bgd ,gas ,piping1 ,tire ,pump ,made of1 #dai ,gas ,stove for the ,dining ,table1 #cgc ,gas-,stove ,lighter1 #daf ,gas-,stove ,oven1 ,substitute for1 #de ,gas ,stove1 ,safety ,cover for ,valves on1 #bih ,gasoline ,stove1 ,denatured ,alcohol to ,start1 #dac ,gasoline ,tank on ,launch1 ,lock for1 #he ,gate1 ,barnyard1 ,operated with the ,foot1 #bjh ,gate on ,door1 ,locking ,device for ,latch ,hook on1 #abg ,gate1 ,porch1 ,folds into ,hollow ,pillar1 #aic ,gate ,sign with ,metal ,letters1 ,homemade1 #dea ,gauge for ,laying ,out ,model ,gear ,wheels1 #chd ,gauge for ,woodwork1 #beb ,gear ,wheels1 ,model1 ,gauge for ,laying ,out1 #chd ,geese1 ,feeding in a ,poultry ,yard1 #cgc ,generator ,attachment ,provides ,current for ,bicycle ,lamp1 #deg ,giant1 ,showing ,strength of1 #ajh ,glass-and-,hat ,trick1 #cdb ,glass ,bottle as a ,candle ,lamp1 #bia ,glass ,bottle1 ,cutting with ,electricity1 #bcj ,glass1 ,electric ,counting1 for ,thread ,fabric1 #cba ,glass1 ,ground1 in ,camera1 ,substitute for1 #bcf ,glass1 ,mystery ,sounding1 #aeg ,glass1 ,transferring ,pictures to1 #ddc ,glass ,vessels1 ,pad for1 ,made of ,corks1 #afa ,glider1 ,toy ,paper1 ,carefully ,designed1 #cbd ,globes1 ,burned-,out ,incandescent1 ,repairing1 #bcf ,glossy1 ,making ,photographic ,prints1 #gf ,glossy ,surfaces in ,photography1 ,putty ,deadens1 #cfj ,gloves1 ,rubber1 ,how to ,repair1 #bhf ,gluing ,press1 ,inexpensive1 #cac ,golf ,tee ,made of a ,shotgun ,shell1 #dcj ,good ,putty1 ,how to ,make1 #cif ,gourd ,float for a ,fishline1 #bhe ,grass and ,weeds1 ,to ,keep ,out of ,tennis ,court1 #adi ,gravity ,delivery ,chute1 ,fruit-,picking ,pole with1 #cfg ,gravity-,feed ,coal ,hopper on ,truck1 #adj ,green and ,red ,lights1 ,signal ,telegraph with1 #agf ,grinding ,writing and ,lettering ,pens1 #afi ,grip1 ,bicycle-,handle1 on ,rake ,handle1 #cgb ,grip1 ,points of1 ,scale on ,vaulting ,pole ,indicates1 #daa ,grips1 ,rubber ,handlebar1 ,reinforcing the ,ends of1 #deb ,groove ,cutter for ,wood1 #de ,grotto for an ,aquarium1 ,cement1 #bce ,ground ,seat1 ,folding1 with ,back ,rest1 #aij ,guard ,saves ,wear on ,vest1 #dac ,guarding a ,camp ,chest ,against ,theft1 #cfb ,guards1 ,hand1 for ,motorcyclists1 #cgb ,guide for ,photo and ,paper ,trimmer1 ,homemade1 #cff ,guide ,string1 ,seed-,planting1 ,reel for ,use with1 #dbb ,guides for ,scenic ,painting1 ,enlarged ,lantern ,pictures as1 #dai ,gun1 ,choke and ,pattern of1 #fc ,gun1 ,crossbow ,magazine1 #deh ,guns1 ,equipment and ,books1 ,sportsman's ,cabinet for1 #dcd ,gymnasium1 ,protecting ,lights in1 #ccg ,hacksaw-,blade1 ,old1 ,handy ,paring ,knife ,made from1 #bjg ,hall ,seat with ,storage ,compartment1 #cab ,hammock ,sleeping ,tent1 #bdb ,hammock ,support1 ,springy1 ,made of ,boughs1 #cfi ,hammocks1 ,how to ,make3 ,part ,i4--,a ,twine ,hammock1 #bgg ,part ,,ii4--,a ,netted ,hammock1 #bhb ,hand ,cases1 ,carrying ,strap and ,lock for1 #cbh ,hand ,drill1 ,polishing with1 #ced ,hand-,drill ,press1 ,oiler for1 #bgf ,hand ,guards for ,motorcyclists1 #cgb ,hand-,operated ,motorboat ,whistle1 #agh ,hand-,operated ,whirling ,fan1 #cih ,handle for a ,drinking ,glass1 #abe ,handle1 ,rake1 ,bicycle-,handle ,grip on1 #cgb ,handle1 ,second1 on ,hoe or ,rake ,saves ,stooping1 #afj ,handle1 ,umbrella1 ,making ,detachable1 #dci ,handlebar1 ,clip ,holds ,flash ,lamp on as ,headlight1 #dej ,handlebar ,grips1 ,rubber1 ,reinforcing the ,ends of1 #deb ,handles1 ,tool1 ,ferrules for1 #aeg ,hands1 ,preventing ,putty ,sticking to1 #cad ,hands1 ,to ,remove ,putty from1 #chg ,handy ,tray for ,pencils and ,penholders1 #dcj ,hanger1 ,improvised ,trousers1 in ,train ,berth1 #cfg ,hanger1 ,trouser1 #cej ,hanging a ,picture1 ,small ,hook for1 #bgf ,hanging ,heavy ,rug on ,line for ,beating1 #chi ,hanging ,ladder for a ,hatchway1 #cdi ,hard ,wood1 ,driving ,screws in1 #id ,hat1 ,marker for1 #abc ,hat1 ,old ,straw1 ,bird ,house ,made of1 #aha ,hatbox1 ,front-,opening1 #bff ,hatchway1 ,hanging ,ladder for1 #cdi ,hawaiian ,ukulele4 ,homemade1 #ceh ,headlight1 ,clip ,holds ,flash ,lamp on ,handlebar as1 #dej ,headrest for ,chair1 ,removable1 #dcb ,headrest for ,porch ,swing1 #cfg ,heat1 ,working ,wood by ,application of1 #aej ,heater1 ,curling-,iron1 #acj ,heater for the ,experimenter1 #dc ,heater in ,chick ,brooding ,house1 ,shield for1 #bie ,heater ,keeps ,developer at ,proper ,temperature1 #aij ,heating ,apparatus1 ,electrical1 ,table ,sockets for1 #cif ,heating ,room1 ,electric ,fan ,aid to1 #dbf ,heavy ,objects1 ,moving with a ,broom1 #dde ,height of ,chair1 ,door ,bumpers ,raise1 #ceh ,hens1 ,coop for ,sitting1 #cfj ,hickory ,sapling1 ,swing ,made of1 #cce ,hides1 ,small ,fur1 ,stretcher for ,drying1 #dba ,high ,chair1 #cah ,high ,stool1 ,how to ,make1 #cgh ,hikers1 ,kitchen for1 #acb ,hinge1 ,double-,swing1 ,plain ,butts ,used as1 #ccj ,hinge ,lock for ,horizontal ,sliding ,windows1 #cgb ,hinge ,wings1 ,covering1 #bgf ,hinged ,box ,cover ,made ,without ,hinges1 #ada ,hinged ,window ,box1 #dac ,hinges1 ,box ,cover ,without1 #df ,hinges1 ,hinged ,box ,cover ,made ,without1 #ada ,hoe or ,rake1 ,second ,handle on1 ,saves ,stooping1 #afj ,holder1 ,drinking-,glass1 #acd ,holder for ,household ,ice ,pick1 #cce ,holder1 ,knee-,rest1 for ,milking ,pail1 #dcd ,holder1 ,knife1 ,fork1 and ,spoon1 #dj ,holder1 ,playing-,card1 #dad ,holder1 ,revolving ,card or ,ticket1 #cfi ,holder1 ,sanitary1 for ,thread and ,dental ,floss1 #df ,holder1 ,shaving-,brush1 #gf ,holders1 ,drinking-,glass1 ,easily ,made1 #aig ,hole1 ,countersinking ,smoothly1 #cde ,hollow ,candy ,figures1 ,mold for ,making1 #abb ,hollow ,pillar1 ,porch ,gate ,folds into1 #aic ,home1 ,decorative ,toys and ,boxes ,made at1 #bii ,home1 ,gas ,mantles ,made at1 #bgd ,home ,portraiture1 ,portable ,skylight for1 #ccj ,home ,use1 ,convenient ,type of ,mail ,box for1 #baa ,home ,workbench1 ,two ,simple ,vises for1 #aig ,hook1 ,clothespin-,basket1 #djj ,hook1 ,small1 for ,hanging a ,picture1 #bgf ,hooks1 ,overhead1 ,device for ,suspending ,parcels from1 #afb ,hoop1 ,child's ,bell-,ringing1 #ddi ,horizontal ,sliding ,windows1 ,hinge ,lock for1 #cgb ,horizontal ,sundial ,plate1 ,laying ,out1 #dcf ,horn1 ,auto1 for ,child's ,play ,vehicle1 #af ,horn ,match ,holder1 ,ornamental1 #bdg ,horse-,drawn ,sod ,cutter1 #bbi ,horse1 ,toy1 ,that ,walks1 #cfc ,horseshoe ,nail1 ,string-,cutting ,ring ,made of1 #e ,hot-,air ,register1 ,catch-,all ,screen ,inside1 #dcb ,hot ,dishes1 ,attractive ,table ,stands for1 #baj ,hourglass ,sewing ,basket1 #acg ,house1 ,chick ,brooding1 ,shield for ,heater in1 #bie ,house ,key1 ,concealing1 #gj ,house1 ,pigeon1 #djc ,houseboat1 ,how to ,make1 #adc ,hunter's ,knife1 ,locking ,sheath for1 #dbh ,hydraulic ,turbine1 ,small1 #dbg ,hydrogen1 ,filling ,toy ,rubber ,balloons with1 #cj ,ice ,creeper1 #id ,ice ,pick1 ,household1 ,holder for1 #cce ,ice ,sled1 ,folding1 #dd ,ice ,yacht1 ,wishbone-,mast1 #ag ,illuminated ,indicating ,target ,box1 #ahj ,illuminating-,gas ,plant1 ,miniature1 #cgi ,illumination1 ,reflected-,light1 with ,homemade ,arrangement1 #abh ,imitation-,celluloid ,scales and ,name ,plates1 #cec ,imitation ,fire1 ,inexpensive1 #bbf ,impressions of ,leaves1 ,making1 #ajj ,improvement on ,pocket ,flash ,lamps1 #bfg ,improvised ,trousers ,hanger in ,train ,berth1 #cfg ,improvised ,typewriter ,desk1 #bbe ,incandescent ,globes1 ,repairing ,burned-,out1 #bcf ,incubator ,chicks1 ,stepmother for1 #acj ,index ,card1 ,removal ,marker for1 #cgb ,index for ,popular ,mechanics ,magazine on ,bookshelf1 #cjh ,index ,trays1 ,novel ,covered ,box for1 #dad ,indian ,snake ,game1 #chh ,indicating ,target ,box1 ,illuminated1 #ahj ,indicator1 ,simple ,polarity1 #dbb ,indicator1 ,spool-and-,pencil1 ,telegraph ,recorder with1 #aga ,indirect-,light ,reflector and ,mirror1 ,combination1 #dfj ,inexpensive ,dry-,plate ,kit1 #cbf ,inexpensive ,gluing ,press1 #cac ,inexpensive ,imitation ,fire1 #bbf ,inexpensive ,materials1 ,homemade ,relay of1 #ccb ,inkstand ,made of ,sheet of ,paper1 #acf ,inkwell ,base ,made from ,fuse ,socket1 #cdd ,inner ,tubes1 ,old1 ,rubber ,bands ,made from1 #bfh ,insect ,bites1 ,ammonia-,carrying ,case for1 #aed ,inserting or ,correcting on ,typewritten ,bound ,sheets1 #dai ,instrument ,bases1 ,how to ,polish1 #cj ,instruments1 ,wood-,wind1 ,repairing1 #agd ,invalid in ,bed1 ,folding ,card ,table ,handy for1 #cjh ,inverted ,electric-,light ,fixture1 ,homemade1 #dce ,iron1 ,electric1 ,variety of ,uses for1 #ad ,iron ,pipe1 ,coal ,hod ,made from1 #abi ,ironing ,board1 ,folding1 ,clamps on ,edge of ,table or ,window1 #h ,ironing ,board for ,use on a ,table1 #cae ,ironing-,board ,wall ,fastening1 #cah ,ironing or ,shop ,use1 ,gas-,hose ,bracket for1 #cff ,irrigation ,water1 ,current of ,canal ,raises1 #daa ,jack1 ,changing ,motor-,car ,tire ,without1 #baj ,jardinire ,made of ,metal-,lamp ,body1 #bbf ,jars1 ,acid1 ,earthen ,mustard ,pots ,used as1 #cia ,jars1 ,removable ,paraffin ,covers for1 #bih ,jig-,saw ,table for ,vise1 #ic ,jobs1 ,odd1 ,practical ,memorandum for1 #cbb ,joining ,broken ,liquid ,column in ,thermometer1 #cff ,kegs1 ,bird ,house ,made of1 #acd ,kerosene ,fumes1 ,cleaning a ,clock with1 #cbd ,key1 ,combination1 ,wooden ,lock with1 #ac ,key1 ,house1 ,concealing1 #gj ,key ,ring ,used as a ,cover ,fastener1 #dcj ,keys1 ,typewriter ,space and ,shift1 ,pedals for ,increase ,speed1 #cfd ,kink1 ,handy1 in ,addressing ,mailing ,tubes1 #deh ,kinks for the ,talking ,machine1 #agi ,kinks in ,washing ,photographic ,negatives and ,prints1 #aha ,kinks on the ,care of ,umbrellas1 #dbb ,kinks1 ,three ,bathroom1 #djb ,kit1 ,inexpensive ,dry-,plate1 #cbf ,kit1 ,soldier's or ,traveler's1 for ,sundries and ,toilet ,articles1 #dec ,kitchen for ,hikers1 #acb ,kitchen1 ,slicing ,board for ,camp or1 #bdg ,kitchen ,utensils1 ,cupboard for1 #cif ,kitchenette1 ,sideboard ,converted into1 #aib ,kite1 ,camera for ,taking ,pictures from1 #eb ,kite1 ,eight-,pointed ,star1 #aei ,kite1 ,releasing ,parachute from1 #ced ,kites1 ,combined1 ,how to ,make3 ,part ,i4--,a ,dragon ,kite1 #ade ,part ,,ii4--,a ,festooned ,kite1 #aee ,knee-,rest ,holder for ,milking ,pail1 #dcd ,knife1 ,fork1 and ,spoon ,holder1 #dj ,knife1 ,hunter's1 ,locking ,sheath for1 #dbh ,knife1 ,pruning and ,brush-,cutting1 #ddi ,knife1 to ,trim ,magazines for ,binding1 #bhf ,knob1 ,broken ,coffee ,pot1 ,replacing1 #bbf ,knock-,down ,tennis-,court ,backstop1 #ahi ,knot1 ,sheepshank1 ,used to ,recover ,rope1 #afh ,ladder for a ,hatchway1 ,hanging1 #cdi ,lamp and ,mirror1 ,shaving1 for ,camp1 #afb ,lamp1 ,candle1 ,glass ,bottle as1 #bia ,lamp ,cooker1 #bid ,lamp1 ,homemade ,trouble1 #cfe ,lamp1 ,piano or ,reading1 #bij ,lamp1 ,small ,desk1 ,supported by ,paper ,weight1 #dbd ,lamp1 ,smoking of1 ,overcome by ,increasing ,draft1 #cfa ,lamp ,wicks ,cheaply ,made1 #bcf ,lamps1 ,pocket ,flash1 ,improvement on1 #bfg ,lantern1 ,camp1 ,made of a ,tin ,can1 #djf ,lantern ,pictures1 ,enlarged1 as ,guides for ,scenic ,painting1 #dai ,lard ,buckets1 ,deodorizing1 #cdj ,latch ,hook on ,gate or ,door1 ,locking ,device for1 #abg ,latch1 ,quickly ,made ,door1 #abc ,lathe1 ,making ,small ,ratchet ,wheels in1 #bff ,launch1 ,lock for ,gasoline ,tank on1 #he ,laundry ,tub and ,dishwashing ,sink1 ,combination1 #bah ,lawn ,benches ,made from ,old ,bedsteads1 #agd ,lawn ,mower1 ,how to ,use1 #aga ,lawn ,mower ,sharpened ,efficiently with ,simple ,rigging1 #ddh ,lawn ,seats ,built on ,tree ,stumps1 #ada ,lawns1 ,seeding ,bare ,spots on1 #afg ,laying ,out a ,horizontal ,sundial ,plate1 #dcf ,laying ,out ,model ,gear ,wheels1 ,gauge for1 #chd ,lead ,pencil1 ,measuring ,resistance with1 #bdi ,lead ,screw1 ,experimental1 ,how to ,make1 #ca ,lead ,soldiers and ,similar ,small ,castings1 ,making1 #dee ,leaks in ,pipes1 ,repairing1 #bab ,leather and ,silk ,bookmark1 #bah ,leather ,billfold1 ,craftsman1 #ddf ,leather ,tire ,patch1 #djj ,leaves1 ,flowers and1 ,reproducing3 in ,colors1 #aeb ,leaves1 ,making ,impressions of1 #ajj ,leaves1 ,preserving in ,specimen ,book1 #aj ,left ,hand1 ,spoon ,attachment to ,prevent ,child from ,using1 #cag ,leggings1 ,birch-,bark1 ,made in the ,woods1 #dba ,lens1 ,feather as ,x-,ray1 #dab ,lens1 ,photo-,copying1 ,increases ,angle of ,camera1 #afj ,lettering ,pen1 ,split-,bamboo1 #adb ,lettering ,photo ,prints ,without ,marking ,negative1 #ddj ,letters1 ,metal1 ,homemade ,gate ,sign with1 #dea ,level1 ,homemade1 #chd ,lever1 ,tightening1 for ,tennis ,nets1 #aeh ,leverage on ,door ,spring1 ,angle ,bracket ,gives1 #dfj ,life ,buoy1 ,homemade1 #abf ,lifting ,device of ,rope and ,lever1 ,emergency1 #ccd ,light ,bulb1 ,testing ,dry ,cells with1 #bfg ,light1 ,emergency ,dark-,room1 #id ,light1 ,flash1 ,used as ,bedroom ,night ,light1 #dbc ,light1 ,homemade ,arc1 #bhe ,light1 ,porch1 and ,plant ,shelf1 ,bark-,covered1 #dcb ,light ,reflectors1 ,white ,blotting ,paper ,improves1 #aif ,lighted ,lights in ,basement1 ,signal for1 #cad ,lighted ,whirling ,fan ,used as ,radiator ,ornament1 #bfj ,lighter1 ,gas-,stove1 #daf ,lighter1 ,non-,blow-,out ,cigar and ,pipe1 #cba ,lighting a ,candle ,without ,touching the ,wick1 #ccd ,lighting a ,match in the ,wind1 #chb ,lightning ,switch for ,wireless ,aerials1 #dae ,lights in ,basement1 ,signal for ,lighted1 #cad ,lights in a ,gymnasium1 ,protecting1 #ccg ,line1 ,hanging ,heavy ,rug on1 for ,beating1 #chi ,liner1 ,homemade ,section1 #bhj ,lines1 ,fish1 ,waterproofing for1 #id ,linoleum ,panels for ,homemade ,chest1 #dbe ,liquid ,column in ,thermometer1 ,joining ,broken1 #cff ,liquid-,filled ,tray ,carried ,safely1 #dci ,liquids1 ,pouring ,quickly from ,containers1 #ba ,litmus ,paper1 ,testing ,direct ,current ,polarity with1 #cfi ,live ,poultry ,weighed ,handily in ,funnel ,scale1 #ddb ,loading ,box to ,dispense with ,dark ,room1 #bfh ,locating ,droplight in ,dark1 #ca ,lock ,box1 ,automatic1 for ,milk ,bottles1 #dbh ,lock1 ,carrying ,strap and1 for ,hand ,cases1 #cbh ,lock1 ,chest1 ,making ,more ,secure1 #id ,lock1 ,double1 for ,shed1 #aeg ,lock1 ,effective ,combination1 ,easily ,made1 #dca ,lock for ,gasoline ,tank on a ,launch1 #he ,lock1 ,hinge1 for ,horizontal ,sliding ,windows1 #cgb ,lock1 ,wooden1 with ,combination ,key1 #ac ,locker1 ,boy's ,athletic-,equipment1 #dci ,locking ,device for ,latch ,hook on ,gate or ,door1 #abg ,locking ,device1 ,simple ,concealed1 for ,cases of ,drawers1 #d ,locking ,sheath for ,hunter's ,knife1 #dbh ,locking ,window ,sash1 #fb ,locomotive ,model and ,track ,system1 ,homemade ,electric3 ,part ,i4--,the ,motor1 #bca ,part ,,ii4--,construction of the ,locomotive ,truck and ,cab1 #bcg ,part ,,iii4--,construction of the ,track ,system1 #bdc ,log ,raft1 ,woodsman's1 #ahe ,looseness of ,drawer ,handles1 ,preventing1 #ceg ,luminous-,minnow ,fish ,bait1 #cad ,lumps1 ,mixing ,stick ,that ,breaks ,up1 #ed ,lunch ,table1 ,revolving ,outdoor1 #cfc ,lure for ,fish1 ,electric1 #abc ,machine ,gun1 ,toy1 ,that ,fires ,wooden ,bullets1 #djh ,magic ,cabinet1 #cde ,magic ,candles ,explained1 #cee ,magic ,clock ,hand1 #cdg ,magic of ,numbers1 #bbb ,machine ,bases1 ,small1 ,sandpapering ,square ,edges on1 #dah ,machine ,screws1 ,brass1 with ,nuts1 #fh ,machine1 ,simple1 for ,transmitting ,writing1 #ddb ,magazine on ,bookshelf1 ,popular ,mechanics1 ,index for1 #cjh ,magazines1 ,keeping in ,book ,form1 #cgh ,magazines1 ,knife to ,trim1 for ,binding1 #bhf ,magazines1 ,temporary ,binder for1 #cgj ,magazines1 ,use for ,old1 #cii ,magic-,paper ,fortune ,telling1 #cic ,magically ,naming a ,written ,card1 #fa ,magnesium ,printer1 ,homemade1 #bbf ,mail ,box1 ,bell-,ringing1 #dbb ,mail ,box for ,home ,use1 ,convenient ,type of1 #baa ,mailing1 ,proper ,way to ,wrap ,papers for1 #dd ,mailing ,tubes1 ,handy ,kink in ,addressing1 #deh ,mallet ,made from ,wagon-,wheel ,felly and ,spoke1 #aeg ,mantles1 ,gas1 ,made at ,home1 #bgd ,maps1 ,road1 ,celluloid ,cover for1 #bie ,marble-,under-,bridge ,game of ,skill1 #bih ,mark1 ,tossing ,card at1 ,accurately1 #fi ,marker for a ,hat1 #abc ,marker for ,card ,index1 ,removal1 #cgb ,marking ,negative1 ,lettering ,photo ,prints ,without1 #ddj ,masks1 ,novel1 for ,printing ,pictures1 #ahb ,match-,box ,trick1 #bcj ,match ,holder1 ,ornamental ,horn1 #bdg ,match1 ,lighting in the ,wind1 #chb ,match ,safe of ,miniature ,cannon ,shell1 #cce ,matches1 ,waterproofing1 #bcj ,measuring ,resistance with a ,lead ,pencil1 #bdi ,mechanic1 ,steam-,propelled ,motorcycle ,made by1 #aia ,mechanical ,toy ,alligator of ,wood1 #dfj ,mechanical ,toy ,pigeon ,made of ,wood1 #dcc ,memorandum for ,odd ,jobs1 ,practical1 #cbb ,memorandum ,list for ,camping and ,outing ,trips1 #cfe ,mending ,aluminum ,cooking ,utensils1 #dcg ,merry-,go-,round1 ,twisting ,thriller1 #agi ,metal ,band ,stiffens ,brush1 #cfg ,metal ,base1 ,weighting1 #bag ,metal ,bird ,basin1 ,simple1 #dcb ,metal-,bound ,chests1 ,miniature1 #bhg ,metal ,cross1 ,repairing ,broken1 #chi ,metal ,floor ,corners1 #bdh ,metal-,lamp ,body1 ,jardinire ,made of1 #bbf ,metal ,letters1 ,homemade ,gate ,sign with1 #dea ,metal1 ,thin1 ,driving into ,wood1 #bdg ,method of ,developing ,roll ,films1 ,new1 #cci ,milk ,bottles1 ,automatic ,lock ,box for1 #dbh ,milk1 ,cleaning ,tinware with1 #dd ,milk ,strainer1 ,old1 ,pivoted ,searchlight ,made of1 #aci ,milker1 8,switchboard0 ,protects from ,cow's ,tail1 #abh ,milking ,pail1 ,knee-,rest ,holder for1 #dcd ,miniature ,cannon ,shell1 ,match ,safe of1 #cce ,miniature ,cement ,plant1 #chc ,miniature ,fighting ,tank1 #bjb ,miniature ,illuminating-,gas ,plant1 #cgi ,miniature ,metal-,bound ,chests1 #bhg ,miniature ,push ,buttons1 #bea ,minnows for ,bait1 ,catching1 #afh ,mirror1 ,combination ,indirect-,light ,reflector and1 #dfj ,mirror ,frame1 ,colonial1 #cjf ,mirror1 ,seeing an ,alternating ,current in1 #cib ,mirror1 ,shaving ,lamp and1 for ,camp1 #afb ,mission ,candlestick1 #fj ,mission ,center ,table1 ,octagonal1 #g ,mistakes in ,model ,making1 ,common1 #cid ,miter ,box1 ,bench ,support for1 #ccf ,miter ,box1 ,placing on the ,workbench1 #bid ,mixing ,paste1 #bda ,mixing ,stick ,that ,breaks up ,lumps1 #ed ,mixture1 ,dry-,cleaning1 #fb ,model ,aeroplane1 ,egg ,beater ,made into ,winder for1 #dei ,model ,gear ,wheels1 ,gauge for ,laying ,out1 #chd ,model1 ,homemade ,electric ,locomotive and ,track ,system3 ,part ,i4--,the ,motor1 #bca ,part ,,ii4--,construction of the ,locomotive ,truck and ,cab1 #bcg ,part ,,iii4--,construction of the ,track ,system1 #bdc ,model ,making1 ,common ,mistakes in1 #cid ,model ,old-,four ,monoplane1 ,how to ,make1 #afc ,model ,paper ,monoplane ,that ,can be ,steered1 #agj ,model ,paddle-,wheel ,boats1 #ddc ,model ,steam ,tractor ,made by ,boy1 #daj ,moist ,rag and ,draft1 ,cooling ,foodstuffs with1 #dec ,mold for ,making ,hollow ,candy ,figures1 #abb ,monoplane1 ,model ,old-,four1 ,how to ,make1 #afc ,monoplane1 ,model ,paper1 ,that ,can be ,stored1 #agj ,morris ,chair with ,newspaper ,rack and ,smoker's ,trays1 #cji ,mosquitoes1 ,camp ,shelter ,affords ,protection from1 #aha ,moth-,ball ,puzzle as ,window-,advertising ,novelty1 #ddd ,motor ,car1 ,boys' ,homemade1 #a ,motor ,controller1 ,simple1 #bej ,motor-,driven ,entertainer for the ,baby1 #d ,motor-,driven ,tire ,pump1 ,detachable1 ,made of ,foot ,pump1 #ded ,motor1 ,fitting into ,paddling ,canoe1 #hi ,motor1 ,quickly ,made ,toy ,electric1 #beb ,motor1 ,simple ,self-,contained1 #aaf ,motor1 ,toy ,tractor ,built with ,dry ,cell and1 #i ,motorboat ,whistle1 ,hand-,operated1 #agh ,motorcycle1 ,bicycle ,fitted ,up to ,resemble1 #dda ,motorcycle ,engine1 ,homemade ,roadster with1 #dcg ,motorcycle or ,bicycle1 ,rear ,seat for1 #ddf ,motorcycle ,stand1 ,stopping ,rattle in1 #dad ,motorcycle1 ,steam-,propelled1 ,made by ,mechanic1 #aia ,motorcycle ,tires1 ,economy in1 #ahh ,motorcyclist1 ,hand ,guards for1 #cgb ,mounting ,tracing-,cloth ,drawings on ,muslin1 #dah ,moving ,crates and ,furniture1 ,three-,caster ,truck for1 #dai ,moving ,heavy ,objects with a ,broom1 #dde ,moving ,train1 ,writing on1 #bbh ,mucilage ,brush and ,container ,made of a ,test ,tube1 #cce ,muffin-,pan ,trays1 ,nail ,cabinet with1 #bcj ,muffling the ,ticking of a ,watch or ,clock1 #bbc ,music1 ,sheet1 ,tabs for ,turning ,quickly1 #cfh ,music ,stand1 ,book ,rest for1 #cbh ,muslin1 ,mounting ,tracing-,cloth ,drawings on1 #dah ,mustard ,pots1 ,earthen1 ,used as ,acid ,jars1 #cia ,mysterious ,watch1 #gj ,mystery ,sounding ,glass1 #aeg ,mystic ,climbing ,ring1 #bb ,nail ,cabinet with ,muffin-,pan ,trays1 #bcj ,nail ,carrier ,made of ,cans1 #dad ,nails1 ,driving to ,prevent ,splitting1 #cgc ,nails1 ,kink for ,driving1 #aic ,nails1 ,plier ,drives in ,backing ,picture ,frame1 #dej ,name ,plates1 ,imitation-,celluloid ,scales and1 #cec ,naming a ,written ,card1 ,magically1 #fa ,needle ,cushion1 ,emery1 on ,sewing ,machine1 #aig ,needle1 ,darning1 ,threading1 #aec ,needle1 ,split1 ,causes ,echo on ,talking ,machine1 #bag ,needle ,threader for ,sewing ,machine1 #acd ,needles1 ,fiber ,phonograph1 ,device for ,sharpening1 #cfa ,needles1 ,uses for ,worn ,talking-,machine1 #cbi ,negative ,filing ,system1 ,phonographic1 #dcd ,negative1 ,lettering ,photo ,prints ,without ,marking1 #ddj ,negatives and ,prints1 ,photographic1 ,kinks in ,washing1 #aha ,negatives1 ,retouching1 for ,printing1 #cig ,nets1 ,tennis1 ,tightening ,lever for1 #aeh ,netted ,hammock1 ,how to ,make1 #bhb ,netting1 ,poultry ,fence ,construction ,economical of1 #dji ,new ,method of ,developing ,roll ,films1 #cci ,newspaper ,rack and ,smokers' ,trays1 ,morris ,chair with1 #cji ,newspaper ,stand1 ,penny-in-the-,slot1 #cfd ,night ,light1 ,bedroom1 ,flash ,light ,used as1 #dbc ,non-,blow-,out ,cigar and ,pipe ,lighter1 #cba ,nontangling ,pasture ,stake1 #acf ,novel ,covered ,box for ,index ,trays1 #dad ,novel ,masks for ,printing ,pictures1 #ahb ,novel ,uses for ,safety ,pins1 #dde ,novelty1 ,window-,advertising1 ,moth-,ball ,puzzle as1 #ddd ,nozzle1 ,spray1 ,made of ,acetylene ,burner1 #bdh ,numbers1 ,magic of1 #bbb ,nutcracker1 ,backwoodsman's1 #dej ,nuts1 ,brass ,machine ,screws with1 #fh ,oarlock of ,rope1 ,emergency1 #bah ,oars ,flattened to ,make ,rowing ,easier1 #cai ,oars1 ,take-,down ,emergency1 #cie ,octagonal ,mission ,center ,table1 #g ,odd ,jobs1 ,practical ,memorandum for1 #cbb ,oilcan1 ,old1 ,pressure ,spray ,made of1 #bab ,oilcan ,stopper1 #cdi ,oiler for a ,hand-,drill ,press1 #bgf ,oiling ,sewing ,machine1 ,prevents ,soiling ,goods ,after1 #djb ,oiling ,tool for ,clocks1 #ajg ,old ,toothbrushes1 ,uses for1 #dbh ,one-,piece ,bracelet ,cut from ,calling ,card1 #cai ,one-,runner ,sled1 #de ,onlaying ,script on a ,trophy ,cup1 #ahh ,opening1 ,rectangular1 to ,use ,over ,camera ,view ,finder1 #abe ,opening ,screw1 ,watch ,bezel1 ,rubber ,pads for1 #ddh ,opening ,springs for a ,tennis-,racket ,clamp1 #cic ,order-,memo ,device for ,delivery ,routes1 #ddc ,orient1 ,pulley and ,weight ,exerciser ,homemade in1 #cfe ,ornament1 ,radiator1 ,lighted ,whirling ,fan ,used as1 #bfj ,ornamental ,horn ,match ,holder1 #bdg ,ornamental ,pencil and ,pincushion ,holder1 #bhf ,ornamenting an ,old ,tree ,stump1 #abc ,outdoor ,lunch ,table1 ,revolving1 #cfc ,outing ,trips1 ,camping and ,memorandum ,list for1 #cfe ,outlet1 ,water-,jacket1 ,bilge ,water ,siphoned ,through1 #dac ,oven1 ,gas-,stove1 ,substitute for1 #de ,pad1 ,combined ,label and ,cover1 for ,preserve ,glasses1 #d ,pad for ,glass ,vessels ,made of ,corks1 #afa ,pad1 ,record-,cleaning1 ,fixed to ,talking ,machine1 #ddd ,paddle1 ,broken ,canoe1 ,repairing1 #aeh ,paddle1 ,knack of ,handling1 #ajb ,paddle-,wheel ,boats1 ,model1 #ddc ,paddling ,canoe1 ,fitting ,motor into1 #hi ,paddling ,canoe1 ,open1 ,sailing1 #hf ,paddling ,your ,own ,canoe3 ,part ,i4--,kinds of ,canoes1 #ie ,part ,,ii4--,knack of ,handling ,paddle1 #ajb ,pail1 ,fisherman's1 with ,wire-,mesh ,cage1 #ded ,pail1 ,milking1 ,knee-,rest ,holder for1 #dcd ,pail1 ,tin1 ,safety ,flue ,stopper ,made of1 #cbh ,pail1 ,vacuum1 ,how to ,make1 #cae ,pail1 ,valve-,bottom1 for ,dipping ,water1 #cdd ,painter's ,knife1 ,scoop on1 ,catches ,scrapings1 #cfe ,painting1 ,scenic1 ,enlarged1 ,lantern ,pictures as ,guides for1 #dai ,pan1 ,feeding1 for ,poultry1 #bdh ,pan1 ,frying1 ,made of ,tin ,cover1 #bih ,panels1 ,linoleum1 for ,homemade ,chest1 #dbe ,paper ,glider1 ,toy1 ,carefully ,designed1 #cbd ,paper1 ,inkstand ,made of ,sheet of1 #acf ,paper ,muslin1 ,portable ,tent ,made from an ,umbrella and1 #cfd ,paper1 ,straightening ,sheets of1 #def ,paper ,trimmer1 ,photo and1 ,homemade ,guide for1 #cff ,paper ,warships1 ,toy1 #bic ,paper ,weight1 ,small ,desk ,lamp ,supported by1 #dbd ,paper1 ,wire ,clips ,weight in ,typewriter1 #dji ,papers1 ,proper ,way to ,wrap for ,mailing1 #dd ,parachute1 ,releasing from a ,kite1 #ced ,parade1 ,cart for ,carrying ,huge ,drum in1 #dce ,paraffin ,covers for ,jars1 ,removable1 #bih ,parcel ,carrier1 ,handy1 with ,caster ,supports1 #f ,parcel-,delivery ,bicycle1 ,sidecar for1 #djg ,parcels1 ,device for ,suspending from ,overhead ,hooks1 #afb ,paring ,knife1 ,handy1 ,made from ,old ,hacksaw ,blade1 #bjg ,parlor ,cue ,alley1 #cda ,parlor ,table1 #aea ,paste1 ,mixing1 #bda ,paste ,pot1 ,utilizing ,empty1 #cjf ,paste1 ,squeezing from ,tubes1 #cia ,paste ,tubes1 ,wall ,pocket for1 #af ,pasteboard ,box1 ,shortening1 #ccg ,pasture ,stake1 ,nontangling1 #acf ,patch1 ,leather ,tire1 #djj ,patching ,canvas ,bottom of a ,canoe1 #dcj ,pattern of ,gun1 ,choke and1 #fc ,patterns1 ,castings ,without1 #cgd ,pedals for ,typewriter ,space and ,shift ,keys ,increase ,speed1 #cfd ,pen1 ,ordinary1 ,converted into ,fountain ,pen1 #cfb ,pen1 ,revolving-,wheel ,ruling1 #acd ,pen1 ,split-,bamboo ,lettering1 #adb ,pencil and ,clip1 ,improvised ,penholder ,made with1 #deg ,pencil and ,pincushion ,holder1 ,ornamental1 #bhf ,pencil ,holder for ,workbench1 #bcf ,pencil1 ,lead1 ,measuring ,resistance with1 #bdi ,pencil ,sharpener1 ,cleanly1 #bdg ,pencil ,sharpener ,made of ,wafer ,razor ,blade1 #cfa ,pencils and ,penholders1 ,handy ,tray for1 #dcj ,pencils1 ,roll-,film ,spools ,useful in ,economizing1 #agj ,penholder1 ,improvised1 ,made with ,pencil and ,clip1 #deg ,penholders1 ,pencils and1 ,handy ,tray for1 #dcj ,penny-in-the-,slot ,newspaper ,stand1 #cfd ,pens1 ,grinding ,writing and ,lettering1 #afi ,periscope ,which a ,boy ,can ,make1 ,useful1 #cje ,perpetual ,calendar1 #dc ,perpetual-,motion ,puzzle1 #ach ,perpetual ,whirligig1 #djj ,phonograph ,needles1 ,fiber1 ,device for ,sharpening1 #cfa ,photo and ,paper ,trimmer1 ,homemade ,guide for1 #cff ,photo-,copying ,lens ,increases ,angle of ,camera1 #afj ,photo ,films1 ,drying1 ,rapidly1 #cch ,photo-,print ,washing ,device1 ,automatic1 #cbi ,photo ,prints1 ,lettering ,without ,marking ,negative1 #ddj ,photographic ,developing1 ,film ,holder for1 #deb ,photographic ,developing ,tank1 ,reversible1 #cbe ,photographic ,films1 ,stenciling with1 #daf ,photographic-,negative ,filing ,system1 #dcd ,photographic ,negatives and ,prints1 ,kinks in ,washing1 #aha ,photographic-,print ,washing ,machine1 #cbg ,photographic ,printing ,machine1 #ccc ,photographic ,prints1 ,making ,glossy1 #gf ,photographic ,trays1 ,making1 #djf ,photographic ,workroom1 ,daylight1 ,red ,windows in1 #afi ,photographing ,electric ,sparks1 #cii ,photographs in ,falling ,snow1 ,taking1 #adj ,photography1 ,bird1 ,camera for1 #dbf ,photography1 ,putty ,deadens ,glossy ,surface in1 #cfj ,piano or ,reading ,lamp1 #bij ,pick-,up ,material1 ,garden ,plow ,made of1 #bbg ,picture ,frame1 ,plier ,drives ,nails in ,backing1 #dej ,picture ,frame1 ,sailors' ,sweetheart1 #bfh ,picture ,frames1 ,novel ,homemade1 #abd ,picture1 ,small ,hook for ,hanging1 #bgf ,pictures1 ,camera for ,taking1 from ,kite1 #eb ,pictures1 ,enlarged ,lantern1 as ,guides for ,scenic ,painting1 #dai ,pictures1 ,novel ,masks for ,printing1 #ahb ,pictures1 ,shielding from ,damp ,walls1 #cch ,pictures1 ,transferring to ,glass1 #ddc ,pie-,plate ,gas ,heater1 #dbc ,pigeon ,house1 #djc ,pigeon1 ,mechanical ,toy1 ,made of ,wood1 #dcc ,pigeonhole1 ,desk-,light ,arm ,folds into1 #deb ,pile ,driver1 ,small ,working1 #bae ,pillar1 ,hollow1 ,porch ,gate ,folds into1 #aic ,pin ,setter for ,home ,tenpins1 #fa ,pincushion ,holder1 ,ornamental ,pencil and1 #bhf ,pincushion1 ,wire-,screen1 #def ,pipe ,lighter1 ,non-,blow-,out ,cigar and1 #cba ,pipe ,straps1 ,bottle ,carrier ,made of1 #bag ,pipe1 ,water1 ,broken ,spade ,handle ,repaired with1 #bdb ,pipes1 ,child's ,swing ,built of1 in ,narrow ,space1 #ceh ,pipes1 ,repairing ,leaks in1 #bab ,pitch or ,wax1 ,frayed ,shoe ,laces ,repaired with1 #abi ,plane1 ,block1 ,converted for ,use on ,circular ,work1 #baa ,planing ,thin ,sticks ,held in ,flooring ,groove1 #bah ,plans in a ,shop1 ,protecting1 #cgf ,plant1 ,miniature ,cement1 #chc ,plant1 ,miniature ,illuminating-,gas1 #cgi ,plant ,shelf1 ,bark-,covered ,porch ,light and1 #dcb ,plants1 ,garden1 ,starting1 #cgc ,plaster of ,paris to ,set ,screws into ,wall1 #bff ,plate ,holder1 ,using as ,printing ,frame1 #djh ,play ,area1 ,baby's1 ,portable ,fence for1 #aie ,play ,auto1 ,barrel ,staves as ,springs for1 #caa ,play or ,stage ,use1 ,comic ,chest ,expander for1 #dbi ,playground ,swings1 ,bearing for1 #bgf ,playing-,card ,holder1 #dad ,playing ,talking-,machine ,records with the ,finger ,nail1 #ahg ,plier ,drives ,nails in ,backing ,picture ,frame1 #dej ,plow1 ,garden1 ,made of ,pick-,up ,material1 #bbg ,pneumatic ,door ,check ,made of ,bicycle ,pump1 #afi ,pocket1 ,flash ,lamps1 ,improvement on1 #bfg ,pocket1 ,wall1 for ,paste ,tubes1 #af ,pointer1 ,timing1 on ,watch ,crystal1 #cfd ,points of ,grip1 ,scale on ,vaulting ,pole ,indicates1 #daa ,polarity1 ,direct ,current1 ,testing with ,litmus ,paper1 #cfi ,polarity ,indicator1 ,simple1 #dbb ,pole1 ,fruit-,picking1 with ,gravity ,delivery ,chute1 #cfg ,pole ,supports ,rug for ,cleaning1 #aj ,polish ,instrument ,bases1 ,how to1 #cj ,polisher1 ,flatiron1 #cii ,polishing with a ,hand ,drill1 #ced ,pop-,corn ,cakes1 ,how to ,make1 #aec ,popular ,mechanics ,magazine on ,bookshelf1 ,index for1 #cjh ,porch ,gate ,folds into ,hollow ,pillar1 #aic ,porch ,light and ,plant ,shelf1 ,bark-,covered1 #dcb ,porch ,swing1 #afg ,porch ,swing1 ,headrest for1 #cfg ,porch ,swing ,made from ,automobile ,seat1 #dbe ,porch ,swings1 ,safety ,spring for1 #big ,portable ,fence for ,baby's ,play ,area1 #aie ,portable ,fire ,screen1 #fh ,portable ,folding ,boat1 #ace ,portable ,sectional ,poultry ,fencing1 #cbi ,portable ,skylight for ,home ,portraiture1 #ccj ,portable ,tent ,made from an ,umbrella and ,paper ,muslin1 #cfd ,portraiture1 ,home1 ,portable ,skylight for1 #ccj ,post-,card ,projector and ,enlarging ,camera1 ,improvised1 #bji ,posts for ,tennis ,court1 ,removable1 #dae ,pot1 ,empty ,paste1 ,utilizing1 #cjf ,pots1 ,earthen ,mustard1 ,used as ,acid ,jars1 #cia ,potted ,flowers1 ,turntable ,stand for1 #cjh ,poultry1 ,concrete ,water ,basin for1 #bcf ,poultry ,coops1 ,double ,roofs ,provide ,ideal ,shade for1 #ahj ,poultry1 ,feeding ,pan for1 #bdh ,poultry ,fence ,construction ,economical of ,netting1 #dji ,poultry ,fencing1 ,portable ,sectional1 #cbi ,poultry-,house ,door ,latch1 ,spring ,roost ,releases1 #ddh ,poultry ,house1 ,trap ,nest for1 #dee ,poultry1 ,live1 ,weighed ,handily in ,funnel ,scale1 #ddb ,poultry ,yard1 ,feeding ,geese in1 #cgc ,pouring ,liquids ,quickly from ,container1 #ba ,practical ,memorandum for ,odd ,jobs1 #cbb ,practical ,uses for ,old ,button ,clasps1 #dcb ,practice ,batting for ,baseball ,playing1 #ajj ,preserve ,glasses1 ,combined ,label and ,cover ,pad for1 #d ,preserving ,leaves in ,specimen ,book1 #aj ,press1 ,hand-,drill1 ,oiler for1 #bgf ,preventing ,looseness of ,drawer ,handles1 #ceg ,prevents ,soiling ,goods ,after ,oiling ,sewing ,machine1 #djb ,printer1 ,developing-,paper1 #cge ,printer1 ,homemade ,magnesium1 #bbf ,printing ,frame1 ,using ,plate ,holder as1 #djh ,printing ,machine1 ,photographic1 #ccc ,printing ,pictures1 ,novel ,masks for1 #ahb ,printing1 ,retouching ,negatives for1 #cig ,printing ,surface1 ,curved1 for ,sharp ,focus in ,bromide ,enlargements1 #ahf ,prints1 ,photographic1 ,making ,glossy1 #gf ,prints1 ,photographic ,negatives and1 ,kinks in ,washing1 #aha ,projector1 ,post-,card1 and ,enlarging ,camera1 ,improvised1 #bji ,propeller ,blades1 ,how to ,make ,quickly1 #cie ,protect ,extra ,spark ,plugs1 ,box to1 #ddj ,protecting an ,air ,pump ,against ,denting1 #dab ,protecting ,light in a ,gymnasium1 #ccg ,protecting ,plans in a ,shop1 #cgf ,protecting ,wall ,back of ,range or ,sink1 #ced ,protection from ,mosquitoes1 ,camp ,shelter ,affords1 #aha ,protector1 ,book and ,document1 #bid ,pruning and ,brush-,cutting ,knife1 #ddi ,pulley and ,weight ,exerciser ,homemade in the ,orient1 #cfe ,pulley ,slings1 ,canoe or ,boat ,stored in1 #cfa ,pump1 ,bicycle1 ,cleaning ,type ,cases with1 #dea ,pump1 ,detachable ,motor-,driven ,tire1 ,made of ,foot ,pump1 #ded ,pump1 ,small ,rotary1 ,easily ,made1 #dea ,push ,button1 ,doorbell1 on ,screen ,door1 #aej ,push ,buttons1 ,miniature1 #bea ,putty ,deadens ,glossy ,surfaces in ,photography1 #cfj ,putty1 ,good1 ,how to ,make1 #cif ,putty1 ,to ,prevent ,sticking to the ,hands1 #cad ,putty1 ,to ,remove from ,hands1 #chg ,puzzle1 ,moth-,ball1 as ,window-,advertising ,novelty1 #ddd ,puzzle1 ,perpetual-,motion1 #ach ,quick-,acting ,bench ,vise1 #he ,rabbits1 ,tile ,trap for1 #ahd ,rack1 ,sewing1 ,attached to ,rocker1 #bia ,radiator ,cover1 ,summer1 ,serves as ,cupboard in ,winter1 #big ,radiator ,ornament1 ,lighted ,whirling ,fan ,used as1 #bfj ,radiator ,valve1 ,ship's-,wheel ,device for1 #bei ,raft1 ,woodsman's ,log1 #ahe ,rain ,alarm with ,drop-of-,water ,contact1 #afa ,raising and ,lowering ,curtain at a ,distance1 #bb ,raising the ,temperature of a ,room1 #cef ,rake ,handle1 ,bicycle-,handle ,grip on1 #cgb ,rake1 ,hoe or1 ,second ,handle on1 ,saves ,stooping1 #afj ,range or ,sink1 ,protecting ,wall ,back of1 #ced ,rat ,trap1 ,self-,setting1 #ca ,ratchet ,wheels1 ,small1 ,making in a ,lathe1 #bff ,rattle in ,motorcycle ,stand1 ,stopping1 #dad ,rattling of ,door1 ,eccentric ,drawbolt ,stops1 #deg ,rattling of ,windows1 ,to ,stop1 #dag ,razor ,blade1 ,wafer1 ,pencil ,sharpener ,made of1 #cfa ,reading ,lamp1 ,piano or1 #bij ,readings1 ,temperature1 ,transposing1 #cgf ,rear ,seat for ,motorcycle or ,bicycle1 #ddf ,receptacles1 ,bench1 for ,small ,articles1 #cej ,receptacle for ,shellac ,varnish1 #cdf ,record-,cleaning ,pad ,fixed to ,talking ,machine1 #ddd ,record ,time of ,appointments and ,other ,events1 ,clock ,device to1 #cbb ,recording ,annunciator ,target1 #caj ,records1 ,disk ,talking-,machine1 ,played ,eccentrically1 #cbh ,records1 ,talking-,machine1 ,playing with the ,finger ,nail1 #ahg ,rectangular ,opening to ,use over ,camera ,view ,finder1 #abe ,red ,lens ,hinged to ,flash ,light1 for ,dark-,room ,use1 #f ,red ,lights1 ,green and1 ,signal ,telegraph with1 #agf ,red ,windows in ,daylight ,photographic ,workroom1 #afi ,reed ,furniture1 ,woven1 #bfa1 #bfi ,reed ,handle1 ,repairing ,broken1 #ahg ,reel for ,use with ,seed-,planting ,guide ,string1 #dbb ,reflected-,light ,illumination with ,homemade ,arrangement1 #abh ,reflector and ,mirror1 ,combination ,indirect-,light1 #dfj ,reflectors1 ,light1 ,white ,blotting ,paper ,improves1 #aif ,refrigerator1 ,making ,use of in ,winter1 #cdd ,refrigerator1 ,window1 #cbc ,refuse-,catching ,drawer1 ,wood ,box with1 #aad ,register1 ,hot-,air1 ,catch-,all ,screen ,inside1 #dcb ,reinforcing a ,strained ,auto-,truck ,frame1 #ded ,reinforcing the ,ends of ,rubber ,handlebar ,grips1 #deb ,relay of inexpensive ,materials1 ,homemade1 #ccb ,releasing a ,parachute from a ,kite1 #ced ,removable ,drawer ,stop1 #aj ,removable ,headrest for ,chair1 #dcb ,removable ,paraffin ,covers for ,jars1 #bih ,removable ,posts for ,tennis ,court1 #dae ,removal ,marker for ,card ,index1 #cgb ,removal of ,wall ,paper1 ,kink for1 #bie ,remove ,putty from ,hands1 #chg ,removing ,sag from ,couch ,spring1 #dcj ,repair ,rubber ,gloves1 ,how to1 #bhf ,repairing a ,brass ,candlestick1 #cgb ,repairing a ,broken ,canoe ,paddle1 #aeh ,repairing a ,broken ,fly-,screen ,frame1 #cef ,repairing a ,broken ,metal ,cross1 #chi ,repairing a ,broken ,reed ,handle1 #ahg ,repairing ,burned-,out ,incandescent ,globes1 #bcf ,repairing ,sectional ,spun-,metal ,candlestick1 #chb ,repairing ,shade-,roller ,springs1 #cch ,replacing a ,broken ,coffee ,pot ,knob1 #bbf ,reproducing ,flowers and ,leaves in ,colors1 #aeb ,resistance1 ,measuring with a ,lead ,pencil1 #bdi ,retouching ,negatives for ,printing1 #cig ,reversible ,photographic ,developing ,tank1 #cbe ,reversing ,switch1 ,cylinder1 #big ,revolving ,card or ,ticket ,holder1 #cfi ,revolving ,outdoor ,lunch ,table1 #cfc ,revolving-,wheel ,ruling ,pen1 #acd ,revolving ,window ,display1 #bbi ,rheostat1 ,small1 for ,experiments and ,testing1 #bjf ,rheostat1 ,water1 for ,small ,electrical ,devices1 #aif ,rifle1 ,sporting1 and ,how to ,use ,it1 #dg ,rigging ,economizes ,space in ,closet1 #dcc ,rigging1 ,simple1 ,lawn ,mower ,sharpened ,efficiently with1 #ddh ,ring-and-,egg ,trick1 #hd ,ring1 ,mystic ,climbing1 #bb ,ring1 ,string-,cutting1 ,made of ,horseshoe ,nail1 #e ,rip in ,tire ,tubes1 ,checking1 #ced ,rivets in ,couches1 ,substitute for1 #cga ,road ,maps1 ,celluloid ,cover for1 #bie ,roadster with ,motorcycle ,engine1 ,homemade1 #dcg ,rocker1 ,developing or ,etching-,tray1 #bah ,rocker1 ,sewing ,rack ,attached to1 #bia ,rod for ,picking ,fruit1 ,tin ,can on1 #ed ,rods1 ,round1 for ,fish ,poles1 ,making1 #dj ,rods1 ,turning ,long ,wood1 #cdi ,roll-,film ,spools ,useful in ,economizing ,pencils1 #agj ,roll ,films1 ,new ,method of ,developing1 #cci ,roll-,paper ,feed for ,typewriter1 #bjg ,roller1 ,shade1 ,toy ,submarine ,made of1 #dda ,roller ,skates1 ,homemade1 #cgg ,roller ,truck for ,use in ,scrubbing1 #baj ,rolling ,can1 ,come-,back1 #bih ,roofs1 ,double1 ,provide ,ideal ,shade for ,poultry ,coops1 #ahj ,room1 ,dark1 ,loading ,box to ,dispense with1 #bfh ,room1 ,electric ,fan ,aid to ,heating1 #dbf ,room1 ,raising ,temperature of1 #cef ,roost1 ,spring1 ,releases ,poultry-,house ,door ,latch1 #ddh ,rope and ,lever1 ,emergency ,lifting ,device of1 #ccd ,rope1 ,emergency ,oarlock of1 #bah ,rope ,pad ,prevents ,slamming of ,door1 #ddj ,rope1 ,sheepshank1 ,knot ,used to ,recover1 #afh ,rope1 ,weighted1 ,holds ,flag ,upright1 #dea ,roses ,tinged ,blue by ,chemicals1 #djf ,rotary ,pump1 ,small1 ,easily ,made1 #dea ,round and ,flat ,edges1 ,ruler with1 #cej ,round ,rods for ,fish ,poles1 ,making1 #dj ,rowing1 ,oars ,flattened to ,make ,easier1 #cai ,rubber ,balloons1 ,toy1 ,filling with ,hydrogen1 #cj ,rubber ,band1 ,making ,scale ,enlargements with1 #age ,rubber ,band ,prevents ,tangling of ,telephone ,cord1 #cfg ,rubber ,bands ,made from ,old ,inner ,tubes1 #bfh ,rubber ,faucet ,plug1 ,coffee ,grinder ,repaired with1 #abi ,rubber ,gloves1 ,how to ,repair1 #bhf ,rubber ,pads for ,opening ,screw ,watch ,bezel1 #ddh ,rubbers1 ,drying ,rack for ,shoes and1 #ded ,rudder for a ,toboggan1 #cbc ,rug1 ,heavy1 ,hanging on ,line for ,beating1 #chi ,rug1 ,pole ,supports1 for ,cleaning1 #aj ,ruler with ,round and ,flat ,edges1 #cej ,ruling ,pen1 ,revolving-,wheel1 #acd ,ruling ,uniform ,cards or ,sheets1 ,aid in1 #dbj ,running ,board of ,automobile1 ,suitcase ,holder for1 #cbi ,rust1 ,keeping ,tools ,bright and ,free from1 #bab ,rustic ,trellis to ,shade ,door or ,window1 #age ,rustic ,well for a ,bazaar or ,fair ,booth1 #ahb ,safeguarding ,contents of ,unsealed ,envelopes1 #cfc ,safety ,brake1 ,coaster with1 #bgc ,safety ,chopping ,block1 #ahg ,safety ,cover for ,valves on ,gas ,stove1 #bih ,safety ,flue ,stopper ,made of ,tin ,pail1 #cbh ,safety ,pins1 ,novel ,uses for1 #dde ,safety ,spring for ,porch ,swings1 #big ,sag1 ,removing from ,couch ,spring1 #dcj ,sail-,rigged ,wind ,motor1 #agb ,sailing the ,open ,paddling ,canoe1 #hf ,sailors' ,sweetheart ,picture ,frame1 #bfh ,sal-,ammoniac1 ,renewing ,dry ,batteries with1 #ad ,salt-and-,pepper ,holder1 ,camper's1 #aae ,sandpapering ,square ,edges on ,small ,machine ,bases1 #dah ,sanitary ,drinking ,tube1 #fi ,sanitary ,holder for ,thread and ,dental ,floss1 #df ,sapling1 ,hickory1 ,swing ,made of1 #cce ,scale ,enlargements1 ,making with a ,rubber ,band1 #age ,scale ,funnel1 ,live ,poultry ,weighed ,handily in1 #ddb ,scale on ,vaulting ,pole ,indicates ,points of ,grip1 #daa ,scaler1 ,fish1 #aed ,scales and ,name ,plates1 ,imitation-,celluloid1 #cec ,scarecrow1 ,cat-and-,bells1 #dbf ,scarecrow1 ,swinging ,bags on ,arms of1 #cdj ,scenic ,painting1 ,enlarged ,lantern ,pictures as ,guides for1 #dai ,scissors ,blades1 ,keeping ,apart ,lengthens ,their ,service1 #ded ,scoop ,made of ,box ,end1 #dcc ,scoop on ,painter's ,knife ,catches ,scrapings1 #cfe ,scraper for ,dishes1 #ccg ,scraper for ,tennis ,court1 #caa ,scrapings1 ,scoop on ,painter's ,knife ,catches1 #cfe ,screen1 ,catch-,all1 ,inside ,hot-,air ,register1 #dcb ,screen-,door ,check1 ,homemade1 #cib ,screen ,door1 ,device ,frightens ,flies at1 #dbe ,screen ,door1 ,doorbell ,push ,button on1 #aej ,screen1 ,fluorescent1 ,how to ,make1 #ib ,screen1 ,focusing1 for ,enlarging ,cameras1 #chh ,screw1 ,experimental ,lead1 ,how to ,make1 #ca ,screw ,hooks1 ,putting in ,neatly1 #cab ,screw ,watch ,bezel1 ,rubber ,pads for ,opening1 #ddh ,screwdriver ,made from ,buttonhook1 #cfb ,screws1 ,driving in ,hard ,wood1 #id ,screws1 ,plaster of ,paris to ,set into ,wall1 #bff ,script on a ,trophy ,cup1 ,onlaying1 #ahh ,scrubbing and ,floorwork1 ,caster ,board for1 #bic ,scrubbing1 ,roller ,truck for ,use in1 #baj ,searchlight1 ,pivoted1 ,made of ,old ,milk ,strainer1 #aci ,seat1 ,automobile1 ,porch ,swing ,made from1 #dbe ,seat1 ,combination ,workshop1 #cgj ,seat1 ,folding ,ground1 with ,back ,rest1 #aij ,seat for ,garden ,workers1 ,movable ,sunshade and1 #adh ,seat1 ,fuel ,box in1 ,filled from ,floor ,trapdoor1 #ccb ,seat1 ,hall1 with ,storage ,compartment1 #cab ,seat1 ,homemade ,spring ,wagon1 #ddj ,seat1 ,rear1 for ,motorcycle or ,bicycle1 #ddf ,seats1 ,lawn1 ,built on ,tree ,stump1 #ada ,second ,handle on ,hoe or ,rake ,saves ,stooping1 #afj ,secret ,trinket ,case for the ,bookshelf1 #bif ,section ,liner1 ,homemade1 #bhj ,sectional ,poultry ,fencing1 ,portable1 #cbi ,sectional ,spun-,metal ,candlesticks1 ,repairing1 #chb ,secure1 ,making ,chest ,lock ,more1 #id ,seed-,planting ,guide ,string1 ,reel for ,use with1 #dbb ,seeding ,bare ,spots on ,lawns1 #afg ,seeing an ,alternating ,current in a ,mirror1 #cib ,self-,setting ,rat ,trap1 #ca ,set of ,electric ,chimes1 #cfh ,sewing ,basket1 ,hourglass1 #acg ,sewing ,machine1 ,emery ,needle ,cushion in1 #aig ,sewing ,machine1 ,needle ,threader for1 #acd ,sewing ,machine1 ,prevents ,soiling ,goods ,after ,oiling1 #djb ,sewing-,machine ,thread1 ,preventing from ,tangling1 #chb ,sewing ,rack ,attached to ,rocker1 #bia ,sewing ,stand with ,workbag in ,top1 #bic ,shade and ,curtains1 ,bedroom1 ,arranged for ,thorough ,ventilation1 #abh ,shade1 ,ideal1 ,double ,roofs ,provide for ,poultry ,coops1 #ahj ,shade-,roller ,springs1 ,repairing1 #cch ,shade ,roller1 ,toy ,submarine ,made of1 #dda ,sharpener1 ,table-,knife1 #bb ,sharpening ,fiber ,phonograph ,needles1 ,device for1 #cfa ,shaving-,brush ,holder1 #gf ,shaving ,lamp and ,mirror for ,camp1 #afb ,sheath for ,hunter's ,knife1 ,locking1 #dbh ,shed1 ,double ,lock for1 #aeg ,sheepshank ,knot ,used to ,recover ,rope1 #afh ,sheet-,metal ,stand for ,flatiron1 #ahb ,sheet ,music1 ,tabs for ,turning ,quickly1 #cfh ,sheets of ,paper1 ,straightening1 #def ,sheets1 ,typewritten ,bound1 ,inserting or ,correcting on1 #dai ,sheets1 ,uniform ,cards or1 ,aid in ,ruling1 #dbj ,shellac ,varnish1 ,receptacle for1 #cdf ,shelves1 ,wall1 ,easily ,constructed1 #ajh ,shield for ,heater in ,chick ,brooding ,house1 #bie ,shielding ,pictures from ,damp ,wall1 #cch ,shipment1 ,convenient1 ,trunk ,bookcase for1 #bag ,ship's-,wheel ,device for a ,radiator ,valve1 #bei ,shoe ,laces1 ,frayed1 ,repaired with ,pitch or ,wax1 #abi ,shoe-,polishing ,strop1 #cdd ,shoes and ,rubbers1 ,drying ,rack for1 #ded ,shoes1 ,tan1 ,to ,keep from ,turning ,dark1 #cgg ,shop1 ,protecting ,plans in1 #cgf ,shop ,use1 ,ironing or1 ,gas-,hose ,bracket for1 #cff ,shortening a ,pasteboard ,box1 #ccg ,shotgun and ,how to ,use ,it3 ,part ,i4--,how a ,shotgun is ,made1 #ee ,part ,,ii4--,choke and ,pattern of a ,gun1 #fc ,shotgun ,shell1 ,fishing-,tackle ,outfit in1 #adb ,shotgun ,shell1 ,golf ,tee ,made of1 #dcj ,shoulder-,pack ,tent1 ,homemade1 #aca ,sideboard ,converted into ,kitchenette1 #aib ,sidecar for a ,parcel-,delivery ,bicycle1 #djg ,sign1 ,homemade ,gate1 with ,metal ,letters1 #dea ,signal for ,lighted ,lights in ,basement1 #cad ,signal ,telegraph with ,green and ,red ,lights1 #agf ,signboard1 ,antique1 ,made of ,headboard of ,bed1 #ae ,silverware1 ,cleaning1 #aeh ,simple ,barometer1 #dae ,simple ,concealed ,locking ,device for ,cases of ,drawers1 #d ,sink1 ,dishwashing1 ,combination ,laundry ,tub and1 #bah ,sink1 ,old1 ,installed as ,dish-,draining ,basin1 #deb ,sink1 ,protecting ,wall ,back of ,range or1 #ced ,sitting ,hens1 ,coop for1 #cfj ,skates1 ,homemade ,roller1 #cgg ,ski ,sled1 #da ,skill1 ,marble-,under-,bridge ,game of1 #bih ,skis and ,ski ,running3 ,part ,i4--,prominent ,types of ,modern ,skis1 #bc ,part ,,ii4--,running1 ,jumping and ,climbing1 #cc ,skylight1 ,portable1 for ,home ,portraiture1 #ccj ,slamming of ,door1 ,rope ,pad ,prevents1 #ddj ,sled1 ,folding ,ice1 #dd ,sled1 ,one-,runner1 #de ,sled1 ,ski1 #da ,sleeping ,tent1 ,hammock1 #bdb ,sleeve ,aids in ,distinguishing ,gas-,fixture ,chains1 #bdg ,slicing ,board for ,camp or ,kitchen1 #bdg ,slide in ,top of ,drawer1 ,desk1 #cef ,slide ,tray1 ,nonbinding ,tool-,chest1 #cga ,slide1 ,water-,coasting ,toboggan and1 #ahc ,sliding ,board for ,coasting1 #ad ,sliding ,windows1 ,horizontal1 ,hinge ,lock for1 #cgb ,small ,articles1 ,bench ,receptacles for1 #cej ,small ,working ,pile ,driver1 #bae ,smoker's ,cabinet or ,cellarette1 #cb ,smoker's ,trays1 ,morris ,chair with ,newspaper ,rack1 #cji ,smoking of ,lamp ,overcome by ,increasing ,draft1 #cfa ,snake ,game1 ,indian1 #chh ,snakes ,inlaid1 ,turned ,cane with1 #cbe ,snapper-,shell ,ash ,tray1 #fh ,snow ,blocks ,made in ,box ,form1 ,fort ,built of1 #dji ,snow1 ,falling1 ,taking ,photographs in1 #adj ,snowshoe ,toe ,clips1 ,homemade1 #dah ,socket1 ,fuse1 ,inkwell ,base ,made from1 #cdd ,sockets1 ,table1 for ,electrical ,heating ,apparatus1 #cif ,sod ,cutter1 ,horse-,drawn1 #bbi ,soiling ,goods ,after ,oiling ,sewing ,machine1 ,prevents1 #djb ,solder1 ,making ,string1 #bce ,soldering1 ,difficult1 ,alcohol ,blowtorch for1 #chb ,soldier1 ,compact ,toilet ,outfit for1 #i ,soldiers1 ,lead1 and ,similar ,small ,castings1 ,making1 #dee ,soldier's or ,traveler's ,kit for ,sundries and ,toilet ,articles1 #dec ,sounding ,glass1 ,mystery1 #aeg ,space in ,closet1 ,rigging ,economizes1 #dcc ,spacer for ,curtain ,rings1 ,cord ,used as1 #baa ,spade ,handle1 ,broken1 ,repaired with ,water ,pipe1 #bdb ,spark ,plugs1 ,extra1 ,box to ,protect1 #ddj ,sparks1 ,electric1 ,photographing1 #cii ,specimen ,book1 ,preserving ,leaves in1 #aj ,speed1 ,pedals for ,typewriter ,space and ,shift ,key ,increase1 #cfd ,spit1 ,water ,wheel ,turns over ,campfire1 #dbi ,split-,bamboo ,lettering ,pen1 #adb ,split-,bamboo ,tray for ,top1 ,folding ,table with1 #dbd ,split ,needle ,causes ,echo on ,talking ,machine1 #bag ,splitting1 ,driving ,nails to ,prevent1 #cgc ,spokes1 ,wire1 in ,wheels1 ,handy ,tool for ,tightening1 #dej ,spoon ,attachment to ,prevent ,child from ,using ,left ,hand1 #cag ,sporting ,rifle and ,how to ,use ,it1 #dg ,sportsman's ,cabinet for ,guns1 ,equipment and ,books1 #dcd ,spray ,liquid in ,atomizer1 ,bottle ,economizes1 #dej ,spray ,nozzle ,made of ,acetylene ,burner1 #bdh ,spray1 ,pressure1 ,made of ,old ,oilcan1 #bab ,spring for ,porch ,swings1 ,safety1 #big ,spring-,roller ,curtains1 ,automatic ,stop for1 #cag ,spring ,roost ,releases ,poultry-,house ,door ,latch1 #ddh ,spring ,wagon ,seat1 ,homemade1 #ddj ,springs1 ,coiled1 ,winding1 #acd ,springs1 ,discarded ,buggy1 for ,diving ,board1 #dbi ,springs1 for ,play ,auto1 ,barrel ,staves as1 #caa ,springs1 ,opening1 for a ,tennis-,racket ,clamp1 #cic ,springs1 ,repairing ,shade-,roller1 #cch ,springy ,hammock ,supports ,made of ,boughs1 #cfi ,sprocket ,drive1 ,belt for1 ,made of ,brass ,strips1 #afj ,square ,edges on ,small ,machine ,bases1 ,sandpapering1 #dah ,squeezing ,paste from ,tubes1 #cia ,squirrel-,skin ,bill ,fold1 #bfe ,stage ,use1 ,player or1 ,comic ,chest ,expander for1 #dbi ,stake1 ,nontangling ,pasture1 #acf ,stand for ,flatiron1 ,sheet-,metal1 #ahb ,stand for ,potted ,flowers1 ,turntable1 #cjh ,stand for ,test-,tube ,flower ,vase1 #ba ,staples1 ,tinned1 for ,bell-,circuit ,wiring1 #dbj ,star-,kite1 ,eight-,pointed1 #aei ,starting ,garden ,plants1 #cgc ,steam-,propelled ,motorcycle ,made by ,mechanic1 #aia ,steam ,tractor1 ,model1 ,made by ,boy1 #daj ,steel ,fishing ,rods1 ,enamel for1 #cdi ,steel ,wool as ,aluminum-,ware ,cleaner1 #afb ,steel ,wool1 ,uses for1 #cdh ,steering ,gear1 ,coaster1 ,made from ,cream-,freezer ,drive1 #afa ,stenciling with ,photographic ,films1 #daf ,stepmother for ,incubator ,chicks1 #acj ,stick1 ,mixing1 ,that ,breaks ,up ,lumps1 #ed ,sticking to ,hands1 ,preventing ,putty1 #cad ,sticks ,held in ,flooring ,groove1 ,planing ,thin1 #bah ,stool1 ,high1 ,how to ,make1 #cgh ,stools1 ,small1 and ,foot ,rests1 ,variety of1 #bfa ,stooping1 ,second ,handle on ,rake or ,hoe ,saves1 #afj ,stop1 ,bench1 #cie ,stop for ,spring-,roller ,curtains1 ,automatic1 #cag ,stop1 ,removable ,drawer1 #aj ,stopper for a ,bunghole1 #bed ,stopper1 ,oilcan1 #cdi ,stopping ,rattle in ,motorcycle ,stand1 #dad ,storage ,compartment1 ,hall ,seat with1 #cab ,storage of ,camp ,equipment1 ,care and1 #cjd ,storage of ,wood for ,cabinetwork1 #chi ,stove1 ,emergency ,alcohol1 #cej ,stove1 ,fifty-,cent ,electric1 #bfj ,stove1 ,gas1 for the ,dining ,table1 #cgc ,stove1 ,gasoline1 ,denatured ,alcohol to ,start1 #dac ,stove ,lighter with ,feeding ,wick ,guards ,against ,burns1 #dei ,stove1 ,small ,cooking1 ,economical ,use of ,wood ,alcohol in1 #baj ,stoves1 ,emergency ,camp1 ,quickly ,made1 #ddi ,straightening ,sheets of ,paper1 #def ,strained ,auto-,truck ,frame1 ,reinforcing1 #ded ,strap1 ,carrying1 and ,lock for ,hand ,cases1 #cbh ,straw ,hat1 ,old1 ,bird ,house ,made of1 #aha ,stretcher for ,drying ,small ,fur ,hides1 #dba ,strength of a ,giant1 ,showing1 #ajh ,striking of ,clock1 ,electrical ,device ,transmits1 #ad ,string-,cutting ,ring ,made of ,horseshoe ,nail1 #e ,string ,solder1 ,making1 #bce ,string1 ,to ,uncork a ,bottle with1 #djb ,strips1 ,device for ,corrugating1 #dba ,strop1 ,shoe-,polishing1 #cdd ,stump1 ,ornamenting ,old ,tree1 #abc ,stumps1 ,tree1 ,lawn ,seats ,built on1 #ada ,submarine ,camera1 #bai ,submarine1 ,toy1 ,made of ,shade ,roller1 #dda ,substitute for ,gas-,stove ,oven1 #de ,substitute for ,ground ,glass in ,camera1 #bcf ,substitute for ,rivets in ,couches1 #cga ,suitcase ,extension1 ,homemade1 #cfj ,suitcase ,holder for ,running ,board of ,automobile1 #cbi ,summer ,camp1 ,diving ,tower for1 #bgd ,summer ,radiator ,cover ,serves as ,cupboard in ,winter1 #big ,summer ,veranda1 ,taborets and ,small ,tables for1 #bfi ,sundial ,plate1 ,horizontal1 ,laying ,out1 #dcf ,sundries and ,toilet ,articles1 ,soldier's or ,traveler's ,kit1 #dec ,sunshade and ,seat1 ,movable1 for ,garden ,workers1 #adh ,support for ,flower ,centerpiece1 ,wire-,mesh1 #cdd ,support for ,wagon ,pole ,aids in ,hooking ,up ,team1 #e ,support1 ,springy ,hammock1 ,made of ,boughs1 #cfi ,sweetheart1 ,sailor's1 ,picture ,frame1 #bfh ,swimmers1 ,webfoot ,attachments for1 #cha ,swing1 ,child's1 ,built of ,pipes in ,narrow ,space1 #ceh ,swing1 ,circular1 #agg ,swing ,made of ,hickory ,sapling1 #cce ,swing1 ,porch1 #afg ,swing1 ,porch1 ,headrest for1 #cfg ,swing1 ,porch1 ,made from ,automobile ,seat1 #dbe ,swinging ,bags on ,arms of ,scarecrow1 #cdj ,swings1 ,playground1 ,bearing for1 #bgf ,swings1 ,safety ,spring for ,porch1 #big ,switch1 ,cylinder ,reversing1 #big ,switch1 ,lightning1 for ,wireless ,aerials1 #dae 8,switchboard0 ,protects ,milker from ,cow's ,tail1 #abh ,t-,squares1 ,making1 #aja ,table1 ,bird1 ,cat-,proof1 #gf ,table ,box for ,campers1 #abd ,table1 ,combination ,camp-,kitchen ,cabinet and1 #abf ,table1 ,dining1 ,gas ,stove for1 #cgc ,table1 ,folding ,card1 ,handy for ,invalid in ,bed1 #cjh ,table1 ,folding1 with ,split-,bamboo ,tray for ,top1 #dbd ,table1 ,ironing ,board for ,use on1 #cae ,table1 ,jig-,saw1 for ,vise1 #ic ,table-,knife ,sharpener1 #bb ,table ,lamp1 ,inexpensive1 ,made of ,electrical-,fixture ,parts1 #abg ,table ,mats1 ,asbestos1 ,reinforced with ,wire ,netting1 #dba ,table1 ,octagonal ,mission ,center1 #g ,table1 ,old1 ,used as ,wall ,workbench1 #ddj ,table1 ,parlor1 #aea ,table1 ,revolving ,outdoor ,lunch1 #cfc ,table ,sockets for ,electrical ,heating ,apparatus1 #cif ,table ,stands for ,hot ,dishes1 ,attractive1 #baj ,table1 ,window ,frame and1 for ,dark ,room1 #cbj ,tables1 ,small1 and ,taborets for the ,summer ,veranda1 #bfi ,taborets and ,small ,tables for the ,summer ,veranda1 #bfi ,tabs for ,turning ,sheet ,music ,quickly1 #cfh ,take-,down ,emergency ,oars1 #cie ,taking ,pictures from ,kite1 ,camera for1 #eb ,talking-,machine ,cabinet1 ,automatic ,electric ,light on1 #afb ,talking-,machine ,cabinet1 ,homemade1 #caj ,talking ,machine1 ,disk1 as ,china ,banding ,wheel1 #aj ,talking ,machine1 ,kinks for1 #agi ,talking-,machine ,needles1 ,uses for ,worn1 #cbi ,talking ,machine1 ,record-,cleaning ,pad ,fixed to1 #dde ,talking-,machine ,records1 ,disk1 ,played ,eccentrically1 #cbh ,talking-,machine ,records1 ,playing with the ,finger ,nail1 #ahg ,talking ,machine1 ,split ,needle ,causes ,echo on1 #bag ,tan ,shoes1 ,to ,keep from ,turning ,dark1 #cgg ,tandem1 ,three-,wheel1 ,bicycles ,driven as1 ,after ,breakdown1 #daj ,tangling of ,telephone ,cord1 ,rubber ,band ,prevents1 #cfg ,tangling1 ,preventing ,sewing-,machine ,thread from1 #chb ,tank1 ,miniature ,fighting1 #bjb ,tank1 ,reversible ,photographic ,developing1 #cbe ,target ,box1 ,illuminated ,indicating1 #ahj ,target1 ,recording ,annunciator1 #caj ,teakettle ,cover ,held by ,dent in ,edge1 #e ,team1 ,support for ,wagon ,pole ,aids in ,hooking ,up1 #e ,teaspoon1 ,catching ,large ,fish with1 #dja ,tee1 ,golf1 ,made of a ,shotgun ,shell1 #dcj ,telegraph ,recorder with ,spool-and-,pencil ,indicator1 #aga ,telegraph1 ,signal1 with ,green and ,red ,lights1 #agf ,telegraph ,sounder1 ,battery ,buzzer ,converted into1 #ada ,telephone ,cord1 ,rubber ,band ,prevents ,tangling of1 #cfg ,telescope1 ,interesting ,water1 #bbh ,temperature of a ,room1 ,raising1 #cef ,temperature1 ,proper1 ,heater ,keeps ,developer at1 #aij ,temperature ,readings1 ,transposing1 #cgf ,temporary ,binder for ,magazines1 #cgj ,tender1 ,bicycle ,carried on ,automobile1 #aij ,tennis-,court ,backstop1 ,knock-,down1 #ahi ,tennis-,court ,marker1 ,wheelbarrow as1 #cig ,tennis ,court1 ,removable ,posts for1 #dae ,tennis ,court1 ,scraper for1 #caa ,tennis ,courts1 ,to ,keep ,grass and ,weeds ,out of1 #adi ,tennis ,nets1 ,tightening ,lever for1 #aeh ,tennis-,racket ,clamp1 ,opening ,springs for1 #cic ,tenpins1 ,home1 ,pin ,setter for1 #fa ,tension ,weight1 ,emergency1 ,used on ,typewriter1 #deg ,tent1 ,hammock ,sleeping1 #bdb ,tent1 ,homemade ,shoulder-,pack1 #aca ,tent1 ,portable1 ,made from an ,umbrella and ,paper ,muslin1 #cfd ,test ,exposures for ,bromide ,enlargements1 #daa ,test-,tube ,flower ,vase1 ,stand for1 #ba ,test ,tube1 ,mucilage ,brush and ,container ,made of1 #cce ,testing and ,caring for ,files1 #djj ,testing ,direct ,current ,polarity with ,litmus ,paper1 #cfi ,testing ,dry ,cells with ,light ,bulb1 #bfg ,theft1 ,guarding ,camp ,chest ,against1 #cfb ,thermometer1 ,joining ,broken ,liquid ,column1 #cff ,thread and ,dental ,floss1 ,sanitary ,holder for1 #df ,thread ,fabric1 ,electric ,counting ,glass for1 #cba ,thread1 ,sewing-,machine1 ,preventing from ,tangling1 #chb ,threader1 ,needle1 for ,sewing ,machine1 #acd ,threading a ,darning ,needle1 #aec ,three-,caster ,truck for ,moving ,crates and ,furniture1 #dai ,thresher1 ,small1 of ,practical ,use1 #ddd ,ticket ,holder1 ,revolving ,card or1 #cfi ,ticking of a ,watch or ,clock1 ,muffling1 #bbc ,tightening ,lever for ,tennis ,nets1 #aeh ,tightening ,wire ,spokes in ,wheels1 ,handy ,tool for1 #dej ,tile ,trap for ,rabbits1 #ahd ,tilting ,top for ,camera ,tripod1 #bdb ,time1 ,blotter ,attached to ,wrist ,saves1 #bie ,timing ,pointer on ,watch ,crystal1 #cfd ,tin ,can1 ,camp ,lantern ,made of1 #djf ,tin ,can1 ,case for ,fishhooks ,made of1 #bfg ,tin ,can1 ,cheese ,grater and ,ash ,tray ,made from1 #bbe ,tin ,can on ,rod for ,picking ,fruit1 #ed ,tin ,cover1 ,frying ,pan ,made of1 #bih ,tin ,pail1 ,safety ,flue ,stopper1 #cbh ,tinned ,staples for ,bell-,circuit ,wiring1 #dbj ,tinware1 ,cleaning with ,milk1 #dd ,tire1 ,motor-,car1 ,changing ,without a ,jack1 #baj ,tire ,patch1 #djj ,tire ,pump1 ,detachable ,motor-,driven1 ,made of ,foot ,pump1 #ded ,tire ,pump ,made of ,gas ,piping1 #dai ,tire ,tubes1 ,checking a ,rip in1 #ced ,tires1 ,baby-,cab1 ,changing ,wheels ,equalizes ,wear on1 #ddf ,tires1 ,economy in ,motorcycle1 #ahh ,toboggan and ,slide1 ,water-,coasting1 #ahc ,toboggan1 ,coasting1 ,making a1 #aa ,toboggan ,made of ,old ,buggy ,shafts1 #daj ,toboggan1 ,rudder for1 #cbc ,toe ,clips1 ,homemade ,snowshoe1 #dah ,toilet ,articles1 ,sundries and1 ,soldier's or ,traveler's ,kit for1 #deb ,toilet ,outfit1 ,compact1 for the ,soldier1 #i ,tool-,chest ,slide ,tray1 ,nonbinding1 #cga ,tool ,drawer1 ,convenient1 ,under ,chair ,seat1 #afi ,tool ,handles1 ,ferrules for1 #aeg ,tool1 ,handy1 for ,tightening ,wire ,spokes in ,wheels1 #dej ,tool1 ,oiling1 for ,clocks1 #ajg ,tool ,rack1 ,yardstick on1 #dag ,tool ,sockets in ,edge of ,drawing ,board1 #dce ,tool1 ,weeding1 #bdh ,tools1 ,keeping ,bright and ,free from ,rust1 #bab ,toothbrush1 ,uses for ,old1 #dbh ,tooth ,powder ,used on ,tracing ,cloth1 #cdf ,top of ,drawer1 ,desk ,slide in1 #cef ,top1 ,split-,bamboo ,tray for1 ,folding ,table with1 #dbd ,top1 ,tilting1 for ,camera ,tripod1 #bdb ,tossing ,card at ,mark ,accurately1 #fi ,towel1 ,disappearing1 #aed ,tower1 ,diving1 for the ,summer ,camp1 #bgd ,toy ,alligator of ,wood1 ,mechanical1 #dfj ,toy ,electric ,motor1 ,quickly ,made1 #beb ,toy ,horse ,that ,walks1 #cfc ,toy ,machine ,gun ,fires ,wooden ,bullets1 #djh ,toy ,paper ,glider ,carefully ,designed1 #cbd ,toy ,paper ,warships1 #bic ,toy ,pigeon1 ,mechanical1 ,made of ,wood1 #dcc ,toy ,rubber ,balloons1 ,filling with ,hydrogen1 #cj ,toy ,submarine ,made of ,shade ,roller1 #dda ,toy ,tractor ,built with ,dry ,cell and ,motor1 #i ,toy1 ,wire-,walking1 #ahj ,toys and ,boxes ,made at ,home1 ,decorative1 #bii ,tracing-,cloth ,drawings1 ,mounting on ,muslin1 #dah ,tracing ,cloth1 ,tooth ,powder ,used on1 #cdf ,track ,system1 ,homemade ,electric ,locomotive ,model and3 ,part ,i4--,the ,motor1 #bca ,part ,,ii4--,construction of the ,locomotive ,truck and ,cab1 #bcg ,part ,,iii4--,construction of the ,track ,system1 #bdc ,tractor1 ,toy1 ,built with ,dry ,cell and ,motor1 #i ,train ,berth1 ,improvised ,trousers ,hanger in1 #cfg ,train1 ,writing on ,moving1 #bbh ,trammels1 ,how to ,make a ,pair of1 #aff ,transfer ,drawings1 ,how to1 #ach ,transferring ,pictures to ,glass1 #ddc ,transmitting ,writing1 ,simple ,machine for1 #ddb ,transplanting1 ,device for ,packing ,earth in1 #baa ,transposing ,temperature ,readings1 #cgf ,trap for ,coyotes1 #cjf ,trap for ,rabbits1 ,tile1 #ahd ,trap ,nest for the ,poultry ,house1 #dee ,trap1 ,self-,setting ,rat1 #ca ,trapdoor1 ,floor1 ,fuel ,box in ,seat ,filled from1 #ccb ,traveler's ,kit1 ,soldier's or1 for ,sundries and ,toilet ,articles1 #dec ,tray ,attachment for ,developing ,films1 #bhj ,tray1 ,developing1 ,cooler for1 #adi ,tray for ,top1 ,split-,bamboo1 ,folding ,table with1 #dbd ,tray1 ,handy1 for ,pencils and ,penholders1 #dcj ,tray1 ,liquid-,filled1 ,carried ,safely1 #dci ,tray1 ,nonbinding ,tool-,chest ,slide1 #cga ,trays1 ,cocoanut-,shell1 #dad ,trays1 ,index1 ,novel ,covered ,box for1 #dad ,trays1 ,making ,photographic1 #djf ,trays1 ,muffin-,pan1 ,nail ,cabinet with1 #bcj ,tree ,stump1 ,ornamenting ,old1 #abc ,tree ,stumps1 ,lawn ,seats ,built on1 #ada ,trellis1 ,rustic1 to ,shade ,door or ,window1 #age ,trenches1 ,miniature ,fighting ,tank ,that ,hurdles1 #bjb ,trick ,blotter1 #ced ,trick1 ,diminishing ,card1 #cif ,trick1 ,disappearing-,coin1 #add ,trick1 ,finger-,trap1 #cgg ,trick1 ,glass-and-,hat1 #cdb ,trick1 ,match-,box1 #bcj ,trick1 ,ring-and-,egg1 #hd ,trick1 ,vanishing-,cuff ,parlor1 #abg ,tricks of ,camping ,out3 ,part ,i4--,the ,camping ,outfit1 #aji ,part ,,ii4--,cooking in the ,woods1 #aag ,trim ,magazines for ,binding1 ,knife to1 #bhf ,trimmer1 ,photo and ,paper1 ,homemade ,guide for1 #cff ,trimming ,board with ,foot ,control and ,counterweight1 #cjh ,trinket ,case for the ,bookshelf1 ,secret1 #bif ,tripod1 ,camera1 ,tilting ,top for1 #bdb ,trips1 ,memorandum ,list for ,camping and ,outing1 #cfe ,trophy ,cup1 ,onlaying ,script on1 #ahh ,trouble ,lamp1 ,homemade1 #cfe ,trouser ,hanger1 #cej ,trousers ,hanger1 ,improvised1 in ,train ,berth1 #cfg ,truck1 ,gravity-,feed ,coal ,hopper on1 #adj ,truck1 ,three-,caster1 for ,moving ,crates and ,furniture1 #dai ,trunk ,bookcase for ,convenient ,shipment1 #bag ,tub1 ,combination ,laundry and ,dishwashing ,sink1 #bah ,tuberculosis ,cottage1 ,a1 #che ,tubes1 ,cardboard1 for ,electrical ,coils1 ,making1 #dch ,tubes1 ,old ,inner1 ,rubber ,bands ,made from1 #bfh ,tubes1 ,paste1 ,wall ,pocket for1 #af ,tubes1 ,squeezing ,paste from1 #cia ,tubing1 ,cane ,made of1 ,contains ,cigars1 #dcj ,tug-of-,war ,game1 ,device for ,finger1 #cai ,turbine1 ,small ,hydraulic1 #dbg ,turned ,cane with ,snakes ,inlaid1 #cbe ,turning ,long ,wood ,rods1 #cdi ,turning ,sheet ,music ,quickly1 ,tabs for1 #cfh ,turning1 ,to ,prevent ,wire ,coat ,hook from1 #bce ,turntable ,stand for ,potted ,flowers1 #cjh ,twine ,hammock1 ,how to ,make1 #bgg ,twisting ,thriller ,merry-,go-,round1 #agi ,two ,colors1 ,writing1 on ,plain-,ribbon ,typewriter1 #afh ,type ,cases1 ,cleaning with ,bicycle ,pump1 #dea ,typewriter ,desk1 ,improvised1 #bbe ,typewriter1 ,emergency ,tension ,weight ,used on1 #deg ,typewriter1 ,feeding ,cards into1 #dcg ,typewriter1 ,kinks in ,cleaning1 #f ,typewriter1 ,plain-,ribbon1 ,writing ,two ,colors on1 #afh ,typewriter1 ,roll-,paper ,feed for1 #bjg ,typewriter ,space and ,shift ,keys1 ,pedals for ,increase ,speed1 #cfd ,typewriter1 ,wire ,clips ,weight ,paper in1 #dji ,typewritten ,bound ,sheets1 ,inserting or ,correcting on1 #dai ,ukulele1 ,homemade ,hawaiian1 #ceh ,umbrella and ,paper ,muslin1 ,portable ,tent ,made from1 #cfd ,umbrella ,handle1 ,making ,detachable1 #dci ,umbrella ,used as a ,clothes ,drier1 #cff ,umbrellas1 ,kinks on ,care of1 #dbb ,uncork a ,bottle with a ,string1 ,to1 #djb ,unsealed ,envelopes1 ,safeguarding ,contents of1 #cfc ,use for ,old ,magazines1 #cii ,uses for an ,old ,toothbrush1 #dbh ,uses for ,worn ,talking-,machine ,needles1 #cbi ,utensil ,rack for ,camp ,fire1 #cig ,utensils1 ,kitchen1 ,cupboard for1 #cif ,utilizing an ,empty ,paste ,pot1 #cjf ,vacuum ,pail1 ,how to ,make1 #cae ,valve-,bottom ,pail for ,dipping ,water1 #cdd ,valve1 ,radiator1 ,ship's-,wheel ,device for1 #bei ,valves on ,gas ,stove1 ,safety ,cover for1 #bih ,vanishing-,cuff ,parlor ,trick1 #abg ,vaporizer1 ,homemade1 #cdf ,variable ,condenser1 ,small1 #ccd ,vase1 ,test-,tube ,flower1 ,stand for1 #ba ,vaulting ,pole1 ,scale on1 ,indicates ,points of ,grip1 #daa ,vehicle1 ,child's ,play1 ,auto ,horn for1 #af ,ventilation1 ,thorough1 ,bedroom ,shade and ,curtains ,arranged for1 #abh ,ventilator1 ,window1 #cab ,veranda1 ,summer1 ,taborets and ,small ,tables for1 #bfi ,vest1 ,guard ,saves ,wear on1 #dac ,vibrator1 ,double-,contact1 #adj ,view ,finder1 ,camera1 ,rectangular ,opening to ,use ,over1 #abe ,view ,finder1 ,direct1 for ,box ,camera1 #cec ,views1 ,fireside ,dissolving1 #cea ,vise1 ,jig-,saw ,table for1 #ic ,vise1 ,quick-,acting ,bench1 #he ,vises for the ,home ,workbench1 ,two ,simple1 #aig ,vulcanizer1 ,homemade1 #cbc ,wagon-,wheel ,felly and ,spoke1 ,mallet ,made from1 #aeg ,wagon ,pole1 ,support for1 ,aids in ,hooking ,up ,team1 #e ,wagon ,seat1 ,homemade ,spring1 #ddj ,wall ,back of ,range or ,sink1 ,protecting1 #ced ,wall ,desk1 ,folding1 #bib ,wall ,fastening1 ,ironing-,board1 #cah ,wall ,paper1 ,kink for ,removal of1 #bie ,wall1 ,plaster of ,paris to ,set ,screws into1 #bff ,wall ,pocket for ,paste ,tubes1 #af ,wall ,shelves1 ,easily ,constructed1 #ajh ,wall ,workbench1 ,old ,table ,used as1 #ddj ,walls1 ,damp1 ,shielding ,pictures from1 #cch ,walks1 ,toy ,horse ,that1 #cfc ,warships1 ,toy ,paper1 #bic ,washing ,bromide ,enlargements1 #ccf ,washing ,device1 ,automatic ,photo-,print1 #cbi ,washing ,machine ,equipped with ,churn ,attachment1 #bjh ,washing ,machine1 ,photographic-,print1 #cbg ,washing ,photographic ,negatives and ,prints1 ,kinks in1 #aha ,washstand for the ,baby1 #cbh ,wastebasket1 ,false ,bottom for ,emptying1 #cdd ,watch ,bezel1 ,screw1 ,rubber ,pads for ,opening1 #ddh ,watch ,crystal1 ,timing ,pointer on1 #cfd ,watch ,holder1 ,desk1 #aeh ,watch1 ,mysterious1 #gj ,watch or ,clock1 ,muffling the ,ticking of1 #bbc ,water ,bag ,camp1 #abb ,water ,basin for ,poultry1 ,concrete1 #bcf ,water-,coasting ,toboggan and ,slide1 #ahc ,water ,heater1 ,carbon ,electric1 #cef ,water1 ,irrigation1 ,current of ,canal ,raises1 #daa ,water-,jacket ,outlet1 ,bilge ,water ,siphoned ,through1 #dac ,water ,pipe1 ,broken ,spade ,handle ,repaired with1 #bdb ,water ,rheostat for ,small ,electrical ,devices1 #aif ,water ,telescope1 ,interesting1 #bbh ,water1 ,valve-,bottom ,pail for ,dipping1 #cdd ,water ,wheel ,turns ,spit ,over ,campfire1 #dbi ,watering ,window-,box ,flowers1 #add ,waterproof ,dry-,battery ,case1 #bfe ,waterproofing for ,fish ,lines1 #id ,waterproofing ,matches1 #bcj ,wear on ,baby-,cab ,tires1 ,changing ,wheels ,equalizes1 #ddf ,wear on ,drafting ,board1 ,cork ,plugs ,save1 #ba ,wear on ,vest1 ,guard ,saves1 #dac ,webfoot ,attachments for ,swimmers1 #cha ,weeding ,garden1 ,forceps for1 #cch ,weeding ,tool1 #bdh ,weeds1 ,grass and1 ,to ,keep ,out of ,tennis ,courts1 #adi ,weight1 ,emergency ,tension1 ,used on ,typewriter1 #deg ,weighted ,rope ,holds ,flag ,upright1 #dea ,weighting a ,metal ,base1 #bag ,well1 ,rustic1 for ,bazaar or ,fair ,booth1 #ahb ,wheel1 ,china ,banding1 ,disk ,talking ,machine as1 #aj ,wheelbarrow as ,tennis-,court ,marker1 #cig ,wheelbarrow for ,large ,cans1 #ccj ,wheels1 ,changing1 ,equalizes ,wear on ,baby-,cab ,tires1 #ddf ,wheels1 ,handy ,tool for ,tightening ,wire ,spokes in1 #dej ,wheels1 ,model ,gear1 ,gauge for ,laying ,out1 #chd ,whipping of ,flag1 ,chain ,weight ,prevents1 #dji ,whirligig1 ,perpetual1 #djj ,whirling ,fan1 ,hand-,operated1 #cih ,whirling ,fan1 ,lighted1 ,used as ,radiator ,ornament1 #bfj ,whistle1 ,hand-,operated ,motorboat1 #agh ,whistle ,warns of ,fish ,catch1 #bge ,white ,blotting ,paper ,improves ,light ,reflectors1 #aif ,wick1 ,feeding1 ,stove ,lighter with1 ,guards ,against ,burns1 #dei ,wick1 ,lighting ,candle ,without ,touching1 #ccd ,wicks1 ,lamp1 ,cheaply ,made1 #bcf ,wind1 ,lighting a ,match in1 #chb ,wind ,motor1 ,sail ,rigged1 #agb ,wind ,wire on ,electrical ,apparatus1 ,how to1 #acf ,winder1 ,egg ,beater ,made into for ,model ,aeroplanes1 #dei ,winding ,coiled ,springs1 #acd ,window-,advertising ,novelty1 ,moth-,ball ,puzzle as1 #ddd ,window-,box ,flowers1 ,watering1 #add ,window ,box1 ,hinged1 #dac ,window ,closer1 ,automatic1 #bhj ,window ,display1 ,revolving1 #bbi ,window ,frame and ,table for ,dark ,room1 #cbj ,window ,refrigerator1 #cbc ,window1 ,rustic ,trellis to ,shade ,door or1 #age ,window ,sash1 ,locking1 #fb ,window ,ventilator1 #cab ,windows1 ,horizontal ,sliding1 ,hinge ,lock for1 #cgb ,windows1 ,to ,stop ,rattling of1 #dag ,wings1 ,covering ,hinge1 #bgf ,winter1 ,making ,use of ,refrigerator in1 #cdd ,winter1 ,summer ,radiator ,cover ,serves as ,cupboard in1 #big ,winter ,use1 ,bee ,feeder for1 #aib ,winter ,use1 ,bicycle ,runner for1 #dah ,wire ,clips ,weight ,paper in ,typewriter1 #dji ,wire ,coat ,hook1 ,to ,prevent from ,turning1 #bce ,wire ,compacts ,bristles in ,polish or ,stencil ,brushes1 #dci ,wire ,holders ,keep ,cabinet ,doors ,open1 #abg ,wire1 ,how to ,wind on ,electrical ,apparatus1 #acf ,wire-,mesh ,cage1 ,fisherman's ,pail with1 #ded ,wire ,mesh1 ,preventing from ,rising ,between ,fence ,posts1 #ic ,wire-,mesh ,support for ,flower ,centerpiece1 #cdd ,wire ,netting1 ,asbestos ,table ,mats ,reinforced with1 #dba ,wire-,screen ,pincushion1 #def ,wire ,spokes in ,wheels1 ,handy ,tool for ,tightening1 #dej ,wire ,trellis ,fastened ,neatly to ,brick ,walls1 #h ,wire-,walking ,toy1 #ahj ,wireless ,aerials1 ,lightning ,switch for1 #dae ,wireless ,detector1 ,simple1 #def ,wiring1 ,bell-,circuit1 ,tinned ,staples for1 #dbj ,wishbone-,mast ,ice ,yacht1 #ag ,wood ,alcohol1 ,economical ,use of in ,small ,cooking ,stove1 #baj ,wood ,box with a ,refuse-,catching ,drawer1 #add ,wood1 ,driving ,thin ,metal into1 #bdg ,wood for ,cabinetwork1 ,storage of1 #chi ,wood1 ,groove ,cutter for1 #de ,wood1 ,hard1 ,driving ,screws in1 #id ,wood1 ,mechanical ,toy ,alligator of1 #dfj ,wood1 ,mechanical ,toy ,pigeon ,made of1 #dcc ,wood ,rods1 ,turning ,long1 #cdi ,wood ,turning on an ,emery ,grinder1 #djb ,wood-,wind ,instruments1 ,repairing1 #agd ,wood1 ,working by ,application of ,heat1 #aej ,wooden ,bullet1 ,toy ,machine ,gun ,fires1 #djh ,wooden ,disks1 ,cutting ,thin1 #af ,wooden ,strips1 ,enameled ,armchair ,made of1 #abi ,woods1 ,birch-,bark ,leggings ,made of1 #dba ,woods1 ,cooking in the1 #aag ,woodsman's ,log ,raft1 #ahe ,woodwork1 ,gauge for1 #beb ,workbag in ,top1 ,sewing ,stand with1 #bic ,workbench1 ,home1 ,two ,simple ,vises for1 #aig ,workbench1 ,pencil ,holder for1 #bcf ,workbench1 ,placing ,miter ,box on1 #bid ,workbench1 ,wall1 ,old ,table ,used as1 #ddj ,working ,pile ,driver1 ,small1 #bae ,working ,wood by ,application of ,heat1 #aej ,workshop ,seat1 ,combination1 #cgj ,worn ,talking-,machine ,needles1 ,uses for1 #cbi ,woven-,reed ,footstool1 #bee ,woven ,reed ,furniture1 #bfa1 #bfi ,wrap ,papers1 ,proper ,way for ,mailing1 #dd ,wrench1 ,fountain-,pen1 #bgc ,wrist1 ,blotter ,attached to ,saves ,time1 #bie ,writing and ,drawing ,pad1 ,cardboard1 #acj ,writing ,desk1 ,combination ,bookcase and1 #caf ,writing1 ,homemade ,device ,aids ,blind ,person1 #dch ,writing on a ,moving ,train1 #bbh ,writing1 ,simple ,machine for ,transmitting1 #ddb ,x-,ray ,lens1 ,feather as1 #dab ,yardstick on ,tool ,rack1 #dag ,transcriber's ,notes ,the language used in this text is that of the sourcce document2 changes to the text are listed below4 ,depending on the hard- and software and their settings used to read this text not all elements may display as intended2 many images may be enlarged by opening them in a new window or tab4 ,page #cb1 444 an angle of about #b3 possibly an error for 444 an angle of about #bj4 ,page #bfb1 444 in ,fig4 #i1 illustrating an article on 8,taborets and ,small ,tables for the ,summer ,veranda10 page #aee1 ,july1 #aiaf 4443 an article with this title 7presumably the one referred to7 is present in this book4 ,changes made ,illustrations have been moved out of text paragraphs4 ,minor obvious typographical errors have been corrected silently4 ,some entries in the table of contents have been corrected to conform to the spelling used in the text4 ,in some of the illustrations feet or misprinted inch symbols 77 have been changed to inch symbols 77 when necessary4 ,page #hi3 444 directly from the canoe1 or part1 to be fitted1 whenever convenient 444 changed to 444 directly from the canoe1 or part to be fitted1 whenever convenient 4444 ,page #bac3 444 a wear and noise-proof bearing 444 changed to 444 a wear- and noise-proof bearing 4444